American Communism and Anticommunism:

‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡‡

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

History of the Communist Party of the USA

Howe, Irving, and Lewis A. Coser. The American Communist Party: A Critical History, 1919-1957. Assisted by Julius Jacobson. Boston, MA: Beacon Press, 1957. A comprehensive and, despite its age, still reliable one-volume political history of the Communist Party up to 1957; emphasizes its obedience of Moscow and its hostility to democracy. Howe and Coser were leading Left anti-Communist intellectuals of the 1950s, veterans of the political fights between Communists and anti-Stalinist radicals, and sections of the book have a polemical tone.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. The American Communist Movement: Storming Heaven Itself. New York: Twayne, 1992. History of the CPUSA from origins to 1991. “Every different era in the history of the American Communist movement has been inaugurated by developments in the Communist world abroad. The Russian Revolution led to the formation of the first American Communist party. Soviet pressure led to the abandonment of an underground Communist party. Comintern directives led American Communists to adopt an ultra-revolutionary posture during the late 1920s. Soviet foreign policy needs midwifed the birth of the Popular Front in the mid-1930s. The Nazi-Soviet Pact destroyed the Popular Front in 1939 and the German attack on the USSR reconstituted it in 1941. The onset of the Cold War cast American Communists into political purgatory after World War II and Khrushchev’s devastating expose of Stalin’s crimes in 1957 tore the American Communist party apart.” See: The American Communist Movement

Oneal, James, and Gustave Adolph Werner. American Communism: A Critical Analysis of Its Origins, Development and Programs. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1947. Highly critical history of the movement from its origins to the end of WWII from a democratic socialist perspective.

****************************************************************

General Histories of American Communism

and 20th Century American Radicalism

Alexander, Robert Jackson. “Splinter Groups in American Radical Politics.” Social Research 20 (October 1953).

Bittelman, Alexander. Milestones in the History of the Communist Party. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1937. Hagiographic celebration of episodes in Party history by a prominent Communist.

Browder, Earl. “Socialism in America.” St. Antony’s Papers [U.K.] 9 (1960). Browder’s attempt at a theoretical explanation for communism’s failure in the U.S.

Brown, Michael E., Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker, eds. New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Essays generally taking a benign, revisionist view of communism by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, George Snedeker, Rosalyn Baxandall, John Gerassi, Marvin Gettleman, Gerald Horne, Roger Keeran, Mark Naison, Stephen Leberstein, Ellen Schrecker, Annette Rubinstein, Alan Wald, and Anders Stephanson.

Buhle, Paul. Marxism in the United States: Remapping the History of the American Left. London, U.K.: Verso, 1987. Overview of Marxism and Marxist movements in America from the 19th century to the 1970s by a New Left activist turned radical historian.

Buhle, Paul Merlyn. “Marxism in the United States, 1900-40.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1975.

Carlisle, Rodney P. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Communism. Indianapolis, IN Hemel Hempstead: Alpha Prentice Hall, 2002.

Dawley, Alan. Struggles for Justice: Social Responsibility and the Liberal State. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1991.

Diggins, John. “The Rise and Fall of the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Diggins, John P. The American Left in the Twentieth Century. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. Short but thorough analytic scholarly survey seeing the left as largely intellectual and cultural terms in three generations, the bohemian “Lyrical Left” of the pre-Bolshevik era, the “Old Left” of the 1930s and 1940s, and the student-led “New Left” of the 60s.

Diggins, John P. The Rise and Fall of the American Left. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. Greatly expanded version of The American Left in the Twentieth Century.

Egbert, Donald Drew and Stow Persons, eds. Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952. Essays on socialism in American history: Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons, Terminology and Types of Socialism; E. Harris Harbison, Socialism in European History to 1848; Harry W. Laidler, European Socialism since 1848; Albert T. Mollegan, The Religious Basis of Western Socialism; Stow Persons, Christian Communitarianism in America; T. D. Seymour Bassett, The Secular Utopian Socialists; Daniel Bell, The Background and Development of Marxian Socialism in the United States; David F. Bowers, American Socialism and the Socialist Philosophy of History; Sidney Hook, The Philosophical Basis of Marxian Socialism in the United States; Paul M. Sweezy, The Influence of Marxian Economics on American Thought and Practice; Will Herberg, American Marxist Political Theory; Wilbert E. Moore, Sociological Aspects of American Socialist Theory and Practice; George W. Hartmann, The Psychology of American Socialism; Willard Thorp, American Writers on the Left; Donald Drew Egbert, Socialism and American Art.

Foster, William Z. History of the Communist Party of the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1952. Written by one of the Party’s principal figures. A major theme of the book is the discrediting of Earl Browder and “Browderism.”

Hudelson, Richard. The Rise and Fall of Communism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1993. A history of communism worldwide. Includes a chapter on Communism and Anticommunism in the United States.

Hyfler, Robert. Prophets of the Left: American Socialist Thought in the Twentieth Century. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1984.

Isaacs, William. “Marxian Political Movements in the United States, 1917-1939.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1939.

Isaacs, William. Contemporary Marxian Political Movements in the United States. New York: New York University, 1942. Monograph, 49 pages.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., and Lillian Johnpoll. The Impossible Dream: The Rise and Demise of the American Left. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981. Survey of American socialism, syndicalism and anarchism from the 19th century to 1920 and the birth of the American Communist movement.

Laidler, Harry Wellington. History of Socialism a Comparative Survey of Socialism, Communism, Trade Unionism, Cooperation, Utopianism, and Other Systems of Reform and Reconstruction. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1968.

Lasch, Christopher. The Agony of the American Left. New York: Knopf, 1969. Insightful essays on a variety of radical history topics, including American socialists, 60s radicalism, and the Congress of Cultural Freedom.

Laslett, John H. M., and Seymour Martin Lipset. Failure of a Dream? Essays in the History of American Socialism. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press, 1974. Essays on the internal and external factors that discouraged the development of a powerful American socialist movement: Socialists View the Problem, Betty Yorburg; Social Scientists View the Problem, Laslett & Lipset; The Problem of Ideological Rigidity, Daniel Bell; Radicalism and the Agrarian Tradition, Theodore Saloutos; Catholic Anti-Socialism, Marc Karson; Socialism and American Trade Unionism, Laslett; Socialism and Syndicalism, Melvyn Dubofsky; The Problems of the Socialist Party Before World War One, James Weinstein; The Problems of the Socialist Party After World War One, Martin Diamond; The Liberal Tradition, Louis Hartz; Americanism as Surrogate Socialism, Leon Samson; The Relevance of Marxism, Clinton Rossiter; Socialism and Social Mobility, Stephan Thernstrom; The Labor Movement and American Values, Lipset; American Capitalism’s Economic Rewards, Werner Sombart; The Role of Intellectuals, Adolph Sturmthal, Pluralism and Political Parties, Norman Thomas; The Fortunes of the Old Left Compared to the Fortunes of the New, James Weinstein; The Prospects of the New Left, Staughton Lynd. Comments on various essays by Michael Rogin, Henry Browne, Philip S. Foner, Robert Tyler, Gerald Friedberg, Bernard Johnpoll, Kenneth McNaught, Warren Susman, Tom Bottomore, Irving L. Horowitz, Ann Lane, Iring Fetscher, Paul Buhle, Michael Harrington, and Leon D. Epstein. A 1984 revised edition (University of California Press) drops a number of essays and adds: Socialism and Race, Sally Miller; Socialism and Ethnicity, Charles Leinenweber; Socialism and Women, Sally Miller with comments by Theodore Kornweibel, Rudolph Vecoli, and Mary Jo Buhle.

Le Blanc, Paul. “The Tragedy of American Communism.” Michigan Quarterly Review, Summer 1982. Commentary by a Trotskyist leader who has written on the history of American radicalism.

Lens, Sidney. Radicalism in America. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman Pub. Co., 1982.

Lewy, Guenter. The Cause That Failed: Communism in American Political Life. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Critical history of the C.P. along with a history of liberal and left anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the post-WWII period, including sections on the ADA, CIO, and American Committee for Cultural Freedom. Lengthy sections on the relationship of Communism and the ACLU, SANE, other peace organizations, the Progressive party, the National Lawyers Guild, SDS, the New Left, the anti-Vietnam war movement, and the Institute for Policy Studies. Sees a considerable blending together of the Old Left and New Left in the 1970s and 1980s. Highly critical of “anti-anticommunism.”

Lloyd, Brian. Left Out: Pragmatism, Exceptionalism, and the Poverty of American Marxism, 1890-1922. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1997. Argues that the attempt made by Debs-era radical intellectuals to blend pragmatism and Marxism made poor social and political analysts of them and, by so doing, contributed more than structural factors or practical ineptness to the failure of socialism in the United States.

Mairowitz, David Zane. The Radical Soap Opera: An Impression of the American Left from 1917 to the Present. London, U.K.: Wildwood House, 1974. “But American activism has been stymied at every turn by the sheer impossibility of its task; it has no real hope--nor has it every had any--of overturning the capitalist colossus.” “The Left proved that its strength lay in publicity rather than decisive action towards social change, and so the reaction against its only decade of real prominence in America was directed at its more ‘famous’ successes. The massive advertising campaign of the Popular Front provided a ready-made complex of targets. Where the Party had sought ‘names’ and stars to give it public recognition, Red-baiters and witch-hunters went after ‘names’ and stars to prove conspiracy.”

Martin, John Robert, Jr. “American Class and Race Relations: An Intellectual History of the American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, New Brunswick, 1995.

McGovern, George. “America and the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. Intellectuals and Assassins: Writings at the End of Soviet Communism. London, U.K.: Anthem Press, 2000. Includes essays on John Reed, Tina Modotti, Carlo Tresca, Paul Robeson, Conon Nancarrow, Elia Kazan, Edward Dmytryk, Ella Wolfe, Lillian Hellman, the CPUSA underground, red diaper babies, the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, Birobidzhan, and American Communist involvement in the NKVD’s unsuccessful attempt to break Trotsky’s assassin out of a Mexican prison.

Shapiro, Edward. “The Failure of American Socialism.” Continuity, no. 25 (Fall 2001): 31-41. Essay-review of the literature.

Solomon, Mark. “The United States Left in Historical Perspective: Successes, Failures, and Future Prospects.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Spolansky, Jacob. The Communist Trail in America. New York: Macmillan, 1951. Spolansky, a Russian immigrant and one-time radical, was one of the first Federal agents to investigate the Communist party.

Sylvers, Malcolm. Politica e Ideologia Nel Comunismo Statunitense [Politics and Ideology in American Communism]. Roma: Jouvence, 1989. Contains essays by a radical American historian on “The Historiographical Debate,” “The Analysis of Fascism,” and “The Presidential Elections of 1932.”

Walter, Edward. The Rise and Fall of Leftist Radicalism in America. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992.

Whitehead, Fred. The History of Radical Politics in America. Chestertown, MD: The Literary House Press, Washington College, 1995.

****************************************************************

Documentary Histories of American Communism

Bart, Philip Abraham, ed. Highlights of a Fighting History: 60 Years of the Communist Party, USA. New York: International Publishers, 1979. Documentary history sponsored by the Communist Party.

Fried, Albert. Communism in America: A History in Documents. New York: Columbia University Press, 1997.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., ed. A Documentary History of the Communist Party of the United States. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. Reproduces documents in facsimile with explanatory footnotes and editorial comment setting the context. Vol. 1. Gestation and Birth, 1918-1928; “A Program for Revolutionary Socialism” January 1918, Socialist Propaganda League./ “A Letter to American Workingmen” August 1918 and “A New Letter to the Workers of Europe and America” January 1919, Vladimir Lenin./ “Call for a Third International at Moscow” January 1919 / Manifesto of the Communist International, Communist International March 1919 / “Manifesto and Program of the ‘Left Wing’ Section, Socialist party, Local Greater New York” February 1919 / “Call for a National Conference of the Left Wing” May 1919 / “Report to the National Executive Committee, Socialist Party of America” May 24, 1919 and “Minutes of Meeting, National Executive Committee, Socialist Party of America, May 24-29, 1919, Adolph Germer / “Socialist Task and Outlook” May 1919, Morris Hillquit / “The Left Wing Manifesto, Socialist Party, Adopted at National Conference” June 21-24 1919, National Council of the Left Wing. / “The Chicago Conventions” October 1919, Max Eastman / “Historical Review of the Split in the Socialist Party and the Organization of the Communist Party and the Communist Labor Party” October 1919, A. Pauly / “Manifesto, Program, and Constitution” September 1919 and “Report of Louis C. Fraina, International Secretary to the Executive Committee of the communist International” January 1920, Communist Party of America / “Communist Party and Communist Labor Party Unity Series of Documents” January-May 1920, Zinoviev, Communist Party of America, Communist Labor Party / “The Twenty-One Conditions of Admission into the Communist International” August 1920 / “Convention Call to Organize the Workers’ Party of America” December 1921, American Labor Alliance / “News Letter Service” August 4, National Office, Communist Party of America, Section of the Communist International, August 1922. / “Thesis on Relations of One and Two” August 1922 / The Workers Party on the United Front” August 1922 / “Concerning the Next Tasks of the C.P. of A.” August 1922, ECCI / “Adaption of the Communist Party of America to American Conditions” August 1922 / “The Farmer-Labor United Front” 1924 Charles Ruthenberg / “Parties and Issues in the Election Campaign” Alexander Bittelman, 1924 / “The American Trade Unions” William Z. Foster 1925 / “What the Left Wing as Accomplished” 1925 Earl Browder / “1928: The Presidential Elections and the Workers” Jay Lovestone, February 1928 / “Acceptance Speeches” William Z. Foster and Benjamin Gitlow” May 1928.

Vol. 2. Toil and Trouble, 1928-1933; “Program of the Communist International” 1928 / “Stalin’s Speeches on the American Communist Party” May 6 and 14, 1929 / “On the Road to Bolshevization” August 1929 Communist International / “Thesis and Resolutions for the Seventh National Convention of the Communist Party of U.S.A.” March 31-April 4, 1930 / “Why Every Workers Should Join the Communist Party” 1930 CPUSA / “Little Brothers of the Big Labor Fakers” May 1931, William Foster / “The Church and the Workers” Bennett Stevens 1931 / “Race Hatred on Trial” CPUSA 1931 / “Communist Election Platform” May 28-29, 1931 CPUSA / “Guide for Party Functionaries” 1932, C.P. New York / “Culture and the Crisis” 1931, League of Professional Groups for Foster and Ford / “Negro Liberation” 1932, revised 1933, James S. Allen / “The Meaning of Social Fascism” Earl Browder, 1933 / “Why communism?” December 1933, revised March 1934, Moissaye J. Olgin / “Karl Marx, 1883-1933” March 1933, Max Bedacht, Sam Don, Earl Browder / “The Background of German Fascism” 1933, Joseph Freeman.

Vol. 3. Unite and Fight, 1934-1935; “H.R. 7598” Ernest Lundeen, February 2, 1934 Unemployment and social insurance bill / “Report Commission of Inquiry to the Board of Directors on Madison Square Garden Mass Meeting, February 16, 1934” ACLU March 1934 / “The Way Out: A Program for American Labor. Manifesto and Principal Resolutions adopted by the Eighth Convention of the Communist Party of the U.S.A., Held in Cleveland, Ohio, April 2-8, 1934. / “The Trade Unions Since the N.R.A.” April 1934, Nathaniel Honig / “Program of American Youth Congress” August 1934 / “Second United States Congress Against War and Fascism, Chicago” September 29-30, 1934, American League Against War and Fascism / “Fighting Fascism in the Factories: How the Young Communist League of Germany Fights in the Factories to Overthrow the Fascist Dictatorship” October 1934 Young Communist League of America Youth Publishers / “Building a Militant Student Movement” 1934 National Student League / “The Advance of the United Front: A Documentary Account, with an Introduction by Alex Bittelman” 1934 / “Working Class Unity of Fascism?” Israel Amter, 1935 / “In Flanders field ..” May 1935, Max Weiss / “Shovels and guns: The CCC in Action” 1935 James Lasswell / “The League of American Writers” June 1935 R. G. Crane “Trotskyism: Counter-Revolution in Disguise” June 1935, M. J. Olgin / “The Communist Party: A Manual on Organization” July 1935, J. Peters / “Professionals in a Soviet America” November 1935, Edward Magnus / “Debate: Which Road for American Workers, Socialist or Communist?” November 27, 1935, Norman Thomas vs. Earl Browder.

Vol. 4. People’s Front, 1935-1938; “Resolutions of the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International” November 1935 / “Build the United People’s Front: Report to the November Plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the U.S.A.” January 1936, Earl Browder / “Zionism Today” January 1936 Paul Novick / “Lincoln and the Communists” February 1936, Earl Browder / “The Townsend Plan: What It is and What It isn’t” February 1936, Alexander Bittelman / “Industrial Unionism” April 1936 William Z. Foster / “Democracy or Fascism: Report to the Ninth Convention of the Communist Party” June 1936, Earl Browder / “The Communist Election Platform” June 1936 / “Resolutions of the Ninth Convention of the Communist Party” October 1936 / “The Struggle Against War, and the Peace Policy of the Soviet Union” October 1936, Robert Minor / “The Crisis in the Socialist Party” November 1936, William Z. Foster / “The Results of the Elections and the People’s Front” December 1936 Earl Browder / “What Means a Strike in Steel” February 1937 William Z. Foster / “An Eye-Witness at the Wreckers’ Trial” April 1937 Sam Darcy / “The Communists in the People’s Front” July 1937, Earl Browder / “Life and Labor in the Soviet Union” 1937 Robert W. Dunn and George Wallace.

Vol. 5. Twentieth-century Americanism, 1937-1939; “Party Building and Political Leadership” August 1937, William Z. Foster, Alexander Bittelman, James Ford, Charles Krumbein / “The Truth about Soviet Russia” March 1938 Gil Green / “Traitors in American History: Lessons of the Moscow Trials” April 1938, Earl Browder / “The Democratic front: for Jobs, Security, Democracy and Peace” Report to Tenth National Conventions of the Communist Party of the U.S.A. June 1938 Earl Browder / “Resolutions of the Tenth National Conventions of the Communist Party -- U.S.A.” July 1938 / “The Constitution and By-Laws of the Communist Party of the U.S.A.” August 1938 / “Women Voters: Save Your Home and Family: Vote Labor and progressive” October 1938, C.P. New York / “Social and National Security” December 1938, Earl Browder / “The Struggle against Anti-Semitism: a Program of Action for American Jewry” December 1938 J. Soltin / “Theory as a guide to action” January 1939 Earl Browder / “Religion and Communism” March 1939 Earl Browder / “The 1940 Elections: How the People Can win” May 1939 Earl Browder /

Vol. 6. The Yanks are Not Coming, 1939-1941; “It’s Up to You” August 1939, Joseph Starobin / “Unity for Peace and Democracy” September 1939, Earl Browder / “The War and the Working Class” October 1939, Georgi Dimitroff [Dimitrov] / “America and the International Situation” October 1939, Political Committee CPUSA / “Keep America Out of the Imperialist War!” October 1939, National Committee, CPUSA / “The USSR and Finland: Historical, Economic, Political Facts and Documents” December 1939 from Soviet Russia Today / “A Negro Looks at War” January 1940, John Henry Williams / “The Yanks are NOT Coming!” January 1940 Mike Quin / “A Soviet-German Military Pact?” February 1940 John Gates / “I Didn’t Raise My Boy to be a Soldier for Wall Street” February 1940, Elizabeth Gurley Flynn / “The People Against the War Makers” February 1940 Earl Browder / “Is This a War for Freedom?” Ernst Fischer March 1940 / Social Democracy and the War” March 1940 V.J. Jerome / “Our Plan for Plenty” March ? 1940 International Workers Order / “No Gold Stars for Us: Our Boys Stay at Home!” May 1940 Ann Rivington / “The People’s Road to Peace” June 1940 Earl Browder / “Capitalism Socialism, and the War” June 1940 William Z. Foster / “Jim-Crow in Uniform” July 1940 Claudia Jones / “Campaign Book: Presidential Elections 1940” July 1940, CPUSA / “An American Foreign Policy for Peace” October 1940 Earl Browder / Internationalism and Results of the 1940 Election” November 1940 Earl Browder / “War and the People” February 1941 K. Pollard / “Civil Liberties in the U.S.A.” March 1941 S. Small / “World Capitalism and World Socialism” March 1941 William Z. Foster / American Peace Mobilization: “Summary of the Working Conference for Peace” (Held in Washington, DC, January 25-27, 1941), “What is the APM?” March 1941 “Program of the APM as Adopted July 22, 1941, After Approval and Modification by the National Council and Local Clubs and Councils” July 1941 /

Vol 7. The Great Patriotic War, 1941-1945; “In Reply to the President’s Fireside Chat” June 3, 1941, “Should America Go to War?” Vito Marcantonio / “Support the USSR in its Fight Against Nazi War” June 29 1941 William Z. Foster and Robert Minor / “Manifesto” June 29, 1941, National Committee CPUSA / “The Fight Against Hitlerism” July 1941 William Z. Foster and Robert Minor/ “The Year of Great Decision: 1941” May 1942, Robert Minor “Wage Policy in War Production” April 1943 Earl Browder “The Communist Party of the U.S.A.: Its history, Role and Organization” May 1943 Earl Browder / “This Is Treason” July 1943 Sol Vail and International Workers Order / “Communists and the Trade Unions” October 1943 Roy Hudson / “Teheran and America: Perspectives and Tasks” January 1944 Earl Browder / “The Negro People and the Communists” April 1944 Doxey A. Wilkerson / “Communists and National Unity: An Interview of PM with Earl Browder” April 1944 / “The Path to Peace, Progress and Prosperity” May 20-22, 1944, Communist Political Association / “Reconversion: Security or Crisis” August 1944 Allan Ross / “The Elections and the Outlook for National Unity” December 1944 Eugene Dennis / “The Role and Function of the C.P.A.” Communist Political association, December 1944 /

Vol. 8. The Party is Over, 1946-1992; “On the Struggle Against Revisionism” January 1946 National Veterans Committee of the Communist Party / “Our Country Needs a Strong Communist Party” February 1946, William Z. Foster / “What America Faces: The New War Danger and the Struggle for Peace, Democracy and Economic Security” march 1946, Eugene Dennis / “Theory and Practice of the Communist Party: First Course” November 1947, National Educations Department of the Communist Party / “Should America Back the Marshall Plan?” February 1948, Joseph Starobin / “The Third Party and the 1948 Elections” March 1948, Eugene Dennis / “What’s Behind the Berlin Crisis” August 1948, Joseph Clark / “1948 Election Platform of the Communist Party” September 1948, CPUSA / “The Twelve and You: What happens to Democracy Is Your Business Too!” September 1948, Elizabeth Gurley Flynn / “The North Atlantic Pact: For Peace or War?” Abraham Chapman, May 1949 / “Halt Wall Street Aggression in Asia!” June 27, 1950, Secretariat of the National Committee, Communist Party / “The Truth About the Prague Trial” January 1953, Louis Harap / “On the Loss of Stalin” May 1953, National Committee CPUSA / “Coexistence or No Existence: Which Way for America? Peace of H-Bomb Annihilation?” March 1955, Adam Lapin / “The Meaning of the XXth Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union “ May 1956 Max Weiss / “Khrushchev’s Secret Speech” February 25, 1956 / “Appendix to Hearings Structure and Organization of the Communist Party of the United States” November 20-22 1961, HUAC / “Sense and Nonsense About Berlin” December 1962, Margrit and John Pittman / “Action of Socialist Countries in Czechoslovakia” October 1968 William Weinstone / “Women on the Job: The Communist View” November 1973, Judy Edelman / “The 25th Convention and the Fight for Party Unity” January 1992, Jarvis Tyner.

Klehr, Harvey, John Earl Haynes, and Kyrill M. Anderson. The Soviet World of American Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1998. Reproduces and comments on a hundred documents from the RTsKhIDNI [later RGASPI] archive. Topics dealt with include Comintern orders to the CPUSA and its response, Soviet funding, Comintern representative in the U.S. and American Communists who served with the Comintern, the CPUSA’s response to the Soviet ideological purges of the 1930s, Karelian fever and its aftermath, and the arrest and death of former American Communists in Stalin’s terror. See: The Soviet World

Lester, Robert, and Alice Chen, eds. and comps. Records of the Central Intelligence Agency. The Raymond E. Murphy Collection on Communism, 1917-1958. Bethesda, MD: LexisNexis, 2005.Microfilm reproducing documents (reports, memoranda, correspondence, news clippings, and analyses) from the records of the Central Intelligence Agency in the custody of the National Archives of the United States.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Communist Party of the United States of America, Petitioner, v. Subversive Activities Control Board, Respondent on Review of Order of the Subversive Activities Control Board: Brief for Petitioner, 1954.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner Vs. Communist Party of the United States of America, Respondent; Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. the Communist Party of the United States of America, Respondent. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Origins of American Communism

American Institute for Marxist Studies. How Lenin’s Letter Was Delivered. Pamphlet. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, n.d. Recounts how Lenin’s 1918 letter to American workers regarding the nature of Bolshevism was delivered to John Reed for American distribution.

Bagley, Carol L., and Jo Ann Ruckman. “Iroquois Contributions to Modern Democracy and Communism.” American Indian Culture and Research Journal 7, no. 2 (1983). Argues that historians have ignored the contribution of the Iroquois to the philosophical basis of communism.

Bell, Daniel. “The Origins of American Communism.” New Leader 35 (26 May 1952).

Bittelman, Alexander. “History of the Communist Movement in America.” In Investigation of Communist Propaganda, United States. House of Representatives. Special Committee to Investigate Communist Activities in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1930. Bittelman was a leading party ideologist at the time.

Bremner, M.W. “Friends and Enemies: The Impact of the ‘Labor Problem’ on Political Attitudes in America, 1919-1924.” Ph.D. diss. Glasgow University [U.K.], 1983.

Browder, Earl. “Socialism in America.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Communist Labor Party of America. Communist Labor. [New York City]: The Party, 1919. Journal.

Communist Labor Party of America. The Class Struggle. N.Y. City: Communist Labor Party of America, 1919. Journal. Published by Socialist Left Wing factional prior to formation of the CLP.

Communist Labor Party of Ohio. The Toiler. Cleveland, Ohio: The Party, 1919. Official journal of the Communist Labor Party of Ohio.

Communist Party of America. Official Bulletin of the Communist Party of America (Section of the Communist International). [New York?]: The Committee, 1921. Journal.

Communist Party of America. The Communist World. New York City: Communist Party of America, Local Greater New York, 1919. Journal.

Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical published weekly in Chicago, by the National Organization Committee of the Communist Party of America. Includes The Communist, published by the Central Executive Committee of the Communist Party of America, Sept. 27, 1919-Apr. 1921. Reprint of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee and Central Executive Committee, Communist Party of America.

Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 3 v. in 1. Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly as the official organ of the Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), in 1 v. Formed by the union of: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), and: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA). Merged with: Communist (United Communist Party of America), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: 1921).

Communist Party of America. The Communist: Official Paper of the Communist Party of America. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 1 v. Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee, Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL : Sept. 1919), in 1 v. Merged with: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: Sept. 1919).

Dobbs, Farrell. Revolutionary Continuity: Marxist Leadership in the U.S. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1980. v. 1 The early years, 1848-1917, v. 2 Birth of the Communist movement, 1918-1922. History of the founding of American Communism by a early Communist and later Trotskyist labor organizer.

Draper, Theodore. The Roots of American Communism. New York: Viking Press, 1957. Indispensable scholarly study of the origins of the American Communist party; emphasizes the power of Soviet Bolshevism in inspiring and shaping American Communism and the rapid subordination of American Communism to Soviet leadership. Draper, a young Communist in the late 1930s who later left the Party, amassed a rich collection of primary source material in preparing this and his subsequent volume on Communist history.

Falk, Julius [Julius Jacobson]. “The Origins of the Communist Movement in the United States.” The New International, Fall 1955.

Held, Abraham. “The Launching of the Communist Party of the United States.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1939.

Kaushik, R. P. “Birth of the Communist Party in the United States: A Historical Perspective.” Indian Journal of American Studies [India] 1, no. 4 (1971).

Kublin, Hyman. Asian Revolutionary: The Life of Sen Katayama. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1964. Katayama had a major role in the left-wing of the American Socialist Party during the 1910s as it developed into the American Communist movement.

Left Wing Section of the Socialist Party (Local Boston). Revolutionary Age. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of the journal edited by Louis Fraina in 1918 and 1919, in two volumes.

Left Wing Section, Socialist Party (Greater New York). New York Communist. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of a periodical originally published weekly in New York in 1919 and edited by John Reed as the official organ of the Left Wing Section, Socialist Party.

Mason, Daniel. “Aspects of the Struggle to Create a Leninist Party.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Celebrates episodes in the early history of the Communist Party.

Miller, Sally M. “The Socialist Party Schism of 1919: A Local Case Study.” Labor History 36, no. 4 (Fall 1995). Excerpts documents regarding the split in the St. Louis S.P. over Bolshevism.

Ovanesian, S.A. Podem Rabochego Dvizheniia v SShA [The Rise of the Workers’ Movement in the USA in 1919-1921], 323, 1961.

Phelps, Christopher. “Lenin and American Radicalism.” Science & Society 60, no. 1 (Spring 1996).

Travin, P. “S Pismom Lenina Cherez Okean [With Lenin’s Letter Across the Ocean].” Moskovski Komsomolets, 13 February 1960.

United Communist Party of America. The Voice of Labor. [New York, NY: Labor Committee of the National Left Wing, 1919. The journal of, variously, the United Communist Party of America; Socialist Party Left Wing; Joint Council of the Shop Committees; and Communist Labor Party of America. There were two different runs of Voice of Labor. The first was edited by John Reed and Ben Gitlow 1919-1921?, and was revived later in 1923 with Charles Ruthenberg of the UCP as the nominal editor.

Watkins, Gordon S. “Revolutionary Communism in the United States.” American Political Science Review 14, no. 1 (February 1920). One of the first, perhaps the first, article on the American Communist movement published in an academic journal. The essay surveys the split in the Socialist Party and the founding of the Communist Labor Party and the Communist Party of America in 1919 based largely on the Socialist and Communist press and statements released by leading figures of the movement and various conventions, caucuses, and committees.

Workers’ Council of the United States. The Workers’ Council. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of 1921 journal, edited by Benjamin Glassberg and J. Louis Engdahl, of the Workers’ Council of the United States and the International Educational Association which merged into the Communist party.

****************************************************************

The Socialist Party, Eugene Debs, and the Early Communist Movement

Burwood, Stephen. “Debsian Socialism Through a Transnational Lens.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 3 (2003). Discusses the reaction of American Socialists to Bolshevism.

Ginger, Ray. The Bending Cross: A Biography of Eugene Victor Debs. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1949.

Kraditor, Aileen S. The Radical Persuasion, 1890-1917: Aspects of the Intellectual History and the Historiography of Three American Radical Organizations. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1981. Looks at the intellectual attitudes of the Socialist Labor Party, the Socialist Party, and the Industrial Workers of the World prior to the Bolshevik revolution. Stresses the inability of these radical movements to understand the multiple identities and interests of American workers and the resulting radical frustration.

Radosh, Ronald. Debs. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1971.

Salvatore, Nick. Eugene V. Debs: Citizen and Socialist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1982. Discusses Debs initial sympathy for Bolshevism and later more critical stance.

Schneirov, Richard. “The Odyssey of William English Walling: Revisionism, Social Democracy, and Evolutionary Pragmatism.” Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era 2, no. 4 (2003).

Shannon, David A. The Socialist Party of America: A History. New York: Macmillan, 1955. Discusses the split over Bolshevism.

Weinstein, James. The Decline of Socialism in America, 1912-1925. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1967. Discusses the split over Bolshevism in the Socialist party.

****************************************************************

The IWW and the Early Communist Movement

Conlin, Joseph Robert. Bread and Roses Too: Studies of the Wobblies. Westport, CT: Greenwood Pub. Corp., 1969.

Darlington, Ralph. “From Syndicalism to Communism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Dubofsky, Melvyn, ed. Department of Justice Investigative Files. Vol. pt. 1. The Industrial Workers of the World. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1989. Microfilm.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. We Shall be All: A History of the Industrial Workers of the World. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1969. Discusses the IWW’s initial attraction and eventual rejection of Communism.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Industrial Workers of the World, 1905-1917. Vol. 4 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1965. The IWW as predecessor to the Communist movement.

Miles, Dione. Something in Common: An IWW Bibliography. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1986

Salerno, Salvatore. Red November, Black November: Culture and Community in the Industrial Workers of the World. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989. Finds significant anarchist elements in Wobbly thinking.

Thorpe, Wayne. “Ties That Failed to Bind: The IWW and Syndicalist Internationalism, 1905-1939.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Tyler, Robert L. Rebels of the Woods: The I.W.W. in the Pacific Northwest. Eugene: University of Oregon Books, 1967. Discusses the reaction of Wobblies and Finnish-American Wobblies in particular to the Bolshevik revolution.

****************************************************************

William Haywood, the IWW, and the Early Communist Movement

Carlson, Peter. Roughneck: The Life and Times of Big Bill Haywood. New York: W.W. Norton, 1983.

Conlin, Joseph Robert. Big Bill Haywood and the Radical Union Movement. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1969.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “The Radicalism of the Dispossessed: William Haywood and the IWW.” In Dissent, edited by Alfred Fabian Young. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “Big Bill” Haywood. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1987.

Haywood, Big Bill. Bill Haywood’s Book: The Autobiography of William D. Haywood. New York: International Publishers, 1929. Haywood, the leading figure in the IWW, was convicted of activities hostile to America’s participation in World War I. After his appeal failed, he fled to the new Soviet Russia and became a Communist. His autobiography may have been largely ghostwritten by the Communist Party.

Hein, Carl. “William Haywood and the Syndicalist Faith.” In American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities., edited by Harvey Goldberg. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957.

Palmer, Bryan D. “‘Big Bill’ Haywood’s Defection To Russia and the IWW: Two Letters.” Labor History 17, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Discusses the anger of the IWW with Haywood and the Communist party when Haywood’s defection left the IWW with the costs of paying Haywood forfeited bond.

****************************************************************

The Socialist Labor Party and the Early Communist Movement

Girard, Frank, and Ben. Perry. The Socialist Labor Party, 1876-1991: A Short History. Philadelphia: Livra Books, 1991.

Hass, Eric. The Socialist Labor Party and the Internationals. New York: New York Labor News Co., 1949. By a SLP (DeLeonist) leader.

McLemee, Scott. “The Sect That Time Forgot.” New Politics 5, no. 1 (Summer 1994). On the DeLeonist Socialist Labor Party.

Socialist Labor Party. The Socialist Labor Party and the Third International: Socio-Political Science Vs. Revolutionary Romanticism. New York: The Party, 1926.

****************************************************************

Anarchists and the Early Communist Movement

Buhle, Paul. “Anarchism and American Labor.” International Labor and Working Class History 23 (1983). Discusses co-option of anarchism into Communism in the course of reviewing historical treatment of anarchist movements.

****************************************************************

Records and Documents of the Early American Communist Movement

Communist (Chicago, Ill., and Communist Party of America. The Communist: Official Paper of the Communist Party of America. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 1 v. Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly in Chicago by the National Organization Committee, Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL : Sept. 1919), in 1 v. Merged with: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: Sept. 1919).

Communist (Chicago, Ill., and Communist Party of America. The Communist. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. 3 v. in 1. Reprint, with an introduction added, of a periodical originally published weekly as the official organ of the Communist Party of America; issued with: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), in 1 v. Formed by the union of: Communist (Chicago, IL: July 1919), and: Revolutionary Age (Boston, MA). Merged with: Communist (United Communist Party of America), to form: Communist (Chicago, IL: 1921).

Lusk, Clayton R. “Radicalism Under Inquiry: Conclusions Reached After a Year’s Study of Alien Anarchy in America.” Review of Reviews, February 1920. Chairman of the New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee Investigating Seditious Activities summarizes his conclusions, emphasizing his view that Imperial German agents had funded much of the subversive activities of anarchists and radicals.

The New York Communist. Edited by John Reed. Westport, CT: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. One volume reprint of the journal of the Left Wing section of the Socialist Party, Greater New York, edited by John Reed.

New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee Investigating Seditious Activities. Revolutionary Radicalism: Its History, Purpose and Tactics with an Exposition and Discussion of the Steps Being Taken and Required to Curb It. Albany: J. B. Lyon company, printers, 1920. Prepared by an investigative committee (Lusk Committee) of the New York Legislature. Written as an exposé of subversion and tends to muddle the distinctions between Communists, Socialists, syndicalist, and anarchists but includes the texts of hundreds of key documents and letters no longer extant or rare. Published in four volumes. Part 1: Revolutionary and subversive movements abroad and at home -v.1-2; Part 2: Constructive movements and measures in America v.3-4.

Palmer, A. Mitchell. Red Radicalism as Described by Its Own Leaders. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1920. Compilation of evidence seized in the Palmer raids.

U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee [Overman Committee]. Brewing and Liquor Interests and German and Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Chaired by Senator Lee Slater Overman, the committee linked Bolshevism to Imperial German espionage and to beer and liquor interests.

U.S. Senate, Judiciary Committee Subcommittee. Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Report.

U.S. Senate, Judiciary Committee Subcommittee. Bolshevik Propaganda. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1919. Hearings, February 11, 1919, to March 10, 1919. 1,265 pages.

****************************************************************

The Communist Party in the 1920s

Cannon, James Patrick. The First Ten Years of American Communism: Report of a Participant. New York: L. Stuart, 1962. Memoir by a Communist and later Trotskyist leader.

Draper, Theodore. American Communism and Soviet Russia. New York: Viking Press, 1960. Well written and thorough scholarly study of the Communist Party in the 1920s; this key history of American Communism finds that Soviet-Comintern policy decisively shaped the American Communist Party. A new preface in the 1986 edition (Vintage) discusses his role in the CPUSA in the 1930s and his break after the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Eisman, Louis. “The First Decade of the Communist Party.” Master’s thesis. University of California, 1935.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Bridgman Delegates.” Survey [U.K.] 22, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Examines the background of delegates of the 1922 Communist convention at Bridgman Michigan.

Oneal, James. American Communism: A Critical Analysis of Its Origin, Development and Programs. New York: NY: The Rand Book Store, 1927. Thorough and polemical history from a democratic socialist perspective.

Palmer, Bryan D. “American Communism in the 1920s: Striving for a Panoramic View.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Raymond, Orin Ralph, 2d. “The American Communist Party and United States ‘Imperialism’ 1920-1928: Application of Doctrine.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1971.

Ryan, James. “A Final Stab at Insurrection: The American Communist Party, 1928-34.” In In Search of Revolution: International Communist Parties in the “Third Period,” edited by Matthew Worley. London, U.K.: I.B. Tauris & Co. Ltd, 2004.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin’s Speeches on the American Communist Party, Delivered in the American Commission of the Presidium of the Executive Committee of the Communist International, May 6, 1929, and in the Presidium of the Executive Committee of the Communist International on the American Question, May 14th, 1929... Pamphlet. [New York]: Central Committee, Communist Party, U. S. A., 1931. Stalin’s anathemas on the Lovestone-Gitlow leadership of the CPUSA. The leaders Moscow inserted to replace them circulated Stalin’s speeches among party members to justify Lovestone’s and Gitlow’s removal from office at Comintern direction.

United Toilers’ Publishing Association of America. Workers Challenge. New York City: United Toilers Publishing Association of America, 1922. Journal. Edited by Harry M. Wicks.

Weinstein, James. “Radicalism in the Midst of Normalcy.” Journal of American History 52, no. 4 (March 1966). Discusses the role of Communists in the early 1920s.

Whitney, Richard Merrill. Reds in America: The Present Status of the Revolutionary Movement in the U. S. Based on Documents Seized by the Authorities in the Raid Upon the Convention of the Communist Party at Bridgman, Mich., August. 22, 1922, Together with Descriptions of Numerous Connections and Associations of the Communists Among the Radicals, Progressives, and Pinks. New York: Beckwith Press, Inc., 1924.

Wolfe, Bertram D. “The Sixth Congress and the American Communist Party.” Survey [U.K.] 24, no. 1 (1979). Personal recollection by Wolfe, an American Communist party delegate, of the 1928 Comintern Congress where Stalin began to assert his supremacy over the Communist movement.

Workers (Communist) Party of America). The Party Organizer. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical originally published by the Workers (Communist) Party of America, in Chicago, Apr. 1927; in New York, Dec. 1927-1928. Issued with: Party Organizer, 1930.

Workers Party of America. Voice of Labor. Chicago, IL: American Labor Union Educational Society, 1921. Journal.

Workers Party of America. The Worker. New York, NY: Toiler Publishing Association, 1922-23. Journal.

Workers (Communist) Party of America. The Workers Monthly. [Chicago, IL: Daily Worker Society, 1924-27. Journal.

Workers Communist Party. The Communist. Chicago: Workers Communist Party, 1927. Journal

Zumoff, Jacob A. “The Communist Party of the United States and the Communist International, 1919-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of London, U.K., 2003.

****************************************************************

The Communist Party in the 20s, Biographical Material

Charles Ruthenberg

Draper, Theodore. “Communists and Their History.” Political Affairs, May 1959. Draper letter on Oakley Johnson’s “Ruthenberg and the Party’s Founding.” Reply by Johnson.

Johnson, Oakley C. “Ruthenberg and the Party’s Founding.” Political Affairs, March 1959. Hysterical assault on Draper’s The Roots of American Communism.

Johnson, Oakley C. The Day is Coming: Life and Work of Charles E. Ruthenberg, 1882-1927. New York: International Publishers, 1958. Party hagiography.

Millett, Stephen M. “Charles E. Ruthenberg: The Development of an American Communist, 1909-1927.” Ohio History 81, no. 3 (1972). Recounts Ruthenberg’s evolution from supporter of progressive Mayor Tom Johnson of Cleveland in 1901, to the Socialist Party in 1909, to a leading left-wing Socialist Party activist who was jailed for anti-war activity, to a conciliator of the factions of the early Communist movement, and finally to the leadership of the united Communist Party as a faithful follower of Moscow.

Millett, Stephen M. “The Midwest Origins of the American Communist Party: The Leadership of Charles E. Ruthenberg, 1919-1927.” Old Northwest 1, no. 3 (1975). Biographical essay.

Ruthenberg, Charles E. Speeches and Writings of Charles E. Ruthenberg. New York: International Publishers, 1928.

****************************************************************

John Pepper

Kaas, Albert, and Fedor von Lazarovics. Bolshevism in Hungary: The Béla Kun Period. London, U.K.: G. Richards, 1931. Discusses the role of Joseph Pogany/John Pepper, later a Comintern representative to the American Party in the 1920s, in the short-lived Hungarian Soviet Republic.

Mályusz, Elemér. The Fugitive Bolsheviks. London, U.K.: G. Richards, 1931. Discusses the role of Joseph Pogany/John Pepper in the short-lived Hungarian Soviet Republic.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogany/John Pepper.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogany/John Pepper.” In Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin, edited by Kevin Morgan, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Pogàny/Pepper: Un Représentatant Du Komintern Auprès Du Parti Commeniste Des Etats-Unis.” Cahiers d’Histoire de l’Institut de Recherches Marxistes [France], no. 28 (1987)

****************************************************************

Communist Party: 1930-1945

Browder, Earl. “The American Communist Party in the Thirties.” In As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Burgchardt, Carl R. “Two Faces of American Communism: Pamphlet Rhetoric of the Third Period and the Popular Front.” Quarterly Journal of Speech 66, no. 4 (1980). Compares Communist party pamphlets before July 1935 with those printed after that time. The former called for the destruction of capitalism in dogmatic and lurid language. The latter tried to convey a positive and less threatening image of Communism.

Casey, James. The Crisis in the Communist Party. Pamphlet. New York: Three Arrows Press, 1938. Casey, a former editor of the CPUSA’s Daily Worker, here writes for the Socialist Party.

Communist Party of the USA. The Record Weekly. Chicago, IL: Record Weekly Educational Association, 1939. CPUSA journal.

Draper, Hal. “Pie in the Sky.” New York Review of Books, 10 May 1984. Essay-review of Klehr’s Heyday of American Communism. Exchanges with Elmer Benson and Robert Claiborne, December 6, 1984.

Draper, Theodore. “The Romanticizing of American Communism.” New Leader 61 (13 March 1978). Review-essay critical of emerging literature romanticizing Communist history.

Draper, Theodore. “American Communism Revisited.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 8 (9 May 1985). Review-essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Were Your On?, Klehr’s The Heyday of American Communism, Nelson’s Steve Nelson, Charney’s A Long Journey, Richmond’s A Long View, Painter’s The Narrative of Hosea Hudson, and Haywood’s Black Bolshevik. Highly critical of those who romanticize Communist history and avoid a political approach to Communist history.

Draper, Theodore. “The Popular Front Revisited.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 9 (30 May 1985). Review-essay discussing Howe and Coser’s The American Communist Party, Naison’s Communists in Harlem, Keeran’s The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions, Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, and the film “Seeing Red.

Draper, Theodore. “Revisiting American Communism: An Exchange.” New York Review of Books 32, no. 13 (15 August 1985). Comment on letters by Paul Buhle, James R. Prickett, James R. Barrett, Rob Ruck, Norman Markowitz, Al Richmond, Mark Naison, Roy Rosenzweig, Gary Gerstle, and Murray Bookchin; a further exchange with Maurice Isserman on September. 26, 1985.

Draper, Theodore. “The Life of the Party.” New York Review of Books 41 (13 January 1994). Essay-review of Robert Cohen’s When the Old Left Was Young and Michael E. Brown, et. al., eds., New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism. Discusses his own involvement in C.P. student organizations in the 1930s, discusses the chief schools of interpretation of Communist history, defends his views. Exchange with Paul Lyon and Maurice Isserman, 23 June.

Gordon, Max, Harvey Klehr, and Virginia Gardner. “The Communist Party: An Exchange.” New York Review of Books, 14 April 1983. An exchange over the nature of Communist policy in the 1930s and 1940s.

Harvey, A.D. “American Communism in 1937: A British View.” Contemporary Review 282, no. 1646 (March 2003). Introduces and provides the text of a memorandum prepared by the British embassy in the U.S. to London on the CPUSA in 1937.

Jacobson, Phyllis. “The ‘Americanization’ of the Communist Party.” New Politics 1, no. 1 (n.s.) (Summer 1986). Attacks revisionist historians of American Communism who use social and oral history selectively to portray American Communists as more attractive, more appealing, more indigenously American, and more inspirational than they actually were. Discusses Isserman’s Which Side Were You On?, Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism, and Reichert and Kline’s documentary Seeing Red. “The American Communist Party: An Exchange,” response by Isserman and reply by Jacobson, 1,2 (Winter 1987).

Kengor, Paul. “Red Herring: The Depression and the Communist Party.” Frontpagemag.Com, 24 October 2008.

Klehr, Harvey. The Heyday of American Communism: The Depression Decade. New York: Basic Books, 1984. Most thorough and comprehensive history of the CPUSA in the 1930s. Discusses both the CPUSA as an institution and the involvement of Communists in the labor movement, liberal and New Deal politics, cultural and intellectual circles, and other arenas.

Kling, Joseph M. “Making the Revolution -- Maybe: Deradicalization and Stalinism in the American Communist Party, 1928-1938.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1983. Concludes that the Communist party became deradicalized after 193 because it supported the New Deal without placing that support in a class struggle context and withdrew from the ideological struggle against capitalism.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “The American Communist Party in Its Heyday: A Case of Premature Eurocommunism?” International Labor and Working Class History, Spring 1984. Review-essay discussing Isserman’s Which Side Are You On? and Levenstein’s Communism, Anticommunism, and the CIO.

Lynd, Staughton. “The United Front in America: A Note.” Radical America 8 (July-August 1974).

Ottanelli, Fraser M. “‘What the Hell is These Reds Anyway?’ the Americanization of the Communist Party of the United States, 1930-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1987.

Ottanelli, Fraser M. The Communist Party of the United States: From the Depression to World War II. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1991. Takes a benign view of the party in the 1930s. Holds that American Communists adoption of their Popular Front stance was a home grown rather than a Soviet initiative and judges, “the course of the CPUSA was shaped by a homespun search for policies which would make it an integral part of the country’s society as well as by directives from the Communist International.”

Phelps, Christopher. “The Poverty of Marxist Crisis Theory During the Great Depression.” Canadian Review of American Studies 26, no. 2 (Spring 1996). Argues that the poor quality and paradoxical weakness of Marxist crisis theory in the 1930s was due to the conservatism of the economics profession and the dogmatism and political vicissitudes of the Communist party. Includes extended critical analyses of Lewis Corey, the Labor Research Association and Science & Society.

Ryan, James. “The Triumph of Salesmanship Over Ideology: The American Communist Party During the Popular Front Era and Second World War.” Paper presented at Conference on Marxian Scholarship. Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, 1987.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Party Organizer and American Communist Mentality in the 1930s.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 2, no. 2 (1985). Maintains that the internal journal, Party Organizer (1931-1937), supports the view that CPUSA was a legitimate indigenous political force rather than a self-isolated movement or one best understood through its links to the Soviet Union. Discusses Party Organizer advice on dealing with workers’ religious beliefs and racist attitudes, the problem of submerging the Party organization in the mass movements that appeared in the Popular Front period, and the scope of reported data on membership and local Party activity.

Wilentz, Sean. “Red Herrings Revisited: Theodore Draper Blows His Cool.” Village Voice Literary Supplement 36 (June 1985). Critical review-essay on Draper’s essays “American Communism Revisited” and “The Popular Front Revisited.”

****************************************************************

Illustrative Party Literature of the 1930s

Amter, I. Social Security in a Soviet America. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Part of the CPUSA’s “Soviet America” series.

Bittelman, Alex. The Advance of the United Front: A Documentary Account. Pamphlet. New York: Central Committee, Communist Party of the U.S.A., 1934.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Builder. [New York, N.Y.]: The Committee., 19uu. Journal, late 1930s, early 1940s.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Shipmates’ Voice, 193u. Journal, early 1930s, aimed at U.S. Navy sailors and U.S. Marines.

Daily Record. Daily Record. Chicago, Ill.: Midwest Daily Record Pub. Co., 1938-1939. CPUSA journal.

Ford, James W., and James S. Allen. The Negroes in a Soviet America. [New York: Workers library publishers, 1935. Part of the party’s “Soviet America” series.

Foster, William Z. Toward Soviet America. New York: Coward-McCann, Inc., 1932. A book by Foster, then the CPUSA’s presidential candidate, detailing the party’s agenda for a Communist America. “By the term ‘abolition’ of capitalism we mean its overthrow in open struggle by the toiling masses, led by the proletariat.... To put an end to the capitalist system will require a consciously revolutionary act by the great toiling masses, led by the Communist party; that is, the conquest of the State power, the destruction of the State machine created by the ruling class, and the organization of the proletarian dictatorship.... Under the dictatorship all the capitalist parties -- Republican, Democratic, Progressive, Socialist, etc. -- will be liquidated, the Communist party functioning alone as the Party of the toiling masses. Likewise, will be dissolved all other organizations that are political props of the bourgeois rule, including chambers of commerce, employers’ associations, rotary clubs, American Legion, Y.M.C.A., and such fraternal orders as the Masons, Odd Fellows, Elks, Knights of Columbus, etc.... The press, the motion picture, the radio, the theatre, will be taken over by the government.”

League of Professional Groups for Foster and Ford. Culture and the Crisis. New York: League of Professional Groups, 1932. Signed by 50+ prominent intellectuals and writers endorsing William Z. Foster for president and calling for intellectuals to chose vibrant and dynamic Soviet communism over the dying and decayed American capitalism.

Magnus, Edward. Professionals in a Soviet America. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Part of the CPUSA “In Soviet America” series.

Midwest Daily Record. The Midwest Daily Record. Chicago, IL: Midwest Daily Record Pub. Co., 1938. CPUSA journal.

Workers Communist Party and USA Communist Party, The Communist. (Chicago, IL: Workers Communist Party, 1927–44). Theoretical journal of the party.

****************************************************************

Communist Party and World War II:

The Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

Bush, Clive. “Left-Wing Isolationism, Literature and Ideology in America During the Run-up to World War II: Malcolm Cowley, Waldo Frank, Archibald MacLeish, Lewis Mumford, John Strachey and the New Masses.” Comparative American Studies 1, no. 2 (June 2003).

Carley, Michael Jabara. 1939: The Alliance That Never Was and the Coming of World War II. Chicago: I.R. Dee, 1999. Justifies the Nazi-Soviet Pact, arguing that Stalin turned to an arrangement with Hitler only after sincere attempts to form an alliance with the West failed.

China Weekly Review. “Where Did Moscow Get the Nazi Flags Used to Greet Ribbentrop?: The Communist Party Press in America.” China Weekly Review 91 (2 December 1939).

Fischer, Louis. Stalin and Hitler’ the Reasons for the Results of the Nazi-Bolshevik Pact. Pamphlet. [New York]: The Nation, 1940.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The CPUSA Reports to the Comintern: 1941.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Transcribes and comments on a lengthy Eugene Dennis report to the Comintern in the spring of 1941 regarding the policies and organizational status of the CPUSA with particular attention to the impact of the party’s support for the Nazi-Soviet Pact on its position in American society.

Ierace, Francis A. America and the Nazi-Soviet Pact. New York: Vantage Press, 1978.

Kolasky, John. Partners in Tyranny: The Nazi-Soviet Nonaggression Pact, August 23, 1939. Toronto: Mackenzie Institute, 1990.

Leonhard, Wolfgang. Betrayal: The Hitler-Stalin Pact of 1939. Translated by Richard D. Bosley. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1989. Former Cominternist discusses the reaction of Western Communists to the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Ramsey, Russell W. Representative Sectional Press Opinion in the United States on the Nazi-Soviet Pact of August 21, 1939. [Washington], 1947.

Read, Anthony, and David Fisher. The Deadly Embrace Hitler, Stalin, and the Nazi-Soviet Pact, 1939-1941. New York: Norton, 1988.

Ryan, James G. “Opportunity Lost: The Nazi-Soviet Pact and the American Communist Party.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association. New Orleans, 1993.

Walker, Samuel. “Communists and Isolationism: The American Peace Mobilization, 1940-1941.” Maryland Historian 4, no. 1 (1973). On the CPUSA’s chief peace front that opposed any American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

****************************************************************

Communist Party Literature of the Nazi-Soviet Pact Period

Browder, Earl. America and the Second Imperialist War. Pamphlet. New York: New York State Committee, Communist Party, 1939. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. Internationalism: Results of the 1940 Election; Two Reports. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. The Most Peculiar Election: The Campaign Speeches of Earl Browder. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Browder, Earl. The Way Out. New York: International Publishers, 1941. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Foster, William Z. The War Crisis: Questions and Answers. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. States Communist opposition to American aid to the anti-Nazi powers.

McKenney, Ruth. Browder and Ford: For Peace, Jobs and Socialism. [New York]: Workers library publishers, Inc., 1940. Opposes American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents.

Molotov, Viacheslav Mikhailovich. The Meaning of the Soviet-German Non-Aggression Pact. Pamphlet. [New York: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. Defense of the Nazi-Soviet Pact published by the CPUSA.

Rivington, Ann. Women--Vote for Life! Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, Inc., 1940. CPUSA pamphlet opposing American participation in World War II during the period of the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Ross, M. A History of Soviet Foreign Policy. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1940. Defense of the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

****************************************************************

Communist Party and World War II

Bilderback, William Winch. “The American Communist Party and World War II.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1974. Surveys the Communist party’s stance toward the war and war related issues.

Blum, John Morton. V Was for Victory: Politics and American Culture During World War II. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976.

Boller, Paul F., Jr. “Hiroshima and the American Left: August 1945.” International Social Science Review 57, no. 1 (Winter 1982). Finds that in 1945 the Communists party and those associated with it were the strongest defenders of the use of nuclear weapons against Japan. In contrast, the strongest critics of the attack were anti-Communist liberal and radicals such as Reinhold Niebuhr, Norman Thomas, and most Trotskyists.

Browder, Earl. The Road Ahead to Victory and Lasting Peace. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1944. Calls for all-out prosecution of the war.

Communist Political Association. The Path to Peace, Progress and Prosperity: Proceedings of Constitutional Convention of the Communist Political Association. New York, 1944.

Fleming, Thomas J. The New Dealers’ War: FDR and the War Within World War II. New York: Basic Books, 2001. Notes domestic political contention about the CPUSA and the alliance with the USSR.

Green, James. “Fighting on Two Fronts: Working Class Militancy in the 1940’s.” Radical America, no. 8 (1975).

Hamby, Alonzo. “Sixty Million Jobs and the People’s Revolution: The Liberals, the New Deal and World War II.” The Historian 30 (August 1968).

Isserman, Maurice. Which Side Were You on? the American Communist Party During the Second World War. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 1982. Well researched and scholarly political history of the Communist party from the late 1930s to the end of World War II. Concentrates on the Communist party’s internal political life. Maintains that the generation of Communists who joined the Party in the 1930s were oriented toward a democratized and Americanized Communist movement but were frustrated by the structure of the Communist party.

Isserman, Maurice Herbert. “Peat Bog Soldiers: The American Communist Party During the Second World War, 1939-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Rochester, NY: University of Rochester, 1979.

Labour Monthly. “American Communists’ Policy.” Labour Monthly 26 (February 1944).

Minor, Robert. The Heritage of the Communist Political Association. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1944.

O’Neill, William L. A Democracy at War: America’s Fight at Home and Abroad in World War II. New York: Free Press, 1993.

U.S. House Committee on Military Affairs. Investigations of the National War Effort. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1945. Hearings on subversive and Communist influences in the army.

Warren, Frank A. Noble Abstractions: American Liberal Intellectuals and World War II. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

Communist Trade Union Policy during World War II

Freeman, Joshua B. “Delivering the Goods: Industrial Unionism During World War II.” Labor History 19 (Fall 1978). Discusses the attitudes of Trotskyist and Communist union activists toward militant union tactics during the war.

Glaberman, Martin. Wartime Strikes: The Struggle Against the Nostrike Pledge in the UAW During World War II. Detroit, MI: Bewick/Ed, 1980. Part memoir, part history of wildcat strikes in World War II; notes the Communist role in opposing the wildcat movement.

Jennings, Ed. “Wildcat! The Wartime Strike Wave in Auto.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975).

Keeran, Roger. “‘Everything for Victory’: Communist Influence in the Auto Industry During World War II.” Science & Society 43, no. 1 (Spring 1979). Examines and judges Communist policy toward industrial production and war policy to be justifiable.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Industrial Unionism Under the No-Strike Pledge: A Study of the CIO During the Second World War.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1974. Discusses Communist opposition to disruptive labor militancy during the war.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Defending the No-Strike Pledge: CIO Politics During World War II.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Ambiguous Legacy: The Union Security Problem During World War II.” Labor History 18 (1977).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. Labor’s War at Home: The CIO in World War II. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1982.

Seidman, Joel. “Labor Policy of the Communist Party During World War II.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 4 (October 1950).

Seidman, Joel Isaac. American Labor from Defense to Reconversion. [Chicago]: University of Chicago Press, 1953. Discusses the Communist party’s trade union policy during World War II.

Weir, Stan. “American Labor on the Defensive: A 1940’s Odyssey.” Radical America 9, no. July-August (1975). Critical of the Communist party’s wartime labor policies.

****************************************************************

Earl Browder and American Communism

Browder, Earl Russell. Communism in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1935. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1932-1935.

Browder, Earl. The People’s Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1936-1937.

Browder, Earl. Fighting for Peace. New York: International publishers, 1939. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1938-1939.

Browder, Earl. The Second Imperialist War. New York: International Publishers, 1940. Articles, speeches, and reports, 1939-1940.

Browder, Earl. The Reminiscences of Earl Browder. With Joseph R. Starobin. New York Times Oral History Program. [Glen Rock, NJ]: [Microfilming Corp. of America], 1975. Transcript of interviews conducted by J. R. Starobin in 1964, 6 microfiches.

Cleath, Robert Leroy. “Earl Russell Browder, American Spokesman for Communism, 1930-1945: An Analysis of His Adaptation of Communist Ideas and Goals to a Capitalist Society.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1963.

Jaffe, Philip J. “The Rise and Fall of Earl Browder.” Survey [U.K.] 18, no. 2 (Spring 1972). Topics include “social fascism,” “the two 1939 Comintern documents in code and the Soviet-German Pact,” “the Smith Act and the Trotskyites,” the “Browder-Foster rivalry,” “the Duclos article,” and “Browder’s misjudgment and excommunication.”

Jaffe, Philip J. The Rise and Fall of American Communism. New York: Horizon Press, 1975. Partly a biography of Earl Browder, partly a history of the Communist party from 1939 to 1945, and partly a compilation of Communist party documents by a long-time friend of Browder and other Communist leaders.

Levine, Isaac Don. “The Mystery of Mrs. Earl Browder.” Plain Talk, December 1948. Charges that Earl Browder’s wife, a Soviet citizen, entered the U.S. illegally using the passport of Edith Berkman, a Communist Party textile union organizer who had dropped out of sight.

Redfern, Neil. “A British Version of ‘Browderism’: British Communists And the Teheran Conference of 1943.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002). The CPGB, as had the CPUSA’s Earl Browder, saw Teheran as an indication that in the postwar world there need be no return to the class struggle of the prewar decades. It abandoned the Bolshevik insurrectionary model and set out to find a participatory role in the wider labor movement rather than as a vanguard radical party. Though some elements on the Party’s left criticized the leadership’s post-Teheran policies, their defeat at the Party’s 18th Congress showed that the vast majority of the membership had been seduced by the allied powers’ promises.

Rosenberg, Roger Elliot. “Guardian of the Fortress: A Biography of Earl Russell Browder, U.S. Communist Party General-Secretary from 1930-1944].” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 1982.

Ryan, James. “The Making of a Native Marxist: The Early Career of Earl Browder.” Review of Politics 39, no. 3 (July 1977).

Ryan, James. “Earl Browder and American Communism at High Tide: 1934-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Notre Dame, Indiana: University of Notre Dame, 1981.

Ryan, James, and Włodzimierz Batóg. “Nationalist Deviations Among Communist Leaders: Poland’s Wladysaw Gomulka and Earl Browder of the American Party.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Ryan, James G. “The Soviet Archives and Earl Browder’s Rise to American Communist Party Leadership, 1930-1934.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association. San Antonio, 1994.

Ryan, James G. Earl Browder: The Failure of American Communism. Tuscaloosa, Ala.: University of Alabama Press, 1997. Scholarly biography based in part on research in Moscow’s archives as well as on detailed research in the U.S. “Earl Browder, arguably the preeminent twentieth-century Communist leader in the United States, is one of the most tragic figures in American radicalism’s history. A Kansas native and veteran of numerous left-wing movements, he was peculiarly fitted by circumstance and temperament to head the party during its heyday. A complex and flawed personality, he did what was necessary to rise atop the hierarchy but possessed an independent streak that ultimately proved his undoing. Still, he could never quite bring the CPUSA legitimacy because he lacked the vision and courage to separate himself and the organization totally from a foreign monster.”

Ryan, James Gilbert. “Too Bold by One Half: The Underlying Causes of Earl Browder’s Fall from Communist Party Leadership.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism session at the Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Contends that Browder abandoned the concept of a vanguard party, believed the C.P. had become an important player in American politics, and felt that transforming the C.P. into the CPA would enhance Communist political success. Sees Browder’s appearance on a Time magazine cover, his [mistaken] belief he had a direct line to the FDR White House, and his interpretation of the Teheran agreements as contributing to Browder’s views. Judges that Browder missed his best opportunity to remake the American Communist movement when he failed to split the C.P. over the Nazi-Soviet pact.

Ryan, James. “Tinkering with Totalitarianism: The American Communist Party’s Attempts at Liberalization, 1934-1949.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006

Spiro, George. Earl Browder. [New York]: Printed at the Van Rees Press, 1937. Hagiography.

Stein, Harry. “Before the Colors Fade: Marx’s Disenchanted Salesman.” American Heritage 23, no. 1 (1971). Biographical sketch of Earl Browder based on an interview with him at age 80.

****************************************************************

The Duclos Article and Purge of Browderism

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Browder’s World. The Future of the Postwar World in the Eyes of the General Secretary of the CPUSA.” Paper presented at Congress of the Polish Historical Association. Wroclaw, Poland, 1999.

Browder, Earl. Teheran; Our Path in War and Peace. New York: International publishers, 1944. Browder explains his Teheran Doctrine, the central theory to justify his reforms of the CPUSA in 1943-1944.

Browder, Earl Russell. Teheran and America Perspectives and Tasks. Pamphlet. New York: Workers library publishers, 1944. Explanation of the basis for Browder’s reforms of the Communist movement.

Browder, Earl. In Defense of Communism Against W.Z. Foster’s “New Route to Socialism.” Pamphlet. Yonkers, NY: Privately published, 1949.

Browder, Earl. “How Stalin Ruined the American Communist Party.” Harper’s Magazine, March 1960. Browder looks back at the Duclos article.

Communist Party of the United States of America. On the Struggle Against Revisionism. New York: Communist Party, U.S.A., 1946. Frenzied attack on Browderism.

Dallin, Alexander, and Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov. Dimitrov and Stalin 1934-1943: Letters from the Soviet Archives. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000. Discusses the background for the Duclos article of 1945.

Duclos, Jacques. “A Propos de la Dissolution Du P.C.A.” Cahiers Du Communisme nouvelle série 6 (April 1945).

Duclos, Jacques. “On the Dissolution of the American Communist Party.” Political Affairs 24 (July 1945).

Foster, William Z., Jacques Duclos, Eugene Dennis, and John Williamson. Marxism-Leninism Vs. Revisionism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. Harsh denunciation of Browderism by American and French Communist party leaders.

Kolko, Gabriel. The Politics of War: The World and United States Foreign Policy, 1943-1945. New York: Random House, 1968. Denies that the Duclos article indicated a more aggressive Soviet foreign policy.

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “Origins of the Cold War.” Foreign Affairs 46 (October 1967). Treats the Duclos article regarding the American Communist Party as evidence of a change in Soviet foreign policy.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “The 1944-45 Upheaval in American Communism: Earl Browder and William Z. Foster on the Post-War Perspectives for the United States.” Published conference paper in Internationale Tagung der Historiker der Arbeiterbewegung [International Conference of Historians of the Labour Movement] 21. Linqer Kongerenz 1985. Wein, 1986.

Unsigned. “O Kommunisticheskoy Politicheskoy Assotsiatsii SShA [On the Communist Political Association of the USA].” Byulleten’ Byuro Informatsi Tsk VKP(b): Voproy Vneshney Politiki [Bulletin of the Information Bureau of the CC RCP(b): Issues of Foreign Policy], no. 2 (January 1945). Russian original of what became the Duclos article.

****************************************************************

Communist Party: 1945-1959

Batóg, Włodzimierz. Wywrotowcy?: Komunistyczna Partia USA we Wczesnym Okresie Zimnej Wojny (1945-1954) [Subversives? Communist Party USA in the Early Cold War (1945-1954)]. Warsaw, Poland: Wydawnictwo TRIO, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Political Affairs. New York: New Century Publishers, 1945-. Theoretical journal of the party.

Gates, John. On Guard Against Browderism, Titoism, Trotskyism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1951. Authoritative party pamphlet setting out ideological limits.

George, Harrison. The Crisis in the C.P.U.S.A. Pamphlet. Los Angeles, CA: Harrison George, 1947. George, a veteran senior party organizer, was expelled in 1947 in a dispute over party trade union policy.

Independent Communist League of America. Turning Point. New York, N.Y.: P.R. Club, Communist Party (Expelled), 1948. Journal, 1948.

Jaffe, Philip J. “The Varga Controversy and the American Communist Party.” Survey [U.K.] 18, no. 3 (1972). Examines the relationship of the Communist party’s decision to support a third party in 1948 with Soviet ideologist and Stalin aide Andrei Zhdanov’s speech and the attacks after 1945 by Stalin’s agents on Communist economic theorist Yevgenii Varga’s views on capitalism.

Lee, Mark Wilcox. “An Analysis of Selected Speeches of William Z. Foster During the Reconstitution Period of the Communist Party, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1966. Finds that Foster’s rhetoric had a simple two valued system (capitalism is evil, the Soviet Union is good), that he frequently spoke in an “Aesopian” style understood by insiders and confusing to outsiders, and that he make frequent use of invectives and slogans.

Lester, Robert, ed. The Communist Party, USA, and Radical Organizations, 1953-1960 FBI: Reports from the Eisenhower Library. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1990. 7 microfilm reels. The documents reproduced in this publication are among the records of the White House Office, Office of the Special Assistant for National Security Affairs.” Accompanied by printed reel guide compiled by Robert E. Lester, entitled: A guide to the microfilm edition of The Communist Party, USA, and radical organizations, 1953-1960.

Mainstream Associates. Mainstream. New York: Mainstream Associates, Inc, 1947. Communist-aligned journal, 1947.

Masses & Mainstream. Mainstream. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1956. Communist-aligned journal, 1956-1963

Masses & Mainstream. Masses & Mainstream. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1948. Journal, 1948-1956. Merger of New Masses, and, Mainstream.

National Committee of the Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Affairs.. New York, NY: The Committee, 1957.

P.R. Club, Communist Party (Expelled). Spark. [New York, NY: P.R. Club, Communist Party (expelled)], 1947. Journal, 1947-1948.

Ryan, James. “The American Communist Party’s Leadership During the Cold War: Robert Thompson as a Case Study.” Paper presented at Southwestern Historical Association Conference. New Orleans, Louisiana, 1997.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Communist Party and McCarthyism.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism and the Decline of American Communism, 1945-1960.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Decline of American communism blamed external causes. American opposition to communism, equated with McCarthyism, depicted as elite led and state imposed prejudice rather than a popular movement.

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism and the Decline of American Communism, 1945-1960.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Shannon, David A. The Decline of American Communism: A History of the Communist Party of the United States Since 1945. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1959. A critical history which treats the Communist Party as subservient to Moscow and an illegitimate participant in liberal politics. Based largely on non-archival sources.

Singer, Kurt D. Communist Agents in America: A Who’s Who of American Communists, 1947. Pamphlet. New York: News Background, 1947. Contemporary anti-Communist exposé.

Starobin, Joseph R. “American Communism and the Cold War: An Obscure Chapter in the Pre-History of the Sino-Soviet Schism.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1970.

Starobin, Joseph R. American Communism in Crisis, 1943-1957. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1972. Well researched, poignant scholarly study by the former foreign editor of the Daily Worker. Argues that Browder was leading the Communist Party in the direction of a positive participation in American politics when he was expelled. Maintains that the American Communists were caught-up in a “mental Comintern” that caused them to slavishly follow what they thought, occasionally erroneously, were Moscow’s wishes. Suggests that Moscow made little effort to understand the condition of the American Communist Party and regarded the CPUSA with minimal interest.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1949. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Discusses espionage, state and federal legislation, and Slavic front groups.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1951. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Discusses Hollywood, farm groups, and veterans organizations.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Annual Report for the Year 1952. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Discusses Army Security Agency and infiltration of federal agency.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Role of the Communist Press in the Communist Conspiracy. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Testimony of Arnold Johnson Legislative Director of the Communist Party, U. S. A. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Committee on Government Operations. Communist Party Activities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Includes testimony of Louis Bortz and Joseph D. Mazzei.

****************************************************************

Khrushchev’s Secret Speech and the 1956-57 Crisis in American Communism

Communist Party of the USA. “The Communist Party Convention.” Political Affairs 36 (April 1957). Lead editorial speaking of “the impact of the Khrushchev revelation,” “these revelations,” and “the shocking disclosures.”

Dennis, Eugene. “Questions and Answers on the XXth Congress, CPSU.” Political Affairs 35 (April 1956). Included the assertion that “the facts disclosed about the errors of Stalin ... are, of course, new to us.”

Dennis, Peggy. “A Half-View of History is not Good Enough.” Unpublished essay, 1992. A privately circulated essay critical of Isserman’s “Half-Swept House” as too heavily influenced by the perspective of those associated with John Gates.

Foster, William Z. “Draper’s ‘Roots of American Communism.’” Political Affairs 36 (May 1957). Referred to “the sweeping revelations of the Stalin cult of the individual.”

Harris, Jerry. “First Reaction: U.S. Communists and the Khrushchev Revelations.” Science & Society 61, no. 4 (Winter 1997-98). “A primary document based on detailed notes taken by a participant at the two meetings in the Spring of 1956 of the Party’s National Executive Committee and National Committee, with precise accounts of the debates relating to the N.S. Khrushchev’s ‘secret speech’ to the CCPSU Central Committee.” The notes, 28 pages, belong to Fred Fine who was on the Executive Committee.

Healey, Dorothy. “On the Status of the Party.” Political Affairs 37 (March 1958): 48. Writes of “Khrushchev’s revelations on Stalin.”

Isserman, Maurice. “The 1956 Generation: An Alternative Approach to the History of American Communism.” Radical America 14, no. 2 (March-April 1980). Argues that the near disintegration of the Communist Party in 1956 demonstrates that it contained a complex and diverse internal membership and that many members were oriented toward a democratized and independent socialist movement.

Isserman, Maurice. “Half-Swept House: American Communism in 1956.” Socialist Review, February 1982. Examines the shifting factional lines and attempts at internal reform of the Communist Party in 1956.

Khrushchev, Nikita Sergeevich. The Crimes of the Stalin Era: Special Report to the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Translated by Boris I. Nicolaevsky. [New York]: New Leader, 1962.

Meyer, Hershel D. The Krushchev Report and the Crisis in the American Left. Brooklyn: Independence Publishers, 1956.

Pries, Anne. “Khrushchev‘s ‘Secret Speech’: Confusion of Tongues.” Journal of Communist Studies [United Kingdom] 6, no. 1 (March 1990). Compares previous versions available in the West with the authentic original Russian text of the speech which did not become public until 1989 in Izvestia. On the basis on language analysis, says the U.S. State Department version released in 1956 appears to be a good English translation of a Polish version prepared for Polish Communist leaders in 1956 and the Polish text is a good translation of the authentic Russian released in 1989. Says the first purported original Russian text to appear (1959, Documentation Office for East European Law, University of Leiden) was identified as a likely fake in 1981 and was actually a poor Russian translation of the U.S. State Department‘s English version.

Russian Institute, Columbia University. The Anti-Stalin Campaign and International Communism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1956. Anthology of essays on the issue.

Starobin, Joseph R. “1956, A Memoir.” Problems of Communism 15 (November-December 1966). By a former influential CPUSA official on the 1956 crisis in the CPUSA.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The 16th Convention of the Communist Party, U.S.A. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Analysis of 16th Annual Convention of Communist Party of United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. Statement by J. Edgar Hoover, Director, Federal Bureau of Investigation.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Khrushchev and Stalin’s Ghost: Text, Background, and Meaning of Khrushchev’s Secret Report to the Twentieth Congress on the Night of February 24-25, 1956. New York: Praeger, 1957.

****************************************************************

Communist Party: 1960 and After

Aynesworth, Hugh. “FBI Files Show U.S. Communists Were Puzzled by JFK Assassination.” Washington Times, 20 October 1995. The Assassination Records Review Board released an FBI informant report of Arnold Johnson at a CPUSA meeting in Wheeling, West Virginia, on December 8, 1963, expressing lack of knowledge about the assassination but noting that he had had correspondence with Oswald.

Communist Party of the USA. Daily World. New York, NY: Long View Pub. Co., Inc., 1968. CPUSA flagship newspaper, replaced the Daily Worker.

Communist Party of the USA. People’s Daily World. New York: Long View Pub. Co., 1986-. Party’s chief journal in its latter years.

Horne, Gerald. “The Media and the Left.” People’s Daily World, 18 August 1987. Prominent revisionist historian judges that the bourgeois press of the 1980s underestimates the growing power and popular influence of the American Marxist-Leninist left.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism in 1970. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1970. Hearings, Ninety-first Congress, second session. June 23, 24, and 25, 1970. (Including index).

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism in 1971. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1971. Hearings, Ninety-second Congress, first session.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. The Theory and Practice of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1973. Hearings, Ninety-third Congress, first session. Includes: pt. 2. The Communist Party, USA--defender of Soviet anti-Semitism; pt. 4. Parallel policies of CPUSA and CPSU, and the Communist meaning of coexistence--Détente; --pt. 6. Communist Party, USA, attempts to repenetrate the trade union movement.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist and Workers’ Partys’ Manifesto Adopted November -- December 1960; Interpretation and Analysis. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Testimony of Jay Lovestone.

Wiener, Jon. “The Communist Party Today and Yesterday: An Interview with Dorothy Healey.” Radical America 11, no. 3 (May-June 1977). Healey, a long time leader of the Communist Party in California, discusses Gus Hall, the Communist Party’s recruitment of minorities, and compares the West Coast branch of the party with the what she sees as a more rigid Eastern element.

****************************************************************

The Party Crisis of 1989-1991

Baer, Donald. “Leftists in the Wilderness.” U.S. News and World Report, 19 March 1990. Reactions to the collapse of Communist rule in Eastern Europe: Gil Green: “This is the main turning point in Communism. ... It will bring about a socialist society that cannot be separated from democracy.” Paul Robeson, Jr.: “This is the death of Stalinism and the birth of Marxism.” Ring Lardner, Jr.: “Communism is like Christianity. It turned out to be a very beautiful theory that has never been put into practice. Given human nature, I‘m not sure it can be.” Dorothy Healey, on not speaking out on Soviet abuses: “Our voices would have prevented the vicious distortions of socialism that we‘ve seen.” Carl Marzani: “This is not Marxism’s failure. On the contrary. What is dead is Stalinism.” Eugene Genovese: “An awful lot of corpses have been piled up in what we hoped was a good cause. Socialism in the strict and serious sense has failed. And now we have to eat it.”

Committees of Correspondence. Corresponder. New York, NY: The Committees, 1992. Journal of those expelled from the CPUSA by Gus Hall in late 1991.

Elbaum, Max. “Upheaval in the CPUSA: Death and Rebirth?” CrossRoads, January 1992. Description of the split at the December. 6-8 1991 CPUSA convention, reproduces in part the “Initiative to Unite and Renew the Party” that affirms communism and the CPUSA’s past defense of the USSR but was critical of Gus Hall and spoke of Communists needing “a fresh look and making necessary adjustments” and allowed that “the crisis of the socialist societies in Europe over the last few years makes it evident that there were deep-going flaws in the model of socialism being constructed there.” Gus Hall dismissed Initiative signers as guilty of “right opportunism” and excluded most from the convention. The new National Board excluded all dissidents, including such figures as Angela Davis, Gil Green, Charlene Mitchell, and Carl Bloice. The dissidents have formed Committees of Correspondence and plan a newsletter and a conference.

Green, Gil. “Glasnost, Perestroika and The Communist Party.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Communist Party of the USA and the Committees of Correspondence.” Problems of Post-Communism 43, no. 4 (July/August 1996). Discusses the split between the CPUSA and the Committees of Correspondence.

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “The End: The CPUSA Expires.” New Republic, 23 March 1992. Discusses split at the CPUSA 25th convention. Quotes Herbert Aptheker as linking communism’s crisis to it having been “’authoritarian, domineering, brutal and guilty of colossal crimes -- not only suppression but also massive human extermination’” and Gus Hall as telling the convention “’There is no basic flaw in the theories of Marxism-Leninism or dialectical materialism.’” Concludes; “The split leaves the Party at the level of the small Trotskyist sects that do little more than issue turgid newspapers. But for Hall, hope spring eternal. ‘If you want to take a nice vacation, take it in North Korea,’ he recently advised”

Lapitski, Mark Isaakovich. “Epitafiia Amerikanskoi Kompartii [Epitaph to the American Communist Party].” SShA: Ekonomika, Politika, Ideologiia [Russia] 1 (1994): 88-96.

Marquit, Irwin. “Ideological Basis of the Organizational Crisis of Marxism-Leninism in the United States.” Rethinking Marxism, Spring 1994. Professor at the University of Minnesota and former leader of the CPUSA in Minnesota who went with the Committees of Correspondence discusses the split and advocates a purified strict Marxism-Leninism as the answer.

****************************************************************

Gus Hall

Brandt, Joseph, and Sylvia Opper, eds. Gus Hall Bibliography: The Communist Party, USA: Philosophy, History, Program, Activities. New York: New Outlook Publishers, 1981. Hagiography.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Hanging up on the Hammer and Sickle.” Heterodoxy 8, no. 3 & 4 (June/July 2000): 9. On Gus Hall’s career and retirement (shift from national chairman, replaced by Sam Webb, of the CPUSA to senior chair). “When a Karelian mass grave containing the bodies of hundreds of American and Canadian victims of communism was unearthed three years ago, the CPUSA never said a word. Neither did Gus Hall, although the list of these buried there included Minnesotans from the Finnish-American community from which he came.”

Kaplan, Steven. “Gus Hall: Minnesota’s Supreme Soviet.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Biographical sketch. Hall, longtime head of the CPUSA, grew up in Minnesota.

Swearingen, Rodger. “Gus Hall: Moscow-Trained Boss of the CPUSA.” In Leaders of the Communist World., edited by Rodger Swearingen. New York: Free Press, 1971.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Leadership “Tough Guy” Takes Charge. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. On Gus Hall.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 2

Nature and Structure of the Communist Movement

Bell, Daniel. “The Background and Development of Marxian Socialism in the United States.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952. Analytic and critical commentary on the intellectual and cultural outlook of the early Socialist party and Communist party. The American Communist “is the perpetual alien living in hostile enemy territory.... His is the ethnic of ‘ultimate ends’; only the goal counts, the means are inconsequential. Bolshevism thus is neither in the world nor of it, but stands outside. It takes no responsibility for the consequences of any act within the society nor does it suffer the tension of acquiescence or rejection.”

Bell, Daniel. Marxian Socialism in the United States. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1967. First published in 1952 as chapter 6 of Socialism and American Life edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons.

Bell, Daniel. “First Love and Early Sorrows.” Partisan Review 48, no. 4 (1981). Sees chiliastic and gnostic sources contributing to the willingness of Communists and other leftists to use violence and terror to redeem the world. “‘He who seeks the salvation of the soul, of his own and of others, should not seek it along the avenue of politics.’ It was this quotation [from Weber] with which I ended my monograph in 1952 on Marxian Socialism in the United States. Since the death of socialism is the most tragic -- and unacknowledged -- political fact of the twentieth century, it is an injunction to be heeded now more than ever.”

Browder, Earl. What is Communism? New York: The Vanguard Press, 1936. Party literature.

Charney, George. “American Communism in Perspective: A Review.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56 (1973). By a former senior party cadre.

Coser, Lewis. “Sects and Sectarians.” Dissent 1 (Autumn 1954).

Engerman, David. “‘Give a Party for the Party.’” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002). Late 1930s New York C.P. Entertainment Committee document.

Fry, William Welz. “Communist United Front Strategy and Tactics: Origins and Some Recent Applications.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1962.

Furet, François, and Ernst Nolte. Fascism and Communism. Translated by Katherine Golsan. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2001.

Haynes, John Earl. “New Times, 1910-1919.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, MN, 1989. Finds that New Times, the leading English-language socialist newspaper in Minnesota, grew frustrated at the failure of most workers to develop class consciousness and, over time, tended to blame this failure on the moral inadequacies of workers’ themselves. The chief figures in the paper became Communists.

Haynes, John Earl. “The New Times: A Frustrated Voice of Socialism, 1910-1919.” Minnesota History 52, no. 5 (Spring 1991). The New Times, Minnesota’s leading English-language Socialist paper, was edited by Alexis Georgian, a delegate to the founding convention of the Communist party of America. Finds that New Times became increasingly frustrated with the failure of workers to support socialism and tended to blame worker foolishness and stupidity. Suggests in a Kraditorian mode that New Times and the Socialists it represented cut themselves off from workers by indifference and hostility to ethnicity and American nationalism, scorn for religion, disregard for prohibition and women’s suffrage as issues of importance, support for violence, expressions of admiration for criminals as enemies of the system, and attacks upon marriage.

Hook, Sidney. “Spectral Marxism.” American Scholar 49 (Spring 1980).

Hook, Sidney. Marx and the Marxists: The Ambiguous Legacy. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand, 1955.

Hoover, J. Edgar. A Study of Communism. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1962. Introduction of Communist theory and practice, with particular reference to CPUSA, by the longtime head of the FBI. Emphasizes the conspiratorial aspects of the party.

Horowitz, David. “Letter to a Political Friend: On Being Totalitarian in America.” In Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988, edited by John Bunzel. New York: Free Press, 1988. Horowitz, a prominent New Left journalist who later became anti-Communist, states that his father was a Communist who left the C.P. in 1953 but remained loyal to Communism throughout his life, that his parents lived in colony of progressives in Sunnyside, Queens, and “they inhabited Sunnyside like a race of aliens -- in the community but never of it, culturally and psychologically distinct. They lived in a state of permanent hostility not only to the Sunnyside community, but to every other community that touched them, including America itself.”

Hunt, R. N. Carew. Marxism, Past and Present. New York: Macmillan, 1954.

Jacobson, Julius. “Reflections on Fascism and Communism.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983. Compares and contrasts.

Kraditor, Aileen S. “Jimmy Higgins”: The Mental World of the American Rank-and-File Communist, 1930-1958. New York: Greenwood Press, 1988. A highly detailed and sophisticated blend of history, political theory, and personal reminiscences. Kraditor, a former Communist, is a leading conservative intellectual and social historian. Kraditor contends that longtime rank-and-file Communists mentally “lived in a world apart from the real one,” that her book “is about that separate reality,” and that “the promise of intellectual control of reality, here and now, constituted the basic appeal of Marxism-Leninism and its embodiment, the highly disciplined Communist Party.” Kraditor concludes that: “It is not too farfetched to surmise that the true believer’s quarrel with the world was, at bottom, not only that it was unjust but also that it was not of their own making.... The appeal of the Soviet Union lay not merely in its [misperceived] justice, prosperity, freedom, and democracy, but also in its being an artifact of the Marxist-Leninist mind blessed with total freedom to bring external reality into conformity with its wishes.” Kraditor comments that the C.P. “was an organizational expression of a world already existing in the minds of its true-believing members.... For if the reality had been as the true believers perceived it -- I mean fundamentally, not with respect to particular data about which anyone might err -- then the Party would have fitted into that reality rather successfully. Instead, they were a group of people who, in both favorable and unfavorable circumstances, always failed to convert the majority of workers (although their theory said this conversion was inevitable) and, finally, were obliged to use force and terror, when in power against the working class in order to make reality conform to their conception.”

Kraditor, Aileen S. “Unbecoming a Communist.” Continuity, no. 12 (Fall 1988). Kraditor, a former Communist and historian of radicalism, states, “The awful conditions that had supposedly caused the conversion to some radical ideology had not had the same effect on most people; was this radical more intelligent, better-informed, more compassionate than those others?... We should look inside the individual psyche ... of the radical for the roots of ideological commitment, the predisposition to perceive facts a certain way, the need to screen out some facts altogether, the preference for one theory over another.... Radical ideology is also like a mathematics, but in this case one that does not apply to the real world. Its practitioners, however, keep insisting it’s correct; they will not reexamine its axioms of its conflicts with empirical reality. Indeed, its implicit rejection of empirical reality constitutes part of its appeal to them. They believe, however, that they and conservatives perceive the world the same way and disagree only over how to evaluate the data. But the fact is that they perceive different realities; their disagreement is ontological as well as axiological. Conservatives make the same mistake when they equate radicalism with hypocrisy; they assume that radical ideologues ‘see’ the same facts as they themselves do but approve of atrocities and oppression by leftist regimes.”

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Democracy and Working-Class Authoritarianism.” American Sociological Review 24 (August 1959).

Malia, Martin. “Judging Nazism and Communism.” National Interest 69 (Fall 2002). Analytic essay. “Western revisionism overall developed within what was basically a Soviet, or at least a Marxist, perspective. Putting matters this bluntly, however, was until recently impossible in academic discourse, especially in America. Down through the failure of Gorbachev’s perestroika, any allusion to these obvious facts was met with protestation from the revisionists that they were not Marxists but merely positivists whose “social science” . . . was a strictly non-political, “value-free” enterprise. Or they might revert to the countercharge of “McCarthyism... Bluntness is presently a therapeutic necessity.”

Milton, David. “Class Struggle American Style.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Muravchik, Joshua. Heaven on Earth: The Rise and Fall of Socialism. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2002. Historical analyses of the rise and fall of social democracy, socialism, communism, fascism, African and Chinese socialism, and other modern collectivisms. “Within 150 years after the term “socialism” was coined by the followers of Robert Owen in the late 1820s, roughly 60 percent of the earth’s population found itself living under socialist rule of one kind or another. Of course, not all who lived under socialism believed in it, but not all who were counted as Christians or Muslims were believers either. Yet once empowered, socialism refused to yield its promised rewards. The more dogged the effort, the more the outcome made a mockery of the humane ideals that it proclaimed. For a century and a half, no amount of failure dampened socialism’s appeal. Then, suddenly, like a rocket crashing back to earth, it all collapsed. In the span of a couple decades, socialism was officially repealed in half the places where it had triumphed. And in the other half, it continued in name only. Today, in but a few flyspecks on the map is there still an earnest effort to practice socialism, defended as if by those marooned Japanese soldiers who held out for decades after 1945, never having learned that their emperor had surrendered.”

Niemeyer, Gerhart. The Irrationality of Communism. Consultation with Dr. Gerhart Niemeyer. Committee on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives, Eighty-Fifth Congress, Second Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

Rachleff, Peter J. Marxism and Council Communism: The Foundation for Revolutionary Theory for Modern Society. New York: Revisionist Press, 1976.

Schlesinger, Arthur M., Jr. “The Life of the Party: What It Means to be a Communist.” Saturday Review of Literature, 16 July 1949. On the nature of party discipline, its corruption of intellectual and artistic standards, and its use on an underground arm for subversion and espionage.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Ideological Fallacies of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. The ideological fallacies of communism. Staff consultations with Dr. S. Andhil Fineberg, Bishop Fulton J. Sheen, Dr. Daniel A. Poling: September 4, 1957, September 25, 1957, October 18, 1957.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. The Communist Party of the United States of America, What It is, How It Works a Handbook for Americans. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Communist Party of the United States of America What It is, How It Works; a Handbook for Americans. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Contradictions of Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Contradictions of Communism Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

Wald, Kenneth D. “The Legacy of Communism in American Ideology and Ethos.” Paper presented at Hendricks Symposium, “The Legacies of Communism,.” University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1992.

Wheeler, Robert Hullings Lappe. “American Communists: Their Ideology and Their Interpretation of American Life, 1917-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1953.

Wolfe, Bertram David. An Ideology in Power: Reflections on the Russian Revolution. New York: Stein and Day, 1969. On the essential nature of communism.

****************************************************************

Communism and Americanism

Beichman, Arnold. Anti-American Myths: Their Causes and Consequences. New Brunswick (U.S.A.): Transaction, 1992. Discusses relationship of anti-Americanism and communism.

Beichman, Arnold. Nine Lies About America. New York: Library Press, 1972. Discusses relationship of anti-Americanism and communism.

Berman, Hyman. “Communism and the Frontier Tradition.” In The American West, as Seen by Europeans and Americans, edited by Rob Kroes and Michael P. Malone. Amsterdam: Free University Press, 1989. Based on a 1988 symposium sponsored by the Netherlands American Studies Association in Amsterdam. Discusses the clash between the CPUSA’s centralized authority and quasi-military discipline with the American West’s individualistic, anarchistic doctrines.

Cantor, Milton. The Divided Left: American Radicalism, 1900-1975. New York: Hill and Wang, 1978. Discusses how American society and culture has driven the left to two unworkable positions: the impossibilism of revolutionary demands that workers reject and the immediatism of reformist demands that gets absorbed into trade unionism, liberalism, and mainstream politics.

Denning, Michael. “‘The Special American Conditions’: Marxism and American Studies.” American Quarterly 38, no. 3 (1986).

Flynn, Daniel J. Why the Left Hates America: Exposing the Lies That Have Obscured Our Nation’s Greatness. Roseville, CA: Forum, 2002.

Gaido, Daniel. “‘The American Worker’ and the Theory of Permanent Revolution: Karl Kautsky on Werner Sombart’s Why Is There No Socialism in the United States?” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Goldner, Loren. “On the Non-Formation of a Working-Class Political Party in the United States, 1900-45.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Hollander, Paul, ed. Understanding Anti-Americanism: Its Origins and Impact at Home and Abroad. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2004.

Iton, John Richard. “Gateway Blues: Comparative Political Cultures and the Search for the Missing American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Johns Hopkins University, 1994. Argues that cultural and racial heterogeneity help explain the absence of a powerful left in the United States, a form of "American exceptionalism.”

Johnson, Alan. “The American Worker and the Absurd Truth About Marxism.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003). Editorial introduction to a special issue on Marxism and American workers.

Kautsky, Karl. “The American Worker.” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninism and Lovestoneism.” Studies in Comparative Communism 7, no. 1/2 (Spring-Summer 1974). Discusses the argument between Foster and Lovestone over the nature of American capitalism. Finds that both continued the Leninist misunderstanding of American history. Argues that Lovestoneism did no more than use Lenin’s theory of imperialism as the last stage of capitalism and his principle of uneven capitalist development to argue that capitalism in U.S. was strong because imperialism in America was still growing and strong whereas imperialism in Europe was stagnant. Foster, so much as he had a principled opposition, simply differed on the stage of American capitalism and on his emphasis on the voluntaristic element in Leninism that revolutionaries could make revolution.

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninism, Lewis Corey, and the Failure of American Socialism.” Labor History 18, no. 2 (Spring 1977). Lenin in 1907 remarked that one of the reasons for socialism’s weakness in America was that the democratic task was done and socialism did not have a link to democracy as it did in Europe. In 1916, Lenin changed his interpretation and developed his theory of imperialism that attributed socialism’s failure in America to the success of American imperialism and capitalists buying off part of the working class with the profits of imperialism. After that, Marxists stuck to Lenin’s 1916 view. In 1940 Corey revived the earlier Lenin view. Corey argued that American communism and socialism were imports to America that were inappropriate. In Europe socialism and fight for democracy were linked. In the more advanced and already democratic U.S. the working class regarded socialism based on the European mode to be inappropriate and, because the proletariat would never be a majority of the population, socialism with its devotion to being the voice of the working class could never win power democratically.

Klehr, Harvey. “Marxist Theory in Search of America.” Journal of Politics 35, no. 2 (1973). Discusses the difficulty of Marxist analysis of American history and the failure of the Communist party to develop an adequate theory of “American exceptionalism.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “The Rejection of American Society by the Communist Left.” In Understanding Anti-Americanism: Its Origins and Impact at Home and Abroad, edited by Paul Hollander. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2004.

Le Blanc, Paul. “The Absence of Socialism in the United States: Contextualising Kautsky’s ‘American Worker.’” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Lipset, Seymour Martin, and Gary Marks. It Didn’t Happen Here: Why Socialism Failed in the United States. New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 2000.

Link, Henry Charles, and A. D. Freiberg. “Psychological Barometer on Communism, Americanism and Socialism.” Journal of Applied Psychology 33 (February 1949).

Mann, Tom. “Preface.” In Americanism: A World Menace, W.T. Colyer. London, U.K.: Labour Pub. Co., 1922. Mann, a founder in both the British and Australian Communist parties, observes “If we refuse to travel towards Communism the only alternative is to become Americanised.”

Rolfe, Eugene E. M. “Rival Gods.” Hibbert Journal 52 (April 1954). On Americanism and communism as faiths.

Rossiter, Clinton Lawrence. Marxism: The View from America. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1960. Compares Marxism with the American tradition.

Ryan, James G. “Leadership in the Left Lane: Directions and Styles in the Communist Party of the United States, 1932–1957.” In Who’s the Boss? Leadership and Democratic Culture in America, edited by Hans Krabbendam and Wil Verhoeven. Amsterdam, NL: Vu University Press, 2007.

Sombart, Werner. Why Is There No Socialism in the United States? Translated and edited by C. T. Husbands. Translated by Patricia M. Hocking. White Plains, N.Y.: International Arts and Sciences Press, 1976. Translation of the 1906 Warum gibt es in den Vereinigten Staaten keinen Sozialismus?, with a foreword by Michael Harrington.

Szporluk, Roman. Communism and Nationalism: Karl Marx Versus Friedrich List. New York: Oxford University Press, 1988. Argues that the contest between Marxism and capitalism is more properly “triangular, not bipolar” with nationalism as a competitor.

****************************************************************

Organization and Structure of the Communist Party

Alperin, Robert Jay. “Organization in the Communist Party, USA 1931-1938.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1959. Finds that Communist party organization was weak in the early 1930s but improved as schools and classes were organized to reduce membership turnover; argues that Marxism remained a driving organizational principle.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Party Organizer. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of The Party Organizer originally published (1st issue in Chicago, IL, 2nd issue on in New York City) with irregular frequency by the Workers (Communist) Party of America from April 1927 to vol. 2, nos. 7/8 (July/Aug. 1928); and by the Central Committee of the Communist Party, U.S.A. from vol. 3, no. 1 (February. 1930) to August 1938.

Kintner, William R. “Communist Organization and the Unlimited Quest for Power.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1949.

Lincove, David. “Radical Publishing to ‘Reach the Million Masses’: Alexander L. Trachtenberg and International Publishers, 1906-1966.” Left History 10, no. 1 (Fall/Winter 2004).

Peters, J. The Communist Party: A Manual on Organization. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. With an introduction by Jack Stachel. Authoritative party statement of organizational principles.

Selznick, Philip. The Organizational Weapon: A Study of Bolshevik Strategy and Tactics. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1952. Sees the organizational structure of the Communist party as that of a weapon aimed at the destruction of American society. (Selznick had been a young Trotskyist in the late 1930s and joined Max Shachtman's Workers Party when it split from the Socialist Workers party in 1940.)

Storch, Randi. “‘The Realities of the Situation’: Revolutionary Discipline and Everyday Political Life in Chicago’s Communist Party, 1928–1935.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 1, no. 3 (September 2004).

Taft, Philip. “The Party Organizer: An Introduction and Appraisal.” Labor History 11, no. 1 (Winter 1970).

U.S. House Committee on Foreign Affairs. Report on the Strategy and Tactics of World Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948. U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Structure and Organization of the Communist Party of the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. two parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Organized Communism in the United States. Washington, 1958.

****************************************************************

Communist Party Youth Affiliates and Youth Organizing

American Youth for Democracy. AYD Spotlight. New York: New Age Publishers, 1943. Journal, 1943.

American Youth for Democracy. Spotlight. New York: New Age Publishers, 1944. Journal, 1944-1945.

Berwick, Arnold. “The Idealist in the Young Communist League.” The Freeman 41, no. 1 (January 1991). Memoir of YCL activities and militants at the University of California, Berkeley, in 1941.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Pioneer. New York, N.Y.: Pioneer Pub. Co., 1931. Journal.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Young Pioneer. New York, N.Y.: Pioneer Pub. Co., 1931. Journal.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, and Lewis Miller. Communist Propaganda Among American Youth: An Example of Material Used. Pamphlet. [Washington: Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America, 1935.

Glaberman, Martin, and George Rawick. “The Champion of Youth: An Introduction and Appraisal.” Labor History 11, no. 3 (Summer 1970). Discusses a Young Communist League journal.

Gower, Calvin W. “Conservatism, Censorship, and Controversy in the CCC, 1930s.” Journalism Quarterly 52, no. 2 (1975). Notes that Army administrators excluded the Communist newspaper Champion of Youth from the camps.

Labor Youth League. Youth Review. New York, N.Y.: Labor Youth Pub. Co., 1953. Journal, 1953-?.

Lewis, Joel A. “Youth Against Fascism: The Construction of Communist Youth Identity in Britain and the United States.” Ph.D. diss. Central Michigan University, 2006.

Mishler, Paul C. “The Littlest Proletariat: American Communists and Their Children, 1922-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1988.

Potamkin, Harry Alan, Gertrude Rady, and D. Marya Morrow, eds. Pioneer Song Book. New York: New Pioneer, 1933.

Romerstein, Herbert. Communism and Your Child. New York: Bookmailer, 1962. Romerstein, young Communist activist, became an anti-Communist and joined the staff of the HCUA.

Romerstein, Herbert. The Communist International Youth and Student Apparatus. Pamphlet. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

Trutor, Clayton J. “There Is a Great Country: The Soviet Union in American Communist’s Children’s Literature, 1925-35.” M.A. Thesis. University of Vermont, 2006.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Training Operations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Hearings, Part 2 and 3: “Communist Activities and Propaganda among Youth Groups.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Target: Youth. Communist Infiltration and Agitation Tactics. A Report by J. Edgar Hoover, Director of Federal Bureau of Investigation, Illustrating Communist Strategy and Tactics in Rioting Which Occurred During House Committee on Un-American Activities Hearings, San Francisco, May 12-14, 1960. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Communist Tactics in Controlling Youth Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States Report on American Youth for Democracy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Appeal to Youth Aided by New Organizations. Hearing, April 25, 1961. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Youth Program. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Youth Program Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Labor Youth League, Respondent Decided February 15, 1955, F. Kirk Maddrix and Herbert H. Finzel for Petitioner, Gruber & Turkel (Samuel Gruber) for Respondent, Docket no. 102-23; Report. Washington, 1955.

Young Communist League. Y.C.L. Builder. [New York, NY]: The Committee, 1935. Journal, 1935-.

Young Communist League of the U.S. Y.C.L. Organizer. New York City: Published monthly by Youth Publisher for National Committee, Young Communist League, 1932. Journal

Young Communist League of the U.S. Young Communist Review. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Reprint of a periodical originally published monthly in New York by the Young Communist League, 1936-Feb. 1937; by the National Committee of the Young Communist League, Mar. 1937; by the National Board of the Young Communist League; as the official publication of the National Council of the Young Communist League, Aug. 1938-Dec. 1939. Issued with: Review (New York, 1940) and Weekly Review (New York, 1941).

Young Communist League of the U.S. Clarity. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1970. Reprint of a periodical originally published in New York by New Age Publishers for the Young Communist League (Apr.-May 1940-winter issue, 1942.

Young Communist League of the U.S.A. The Worker Guardsman. New York, 0193u. Journal claimed to be issued by members of the Young Communist League in the New York National Guard, early 1930s

Young Communist League, USA. Dynamic! [New York, NY]]: The League, 1983.

Young Pioneers of America. The Young Comrade. [Chicago, IL]: The Section, 1923. Journal

Young Pioneers of America. Young Pioneer. New York: Young Workers League of America, 1929. Journal.

Young Workers League of America. The Young Worker. [New York: National Organization Committee for the Young Workers League of America], 1922. Official journal published variously in the 1920s by the National Organization Committee for the Young Workers League of America, Young Workers League of America, Young Workers (Communist) League of America., and Communist Youth League of U.S.A

****************************************************************

Communist Party Associated Summer Camps

Levine, June. Tales of Wo-Chi-Ca: Blacks, Whites and Reds at Camp. San Rafael, CA: Avon Springs Press, 2002. Wo-Chi-Ca [Workers Childrens Camp] was at times closely Communist-aligned and always leftist.

Meeropol, Ivy. “The Little Red Summer Camp: From the Village to the Woods.” New York Times, 19 August 2001. Affectionate memories of Camp Kinderland.

Mishler, Paul. “Communism and Youth in the Country: Summer Camps and Communist Education.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discusses origins, ethnic orientation, and program emphases of different C.P.-aligned youth camps.

Mishler, Paul C. Raising Reds the Young Pioneers, Radical Summer Camps, and Communist Political Culture in the United States. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Radosh, Ronald. “Commie Camp: In Deep Winter a Memory of Red Summers.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 10 (January 1998). Memories of attendance over seven or eight summers at the Popular Frontish oriented Camp Woodland for Children in Phoenicia, New York.

Ruta, Suzanne. “Social Studies.” Wig Wag, August 1990. Report on a visit to Camp Kinderland, one of the few hard-left summer camps still operating in New York. Notes that children at the camp are predominately from radical families of several generations standing, that camp programs emphasized left themes of the 1930s, and that the camp’s director denied any camp association with the C.P.

Shargel, Baila Round. “Leftist Summer Colonies of Northern Westchester County, New York.” American Jewish History 83, no. 3 (1995)

****************************************************************

Communist Party Associated Schools and Party Education

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “Justice Attacks Workers’ Schools and Clubs.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses administrative hearings before Subversive Activities Control Board in 1953 over the New York Jefferson School, witness Marlene Maclane Kowall, daughter of a movie actor tough guy, linked to magazine Counter-Attack. The California Labor School was listed as subversive in 1948, Treasury revoked tax exemption and levied for back taxes, $7000. Most Communist-aligned schools closed by 1956.

Gettleman, Marvin. “The Lost World of United Sates Labor Education: Curricula at East and West Coast Communist Schools, 1944-1957.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Gettleman, Marvin. “Engaged Pedagogy: Curriculum and Politics at U.S. Communist Labor Schools, 1923-1957.” Paper presented at Wayne State University Conference on the University and the City, 1999. “The Engaged Pedagogy of these schools offered a novel vision of schooling as an active not passive process, a truly collective effort, and one that could do away altogether with the very possibility of competition and failure. When Stalinist scales are scraped away, this pedagogy and its apparatus could have great relevance for the educational crisis in the present day USA.”

Gettleman, Marvin. “The Lost World of Communist Labor Schools in the U.S., 1923-1957.” Paper presented at Southwestern Labor History Conference. San Francisco, 1999.

Gettleman, Marvin. “Science and Society: Educational Work of the U.S. Communist Party - (1944-1956).” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Communist Labor Pedagogy Before McCarthyism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Gonzalez, Gilbert G. Progressive Education: A Marxist Interpretation. Minneapolis: Marxist Educational Press, 1982.

Stanley, William Oliver, III. “The Communist Party and Education, 1928-1939: The Union of Theory and Practice.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1974. Examines the Communist party’s internal educational philosophy and its critique of public schools.

U.S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations of the Committee on Government Operations. Communist Ownership of GI Schools... Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956. Looks at schools for veterans with C.P. links.

****************************************************************

California Labor School

Cherney, Isobel. “California Labor School.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Reminiscences regarding the CLS by a leading teacher; discusses anti-Communist attacks on the CLS.

Gettleman, Marvin. “‘Education for Victory and Action’: The California Labor School in the Popular Front Era.” Paper presented at History of Education Society. Atlanta, GA., 1990. Argues that the CLS and other C.P. schools implicitly pursued a Gramscian strategy of breaking bourgeois cultural hegemony and promoting a class-conscious Marxist-Leninist workers’ culture.

Rigelhaupt, Jess. “The California Labor School and Radical Social Movements in the Post WWII San Francisco Bay Area.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association annual meeting, 2003.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. California Labor School, Inc., Respondent. Washington, 1957.

****************************************************************

Elisabeth Irwin School

Radosh, Ronald. “Elisabeth Irwin Looks Back.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 5&6 (June 1997). On the 75th anniversary of the “Little Red School House” in Greenwich Village. Described his memories of the school, 1949-1955, and its creation of left educational environment: “EI, in fact, was a living example of PopFront culture in practice.”

****************************************************************

Hessian Hills School

Campbell, Katherine Moos. “An Experiment in Education: The Hessian Hills School, 1925-1952.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1984. Finds that Communism shaped much of the philosophy of this private progressive school near New York in the 1930s; however, after the Hitler-Stalin Pact liberal parents controlling the school forced the resignation of its pro-Communist director.

****************************************************************

New York Marxist School/Brecht Forum

Boger, Mary. “Marxist Education in New York City: The Origin, Development, and Survival of the New York Marxist School/Brecht Forum, 1975–2000.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

****************************************************************

New York Workers School

Gettleman, Marvin. “Politics and Education at the New York Workers School.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “The New York Workers School, 1923-1944: Communist Education in American Society.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Says workers education was implicitly Gramscian in strategy, “without any sense that they had thereby abandoned long-term insurrectionary goals; the short-term reformist actions were precisely the kinds of contests for cultural hegemony deemed necessary as preludes to the decisive revolutionary struggles to come in the Gramscian, not the Leninist sense.” Denounces traditionalist historians such as Haynes and Klehr.

****************************************************************

New York Jefferson School of Social Science

Gettleman, Marvin E. “‘No Varsity Teams,’ New York’s Jefferson School of Social Science, 1943-1956.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002). The flagship institution of the CPUSA’s extensive network of schools, the Jefferson School flourished in New York City during the 1940s and early 1950s. Its pedagogy represented some of the left’s most creative cultural work in the period. The School attracted thousands of mainly adult student-workers for courses on Marxism, trade union issues and related topics as well as art, music, dance and literature.

Ring, Daniel F. “Two Cultures: Libraries, the Unions, and the ‘Case’ of the Jefferson School of Social Science.” Journal of Library History 20, no. 3 (1985). The Joint Committee on Library-Labor Relations, created by the American Library Association fostered public libraries’ work with labor unions. When a study by Henry Black, librarian at the Communist-affiliated Jefferson School of Social Science was accepted for publication in the committee’s newsletter, union representatives objected.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Jefferson School of Social Science, Respondent. Report and Order of the Board, Decided June 30, 1955. Docket no. 107-53. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

The Communist Party and Conspiracy

Budenz, Louis F. Men Without Faces: The Communist Conspiracy in the U. S. A. New York: Harper, 1950. Budenz, once editor of the Daily Worker, became a fervid anti-Communist and frequently testified about the conspiratorial nature of Communism in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Budenz, Louis F. The Techniques of Communism. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1954. Emphasizes the conspiratorial nature of the Communist party.

Cohen, Michael. “Plutocrats and the Octopus: Conspiratorial Visions of American Radicals in the Early 20th Century.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Hoover, J. Edgar. Masters of Deceit: The Story of Communism in America and How to Fight It. New York: Holt, 1958. Polemical. Hoover, the longtime head of the FBI, treats the Communist party as chiefly a conspiracy under foreign control.

Hoover, J. Edgar. J. Edgar Hoover on Communism. New York: Random House, 1969.

Hoover, J. Edgar. J. Edgar Hoover Speaks Concerning Communism. Nutley, NJ: Craig Press, 1970.

Klehr, Harvey, John Earl Haynes, and Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov. The Secret World of American Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1995. Transcribes, translates, and comments on documents from Russian archives dealing with the covert activities of the CPUSA. First book published on the CPUSA using extensive documentation from the Russian archives. See: The Secret World

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Four parts.??

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The Communist Conspiracy Strategy and Tactics of World Communism. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Social Background of American Communism

Glazer, Nathan. The Social Basis of American Communism. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1961. Examines the socio-economic background of American Communists.

Glazer, Nathan. “The Social Basis of American Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1962.

Klehr, Harvey. Communist Cadre: The Social Background of the American Communist Party Elite. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1978. Analyzes biographical information on 212 Communist Party Central Committee members (1920-1961). Finds that native-born Communists rose faster than the foreign-born, blacks were more likely to remain loyal to the Communist party than whites, non-Jews rose quicker in the hierarchy that Jews, and that women rose in the cadre, but slowly.

Moore, Barrington. “The Communist Party of the USA; An Analysis of a Social Movement.” American Political Science Review 39, no. 1 (February 1945).

Slove, Karen E. “Social Factors Influencing Success or Failure of Radical Movements: A Study of the American Communist Party.” Undergraduate Honors Thesis. Emory University, 1984.

Taylor, Kerry. “Different Shades of Red? The Social Basis of New Zealand and United States Communism Compared.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

****************************************************************

Psychological Approaches to American Communism

Almond, Gabriel Abraham. The Appeals of Communism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1954. Critical commentary on the appeal of communism based on interviews with American and foreign Communists and on Communist literature.

Brunner, Marta L. “‘Faith’ in Social Change: Three Case Studies from American Social Movement History, 1890--1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 2005. The Communist movement in the 1930s is one of the case studies.

Ernst, Morris Leopold, and David Loth. Report on the American Communist. New York: Holt, 1952. Examines the Communist party’s membership; sees Communists as compensating for personal deficiencies in extremist politics.

Krugman, Herbert. “The Interplay of Social and Psychological Factors in Political Deviance: An Inquiry Into Some Factors Underlying the Motivation of Intellectuals Who Became Communist.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1952.

Krugman, Herbert Ellis. “Appeal of Communism to American Middle Class Intellectuals and Trade Unionists.” Public Opinion Quarterly 16, no. 3 (1952).

Meyer, Frank S. The Moulding of Communists: The Training of the Communist Cadre. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1961. Psychological analysis finding Communists to be largely neurotic.

Monnerot, Jules. Sociology and Psychology of Communism. Boston: Beacon Press, 1953.

Novack, George Edward, John Dewey, and Leon Trotsky. Their Morals and Ours: Marxist Versus Liberal Views on Morality. New York: Merit Publishers, 1969. Introduction, by G. Novack.--Their morals and ours, by L. Trotsky.--The moralists and sycophants against Marxism, by L. Trotsky.--Means and ends, by J. Dewey.--Liberal morality, by G. Novack.

Wriggins, William H. “The Image of the Ideal Communist Militant as Depicted in Communist Party Publications.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1953.

****************************************************************

Communist Party Rhetoric

Cohn, Werner. “‘A Clear Provocation,’ Esoteric Elements in Communist Language.” Encounter [U.K.] 64, no. 5 (May 1985). Discusses the origins of Communist jargon which defines revelation of an embarrassing truth as provocation.

Dixler, Elsa Jane. “The American Communist Party and the Revolution.” American Behavioral Scientist 20, no. 4 (March-April 1977). Discusses the meaning of Communist revolution in the American context.

Draper, Theodore. “The Ghost of Social Fascism.” Commentary, February 1969. On Communist use of the concept of “social fascism” to denounce democratic leftists and liberal-left reformers in the early 1930s.

Evans, William Barrett. “‘Revolutionist Thought’ in the Daily Worker, 1919-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1965. Finds no consistent theoretical perspective on revolution; instead, there was a consistent reflection of Soviet and Comintern pronouncements.

Hart, Roderick P. “The Rhetoric of the True Believer.” Speech Monographs 38, no. 4 (1971). Examines “doctrinal groups” defined as American Communists, John Birchers, Roman Catholics, and Mormons.

Hunt, R. N. Carew. A Guide to Communist Jargon. New York: Macmillan, 1957.

Ilkka, Richard J. “Rhetorical Dramatization in the Development of American Communism.” Quarterly Journal of Speech 63, no. 4 (1977). Notes that glorification of the Bolshevik Revolution was a major component of American Communist rhetoric.

Ilkka, Richard Jaco. “The Rhetorical Vision of the American Communist Movement: Origin and Debut 1918-1920.” Ph.D. diss. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1974. Finds that early Communist rhetorical fantasies cast the Socialist party moderates in the role of Russian counter-revolutionaries, the Socialist party Left in the role of the Bolsheviks and presented the new Soviet state as the prototype of a new society. In the simplified drama of Communist rhetoric self-righteousness was the most common theme occurring more often that hatred of capitalism and hatred of moderate socialists Much of the rhetoric symbolically acted out visions of self esteem and mastery: the Communist as vigilant guardian of the movement, preacher-militant educating the masses, and revolutionary martyr.

Kövecses, Zoltán. “Language, Linguistics, Power, and the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Communist Party of the United States as an Advocate of Overthrow of Government by Force and Violence. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Language as a Communist Weapon. Consultation with Dr. Stefan T. Possony. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Wander, Philip C. “At the Ideological Front.” Communication Studies 42, no. 3 (Fall 1991).

Young, John W. “Totalitarian Language: Orwell’s Newspeak and Its Nazi and Communist Predecessors.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1987. Finds that Orwell directly modelled Newspeak on actual Nazi and Communist practices. Observes that, unlike Orwell’s gloomy projection of Oceania, the actual experience of long-lasting totalitarian regimes (Communist) is that over time the large gap between official reality and rhetoric causes citizens to grow skeptical, cynical, and develop a private counter-language.

****************************************************************

Communists in the South

Allen, James S. Organizing in the Depression South: A Communist’s Memoir. Minneapolis, MN: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 2000. James Allen is the pseudonym for Solomon Auerbach.

Green, Chris. “Crabgrass as Grassroots: The Contending Influences of Don West and Lucy Mason in Post-War Georgia.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005

Harris, Abram Lincoln. “Black Communists in Dixie.” In Race, Radicalism, and Reform: Selected Papers, edited by William A. Darity. New Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction Publishers, 1989. Reprint of a 1925 essay by Harris (using pseudonyms) describing black radicals expelled from a Virginia Workers party branch for putting race above class.

Kamp, Joseph P. The Fifth Column in the South. Pamphlet. New Haven, CT: Constitutional Educational League, Inc., 1940. Right-wing polemic.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “‘We Are Not What We Seem’: Rethinking Black Working-Class Opposition in the Jim Crow South.” Journal of American History 80, no. 1 (June 1993).

Miller, Abe. “Robert Fowler Hall: The Communist Party and Civil Rights.” Paper presented at The Historical Society’s Midwestern Region conference. Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, 2000. Hall was a leading white Southern Communist.

Nelson, Claire Nee. “Louise Thompson Patterson and the Southern Roots of the Popular Front.” In Women Shaping the South: Creating and Confronting Change, edited by Angela Boswell and Judith N. McArthur. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2006.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration and Activities in the South. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communism in Mid-South. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

Williams, John. “Struggle of the Thirties in the South.” In The Negro in Depression and War Prelude to Revolution, 1930-1945, edited by Bernard Sternsher. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1969. John Williams may be a pseudonym for Communist Hosea Hudson.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Regionalism and Revolution: Don West, Robert F. Hall, and the Communist Party in Appalachia, 1928-1948.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

****************************************************************

Communists in the South: The States

Communists in the South: Alabama

Fosl, Catherine. “Life and Times of a Rebel Girl: Jane Speed and the Alabama Communist Party.” Southern Historian 18 (1997). Speed, from an elite family, joined the CPUSA in the early 1930s.

Johnson, Clyde. “Red Dawn in Alabama?” Nation, 21 September 1991. Letter from C.P. veteran involved with the C.P. in Alabama in the 1930s praising Kelley’s Hammer and Hoe.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “Hammer n’ Hoe: Black Radicalism and the Communist Party in Alabama, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1987.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “‘Comrades, Praise Gawd for Lenin and Them!’: Ideology and Culture Among Black Communists in Alabama, 1930-1935.” Science & Society 52, no. 1 (Spring 1988). Discusses religiosity of Alabama black Communists in the Third Period, suggests that some blacks regarded the C.P. and the Soviet Union as the fulfillment of a “folk belief that the ‘Yankees’ would return in order to complete the Reconstruction,” and maintains that a fruitful blending of Marxism-Leninism and black folk culture occurred.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1990. “For Communists eager to get on with the task of revolution, the South was a new, mysterious frontier.... [T]hey brought with them the cultural and ideological baggage of a Northern, urban-based movement, including assumptions about the backwardness of Southern workers. Yet, gnawing at the edges of their preconceptions was a policy that situated Southern blacks at the heart of the region’s revolutionary movement. Following nearly a decade of resolutions and reassessments on the ‘Negro Question,’ in 1928 the Sixth World Congress of the Communist International insisted that blacks concentrated in the black belt counties of the Deep South constituted an oppressed nation.... As an oppressed nation, the resolution maintained, African-Americans had the right to self-determination: political power, control over the economy, and the right to secede from the United States.”

****************************************************************

Communists in the South: Georgia

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Chain Gangs, Communism, and the ‘Negro Question’: John L. Spivak’s Georgia Nigger.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 79, no. 3 (1995). Spivak’s combination of documentary reporting and proletarian fiction depicting African-American life on the chain gang and in peonage was published in 1932.

Moore, John Hammond. “Communists and Fascists in a Southern City: Atlanta, 1930.” South Atlantic Quarterly 67, no. 3 (Summer 1968): 437-54. Police moved quickly against Communist organizing among blacks. A “Blackshirt” movement of KKK supporters and unemployed whites grew large, but was driven underground by a hostile press and legal harassment by authorities.

Spivak, John Louis. Georgia Nigger. New York: Brewer, Warren and Putmam, 1932. Spivak was a secret Communist.

****************************************************************

Communists in the South: North Carolina

Scales, Junius Irving. Cause at Heart: A Former Communist Remembers. Assisted by Richard Nickson. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1987. Scales, from a wealthy Southern family, became a CPUSA official and leader of the party in North Carolina. He was convicted and imprisoned under the membership clause of the Smith Act, the only person jailed under that clause. He became disillusioned and left the party while his case was on appeal. After the Supreme Court rejected his appeals he was imprisoned but later pardoned by President Kennedy after serving a portion of his term.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 4

Communists, Radicals, and American Politics

Baritz, Loren, ed. The American Left: Radical Political Thought in the Twentieth Century. New York: Basic Books, 1971. Excerpts from major radical commentators.

Brody, David. “On the Failure of US Radical Politics: A Farmer-Labor Analysis.” Industrial Relations 22 (Spring 1983).

Buhle, Paul. “Labor Intellectuals and Labor Politics.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Discusses William English Walling, Louis C. Fraina, and C.L.R. James.

Chester, Eric Thomas. Socialists and the Ballot Box: A Historical Analysis. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Chester, Eric Thomas. True Mission: Socialists and the Labor Party Question in the US. London, Sterling, VA: Pluto Press, 2004. Includes: Engels and the Henry George campaign of 1886 -- ‘Historic’ development or blind alley -- The political party of the working class: the Socialist Party and the Labor Party question -- The conference for progressive political action: Labor Party or pressure group -- The octogenarian snail: the La Follette campaign of 1924 -- The Labor Party in the 1930s: Trotsky, Thomas and La Guardia -- Labor party or green party: the Nader campaign of 2000 -- Conclusions: the socialist alternative.

Clecak, Peter. Radical Paradoxes; Dilemmas of the American Left: 1945-1970. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. Discusses the attitude of major non-Communist radical intellectuals toward Communism.

Clecak, Peter. “Dilemmas of the American Left.” Social Research 41, no. 3 (1974). On the perennial failure of American socialists and Communists to find a viable politics of transformation.

Davis, Mike. Prisoners of the American Dream: Politics and Economy in the History of the US Working Class. London, U.K.: Verso, 1986.

Dix, Douglas Shield. “Radical Democracy and the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Fraser, Steve, and Gary Gerstle, eds. The Rise and Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989.

Fried, Richard M. “Voting Against the Hammer and Sickle: Communism as an Issue in American Politics.” In The Achievement of American Liberalism: The New Deal and Its Legacies, edited by William Henry Chafe. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003.

Heffer, Jean, and Jeanine Rovet, eds. Why is There No Socialism in the United States? Paris: Editions de l’école des hautes études en sciences sociales, 1988.

Horowitz, Roger. “‘Our Desire for Peace and Home’: Identity and Social-Democratic Politics Among World War II’s Working-Class Veterans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Kolko, Gabriel. “The Decline of American Radicalism in the Twentieth Century.” Studies on the Left 6 (September 1966).

Kramer, Jacob. “The New Freedom and the Radicals: Woodrow Wilson, Progressive Views of Radicalism, and the Origins of Repressive Tolerance, 1900--1924.” Ph.D. diss. NY: City University of New York, 2006.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Radicalism or Reformism: The Sources of Working-Class Politics.” American Political Science Review 77, no. 1 (March 1983).

Lubell, Samuel. The Future of American Politics. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1956.

Lynd, Staughton. “A Chapter from History: The United Labor Party, 1946-1952.” Liberation 18 (December 1973).

Ross, John. Murdered by Capitalism: A Memoir of 150 Years of Life and Death on the American Left. New York: Nation Books, 2004.

Rossinow, Doug. Visions of Progress: The Left-Liberal Tradition in America. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2008.

Saposs, David Joseph. Communism in American Politics. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1960. Unsympathetic survey of the Communist party in politics; suggests significant Communist participation in politics in scattered areas of the nation; treats Communism as an illegitimate participant in democratic politics.

Stokes, Melvyn. “American Progressives and the European Left.” Journal of American Studies 17 (April 1983).

Stone, Leonard A. “‘Socialism in the Evenings’: European Success and Failure and the Lessons for the American Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Sylvers, Malcolm. Sinistra Politica e Movimento Operaio Negli Stati Uniti Dal Primo Dopoguerra Alla Repressione Liberal-Maccartista [The Political Left and the Workers' Movement in the US from the First Postwar to the Liberal-McCarthy Repression]. Napoli: Liguori, 1984. Written by a radical American historian.

Symes, Lillian, and Travers Clement. Rebel America: The Story of Social Revolt in the United States. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1934.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Political Subversion. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Lobbying Activities in the Nation’s Capital. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Eighty-sixth Congress, first session.

Weinstein, James. Ambiguous Legacy: The Left in American Politics. New York: New Viewpoints, 1975.

Weinstein, James. The Long Detour: The History and Future of the American Left. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 2003. Confused discussion of the consequences of the embrace of Bolshevism by much of the American left in 1919.

Winkler, Allan M. Home Front U.S.A.: America During World War II. Arlington Heights, IL: H. Davidson, 1986.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics in the 1920s

Bornet, Vaughn Davis. “The Communist Party in the Presidential Election of 1928.” Western Political Quarterly 11, no. 3 (1958).

MacKay, Kenneth Campbell. The Progressive Movement of 1924. New York: Columbia University Press, 1947. Notes Communist Party involvement in the movement and La Follette’s repudiation of Communist support.

Perlman, Selig, and Philip Taft. History of Labor in the United States, 1896-1932 (v. 4). In History of Labour in the United States. John R. Commons and others. New York: Macmillan, 1935. Discusses Communist involvement in the Farmer-Labor movement of 1919-24.

Shapiro, Stanley. “Hand and Brain: The Farmer-Labor Party of 1920.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1967.

Shapiro, Stanley. “Hand and Brain: The Farmer-Labor Party of 1920.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1981. Communists regarded the Farmer-Labor party as a non-revolutionary and reformist rival of the allegiance of workers.

Shideler, James H. “La Follette Campaign.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 33 (1950).

Sillito, John. “The Other Available Man: Parley P. Christensen, the Farmer-Labor Party and the Election of 1920.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991. Discusses relationship of Communists to the Farmer-Labor movement.

Simson, Arthur. “Communism and the LaFollette Campaign.” Political Affairs 53 (November 1974). Communist Party version of its role in the La Follette campaign.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics in the 1930s: the New Deal, and the Popular Front

Bellush, Bernard, and Jewel Bellush. “A Radical Response to the Roosevelt Presidency: The Communist Party (1933-1945).” Presidential Studies Quarterly 10, no. 4 (1980). Surveys shifts in Communist party attitudes toward FDR; notes that shifts followed changes in Soviet foreign policy.

Bennett, David Harry. “The Appeals of Communism in the United States in the Period of the Popular Front, 1935-39.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1958.

Bishop, Hillman M. The American League Against War and Fascism. [New York?]: H. Bishop, 1936.

Buhle, Paul. “And Finally.” Cultural Correspondence, Spring 1977. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front.

Ceplair, Larry. Under the Shadow of War: Fascism, Anti-Fascism, and Marxists, 1918-1939. New York: Columbia University Press, 1987. Discusses left-wing, social democratic, and Communist anti-Fascist activities in Germany, Italy, Austria, France, Great Britain, and the United States. Argues that Marxist theoreticians for the most part misunderstood Fascism and “the instrumentalist bias of anti-Fascism made its goals peripheral to the main political tasks of the Left-wing parties” and anti-Fascism “tended to become another agenda item, front group, or programmatic thesis. In the final analysis, it meant that anti-Fascism did not develop a life of its own as a direct counter to Fascism.” “The people’s front, though it mobilized far more people on behalf of anti-Fascism than any other approach, proved, as Trotsky predicted, destructive. Its rigid alignment with Soviet national interest allowed the Communists, in the name of anti-Fascism, to attack and even destroy, as ‘agent of Fascism,’ opponents or critics of the USSR or the Comintern. Unfortunately for the anti-Fascism movement, the most potent symbol of people’s front anti-Fascism, the Spanish Civil War, also became the showcase of flagrant Communist fabrication and violence in the name of anti-Fascism.”

Donno, Antonio. La “Questione Comunista” Negli Stati Uniti Il Communist Party Dal Fronte Popolare Alla Guerra Fredda (1935-1954) [The “Communist Problem” in the US: The Communist Party from the Popular Front to the Cold War (1935-1954)]. Lecce: Milella, Italy, 1983.

Garraty, John A. “Radicalism in the Great Depression.” In Essays on Radicalism in Contemporary America, edited by Jerome L. Rodnitzky, Frank Ross Peterson, Kenneth R. Philip, and Leon Borden Blair. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1972. Commentary on the lack of radical change in American and Europe in the 1930s.

Gerassi, John. “The Communist Party, the Popular Front and Anti-Fascism.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Gerassi, John. “The Comintern, the Fronts, and the CPUSA.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Argues that the Popular Front caused the CPUSA to lose its revolutionary zeal.

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Pursuit of Legitimacy: Labor Militants and ‘The Spirit of Americanism,’ 1930-1948.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1981.

Gordon, Max. “The Communist Party of the Nineteen-Thirties and the New Left.” Socialist Revolution 6 (January-March 1976). This defense of the Popular Front as a socialist strategy by a former Communist party activist includes an exchange with James Weinstein.

Gordon, Max. “The Party and the Polling Place: A Response.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). In a commentary on Waltzer’s “The Party and the Polling Place,” Gordon, a former Communist official, defends the Popular Front strategy.

Hallgren, Mauritz Alfred. Seeds of Revolt: A Study of American Life and the Temper of the American People During the Depression. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1933.

Hamby, Alonzo L. For the Survival of Democracy: Franklin Roosevelt and the World Crisis of the 1930s. New York: Free Press, 2004.

Haslam, Jonathan. “The Comintern and the Origins of the Popular Front, 1934-1935.” Historical Journal [U.K.] 22 (1979).

Haynes, John Earl. “The New History of the Communist Party in State Politics: The Implications for Mainstream Political History.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Minneapolis, Minn., 1985.

Haynes, John Earl. “The New History of the Communist Party in State Politics: The Implications for Mainstream Political History.” Labor History 27, no. 4 (Fall 1986). Argues that accumulated published and unpublished research on politics in New York, California, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Oregon, and Washington suggests a significant C.P. role in mainstream politics in the late 1930s and 1940s. Further suggests that this significant Communist political activity sets the stage for the emergence of anticommunism, particularly anti-Communism liberalism, as a political force in the post-war period.

Howe, Irving. Socialism and America. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1985. Howe says of the Popular Front, “The most interesting group of party members consisted of people with some standing and experience who, almost against their will and perhaps to their own surprise, came to value the Popular Front as both a shrewd maneuver and more than that -- indeed, may even have come to believe that, for America at least, this was the way radicals should go.... We may doubt that many of them went so far as to recognize that the Popular Front really signified a break from classical Leninism and even, perhaps, the start of an adaptation to the special circumstances of American Life. But most changes of thought occur hesitantly, and language always lags behind impulse and feeling.”

Irons, Peter H. The New Deal Lawyers. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1982. Some of those discussed were part of the Popular Front wing of the New Deal.

Kutulas, Judy. The Long War: The Intellectual People’s Front and Anti-Stalinism, 1930-1940. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1995. Sympathetic to liberal allies of Stalinism, hostile to anti-Communism liberals and leftists.

Lash, Joseph P. Eleanor Roosevelt: A Friend’s Memoir. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1964. Lash discusses his relationship with the Communist Party as a student leader in the 1930s.

Lash, Joseph P. Dealers and Dreamers: A New Look at the New Deal. New York: Doubleday, 1988. In a chapter entitled “Communists and New Dealers” Lash discusses Harold Ware, Nat Witt, Hope Dale Davis, Herbert Fuchs, Michael Straight, Victor Perlo, Edwin S. Smith, and secret Communist groups in AAA and NLRB.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Roosevelt and the Protest of the 1930s.” University of Minnesota Law Review, Fall 1983.

Lyons, Eugene. The Red Decade: The Stalinist Penetration of America. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1941. Influential journalistic exposé of Communist involvement in the political and cultural life of the 1930s. Lyons, a United Press reporter, had arrived in the Soviet Union in the 1930s sympathetic to the Soviet Union. He returned hostile and antagonistic toward communism and Americans sympathetic to it.

Manley, John F. “Marx in America: The New Deal.” Science & Society 67, no. 1 (Spring 2003). Uses the 1930s as evidence that Marxist analysis is correct and class conflict is central to understanding American history.

McFarland, C.K. “Coalition of Convenience: Lewis and Roosevelt, 1933-1940.” Labor History 13 (Summer 1972). Notes the changing Communist party attitude toward Roosevelt and John L. Lewis.

McKnight, David. “The Comintern’s Seventh Congress and the Australian Labor Party.” Journal of Contemporary History 32, no. 3 (1997). While discussing the secret entry of Australian Communists into the ALP notes similarities in the political strategy of American Communists in the late 1930s.

Meyers, W. Cameron. “The Chicago Newspaper Hoax in the ‘36 Election Campaign.” Journalism Quarterly 37, no. 3 (1960). On a fight between the Chicago Tribune and the Daily Times over a Tribune charge that Russian Communist Party officials had ordered American Communists to support President Roosevelt.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party and the Great Depression.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Naison, Mark. “Remaking America: Communists and Liberals in the Popular Front.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. “However, the CPUSA’s effort to shed its ‘foreign’ image betrayed glaring inconsistencies. At the very moment that Browder described the party as a “consistent fighter for democracy,” he was still making trips to Moscow to get Comintern approval of major policy initiatives. Moreover, party leaders still functioned as though their real constituency, the one that could make or break them as leaders, was in the Soviet Union. Without the slightest embarrassment, they translated the Soviet obsession with internal opposition in a U.S. setting, demanding the excommunication of ‘Trotskyists” from the labor movement and the left while elevating praise of Stalin to cult-like proportions. .... To some intellectuals, the Popular Front became the moment when Communism revealed its profound moral corruption.”

Nelson, Bruce. “Workers, Organized Labor and the Presidential Election of 1940.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 1989.

Nelson, Bruce. “‘Give Us Roosevelt’: Workers and the New Deal Coalition.” History Today 40 (January 1990).

Notaro, Carmen Anthony. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and the American Communist, Peacetime Relations, 1932-1941.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1969.

Ottanelli, Michele Fraser. “Origins of the Popular Front Policy in the United States; 1933-1935.” Paper presented at American Historical Association graduate history forum of central New York state. SUNY, Cortland, 1983. Sees the Popular Front as more of a product of domestic concerns than a response to Moscow’s direction.

Ottanelli, Michele Fraser. “Communists and the New Deal: An American Popular Front.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985. Sees the Popular Front as more of a product of domestic concerns than a response to Moscow’s direction.

Pells, Richard H. Radical Visions and American Dreams: Culture and Social Thought in the Depression Years. New York: Harper & Row, 1973. Analysis of the reaction of intellectuals associated with the Left to the Depression. Discusses acceptance by some of conformity to Communist Party cultural themes, the obsession with proletarian culture, and intellectual shifts required by the Popular Front. Argues that the patriotism aroused by World War II diminished the appeal of radicalism and established the basis for postwar elitist anticommunism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Two Letters from 1936 on Science & Society, the Marxist Quarterly and the New Republic.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008). On the exclusion of anti-Stalinists as a price of the Popular Front.

Plotke, David. Building a Democratic Political Order: Reshaping American Liberalism in the 1930s and 1940s. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996. Discusses the role of communism and anticommunism in the era and the ambiguities of the Communist conception of the Popular Front. Argues that Communists failed “to understand that the Democratic order aimed to create an enduring dynamic between economic and social development and democratic reform.” Also takes the view, “Communists in 1947-9 treated any equivocal action by leading Democrats as revealing a calculated betrayal of the past decade’s reformism. They risked the destruction of remaining Popular Front alliance in deciding to throw their political resources into the campaign to elect Henry Wallace president in 1948.”

Post, Charlie. “The Popular Front: Rethinking CPUSA History.” Against the Current 11, no. 3 (July-August 1996).

Simon, Rita James, ed. As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967. “Lectures given on the campus of the University of Illinois from October, 1965 through April, 1966 under the auspices of an ad hoc faculty committee. The series was entitled ‘Leaders of social and political movements in the 1930’s.” Introduction, by R. J. Simon.--Radicalism in the thirties: the Trotskyist view, by M. Shachtman.--The Huey Long movement, by G. L. K. Smith.--Writers in the thirties, by G. Hicks.--The thirties in America as a Socialist recalls them, by N. Thomas.--My experience in the labor and radical struggles of the thirties, by A. J. Muste.--The student movement of the thirties: a political history, by H. Draper.--My years with Roosevelt, by B. K. Wheeler.--The American Communist Party in the thirties, by E. Browder.

Spivak, John Louis. America Faces the Barricades. New York: Covici, Friede, 1935. Written by a journalist who was a secret Communist.

Steele, Richard W. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and His Foreign Policy Critics.” Political Science Quarterly 94 (Spring 1979).

Steele, Richard W. Propaganda in an Open Society: The Roosevelt Administration and the Media, 1933-1941. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985.

Stephanson, Anders. “The CPUSA Conception of the Rooseveltian State.” Thesis. New College, Oxford University, 1977.

Stephanson, Anders. “The CPUSA Conception of the Rooseveltian State, 1933-1939.” Radical History Review, no. 24 (1980). Commentary on the Communist party’s analysis of the structure of government, politics, and power under the New Deal.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “American Communists in the Popular Front Period: Reorganization or Disorganization?” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 23, no. 3 (1989). Surveys the tension in party structure and internal education between CPUSA’s need in the Popular Front period to spread into mass organizations and mainstream politics and the need to inculcate Marxism-Leninism ideology.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Left-Wing New Dealers, Moderate Communists, and Enlightened Bourgeois: Progressive Capitalism as a Program for the Postwar U.S.A.” In Economic and Strategic Issues in U.S. Foreign Policy, edited by Carl-Ludwig Holtfrerich. Berlin and New York: W. de Gruyter, 1989. Notes the parallels between the postwar program of liberal Henry Wallace, Communist Earl Browder, business spokesman Eric Johnston. Denies that the Duclos letter was a sign of Cold War aggression by Stalin and takes the view that Browder’s downfall was a repudiation of his excesses and not of his fundamental views.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Roosevelt, i Sindacati e Il Partito Comunista: Un Fronte Popolare Americano? [Roosevelt, the Trade Unions and the Communist Party: An American Popular Front?].” In La Stagione Dei Fronti Popolari [The Period of the Popular Fronts], Aldo Agosti. Bologna, Italy: Cappelli, 1989.

Sylvers, Malcolm. “Left‑Wing Dealers, Moderate Communists, and Enlightened Bourgeois: Progressive Capitalism as a Program for the Postwar USA.” In A Demokratikus es Szocialis Megujhodas. Tervek es Valosag 1942‑1945 [The Democratic and Social Progress. Plans and Reality 1942‑1945], edited by János Jemnitz. Budapest, Hungary: Magyar Lajos Alapítvány, 1997.

Trilling, Diana. We Must March My Darlings: A Critical Decade. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1977. Defends liberal anti-Communism and discusses the Popular Front of the 30s.

Warren, Frank A. Liberals and Communism: The “Red Decade” Revisited. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1966. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front relationship between some Liberals and Communism. Suggests that the relationship was ambiguous, informal, and not essentially conspiratorial.

Warren, Frank A., III. “American Liberalism in the 1930’s: Its Relation to Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 1962. A detailed look at the attitude toward Communism and the Soviet Union taken by three leading liberals journals: The New Republic, The Nation, and Common Sense. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front relationship between liberals and Communists.

****************************************************************

Communists and the Unemployed

Black, Gordon. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early 1930s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Erickson, Herman. “WPA Strikes & Trials of 1939.” Minnesota History 42, no. 6 (1971). Notes Communist involvement in strikes by workers on federal work relief projects.

Folsom, Franklin. Impatient Armies of the Poor: The Story of Collective Action of the Unemployed, 1808-1942. Niwot: University Press of Colorado, 1991. By former executive secretary of the C.P.-aligned League of American Writers. Discusses Communist organizing of the unemployed in the 1930s.

Goldberg, Chad Alan. “Haunted by the Specter of Communism: Collective Identity and Resource Mobilization in the Demise of the Workers Alliance of America.” Theory and Society [Netherlands] 32 (October 2003).

Goldberg, Chad Alan. “Contesting the Status of Relief Workers During the New Deal: The Workers Alliance of America and the Works Progress Administration, 1935-1941.” Social Science History 29, no. 3 (2005).

Grijalva, Brian. “Organizing the Unemployed: The 1930s and 1940s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Kahn, Eleanor. “Organizations of the Unemployed as a Factor in the American Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. Madison: University of Wisconsin, 1934. Notes little Communist success in organizing the unemployed in the 1920s despite considerable verbal commitment.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “A New War in Dixie: Communists and the Unemployed in Birmingham, Alabama, 1930-1933.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Finds significant TUUL success in organizing the unemployed, particularly black workers, despite police harassment, AFL hostility, and race baiting. Discusses Unemployed Councils’ mobilization of black and white women in Birmingham. Sees the experience as providing valuable training for Communist and later CIO organizers such as Hosea Hudson, Henry O. Mayfield, Ebb Cox, Andy Brown, and Al Murphy.

Leab, Daniel J. “‘United We Eat’: The Creation and Organization of the Unemployed Councils in 1930.” Labor History 8, no. 3 (Fall 1967). Recounts the origins of the Communist Party’s Unemployed Councils.

Leab, Daniel J. “United We Eat, Divided We Starve: The Communist Party and the Unemployed.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1983.

Lorence, James J. “Radicals in Strange Places: The Unemployed Movement in Outstate Michigan, 1929-1933.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991.

Lorence, James J. “Controlling the Reserve Army: The United Automobile Workers and Michigan’s Unemployed, 1935-1941.” Labor’s Heritage 5, no. 4 (1994). Notes Communist work among the unemployed.

Lorence, James J. Organizing the Unemployed: Community and Union Activists in the Industrial Heartland. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1996. Focuses on Michigan and the effort of UAW, Socialist, and Communist activists to organize the unemployed.

Lorence, James J. “Mobilizing the Reserve Army: The Communist Party and the Unemployed in Atlanta, 1929–1934.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “A Conflict of Ideologies: Communism, Liberalism, and the South Bend Food Riot.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, NE., 1991. The Unemployed Council under C.P. leadership had some success in protests over relief policies in 1932-33 until a demonstration led to confrontation with police. C.P. leadership of the Council and the Communist membership of some of those arrested then became a central issue, and subsequent C.P. tactics offended local liberal leaders.

Prago, Albert. “The Organization of the Unemployed and the Role of Radicals 1929-1935.” Ph.D. diss. Union Graduate School, 1976. Provides extensive and sympathetic coverage of Communist activity among the unemployed.

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Radicals and the Jobless: The Musteites and the Unemployed Leagues, 1932-1936.” Labor History 16, no. 1 (Winter 1975).

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early Years of the Great Depression, 1929-1933.” Radical America 10, no. 4 (July-August 1976). Discusses Communist involvement in attempts to organize the unemployed.

Seymour, Helen. “Organization of the Unemployed.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1940. Discusses the Communist party’s Unemployed Councils.

Storch, Randi. “Red Relief: Communists and Unemployed Organizing in Chicago.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1997.

Storch, Randi. “Demanding Relief from the Bottom Up: Communists and Unemployed Organizing in Chicago, 1928-1941.” Paper presented at 18th Annual Meeting of the Indiana Association of Historians, 1998.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Guide to Communist Tactics Among the Unemployed. A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961.

****************************************************************

The Bonus March

Best, Gary Dean. FDR and the Bonus Marchers, 1933-1935. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992.

Daniels, Roger. The Bonus March: An Episode of the Great Depression. Westport, CT: Greenwood Pub. Co., 1971. Discusses Communist involvement in the veterans bonus march on Washington in 1932.

Killigrew, John W. “The Army and the Bonus Incident.” Military Affairs 26, no. 2 (Summer 1962)

****************************************************************

Illustrative CPUSA Literature of the 1930s

Browder, Earl. Build the United People’s Front Report to the November Plenum of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the U. S. A. Pamphlet. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1936.

Browder, Earl. Lincoln and the Communists. Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1936. Popular Front pamphlet linking communism to American traditions.

Browder, Earl. The People’s Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938.

Browder, Earl. Social and National Security. Pamphlet. [New York]: Worker Library Publishers, 1938. As part of the CPUSA antifascist policy, Browder calls for greater government investment in national defense as well as in social programs.

Browder, Earl, and James W. Ford. Acceptance Speeches for President, Earl Browder: For Vice-President, James W. Ford: Communist Candidates in the Presidential Elections. Pamphlet. New York City: Workers Library Publishers, 1936.

Foster, William Z. Your Questions Answered on Politics, Peace, Economics Anti-Semitism, Race Prejudice, Religion, Trade Unionism, Americanism, Democracy, Socialism, Communism. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1939.

****************************************************************

Third Parties and Alternatives to the New Deal and the Popular Front

Brinkley, Alan. Voices of Protest: Huey Long, Father Coughlin, and the Great Depression. New York: Knopf, 1982.

Lawson, R. Alan. The Failure of Independent Liberalism, 1930-1941. New York: Putnam, 1971.

McCoy, Donald R. Angry Voices: Left-of-Center Politics in the New Deal Era. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1958.

McElvaine, Robert S. “Thunder Without Lightning; Working Class Discontent in the U.S., 1929-1937.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1974. Concludes that workers were ready for radical action in the 1930s but this did not come about because of the strength of the two party system, weaknesses of the Socialist Party and the Communist Party, Roosevelt’s clever rhetoric, and the deaths of Floyd Olson and Huey Long; sees the politics of Wisconsin, Minnesota, and California as demonstrating the radical potential of the 1930s.

Omdahl, Lloyd. Insurgents. Brainerd, MN: Lakeland Color Press, 1961. Discusses the farmers Nonpartisan League’s shift to alignment with the Democratic party in the Dakotas and Minnesota.

Tverdokhleb, I.B., and Mark Naison. “The Movement for Creation of a Progressive Third Party in the United States During the Mid-1930s.” In Soviet-American Dialogue on the New Deal, edited by Otis L. Graham. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1989. Tverdokhleb states that by 1936, “the American Communists had accepted the criticism and recommendations contained in the report presented by G. Dimitrov at the VII Congress of the Comintern and were on the road to overcoming the sectarianism and dogmatism that previously had characterized the party on the issues of a mass democratic movement and the creation of a third party.... [I]t was the functionaries of the American Commonwealth Political Federation who split the [third party] movement at the crucial moment. The reason is to be found in the anti-Communist position of its main leaders, T. Amlie and A. Bingham.” Naison responded that Communist “party leaders had returned from the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International (in 1935) with hopes of participating in the creation of a national farmer-labor party. But party work within the CIO, where it played an important role in a third of the constituent unions, convinced the leadership that working-class sentiment for Roosevelt was too strong to challenge without risking isolation.”

Tobin, Eugene M. Organize or Perish: America’s Independent Progressives, 1913-1933. New York: Greenwood Press, 1986.

****************************************************************

National Labor Parties and Farmer-Labor Parties

Davin, Eric Leif, and Staughton Lynd. “Picket Line and Ballot Box: The Forgotten Legacy of the Local Labor Party Movement, 1932-1936.” Radical History Review, no. 22 (Winter 1978-80). Argues that there was widespread working-class interest in independent labor and farmer-labor parties during 1932-36; this movement was aborted by the CIO through its organization of Labor’s Non-Partisan League. Berlin, New Hampshire is presented as a case study.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Fall of the Farmer-Labor Parties, 1936-38.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 62 (January 1971). Surveys the decline of the farmer-labor third party movement.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Persistence of Third Party Dreams in the American Labor Movement, 1930-1938.” Mid-America 58 (October 1976).

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Automobile Workers Unions and the Fight for Labor Parties in the 1930s.” Indiana Magazine of History 77, no. 2 (June 1981). Discusses the attitude of Indiana and Ohio UAW locals toward political action in the 1930s.

Ross, Jack. “To Build a Labor Party: Failures and Implications, 1872-1944,” 2005.

****************************************************************

Union Party

Bennett, David Harry. “The Demagogues: Appeal in the Depression, the Origins and Activities of the Union Party, 1932-1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1963.

Bennett, David Harry. Demagogues in the Depression: American Radicals and the Union Party, 1932-1936. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1969.

****************************************************************

National Progressives of America

McCoy, Donald R. “The National Progressives of America, 1938.” Mississippi Valley Historical Review 44, no. 1 (June 1957)

****************************************************************

Independent Progressives and Radical Alternatives Biographical Material

Thomas Amlie

Long, Richard. “Thomas Amlie: A Political Biography.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1969. Amlie, a Wisconsin Progressive Party congressman was a nationally prominent 1930s left-progressive, opposed cooperation with Communists.

Rosenof, Theodore. “The Political Education of an American Radical: Thomas R. Amlie in the 1930’s.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 58 (Autumn 1974). Discusses an important anti-Communist radical political figure of the 1930s.

Weiss, Stuart L. “Thomas Amlie and the New Deal.” Mid-America 59 (January 1977)

****************************************************************

Alfred Bingham

Miller, Donald L. The New American Radicalism: Alfred M. Bingham and Non-Marxian Insurgency in the New Deal Era. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1979. Notes Bingham’s opposition to Communist participation in the American Commonwealth Political Federation and other left-of-center political movements.

Warren, Frank A., III. “Alfred Bingham and the Paradox of Liberalism.” Historian 28, no. 2 (1966). Notes the ambiguity of Bingham’s views on Nazism and communism.

****************************************************************

Father Charles Coughlin

Carpenter, Ronald H. Father Charles E. Coughlin Surrogate Spokesman for the Disaffected. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.

Father Coughlin’s Friends. An Answer to Father Coughlin’s Critics. Royal Oak, MI: The Radio League of the Little Flower, 1940.

Magil, A. B. The Truth About Father Coughlin. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935. Attack by CPUSA spokesman.

Marcus, Sheldon. Father Coughlin: The Tumultuous Life of the Priest of the Little Flower. Boston: Little, Brown, 1973.

Spivak, John Louis. Shrine of the Silver Dollar. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940. Attack on Coughlin by a journalist who was a secret party member.

Tull, Charles J. Father Coughlin and the New Deal. [Syracuse, N.Y.]: Syracuse University Press, 1965.

Warren, Donald I. Radio Priest: Charles Coughlin, the Father of Hate Radio. New York: Free Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Huey Long

Bittelman, Alexander. How Can We Share the Wealth? The Communist Way Versus Huey Long. [New York]: Workers Library Publishers, 1935.

Haas, Edward F. “Huey Long and the Communists.” Louisiana History 32, no. 1 (1991). Fearing Long’s Share Our Wealth program would divert support from the CPUSA and its support for the New Deal via the Popular Front and lead to the formation of a third party, the Communist press attacked him as antilabor, racist, corrupt, a lackey of capitalism, and a leader of American fascism.

Long, Huey Pierce. Every Man a King: The Autobiography of Huey P Long. New Orleans, LA: National Book Co., Inc., 1933.

Long, Huey Pierce. My First Days in the White House. Harrisburg, PA: The Telegraph Press, 1935.

Long, Huey Pierce. Kingfish to America, Share Our Wealth: Selected Senatorial Papers of Huey P. Long. Edited by Henry M. Christman. New York: Schocken Books, 1985.

Smith, Gerald L.K. “The Huey Long Movement.” In As We Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Williams, T. Harry. Huey Long. New York: Knopf, 1969.

****************************************************************

Communists, Henry Wallace, and the 1948 Progressive Party

Bernstein, Barton. “Henry A. Wallace and the Agony of American Liberalism.” Peace and Change, Fall 1974.

Boylan, James R. The New Deal Coalition and the Election of 1946. New York: Garland Pub., 1981. Discusses the developing split between Popular Front liberals and those who would later become anti-Communist liberals.

Brandt, Harvey V. “The Ideological Function of the Progressive Party of 1948.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1949.

Brown, John Cotton. “The 1948 Progressive Campaign: A Scientific Approach.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1949. Brown, a graduate student of Rexford Tugwell, attended a number of important private Progressive party convention meetings as Tugwell’s assistant.

Devine, Thomas W. “The Eclipse of Progressivism: Henry A. Wallace and the 1948 Presidential Election.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2000. Detailed history of the role of the CPUSA in the Progressive Party and the Wallace campaign.

Devine, Thomas W. “The Communists, Henry Wallace, and the Progressive Party of 1948.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003).

Divine, Robert. “The Cold War and the Election of 1948.” Journal of American History 59, no. 1 (June 1972). Discusses how the Czech crisis and the Berlin Crisis isolated Wallace and tended to neutralize Dewey, all to Truman’s benefit.

Fujii, George. “Marshall Plan or ‘Wallace Plan?’ The Selling of Alternate Visions for Postwar American Prosperity.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004. Discusses CPUSA criticism of the Marshall Plan and its backing of Wallace’s alternative.

Hamby, Alonzo. “Henry Wallace, the Liberals, and Soviet-American Relations.” Review of Politics 30, no. 4 (1968).

Hamby, Alonzo L. The Imperial Years: The United States Since 1939. New York: Weybright and Talley, 1976.

Hincheyst, Mary. “The Frustration of the New Deal Revival, 1944-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1965. Discusses Communist role in liberal politics.

Kleinman, Mark L. “Choosing the Right Enemy: Liberal Fears of Fascism After World War II.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Kleinman, Mark L. A World of Hope, a World of Fear: Henry A. Wallace, Reinhold Niebuhr, and American Liberalism. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2000. Laments the defeat of Popular Front liberalism in 1948.

Kleinman, Mark Louis. “Approaching Opposition: Henry A. Wallace, Reinhold Niebuhr and the Emergence of American Liberal Internationalism, 1920-1942.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1991. Blames the failure of Wallace’s idealistic vision of the Century of the Common Man in part on the criticism of Niebuhr and other “realists” who by voicing their disagreement and criticism “ultimately prevented even the consideration of proposals by individuals such as Wallace.”

Lader, Lawrence. “The Wallace Campaign of 1948.” American Heritage 28, no. 1 (1976). Summary.

Macdonald, Dwight. “The Wallace Campaign: An Autopsy.” Politics 5 (Summer 1948).

MacDougall, Curtis Daniel. Gideon’s Army. New York: Marzani & Munsell, 1965. v. 1. The components of the decision.-- v. 2. The decision and the organization.-- v. 3. The campaign and the vote. MacDougall, a prominent participant in the Wallace campaign, reviews in detail the history of Henry Wallace’s Progressive party; finds no significant Communist influence.

Markowitz, Norman D. “The Rise and Fall of the People’s Century: Henry A. Wallace and American Liberalism, 1941-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1970.

Markowitz, Norman D. The Rise and Fall of the People’s Century: Henry A. Wallace and American Liberalism, 1941-1948. New York: Free Press, 1973. A highly sympathetic political history of Wallace’s variety of liberalism; notes a Communist role in the Progressive party. Argues that the “ Cold War liberals” who defeated Wallace were opportunists who suffered from a failure of nerve when they did not support Wallace’s “ social liberal” vision in the postwar world.

May, Henry F. “The End of American Radicalism.” American Quarterly 2, no. 4 (Winter 1950).

Muller, Steve, and Alfred Friendly. Henry A. Wallace: The Last Seven Months of His Presidential Campaign. Pamphlet. Washington: Americans for Democratic Action, 1948. Liberal critique of Wallace and his Popular Front liberalism.

Peterson, Frank Ross. “Harry S. Truman and His Critics: The 1948 Progressives and the Origins of the Cold War.” In Essays on Radicalism in Contemporary America, edited by Jerome L. Rodnitzky, Frank Ross Peterson, Kenneth R. Philip, and Leon Borden Blair. Austin: Published for the University of Texas at Arlington by the University of Texas Press, 1972. Sympathetic analysis of Henry Wallace’s and Glen Taylor’s attack on Truman’s anti-Communist liberalism.

Richards, Miles S. “The Progressive Democrats in Chicago, July 1944.” South Carolina Historical Magazine 102, no. 3 (2001). Wallace was dropped as the vice-presidential nominee and replaced by Truman at the 1944 Democratic convention.

Rosa, Todd. “The Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA) and the Progressive Party Presidential Campaign of Henry Wallace in 1948.” Paper presented at “New Frontiers in Cold War History,” 4^th Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Santa Barbara, CA 1999.

Rosen, Jerold A. “Henry A. Wallace and American Liberal Politics, 1945-1948.” Annals of Iowa 44 (Fall 1978).

Schmidt, Karl M. Henry A. Wallace, Quixotic Crusade 1948. [Syracuse]: Syracuse University Press, 1960.

Schmidt, Karl M., Jr. “The Wallace Progressive Party.” Ph.D. diss. Johns Hopkins University, 1952.

Sirevåg, Torbjörn. The Eclipse of the New Deal and the Fall of Vice-President Wallace, 1944. New York: Garland Pub., 1985.

Walker, J. Samuel. Henry A. Wallace and American Foreign Policy. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1976.

Walton, Richard J. Henry Wallace, Harry Truman, and the Cold War. New York: Viking, 1976. Argues that Wallace and his Progressive party were right and that Truman and the anti-Communist liberals were wrong in fighting the Cold War.

Yarnell, Allen. Democrats and Progressives: The 1948 Presidential Election as a Test of Postwar Liberalism. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1974. Discusses the use of anti-Communism as a Truman campaign theme against Henry Wallace; denies that the Wallace campaign moved Truman to the Left.

Young, Allan Chandler. “A Modern Isaiah: Henry A. Wallace and the 1948 Presidential Campaign.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Dakota, 1992. Attributed Wallace’s disappointing showing in part to the “hysteria of the post-World War II Red Scare.”

****************************************************************

Progressive Party Biographical Material

J.W. Gitt

Hamilton, Mary A. “A Progressive Publisher and the Cold War: J.W. Gitt and The Gazette and Daily, York, Pennsylvania, 1946-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Michigan State University, 1968.

Hamilton, Mary A. “A Pennsylvania Newspaper Publisher in ‘Gideon’s Army’: J. W. Gitt, Henry Wallace and the Progressive Party of 1948.” Pennsylvania History 61, no. 1 (1994). Gitt used his York, Pennsylvania, Gazette and Daily to support Henry A. Wallace’s 1948 campaign for the presidency. “Jesse” Gitt worried about Communist influence within the Progressive Party and left the party in 1950 due to its opposition to US military involvement in Korea.

****************************************************************

Glen H. Taylor

Peterson, Frank Ross. “Fighting the Drive Toward War: Glen H. Taylor, the 1948 Progressives, and the Draft.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 61 (January 1970).

Peterson, Frank Ross. Prophet Without Honor: Glen H. Taylor & the Fight for American Liberalism. [Lexington]: University Press of Kentucky, 1974. Admiring biography of Glen Taylor, the one-term U.S. Senator and vice-presidential nominee of Henry Wallace’s 1948 Progressive Party. Treats claims of a Communist role in the Progressive Party as lies contrived by Democrats.

****************************************************************

Henry Wallace

Beichman, Arnold. “The Wallace Case.” National Review, 1 August 1994. Discusses Henry Wallace’s benign attitude toward for Stalinism. Says during Wallace’s 1944 renomination fight that when a journalist for PM he received orders from its publisher, Ralph Ingersoll, that Wallace’s standing be pushed in every way. Says Ingersoll was a former lover of Lillian Hellman and that in his judgment Ingersoll probably had been a C.P. member.

Culver, John C., and John Hyde. American Dreamer: The Life and Times of Henry A. Wallace. New York: Norton, 2000. Admiring biography praising Wallace’s call for accommodation with Stalin.

Macdonald, Dwight. Henry Wallace: The Man and the Myth. New York: Vanguard Press, 1948. Macdonald’s biting portrait of Wallace’s illusions and naivete influenced many left-liberals.

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. Henry A. Wallace of Iowa: The Agrarian Years, 1910-1940. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1968.

Schapsmeier, Edward L., and Frederick H. Schapsmeier. Prophet in Politics: Henry A. Wallace and the War Years, 1940-1965. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1971. This detailed scholarly biography discusses Wallace’s dealings with the Communist party and its allies in the late 1940s.

Wallace, Henry Agard. Century of the Common Man. New York: International Workers Order, 1943. Published version of Wallace’s speech laying out a idealistic world-wide version of Popular Front liberalism.

Wallace, Henry Agard. The Price of Vision: The Diary of Henry A. Wallace, 1942-1946. Edited by John Morton Blum. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1973.

White, Graham J., and J. R. Maze. Henry A. Wallace His Search for a New World Order. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1994.

****************************************************************

The Democratic Response to Wallace and the Progressive Party

Barto, Harold. “Clark Clifford and the Presidential Election of 1948.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1970. Discusses Clifford’s role in devising a Truman administration strategy against Henry Wallace and the Communist-influenced Progressive party.

Bintner, Stuart John. “Clark Clifford and the 1948 Presidential Campaign.” Master’s thesis. University of Missouri-Kansas City, 1969.

Donaldson, Gary A. “Who Wrote the Clifford Memo? The Origins of Campaign Strategy in the Truman Administration.” Presidential Studies Quarterly 23 (Fall 1993). The Clifford memo suggested how the role of Communists in Wallace’s campaign could be used to isolate him and to persuade liberals to support Truman.

Hasting, Anne Celeste. “Intraparty Struggle: Harry S. Truman, 1945-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Saint Louis University, 1972. Treats the attacks by Truman supporters on Henry Wallace for cooperating with the Communist party as a ploy without a factual basis.

Yarnell, Allen. “Liberals in Action: The Americans for Democratic Action and the 1948 Presidential Election.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1971.

Yarnell, Allen. “The Democratic Party’s Response to the Progressive Party in 1948.” Research Studies 39, no. 1 (March 1971). Takes the view that the Progressive Party challenge to Truman made it easier for him to take a firm anti-Communist line and neutralize Republic use of the issue.

Yarnell, Allen. “Liberals in Action: The ADA, Henry Wallace, and the 1948 Election.” Research Studies 40, no. 4 (1972). Describes ADA use of anticommunism against Wallace.

Yarnell, Allen Lawrence. “The Impact of the Progressive Party on the Democratic Party in the 1948 Presidential Election.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1969.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: The States

Communists and Politics: Arkansas

Freking, Kevin. “‘30s Arkansas Target of Communist Thrust.” Arkansas Democrat Gazette, 29 April 2001. Newspapers story on documents in CPUSA records regarding organizing in Arkansas.

McCarty, Joey. “The Red Scare in Arkansas: A Southern State and National Hysteria.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 37, no. 3 (1978). Most of the public paid little attention to the Red Scare of 1919-20.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: California

Breheny, Jessica. “‘These Were Our Times’: Red-Baiting, Blacklisting, and the Lost Literature of Dissent in Mid-Twentieth-Century California.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 2004.

Burke, Robert E. Olson’s New Deal for California. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1953. Notes Governor Olson’s association with some Communist-led organizations.

California Communst League. People’s Tribune: The Political Paper of the California Communist League. Los Angeles, CA: The League, 1969. Journal.

Cherny, Robert W. “Prelude to the Popular Front: The Communist Party in California, 1931-35.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Coles, Robert. Erik H. Erikson: The Growth of His Work. Boston: Little, Brown, 1970. Discusses Erikson‘s protest against the California loyalty oath.

Communist Party of the United States of America. California State Committee. The Party Forum. [San Francisco, CA]: Calif. State Committee, CPUSA, 1956. Journal.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “‘Cocktail Picket Party:’ The Hollywood Citizen-News Strike, the Newspaper Guild, and the Popularization of the ‘Democratic Front’ in Los Angeles.” UCLA Historical Journal 5 (1984). Discusses the success of Popular Front tactics in winning support for a newspaper strike.

Issel, William. “The ‘Catholic Internationale’: Religious Sources of Mayor Joseph L. Alioto’s Urban Liberalism.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Notes the anti-Communist element of Alioto’s Catholic-based New Deal urban liberalism.

Issel, William. “‘For Both Cross and Flag’: The Politics of Catholic Action in California During the 1930s.” Paper presented at European Social Science History Conference, 2004.

Issel, William. “‘Still Potentially Dangerous in Some Quarters’: Sylvester Andriano, Catholic Action, and Un-American Activities in California.” Pacific Historical Review 75, no. 2 (May 2006): 231-70.

Kraus, Henry. In the City Was a Garden: A Housing Project Chronicle. New York: Renaissance Press, 1951. With names changed, describes the attempt to convert Garden City, a federal war housing project, into a mutual ownership project after WWII; says an anti-Communist faction created a fraudulent scandal when it found that the editor of the Daily People’s World, described as “a leftist West Coast Newspaper” rather than a CPUSA journal, had improperly gotten an apartment. Says the latter incident was due to a clerical error rather than political favoritism.

Kurashige, Scott. “Negro Victory in Multi-Ethnic Los Angeles: Black Radicals and Community Activism During World War II.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Long, Edward R. “Loyalty Oaths in California, 1947-1952: The Politics of Anti-Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, San Diego, 1981. Finds that anticommunism had its greatest success with liberal support.

Long, Edward R. “Earl Warren and the Politics of Anti-Communism.” Pacific Historical Review 51, no. 1 (1982). Finds that Warren, later chief justice of the U.S. Supreme Court with a highly liberal reputation, was an anti-Communist when he was attorney general and governor of California and supported loyalty oaths and other anti-Communist measures.

Murdock, Steve. “California Communists - Their Years of Power.” Science & Society 34, no. 4 (1970). Maintains that the Communist party had significant influence in California in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s.

Ranstead, Donald Davitt. “District 13: A History of the Activities of the California C.P., 1929-1940.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Davis, 1963.

Schwartz, Stephen. From West to East: California and the Making of the American Mind. New York: Free Press, 1998. Broad ranging historical study. Discusses the overlapping of political, cultural, and aesthetic radicalism in the history of California. Includes extensive discussion of the role of California Communists in that history and of the struggles within the California radical community between Stalinists and anti-Stalinists. Essay-review by Kevin Starr in the Los Angeles Times (15 March 1998).

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Radicalism in California, 1869-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1962.

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Formation of the California Communist Labor Party.” Pacific Historical Quarterly 36, no. 1 (February 1967).

Shaffer, Ralph E. “Communism in California 1919-1924: ‘Orders From Moscow’ or Independent Western Radicalism.” Science & Society 34, no. 4 (Winter 1970). Argues that California Communists were indigenous radicals.

Stevenson, Janet. The Undiminished Man: A Political Biography of Robert Walker Kenny. Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp Publishers, 1980. Biography of a key California Popular Front liberal.

Sitton, Tom. “Direct Democracy Vs. Free Speech: Gerald L. K. Smith and the Recall Election of 1946 in Los Angeles.” Pacific Historical Review 57, no. 3 (August 1988). Notes the role of Communists in the Mobilization for Democracy (Cary McWilliams, chairman) that sought to prevent the renting of public school auditoriums to Smith.

Tyler, Bruce M. “Black Radicalism in Southern California, 1950-1982.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1983. Argues that the anticommunism of Mayor Sam Yorty and his police chief contributed to the Watts riot of 1965.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Los Angeles Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the San Francisco Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Los Angeles, Calif. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the San Diego, Calif. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Southern California District of the Communist Party Structure, Objectives, Leadership. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Four volumes.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Southern California District of the Communist Party, Structure, Objective, Leadership. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Three parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Northern California District of the Communist Party, Structure, Objectives, Leadership [Parts 1-4]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Western Section of the Southern California District of the Communist Party [Three Volumes]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. “United Front” Technique of the Southern California District of the Communist Party. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962-63.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Central California Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

Wilkinson, Frank. “Witchhunt: How Integrated Housing in Los Angeles Was Destroyed.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies], Spring 1991. States that in the early 1950s the real estate lobby and LAPD chief William H. Parker undermined plans for public housing by surfacing a dossier on Wilkinson’s left associations and forced his dismissal from the L.A. Housing Authority. The Southern California Library for Social Studies was close to the Communist movement.

****************************************************************

California: Independent Progressive Party

Call, Kenneth L. “A Study in Group Support of the Independent Progressive Party of California, 1947-1948.” Master’s thesis. University of Redlands, 1955.

Moremen, Merrill Raymond. “The Independent Progressive Party of California, 1948.” Master’s thesis. Stanford University, 1950.

****************************************************************

California: Jack Tenney and the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities

Barrett, Edward L. The Tenney Committee: Legislative Investigation of Subversive Activities in California. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1951.

Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. Report of the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. [Sacramento, CA]: California Senate, 1943-70. Fifteen Volumes, 1st (1943) - 15th (1970) Titles Varies: Report, Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California to California Legislature 1943-1947; Un-American activities in California; Report / Senate Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California; Report of the Senate Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities 1948-1959.

Heale, M. J. “Red Scare Politics: California’s Campaign Against Un-American Activities, 1940-1970.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 20, no. 1 (April 1986). A survey.

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Jack B. Tenney: Molder of Anti-Communist Legislation in California, 1940-49.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1970. Finds that Tenney’s dedication allowed him to mobilize support for extremist legislation against insubstantial fears. See no significant Communist movement in California.

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Jack B. Tenney and the ‘Parasitic Menace’: Anti-Communist Legislation in California, 1940-49.” Pacific Historical Review 43, no. 2 (1974). Reviews Tenney’s legislative and political involvement with communism.

Tenney, Jack B. Excerpts from Assembly Journal of April 16, 1945 Containing Report / Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities in California; Jack B. Tenney, Chairman. Sacramento: Assembly of the State of California, 1945.

Tenney, Jack B. Red Fascism: Boring from Within... Los Angeles: Federal Printing Co., 1947. By former chairman of the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities of the California State Legislature. Surveys the ideology and tactics of CPUSA up to 1946, sees CPUSA’s history as largely conspiratorial.

****************************************************************

California: Richard Nixon, Jerry Voorhis, and Helen Douglas

Bullock, Paul. “‘Rabbits and Radicals’: Richard Nixon’s 1946 Campaign Against Jerry Voorhis.” Southern California Quarterly 55, no. 3 (1973). Notes use of Communist issue against Voorhis.

Bullock, Paul. Jerry Voorhis, the Idealist as Politician. New York: Vantage Press, 1978.

Mitchell, Greg. Tricky Dick and the Pink Lady: Richard Nixon Vs Helen Gahagan Douglas--Sexual Politics and the Red Scare, 1950. New York: Random House, 1998.

O’Connoer, Colleen M. “‘Through the Valley of Darkness: Helen Gahagan Douglas’ Congressional Years.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, San Diego, 1982.

Scobie, Ingrid. “Douglas v Nixon.” History Today 42 (1992).

Scobie, Ingrid W. “Helen Gahagan Douglas and Her 1950 Senate Race with Richard M. Nixon.” Southern California Quarterly 58, no. 1 (1976). Recounts the Douglas-Nixon Senate campaign. Notes that the Democratic party was seriously divided and Douglas had to fight a difficult primary. Discusses Nixon’s use of anticommunism against Douglas.

Scobie, Ingrid Winther. “Helen Gahagan Douglas: Broadway Star as California Politician.” California History 66 (December 1987): 242-61. Notes that Douglas resigned from the John Steinbeck Committee to Aid Agricultural Workers in 1940 in part due to growing tensions with Communists after the Nazi-Soviet Pact and that, despite accusations (largely false in Scobie’s judgment) that she was close to Communists, she won a congressional seat in 1944 by a narrow margin and reelection in 1946 and 1948 by increasingly large margins. Attributes her loss to Nixon for a U.S. Senate seat in 1950 in part to Nixon’s vicious use of the Communist issue against Douglas, but notes as major factors as well that Nixon was Douglas’s match as a campaigner and had better financing, that Democrats were divided by Douglas having had a role in pressuring the incumbent Democratic senator into retirement and by a bitter Democratic senatorial primary, and that the election saw broad Republican gains in California.

Voorhis, Horace Jeremiah. Confessions of a Congressman. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1947. Richard Nixon defeated liberal Democrat Voorhis in 1946. One issue Nixon used was earlier support for Voorhis by Communist-led political committees.

****************************************************************

California: Upton Sinclair and EPIC

Blake, Fay M., and H. Morton Newman. “Upton Sinclair’s EPIC Campaign.” California History 63, no. 4 (Fall 1984). Notes Communist hostility to Sinclair’s gubernatorial campaign and EPIC.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “Lost Chances and New Possibilities: The EPIC Movement and the United Front, 1934-35.” Unpublished essay, 1990s?

Gregory, James N. “Upton Sinclair’s 1934 EPIC Campaign: American Radicalism in Transition.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 1989.

Singer, Donald L. “Upton Sinclair and the California Gubernatorial Campaign of 1934.” Southern California Quarterly 56, no. 4 (1974): 375-406. Notes Communist hostility to Sinclair’s campaign.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Colorado

Cook, Philip L. “Red Scare in Denver.” Colorado Magazine 43, no. 3 (1966). Discusses a 1920 panic in Denver over Bolshevism; finds that sensational press coverage contributed to the scare. A trolley car strike in which several people were killed became associated with the issue.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Connecticut

Bucki, Cecelia. Bridgeport’s Socialist New Deal, 1915-36. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the New Haven, Conn. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Florida

Braukman, Stacy Lorraine. “Anticommunism and the Politics of Sex and Race in Florida, 1954--1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1999. Discussed the Florida Legislative Investigation Committee’s investigation of subversive influences within the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, homosexual teachers in Florida’s public schools, “indecent literature” and left-wing professors in state universities.

Crispell, Brian Lewis. “George Smathers and the Politics of Cold War America, 1946-1968.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1996. Regards Smathers as a quintessential Cold War Democrat.

Flynt, Wayne. “Florida Labor and Political ‘Radicalism,’ 1919-1920.” Labor History 9 (1968). Work stoppages by cigar makers, miners, firemen, and others combined with efforts of blacks to unionize frightened the public and heightened concern over revolutionary radicalism.

Hach, Steve. “Paths to Understanding: Florida’s Cold War ‘Mental Defense’ Program and the Sputnik Crisis.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. Austin, TX, 2004. Florida governor Farris Bryant, a self-described “freedomist,” spearheaded Florida’s Cold War Education campaign. Argues that Bryan was not a “responsible anticommunist” and the official response to the communist threat in Florida was out of proportion to the actual threat, consisting a “moral panic.”

Howard, Walter T. “The CPUSA and Florida Lynch Law During the 1930s.” Paper presented at 28th Duquesne University History Forum. 20-22 October, 1994.

Kabat, Ric A. “From New Deal to Red Scare: The Political Odyssey of Senator Claude D. Pepper.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1995. Pepper, a Florida U.S. Senator and prominent New Deal liberal with some ties to Popular Front figures, lost a Democratic primary to George Smathers in part due to his soft stand on domestic communism.

Kennedy, Randall. “Contrasting Fates of Repression: A Comment on Gibson Vs. Florida Legislative Investigation Committee.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “In the Shade of the Lenin Oak: ‘Colonel’ Raymond Robins, Senator Claude Pepper, and the Cold War.” American Communist History 3, no. 2 (December 2004).

Malafronte, Anthony F. “Claude Pepper: Florida Maverick, the 1950 Florida Senatorial Primary.” Master’s thesis. University of Miami, 1964. Notes the use of anticommunism against Pepper.

New York Times editors. “Florida Reviews an Era of Fear.” New York Times, 4 July 1993. Notes release of 25,000 pages of records of the “Johns Committee,” a state legislative committee that in the 1950s and early 1960s investigated communism but concentrated its efforts on civil rights organizations and homosexuals in Florida schools and colleges.

Stoesen, Alexander R. “The Senatorial Career of Claude D. Pepper.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, 1965. Discusses Pepper’s involvement in the factional struggle within postwar liberalism.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the State of Florida. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

Weitz, Seth A. “Bourbon, Pork Chops, and Red Peppers: Political Immorality in Florida, 1945--1968.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 2007.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Georgia

Huddle, Mark. “Justice in the Streets: Social Unrest and the Politics of Resistance in Depression Era Atlanta.” Paper presented at OAH Southern Regional Conference, Georgia State University, 2004.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Hawaii

Georgia Communist League (Marxist-Leninist). The Red Worker. Atlanta, GA: Georgia Communist League (Marxist-Leninist), 1971. Journal.

Holmes, T. Michael. The Specter of Communism in Hawaii. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1994. Surveys anticommunism in Hawaii in 1947-1953, its impact on the ILWU, the Hawaiian Democratic party, and HUAC hearings in the islands.

Jung, Moon-Kie. “Interracialism: The Ideological Transformation of Hawaii’s Working Class.” American Sociological Review 68, no. 3 (2003).

Long, Edward Robert. “Red Scare in Paradise: Anti-Communism in Hawaii.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Unpublished paper, 1981, reproduced in part. Discusses John Wayne’s 1951 film “Big Jim McCain” about HUAC investigation in Hawaii and compares with the 1949 strike by ILWU, finding the film a distortion of the ILWU’s exemplary actions. Survey’s power of ILWU in Hawaiian affairs 1947, and Governor Stainback initiation of an anti-Communist campaign in 1947. Discusses the firing of teachers John and Aiko Reinecke for their C.P. links and the overturning of the conviction of the Hawaii Seven under the Yates decision.

Melendy, H. Brett. The Federal Government’s Search for Communists in the Territory of Hawaii. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Hawaii Civil Liberties Committee: A Communist Front. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Honolulu Record. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950. Discusses the C.P.-aligned Honolulu Record newspaper, the Federated Press, and the Allied Labor News Service.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Territory of Hawaii. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Idaho

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Red Scare in Idaho, 1916-1918.” Idaho Yesterdays 17, no. 3 (Fall 1973): 2-13.

Lovin, Hugh T. “Idaho and the ‘Reds,’ 1919-1926.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 69 (1978).

Lovin, Hugh T. “The ‘Farmer-Labor’ Movement in Idaho, 1933-1938.” Journal of the West 28 (1979)

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Illinois

Biles, Roger. Crusading Liberal: Paul H. Douglas of Illinois. DeKalb, IL: Northern Illinois University Press, 2002. Douglas was a leading anti-Communist liberal.

Labat, Sean Joseph. “Creating Consensus: Chicago and United States Foreign Relations During the Early Cold War, 1945--1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Chicago, 2002.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “Adlai E. Stevenson, McCarthyism, and the FBI.” Illinois Historical Journal 81, no. 1 (Spring 1988): 45-60. Discusses the Illinois Seditious Activities Investigation Commission (Broyles Commission). In 1950, the legislature voted to revive the commission and enact other antisubversive measures. Governor Stevenson vetoed the bill and the legislature failed to override. Finds that Stevenson’s veto was influenced by a Stevenson meeting with Hoover in which Stevenson got FBI assurances that the FBI would give Illinois information on Communists employed by public institutions. Stevenson regarded this assurance as evidence that state agencies such as the Broyles commission were unneeded. This program became known in the FBI as the “Responsibilities Program.” Eisenhower’s Attorney General disliked the Responsibilities Program and the program ended in 1955. Discusses Hoover’s selective leaking of information and allegations about subversive activities to Republican and right-wing anti-Communists. Concludes: “Stevenson supported an FBI surveillance and dissemination program on the nation’s campuses ... and contributed in no small way to the cultural pollution of the domestic Cold War.”

Slayton, Robert A. “Labor and Urban Politics: District 31, Steel Workers Organizing Committee, and the Chicago Machine.” Journal of Urban History 23, no. 1 (November 1996). Notes the links between the Chicago Democratic machine and anti-Communist leaders in SWOC.

Storch, Randi. “Shades of Red: Chicago’s Communists in Thought and Action 1928-1935.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Storch, Randi Jill. “Shades of Red: The Communist Party and Chicago’s Workers, 1928-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1998. Finds that Chicago Communists worked for better welfare system, more representative unions, and racial equality and habitually disregarded the CPUSA headquarters and the Comintern in Moscow.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Chicago Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Chicago, IL, Area [Two Volumes]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

Young, Paul Clinton. “Race, Class, and Radicalism in Chicago, 1914--1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Discusses the relationship of Black radicals with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Indiana

Murray, Michael D. “To Hire a Hall: ‘An Argument in Indianapolis.” Central States Speech Journal 26 (1975). Discusses controversies over renting of public meeting facilities to pro-Communist organizations.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Riding the Wave: The Indiana Communist Party, 1929-1934.” Master’s thesis. Terre Haute: Indiana State University, 1987.

Ryan, James. “A Communist Tests the First Amendment in Terre Haute.” Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of the Social Sciences 9 (1976).

Sorenson, Dale. “The Anticommunist Consensus in Indiana, 1945-1958.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1980. Finds that anticommunism permeated all levels of society and was neither elite nor mass initiated; political anticommunism and anti-Communist activity inside unions was locally initiated and was not initiated at the national level. Discusses factionalism in the Indiana CIO and the UE but sees no significant Communist influence; notes that concern over Communism peaked during the Korean war.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Fort Wayne, Ind. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

White, Samuel William. “Labor and Politics in Evansville, Indiana, 1919-1955.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1999. Notes the power of anti-Communist sentiment in the post-WWII period.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Iowa

Finlay, Mark R. “Dashed Expectations, The Iowa Progressive Party and the 1948 Election.” Annals of Iowa 49, no. 5 (Summer 1988). Sees the Communist role in the Iowa Progressive Party as negatively affecting Henry Wallace’s Iowa campaign.

Rogow, Arnold R. “The Loyalty Oath Issue in Iowa, 1951.” American Political Science Review 55, no. 4 (December 1951).

Warren, Wilson J. “The ‘People’s Century’ in Iowa; Coalition-Building Among Farm and Labor Organizations, 1945-1950.” Annals of Iowa 49, no. 5 (Summer 1988). Surveys cooperation between the Iowa Farmers Union and the CIO, noting the disruptive 1948 struggle over Communism. Concludes: “the break with the state CIO by the IFU, FE, and elements within the UPWA was due in large part to the unwillingness of Stover and others to sacrifice their moral and philosophical positions; if they could not have farm-labor cooperation based on popular front principles they would not have it.”

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Kansas

Lee, Alton R. “Isms in Ahs: Radical Politics in Depression Kansas.” Journal of the West 41, no. 4 (2002).

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Louisiana

Boulard, Garry. The Big Lie: Hale Boggs, Lucille May Grace, and Leander Perez in 1951. Gretna, La.: Pelican Pub. Co., 2001. Discusses the role of anti-Communism in the sometimes bizarre world of Louisiana politics in the early 1950s.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Maryland

Cumberbatch, Prudence Denise. “Working for the Race: The Transformation of the Civil Rights Struggle in Baltimore, 1929--1945.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 2001. Discusses the relationship of the Baltimore Communist party with the Baltimore branch of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the city’s Afro-American newspaper.

Cumberbatch, Prudence. “Religion, Race, and Class: Communism and the Black Church in 1930s Baltimore.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Durr, Kenneth D. “‘Why We Are Troubled’: White Working Class Politics in Baltimore, 1940-1980.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1998. Finds that blue collar anticommunism, shaped by local experience, redirected populist attacks away from business elites.

Pedersen, Vernon. “Memories of the Red Decade: HUAC Investigations Into Communism and Organized Labor in Maryland.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA., 1999.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Memories of the Red Decade: HUAC Investigations in Maryland.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Red, White And Blue: The Communist Party of Maryland, 1919-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 1993.

Pedersen, Vernon L. The Communist Party in Maryland, 1919-57. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2001. Based on archival research in both the United States and Moscow. “The Communist Party of Maryland must be respected for raising tough, pointed questions and challenging the assumptions of mainstream society. It was one of the earliest advocates of civil rights for blacks, it consistently questioned the enormous gap between rich and poor, and it always urged reforms to improve the lot of working Americans. Such idealistic goals brought the Party such talented leaders as Earl Reno, Patrick Whalen, Al Lannon, Albert Blumberg, and Dorothy Rose Blumberg, the best and the brightest that the United States had to offer. But the Party’s commendable goals were ultimately dictated not by domestic American conditions but by the needs of Soviet politics and foreign policy, causing constant shifts in strategy and tactics.... As a consequence, the Maryland Party sowed confusion and divisiveness in the ranks of both friends and opponents alike. Maryland’s Senator John Reed, a labor supporter, begged the CIO and the Communist Party to stop crossing each other up, and Party control of the Progressive Citizens of America divided American liberals in the face of resurgent conservatism. Progressive-minded conservatives, such as Father Cronin, found Communist ideology so abhorrent that they distorted their own views by allying themselves with unsavory elements on the basis of anticommunism alone. The Party can not be blamed for the excesses of its opponents, but its presence in society was so divisive that it ultimately did more harm than good.”

Skotnes, Andor. “The Communist Party, Anti-Racism, and the Freedom Movement: Baltimore, 1930-1934.” Science & Society 60, no. 2 (Summer 1996).

Skotnes, Andor D. “The Black Freedom Movement and the Workers’ Movement in Baltimore, 1930-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1991. Discusses the City-Wide Young People’s Forum, made up largely of African American youth, and the C.P. influenced People’s Unemployment League.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Baltimore, Md. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Massachusetts

Communist Party of Massachusetts. The Yankee Organizer. [Boston, Mass.?: CPUSA, 193u. Journal, 1930s.

Holmes, Judith Larrabee. “The Politics of Anti-Communism in Massachusetts, 1930-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1996. Finds there were “pockets of anticommunist activity throughout the state. These pockets were peopled with conservative Yankees, professional anticommunists, Catholic legislators and opportunist labor leaders. However, the ideas driving each group were quite different. What this study shows is the usefulness of anticommunism in helping Americans find common political ground across class and ethnic differences.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the State of Massachusetts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the New England Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Michigan

Abramowitz, Howard. “Historians and the Red Scare of 1919-1920 in Detroit.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987. “The widely accepted view among historians that the Red Scare was a hysteria is not supported by our own study of Detroit, nor, to a more limited extent, of a number of other locations. The evidence fails to demonstrate that large masses of Detroiters were in active ferment over an alleged radical threat.”

Armstrong, William John. “Red Scare in Bridgman.” Michigan History 80 (December 1996).

Doody, Colleen Patrice. “Anticommunism in America: Detroit’s Cold War, 1945–1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 2005.

Glaberman, Martin. “The Left in the Detroit Labour Movement.” Labour/Le Travail [Canada] 26 (Fall 1990).

Halpern, Martin. “‘I’m Fighting for Freedom’: Coleman Young, HUAC and the Detroit African American Community.” Journal of American Ethnic History 17, no. 1 (Fall 1997). On HCUA hearings and other measures affecting UAW Local 600, the Civil Rights Congress, and the National Negro Labor Council. “An examination of the repressive drive against left-wing African American leaders and organizations in Detroit shows that while nearly all the left-wing organization were destroyed, a left-progressive leadership trend retained a base of support in the community and weathered the storm.”

Harris, Jerry. “Reds, Racial Justice, and Civil Liberties: Michigan Communists During the Cold War.” Science & Society 63, no. 2 (Summer 1999).

Heale, M. J. “The Triumph of Liberalism? Red Scare Politics in Michigan, 1938-1954.” Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 139, no. 1 (1995). Liberal Democratic Governor G. Mennen Williams worked to depoliticize the issue of Communists in government and unions by alternately resisting and co-opting antisubversive efforts. The end of the Korean War greatly reduced public interest in the issue.

Johnson, Christopher H. Maurice Sugar: Law, Labor, and the Left in Detroit, 1912-1950. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1988.

Klug, Thomas A. “Labor Market Politics in Detroit: The Curious Case of the ‘Spolansky Act’ of 1931.” Michigan Historical Review 14, no. 1 (1988). Resenting foreign workers flooding the market, the Detroit Federation of Labor supported passage of the industry-sponsored Spolansky Act providing for alien registration and for the deportation from Michigan of “undesirable aliens” who participated in Communist activities.

Lovin, Hugh T. “CIO Innovators, Labor Party Ideologues, and Organized Labor’s Muddles in the 1937 Detroit Elections.” Old Northwest 8 (Fall 1982). Notes Communist participation in labor political action in Detroit.

Masty, Sue Ellen. “Labor and Radicalism in Detroit, 1919-1920.” Master’s essay. Wayne State University, 1980.

Nelson, Bruce. “Industrial Workers and Electoral Politics in Detroit and Alquippa, 1937-1941.” Paper presented at the North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1989.

Pintzuk, Edward C. Reds, Racial Justice, and Civil Liberties: Michigan Communists During the Cold War. Minneapolis, MN: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1997.

Pintzuk, Edward Carl. “Going Down Fighting: The Michigan Communist Party After World War II.” Ph.D. diss. Wayne State University, 1992. Finds that after World War II the Michigan C.P. fought bravely, nobly, idealistically, and almost alone for civil rights and civil liberties against malevolent, evil pro-capitalist police and state oppression; finds that the C.P. raised political consciousness, combated racial discrimination, promoted equal rights and made denial of the Bill of Rights more difficult.

Schertzing, Phillip Daniel. “‘Against All Enemies and Opposers Whatever’: The Michigan State Police Crusade Against the ‘Un-Americans,’ 1917--1977.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1999.

Smith, Mike. “Let’s Make Detroit a Union Town: The History of Labor and the Working Class in the Motor City.” Michigan Historical Review 27, no. 2 (2001).

Stevenson, Marshall Field, Jr. “Points of Departure. Acts of Resolve: Black-Jewish Relations in Detroit, 1937-1962.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1988. Discusses role of Communist unionists in black-Jewish relations.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Detroit Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the State of Michigan. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Wolfinger, James. “The Strange Career of Frank Murphy: Conservatives, State-Level Politics, and the End of the New Deal.” Historian 65, no. 2 (Winter 2002). On the Dies Committee’s investigation of the role of Communists in the auto industry sit-down strike and tying Governor Frank Murphy to the strike for partisan purposes.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Minnesota

Brunfelt, Pamela A. “An American Communist: Karl Emil Nygard.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Minnesota State University-Mankato, 2000.

Brunfelt, Pamela A. “Karl Emil Nygard: Minnesota’s Communist Mayor.” Minnesota History 58, no. 3 (2002). Nygard, mayor for one term in the small Minnesota town of Crosby, was probably the only open Communist ever to hold a mayoralty.

Faue, Elizabeth. “Women, Work and Community: Minneapolis 1929-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1988.

Fudge, Tom. “Moscow on the Mississippi.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Brief survey of the CPUSA in Minnesota.

Hudelson, Richard. “The Inimitable Jack Carney and the Duluth Radicals.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, 1989. Discusses Carney and the Duluth radical newspaper Labor Leader (later entitled Truth) just prior to Carney’s taking part in the founding of the American Communist movement.

Hudelson, Richard. “Duluth’s Scandinavian Left, 1880-1950.” Swedish-American Historical Quarterly 53 (July 2002).

Hudelson, Richard, and Carl Ross. By the Ore Docks: A Working People’s History of Duluth. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2006. Includes a history of the CPUSA in Duluth.

Meerse, Katherine Clare. “Progressives for Peace and Social Justice: The Minnesota Branch of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, 1921-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1999.

Nord, David Paul. “Hothouse Socialism: Minneapolis, 1910-1925.” In Socialism in the Heartland: The Midwestern Experience, 1900-1925, edited by Donald T. Critchlow. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1986. Briefly discusses the backlash among Minnesota labor leaders to Communist conduct at the 1924 national Farmer-Labor convention and the 1925 reorganization of the Minneapolis Trades and Labor Assembly into the Central Labor Union and the linked expulsion of Communists.

Pinola, Rudolph. “Labor and Politics on the Iron Range of Northern Minnesota.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Notes a Communist role in organizing Northern Minnesota unions in the 1930s.

Ross, Carl. “How Far We Have Come: A Report on the 20th-Century Radicalism in Minnesota Project.” Labor History 51, no. 4 (Winter 1988). Discusses documenting Communist history in Minnesota; emphasizes the ethnic roots of radical politics.

Ross, Carl. Radicalism in Minnesota, 1900-1960: A Survey of Selected Sources. St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Historical Society Press, 1994.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Union and Ethnic Group Influence in the 1938 Election on the Minnesota Iron Ranges.” Journal of the West 42, no. 3 (2003).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Minneapolis, Minn., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

****************************************************************

Minnesota Farmer-Labor and Democratic-Farmer-Labor Parties

Berman, Hyman. “Political Antisemitism in Minnesota During the Great Depression.” Jewish Social Studies 38, no. 3-4 (Summer-Fall 1976). Notes the use of anti-Communist as well as anti-Semitic themes in political attacks on Farmer-Labor Party Governor Elmer Benson of Minnesota; notes the role of Communists in the Benson administration.

Cecil, Elmer J. “The Farmer-Labor Party of Minnesota: Reasons for Its Short Duration.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1960.

Delton, Jennifer. “Labor, Politics, and African American Identity in Minneapolis, 1930-1950.” Minnesota History 57, no. 8 (2001).

Delton, Jennifer A. Making Minnesota Liberal: Civil Rights and the Transformation of the Democratic Party. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2002.

Dobbs, Farrell. Teamster Politics. New York: Monad Press, 1975. Discusses political activity of Minneapolis Teamster Trotskyists in Minnesota politics, including their bitter struggle with the Communist-led faction of the Farmer-Labor party.

Gieske, Millard L. Minnesota Farmer-Laborism: The Third-Party Alternative. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1979. Notes the Communist party’s entrance into the powerful Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement in the mid-1930s.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Researching Minnesota History in Moscow.” Minnesota History 54, no. 1 (Spring 1994). Discusses documents found in Comintern archives dealing with the CPUSA in Minnesota politics in the mid-1930s, particularly Communists entrance into the Minnesota Farmer-Labor party during the Popular Front period and the ensuing factionalism over their activities. Discusses 1939 Comintern instructions that the CPUSA remove Clarence Hathaway from the CPUSA‘s leadership for his failure to control an alcohol problem.

Haynes, John Earl. “Farm Coops and the Election of Hubert Humphrey to the Senate.” Agricultural History 57, no. 2 (Fall 1983). Notes the role of farm coops in aiding Humphrey’s anti-Communist faction in its fight to control Minnesota’s Democratic-Farmer-Labor party in 1948.

Haynes, John Earl. “Liberals, Communists, and the Popular Front in Minnesota: The Struggle to Control the Political Direction of the Labor Movement and Organized Liberalism, 1936-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1979. Similar to Haynes' Dubious Alliance except for greater coverage of internal labor movement activity and additional detail.

Haynes, John Earl. “Minnesota Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party.” In The American Midwest: An Interpretive Encyclopedia, edited by Richard Sisson, Christian K. Zacher, and Andrew R. L. Cayton. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2006.

Haynes, John Earl. “Myth and Reality in the Image of Minnesota Politics.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society Conference. Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1984. Discusses the gap between the myth of Hubert Humphrey’s dominant role in the creation of the DFL party when, while he was an important figure, he was not one of the principals in the merger negotiations.

Haynes, John Earl. “Reformers, Radicals, Conservatives.” In Minnesota in a Century of Change: The State and Its People Since 1900, edited by Clifford E. Clark. St. Paul: Minnesota Historical Society Press, 1989. Notes influential role of Communists in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor and Democratic-Farmer-Labor parties in 1935-48.

Haynes, John Earl. Dubious Alliance: The Making of Minnesota’s DFL Party. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1984. Detailed narrative history of the conflict within Minnesota liberal institutions between a Popular Front faction, which included a leading Communist party element, and anti-Communist liberals. The struggle began in 1936 when Communists entered the powerful Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party and ended in 1948 when Hubert Humphrey’s anti-Communist liberals established their control over the Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party. See Dubious Alliance

Henrickson, Gary P. “Minnesota in the ‘McCarthy’ Period: 1946-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1981. Finds that anticommunism in Minnesota was elite-led, not of local origin, and inspired by national political leaders. Discusses attacks on University of Minnesota faculty and the purge of Left elements from the Democratic-Farmer-Labor party. Sees no significant Communist influence in Minnesota.

Holbo, Paul Sothe. “The Politics of the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1955.

Humola, Hulda F. “The Farmer-Labor Party in Minnesota, 1930-38.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1944. Notes growing influence of Communists in Farmer-Labor affairs under Governor Benson.

Johnson, Frederick L. “From Leavenworth to Congress: The Improbable Journey of Francis H. Shoemaker.” Minnesota History 51, no. 5 (Spring 1989). Shoemaker, a political trouble maker, eccentric radical, and one-term Farmer-Labor congressman from Minnesota (1933-1934), was Wisconsin organizer for the Western Progressive Farmers and American Progressive Farmers in the mid-1920s.

Krause, Fayette F. “A Study of Left Wing Politics in the Roosevelt Era.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1966. Sees little Communist party influence in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement.

Lebedoff, David. The 21st Ballot: A Political Party Struggle in Minnesota. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1969. On the 1966 struggle in the DFL Party over the gubernatorial nomination.

Lebedoff, David. Ward Number Six. New York: Scribner, 1972. Discusses the entry of radicals into the DFL party in 1968.

Mayer, George H. The Political Career of Floyd B. Olson. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1951. Discusses the reaction of Minnesota’s Farmer-Labor governor to the Trotskyist-led Teamster strike.

Millikan, William. “Maintaining ‘Law and Order’: The Minneapolis Citizen’s Alliance in the 1920s.” Minnesota History 51, no. 6 (Summer 1989). Discusses a business sponsored anti-radical organization.

Millikan, William. “The Red-Baiting of Kenneth C. Haycraft.” Minnesota History 54, no. 4 (Winter 1994). Haycraft, a 1937 Farmer-Labor candidate for mayor of Minneapolis, was denounced as a Communist during his later military career, but rebutted the charges. Ridicules the idea that Communists had a significant role in the Minnesota Farmer-Labor movement.

Mitau, G. Theodore. “The Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party Schism of 1948.” Minnesota History 34 (Spring 1955). Describes the split between anti-Communist liberals under Hubert Humphrey and pro-Wallace “progressives” under Elmer Benson.

Montgomery, David. “The Farmer-Labor Party.” In Working for Democracy: American Workers from the Revolution to the Present, edited by Paul Buhle and Alan Dawley. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1985. Didactic summary of Farmer-Labor history from a hard-left perspective.

Naftalin, Arthur A. “A History of the Farmer-Labor Party of Minnesota.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1948. Sees significant Communist infiltration into the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party in the 1930s. Written by a leading figure in Hubert Humphrey’s anti-Communist DFL liberal faction.

O’Connell, Thomas Gerald. “Toward the Cooperative Commonwealth: An Introductory History of the Farmer-Labor Movement in Minnesota (1917-1948).” Ph.D. diss. New York, NY: Union Graduate School [Union Institute], 1979. [August, 2002]. Sympathetic to Popular Front politics and regards the Communist role in the FLP as benign.

Schultz, Robert Troger. “Beyond the Fall: Class Conflict and Social, Cultural, and Political Change, Minnesota, 1916-1935.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1991. Discusses the Farmer-Labor party.

Sezun, Sonya. “The Impact of the Cold War on Iron Range Politics.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society conference, 1990.

Shields, James M. Mr. Progressive: A Biography of Elmer Austin Benson. Minneapolis, MN: Denison, 1971. Laudatory biography of a Minnesota Farmer Labor governor and U.S. Senator and later headed Wallace’s 1948 Progressive party. Written by a leading Minnesota Popular Front liberal.

Stuhler, Barbara. “The One Man Who Voted ‘Nay,’ The Story of John T. Bernard’s Quarrel With American Foreign Policy 1937-1939.” Minnesota History 43, no. 3 (Fall 1972). Recounts, without noting his Communist party links, Farmer-Labor Representative Barnard’s support for an anti-Fascist foreign policy.

Tselos, George. “The Farmer-Labor Party in Minnesota: 1918-1944.” International Socialist Review 32, no. 5 (1971). Argues that the success of the FLP’s class-conscious policies faded in the late 1930s as the influence of the Communist Party’s Popular Front stance caused it to offer no radical alternative to the New Deal.

Valelly, Richard M. “State-Level Radicalism and the Nationalization of American Politics: The Case of the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1984.

Valelly, Richard M. Radicalism in the States: The Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party and the American Political Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Discusses the factors transforming the Minnesota Farmer-Labor Party from a unique state-level radical movement into a more typical participant in national liberal politics. Stresses the Farmer-Labor party’s dependence on patronage and the tendency of the New Deal’s national social programs to vitiate state-level radicalism.

Woodbury, Marda. “Stopping the Presses the Murder of Walter W. Liggett.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1995.

Woodbury, Marda. “Researching an Assassination.” IRE Journal 19, no. 1 (January-February 1996). On the murder of Walter Liggett, an investigative journalist writing about Farmer-Labor politics, radicalism, and corruption in Minnesota in the mid-1930s.

Woodbury, Marda. Stopping the Presses: The Murder of Walter W. Liggett. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1998. Liggett’s widow successfully sued the Daily Worker for criminal and civil libel for statements made regarding Liggett, a journalist assassinated in Minnesota. The case, involved with Liggett’s investigations of political corruption and Farmer-Labor party politics, was never officially solved. Woodbury is Liggett’s daughter.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Missouri

Johnson, Ronald W. “The Communist Issue in Missouri: 1946-1956.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, 1973. Critical survey of popular anticommunism; treats it as largely evil paranoid fantasy about a nonexistent threat, although noting a significant Communist party presence in the Missouri UE.

Johnson, Ronald W. “The Korean War Red Scare in Missouri.” Red River Valley Historical Review 4, no. 2 (1979).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the St. Louis, Mo. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Nebraska

Dahlstrom, H. A. “Kenneth S. Wherry.” Ph.D. diss. University of Nebraska, 1965. Biography of a prominent post-World War II Republican anti-Communist spokesman.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Nevada

McCarran, Sister Margaret Patricia. “Patrick Anthony McCarran, 1876-1954.” Nevada Historical Society Quarterly 11&13, no. 3/4&1 (1969). Biography of long-time Democratic Senator by his daughter. Discusses his strong anti-Communist views.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: New Hampshire

Chase, Norah C. “Elba Chase Nelson, Head of the CPNH, and New Hampshire Red Scare Politics.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference of Women History. Wellesley College, 1987.

Chase, Norah C. “Communist Political Activity and Daily Life: Elba Chase Nelson in Rural New Hampshire.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discussed Elba Chase Nelson‘s blend of her life as a rural farm homemaker with that of a Communist militant.

Chase, Norah C. “A Woman‘s Way of Revolution: How Elba Chase Nelson Became a Communist Leader in New England.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1995.

Tunis, Mildred. “Elba Chase Nelson.” Dartmouth College Library Bulletin (1968). Biographical essay on a New Hampshire Communist Party activist who later became a Maoist.

Williams, David. “‘Sowing the Wind’: The Deportation Raids of 1920 in New Hampshire.” Historical New Hampshire 34 (Spring 1979). Discusses arrest of 260 suspected alien radicals and their release through the effort of Weston Anderson.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: New Jersey

Grover, Warren. Nazis in Newark. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 2003. Discusses the role of Communists in the anti-Nazi movement in New Jersey in the 1930s and the disruptions caused by the shift in Communist policies in line with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Price, C. “The Struggle to Desegregate Newark, N.J., 1932-47.” New Jersey History 99 (Fall-Winter 1981).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Newark, N.J. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration and Activities in Newark, N.J. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: New York

Bell, Daniel. “New York’s Third Parties.” Common Sense, June 1948.

Bone, Hugh A. “Political Parties in New York City.” American Political Science Review 40 (April 1946).

Colburn, David R. “Governor Alfred E. Smith and the Red Scare, 1919-1920.” Political Science Quarterly 88, no. 3 (1973). “During the height of the Red Scare of 1919-20, the governor of New York took a strong civil-libertarian and social-reformist position, helping to dampen public fears about a Bolshevik revolution in America.”

Communist Party of the United States of America. Manhattan Communist Bulletin. New York: Communist Party of the United States of America, 1948. Journal, 1948.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Clarity: Discussion Bulletin of the Communist Party of New York State. New York, N.Y.: Communist Party of New York State, 1968. Journal, 1968-.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Party Voice. [New York]: N.Y. State Communist Party, 1953. Journal.

Communist Party of the United States of America. New York State Committee. State Bulletin. [New York, NY?]: The Committee, 19uu. Journal.

Communist Political Association of New York State. Clarity. New York, N.Y.: Education Dept., N.Y. State Communist Party, 1943. Journal, 1943.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. Working-Class New York: Life and Labor Since World War II. New York: New Press, distr. by W.W. Norton, 2000.

Gerson, Simon W. Pete: The Story of Peter V. Cacchione, New York’s First Communist Councilman. New York: International Publishers, 1976. Hagiography.

Godfried, Nathan. “Struggling Over Politics and Culture: Organized Labor and Radio Station WEVD During the 1930s.” Labor History 42, no. 4 (2001).

Holzka, Jane. “‘Government by Misrepresentation’: Repression, Civil Liberties, and Political Change in the New York State Assembly in 1920.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1992. Antiradicalism in 1920.

Jaffe, Julian F. Crusade Against Radicalism: New York During the Red Scare, 1914-1924. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1972. Study of the attacks on Socialists, anarchists, and the new Communist Party by public authorities in New York.

Jaffe, Julian F. “Red Scare and the New York Schools: 1917-1920.” Montclair Journal of Social Sciences and the Humanities 1, no. 1 (1972).

Josephson, Harold. “The Dynamics of Repression: New York During the Red Scare.” Mid-America 59, no. 3 (1977).

Miller, Edward D. “Civic Voices: The Case of the Socialist Radio Station, WEVD.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Naison, Mark. “From Eviction Resistance to Rent Control: Tenant Activism in the Great Depression.” In The Tenant Movement in New York City, 1904-1984, edited by Ronald Lawson and Mark Naison. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1986. Discusses the CPUSA’s involvement in the Harlem Tenants League of 1928-9, the Unemployed Councils (eviction resistance and rent strikes in the early 1930s), and the City-Wide Tenants Council in the late 1930s. The party did not control the City-Wide Tenants Council, unlike former organizations, but was a “definite presence in its ranks, influencing its policies and its network of alliances.... The City-Wide Tenants Council embodied the ethos of the Popular Front Left: simultaneously seeking respectability and projecting identification with the downtrodden; mingling mass protest techniques with sophisticated political bargaining.”

Nevins, Allan. Herbert H. Lehman and His Era. New York: Scribner, 1963. Lehman was an anti-Communist liberal Senator from New York.

New York (State) Assembly Judiciary Committee. Proceedings of the Judiciary Committee of the Assembly in the Matter of the Investigation by the Assembly of the State of New York as to the Qualifications of Louis Waldman, August Claessens, Samuel A. De Witt, Samuel Orr and Charles Colomon, to Retain Their Seats in Said Body... Albany: J. B. Lyon company, printers, 1920. On the expulsion of Socialist Party legislators from the New York legislature due to the S.P.’s opposition to World War I.

New York (State) Joint Legislative Committee. Report of the Joint Legislative Committee to Investigate the Administration and Enforcement of the Law. Albany, New York: J.B. Lyon Company, printers, 1939. Report of the McNaboe investigation examining anti-subversive statutes.

Pfannestiel, Todd J. “Rethinking the Red Scare: The Lusk Committee and New York State’s Fight Against Radicalism, 1919-1923.” Thesis (Ph.D). College of William and Mary, 2001.

Pfannestiel, Todd J. Rethinking the Red Scare: The Lusk Committee and New York’s Crusade Against Radicalism, 1919-1923. New York: Routledge, 2003. Includes: The underlying causes of the red scare -- The formation of the Lusk Committee -- Origins and operations of the Soviet bureau -- Reactions from businessmen and the Committee -- The Rand School vs. the Lusk Committee -- From the courtroom to the Legislature.

Prosterman, Daniel. “Working Democracy: Labor’s Struggle for Power in the New York City Council, 1936-1947.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

Prosterman, and Daniel O. “Creating a Cold War at Home: Electoral Reform, Anti-Communism, and the Struggle to Define Democracy in New York City, 1935--1947.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2006.

Ray, Gerda W. “Sixty-Five Boxes: New York State Police Surveillance File.” OAH Newsletter 18, no. 3 (August 1990). Describes the collection at the New York State Archives and the history of how the files arrived.

Ray, Gerda W. “Informal Cooperation and Formal Coordination: The Role of the New York State Police in Political Surveillance, 1940-1975.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Schwartz, Joel. “Tenant Power in the Liberal City, 1943-1971.” In The Tenant Movement in New York City, 1904-1984, edited by Ronald Lawson and Mark Naison. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1986. Contains vague references to Communist involvement with other radicals and the American Labor party in tenant protests in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Shefter, Martin. “Political Incorporation and the Extrusion of the Left: Party Politics and Social Forces in New York City.” Studies in American Political Development 1 (1986).

Siener, William H. “The Red Scare Revisited: Radicals and the Anti-Radical Movement in Buffalo, 1919-1920.” New York History 79, no. 1 (1998).

Urofsky, Melvin I. “Note on the Expulsion of Five Socialists.” New York History 47 (1966). Discusses the expulsion of elected Socialist legislators from the New York Legislature.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the New York City Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Eight parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Albany, N.Y. Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the New York Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Buffalo, N.Y., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

Vadney, Thomas E. “Politics of Repression: Case Study of Red Scare in New York.” New York History 49, no. 1 (1968). Says Speaker Thaddeus C. Sweet led the successful campaign to expel five Socialist assemblymen from the New York State Assembly and hoped to use the incident as a basis for a campaign for governorship, but his strategy misfired. A significant segment of the public and press was outraged, and Sweet’s campaign collapsed.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Uncivil War: An Oral History of Labor, Communism, and Community in Schenectady, New York, 1944-1954.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Zeller, Belle, and Hugh A. Bone. “The Repeal of P.R. in New York City.” American Political Science Review 42 (1948). Notes the desire to minimize Communist party electoral success as a cause of the repeal of proportional representation in New York City.

****************************************************************

New York: American Labor Party

Bakunin, Jack. “The Role of the Socialists in the Formation of the American Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. College of the City of New York, 1965. Discusses Socialist attitudes toward Communist participation in the ALP.

Carter, Robert Frederick. “Pressure From the Left: The American Labor Party, 1936-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1965. Surveys the political history of the ALP.

Hardman, J.B.S. “The Late-Lamented American Labor Party.” Labor and Nation, January-February 1948.

Licht, Walter. “An Analysis of a Political Experiment: The American Labor Party (1936-1940).” Senior Thesis. Harvard University, 1967.

Sarasohn, Stephen Beisman. “The Struggle for Control of the American Labor Party 1936-1948.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1948.

Stern, Sheila Irene. “The American Labor Party, 1936-1944.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1964.

Stewart, William James. “A Political History of the American Labor Party, 1936-1944.” Master’s thesis. American University, 1959.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The American Labor Party: Third Party Politics in New Deal-Cold War New York, 1936-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1977. Well researched and well written history of the American Labor Party; discusses the powerful role of the Communist party in the ALP and the nature of the Popular Front alliance as well as the opposition of many Socialists labor leaders who had founded the ALP to the Communist presence.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The Party and the Polling Place: American Communism and an American Labor Party in the 1930’s.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (1980). Well researched history of the role of the Communist party in New York’s American Labor Party. Discusses the nature of the Popular Front stance.

Wolfe, Allan. “The Withering Away of the American Labor Party.” Rutgers University Library Journal 31 (1968)

****************************************************************

New York: Vito Marcantonio

Bingham, Arthur Walker. “The Congressional Elections of Vito Marcantonio.” Senior thesis. Harvard University, 1950.

Blum, Jacob, and John Wilhelm. “Vito Marcantonio: The Politics of Dissent.” Honors thesis. Yale University, 1967.

Jackson, Peter. “Vito Marcantonio and Ethnic Politics in New York.” Ethnic and Racial Studies [U.K.] 6, no. 1 (1983).

Kaner, Norman J. “Toward a Minority of One: Vito Marcantonio and American Foreign Policy.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1968.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “Vito Marcantonio, Labor and the New Deal 1935-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Vito Marcantonio, Labor and the New Deal 1935-1940, 1966.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “The New Deal, the Immigrants and Congressman Vito Marcantonio.” International Migration Review 4, no. 2 (1970). Discusses the conflict between Representative Marcantonio, a close ally of the Communist party, with the Roosevelt administration over immigration policies.

LaGumina, Salvatore. “Vito Marcantonio: A Study in the Functional and Ideological Dynamics of a Labor Politician.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (Summer 1972).

LaGumina, Salvatore John. Vito Marcantonio: The People’s Politician. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Co., 1969.

Lieberman, Donna. “Vito Marcantonio: A Biographical Study.” Senior honors thesis. Brandeis University, 1969.

Marcantonio, Vito. I Vote My Conscience Debates, Speeches and Writings of Vito Marcantonio, 1935-1950. Edited by Annette Rubenstein. New York: Vito Marcantonio Memorial, 1956.

Meyer, Gerald. “Vito Marcantonio, a Successful New York City Radical Politician.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1984.

Meyer, Gerald. Vito Marcantonio: Radical Politician, 1902-1954. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1989. Concludes that Marcantonio’s political strength was based on a personal political machine, ethnic appeals to Italians and Puerto Ricans, and money and manpower supplied by the Communist party. “Marcantonio’s electoral success contradicts the assumption that a radical can only be elected under very special circumstances and then must either join the mainstream or be defeated.... Marcantonio controlled the most efficient and elaborate political machine in New York city.... While not a Communist, Marcantonio was closely allied -- ideologically and organizationally -- with the Communist Party. This work examines closely the nature of this relationship and reveals what resources the Party provided Marcantonio. This in turn shows ways that the Party contributed to aspects of American political reality which are not often acknowledged.” (from abstract)

Sasuly, Richard. “Vito Marcantonio: The People’s Politician.” In American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities., edited by Harvey Goldberg. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957.

Schaffer, Alan. Vito Marcantonio, Radical in Congress. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1966.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “The FBI, Congressman Vito Marcantonio, and the American Labor Party.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

New York: Liberal Party

Davidson, Ben. “New York’s Liberal Party.” New Leader, 22 January 1951.

Flournoy, Houston Irvine. “The Liberal Party in New York State.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1956. A history of the withdrawal of the International Ladies Garment Workers Union and other anti-Communists Socialists and liberals from the American Labor Party to form the rival Liberal Party.

Link, Dan. “‘The Very Fate of American Democracy’: Liberal Anticommunism and the New York City Mayoral Campaigns of 1945 and 1949.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Link, Daniel J. “‘Every Day Was a Battle’: Liberal Anticommunism in Cold War New York, 1944–1956.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2006.

Steinbock, Julius. “The Emergence of the Liberal Party in New York State: A Study in Minor Parties.” Master’s thesis. Ohio State University, 1947. Anti-Communist leftist who withdrew from the American Labor Party formed the Liberal Party.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: North Carolina

Hatcher, Susan Arden. “The Senatorial Career of Clyde R. Hoey.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1983. Notes that Hoey of North Carolina was both a strong anti-Communist and hostile to Senator McCarthy.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the North Carolina Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: North Dakota

Pratt, William C. “Socialism on the Northern Plains, 1900-1924.” South Dakota History 18, no. 1&2 (Spring/Summer 1988). Notes that when the small but lively Socialist party in Nebraska, South Dakota, and North Dakota disintegrated in 1916-1919, its adherents went in many directions. Some activists turned to the farmers’ Nonpartisan League (NPL), others took roles in farm organizations such as the Farmers Union, many dropped out of politics, and a few joined the Ku Klux Klan. A portion also turned to Communism. In Williams County, North Dakota in 1924 the local farmers’ NPL endorsed Andrew C. Miller for the state legislature. When the NPL discovered that Miller was a member of the Workers Party (Communist), it disassociated itself from his campaign. Miller, nonetheless, won election and was the first known Communist legislator in the U.S. Several former North Dakota S.P. activists were later active in the C.P.’s United Farmers Educational League. Henry R. Martinson, last state S.P. secretary and the future poet laureate of North Dakota was likely a secret C.P. member in the 1920s.

Putnam, Jackson. “The Socialist Party of North Dakota.” Master’s thesis. University of North Dakota. Grand Forks, N.D., 1956.

Sannes, Erling N. “Queen of the Lecture Platform: Kate Richards O’Hare and North Dakota Politics, 1917-1921.” North Dakota History 58 (Fall 1991).

Talbot, Ross B. “The North Dakota Farmers Union and North Dakota Politics.” Western Political Quarterly 10 (December 1957)

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Ohio

Anderson, Michael J. “McCarthyism Before McCarthy: Anti-Communism in Cincinnati and the Nation During the Election of 1944.” Ohio History 99 (Winter/Spring 1990). Sees Senator Taft, Governor Bricker, Cincinnati Mayor James Stewart and other Republicans in 1944 as “smearing liberal activism as communist” and Taft specifically “smearing the Civil Rights movement.” Sees radicalism in Cincinnati as “largely nonexistent” and, although noting “communist components” in the CIO, does not treat American Communists as an active force. Says Cincinnati newspapers gave heavy stress and a hysterical tone to the Communist issue and that the Ohio CIO hit back by linking the Republicans to Hitler, Hirohito, and Edward Smythe, a native fascist under indictment for sedition. Notes that some Democrats and CIO spokesman distanced themselves from communism and foreshadowed their postwar anticommunism. Suggests that the Ohio case supports seeing anticommunism not as a Cold War phenomenon but as part of “a larger anti-radical process that has been a constant in modern American history.”

Bellamy, John S., II. “Red Dawn in Cleveland: The 1919 May Day Riots.” Timeline 21 (January-February 2004).

Collett, Wallace T. McCarthyism in Cincinnati. The Bettman-Collett Affair. Wallingford, PA: Pendle Hill Publications? 2002. Memoir by a participant of a political battle over accusations of Communist links of Sydney Williams, director of the planning commission who had been recruited by Collett and Henry Bettman.

Gerckens, Laurence C. “The ‘Trial’ of Planning Director Sydney H. Williams.” Queen City Heritage 46, no. 4 (1988). On Williams removal by Cincinnati officials because of past Communist sympathies.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The Ohio ‘Farmer-Labor’ Movement in the 1930s.” Ohio History 87 (Autumn 1978). Notices a passing interest in a Farmer-Labor party by Communist-aligned unions.

Shrake, Richard W., II. “Working Class Politics in Akron, Ohio, 1936: The Rubber Workers and the Failure of the Farmer-Labor Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Akron, 1974. Notes Communist party involvement in the attempt to form a Farmer-Labor party.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Activities in the Cincinnati, Ohio, Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Columbus, Ohio, Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Dayton, Ohio Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Ohio Area; Testimony of Keve Bray. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Youngstown and Northern Ohio Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Cleveland Ohio, Area [Parts 1-2]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Oklahoma

Folsom, Burton W., Jr. “What Happened to Liberty When the Socialists Won an Election?” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). On Jack Walton, elected governor of Oklahoma in 1922 as a left-wing Democrat backed as well by the Socialist Party and other radicals, advocating state-owned railroads, utilities, banks and grain elevators and state enforced minimum prices for farm crops. He also attempted to censor newspapers, placed the entire sate under martial law, and attempted to stop the legislature from meeting. When it met, he was impeached and removed from office in 1923.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Oregon

Herzig, Jill H. “The Oregon Commonwealth Federation: The Rise and Decline of a Reform Organization.” Master’s thesis. University of Oregon, 1963. Notes a struggle between anti-Communists and a Communist-led Popular Front faction in the OCF in the late 1930s.

Lovin, Hugh T. “Toward a Farmer-Labor Party in Oregon, 1933-1938.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 76 (1975).

Mckay, Floyd J. “With Liberty For Some: Oregon Editors and the Challenge of Civil Liberties, 1942-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1995. Finds that while many editors resisted broad-brush McCarthyist attacks on public institutions, they failed to defend the right of Communists to government employment.

Murrell, Gary. “Perfection of Means, Confusion of Goals: The Military Career of Charles Henry Martin.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1994. Retired Major General Martin served two terms in the U.S. House and then served as Oregon Governor 1935-39. To many Oregonians he was a hero. To others, he exemplified incipient fascism, part of the “Red Scare” mentality that swept the Pacific Coast during the late 1920’s and 1930’s. Martin was a dedicated anti-Communist, anti-New Deal Democrat who as governor employed a secret police unit that operated up and down the West Coast from Seattle to Los Angeles.

Murrell, Gary. “Hunting Reds in Oregon, 1935-39.” Oregon Historical Quarterly, Winter 1999.

Murrell, Gary. Iron Pants: Oregon’s Anti-New Deal Governor, Charles Henry Martin. Pullman: Washington State University Press, 2000. Martin retired from the U.S. Army in 1927 as a Major General. He then served two terms in the House of Representatives from Oregon’s Third Congressional District and one term as Oregon’s Governor, 1935-39. Throughout his term as Oregon’s Governor, Martin, a staunch anti-Communist and anti-radical, engaged in continual warfare with organized labor, both CIO and AFL, employed numerous secret agents who spied on various radical groups and individuals and used the Portland and State police red squads to gather information on radicals (Communists, socialists, members of the Oregon Commonwealth Federation) and his political enemies (state legislators, OCF leaders and reporters among others).

Smith, Arthur Robert. The Tiger in the Senate: The Biography of Wayne Morse. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1962. Morse was a prominent anti-Communist liberal Senator and later a critic of the Vietnam war.

Unruh, Gail Q. “Eternal Liberal: Wayne L. Morse and the Politics of Liberalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1987.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Pennsylvania

Heineman, Kenneth J. A Catholic New Deal: Religion and Reform in Depression Pittsburgh. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1999. Discusses Catholic Christian democratic ideas and anticommunism in the New Deal era.

Hoerr, John P. Harry, Tom, and Father Rice: Accusation and Betrayal in America’s Cold War. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2005.

Jenkins, Philip. The Cold War at Home: The Red Scare in Pennsylvania, 1945-1960. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1999. Finds that Communists were well positioned in some key labor unions, educational institutions, and ethnic organizations. Emphasizes the anti-Communist activities of liberal politicians, labor leaders, and ethnic figures who feared CPUSA intrusion into their constituencies. Stresses the deep roots of the state’s militant anticommunism.

McCormick, Charles. “From Seeing Reds to Being Feds: The Pittsburgh Bureau of Investigation Field Office in Transition.” Pennsylvania History 69 (Summer 2002).

McCormick, Charles H. Seeing Reds: Federal Surveillance of Radicals in the Pittsburgh Mill District, 1917-1921. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1997.

Musmanno, Michael Angelo. Across the Street from the Courthouse. Philadelphia: Dorrance, 1954. A Pittsburgh judge recounts his campaign against the Pennsylvania C.P.

Nelson, Steve. The 13th Juror: The Inside Story of My Trial. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1955. Nelson was tried under a Pennsylvania anti-sedition law.

Spencer, Thomas T. “‘Labor is with Roosevelt’: The Pennsylvania Labor Non-Partisan League and the Election of 1936.” 46, January 1979.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Philadelphia Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Current Strategy and Tactics of Communists in the United States: Greater Pittsburgh Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. three parts.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Revitalizing of the Communist Party in the Philadelphia Area. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Zaslow, Jeffrey. “When the Red Scare Hit Pittsburgh.” Pittsburgher Magazine, March 1980.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: South Dakota

Heidepriem, Scott. A Fair Chance for a Free People: Biography of Karl E. Mundt, United States Senator. Madison, SD: Leader Print. Co., 1988. Discusses Mundt’s relationship with HCUA, Senator Joe McCarthy, and Mundt’s harsh anti-Communist views.

Miller, John E. “McCarthyism Before McCarthy: The 1938 Election in South Dakota.” Heritage of the Great Plains 15 (Summer 1982).

Miller, John E. “Mundt Vs. McGovern: The 1960 Senate Election.” Heritage of the Great Plains 15 (Fall 1982).

Price, Ronald Dean. “The Rhetoric of Counter-Subversion: A Rhetorical Analysis of Selected Anti-Communism Speeches of U.S. Senator Karl E. Mundt.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1994. “The political persona Mundt developed in the 1936 campaign became his rhetorical signature, his political style. The form was accusatory; the content was anti-communism or counter-subversive. Mundt’s universe of discourse was characterized by hyperbole, the use of balanced antithesis and alliteration for dramatic effect, the patterned use of god and devil terms.”

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: South Carolina

Gentry, Jonathan Daniel. “Seeing Red: Anti-Communism, Civil Liberties and the Struggle Against Dissent in North Carolina, 1949--1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 2003.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Tennessee

Bowen, Michael. “Communism Vs. Republicanism: B. Carroll Reece and the Congressional Elections of 1946.” Journal of East Tennessee History 73 (2001): 39-52.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Texas

Carleton, Don E. “McCarthyism in Houston: The George Ebey Affair.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly 80, no. 2 (1976). Recounts the 1952 attack on a newly hired deputy school superintendent for Communist ties by the Minute Women and other militant anti-Communist and anti-liberal groups.

Carleton, Don E. “A Crisis of Rapid Change: The Red Scare in Houston, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1978. Blames Houston’s “Red Scare,” directed largely at school and several Methodist Church agencies, on the social stress of rapid growth; notes that concern about Communism appeared to some people to be legitimated by the activities of local Communists and a lengthy struggle within a National Maritime Union local between Communist and anti-Communist factions.

Carleton, Don E. Red Scare! Right-Wing Hysteria, Fifties Fanaticism, and Their Legacy in Texas. Austin: Texas Monthly Press, 1985.

Carleton, Don E. “‘McCarthyism Was More Than McCarthy’: Documenting the Red Scare at the State and Local Level [Houston as an Example].” Midwestern Archivist 12, no. 1 (1987).

Carney, Carolyn Ann. “The ‘City of Hate’: Anti-Communist and Conservative Attitudes in Dallas, Texas, 1950-1964.” Master’s thesis. University of Texas at Arlington, 1994.

Green, George N. “McCarthyism in Texas: The 1954 Campaign.” Southern Quarterly 16 (1978). Notes use of the Communist issue by Governor Allan Shivers, a Democrat-turned-Republican running for reelection, against Democrat Ralph Yarborough.

Southwick, Robert Cornelius, Jr. “Maco Stewart: A Texas Anti-New Deal Democrat.” Ph.D. diss. University of Houston, 1994. Stewart, a Galveston attorney, financier and civic leader, played an important part in anti-radical politics in the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Utah

Hunt, Andrew. “Beyond the Spotlight: The Red Scare in Utah.” Utah Historical Quarterly 61, no. 4 (1993). The May Day bomb scare of 1919 stirred conservative groups, but police usually did not obstruct left-wing groups like the Socialist Party. The Palmer Raids ignored Utah, and a weakened IWW along with the strength of non-radicals in the state’s labor unions minimized the effects of the Red Scare.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Washington State

Acena, Albert A. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation: Reform Politics and the Popular Front.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1975. Detailed scholarly study of the WCF and its role in Washington state liberal politics. Notes that the WCF was controlled by a Popular Front faction secretly dominated by the Communist party.

Curwick, Stephanie. “War and Red Scare: 1940-1960.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002. <http://faculty.washington.edu/gregoryj/cpproject/curwick.htm>.

Dembo, Jonathan. “Washington State Labor Politics During World War II, 1942-1945.” Journal of the West 25, no. 3 (1986). Notes Communist role in CIO and Washington liberal politics.

Gregory, James, ed. “Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project.” Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies, University of Washington, 2002. Includes web essays: Black, Gordon. “Organizing the Unemployed: The Early 1930s”; Curwick, Stephanie. “War and Red Scare: 1940-1960”; Gregory, James. “Toward a History of Communism in Washington State”; Grijalva, Brian. “Organizing the Unemployed: The 1930s and 1940s”; Ko, Daeha. “Rough Beginnings: The 1920s”; Landis, Paul. “A Partial Revival: The 1960s”; Phipps, Jennifer. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation & Washington Pension Union”; Pinckney, Shelley. “Race and Civil Rights: The 1930s & 1940s”; Spath, Marian. “The Twilight Years: 1970-2002”;

Gregory, James. “Toward a History of Communism in Washington State.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Gregory, James. “Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project.” Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Ko, Daeha. “Rough Beginnings: The 1920s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Krause, Fayette F. “Democratic Party Politics in the State of Washington During the New Deal, 1932-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1971. Describes a powerful Popular Front faction with a significant Communist presence in the Washington Democratic Party.

Landis, Paul. “A Partial Revival: The 1960s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

LeWarne, Charles P. “The Bolsheviks Land in Seattle: The Shilka Incident of 1917.” Arizona and the West 20 (Spring 1978).

Miller, Margaret. “The Washington Pension Union and Labor-Left Politics in the 1940s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Miller, Margaret. “The Left’s Turn: Labor, Welfare, Politics and Social Movements in Washington State, 1937-1973.” Ph.D. diss. Seattle: University of Washington, 2000.

Miller, Margaret. “Negotiating Cold War Politics: The Washington Pension Union and the Labor Left in the 1940s and 1950s.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Phipps, Jennifer. “The Washington Commonwealth Federation & Washington Pension Union.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Pinckney, Shelley. “Race and Civil Rights: The 1930s & 1940s.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

Saltvig, Robert. “The Tragic Legend of Laura Law.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 78, no. 3 (1987). The unsolved 1940 murder of Laura Law, wife of Aberdeen, Washington, labor leader Dick Law resulted in accusations and rumors of the murder involving anti-labor business interests, Communist and anti-Communist factions of the International Woodworkers of America and the Finnish community.

Soden, Dale Edward. “Mark Allison Matthews: Seattle’s Southern Preacher.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1980. Discusses the popular anti-Communism of a influential Presbyterian minister in Seattle, 1902-1940.

Spath, Marian. “The Twilight Years: 1970-2002.” In Communism in Washington State - History and Memory Project. Harry Bridges Center for Labor Studies of the University of Washington, 2002.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Pacific Northwest Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952-54. Includes testimony identifying former Washington congressman and Washington Commonwealth Federation leader Hugh DeLacy as a secret C.P. member.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Seattle, Washington Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

****************************************************************

Seattle General Strike of 1919

Friedheim, Robert L. The Seattle General Strike. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1964. Comprehensive history of the Seattle general strike of 1919.

Hanson, Ole. Americanism Versus Bolshevism. Garden City: Doubleday, Page & Company, 1920. Mayor of Seattle describes his defeat of the general strike as the crushing of a Bolshevik coup.

Lairen, Terje. “Ole and the Reds: The ‘Americanism’ of Seattle Mayor Ole Hansen.” Norwegian-American Studies 30 (1985). Mayor Hansen worked to defeat the Seattle general strike of 1919.

O’Connor, Harvey. Revolution in Seattle: A Memoir. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1964. Discusses the Seattle general strike.

Rosenthal, Rob. “Nothing Moved but the Tide: The Seattle General Strike of 1919.” Labor’s Heritage 4, no. 3 (Fall 1992). Sees the strike as a success because it promoted class identification and radicalism.

****************************************************************

Washington Joint Legislative Fact-Finding Committee (Canwell Committee)

Countryman, Vern. Un-American Activities in the State of Washington: the Work of the Canwell Committee. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1951. On the Washington Joint Legislative Fact-Finding Committee headed by Albert F. Canwell.

Davis, Jeffrey A. “The Goldmark Case: A Study in Political Ideology.” Pacific Northwest Forum 5, no. 2 (1992). Examines the passionate anticommunism of Donald Caron, Ashley Holden, and Albert Canwell, three men sued for libel by John Goldmark who charged that their attempts to link him to the Communist Party cost him his reelection to the Washington State legislature.

Rader, Melvin Miller. False Witness. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1998. Hostile discussion of the Canwell Committee in the state of Washington.

Washington (State) Legislature Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities. First Report, Un-American Activities in Washington State. Olympia, Wash., 1948. Report of the Canwell Committee.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Wisconsin

Cary, Lorin Lee. “The Wisconsin Loyalty Legion, 1917-18.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 53 (Autumn 1969): 33-50.

Fried, Richard M. “Stalin Stopped at Mosinee: Anti-Communist Pageants in the Cold-War Era.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1988.

Fried, Richard M. “Springtime for Stalin: Mosinee’s Day Under Communism as Cold War Pageantry.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 77, no. 2 (1993-94). About the staging for anti-Communist propaganda purposes of a Communist takeover of a Wisconsin town.

Haney, Richard Carlton. “A History of the Democratic Party of Wisconsin Since World War Two.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1970. Notes that many of those who led the revival of the Democratic Party after World War II had been active in the anti-Communist faction of the American Veterans Committee.

Meyer, Karl. “The Politics of Loyalty: From La Follette to McCarthy in Wisconsin, 1918-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1962. Discusses parallels and differences between the appeal of La Follette, Sr. and Joseph McCarthy. Finds that both campaigned as embattled insurgents and had similar patterns of county support. However, McCarthy had elite support that La Follette never received.

Meyer, Stephen. “Milwaukee Labor, Urban Politics, and the Rise of Joseph McCarthy.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1989.

Meyer, Stephen. “Stalin Over Wisconsin”: The Making and Unmaking of Militant Unionism, 1900-1950. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Meyer, Steve. “‘Wisconsin Unions at the Center of the Storm’ An Historical Perspective on the Influence of Radical Leadership in Wisconsin Unions in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at 20th annual conference of the Wisconsin Labor History Society. Milwaukee., 2001.

Oshinsky, David. “Wisconsin Labor and the Campaign of 1952.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56, no. 2 (Winter 1972/73). Finds that unions worked effectively against McCarthy in his 1952 reelection.

Pawley, Christine. “Reading Versus the Red Bull: Cultural Constructions of Democracy and the Public Library in Cold War Wisconsin.” American Studies 42, no. 3 (2001).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Milwaukee, WI Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1955.

****************************************************************

Wisconsin: Progressive Party

Backstrom, Charles Herbert. “The Progressive Party of Wisconsin, 1934-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1956. Notes factionalism over infiltration by Communists.

La Follette, Philip Fox. Adventure in Politics: The Memoirs of Philip LaFollette. Edited by Donald Young. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1970. Governor Philip La Follette was a leading figure in the Wisconsin Progressive Party and resisted attempts by Communists to enter the party in the Popular Front era.

Lorence, James J. Gerald J. Boileau and the Progressive-Farmer-Labor Alliance: Politics of the New Deal. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1994. Elected to congress as a Republican in the 1920s, Boileau shifted to the Wisconsin Progressive Party in the early 1930s.

McCoy, Donald Richard. “The Development and Dissolution of the Wisconsin Progressive Party of 1934-1946.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1949.

Schmidt, Lester F. “The Farmer-Labor Progressive Federation: The Story of a ‘United Front’ Movement Among Wisconsin Liberals, 1934-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1954. Notes extensive conflict between anti-Communist and Popular Front factions within the Wisconsin Progressive party.

****************************************************************

McCarthy in Wisconsin

Coady, Sharo. “The Wisconsin Press and Joseph McCarthy.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1965.

Maney, Patrick J. “LaFollette, McCarthy, and the Progressive Origins of Anticommunism.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Maney, Patrick. “Joe McCarthy’s First Victim.” Virginia Quarterly Review 77, no. 3 (2001). On McCarthy’s defeat of Robert La Follette in a Republican primary.

O’Brien, Michael. “The Anti-McCarthy Campaign in Wisconsin, 1951-1952.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 56, no. 2 (Winter 1972-73). Discusses the divisions among liberal Republicans and Democrats which contributed to McCarthy’s victory.

O’Brien, Michael. “McCarthy and McCarthyism: The Cedric Parker Case, November 1949.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974. Discusses McCarthy’s attack on a liberal Wisconsin newspaper.

O’Brien, Michael James. “Senator Joseph McCarthy and Wisconsin: 1946-1957.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1971.

O’Brien, Michael. McCarthy and McCarthyism in Wisconsin. Columbia, MO: University of Missouri Press, 1980.

Rippley, La Vern J. “Senator Joe McCarthy: His Ethnic-Religious Support in Wisconsin.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991.

Thelen, David, and Esther Thelen. “Joe Must Go: The Movement to Recall Senator Joe McCarthy.” Wisconsin Magazine of History, Spring 1976. Finds that, despite dislike of McCarthy, many established Wisconsin institutions were reluctant to oppose him due to the desire to avoid controversy and risk to the institution.

Wisconsin Citizens’ Committee on McCarthy’s Record. The McCarthy Record. Madison, WI, 1952.

****************************************************************

Wisconsin’s Social Democratic Party

Berger, Meta Schlichting. A Milwaukee Woman’s Life on the Left the Autobiography of Meta Berger. Edited by Kimberly Swanson. Madison: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 2001. Meta Berger, widow of Socialist party leader and U.S. congressman (Wisconsin) Victor Berger, became close to the CPUSA in the 1930s.

Fure-Slocum, Eric Jon. “The Challenge of the Working-Class City: Recasting Growth Politics and Liberalism in Milwaukee, 1937--1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001.

Kunkel, Joseph A., III. “The Ideological Party in American Politics: The Case of the Milwaukee Social Democrats.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1980.

Lorence, James J. “Socialism in Northern Wisconsin, 1910-1920: An Ethno-Cultural Analysis.” Mid-America 64, no. 3 (1982). Notes that the association of the Social Democrats with Communism contributed to the decline of rural Socialist voting strength after the Bolshevik revolution.

Muzik, Edward J. “Victor L. Berger: Congress and the Red Scare.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 47, no. 4 (1964). On Wisconsin Socialist congressman’s expulsion from the U.S. House.

Olson, Frederick. “The Milwaukee Socialist, 1897-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard College, 1952.

Stachowski, Floyd. “The Political Career of Daniel Webster Hoan.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1966. Mayor of Milwaukee in the 1930s, Hoan was a leading Wisconsin Socialist and anti-Communist.

Stevens, Michael E., and Ellen D. Goldlust-Gingrich, eds. The Family Letters of Victor and Meta Berger, 1894-1929. Madison: Center for Documentary History, State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1995.

****************************************************************

Communists and Politics: Wyoming

Ewig, Rick. “McCarthy Era Politics: The Ordeal of Senator Lester Hunt.” Annals of Wyoming 55, no. 1 (1985). Sees Hunt as a firm anti-Communist who regarded McCarthy as an opportunist. Takes the view that Hunt killed himself in 1954 due to harassment by fanatical McCarthyists as well as by health and family problems,

****************************************************************

Communists, the Popular Front, and the South

Braden, Anne. “Red, White and Black in Southern Labor,” edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Sees Communists as the most militant, idealistic and heroic of those in the Southern civil rights movement and discusses the use of anticommunism against the civil rights movement. Discusses Mrs. Rosa Parks of Montgomery, Alabama, E.D. Nixon of the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, Clifford and Virginia Durr, and the Highlander Folk School.

Communist Party of the United States of America. The New South. Chattanooga, Tenn.: The Communist Party, 1937. Journal.

Communist Party of the U.S. in the South. Southern Worker. Birmingham, AL: C.P.U.S.A., 1930. Journal.

Dunbar, Anthony P. Against the Grain: Southern Radicals and Prophets, 1929-1959. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1981. Some of those discussed associated at some point with the Communist party.

Patton, Randall Lee. “Southern Liberals and the Emergence of a ‘New South,’ 1938-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1990. Discusses the rise and fall of the Popular Front in the South.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Henry Wallace’s Southern Campaign: Civil Rights Activism and Cold War Resistance.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Sullivan, Patricia. Days of Hope: Race and Democracy in the New Deal Era. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1996. Sees the existence of a substantial Popular Front movement in the South in the 1930s and 1940s with the Communist Party as a key ingredient that sought to remedy both Southern economic injustice and racism. Sees this as a lost opportunity that was destroyed in the late 1940s by an anti-Communist and racist attack.

Sullivan, Patricia Ann. “Gideon’s Southern Soldiers: New Deal Politics and Civil Rights Reform, 1933-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1983.

****************************************************************

Southern Conference for Human Welfare and Southern Conference Education Fund

Joint Committee on Un-American Activities [Louisiana Legislature]. Activities of the Southern Conference Education Fund, Inc., in Louisiana, 1963-65. Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana Legislature, n.d.

Klibanel, Irwin. “The Southern Conference Education Fund: A History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1971.

Klibaner, Irwin. “The Travail of Southern Radicals: The Southern Conference Education Fund, 1946-1976.” Journal of Southern History 49 (May 1983).

Klibaner, Irwin. Conscience of a Troubled South: The Southern Conference Educational Fund, 1946-1966. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Krueger, Thomas, A. And Promises to Keep. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press, 1967. Discusses the Communist party’s largely secret role in the Southern Conference for Human Welfare, a liberal southern organization.

Martin, Charles H. “The Rise and Fall of Popular Front Liberalism in the South: The Southern Conference for Human Welfare, 1938-1945.” Perspectives on the American South The Southern Conference for Human Welfare 3 (1985).

Reed, Linda. Simple Decency & Common Sense: The Southern Conference Movement, 1938-1963. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1991.

Salmond, John A. “‘The Great Southern Commie Hunt’: Aubrey Williams, the Southern Conference Educational Fund, and the Internal Security Subcommittee.” South Atlantic Quarterly 77, no. 4 (Autumn 1978): 433-52. Account of the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, headed by Eastland of Mississippi, and the hearings held in New Orleans in March 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Southern Conference for Human Welfare. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

Zellner, Dorothy M. “Red Roadshow: Eastland in New Orleans, 1954.” Louisiana History 33, no. 1 (Winter 1992). Regarding the 1954 hearing Senator James O. Eastland of the Senate Internal Security Committee held in New Orleans, Louisiana, on Communist influence in the Southern Conference Educational Fund. Among those questioned were Aubrey Williams, Virginia Durr, James A. Dombrowski, and Myles Horton.

****************************************************************

Black Mountain College

Galvin, Rachel. “Wild Intellectuals and Exotic Folks.” Humanities 22, no. 4 (2001). On Black Mountain College in North Carolina in the 1930-1960 era.

****************************************************************

Highlander Folk School and Myles Horton

Adams, Frank, and Myles Horton. Unearthing Seeds of Fire: The Idea of Highlander. Winston-Salem, N.C.: J. F. Blair, 1975.

Adams, Frank, and others. “Building Movements, Educating Citizens: Myles Horton and the Highlander Folk School.” Social Policy 21 (Winter 1991). Reflections and reminiscences on Horton and Highlander by Frank Adams, Julius Lester, Lucy Massie Phenix, Cynthia Stokes Brown, Anne Braden, Herbert Kohl, Guy Carawan, Candie Carawan, Aleine Austin, Mike Clark, Bill Saunders, Maxine Waller, John Gaventa, Judi Bari, and Asa Hilliard.

Duncan, Joyce. “Historical Study of the Highlander Method: Honing Leadership for Social Justice.” Ph.D. diss. East Tennessee State University, 2005.

Egerton, John. “The Trial of the Highlander Folk School.” Southern Exposure 6, no. 1 (1978). Recounts the 1959 trial of Myles Horton, director of the Highlander Folk School, for illegal alcohol dispensing, Communist propaganda, and racial agitation.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on the Highlander Folk School. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. One microfilm reel of selected FBI files.

Glen, John. “On the Cutting Edge: A History of the Highlander Folk School, 1932-1962.” Ph.D. diss. Vanderbilt University, 1985.

Glen, John M. Highlander, No Ordinary School, 1932-1962. Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1988. A history of the Highlander Folk School (Tennessee) and its leader Myles Horton. A center for liberal and radical activity in Appalachia, Highlander was involved with CIO and Farmers’ Union southern organizing. Highlander was often accused of Communist links, and in 1962 Tennessee state government forced its closing in reaction to Highlander’s support of the civil rights movement.

Horton, Aimee I. The Highlander Folk School: A History of the Development of Its Major Programs Related to Social Movements in the South, 1932-1961. 1980.

Horton, Aimee Isgrig. The Highlander Folk School: A History of Its Major Programs, 1932-1961. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Horton, Myles. The Long Haul: An Autobiography. Assisted by Judith Kohl and Herbert R. Kohl. New York: Teachers College Press, 1998. Edited oral history autobiography.

Horton, Myles, and Paulo Freire. We Make the Road by Walking: Conversations on Education and Social Change. Edited by Brenda Bell, John Gaventa, and John Marshall Peters. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990.

Horton, Myles. The Myles Horton Reader: Education for Social Change. Edited by Dale Jacobs. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

Anne Braden

Braden, Anne. “A View From the Fringes.” Southern Exposure 9, no. 1 (1981). Discusses use of anticommunism against her activities in the 1950s and 1960s. Braden was a firm ally of the CPUSA.

Fosl, Catherine. “‘There Was No Middle Ground’: Anne Braden and the Southern Social Justice Movement.” NWSA Journal 11, no. 3 (1999).

Fosl, Catherine. Subversive Southerner: Anne Braden and the Struggle for Racial Justice in the Cold War South. New York: Palgrave, 2002. Admiring biography.

Fosl, Catherine Anne. “‘Once Comes the Moment to Decide’: Anne Braden and the Civil Rights Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 2000.

****************************************************************

James A. Dombrowski

Adams, Frank T. James A. Dombrowski: An American Heretic, 1897-1983. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1992. Dombrowski headed the Southern Conference for Human Welfare, a Popular Front body.

****************************************************************

Clifford J. and Virginia F. Durr

Decker, Stefanie Lee. “The Mask of the Southern Lady: Virginia Foster Durr, Southern Womanhood and Reform.” Ph.D. diss. Oklahoma State University, 2007.

Durr, Virginia Foster. Outside the Magic Circle: The Autobiography of Virginia Foster Durr. Edited by Hollinger F. Barnard. University, AL: University of Alabama Press, 1985.

Imhoff, Clement. “Clifford J. Durr and the Loyalty Question: 1942-1950.” Journal of American Culture 12, no. 3 (Fall 1989).

Salmond, John A. The Conscience of a Lawyer: Clifford J. Durr and American Civil Liberties, 1899-1975. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1990. Sympathetic biography of Popular Front liberal southern New Deal official (RFC, FCC) and president of the National Lawyers Guild.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Surviving McCarthyism: The Case of Virginia and Clifford Durr.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

****************************************************************

Clifford Durr, John Coe, and Benjamin Smith

Brown, Sarah Hart. “‘Subversive’ Southerners: Three Uncommon Lawyers and Civil Liberties in the South, 1945-1965.” Ph.D. diss. Georgia State University, 1993. Focuses on John Coe, of Pensacola, Florida, Clifford Durr of Montgomery, Alabama, and Benjamin Eugene Smith of New Orleans, Louisiana. Popular Front liberals, Coe and Smith campaigned for Henry Wallace in 1948, while Durr, a recently resigned member of the Federal Communications Commission, remained aloof from that campaign. All became officers of the National Lawyers Guild. Coe and Smith accepted board positions with the Southern Conference Educational Fund.

****************************************************************

Lillian Smith

Brantley, Will. “The Surveillance of Georgia Writer and Civil Rights Activist Lillian Smith: Another Story from the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 85, no. 1 (2001).

Patton, Randall. “Lillian Smith and the Transformation of American Liberalism, 1945-1950.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 76, no. 2 (Summer 1992)

****************************************************************

Aubrey Williams

Salmond, John A. “Postscript to the New Deal: The Defeat of the Nomination of Aubrey W. Williams as Rural Electrification Administrator in 1945.” Journal of American History 61, no. 2 (September 1974): 417-36.

Salmond, John A. A Southern Rebel: The Life and Times of Aubrey Willis Williams, 1890-1965. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1983. Biography of a important New Deal official who on occasion acted as a New Deal link with Popular Front and Communist figures and who was eventually driven from office for his left-wing views.

****************************************************************

New Leftists and other Radicals

Allen, David. “The Dream of a New Left: A Genealogical Inquiry Into the Collapse of 60s Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1995. Discusses the origins and collapse of the New Left, disillusionment with the Soviet model, theories of totalitarianism, the role of Red Diaper babies, anti-anti-communism, the Third World model, and the role of Marxism-Leninism.

Bacciocco, Edward J. The New Left in America: Reform to Revolution, 1956 to 1970. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1974. Discusses the Old Left and Communist background to the New Left.

Beker, Miroslav. “(American) Post-Structuralism and the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Breines, Winifred. “Whose New Left?” Journal of American History 75, no. 2 (September 1988). Judges that the role of “red-diaper babies” and attitudes toward Communism and anti-Communism are irrelevant to an evaluation of New Left.

Buhle, Paul, ed. History and the New Left: Madison, Wisconsin, 1950-1970. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990. Essays and interviews with veteran New Leftists: Lee Baxandall, Roz Baxandall, Paul Breines, Mari Jo Buhle, Paul Buhle, Elizabeth Ewen, Stuart Ewen, James Gilbert, Herbert G. Gutman, Eleanor Hakim, Jeffry Kaplow, Saul Landau, Gerald Markowitz, Ron McCrae, Michael Meeropol, George Mosse, Bertell Ollman, William Preston, George Rawick, Paul Richards, Nina Serrano, Richard Schickel, Vean Stark, Warren Susman, Malcolm Sylvers, Hariet Tanzman, Dave Wagner, James Weinstein, Peter Wiley, William A Williams.

Caute, David. The Year of the Barricades: A Journey Through 1968. New York: Harper & Row, 1988.

Collier, Peter. “Looking Backward: Memories of the Sixties Left.” In Political Passages: Journeys of Change Through Two Decades, 1968-1988, edited by John H. Bunzel. New York: Free Press, 1988. “Many of the people I came to know in the [New Left] movement were red-diaper babies who had been political all their lives. They seemed still to be people with a political green card, immigrants who had never allowed themselves to be fully assimilated into America.” Judges that New Left contempt for CPUSA for its moderation in the 60s changed to toleration and then sympathy starting in the mid-70s. Sees Berkeley city government as infiltrated by “hacks from the Communist Party.”

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz. Destructive Generation: Second Thoughts About the Sixties. New York: Summit Books, 1989. Critical essays, some autobiographical, by two ‘60s radical journalists turned ‘80s conservatives regarding the New Left and Communism. Subjects include Fay Stender (Bay area radical attorney), the Weather Underground, the “Fifth Column Left,” the use of the term “McCarthyism,” “red-diaper babies,” and the Black Panthers.

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz. “Slouching Towards Berkeley: Socialism in One City.” Public Interest 94 (Winter 1989). Notes acceptance of Communists into municipal New Left politics in the 1970s.

Crozier, Brian. “We Will Bury You”: Studies in Left Wing Subversion Today. London, U.K.: Tom Stacey Ltd., 1970.

Epstein, Barbara. “Standing at the Intersection of the Declining Old Left, the Beginnings of the New Left, and the Re-Emergence of Feminism.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Flacks, Dick. “Making History Vs. Making Life: Dilemmas of an American Left.” Sociological Inquiry 46 (1976). Discusses the role of “red diaper babies” in the New Left.

Flacks, Richard. Making History: The American Left and the American Mind. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Genovese, Eugene. “The American 80’s, Disaster or Triumph?” Commentary 90, no. 3 (September 1990). “Survivors of the radical Left ... are once again determined to make fools of themselves. Confronted by a victorious worldwide counterrevolution against everything they have stood for, they happily dwell on the evil legacy of Ronald Reagan.... The Left, viewing the disgraceful rout of its troops on all fronts, proudly claims victory abroad, while it undertakes the small task of convincing the American people that only the implementation of a thoroughly discredited agenda at home could save us from the horrors it claims as democratic triumphs everywhere else. Lacking the satirical genius of a Jonathan Swift, I respectfully ask to be allowed to pass over the spectacle in silence.”

Gitlin, Todd. The Whole World is Watching: Mass Media in the Making & Unmaking of the New Left. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1980.

Gitlin, Todd. The Sixties: Years of Hope, Days of Rage. New York: Bantam Books, 1987.

Glazer, Penina Migdal. “From the Old Left to the New: Radical Criticism in the 1940s.” American Quarterly 24, no. 5 (December 1972).

Gorman, Robert A. Neo-Marxism, the Meanings of Modern Radicalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1982.

Gorman, Robert A. Yankee Red: Nonorthodox Marxism in Liberal America. New York: Praeger, 1989.

Guarasci, Richard. The Theory and Practice of American Marxism, 1957-1970. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1980.

Harrington, Michael. “A Time to Think.” Worldview 17, no. 9 (1974). Discusses the attitude of the New Left of the 1960’s toward Communism.

Horowitz, David. “Taking on the Neo-Coms (Parts 1 & 2).” FrontPageMagazine, 2002, 1 May 2003. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com/>. On domination of the contemporary hard left by “neo-communists.”

Isserman, Maurice. If I Had a Hammer--: The Death of the Old Left and the Birth of the New Left. New York: Basic Books, 1987. Discusses the role of Communists and Red Diaper babies in the origins of the New Left.

Isserman, Maurice, and Michael Kazin. America Divided: The Civil War of the 1960’s. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.

Kesselman, Amy. “Women’s Liberation and the Left in New Haven, Connecticut, 1968-1973.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Kimball, Roger. The Long March: How the Cultural Revolution of the 1960s Changed America. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2000.

King, Dennis. Lyndon LaRouche and the New American Fascism. New York: Doubleday, 1989. Discusses the LaRouche movement’s origins in the Old (Trotskyist) and New Left and its attacks on the C.P.

Klatch, Rebecca E. “The Formation of Feminist Consciousness Among Left- and Right-Wing Activists of the 1960s.” Gender & Society 15, no. 6 (2001). Notes Old Left influences.

Lasar, Matthew. “Challenging High Brow Culture in the Bay Area: The Case of KPFA, 1949-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Lebedoff, David. The New Elite: The Death of Democracy. Chicago: Contemporary Books, 1983.

Lebedoff, David. The Uncivil War: How a New Elite is Destroying Our Democracy. Lanham, MD: Taylor Trade Pub., 2004.

Lens, Sidney. The Promise and Pitfalls of Revolution. Philadelphia: United Church Press, 1974.

Luce, Phillip Abbott. Road to Revolution: Communist Guerrilla Warfare in the U.S.A. San Diego, CA: Viewpoint Books, 1967. Expose of black radicalism and Afro-American Communists.

Luce, Phillip Abbott. The New Left Today: America’s Trojan Horse. Washington: Capitol Hill Press, 1971.

Lynd, Staughton. “Mindful Activists.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Essay review of Kevin Mattson’s Intellectuals in Action and Payne’s I’ve Got the Light of Freedom. Praises New Left adoption of anti-anti-Communism.

Mattson, Kevin. Intellectuals in Action: The Origins of the New Left and Radical Liberalism, 1945-1970. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2002.

Meeropol, Mike. “We Are Your Sons, the Legacy of Ethel and Julius Rosenberg: How Did an ‘Old Left’ Background Guided One Individual’s ‘Take’ on the Explosion of New Left Activity After 1966.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Menashe, Louis, and Ronald Radosh. Teach-Ins, U.S.A. Reports, Opinions, Documents. New York: F. A. Praeger, 1967.

Meredith, Lawrence. “What’s Right About What’s Left of the Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Miller, Jim. “Democracy is in the Streets”: From Port Huron to the Siege of Chicago. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987.

Myers, R. David, ed. Toward a History of the New Left: Essays from Within the Movement. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson Pub., 1989.

Newfield, Jack. A Prophetic Minority. [New York]: New American Library, 1966.

Ney, Julie [pseudonym]. “The Last Closet: Vanessa Redgrave, the Middle East, and a New Blacklist for Actors.” Village Voice, 26 March 1991. Asserts that Redgrave is the victim of a viciously oppressive blacklist for her radical views and opposition to America’s unjustified Persian Gulf war policies (her play tour canceled), as are Woody Harrelson (Mardi Gras grand marshal invitation withdrawn) and Margo Kidder (engagement in “Love Letters” fell through and fired as spokesperson for Foster Parents Plan).

O’Neill, William L. The New Left: A History. Wheeling, IL: Harlan Davidson, 2001. Touches on the relationship of the old pro-Communist left to the New Left.

Roskos, Laura Helene. “The Life of the Party: Political Memory on the Mo(u)rning After.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1997. Considers the cultural legacy of American communism from the post-Cold War perspective of emerging international women’s movement by combining feminist literary, psychoanalytic, and political theory.

Rothman, Stanley, and S. Robert Lichter. Roots of Radicalism: Jews, Christians, and the New Left. New York: Oxford University Press, 1982.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Second Thoughts.” Arguments and Facts International [England], October 1992. On the role in the Gorbachev Foundation of Jim Garrison, a founder of the Christic Institute and follower of Esalen, and John Mack, a New Age and UFO enthusiast.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Conspiración ‘New Age.’” Mas Allá [Beyond, Madrid, Spain], April 1994. Schwartz: “investigation of historic links between California Communist party figures, most of them lawyers, and the New Age movements including Esalen and EST. It deals at some length with the case of Harry Margolis, a Bay area tax lawyer who had financial control over the EST phenomenon of Werner Erhard. It explores Margolis‘s links with three other prominent C.P. lawyers: Richard Gladstein, Robert Treuhaft, and Benjamin Dreyfus. It also notes, in passing, the Comintern activities of Frederick Thompson, father-in-law of Benjamin Dreyfus. Harry Margolis was the brother of Ben Margolis.”

Vickers, George. The Formation of the New Left: The Early Years. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1975. Discusses relationship of old and new left.

Young, Allen. “From a Jewish Chicken Farm to the Cane Fields of Cuba to the First Gay Protests in New York.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

****************************************************************

New Left and the Union Movement

Coker, Jeffrey W. Confronting American Labor: The New Left Dilemma. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2002.

Levy, Peter B. “The New Left and Labor: The Early Years (1960-1963).” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Notes New Left hostility toward the labor movement’s opposition of Communism.

****************************************************************

Pacifica Foundation and Radio

Lasar, Matthew. “From Dialogue to Dissent: The Pacifica Foundation and the Cold War, 1942 to 1964.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1997. The pressure of anticommunism diverted the Pacifica community from collective action to defense of dissent.

Lasar, Matthew. “‘Right Out in Public’: Pacifica Radio, the Cold War, and the Political Origins of Alternative Media.” Pacific Historical Review 67, no. 4 (November 1998): 513-41.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee Pacifica Foundation. Pacifica Foundation. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

****************************************************************

Students for a Democratic Society

Adelson, Alan. SDS. New York: Scribner, 1972.

Duhéé, Gregory. “The FBI and Students for a Democratic Society at the University of New Orleans, 1968-1971.” Louisiana History 43, no. 1 (2002).

Sale, Kirkpatrick. SDS. New York: Random House, 1973.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. Investigation of Students for a Democratic Society. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1969.

U.S. House Committee on Internal Security. SDS Plans for America’s High Schools Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1969.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 5

Communism and the American Labor Movement

Apodoca, Linda. “Grassroots Organizing During the McCarthy Era: The Community Service Organization, Women and Labor.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, 1999.

Baarslag, Karl. Communist Trade Union Trickery Exposed: A Handbook of Communist Tactics and Techniques. Chicago: Argus Pub. Co., 1949. Hard right polemic.

Bell, Daniel. “Labor’s Coming of Middle Age.” Fortune, October 1951.

Bernstein, Irving. The Lean Years: A History of the American Worker, 1920-1933. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1960. Discusses Communist dual union (Trade Union Unity League) activity and several major strikes involving Communist militants.

Bernstein, Irving. Turbulent Years: A History of the American Worker, 1933-1941. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

Boyer, Richard Owen, and Herbert Montford Morais. Labor’s Untold Story. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955. Sympathetic to those unionists associated with the Communist party.

Brecher, Jeremy. “Labor and the Left: The Long View from Below.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Brinkley, Alan. “The Best Years of Their Lives.” New York Review of Books, 28 June 1990. Essay review of Freeman’s In Transit, Gerstle’s Working-Class Americanism, and Nelson’s Workers on the Waterfront.

Brody, David. “Radical Labor History and Rank and File Militancy.” Labor History 16 (Winter 1975).

Brody, David. “Radicalism and the American Labor Movement: From Party History to Social History.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Buhle, Paul. From the Knights of Labor to the New World Order: Essays on Labor and Culture. New York: Garland Publ., 1997.

Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America. Communists Within the Labor Movement: A Handbook on the Facts and Countermeasures, Report of Committee on Socialism and Communism, Approved by the Board of Directors. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Chamber of Commerce of the United States, 1947.

Cherny, Robert W., William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor, eds. American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Derber, Milton, and Edwin Young. Labor and the New Deal. Wisconsin: University of Wisconsin Press, 1961.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Communism in the U.S. Trade Union Movement.” In Work in America an Encyclopedia of History, Policy, and Society (Vol. 1), edited by Carl E. Van Horn and Herbert A. Schaffner. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 2003.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Organizing Patterns and Certification Election Success Rates of Left and Non-Left Unions.” Labor Law Journal 46, no. 3 (1995).

Devinatz, Victor G. “Shades of Red: The Leninist Left and the Shaping of the 20th -Century US Trade Union Movement.” American Communist History 3, no. 1 (June 2004). Review essay on Stepan-Norris and Zeitlin’s Left Out, Donninger and Donninger’s Not Automatic, and Le Blanc and Barrett’s Revolutionary Labor Socialist.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Communist Party’s Grassroots Labor and Political Activism Circa 1920 to 1960: Of North Carolina Tobacco Workers, Pennsylvania Anthracite Radicals and the Cold War.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Review essay on Korstad’s Civil Rights Unionism, Cherny, Issell, and Taylor’s American Labor and the Cold War, and Howard’s Forgotten Radicals.

Epstein, Albert, and Nathaniel Goldfinger. “Communist Tactics in American Unions.” Labor and Nation 6 (1950).

Feurer, Rosemary. Radical Unionism in the Midwest, 1900-1950. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. Postwar Struggles, 1918-1920. Vol. 8 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1988.

Frost, Stanley. Labor and Revolt. New York: E.P. Dutton and Co., 1920.

Fure-Slocum, Eric. “Housing, Race, and the Cold War in a Labor City.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Galenson, Walter. Rival Unionism in the United States. New York: Russell & Russell, 1966.

Galenson, Walter. “Communists and Trade Union Democracy.” Industrial Relations 13, no. 3 (October 1974).

Gerstle, Gary L. “Founding Fathers and Powerful Proletarians: Illustrations of an American Labor Movement.” Paper presented at Conference on New Deal Culture. Washington, DC, 1981.

Glaberman, Martin. The Working Class & Social Change: Four Essays on the Working Class. Toronto: New Hogtown Press, 1975.

Glaberman, Martin. “Vanguard to Rearguard.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Green, James. “Working Class Militancy in the Depression.” Radical America, no. 6 (November-December 1972). Defends third period trade union policy and criticizes Popular Front labor policy.

Green, James R. The World of the Worker: Labor in Twentieth-Century America. New York: Hill and Wang, 1980. Credits the Communist party with setting the stage for and the initial successes of industrial unionism under the CIO. Highly critical of unionists who opposed communism.

Hall, Burton, ed. Autocracy and Insurgency in Organized Labor. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, distr. by E.P. Dutton, 1972. The essays appeared originally in New Politics.

Halpern, Martin. Unions, Radicals, and Democratic Presidents: Seeking Social Change in the Twentieth Century. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003. Chapters include: Children of the Left Sharing Values Across Generations; When Henry Met Franklin; and “I’m Fighting for Freedom” Coleman Young, HUAC, and the Detroit Black Community.

Healey, Dorothy. “False Consciousness and Labor Historians.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Heckscher, Charles. “Participatory Unionism.” Labor Studies Journal 25, no. 4 (2001). Discusses radical unionism among the styles of unionism.

Howe, Irving, and B.J. Widick. “Communism and Trade Unions.” Industrial Relations 14 (May 1975).

Huberman, Leo. The Labor Spy Racket. New York: Modern Age Books, Inc., 1937. “Most of the material in this book is based on the evidence introduced in the hearings before the subcommittee of the Committee on education and labor of the United States Senate, popularly known as the La Follette civil liberties committee.”--Pref.

Isaac, Larry. “In Search of American Labor’s Syndicalist Heritage.” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 2 (2002).

Keeran, Roger. “The Communist Party and the Labor Movement.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Keeran, Roger. “The Communist Influence on American Labor.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Asserts that the creation of independent revolutionary unions in the late 1920s was an American, not Comintern, initiative. Praises Communist trade unionists.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Unions and the Making of the American Working Class.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Kimeldorf, Howard. Battling for American Labor: Wobblies, Craft Workers, and the Making of the Union Movement. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “In Search of Syndicalism.” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 2 (2002).

Laslett, John H.M. “Socialism and the American Labor Movement: Some New Reflections.” Labor History 8 (Spring 1967).

Laslett, John H. M. Labor and the Left: A Study of Socialist and Radical Influences in the American Labor Movement, 1881-1924. New York: Basic Books, 1970.

Lens, Sidney. Left, Right & Center: Conflicting Forces in American Labor. Hinsdale, IL: Henry Regnery Co., 1949. Vaguely notes Communist role in some unions.

Levenstein, Harvey. “Economism, Anti-Economism and the History of the Communist Party.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Levenstein, Harvey A. “Leninists Undone by Leninism: Communism and Unionism in the United States and Mexico, 1935-1939.” Labor History 22, no. 2 (1981). Argues that the Communist Party’s authoritarian structure prevented it from exploiting the success of the Popular Front. The leadership was largely restricted to survivors of the party’s ideological purges, and the latter gave little power to successful Communist union leaders. The party’s leaders also intervened with generally disastrous results in trade union work. Attributes the collapse of the Communists’ once strong position in the UAW to Browder’s intervention and tendency to take a soft line against anti-Communists. Describes a similar pattern in the history of the Mexican Communist party.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “The Communist Experience in American Trade Unions.” Industrial Relations 19 (1980). Replies by Robert Zieger and Roger Keeran.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “‘Labor Question’: Past and Present.” In What Next for Organized Labor?: Report of the Century Foundation Task Force on the Future of Unions, Twentieth Century Foundation Task Force on the Future of Unions. New York: Century Foundation Press, 1999.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. State of the Union: A Century of American Labor. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. Presents Communists as a positive force in the labor movement.

Lipsitz, George. “A Rainbow at Midnight: Strategies of Independence in the Post War Working Class.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1979. Maintains that in 1946 mass popular general strikes broke out in five American cities. These strikes represented mass community revolt and broad worker solidarity. The strikes also won the support of small businessmen, clergy, and local politicians. The strikes, however, threatened the business, government and labor elite. The Cold War and Taft-Hartley were designed to suppress these popular revolts. Sees the attack on Communists in the labor movement as an excuse to smash rank and file militancy and create support for a foreign policy which would open up foreign markets for American corporate exploitation.

Lipsitz, George. Class and Culture in Cold War America: A Rainbow at Midnight. New York: Praeger, 1981.

Lipsitz, George. “Labor and the Cold War.” In Working for Democracy: American Workers from the Revolution to the Present, edited by Paul Buhle and Phillips L. Garman. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1985.

Lipsitz, George. “Labour Radicalism and the American West: New Perspectives and Recent Scholarship.” In The American West As Seen by Europeans and Americans, edited by Rob Kroes. Amsterdam, Netherlands: Free University Press, 1989.

Lipsitz, George. Rainbow at Midnight: Labor and Culture in the 1940s. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1994. Revised edition of the 1981 Class and Culture in Cold War America.

Lorwin, Val R. “Reflections on the History of the French and American Labor Movements.” Journal of Economic History 17, no. 1 (March 1957).

Luff, Jennifer D. “Judas Exposed: Labor Spies in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. College of William and Mary, 2005.

Lynd, Staughton. American Labor Radicalism: Testimonies and Interpretations. New York: Wiley, 1973.

Marquart, Frank. “From a Labor Journal: Unions and Radicals in the Depression Era.” Dissent 21 (1974).

Martin, Bob. “The Union Was Like a Family.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987.

Mikhailov, Boris IAkovlevich, ed. Recent History of the Labor Movement in the United States, 1918-1939. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1977. Translation of Istoriia rabochego dvizheniia v SShA v noveishee vremia. v. 1. 1918-1939.--v. 2. 1939-1965.--v. 3. 1965-1980. Stresses the always correct and leading role of the American Communist party in the labor movement.

Morris, George. George Morris [Articles, 1944-1984]. Los Angeles, CA: Microfilm Co. of California, Inc., 1984. Morris was a labor columnist for the CPUSA’s Daily Worker. Two microfilm reels.

Morris, James Oliver. Conflict Within the AFL: A Study of Craft Versus Industrial Unionism, 1901-1938. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 1958. Notes Communist involvement with the promotion of industrial unionism.

Nash, Al. “A Unionist Remembers: Militant Unionism and Political Factions.” Dissent 24 (Spring 1977).

Ozanne, Robert. “The Effects of Communist Leadership on American Trade Unions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1954. Highly critical of the Communist role.

Prickett, James R. “Communists and the Communist Issue in the American Labor Movement, 1920-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1975. Sympathetic examination of the Communist role in the International Ladies’ Garment Workers Union, the National Maritime Union, and the United Electrical Workers; argues that the Communist party did not dominate any CIO union, did not adjust trade union policy to accommodate Soviet foreign policy goals, and were more democratic than their opponents. Concludes that the Communist party contribution of the labor movement was generally healthy whereas opposition to communism by unionists was destructive.

Prickett, James R. “New Perspectives on American Communism and the Labor Movement.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Prickett, James R., and Walter Galenson. “Communism and the Trade Unions: An Exchange.” Industrial Relations 13 (October 1974). Includes: Prickett, “Anti-Communism and Labor History,” Galenson, “Communists and Trade Union democracy,” Prickett, “Reply to Professor Galenson,” and Galenson, “Rejoinder to Mr. Prickett.“

Rees, Jonathan, and Jonathan Z. S. Pollack, eds. The Voice of the People: Primary Sources on Labor, Industrial Relations, and Working-Class Culture. Wheeling, IL: Harlan Davidson, Inc., 2004. Includes: A. J. Muste Mourns Slain Textile Workers, 1929; Howard Kester on the Rout of the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union, 1935; Louis Adamic Lists the Virtues and Advantages of a Sitdown Strike, 1936; Leadbelly, Songs of Depression and War, 1938 and 1944; James Lerner Remembers How McCarthyism Affected the United Electrical Workers.

Saposs, David Joseph. Communism in American Unions. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959. Unsympathetic survey of the role of the Communist party in the trade union movement with emphasis on unions in Hollywood and the New York locals of the Hotel and Restaurant Workers.

Schneider, David Moses. “The Workers’ (Communist) Party and American Trade Unions.” diss. (1927) published as a book. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1928. Very early academic examinations of Communist activity.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Labor and the Cold War: The Legacy of McCarthyism.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Smith, Jason Scott. “Labor and the Cold War: A Fifty-Year Perspective.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 57 (2000): 110-13. Reviews the Southwest Labor Studies Association conference in San Francisco 29 April-1 May 1999 where many papers examined the connections between McCarthyism, anti-Communist liberalism, the Congress of Industrial Organization’s expulsion of Communist-led unions, and the policies of organized labor during the postwar era.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Insurgency, Radicalism, and Democracy in America’s Industrial Unions. Working Paper Series (University of California, Los Angeles, Institute of Industrial Relations). Los Angeles, CA: IIR, 1991.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Insurgency, Radicalism, and Democracy in America’s Industrial Unions.” Social Forces 75, no. 1 (1996).

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “‘Red’ Unions and ‘Bourgeois’ Contracts?” American Journal of Sociology 96, no. 5 (March 1991). Finds that “contracts won by Communist-led unions were far more likely ... to be ‘pro-labor’ (i.e., to undermine the sway of capital within production) than those won by their rivals.”

Taft, Philip. “Attempts to ‘Radicalize’ the Labor Movement.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review, July 1948.

Taft, Philip. “Communism in Trade Unions.” Monthly Labor Review 77, no. 139 (1954).

Taft, Philip. Organized Labor in American History. New York: Harper & Row, 1964.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communism in Labor Unions in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Hearings of February 27; July 23, 24 and 25, 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Colonization of America’s Basic Industries by the Communist Party of the U.S.A. Washington: [U.S. Govt. Print. Off.], 1954.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor. Public Policy and Communist Domination of Certain Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Communist Domination of Certain Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print Off., 1951.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Communist Domination of Unions and National Security. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Hearings of March 17, 18, 19, June 6, 11, 13, 17, 19, 27, and July 8, 1952.

U.S. Senate Internal Securities Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in Certain Labor Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communism in Labor Unions. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Wald, Alan. “Learning from Labor.” Monthly Review, February 1996. Essay review on Lipsitz’s Rainbow at Midnight.

Wallace, Michael E. “The Contours of Working Class Struggle in the United States: Organization and Militancy in the Post-War Period.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1983.

Wilkinson, Frank. “Attacks on Organized Labor, 1928-1965: The FBI and the House Un-American Activities Committee.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Witwer, David. “Westbrook Pegler and the Anti-Union Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Wood, Charles Granville. Reds and Lost Wages. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1930.

Zeitlin, Maurice. How Mighty a Force? Studies of Workers’ Consciousness and Organization in the United States. Los Angeles, CA: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1983.

Zieger, Robert. “Labor and the State in Modern America: The Archival Trail.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988). Surveys labor archives; emphasizes the importance of labor archives and the labor question in the history of the modern state. Notes the centrality of the Communist issue in post-WWII labor history.

Zieger, Robert H. Republicans and Labor, 1919-1929. Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1969.

Zieger, Robert H. “The Popular Front Rides Again.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Zieger, Robert H. American Workers, American Unions, 1920-1985. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

Zinn, Howard, Dana Frank, and Robin D. G. Kelley. Three Strikes: Miners, Musicians, Salesgirls, and the Fighting Spirit of Labor’s Last Century. Boston: Beacon Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

TUEL and TUUL

Barrett, James R. “Boring from Within and Without: William Z. Foster, the Trade Union Educational League, and American Communism in the 1920s.” In Labor Histories: Class, Politics, and the Working Class Experience, edited by Eric Arnesen, Julie Greene, and Bruce Laurie. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1998.

Devinatz, Victor G. “An Analysis of Strikes Led by the Trade Union Unity League After Passage of the National Industrial Recovery Act, 1933-1934.” Nature, Society, and Thought 18, no. 2 (2005).

Devinatz, Victor G. “An Analysis of Strikes Led by the Trade Union Unity League After the Passage of the National Industrial Recovery Act, 1933-1934.” Nature, Society and Thought 18, no. 2 (2005).

Devinatz, Victor G. “A Reevaluation of the Trade Union Unity League, 1929-1934.” Science & Society 71 (2007).

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The T.U.E.L. to the End of the Gompers Era. Vol. 9 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1991.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The T.U.E.L, 1925-1929. Vol. 10 of History of the Labor Movement in the United States. New York: International Publishers, 1994.

Foster, William. “Boring from Within: The Debate.” Anarcho-Syndicalist Review, no. 31 (Spring 2001). Reprint of William Z. Foster’s early views on the tactics for radicals to use within the mainstream labor movement.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “The Trade Union Unity League: Toward a Reconsideration of ‘Third Period’ Unionism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “The Trade Union Unity League: American Communists and the Transition to Industrial Unionism: 1928-1934.” Labor History 42, no. 2 (May 2001): 159-77.

Manley, John. “Moscow Rules? ‘Red’ Unionism and ‘Class Against Class’ in Britain, Canada, and the United States, 1928–1935.” Labour/Le Travail 56 (Fall 2005).

Saposs, David Joseph. Left Wing Unionism: A Study of Radical Policies and Tactics. New York: International Publishers, 1926. Describes in a sympathetic fashion Communist party activity in the union movement of the 1920s.

Trade Union Educational League. The Labor Herald. [Chicago, IL]: The League, 1922. Journal

Trade Union Educational League. Labor Unity. Chicago: Labor Unity, 1927. Journal. From 1928-Dec. 1929, official organ of Trade Union Educational League; Sept 21, 1929- published by the Trade Union Unity League, and became its official organ 1930. Later renamed New Labor Unity, marking change in format from weekly newspaper to monthly magazine.

Trade Union Unity League. The Young Fighter. New York: Youth Committee of the Trade Union Unity League, 1933. Journal, 1933-.

****************************************************************

The March of Labor

None. March of Labor. New York: March of Labor, Inc., 1949. Journal

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Influence in the Field of Publications (March of Labor) Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on The March of Labor. Washington: [U.S. Govt. Print. Off.], 1954.

****************************************************************

Communists and the Congress of Industrial Organizations

Cochran, Bert. Labor and Communism: The Conflict That Shaped American Unions. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1977. Concentrates on the Communist role in the United Auto Workers with shorter sections on the United Electrical Workers, Transport, Longshore, and Mine, Mill. Finds that the Communist role in the UAW was significant but limited, and maintains that Walter Reuther manipulated opposition to the Communist party’s role to gain union leadership. Concludes that Communist subservience to Moscow tainted labor radicalism.

Dubofsky, Melvyn. “Not So ‘Turbulent Years’: Another Look at the American 1930s.” Amerikastudien/American Studies 24, no. 1 (1979).

Galenson, Walter. The CIO Challenge to the AFL: A History of the American Labor Movement, 1935-1941. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1960. Discusses Communist party influence in the CIO; regards Communists as illegitimate trade unionists.

Harris, Herbert. Labor’s Civil War. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1940. This early study of AFL and CIO conflict treats the Communist party role in the CIO as conspiratorial and largely negative.

Kampelman, Max M. “The Communist Party Vs. the C.I.O.: A Study in Political Power.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1952.

Kampelman, Max M. The Communist Party Vs. the C.I.O.: A Study in Power Politics. New York: F. A. Praeger, 1957. Survey of Communist participation in the CIO which sees the Communist role as negative, conspiratorial, and manipulative.

Kamp, Joseph P. Join the C.I.O. and Help Build a Soviet America. Pamphlet. New Haven, CT: Constitutional Educational League Incorporated, 1937. Far right-wing expose which presents the CIO as little more than a Communist party plot.

Keeran, Roger. “The International Workers Order and the Origins of the CIO.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Argues that the C.P.’s IWO used its network of ethnic-based fraternal insurance lodges in working class communities to provide vital assistance to the early organization of CIO unions, particularly SWOC and the UAW: “the IWO contribution was considerable. It embraced an amazing number and variety of small actions by individual members, groups of members and lodges throughout the industrial communities of the northeast and midwest.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “Communists and the CIO: From the Soviet Archives.” Labor History 35, no. 3 (Summer 1994). Discusses a Comintern document with biographies of CPUSA Central Committee members in 1936 listing Wyndham Mortimer, Harry Bridges, and Donald Henderson as members under pseudonyms (Morgan, Rossi, and Donaldson, respectively).

Levenstein, Harvey A. Communism, Anti-Communism, and the CIO. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1981. A comprehensive account of the Communist role in the CIO that is mostly sympathetic, although occasionally critical. Highly critical of unionists who opposed communism.

Levinson, Edward. Labor on the March. New York: University Books, 1956. Journalistic survey of the union movement which discusses the Communist role in the CIO.

Preis, Art. Labor’s Giant Step: Twenty Years of the CIO. New York: Pathfinder Press, 1972. Looks at CIO Communists from a Trotskyist perspective.

Rosswurm, Steve, ed. The CIO’s Left-Led Unions. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Rosswurm, Steven. “Communism and the CIO: An Assessment.” Paper presented at “Perspectives on Labor History: The Wisconsin School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Stein, Judith. “The Ins and Outs of the CIO.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 4 (Fall 1993).

Stepan-Norris, Judith. “Left Out: The Consequences of the Rise and Fall of Communist Union Leaders in the CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1988.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Who Gets the Bird?” How the Communists Won “Power and Trust” in American Unions: An Empirical Analysis of the “Relative Autonomy of the Political.” Working Paper Series (UCLA Institute of Industrial Relations). Los Angeles, CA: IIR, 1987.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “‘Who Gets the Bird?’ or, How the Communists Won Power and Trust in America’s Union: The Relative Autonomy of Intraclass Political Struggles.” American Sociological Review 54, no. 4 (August 1989): 503-23. Argues that “two ensembles of political practices ‘loaded the historical dice’ in favor of the Communists. The chances that Communists would win union leadership were far higher: first, if the union had seceded from the AFL and joined the CIO from below, in an insurgent workers’ movement, rather than from above, in a revolt of its top officers; and second, if the union had been organized independently, rather than by a CIO ‘organizing committee.’ Two other political practices indirectly favored the Communists; earlier Red union organizing in the industry (although its effects were contradictory): and forming the union as an amalgamated rather than as a unitary organization.”

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. “Union Democracy, Radical Leadership, and the Hegemony of Capital.” American Sociological Review 60 (December 1995).

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Left Out: Reds and America’s Industrial Unions. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2002. Praises the role of Communists in the CIO. Chapter topics: 1. The Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO): left, right, and center: 2. ‘Who gets the bird?’: 3. Insurgency, radicalism, and democracy: 4. Lived democracy: UAW local 600: 5. ‘Red company unions’?: 6. Rank-and-file democracy and the ‘class struggle in production’: 7. strangers to their own class?: 8. ‘Pin money’ and ‘pink slips’: 9. The ‘big 3’ and interracial solidarity: 10. The red and the black: 11. Conclusion: an American tragedy: 12. Epilogue: the specter of a ‘third labor federation’.

Stolberg, Benjamin. The Story of the CIO. New York: The Viking press, 1938. This early journalistic study sees the CIO as having been infiltrated by the Communist party.

Urmann, Michael F. “Rank and File Communists and the CIO (Committee for Industrial Organization) Unions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1981. Based upon eighteen oral interviews; maintains the Communist party played a major role in the rapid growth of the CIO due to the activity of its union militants at the local level.

Zieger, Robert, Bruce Nelson, Ruth Milkman, Nelson Lichtenstein, Earl Lewis, and Dorothy Sue Cobble. “Robert Zieger’s History of the CIO: A Symposium.” Labor History 37, no. 2 (Spring 1996). Includes Bruce Nelson’s “Zieger’s CIO: In Defense of Labor Liberalism,” Ruth Milkman’s “Back to the Future?,” Nelson Lichtenstein’s “The View from Jackson Place,” Earl Lewis’s “To Tell a Full Story: The Institutionalization of the CIO and Matters of Race and Class,” Dorothy Sue Cobble’s “Zieger’s CIO: ‘A Modest Defense,’” and Robert H. Zieger’s “The CIO on Trial.”

Zieger, Robert, Gerald Horne, and Dan Leab. “[Exchange].” Labor History 38, no. 1 (Winter 1996-97). Exchange in “communications” section over the treatment of Communists in Zieger’s The CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. “Nobody Here But Us Trade Unionists: Communism and the CIO.” Reviews in American History 10, no. 2 (1982). Review-essay on Harvey Levenstein’s Communism, Anticommunism, and the CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. “Toward the History of the CIO: A Bibliographical Report.” Labor History 26, no. 4 (Fall 1985). Discusses historical treatment of CIO Communists.

Zieger, Robert H. “Lew McBeck and the Phantom Federation: The CIO, 1954.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Zieger, Robert H. “The CIO: A Bibliographical Update and Archival Guide.” Labor History 31, no. 4 (Fall 1990).

Zieger, Robert H. The CIO, 1935-1955. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995. Includes extensive coverage of the role of the C.P. in the CIO. “The admirable, and on the whole sincerely compiled, record of Communist-oriented affiliates along with the often courageous and principled actions of many pro-Soviet individuals on racial matters made the strongest case for repudiating the anti-Communist purge. Race, however, was not the only issue facing the labor left in the New Deal -- World War II era. Even if its primacy is asserted, how long could a CIO tainted with the practical and moral incubus of Communist association have remained an effective force? Being Communist in the 1930s and the 1940s was not just being a liberal in a hurry. The importance of Communism lay precisely in its connection to the Soviet empire and to the stature achieved by the Stalinist apparatus. To be a Communist, or even to be a consistent ally and defender of Communists, was to link yourself to Stalinism. It meant that you either denied Soviet crimes that killed and imprisoned millions or you justified them.”

Zieger, Robert H., and Randolph Boehm, eds. Minutes of the Executive Board of the Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1935-1955. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1991. 18 microfilm reels.

****************************************************************

Expelling Communists from the CIO

Brooks, Thomas R. “Rewriting History: The Labor Myth.” The American Federationist 85 (May 1978). Critical of those historians who criticize the expulsions of Communist-led unions from the AFL or CIO.

Congress of Industrial Organizations. Official Reports on the Expulsion of Communist Dominated Organizations from the CIO. Washington, DC: Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1954.

Chaison, Gary N. “Federation Expulsions and Union Mergers in the United States.” Relations Industrielles [Canada] 28 (1973).

Emspak, Frank. “The Break-up of the Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO), 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1972. Regards Communists as a positive force in the CIO; treats anti-Communists as aggressive opportunists who weakened the labor movement by changing it from a progressive and antiwar organization to a status quo body.

Koch, Lene. “Anti-Communism in the American Labor Movement: Reflections on the Communist Expulsions in 1949-50.” American Studies in Scandinavia 13, no. 2 (1981). Discusses the link between the CIO’s anti-Communism and its alliance with the Democratic party.

Morgen, Carl. “Destroying the California CIO Council.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses deportation of Luisa Moreno, a state CIO official and leader of the Food, Tobacco and Agricultural Workers Union and raiding of such left-led unions as UE 1421 and United Furniture Workers 576 by such anti-Communist unions as TWU-CIO and the AFL’s Furniture Workers International 1010.

O’Brien, F. S. “The ‘Communist-Dominated’ Unions in the United States Since 1950.” Labor History 9, no. 2 (Spring 1968). Reviews the history of eleven unions expelled from the C.I.O. between November 1949 and August 1950 as Communist.

Oshinsky, David. “Labor’s Cold War: The CIO and the Communists.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Prickett, James R. “Some Aspects of the Communist Controversy in the CIO.” Science & Society 33, no. 3 (Summer 1969). Discusses the assertion of CIO anti-Communists that Communist party trade unionists supported Soviet foreign policy.

Rosa, Todd. “CPUSA, the Henry Wallace Campaign and the CIO Expulsions.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Preface & An Overview and Preliminary Assessment of the CIO’s Expelled Unions.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992. Comments on essays on the CIO’s expelled unions: the UE as “a moral beacon of the labor movement,” the FTA “showing strength even in defeat,” and William Senter’s “proud avowal of his C.P. membership probably had much to do with his effort, unmatched by any Communist trade-union leader I know of, to come to grips with the ‘is’--the realities of the capitalism he confronted--and the ‘ought’--the ultimate goal of democratic socialism.”

Rosswurm, Steve. “Some Thoughts on the CIO’s Cold War Purge: Union and Progressive Social Activists Were Affected by Cold War Politics.” Paper presented at 20th annual conference of the Wisconsin Labor History Society. Milwaukee., 2001.

****************************************************************

CIO Biographical Material

John Brophy

Mullay, Sr. M. Camilla. “John Brophy, Militant Labor Leader and Reformer: The CIO Years.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1966.

****************************************************************

Len De Caux

Alvin, Milton. “Labor Radical: A Dishonest History of the CIO.” International Socialist Review 32, no. 7 (1971). Critical of the historical accuracy of Len De Caux’s Labor Radical.

De Caux, Len. Labor Radical: From the Wobblies to CIO, a Personal History. Boston: Beacon Press, 1970. Memoir by a Communist who managed press and public relations for the national CIO from its origin to the late 1940s.

****************************************************************

Adolph Germer

Cary, Lorin Lee. “Adolph Germer: From Labor Agitator to Labor Professional.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1968. Critical of Germer’s opposition to communism in the CIO.

Cary, Lorin Lee. “Institutionalized Conservatism in the Early C.I.O.: Adolph Germer, A Case Study.” Labor History 13, no. 4 (Fall 1972). Critical essay on Germer, a Socialist and anti-Communist union activist.

****************************************************************

Powers Hapgood

Bailey, Gary L. “Lone Wolf to Labor Bureaucrat: The Life of Powers Hapgood.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Bussel, Robert. From Harvard to the Ranks of Labor: Powers Hapgood and the American Working Class. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

John L. Lewis

Dubofsky, Melvyn, and Warren R. Van Tine. John L. Lewis: A Biography. New York: Quadrangle/New York Times Book Co., 1977. Discusses Lewis’s destruction of the Communist presence in the UMW but his willingness to use Communist organizers when building the CIO.

Wechsler, James Arthur. Labor Baron. New York: W. Morrow, 1944. Discusses Lewis’s use of Communist organizers in the CIO.

Zieger, Robert H. John L. Lewis: Labor Leader. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1988.

****************************************************************

Lucy Randolph Mason

Glisson, Susan M. “Lucy Randolph Mason: ‘The Rest of Us’.” In The Human Tradition in the Civil Rights Movement, edited by Susan M. Glisson. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield, 2006.

Mason, Lucy Randolph. To Win These Rights: A Personal Story of the CIO in the South. New York: Harper, 1952.

Patton, Randall L. “The CIO and the Search for a ‘Silent South.’” Maryland Historian 19, no. 2 (1988). On the career of Lucy Randolph Mason and “Operation Dixie.”

Salmond, John A. Miss Lucy of the CIO: The Life and Times of Lucy Randolph Mason, 1882-1959. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

Lee Pressman

Gall, Gilbert J. “A Note on Lee Pressman and the FBI.” Labor History 32, no. 4 (Fall 1991). “To the FBI and its informants, the attorney appeared as a Machiavellian tool used by the party to manipulate the policy stances of the industrial union federation in scheming ways, unbeknownst to the CIO’s top officers. In Pressman’s own analysis ... his role was more accurately that of an intermediary between the CIO’s left and center elements, a communication nexus of a sort which enabled the diverse elements of the CIO to hold together as long as they did.”

Gall, Gilbert J. “[To the Editor].” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Says FBI FOIA files obtained subsequent to his 1991 “A Note on Lee Pressman and the FBI” show Roy Hudson giving Pressman detailed instructions. Concludes “the new information gives us an even sharper portrait of Pressman’s willingness to take direction, at least in 1943, from the Communist Party, on policy matters important to the CIO.”

Gall, Gilbert J. “The Communist Party and the National Office of the CIO: Lee Pressman and the Limitations of Organizational Influence, 1939-1945.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998. Examines the relationship between Pressman’s Communist loyalties and his role in the CIO. Discusses records of Pressman meeting with Roy Hudson at the 1943 CIO convention to discuss how the language of certain policy documents could be modified to accommodate the CPUSA. “Pressman played a significant role in helping the party achieve a reasonable level of influence in one of the nation’s major economic formations.”

Gall, Gilbert J. Pursuing Justice: Lee Pressman, the New Deal, and the CIO. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1999. Scholarly biography of Pressman that discusses Pressman’s relationship to the CPUSA and his role as a leading CIO official.

Gall, Gilbert J., and Walter Weintraub. “Verbal Behavior and Personality Analysis in Historical Biography: Lee Pressman as a Test Case.” Psychohistory Review 24, no. 3 (1996). On use of the Weintraub-Aronson System in analysis of Pressman’s verbal behavior.

Rosswurm, Steve. “‘The Wondrous Tale of a FBI Bug’: Its Implications for Our Understand of Internal CIO Politics.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 2002.

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Wondrous Tale of an FBI Bug: What It Tells Us About Communism, Anti-Communism, and the CIO Leadership.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Discusses contents of FBI bugging of meetings at the 1943 CIO convention at which Roy Hudson, then supervising party labor affairs ordered Lee Pressman and other CIO officials aligned with the CPUSA to modify CIO resolutions and procedures to accommodate the party’s political policies.

****************************************************************

William Weinstone

Weinstone, William. “Labor Radical: An Insider’s Story of the CIO.” Political Affairs, May 1971. Weinstone was a leading CPUSA official assigned to trade union work in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

CIO: Regional

CIO: Canada

Abella, Irving. “The CIO, the Communist Party, and the Formation of the Canadian Congress of Labour, 1936-1941.” Historical Papers [Canada] (1969).

Abella, Irving M. Nationalism, Communism and Canadian Labour the CIO, the Communist Party and the Canadian Congress of Labour, 1935-1956. [Toronto]: University of Toronto Press, 1973.

****************************************************************

CIO: Pacific Northwest

Cherny, Robert W. “Anti-Communist Networks and Labor: The Pacific Coast in the 1930s.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Lovin, Hugh T. “The CIO and That ‘Damnable Bickering’ in the Pacific Northwest 1937-1941.” Pacific History 23, no. 1 (1979). Discusses factional strife within Pacific Northwest CIO locals between the “Left” which was pro-Soviet and the “Opposition” or “rightists” who were anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

CIO: Upper Midwest

Pratt, William. “Using FBI Records in Writing Regional Labor History.” Labor History 33 (Fall 1992): 470-82. Notes importance of the FBI reports in understanding left-wing activities in the Midwest, particularly Communist activities. Notes a 1941 report on C.P. organizing among American Indians in Montana.

****************************************************************

CIO: South

Draper, Alan. Conflict of Interests: Organized Labor and the Civil Rights Movement in the South, 1954-1968. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, 1994. Says that those who argue that the labor movement missed an opportunity to create a labor-based civil rights movement by purging its Communists were “blinded by romanticism“ in view of the deeply felt racial views of white Southern workers.

Flamming, Douglas. “Christian Radicalism, McCarthyism, and the Dilemma of Organized Labor in Dixie.” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Grigsby, M. Ellen. “The Politics of Protest: Theoretical, Historical, and Literary Perspectives on Labor Conflict in Gaston County, North Carolina.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Caroline, Chapel Hill, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “The Labor Movement and Racism in the South: A Historical Overview.” In Racism and the Denial of Human Rights: Beyond Ethnicity, edited by Marvin J. Berlowitz and Ronald S. Edari. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1984. Originally a paper presented to the 6th annual Midwest Marxist Scholars Conference, held at the University of Wisconsin--Milwaukee, April 10-12, 1981 and sponsored by the Marxist Educational Press. Attributes much of the failure of the union movement in the South after World War II to the purge of Communists and radicals.

Ingalls, Robert P. “The Flogging of Joseph Gelders: A Policeman’s View.” Labor History 20, no. 4 (1979). Discusses documents dealing with the flogging of a Communist party organizer and the links between the flogging and planned expansion of a U.S. Steel plant in Alabama.

Ingalls, Robert P. “Antiradical Violence in Birmingham During the 1930s.” Journal of Southern History 47 (November 1981). Notes attacks on Communist organizers.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “‘Scientific Unionism’ and the ‘Negro Question.’” In Southern Labor in Transition, 1940-1995, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1997.

Regensburger, William. “Worker Insurgency and Southern Working-Class Combativeness: Miners, Sailors, and the Emergence of Industrial Unionism in the South.” In Insurgent Workers: Studies of the Origins of Industrial Unionism on the East and West Coast Docks and in the South During the 1930s, edited by Maurice Zeitlin. [Los Angeles]: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Based on interviews with 1930s militants of the UMW, NMU, and Mine-Mill. Notes the role of C.P. organizers and comments on union divisions that “usually the left was composed of Communists and their allies. The right could be composed of anti-communist liberals, Socialists, Trotskyists, or Wobblies.”

Regensburger, William E. “‘Ground Into Our Blood’: The Origins of Working Class Consciousness and Organization in Durably Unionized Southern Industries, 1930-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Notes the role and importance of Communist and other radicals in Southern organizing drives.

Stein, Judith. “Southern Workers in National Unions: Birmingham Steelworkers, 1936-1951.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

****************************************************************

South: Operation Dixie

Barkin, Solomon. “‘Operation Dixie:’ Two Points of View.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (Summer 1972). Review essay on Barbara Griffith’s The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO. Critical of Griffith’s treatment of C.P.-influenced unions, “most distressing about the text is that the source of information and opinions in these areas were largely derived from statements by and interviews with left-oriented partisan organizers, persons, and writers. The author tended to accept their views uncritically.... The cost for her relatively uncritical approach ... is a slanted book.”

Foner, Philip. “AFL and CIO Drives in the South.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Maintains that the CIO’s Operation Dixie failed in part because Philip Murray eliminated Communist organizers with their contacts with black workers from the campaign, cites Miranda Smith of United Tobacco Workers.

Gentry, Jonathan. “‘Christ is Out, Communism is On’: Opposition to the Congress of Industrial Organizations’s ‘Operation Dixie’ in South Carolina, 1946-1951.” Proceedings of the South Carolina Historical Association (2003).

Goldfield, Michael. “The Failure of Operation Dixie: A Critical Turning Point in American Political Development?” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Goldfield, Michael. “Operation Dixie.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Griffith, Barbara S. The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988. Sympathetic to Communist unionists and their allies and critical of others.

Honey, Michael. “‘Operation Dixie:’ Two Points of View.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Review essay on Barbara Griffith’s The Crisis of American Labor: Operation Dixie and the Defeat of the CIO. Praises Griffith and sees the CIO’s exclusion of leftists and accommodation to anticommunism as fatal flaws contributing to Operation Dixie’s failure.

Honey, Michael K. “Operation Dixie, the Red Scare, and the Defeat of Southern Labor Organizing.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Honey, Michael. “Operation Dixie: Labor and Civil Rights in the Postwar South.” Mississippi Quarterly 45 (Fall 1992).

Jones, William P. “Black Workers and the CIO’s Turn Toward Racial Liberalism: Operation Dixie and the North Carolina Lumber Industry, 1946-1953.” Labor History 41 (2000).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “From Corporatism to Collective Bargaining: Organized Labor and the Eclipse of Social Democracy in the Postwar Era.” In The Rise and Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980, edited by Steve Fraser and Gary Gerstle. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1989. Blames opposition to Communism in part for the failure of Operation Dixie: “CIO leaders sought to deflect southern xenophobia by excluding Communists and other radicals from participation in Operation Dixie. Thus resources of the Communist-led trade unions and of Popular Front institutions like the Southern Conference for Human Welfare and the Highlander Folk School were shunted aside. Of course, CIO anticommunism was not alone responsible for the defeat of Operation Dixie; the decisive battles in the key textile mill towns were over by the end of 1946, before this issue became all-consuming. But the labor movement’s internal conflict may well have turned a tactical defeat into a disorganized rout.” Wallace’s Progressive party “also represented a break with what was becoming fundamental in postwar America: alignment with the government in the battalions of the new cold war and exclusion of the Communists from the political arena.”

****************************************************************

CIO: States

CIO: California

Burt, Kenneth C. “The Fight for Fair Employment and the Shifting Alliances Among Latinos and Labor in Cold War Los Angeles.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Godinez, Frank S. “Labor’s War: Los Angeles CIO Unions in the Turbulent 40s.” Unpublished master’s thesis. California State University, Fullerton, 2002.

Leonard, Kevin Allen. “Retreat from Racism: California Unions in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Perry, Louis B., and Richard S. Perry. A History of the Los Angeles Labor Movement, 1911-1941. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1963. Notes some Communist success with the TUUL and greater success working through the CIO.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Oakland’s 1946 General Strike.” Ralph [Northern California Newspaper Guild], April 1997.

Selvin, David F. Sky Full of Storm: A Brief History of Californian Labor. Berkeley: Center for Labor Research and Education, Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, 1966. Discusses the Trade Union Unity League, the Communist party, and the CIO.

****************************************************************

CIO: Illinois

Derber, Milton. Labor in Illinois: The Affluent Years, 1945-80. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Discusses the expulsion of the Communist-led unions.

****************************************************************

CIO: Minnesota

Haynes, John Earl. “Communists and Anti-Communists in the Northern Minnesota CIO, 1936-1949.” Upper Midwest History 1, no. 1 (1981). Shows how factional fortunes were affected by the interplay of local politics, national and international political trends, and Communist goals.

Tselos, George Dimitri. “The Minneapolis Labor Movement in the 1930’s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1970. Deals with the extensive Trotskyist and Communist role in Minneapolis unions, CIO and AFL, in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

CIO: Missouri

Fink, Gary M. “The Unwanted Conflict: Missouri Labor and the CIO.” Missouri Historical Review 54 (July 1970). Notes the role of Communists in AFL versus CIO factionalism in Missouri.

****************************************************************

CIO: New York

Eimer, Stuart. “The Challenge of Organizing the Organized: The Congress of Industrial Organizations Greater New York Industrial Union Council and Working Class Formation.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 2000.

Foner, Henry. “Saul Mills and the Greater New York Industrial Union Council, CIO.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990). Brief biography of Mills, secretary-treasurer of the New York IUC from 1940 until its dissolution for Communist domination in 1948, and a lengthy letter written by Mills to his wife in 1948 regarding the lifting of the IUC charter at the 1948 Portland Oregon CIO national convention.

****************************************************************

CIO: Ohio

Nelson, Daniel. “The CIO at Bay: Labor Militancy and Politics in Akron, 1936-1938.” Journal of American History 71, no. 3 (December 1984). Notes a Communist role in CIO and union political activity in Akron and the political use of anti-Communism by opponents of CIO-endorsed candidates.

****************************************************************

CIO: Pennsylvania

Howard, Walter T. “Antilabor and Antiradical Violence in Northeastern Pennsylvania During the Great Depression.” Paper presented at History of Northeastern Pennsylvania Conference. Luzerne County Community College, 1995.

****************************************************************

CIO: Texas

Ramos, Sandi. “Communism in West Texas: Rigdon v. Panhandle Publishing Company.” E. C. Barksdale Student Lectures 1993-94, no. 13 (1993-94). On the unsuccessful libel suit Joe Rigdon of the International Union of Operating Engineers brought against a newspaper columnist and the role of charges of Communist associations in the trial.

Polakoff, Murray E. “The Development of the Texas State CIO Council.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University., 1955. Notes role of C.P. in formation of Texas CIO.

****************************************************************

CIO: Wisconsin

Gavett, Thomas William. Development of the Labor Movement in Milwaukee. University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

Ozanne, Robert W. The Labor Movement in Wisconsin: A History. Madison, WI: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1984. Discusses the struggle between Communists and anti-Communists to control key Wisconsin CIO locals and the state Industrial Union Council.

****************************************************************

Industries, Trades, and Individual Unions

Auto Industry and the United Auto Workers

Asher, Robert, and Ronald Edsforth, eds. Autowork. Assisted by Stephen Merlino. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1995. 1. "A Half Century of Struggle: Auto Workers Fighting for Justice" by Robert Asher and Ronald Edsforth; 2. Building for Mass Production: Factory Design and Work Process at the Ford Motor Company" by Lindy Biggs; 3. The Speedup: The Focal Point of Workers' Grievances, 1919–1941" by Ronald Edsforth and Robert Asher, with the assistance of Raymond Boryczka; 4. Auto Workers at War: Patriotism and Protest in the American Automobile Industry, 1939-1945" by Kevin Boyle; 5. The 1949 Ford Speedup Strike and the Post War Social Compact, 1946-1961" by Robert Asher; 6. Why Automation Didn't Shorten the Work Week: The Politics of Work Time in the Automobile Industry" by Ronald Edsforth; 7. Auto Workers, Dissent, and the UAW: Detroit and Lordstown" by Heather Ann Thompson; 8. Sabotage in an Automobile Assembly Plant: Worker Voice on the Shopfloor" by Craig A. Zabala; 9. Restructuring the Workplace: Post-Fordism or Return of the Foreman?" by Steve Babson.

Bernard, John. American Vanguard: The United Auto Workers During the Reuther Years, 1935-1970. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2004.

Benedict, Daniel. “Good-Bye to Homer Martin.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 29 (1992). On the coalition in the UAW that formed against Homer Martin.

Bernstein, Barton. “The Automobile Industry and the Coming of the Second World War.” Southwestern Social Science Quarterly 41, no. 1 (June 1966).

Blackwood, George D. “The United Automobile Workers of America, 1935-51.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1951.

Boryczka, Ray. “Militancy and Factionalism in the United Auto Workers Union, 1937-1941.” Maryland Historian 8, no. 2 (Spring 1977). Concludes that work bench factionalism and militancy discouraged development of a politically radical rank-and-file labor movement.

Boyle, Kevin. “The Union and the Price System: The United Automobile Workers, Social Democracy, and the Postwar Order.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Chalmers, William Ellison. “Labor in the Automobile Industry: A Study of Personnel Policies, Workers’ Attitudes and Attempts at Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1932.

Communist Auto Workers. Spotlight. Los Angeles, CA: Communist Auto Workers, 194u. Journal, early 1940s.

Dahlheimer, Harry. A History of the Mechanics Education Society of America in Detroit, from Its Inception in 1933 Through 1937. Detroit: Wayne University press, 1951. MESA played a major role in the early history of auto worker unionism.

Edsforth, Ronald. Class Conflict and Cultural Consensus: The Making of a Mass Consumer Society in Flint, Michigan. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1987. Argues that mass consumer culture fundamentally changed working class attitudes and uses the history of auto workers in Flint to illustrate this theme. Finds that even during the Depression era days of CIO enthusiasm, most auto workers did not share the left’s vision of social transformation and saw the UAW chiefly as an instrument for reclaiming a secure place in consumer culture. Discusses the activity of the C.P. and the S.P. among Flint auto workers.

Edsforth, Ronald. “On the Decline of Rank-and-File Militance in the Postwar UAW.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Edsforth, Ronald. “Affluence, Anti-Communism, and the Transformation of Industrial Unionism Among Automobile Workers, 1933-1973.” In Popular Culture and Political Change in Modern America, edited by Ronald Edsforth and Larry Bennett. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1991. “After World War II, the workers of the UAW were in the vanguard of their class in both material and political terms; but they were not alone. By the mid-1960s, the majority of America’s organized working class who were not victims of the second Red Scare embraced, or at least tolerated, anti-communism because it was an integral part of the New American Dream to which they had committed their lives. Theirs was not an unobtainable dream; nor were their lives empty because of it. Indeed, for at least a quarter of century, the material promises of consumer-oriented Americanism were fulfilled in improvements in everyday life that made them the most affluent working class in American history.”

Fine, Sidney. “President Roosevelt and the Automobile Code.” Mississippi Valley Historical Review 45 (June 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “The Origins of the United Automobile Workers, 1933-1935.” Journal of Economic History 18, no. 3 (September 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “Proportional Representation of Workers in the Auto Industry.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 12 (January 1959).

Fine, Sidney. The Automobile Under the Blue Eagle. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1963. This highly detailed and scholarly study notes the significant Communist presence in auto unionism in the period prior to the formation of the UAW-CIO.

Goode, Bill. Infighting in the UAW: The 1946 Election and the Ascendancy of Walter Reuther. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. Finds that communism was only a subsidiary issue in the UAW factional fights of 1946 and 1947.

Halpern, Martin. “The Disintegration of the Left-Center Coalition in the UAW, 1945-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1982. Finds that the Left caucus was destroyed by anti-Communist attack because of the role of the Communist party in it, by Philip Murray’s attacks on the Communist party role in the CIO, by media hostility, and by the conclusion of many centrist union activists that, in view of the passage of Taft-Hartley, the political defenses of the labor movement would best be served by the program of the Reuther caucus.

Halpern, Martin. “Taft-Hartley and the Defeat of the Progressive Alternative in the United Auto Workers.” Labor History 27, no. 2 (Spring 1986). Argues that the anti-Communist provisions of Taft-Hartley strengthened the hand of the “right-wing” Reuther faction in struggle with the “Left-Progressive” faction.

Halpern, Martin. “The Politics of Auto Union Factionalism: The Michigan CIO in the Cold War Era.” Michigan Historical Review 13, no. 2 (Fall 1987). “The left-center coalition was defeated, then, not because of mistakes made in 1939 or during World War II but because of its commitment to unity between Communists and non-Communists made it a primary target of the powerful drive by government, industry, and the press for anti-communist orthodoxy in domestic and foreign affairs. These external forces pushed many of the uncommitted -- and some adherents of the left-center coalition -- into the Reuther group in what proved to be a fight-to-the-finish for control of the union.”

Halpern, Martin. “The 1939 UAW Convention.” Paper presented at the “Perspectives on Labor History: The School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Halpern, Martin. “The 1939 UAW Convention: Turing Point for Communist Power in the Auto Union?” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Finds that UAW Communists backed the CIO’s 1939 solution to UAW factional problems for good trade union reasons and denies that CPUSA intervention was important or detrimental to the long-range prospects of the UAW left. Dismisses interpretations of Klehr, Draper, Cochran and others as “the old anticommunist view” and rebuts as well criticism of the CPUSA role by veteran Communists Wyndham Mortimer and Al Richmond and left historians such as Prickett and Johnson.

Keeran, Roger. “Communists and Auto Workers: The Struggle for a Union, 1919-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1974.

Keeran, Roger. “The Communists and UAW Factionalism, 1937-39.” Michigan History 60 (Summer 1976). Finds the Communist party largely innocent of aggression in factional conflict. Anti-Communists and non-Communists were the troublemakers.

Keeran, Roger. “Communist Influence in the Automobile Industry, 1920-1933: Paving the Way for an Industrial Union.” Labor History 20, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Emphasizes the pioneering role of Communist party militants in preparing the way for unionism in the auto industry.

Keeran, Roger. The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1980. Finds the Communist party to have been an influential and positive force in auto industry unionism. Vindicates the Communist party’s trade union tactics, strategy and political stance; highly critical of all anti-Communist union factions.

Klehr, Harvey. “American Communism and the United Auto Workers: New Evidence on an Old Controversy.” Labor History 24, no. 3 (Summer 1983). Reviews evidence of Communist involvement in UAW wildcat and sit-down strikes and its role in initiating factional conflict within the UAW.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Auto Worker Militancy and the Structure of Factory Life, 1937-1955.” Journal of American History 67, no. 2 (September 1980): 335-53. Notes that the UAW’s Communist faction, along with all other union factions, was hostile to shop-floor syndicalism.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Another Time: Another Place; Blacks, Radicals and Rank and File Militancy in Auto in the 30s & 40s.” Radical America 16, no. 1&2 (1982). Review-essay on Keeran’s The Communist Party and the Auto Workers Unions, Glaberman’s The Struggle against the No-Strike Pledge, and Meier and Rudwick’s Black Detroit and the Rise of the UAW.

Manley, John. “Communists and Autoworkers: The Struggle for Industrial Unionism in the Canadian Automobile Industry, 1925-1936.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada] 17 (Spring 1986).

Meyer, Stephen, III. “Shop Culture, Shop Stewards, Shop Grievances: Sources of Labor Militancy at Allis-Chalmers in the 1930s and 1940s.” Paper presented at Social Science History Conference, 1982.

Moore, Gilbert W. “Poverty, Class Consciousness, and Racial Conflict: The Social Basis of Trade Union Politics in the UAW-CIO, 1937-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1978. Finds that despite the growing threat of monopoly economic power and the recurrent impoverishment of auto workers, the “Marxist” wing of the UAW was isolated and collapsed. Attributes the defeat of the Marxist wing, despite objective conditions favoring it growth, to a few tactical errors by Marxists and the unjustified attack on the Marxists by an alliance of Roman Catholics, Socialist party militants and Protestant fundamentalists. Racial conflict contributed to the ability of the latter alliance to defeat the formation of Marxist class consciousness.

Prickett, James R. “Communism and Factionalism in the United Automobile Workers, 1939-1947.” Science & Society 32, no. 3 (Summer 1968). Attributes Reuther’s eventual victory to the Communist faction’s effort to conciliate non-Communists by refusing to take control of the union in 1939 when they were in a position to do so.

Prickett, James R. “Communists and the Automobile Industry in Detroit Before 1935.” Michigan History 57, no. 3 (Fall 1973). Discusses the role of Communist leaders such as Philip Raymond and Anthony Gerlach in the Automobile Workers Union in the 1920’s and early 1930’s.

Skeels, Jack. “The Background of UAW Factionalism.” Labor History 2, no. 2 (Spring 1961). Finds that ideological factions such as Communists and Socialists were not a major source of factional disagreement.

Skeels, Jack. “Early Carriage and Auto Unions: The Impact of Industrialization and Rival Unionism.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 17 (July 1964).

Skeels, Jack William. “The Development of Political Stability Within the United Auto Workers Union.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Concludes that UAW factionalism was largely built around personalities and on organizational and bureaucratic rivalries and that the Communist party presence in the Addes faction was one of the few substantive differences between it and the Reuther faction.

Williams, Charles Thomas. “Working-Class Americanism and the Rise of the United Auto Workers: From Labor Insurgency to Postwar Political Integration.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2005.

****************************************************************

UAW and Specific Companies or Strikes

UAW and Aircraft Workers

Housch‑Collins, Linda Gail. “Selling Bread and Freedom: The Aircraft Organizing Drives of the United Automobile Workers in Birmingham, Alabama, 1943 to 1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1998.

****************************************************************

Allis-Chalmers

Diamond, Sigmund. “On the Road to Camelot.” Labor History 21, no. 2 (1980). Representative John F. Kennedy linked the 1946 Allis-Chalmers strike in Milwaukee to the Communist Party at a 1947 Congressional hearing.

Schwartz, Donald A. “The 1941 Strike at Allis-Chalmers.” Master’s Thesis. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, 1943. Study of a strike often attributed to the C.P.’s anti-preparedness stand in the Nazi-Soviet Pact period.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Joint Statement of A. K. Brintnall [and Others], February 24, 1947. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1947. On labor situation at Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company.

****************************************************************

Chrysler

Jefferys, Steve. “‘Matters of Mutual Interest’: The Unionization Process at Dodge Main, 1933-1939.” In On the Line: Essays in the History of Auto Work, edited by Stephen Meyer and Nelson Lichtenstein. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Sees only a minor Communist role in the organization of Chrysler’s huge Dodge Main plant at Hamtramck where most UAW activists came out of the Coughlinist Automotive Industrial Workers’ Association.

****************************************************************

Ford

Andrew, William D. “Factionalism and Anti-Communism: Ford Local 600.” Labor History 20, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Discusses the influence of a 1952 House Committee on Un-American Activities hearing, along with a history of factionalism and anti-Reuther activity, had on the decision to impose an administrator on Local 600.

Fine, Sidney. “The Ford Motor Company and the NRA.” Business History Review 32 (Winter 1958).

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Life at the Rouge: A Cycle of Working Class Militancy 1940-1960.” In Life and Labor Dimensions of American Working-Class History, edited by Robert Asher and Charles Stephenson. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1986. Discusses Communist and anti-Communist factionalism in a UAW local.

Stepan-Norris, Judith, and Maurice Zeitlin. Talking Union. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996. Oral history of the organizing UAW Local 600 at Ford’s River Rouge plant, Dearborn, Michigan, and of the Local’s internal political life into the mid-1950s. Excepts from interviews with workers, rank-and-file leaders, wives of workers, and interviews with David Wellman of the C.P.’s auto commission and UAW officials Ken Bannon and Victor Reuther. Chapter titles include “Reds,” “The Henry Wallace Campaign,” “Red-Hunt,”, and “Purge.”

Zieger, Robert H. “Showdown at the Rouge.” History Today 40 (January 1990)

****************************************************************

Ford Hunger March

Barnard, John. “The Ford Hunger March - 1932.” Labor History 13, no. 3 (Summer 1972). Recounts the Communist-linked march in which four were killed and two dozen wounded in a clash with police.

Sugar, Maurice. “The Ford Hunger March.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Memoir by Detroit radical lawyer of the 1932 march organized by the Communist party-aligned Auto Workers Union of the TUUL and the Unemployed Council. Sugar, a lawyer for the ILD, defended those indicted after the march. Sugar attacks most non-Communist party groups involved in the controversy, including the Socialist Party, the Proletarian Party, and the Socialist Labor Party.

****************************************************************

General Motors and the Flint Sit-Down Strike

Dollinger, Genora Johnson. Striking Flint: Genora (Johnson) Dollinger Remembers the 1936-37 General Motors Sit-Down Strike. With Susan Rosenthal. Chicago: L.J. Page Publications, 1996. Booklet by a leader of the Women’s Emergency Brigade of the UAW Women’s Auxiliary to the strike.

Dollinger, Sol. “Flint and the Rewriting of History.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996). On the Flint sitdown strike.

Fine, Sidney. “The Toledo Chevrolet Strike of 1935.” Ohio Historical Quarterly 67 (October 1958).

Fine, Sidney. “The General Motors Sit-Down Strike: A Re-Examination.” American Historical Review 70, no. 3 (April 1965).

Fine, Sidney. Sit-Down: The General Motors Strike of 1936-1937. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1969. Discusses the key Communist party role in the vital Flint UAW sit-down strike.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “A Comment on Historiography.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996). On the Flint sitdown strike.

Markowitz, Norman. “Sit-Down Strike.” Political Affairs 82, no. 5 (2003).

Meyerowitz, Ruth Susan. “Organizing and Building the UAW: Women at the Ternstedt General Motors Part Plant, 1936-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1985. Notes Communist links of some women UAW militants.

Post, Charlie. “Introduction: The Flint Sitdown for Beginners.” Against the Current 11, no. 2 (May-June 1996)

****************************************************************

Motor Products Strike of 1935-1936

Boryczka, Ray. “Seasons of Discontent: Auto Union Factionalism and the Motor Products Strike of 1935-1936.” Michigan History 61 (Spring 1977)

****************************************************************

North American Aviation Strike of 1941

Prickett, James R. “Communist Conspiracy or Wage Dispute?: The 1941 Strike at North American Aviation.” Pacific Historical Review 50, no. 2 (May 1981). Asserts that the UAW strike at the North American Aviation plant in Inglewood, California, in 1941 was not promoted by Communist unionists for political reasons.

****************************************************************

Studebaker

Amberg, Stephen. “Triumph of Industrial Orthodoxy: The Collapse of Studebaker-Packard Corporation.” In On the Line: Essays in the History of Auto Work, edited by Stephen Meyer and Nelson Lichtenstein. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Says a “right-wing” faction took over Studebaker’s UAW local 5 in 1945 with “red-baiting” and notes that “the right-wing program centered on defending and extending workers’ job rights, which it believed communists were willing to sacrifice for labor participation in corporatist planning schemes.”

****************************************************************

Tool and Die Makers Strike of 1933

Fine, Sidney. “The Tool and Die Makers Strike of 1933.” Michigan History 42 (September 1958)

****************************************************************

UAW and Politics

Amberg, Stephen. The Union Inspiration in American Politics: The Autoworkers and the Making of a Liberal Industrial Order. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1994.

Boyle, Kevin. The UAW and the Heyday of American Liberalism, 1945-1968. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1995.

Boyle, Kevin Gerard. “Politics and Principles: The United Automobile Workers and American Labor-Liberalism, 1948-1968.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1990.

Halpern, Martin. UAW Politics in the Cold War Era. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1988. During the “popular front (1935-1946)” Communists “were regularly consulted by UAW officials and they had a leading role in such key developments as the UAW’s 1939 constitution and the April 1946 broad program.” Concludes “the defeat ... of the UAW left-center coalition contributed to the ending of the popular front presence in United States political life.... The division between the 1935 - 1946 period and the subsequent period in United States history is immense.... The cold war ushered in a period in which the fear of communism dominated our political culture until the broad outpouring of opposition to the Vietnam War in the late 1960s and early 1970s.”

****************************************************************

UAW and Race

Arnesen, Eric. “Comparing Urban Crises: Race, Migration, and the Transformation of the Modern American City.” Social History 30, no. 4 (November 2005). Essay review critical of treatment of radicals and Communism in Thompson’s Whose Detroit?

Boyle, Kevin. “‘There Are no Union Sorrows That the Union Can’t Heal’: The Struggle for Racial Equality in the United Automobile Workers, 1940-1960.” Labor History 36 (Winter 1995).

Colman, David. “‘Making the Union Democratic in All Respects’: The Politics of Racial Liberalism in the United Auto Workers in the Early Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Colman, David. “Racial Politics and Identity in the Labor Movement: Black Workers’ Activism in the United Auto Workers, 1941-73.” Paper presented at Study Group on International Labor and Working-Class History meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Lewis-Colman, David Morgan. “African Americans and the Politics of Race Among Detroit’s Auto Workers, 1941--1971.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Finds that anti-Communist unionists diluted race-based activism in favor of non-racial class and union solidarity.

Lewis-Colman, David M. “From Fellow Traveler to Friendly Witness: Shelton Tappes, Liberal Anti-Communism, and Working-Class Civil Rights in the United Auto Workers.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Meier, August, and Elliott M. Rudwick. Black Detroit and the Rise of the UAW. New York: Oxford University Press, 1979. Notes the participation of the UAW’s Communist faction in building a working alliance between the UAW and blacks.

Thompson, Heather Ann. “The Politics of Labor, Race, and Liberalism in the Auto Plants and the Motor City, 1940-1980.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1995.

Thompson, Heather Ann. Whose Detroit? Politics, Labor, and Race in a Modern American City. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2001. Benign even celebratory view of black radicalism, black nationalism, and communism.

Williams, Charles. “The Racial Politics of Progressive Americanism: New Deal Liberalism and the Subordination of Black Workers in the UAW.” Studies in American Political Development 19 (April 2005).

****************************************************************

UAW: Biographical Material

Sol and Genora Johnson Dollinger

Dollinger, Sol, and Genora Johnson Dollinger. Not Automatic: Women and the Left in the Forging of the Auto Workers’ Union. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000. Part memoir, part oral history by two left activists.

****************************************************************

Clayton Fountain

Fountain, Clayton W. Union Guy. New York: Viking Press, 1949. Autobiographical. Discusses UAW factionalism.

****************************************************************

Elizabeth Hawes

Hawes, Elizabeth. Hurry up, Please, Its Time. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, 1946. Hawes, a successful fashion designer in the 1940s joined the education department of the UAW. Hostile to Reuther and the UAW‘s anti-Communist wing.

****************************************************************

Edmund Kord

Friedlander, Peter. The Emergence of a UAW Local, 1936-1939 a Study in Class and Culture. [Pittsburgh]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1975. Based largely on oral history interviews with Edmund Kord as well as some other activists.

****************************************************************

Henry Kraus

Kraus, Henry. The Many & the Few: A Chronicle of the Dynamic Auto Workers. Los Angeles: Plantin Press, 1947. Written by a UAW activist associated with the Communist faction.

Kraus, Henry. Heroes of Unwritten Story: The UAW, 1934-39. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Memoir by a pro-Communist activist in the early years of the UAW. The CPUSA has only a shadowy presence in Kraus’s account and few UAW militants are identified as having any link to the party. Anticommunism, however, is seen as a major weapon used against the union.

****************************************************************

Wyndham Mortimer

Mortimer, Wyndham. Organize! My Life as a Union Man. Boston: Beacon Press, 1971. Autobiography by a Communist trade union figure prominent in organizing the UAW.

****************************************************************

Walter Reuther

Barnard, John. Walter Reuther and the Rise of the Auto Workers. Boston: Little, Brown, 1983.

Bernstein, Barton. “Walter Reuther and the General Motors Strike of 1945-46.” Michigan History 49, no. 3 (September 1965).

Boyle, Kevin. “Building the Vanguard: Walter Reuther and Radical Politics in 1936.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Reproduces and annotates a Walter Reuther letter to his brothers discussing his activity in the UAW-AFL and his support for forming a Farmer-Labor party although the FLP movement had strong C.P. involvement and his own S.P. was opposed.

Boyle, Kevin. “Walter Reuther and the Promise of Modern America.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Carew, Anthony. Walter Reuther. Manchester, U.K & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1993.

Collins, Linda Housch. “Trumping the Red Card: The UAW-CIO’s Organizing Drive in Birmingham, Alabama 1951-1952.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Cormier, Frank, and William J. Eaton. Reuther. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1970.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Reassessing the Historical UAW: Walter Reuther’s Affiliation with the Communist Party and Something of Its Meaning -- a Document of Party Involvement, 1939.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 49 (Spring 2002): 223-45. Argues that new documentation found in the Lovestone papers as well as already known material support a view that Reuther belonged to the CPUSA for a time in the latter half of the 1930s, including into early 1939.

Devinatz, Victor G. “Nelson Lichtenstein and the Politics of Reuther Scholarship.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 51 (Spring 2003). Responding to Lichtenstein’s 2003 critique and reasserting his judgment that Reuther was likely a party member in early 1939 although in motion out of the party with the decisive breaking coming with the Nazi-Soviet Pact. Notes that Lichtenstein says he had examined the 1939 document Devinatz cites but disregarded it and did not mention it in his biography of Reuther, an action Devinatz criticizes.

Glaberman, Martin. “A Note On Walter Reuther.” Radical America 7 (November-December 1973). Reviews evidence suggesting that Reuther may have been a Communist party member for a short time in the 1930s.

Hennen, Cathy. “Campaigning Against Communism: The Rhetoric of Walter P. Reuther, 1946-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1986. Finds that Reuther speech themes included (1) that the Communist faction used character assassination, (2) that the C.P. manipulated vulnerable union leaders, (3) that links to the C.P. were a liability to the UAW as an institution, and (4) that Communists were poor trade unionists. Reuther also put major stress on the nature of democracy and on educating rank and file unionists.

Howe, Irving, and B. J. Widick. The UAW and Walter Reuther. New York: Random House, 1949. Discusses Communist and anti-Communist factional conflict in the UAW.

Ilyashov, Anatoli. “Victor Reuther on the Soviet Experience, 1933-35, An Interview.” International Review of Social History [Netherlands] 31, no. 3 (1986). Discusses his and Walter Reuther’s experiences at a Ford plant in Gorky. Notes the disillusionment of John Rushton, an American Communist and fellow skilled technician, and mentions having met Victor Herman. Notes that working and living conditions were initially primitive but improved substantially over time, a dual economy with special privileges for foreign workers and party people, and signs of famine; describes the effect of the Kirov purge in Gorky as “McCarthyism magnified a thousandfold.”

Kelman, Sidney. “Reuther: A ‘Called’ Labor Leader.” Michigan History 73, no. 4 (1989). Biographical essay.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. The Most Dangerous Man in Detroit: Walter Reuther and the Fate of American Labor. New York, NY: Basic Books, 1995. Comprehensive and detailed biography of a key leader of CIO anti-Communists.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Nelson Lichtenstein’s Walter Reuther: A Symposium.” Labor History 37, no. 3 (Summer 1996). Comments by Nancy Gabin, John Barnard, Kevin Boyle, Mark Leff, and Robert H. Zieger with reply by Lichtenstein.

Lichtenstein, Nelson. “Reuther the Red?” Labour / Le Travail [Canada], no. 51 (Spring 2003). In response to Devinatz’s 2002 essay, argues that Reuther’s factional stance inside the UAW in early 1939 indicates that, whatever earlier association he might have had, by that point he was an anti-Communist.

Reuther, Victor G. The Brothers Reuther and the Story of the UAW: A Memoir. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1976. Memoir by Victor Reuther regarding his role and that of his brothers Walter and Roy in the organization of the UAW. Discusses the conflict between Communist and non-Communist factions and the triumph of the anti-Communist Reuther faction under Walter’s leadership.

****************************************************************

Irving Richter

Richter, Irving. Labor’s Struggles, 1945-1950: A Participant’s View. Cambridge [England] New York, NY, USA: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Richter was UAW legislative representative from 1943 until 1947.

****************************************************************

Culinary Unions

Josephson, Matthew. Union House, Union Bar; the History of the Hotel and Restaurant Employees and Bartenders International Union, AFL-CIO. New York: Random House, 1956. Notes a strong Communist presence in New York City culinary locals.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine

Bonislawski, Michael J. “Field Organizers and the United Electrical Workers: A Labor of Love, Struggle, and Commitment, 1935--1960.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 2002. Holds that the UE put unionism before communism.

Communist Party of the United States of America. The Diesel Ledger. Chicago: Communist Party of Illinois, 1951. Journal, 1951, aimed at diesel locomotive machinists.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “The United Electrical, Radio and Machine Workers of America, 1933-1949 the Struggle for Control.” Doctoral thesis. Pennsylvania State University, 1970. Treats the UE Right as the aggressor in UE factionalism, attributes the UE’s expulsion from the CIO to anti-Communist hysteria, and finds that there was no evidence that the CPUSA exercised inappropriate influence over the UE, and that even if it had, there is no evidence that the interests of workers were damaged by Communist influence.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “UE: The Formative Years, 1933-1937.” Labor History 17, no. 3 (Summer 1976). Discusses the coming together of company unions, IAM locals, Trade Union Unity League unions, and independent unions to form the UE.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “UE: An Uncertain Legacy.” In Political Power and Social Theory [V. 4.], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich: JAI Press, 1984.

Filippelli, Ronald L., and Mark McColloch. Cold War in the Working Class: The Rise and Decline of the United Electrical Workers. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1995.

Kannenberg, Lisa. “The Impact of the Cold War on Women’s Trade Union Activism: The U.E. Experience.” Labor History 34, no. 3/4 (Spring/Summer 1993).

Lerner, James. “National UE: Corporate Target for Extinction.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Lerner, managing editor of UE News, discusses anti-Communist attacks on the UE.

McColloch, Mark. “The Shop-Floor Dimension of Union Rivalry: The Case of Westinghouse in the 1950s.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Purcell, Theodore Vincent, and Daniel P. Mulvey. The Negro in the Electrical Manufacturing Industry. Philadelphia: Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania, 1971. Discusses the attitude of the Communist-led UE toward black issues.

Quigel, Jr., James P. “IUE Archives at Rutgers University: Documenting the International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers.” Labor’s Heritage 7, no. 4 (Spring 1996).

Schatz, Ronald. “The End of Corporate Liberalism: Class Struggle in the Electrical Manufacturing Industry, 1933-1950.” Radical America 9 (July-August 1975).

Schatz, Ronald. “Union Pioneers: The Founders of Local Unions at General Electric and Westinghouse, 1933-1937.” Journal of American History 66, no. 3 (December 1979): 586-602. Notes the role of Communist trade union militants in founding unions at several GE plants.

Schatz, Ronald W. The Electrical Workers: A History of Labor at General Electric and Westinghouse, 1923-1960. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983. Discusses the rise and fall of the United Electrical Workers, the largest Communist-led union; tends to treat the Communist loyalties of some union militants as having no more historical significance than the Democratic and Republican party preferences of other workers.

Schiavone, Michael. “Social Movement Unionism and the UE.” Flinders Journal of History and Politics 23 (2006).

Sears, John B. “Labor Opposition to the Cold War: The Electrical Unions and the Cold War Consensus, 1945-1973.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1988.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Infiltration of UERMWA. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Infiltration of Labor Unions. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Includes testimony of former Communist Joseph Kornfeder and discusses the C.P. role in the United Electrical Workers.

U.S. Senate Internal Securities Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Regional and State

Electrical and Machine: Canada

Gonick, Cy. A Very Red Life: The Story of Bill Walsh. St. John’s, Nfld.: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 2001. Walsh, a Communist, was a senior UE organizer in Canadian from the end of World war II into the 1960s. He was forced out of the UE and the Communist Party of Canada in the mid-1960s when he disagreed with Communist trade union policy.

Smith, Doug. Cold Warrior: C.S. Jackson and the United Electrical Workers. St. John’s, Nfld., Canada: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 1997. Jackson, an ally of the Communist Party of Canada, headed the UE’s Canadian division for 43 years.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: California

Burt, Kenneth C. “The Battle for Standard Coil: The United Electrical Workers, the Community Services Organization, and the Catholic Church in Latino East Los Angeles.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Burt, Kenneth C. “Tony Rios and Bloody Christmas: A Turning Point Between the Los Angeles Police Department and the Latino Community.” Western Legal History: The Journal of the Ninth Circuit Historical Society 14 (Summer/Fall 2001). Rios, a prominent champion of Latino rights, became a IUE organizer in its campaign against the UE.

Boyden, Richard P. “The San Francisco Machinists from Depression to Cold War, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1988.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Indiana

White, Samuel W. “Popular Anticommunism and the UE in Evansville, Indiana.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Influence in the Bucyrus-Erie Strike. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Missouri

Feurer, Rosemary. “Reds and Workers in the CIO: The Maytag Strike of 1938.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference, 1994.

Feurer, Rosemary. “William Sentner, the UE, and Civic Unionism in St. Louis.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Feurer, Rosemary. “Challenging Discrimination During World War II: The United Electrical Workers in St. Louis.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Feurer, Rosemary Ann. “Left Unionism in the Heartland: A History of United Electrical Workers Union District Eight, 1937-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Washington University, 1997. Regarding a Communist-led UE district.

Feurer, Rosemary. “Labor’s Community-Based Economic and Environmental Planning, and Cold War Politics: The UE’s St. Louis District, 1941- 48.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Johnson, Ronald W. “Organized Labor’s Post-War Red Scare: The UE in St. Louis.” North Dakota Quarterly 1 (Winter 1980). Discusses the attack on the leadership of District 8 of the UE by antiradical and anti-Communist factions in the CIO.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: New York

Blair, George Alexander. “Struggling For a Union: Electrical Workers in Buffalo, New York, 1933-1956.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY Buffalo, 1993. Discusses pro- and anti-Communist factions in the unions.

Kannenberg, Lisa. “Putting the ‘I’ Before ‘UE’: Labor’s Cold War in Schenectady-- GE.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Passionate Commitments: Race, Sex, and Communism at Schenectady General Electric, 1932-1954.” Journal of American History 83, no. 2 (September 1996). On UE local 301, founded on Communist initiative and long led by Communists, that in 1954 shifted to the anti-Communist IUE. “By embracing, in both private and public realms, idealistic but debilitating positions on racial and gender equality, the Schenectady Communist party drove a wedge between itself and its formerly most substantial base: white male ethnic blue-collar workers. It did so partly because that base was already eroding and partly because it was responding to the needs and desires of newly mobilized and increasingly vocal constituencies--women and African Americans. In its radical political, cultural, and personal reorientation, the local C.P. organization only exacerbated its isolation.”

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Ohio

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. “UE Local 735 Confronts a Hanging Judge.” In Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses a bitter strike in 1948 in Cleveland involving the role of Communists in Local 735.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Pennsylvania

Cleland, Hugh. “The Political History of a Social Union: Local 601 of the CIO Electrical Workers Union.” Ph.D. diss. Western Reserve University, 1957.

Cleland, Hugh. “The Communist Party and the Electrical Workers: Pittsburgh, 1935-1937.” Paper presented at Mississippi Valley Historical Association meeting, 1960.

Palladino, Grace. “Building a Union: The Early History of UE Local 610.” Western Pennsylvania Historical Magazine 67 (1984).

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America, Pittsburgh and Erie, Pa. Investigation Relative to Legislation Designed to Curb Communist Penetration and Domination of Labor Organizations. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

****************************************************************

Electrical and Machine: Biographical Material

Emanuel Fried

Fried, Emanuel. The Un-American: Autobiographical Non-Fiction Novel. Buffalo, NY: Springhouse Editions/Labor Arts Books, 1992. An autobiographical novel by a UE organizer questioned by U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

James Matles

Matles, James. “Against the Mainstream: An Interview with James Matles of the U.E.” Studies on the Left 5 (Winter 1965).

Matles, James J., and James Higgins. Them and Us: Struggles of a Rank-and-File Union. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1974. Memoir by Matles, a Communist-aligned leader of the UE. He does not discuss the significant Communist role in the UE or his own cooperation with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Farm Equipment Workers

Devinatz, Victor G. “A Cold War at International Harvester: The Shachtmanites and the Farm Equipment Workers Union’s Demise, 1946 - 1955.” Science & Society 72, no. 2 (2008).

Devinatz, Victor G. “‘We Had a Utopia in the Union’: James Wright, the Farm Equipment Workers Union and the Struggle for Civil Rights Unionism in Postwar Louisville, 1946-1952.” Nature, Society and Thought.

Gilpin, Toni. “The Weak Link: A Study of FE Local 108 at McCormick Works.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. FE 108, a C.P. led local, withstood three UAW raids (1945, ’49, & ’52) before FE merged with the UAW in 1955. Attributes worker loyalty to Local 108’s steward system protecting worker interests in the face of McCormick’s incentive pay system, the success of the C.P.-led “Progressive” caucus in creating an ethnic coalition, absence of Roman Catholic intervention, and worker preference for the FE’s radical ideology. Says the Progressive caucus earned black worker support by attacking plant cafeteria segregation and use of steward system to defend black workers while avoiding offending white ethnic workers by sidestepping union involvement in community disputes over housing segregation.

Gilpin, Toni. “Communist Ideology and the Struggle for Racial Solidarity in Local 236 of the Farm Equipment Workers.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Gilpin, Toni. “Left by Themselves: A History of the United Farm Equipment and Metal Workers Union, 1938-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1992.

Mettler, Matthew M. “A Crossroads in Labor Militancy: The Rise and Fall of the Quad Cities FE-UE.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Rosswurm, Steven, and Toni Gilpin. “The FBI and the Farm Equipment Workers: FBI Surveillance Records as a Source for CIO Union History.” Labor History 27, no. 4 (Fall 1986). Describes the FBI’s surveillance system, outlines the Bureau’s filing system, discusses obtaining files, and evaluates FBI records as a source for CIO labor history; argues that FBI files are an important and virtually untapped resource.

****************************************************************

Hospital Workers

Dubin, Marshall Frank. “1199: The Bread and Roses Union.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1988.

Fink, Leon. “Bread and Roses, Crusts and Thorns: The Troubled Story of 1199.” Dissent 33 (1986). Notes that Local 1199 of the Retail, Wholesale, and Department Store Union, a huge union of New York hospital workers, had its origins in a TUUL union. Leon Davis, who led 1199 from 1934 until the early 1980s, resigned from the C.P. in order to sign the Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oath. A powerful C.P. caucus operated into the 1950s, but by the 1960s the ties between the union and the C.P. weakened. In the 1980s, Doris Turner, a black woman, defeated Davis’s picked successor, forced out most of Davis’s staff, and replaced Davis’s secular leftism with black nationalism and the language of black religiosity. Local 1199 faces internal factionalism with Turner portraying her opposition as “racists” and “reds.”

Fink, Leon, and Brian Greenberg. Upheaval in the Quiet Zone: A History of Hospital Workers’ Union, Local 1199. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

Journalism and the Printing Trades

Kuczun, Sam. “History of the American Newspaper Guild.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1970.

Leab, Daniel J. A Union of Individuals: The Formation of the American Newspaper Guild, 1933-1936. New York: Columbia University Press, 1970. Notes the significant role of Communists in organizing the ANG.

Picard, Robert G. “Anticommunism in the New York Newspaper Guild, 1935-1955.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

****************************************************************

Leather and Shoe

Morgan, J.W. “Communism in the Leather Labor Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 14 August 1948.

Morgan, J.W. “Combating Communism in Leather Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 28 August 1948.

Morgan, J.W. “Communist Tactics in the Leather Unions.” Leather and Shoes, 11 September 1948.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Negotiated Loyalty: Welfare Capitalism and the Shoeworkers of Endicott Johnson, 1920-1940.” Journal of American History 70, no. 3 (December 1983): 602-20.

Zahavi, Gerald. Workers, Managers, and Welfare Capitalism: The Shoeworkers and Tanners of Endicott Johnson, 1890-1950. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1988. Despite a history of welfare capitalism at Endicott Johnson, in 1942 Local 285 of the International Fur and Leather Workers Union won recognition at a major company plant. In 1944, after Dies Committee and press attacks on the Communist leadership of IFLWU, Local 285’s first president and others formed a rival anti-Communist union, but Local 285 defeated the challenge. In 1944 the United Shoe Workers of America-CIO, also a union with a significant C.P. presence, won recognition at another company plant. In 1947 the Communist issue resurfaced with local civic groups sponsoring the campaign. An AFL raid failed, but both locals lost members. The company renewed its welfare capitalism program, actively cooperated with the anti-Communist drive, and withdrew union recognition on the eve of the passage of Taft-Hartley with its anti-Communist oath provision. When the latter became law, both locals withdrew requests for NLRB elections and faded away.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Working-Class Culture, Communism, and Labor, 1919-1950: A Local and Regional Perspective.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1990. In the early 1920s the Broome county (NY) C.P. had 200-250 immigrant members. “Anti-clericalism (secularism), antinationalism (internationalism), and anticapitalism (socialism) were the three central ideological appeals of the local C.P. organization.” Largely attributes the demise of the C.P. by 1922-23 to the welfare capitalism of Endicott Johnson, the dominant employer. In Fulton county (NY) the TUUL in 1933 assisted the creation of the Independent Leather Workers Union (becoming in 1941 IFWU Local 202). In 1949-1951 Local 202 was destroyed by a lock-out, denial of NLRB rights due to its refusal to sign Taft-Hartley oaths, and the formation of a rival union by Local 202’s right-wing minority.

Zahavi, Gerald. “Fighting Left-Wing Unionism: Voices from the Opposition to the IFLWU in Fulton County, New York.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Zahavi, Gerald. “‘Communism Is No Bug-A-Boo’: Communism and Left-Wing Unionism in Fulton County, New York, 1933-1950.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Describes the rise a Communist-led leather workers union with 2,000 members and its destruction in 1949-1950 under combined attack by employers, the AFL and the CIO.

****************************************************************

Longshore and Maritime

Brown, Ralph, and John Fassett. “Security Tests for Maritime Workers: Due Process Under the Port Security Program.” Yale Law Journal 12 (July 1953).

Goodman, Bernard. “Struggles in Maritime.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

Kimeldorf, Howard. Reds or Rackets? the Making of Radical and Conservative Unions on the Waterfront. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988. Focuses on the political contrasts between East and West Coast longshoremen from World War I through the early years of the Cold War.

Kimeldorf, Howard Alex. “Reds or Rackets: Sources of Radical and Conservative Union Leadership on the Waterfront.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1985.

Lang, Frederick J. [Frank Lovell]. Maritime: A Historical Sketch and a Workers’ Program. Edited by Terence Phelan. New York: Pub. for the Socialist Workers Party by Pioneer Publishers, 1943. Lovell was a Trotskyist militant in the SUP.

Magden, Ronald. A History of Seattle Waterfront Workers, 1884-1934. Seattle, WA: International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union 19 of Seattle, the Washington Commission for the Humanities, 1991.

Marine Workers Historical Association (U.S.). The Hawsepipe. New York: Marine Workers Historical Association, 1981. CPUSA aligned journal.

Nelson, Bruce. “Unions and the Popular Front: The West Coast Waterfront in the 1930s.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 30 (1986). On Communists and the politics of the ILWU.

Nelson, Bruce. Workers on the Waterfront: Seamen, Longshoremen, and Unionism in the 1930s. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1988. In discussing the Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL), Bridges and the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, Curran and the National Maritime Union, and Lundeberg and the Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, finds the Communist role was of major importance and overwhelmingly positive whereas the role of those who opposed them was negative.

Nelson, Joseph Bruce. “Maritime Unionism and Working-Class Consciousness in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1982.

Nelson, Joseph Bruce. “‘Pentecost’ on the Pacific: Maritime Workers and Working-Class Consciousness in the 1930s.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Record, Jane Cassels. “The San Francisco Waterfront: Crucible of Labor Factionalism.” Unpublished paper. Berkeley, CA: University of California, Institute of Industrial Relations, 1952.

Standard, William L. Merchant Seamen: A Short History of Their Struggles. New York: International Publishers, 1947. Communist view of maritime matter by one time legal counsel of NMU.

Taft, Philip. “Strife in the Maritime Industry.” Political Science Quarterly 54 (June 1939).

Tank, Herb. Communists on the Waterfront. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. In praise of Communist unions.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities Among Seaman and on Waterfront Facilities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

****************************************************************

Longshore and Maritime: Specific Strikes

The San Pedro Waterfront Strike, 1923

Shields, Art. “The San Pedro Waterfront Strike, 1923.” Political Affairs, May 1985. Shields was a long-time Communist journalist and activist.

****************************************************************

The 1934 Maritime Strike

Buchanan, Roger Bayard. Dock Strike: History of the 1934 Waterfront Strike in Portland, Oregon. Everett, WA: Working Press, 1975. Originally a master’s thesis -- University of Oregon, 1964. Earlier editions issued under title History of the 1934 Waterfront Strike in Portland, Oregon.

Cherny, Robert W. “The 1934 West Coast Maritime Strikes and the Dissolution of the Trade Union Unity League: Decision-Making Inside the U.S. Communist Party.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998. Based on CPUSA and Comintern archives in Moscow, including extensive correspondence between Harrison George of the San Francisco office of the Profintern’s Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat, Sam Darcy of the California C.P. and Earl Browder. Concludes that while initially the Comintern set American Communist trade union policy, once the maritime strike was underway, policy initiative shifted to California Communists led by Sam Darcy who changed the policy and their success influenced the Comintern’s trade union policy.

Clements, Joyce. “The San Francisco Maritime and General Strikes of 1934 and the Dynamics of Repression.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1975.

Cushman, Richard Alan. “The Communist Party and the Waterfront Strike of 1936-1937: The San Francisco Story.” Master’s thesis. San Francisco State College, 1970.

Eliel, Paul. The Waterfront and General Strikes, San Francisco, 1934: A Brief History. [San Francisco, CA]: Hooper Printing Co., 1934. Contemporary journalistic account of the 1934 West Coast waterfront strikes.

Hudson, James J. “The Role of the California National Guard During the San Francisco General Strike of 1934.” Military Affairs 46, no. 2 (April 1982).

Kagel, John. “The Day the City Stopped: Memorable Scenes from San Francisco’s 1934 General Strike.” California History 63, no. 3 (Summer 1984).

Larrowe, Charles. “The Great Maritime Strike of ‘34.” Labor History 11&12, no. 4&1 (1970-71). A detailed history of an important strike in which Communists played leading roles.

Mabon, David. “The West Coast Waterfront and Sympathy Strike of 1934.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1966. Finds the Communist role in this important strike was significant but not decisive.

Magden, Ronald, and A. D. Martinson. The Working Waterfront: The Story of Tacoma’s Ships and Men. Tacoma, WA: [International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, Local 23 of Tacoma?], 1982. Discusses the 1934 West Coast maritime strike in Tacoma.

Markholt, Ottilie. “The Portland Central Labor Council During The 1934 Maritime Strike.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labor History Association conference. Portland, Oregon, 1998.

Munk, Michael. “Portland’s ‘Silk Stocking Mob’: The Citizens Emergency League in the 1934 Longshore Strike.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labor History Association conference. Portland, Oregon, 1998.

Quin, Mike [Paul William Ryan]. The Big Strike. Olema, CA: Olema Pub. Co., 1949. Journalistic history of the San Francisco maritime strike of 1934 from a Communist perspective. Quin, who died in 1947, wrote for the C.P.’s Western Worker and People’s World.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Holdings on the 1934 West Coast Maritime Strike in the San Francisco Headquarters Archives, Sailor’s Union of the Pacific.” Labor History 27, no. 3 (Summer 1986).

Selvin, David F. “An Exercise in Hysteria: San Francisco’s Red Raids of 1934.” Pacific Historical Review 58, no. 3 (1989). Regarding raids on the Marine Workers Industrial Union during the brief San Francisco general strike.

Selvin, David F. A Terrible Anger: The 1934 Waterfront and General Strikes in San Francisco. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Longshore and Maritime: Specific Unions

ILWU and ILA

Beechert, Edward. “Red Scare in Paradise: ILWU in Hawaii.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Based on “The Communist Party and the Labor Movement in Hawaii,” paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies conference, California State University, Domiguez Hills, April 24, 1979.

Bonthius, Andrew. “Origins of the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union.” Southern California Quarterly 59, no. 4 (Winter 1977).

Davis, Colin. “Revolt Along the Waterfront: The Struggle for Democracy by New York City Longshoremen, 1945-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Hield, Wayne Wilbur. “Democracy and Oligarchy in the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1950.

Jensen, Vernon H. Strife on the Waterfront: The Port of New York Since 1945. Ithaca [N.Y.]: Cornell University Press, 1974.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Sources of Working-Class Insurgency: Politics and Longshore Unionism During the 1930s.” In Insurgent Workers: Studies of the Origins of Industrial Unionism on the East and West Coast Docks and in the South During the 1930s, edited by Maurice Zeitlin. [Los Angeles]: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, 1987. Finds that Harry Bridges’ leadership of the 1934 maritime strike created conditions allowing him to sustain C.P. leadership of the ILWU in contrast to the vulnerability of C.P. leaders of other unions. “The larger significance of the strike lay in the formation of a distinct political generation within the union. Composed of ‘34 men, it provided a broad and particularly durable base of support for the union’s left-wing leadership. For the activist minority who came out of the strike sharing Bridges’ radical social vision, political agreement served as the basis for continuing support. But for most of the ‘34 men, Bridges’ politics were of little consequence one way or the other. For them, his stewardship of the union symbolically reaffirmed their generation’s lasting contribution to the organization of West Coast longshoremen.”

Kimeldorf, Howard. “Fighting the War at Home: The ILWU, the No-Strike Pledge, and Wartime Politics.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Kimeldorf, Howard. “World War II and the Deradicalization of American Labor: The ILWU as a Deviant Case.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Attributes ability of Bridges and Communists to retain control of ILWU to their more balanced approach to work concessions to assist war production when compared to other C.P.-led unions, greater retention of prewar generation of union-oriented workers, and winning loyalty of new black workers.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. Fight or be Slaves: The History of the Oakland-East Bay Labor Movement. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2000. “While historians argue about the impact of the Communist Party on the labor movement of the 1930s and ‘40s, little attention has been paid to the effects of the C.P. (or other vanguard groups) on unions in later years. The Party, although much-reduced in size and influence, enjoyed some resurgence as the New Left imploded and people turned to “Angela’s Party,” impressed by the words and actions of the Party’s brightest star, Angela Davis. In ILWU Local 6, where the Party maintained an active caucus over the years, an open hiring hall policy and the union’s leftist history made the local a magnet for C.P. members and other leftists anxious to establish their working class credentials and lead real workers. The energy of C.P. colonizers and other leftists in the C.P. orbit, built a credible base from which to challenge union officials.”

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Angela’s Children: How the Communist Legacy Turned Against Itself in I.L.W.U. Local 6.” Paper presented at Bay Area Labor History Workshop. San Francisco, CA, 2003. Inspired by Angela Davis, young Communists, who entered the local in the 1970s and organized a “rank and File coalition,” formed an opportunist alliance with Mexican nationalists. The result was inter-union turmoil that produced several killings and a weakened local.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Angela’s Children: How the Communist Legacy Turned Against Itself in ILWU Local 6.” Historia Actual On-Line, no. 6 (2005). Http://www.online.historia-actual.com/.

McWilliams, Brian. “‘Remarks to Southwest Labor Studies Association Conference.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999. ILWU President McWilliams: “I believe we are suffering under the shadow of a new era of red-baiting and union bashing. You may have noticed some of the symptoms: reports and essays and books and interviews by scholars the and politicians about who really was or wasn’t Red -- often based on the now so conveniently accurate and sacrosanct scriptures housed in the Moscow state archives. Just recently, as we in the ILWU have been pursuing a proposal to name the plaza in front of the San Francisco Ferry Building after Harry Bridges, some folks -- including some from this organization -- have come forward to claim Harry was really a Red and a closet member of the inner sanctum of the Communist Party. Sound familiar???”

Nelson, Bruce. “The Triumph and Limits of Militant Unionism: The ILWU, From San Francisco to New Orleans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Discusses the ILWU’s defeat by the ILA for control of New Orleans dock workers in 1938 NLRB elections. Notes that police, with encouragement of public authorities and the ILA, attacked the ILWU as Communist and viciously assaulted ILWU organizers. Attributes the main cause of the ILWU defeat to the fears, encouraged by the ILA and employers, of the largely black dock work force that the ILWU with its promises to create a nonracial dock union might be the opening wedge for white workers to take over black jobs. ILA locals, although corrupt, pragmatically recognized and protected black control of most dock jobs.

Nelson, Bruce. “Class and Race in the Crescent City: The ILWU, From San Francisco to New Orleans.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Pilcher, William W. “The Portland Longshoremen: A Dispersed Urban Community.” In Urban Anthropology in the United States Four Cases: Chicano Prisoners Black Families in Chicago / Portland Longshoremen / Fun City, edited by George Dearborn Spindler and Louise S. Spindler. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1978. Sees Portland longshoremen as IWW- rather than Communist-influenced in their attitudes.

Quam-Wickham, Nancy. “Who Controls the Hiring Hall? The Struggle for Job Control in the ILWU During World War II.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Randolph, Robert Eugene. “History of the International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union, 1945-1951.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1952.

Schmidt, Henry. Secondary Leadership in the ILWU, 1933-1966: Henry Schmidt: An Interview. With Miriam F. Stein and Estolv Ward. Berkeley, CA: The Bancroft Library, Regional Oral History Office, 1983. Oral history interview with the longtime leader of the San Francisco local of the Communist-influenced ILWU.

Schwartz, Harvey. “The March Inland: The Warehouse Organizing Drive of the Pacific Coast Longshore Union, 1934-1938.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 1975.

Schwartz, Harvey. The March Inland: Origins of the ILWU Warehouse Division, 1934-1938. Los Angeles: Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, 1978. History of the frustrated attempt of the Communist-linked ILWU to expand into warehouses and food-packing facilities outside its Bay Area base.

Schwartz, Stephen. “The ILWU Story: Two Men, One Vote.” Maritime Executive 1, no. 1 (December 1997). On undemocratic practices in the ILWU.

Torigian, Michael. “National Unity on the Waterfront: Communist Politics and the ILWU During the Second World War.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Surveys adjustment of ILWU collective bargaining stance to fit C.P. political stance. “Without necessarily standing on an open Communist platform, the ILWU leadership performed and defined its union functions in ways that best served the C.P. line. That such practices often looked like ordinary forms of unionism is hardly surprising; but the specific content of these ordinary practices originated with “ordinary” intentions. These practices might not have been a very “revolutionary” form of union leadership; but definitely were not just another form of mainstream unionism. In a word, it was precisely because Communist unionism was impelled by politics -- with all the ambivalent consequences these politics held for the unions -- that it is imperative for our understanding of this unionism to acknowledge the political agenda which guided C.P. activities in the American labor movement.”

Wellman, David T. The Union Makes Us Strong: Radical Unionism on the San Francisco Waterfront. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Sees the Communist role in the ILWU as positive.

****************************************************************

International Fishermen and Allied Workers of America

Mann, Geoff. “Class Consciousness and Common Property: The International Fishermen and Allied Workers of America.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 61 (Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

Marine Cooks and Stewards Union

Bendich, Albert Morris. “A History of the Marine Cooks’ and Stewards’ Union.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1953.

Berube, Allan. “Dignity for All: Gay and Bisexual Men in the Marine Cooks and Steward Union, 1930-1950.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Friday, Chris. “The Marine Cooks and Stewards Union on the Narrowing Path: Race, Class, and Gender in Cold War America, 1948-1956.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. 28-31 March, 1996.

Ingram, John. “The National Union of Marine Cooks and Stewards, CIO a Case Study in Bureaucracy and Democracy in American Trade Unions.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1951.

Ingram, John. “National Union of the Marine Cooks and Stewards, CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1951.

Record, Jane. “The Rise and Fall of a Maritime Union.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review, October 1956. Discusses the destruction of the Communist-aligned National Union of Marine Cooks and Stewards.

U.S. Senate Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. The Marine Cooks and Stewards Union. Staff Report to the Subcommittee on Labor and Labor-Management Relations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

****************************************************************

Marine Transport Workers Industrial Union (IWW)

Cole, Peter. “Quakertown Blues: Philadelphia’s Longshoremen and the Decline of the IWW.” Left History 8, no. 2 (2003). Discusses the relationship of Wobblie longshore unionism with the Communists.

McGirr, Lisa. “Black and White Longshoremen in the IWW: A History of the Philadelphia Marine Transport Workers Industrial Union Local 8.” Labor History 36, no. 3 (1995). Notes the local’s clashes with Communists.

****************************************************************

Maritime Federation of the Pacific

Lampman, Robert J. “The Rise and Fall of the Maritime Federation of the Pacific, 1935-1941.” Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Economic Association (1950)

****************************************************************

Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL) and George Mink

Broué, Pierre. “Biographie: George Mink.” Cahiers Leon Trotsky [France], July-September 1979. Mink, at American Communist, led the C.P.’s Marine Workers Industrial Union (TUUL) for several years and later took part in Comintern maritime union work and Soviet covert operations.

Marine Workers Industrial Union. Marine Workers Voice. New York: Marine Workers Industrial Union, 1929. Journal, 1929-.

Pedersen, Vernon. “George Mink, the Marine Workers Industrial Union, and the Comintern in America.” Labor History 41, no. 3 (August 2000): 307-20.

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Reform or Revolution: The Comintern, the Marine Workers’ Industrial Union, and George Mink.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998. Based on CPUSA and Comintern archives in Moscow. “The ultimate lesson of Mink’s tenure as head of the MWIU was that if revolutionary goals are placed first reformism becomes irrelevant or merely tactical, a situation intolerable to a mass based organization.... However, if reformism is put first a revolutionary cadre can be built secretly, this was the lesson of the San Francisco strike and the base for the policies of the Popular Front. Thus George Mink and the MWIU represent a bridge between the old policies of revolutionary confrontation and small popular base to the conspiratorial, but mass based policies of Popular Front communism. Resentments of such secretive tactics added much of the heat and hatred to the ‘witch hunts’ of the McCarthy era and perhaps suggest that Mink was right in the end.”

****************************************************************

National Maritime Union

Boyer, Richard Owen. The Dark Ship. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1947. Published originally in different form in the New Yorker. Sympathetic to Communist maritime unionism.

Curran, Joseph. The Reminiscences of Joseph Curran. Oral History Collection. Columbia University, 1964. Curran, one of the founders of the National Maritime Union, was first allied with the C.P. but turned against it in the late 1940s.

Goldberg, Joseph P. The Maritime Story: A Study in Labor-Management Relations. [Cambridge, MA]: Issued for the National Maritime Union of America by the Harvard University Press, 1957.

Huberman, Leo. The NMU What It is, What It Does. [New York]: National Maritime Union, 1943.

King, Jerome, and Ralph Emerson. We Accuse (from the Record). [New York], 1940.

Lannon, Albert V. “‘Arise Ye Wretched’: Al Lannon, the Communist Party, and the Founding of the National Maritime Union.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism-sponsored session, held at the American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Martin, Bob. “NMU Expulsions and Coast Guard Screening.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Martin, a Communist unionist, remembers his activities and eventual expulsion from the National Maritime Union.

McKinney, Grange Bowen. “Communism in the National Maritime Union, 1937-1948.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Berkeley, 1963.

Myers, Beth (McHenry), and Frederick Nelson Myers. Home is the Sailor the Story of an American Seaman. New York: International Publishers, 1948. Frederick Myers was a NMU Communist organizer.

Prickett, James R. “The NMU and the Ambiguities of Anti-Communism.” New Politics 7 (Winter 1968).

Taft, Philip. “Unlicensed Seafaring Unions.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 3, no. 2 (January 1950). Discusses factional fighting in the National Maritime Union.

Willett, Don. “Another Lost Cause? Maritime Labor Unity on the Gulf Coast Waterfronts.” Louisiana History 43, no. 3 (2002). Notes communism as one of the issues leading to the defection of many Gulf Coast sailors from the NMU-CIO to the Seafarers International Union-AFL.

Willett, Donald. “The 1939 Tanker Strike.” International Journal of Maritime History [Canada] 2, no. 1 (1990). On the failed strike by the Communist-led National Maritime Union against American oil companies for a closed shop.

Willett, Donald E. “Joe Curran and the National Maritime Union, 1936-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Texas A&M University, 1985.

****************************************************************

Sailors Unions - AFL

Algina, Joe. “What Gives on the Waterfront?” American Federationist 55 (September 1948). On the Seafearers Union and the NMU.

Lampman, Robert James. “Collective Bargaining of West Coast Sailors, 1885-1947: A Case Study in Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1950.

Lundeberg, Harry. “The Seafarers’ International Union of North America.” Typescript. Sailors’ Union of the Pacific Central Archive, 1956. Short history of the union by the leading figure in the Sailors Union of the Pacific in the 1930s and thereafter.

Schwartz, Stephen. Brotherhood of the Sea: A History of the Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, 1885-1985. San Francisco, Cal. New Brunswick, USA: Sailors’ Union of the Pacific, AFL-CIO, distr. by Transaction Books, 1986. Highly critical of Communists in maritime unionism; discusses the conflict between the SUP under Lundeberg and the ILWU under Bridges. Discusses Lundeberg’s early alliance with Communists and the reasons for his shift to a fiercely anti-Communist, quasi-syndicalist stance and his drive against Communist influence anywhere in the labor movement; notes that for a number of years Lundeberg used Trotskyists as a counterweight to Communist influence. “One gullible admirer of the ‘comrades’ in the academic community has recently claimed that the M.W.I.U. included at least 5,000 men. This is clearly preposterous, for such a large organization would have easily defeated the I.S.U. and I.W.W. for the dominant position among the seamen.”

****************************************************************

Longshore and Maritime: Biographical Material

Bill Bailey

Bailey, Bill. The Kid from Hoboken: An Autobiography. Edited by Lynn Damme. San Francisco: Circus Lithographic Prepress, 1993. Autobiography of a Communist maritime militant.

****************************************************************

Harry Bridges

Cherny, Robert W. “The Making of a Labor Militant: Harry Bridges, 1917-1934.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Cherny, Robert W. “The Department of Labor, the INS, and Efforts to Deport Harry Bridges, 1934-1940.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. San Francisco, CA, 1994.

Cherny, Robert W. “The Making of a Labor Radical: Harry Bridges, 1901-1934.” Pacific Historical Review 64, no. 3 (1995).

Cherny, Robert W. “Harry Bridges and the Communist Party: New Evidence, Old Questions; Old Evidence, New Questions.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998. Presents and assesses documentary evidence from Russian archives regarding Bridges’ membership in the CPUSA.

Cherny, Robert W. “Constructing a Radical Identity: History, Memory, and the Seafaring Stories of Harry Bridges.” Pacific Historical Review 70, no. 4 (2001).

Landis, James McCauley. In the Matter of Harry R. Bridges Findings and Conclusions of the Trial Examiner. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1939. Landis presided over the hearing. Contemptuous of the ex-Communist witnesses, Landis found that there was no evidence indicating that Bridges was a Communist and thus deportable. Evidence from Comintern archives located in the 1990s established that the witnesses were accurate and Landis’s judgment mistaken.

Larrowe, Charles P. Harry Bridges: The Rise and Fall of Radical Labor in the United States. New York: Lawrence Hill and Co., 1972.

National Federation for Constitutional Liberties. 600 Prominent Americans Ask President to Rescind Biddle Decision. Pamphlet. New York, Washington, 1942. On the Harry Bridges case.

Schwartz, Harvey. “Harry Bridges and the Scholars: Looking at History’s Verdict.” California History 59, no. 1 (1980). Examines scholarly treatment of Harry Bridges and his leadership of the International Longshoreman’s and Warehouseman’s Union. Discusses his role in the longshoreman’s strike and the San Francisco general strike of 1934 and the repeated attempts of the U.S. government to deport Bridges. Notes that most scholars have found Bridges to be consistently pro-Soviet and to work closely with the Communist party. Suggests that Bridges relationship with the Communist party is not an important question.

Ward, Estolv Ethan. Harry Bridges on Trial. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940. Attacks attempt to deport Bridges.

****************************************************************

Harry Bridges and Harry Lundeberg

Record, Jane C. “Ideologies and Trade Union Leadership: The Case of Harry Bridges and Harry Lundeberg.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1954.

****************************************************************

Lee Brown

Brown, Lee, and Robert L. Allen. Strong in the Struggle: My Life as a Black Labor Activist. Lanham [MD]: Rowman & Littlefield, 2001. Brown was an ILWU Communist militant.

****************************************************************

Ralph Chaplin

Chaplin, Ralph. American Labor’s Case Against Communism. How the Operations of Stalin’s Red Quislings Look from Inside the Labor Movement. [Seattle, Washington]: Educator Pub. Co., 1947. By a labor activist associated with the IWW and the AFL’s Sailor’s Union of the Pacific.

Pascualy, Maria. “A Witness to History: The Life and Times of Ralph Chaplin.” Columbia 15, no. 2 (2001). Chaplin, a poet, was first associated with the IWW then the Sailors Union of the Pacific, and was a critic of the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Bert Corona

García, Mario T. “The Making of a CIO Militant: The Case of Bert Corona.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990. Corona was a ILWU organizer close to the C.P.

García, Mario T. Memories of Chicano History: The Life and Narrative of Bert Corona. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1994. Corona, an ILWU organizer, was close to the C.P.

****************************************************************

Andrew Furuseth

Weintraub, Hyman. Andrew Furuseth, Emancipator of the Seamen. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1959. Discusses C.P.’s 1934 attacks on the long-time Sailor’s Union leader.

****************************************************************

Louis Goldblatt

Goldblatt, Louis, and Estolv Ethan Ward. Louis Goldblatt--Working Class Leader in the ILWU, 1935-1977: An Interview. Berkeley, CA: Regional Oral History Office, Bancroft Library, University of California, 1980. Oral history interview with a Communist party militant who was the second ranking leader of the ILWU.

****************************************************************

Gilbert Mers

Mers, Gilbert. Working the Waterfront: The Ups and Downs of a Rebel Longshoreman. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1988. Autobiography of a union militant who rejuvenated the International Longshoremen’s Association in Corpus Christi and in 1936 became head of the Maritime Federation of the Gulf Coast. After a brief stint in the Communist party, Mers became a militant anti-Communist and helped to block the efforts of the ILWU to win a toehold in the Gulf ports.

****************************************************************

Hugh Mulzac

Mulzac, Hugh. A Star to Steer By. Assisted by Louis E. Burnham and Norval Welch. New York: International Publishers, 1963. Mulzac, a Communist of West Indian origins, was the first black to win master’s license and captain a U.S. merchant vessel.

****************************************************************

Charles Rubin

Rubin, Charles. The Log of Rubin the Sailor. New York: International Publishers, 1973. An immigrant from Poland, Rubin became a sailor and Communist militant.

****************************************************************

Paul Scharrenberg

Burki, Mary Ann. “Paul Scharrenberg: White Shirt Sailor.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1971. Scharrenberg was a Sailor’s Union leader.

****************************************************************

Ferdinand Smith

Horne, Gerald. “Black Thinkers at Sea: Ferdinand Smith and the Decline of African American Proletarian Intellectuals.” Souls 4 (Spring 2002).

Horne, Gerald. Red Seas: Ferdinand Smith and Radical Black Sailors in the United States and Jamaica. New York: New York University Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

Other Maritime Biographical Works

Uran, Marshall, ed. Sea-Say Salty Stories and Seamen’s Slang. San Francisco: Muran Productions, 1995. Includes anecdotes and stories by Trotskyist and other radical sailors.

Walker, Thomas Urling. “Sailor’s Progress: Maritime Tradition and Political Economy in the Career of an Irish-American Merchant Seaman.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1955. Focuses “on the self representations of a veteran from Ireland’s revolutionary decade (1912-1922) who shipped out on American vessels between the two World Wars, became a founding member of the National Maritime Union of America in 1936-7, and was expelled from the union in the anti-Communist purge of the late 1940s.”

****************************************************************

Lumber, Wood, and Furniture

Arroyo, Luis Leobardo. “Industrial Unionism & the Los Angeles Furniture Industry, 1918-54.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1979. Recounts the rise of Communist-led locals of the United Furniture Workers (CIO) and the attack on the Communist leadership by an anti-Communist faction.

Beck, Bill. “Radicals in the Woods: The 1937 Timber Workers’ Strike in the Lake Superior Region.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, NE., 1991.

Beck, Bill. “Radicals in the Northwoods: The 1937 Timber Workers Strike.” Journal of the West 35 (April 1996).

Christie, Robert A. Empire in Wood: A History of the Carpenters’ Union. Ithaca: Cornell University, 1956. Notes the expulsion of a Communist faction from the carpenters union. Originally a Cornell university thesis.

Cornfield, Daniel B. Becoming a Mighty Voice: Conflict and Change in the United Furniture Workers of America. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1989. Notes internal conflict over communism in the late 1940s.

Hak, Gordon. “Red Wages: Communists and the 1934 Vancouver Island Loggers Strike.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 80 (July 1989).

Jensen, Vernon H. Lumber and Labor. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1945. Surveys the role of the Communist party in the International Woodworkers of America; sees the rank-and-file as predominately hostile to Communist leadership.

Lembcke, Jerry. “The International Woodworkers of America: An Internal Comparative Study of Two Regions.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1978.

Lembcke, Jerry. “Uneven Development, Class Formation and Industrial Unionism in the Wood Products Industry.” In Political Power and Social Theory [v. 4], edited by Howard Kimeldorf and Maurice Zeitlin. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1984.

Lembcke, Jerry, and William M. Tattam. One Union in Wood. New York: International Publishers, 1984. A history of the International Woodworkers of America (CIO) and its predecessors (including the Communist National Lumber Workers’ Union) emphasizing the positive contributions of Communists and judging the role of anti-Communists to be largely negative.

Mitchell, Stacy. “Union in the North Woods: The Timber Strikes of 1937.” Minnesota History 56, no. 5 (1999). Communists led the Timber Workers union.

Rose, Gerald A. “The Westwood Lumber Strike.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (1972). Notes that CIO organizing attempts in this California lumbering community failed in the late 1930s in part due to the issue of communism, but a AFL non-Communist union drive succeeded in 1941 after a violent and difficult campaign.

Zieger, Robert H. Rebuilding the Pulp and Paper Workers’ Union, 1933-1941. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984.

Zieger, Robert H. “Oldtimers & Newcomers: Change and Continuity in the Pulp, Sulphite Union in the 1930s.” Journal of Forest History 21 (October 1977)

****************************************************************

Mining Industry -- Coal

Booth, Stephane Elise. “The Relationship Between Radicalism and Ethnicity in Southern Illinois Coal Fields 1870-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Normal: Illinois State University, 1983.

Brophy, John. A Miner’s Life an Autobiography. Edited by John O.P. Hall. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1964. Brophy discusses some, but not all, of his contacts with Communist union activity in his career.

Cary, Lorin Lee. “The Reorganized United Mine Workers of America, 1930-1931.” Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society 66 (Autumn 1973).

Dawson, Katherine. “Women’s Collective Action in the Gallup New Mexico Coalfields During the 1930s.” Paper presented at the North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI., 1989.

Draper, Theodore. “The Communists and the Miners, 1928-1933.” Dissent 19, no. 2 (Spring 1972). Focuses on the TUUL period.

Hicken, Victor. “Mine Union Radicalism in Macoupin and Montgomery Counties.” Western Illinois Regional Studies 3, no. 2 (1980). On mine worker unionism, 1870-1930’s.

Howard, Walter T. “Communist Activism in the Pennsylvania Anthracite Region During the 1930s.” Paper presented at Pennsylvania Historical Association conference. Bucknell University, 1995.

Howard, Walter T. “Communist Activism and the Formation of Class Consciousness in Pennsylvania Anthracite During the Great Depression.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Howard, Walter, and Virginia M. Howard. “Communist Activism in the Pennsylvania Anthracite During the Great Depression.” Carver [Bloomsburg University] (1997).

Howard, Walter T. “Deconstructing the National Miners Union: Communists and Miners in the Pennsylvania Anthracite: 1928-1933.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Howard, Walter T. “The National Miners Union: Communism and Miners in the Pennsylvania Anthracite, 1928-1931.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography, no. 125 (January-April 2001).

Howard, Walter. Forgotten Radicals: Communists in thePennsylvania Anthracite, 1919-1950. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2005.

Hudson, Harriet D. The Progressive Mine Workers of America: A Study in Rival Unionism. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1952. Discuss Communist involvement in mine worker factionalism.

Marcus, Irwin, Eileen Cooper, and Beth O’Leary. “The Coal Strike of 1919 in Indiana County.” Pennsylvania History 56, no. 3 (1989). On the use of fear of communism by coal operators and national UMW leaders.

Nyden, Linda. “Black Miners in Western Pennsylvania, 1925-1931: The National Miners’ Union and the United Mine Workers of America.” Science & Society 41 (1977): 69-101.

Papanikolas, Helen Z. “Unionism, Communism, and the Great Depression: The Carbon County Coal Strike of 1933.” Utah Historical Quarterly 41, no. 3 (Summer 1973). Recounts the involvement of the Communist party’s National Miners Union in a violent strike eventually won by the United Mine Workers.

Rubenstein, Harry R. “Political Repression in New Mexico: The Destruction of the National Miners’ Union in Gallup.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. University of New Mexico Press, 1983. History of the limited success of the NMU in Gallup in 1933-1935 and the union’s subsequent destruction after the local sheriff and two others were killed. Discusses the work of the Unemployed Council and International Labor Defense in Gallup, the trial of the “Gallup Fourteen,” and the disputed abduction and beating of the C.P.’s Robert Minor and ILD attorney David Levinson.

Rubenstein, Harry R. “The Great Gallup Coal Strike of 1933.” New Mexico Historical Review 52, no. 3 (July 1977).

Singer, Alan. “Communists and Coal Miners: Organizing Mine Workers During the 1920s.” Science & Society 55, no. 2 (Summer 1991).

Singer, Alan J. “‘Which Side Are You On?’: Ideological Conflict in the United Mine Workers of America, 1919-1928.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1982. Discusses the Communist party’s National Miners’ Union.

United Mine Workers of America. Attempt by Communists to Seize the American Labor Movement. Assisted by Henry Cabot Lodge. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1924.

Wickersham, Edward Dean. “Opposition to the International Officers of the United Mine Workers of America: 1919-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1951. Notes Communist involvement in UMWA factionalism.

Young, Dallas. “The Progressive Miners of America.” Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society 40 (Summer 1947).

Young, Dallas. “The Progressive Miners of America, 1932-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Urbana: University of Illinois, 1940.

****************************************************************

Harlan County Strike

Buka, Tony. “The Harlan County Coal Strike of 1931.” Labor History 11, no. 1 (Winter 1970). Notes the role of the Communist-aligned National Miners Union.

Costello, E. J. The Shame That is Kentucky’s: The Story of the Harlan Mine War. Pamphlet. Chicago: General Defense Committee, 1932.

Garland, Jim. Welcome the Traveler Home: Jim Garland’s Story of the Kentucky Mountains. Edited by Julia S. Ardery. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1983. Garland was involved the in C.P.-led Harlan coal strikes.

Hevener, John W. Which Side Are You On? The Harlan County Coal Miners, 1931-39. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1978. Notes effort of Communist National Miners Union to organize Harlan mines in 1932.

Labor Defender. Harlan & Bell Kentucky, 1931-2: The National Miner’s Union as Reported at the Time in the Labor Defender. Pamphlet. Huntington, WV: Appalachian Movement Press, 1972.

Lennon, Ellen. “‘Harry Simms Was a Pal of Mine:’ The Commemoration of a Labor Organizer in the Harlan County Coal Strike, 1932.” Paper presented at Center for Working Class Studies Conference. Youngstown, Ohio, 1999.

Lennon, Mary Ellen. “Creating Coalitions: ‘Outside Agitators’ and the Harlan County Coal Strike, 1931--1932.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 2002.

Reece, Florence. “Which Side Are You On? An Interview with Florence Reece.” Mountain Life and Work 48 (March 1972). Reece participated in and wrote songs about the NMU strike in Harlan, KY.

****************************************************************

Mining Industry -- Non-Coal

Arnold, Frank. “Humberto Silex, Labor Organizer.” Southwest Economy & Society 4, no. 1 (Fall 1978). Silex, born in Nicaragua, became president of Mine-Mill local at Sacco smelting plant in El Paso in the late 1930s and later a full time Mine-Mill organizer. In 1948, Taft-Hartley required full-time union employees to be U.S. citizens. Silex applied for naturalization, but immigration authorities blocked it with a deportation order based on a assault and battery charge from a picket line fight. The American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born took up his case, and the governor of Texas pardoned him. Immigration authorities attempted unsuccessfully to prove he was a Communist due to links to Vicente Lombardo Toledano and eventually dropped his deportation case.

Aiken, Katherine G. “Odyssey of a Union: Communism and the Rise of the Northwest Metal Workers, 1960-1971.” Montana 47 (Autumn 1997).

Aiken, Katherine G. “‘When I Realized How Close Communism Was to Kellogg, I Was Willing to Devote Day and Night’: Anti-Communism, Women, Community Values, and the Bunker Hill Strike of 1960.” Labor History 36, no. 2 (1995). Discusses the role of anticommunism and familial/gender roles in the defeat of a Mine-Mill local.

Baker, Ellen. “A ‘Militant, Democratic Union’: Chicano Workers and the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers Union in New Mexico.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Beesley, David. “Communists and Vigilantes in the Northern Mines.” California History 64, no. 2 (Spring 1985). Recounts how organized mobs broke up attempts to organize Nevada County gold miners into the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers, CIO. Although the vigilantes charged the CIO with harboring Communists, Beesley sees no Communist influence in this or most other CIO organizing campaigns.

Berman, Hyman. “Miner Radicalism on the Minnesota Iron Range: An Interpretive Essay.” Paper presented at Western History Association conference. St. Paul, Minnesota, 1984.

Brennan, John A., and Cassandra M Volpe. “Sources for Studying Labor at the Western Historical Collections of the University of Colorado, Boulder.” Labor’s Heritage 1, no. 1 (January 1989). Discusses holdings of papers of the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers.

Buse, Dieter. “Cold War and the Destruction of Canadian Workers’ Culture: The Case of Mine Mill.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Cargill, Jack. “Empire and Opposition: The ‘Salt of the Earth’ Strike.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1983. History of the Mine-Mill strike against Empire Zinc, 1950-52. Discusses the role of Clifton Jencks, Maurice Travis, Nathan Witt, and Bob Hollowwa in the strike. Concludes that “The communists’ and the miners’ subcultures synthesized through their interaction, drawing out the best features of each. The miners offered their open-minded approach to problems and mitigated the communists dogmatism and intolerance. The communists, on the other hand, imparted their elan and idealism to the miners.”

Chambers, Virginia Derr. “Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers: The Salt of the Earth.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987. Chambers, wife of Clinton Jencks, Mine-Mill organizer, discusses the Empire Zinc strike and the subsequent film.

Dinwoodie, D.H. “The Rise of the Mine Mill Union in Southwestern Copper.” In American Labor in the Southwest: The First One Hundred Years, edited by James C. Foster. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1982.

Dix, Edward Keith. “A Study of Collective Bargaining in the Non-Ferrous Metals Industry.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1967.

Draper, Alan. “The New Southern Labor History Revisited: The Success of the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers Union in Birmingham, 1934-1938.” Journal of Southern History 62, no. 1 (February 1996).

Foster, James. “Western Federation of Miners and Mine-Mill.” In American Labor in the Southwest: The First One Hundred Years, edited by James C. Foster. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1982.

García, Mario T. “Border Proletarians: Mexican-Americans and the International Union of Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers, 1939-1946.” In Labor Divided: Race and Ethnicity in United States Labor Struggles, 1835-1960, edited by Robert Asher and Charles Stephenson. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1990. Discusses 1940 attack on Mine, Mill organizing as Communist-linked by El Paso sheriff and HUAC. Those accused included Frank Sener, Domingo López, Alfredo Casares, Miguel Oaxaca, Joseph Mack Waller, Guadalupe Pedroza, and Katherine Winfrey.

Huntley, Horace. “Iron Ore Miners and Mine Mill in Alabama: 1933-1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1977. Highly sympathetic survey of Mine, Mill organizing in Alabama which treats charges that Mine, Mill was Communist influenced as the product of a witch hunt.

Jensen, Vernon H. Heritage of Conflict: Labor Relations in the Nonferrous Metals Industry up to 1930. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Jensen, Vernon H. Nonferrous Metals Industry Unionism, 1932-1954. Ithaca: Cornell University, 1954. Notes the significant role of the Communist party in the Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers.

Keitel, Robert S. “The Merger of the International Union of Mine, Mill and Smelter Workers Into the United Steel Workers of America.” Labor History 15, no. 1 (Winter 1974). Finds that initial CIO raids on Mine, Mill on a anti-Communist political basis largely failed, but as Mine, Mill weakened in the 1950s and 1960s, Steelworker raids based on an economic appeal had success. Finally, with Mine, Mill organizationally weakened and with its radical political leadership attenuated, it agreed to merge in 1967.

King, Al, and Kat Braid. “Expulsions and Red Baiting: The Mine Mill Story.” Paper presented at Pacific Northwest Labour History Association. Vancouver, Canada, 1999.

Lorence, James. “Clinton Jencks, the Wartime Generation, and Mine, Mill Social Activism in the Southwest, 1945-1950.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

Lorence, James J. “Mexican-American Workers, Clinton Jencks, and Mine-Mill Social Activism in the Southwest, 1945-52.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Mercier, Laurie. “‘Instead of Fighting the Common Enemy’: Mine Mill Versus the Steelworkers in Montana, 1950–1967.” Labor History 40, no. 4 (November 1999).

Scott, Jack. A Communist Life: Jack Scott and the Canadian Workers Movement, 1927-1985. Edited by Bryan D. Palmer. St. John’s, Nfld.: Committee on Canadian Labour History, 1988. Scott joined the C.P. of Canada in the 1930s. After WWII, Scott worked in the West as an organizer for the Canadian branch of the Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers union. Expelled from the C.P. in the 1960s, he helped to found the Maoist-aligned Canada-China Friendship Association.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Organized Labor and the Iron Ore Miners of Northern Minnesota, 1907-1936.” Labor History 12, no. 2 (Spring 1971). Notes some National Miners Union organizing in the early 1930s.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “Steel Workers Organizing Committee and the Minnesota Iron Miners, 1937-1941.” Journal of the West 35, no. 2 (April 1996).

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Iron Miners’ Struggle for Collective Bargaining, 1941-1943.” Labor’s Heritage 5, no. 1 (1993).

Steedman, Mercedes. “Tea Party Spies: Mine Mill Women’s Auxiliaries and the Threat from Within, 1940s-1970s.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Steedman, Mercedes. “Godless Communists and Faithful Wives, Gender Relations and the Cold War: Mine Mill and the 1958 Strike Against the International Nickel Company.” In Mining Women: Gender in the Development of a Global Industry, 1670 to 2005, edited by Jaclyn J. Gier. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2006.

Steedman, Mercedes, Peter Suschnigg, and Dieter K. Buse, eds. Hard Lessons: The Mine Mill Union in the Canadian Labour Movement. Toronto Niagara Falls, NY: Dundurn Press, 1995.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Domination of Union Officials in Vital Defense Industry-- International Union of Mine, Mill, and Smelter Workers. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.Welborn, Steven Keith. “‘Come All You Coal Miners’: The Struggle for Justice in the Coal Fields of Central Pennsylvania, 1924-1933.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1998.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Relationship Between Teamsters Union and Mine, Mill & Smelter Workers. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Relationship Between Teamsters Union and Mine, Mill & Smelter Workers: Use of Tax Exempt Funds for Subversive Purposes. Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964.

****************************************************************

Needle Trades

Brown, Howard M. “The Communists and the Needle Trades, 1920-1928.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1973.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Needle Trades Workers Industrial Union: The Theory and Practice of Building a Red Industrial Union During Third Period Communism, 1929-1935.” Nature, Society and Thought 19, no. 3 (2007).

Holmes, John. “American Jewish Communism and Garment Unionism in the 1920.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Korman, Gerd. “Ethnic Democracy and Its Ambiguities: The Case of the Needle Trade Unions.” American Jewish History 75 (June 1986).

Seidman, Joel Isaac. The Needle Trades. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1942. Discusses the significant Communist party role in the needle trades unions.

****************************************************************

ACWA and Sidney Hillman

Brown, Howard M. “Political Factions and the Cloak Strike of 1926.” Unpublished manuscript. New York University, 1977.

Fraser, Steve. Labor Will Rule: Sidney Hillman and the Rise of American Labor. New York: Free Press, 1991. Detailed and thorough scholarly biography: treats opposition to communism as sinister.

Fraser, Steven. “Sidney Hillman, Labor’s Machiavelli.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Fraser, Steven C. “Sidney Hillman and the Origins of the ‘New Unionism’: 1908-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1983. Discusses factionalism involving Communists in the Amalgamated Clothing Workers in the 1920s.

Josephson, Matthew. Sidney Hillman, Statesman of American Labor. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1952. Examines Hillman’s relationship with the Communist party.

****************************************************************

Fur Workers and Ben Gold

Cammer, Harold. “Taft-Hartley and the International Fur and Leather Workers Union.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Cammer, a member of the legal defense team for Ben Gold’s Taft-Hartley oath trial, discusses Gold and his union.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Fur and Leather Workers Union: A Story of Dramatic Struggles and Achievements. Newark [N. J.]: Nordan Press, 1950. Sympathetically recounts the dominant Communist role in the union.

Gold, Ben. Memoirs. New York: W. Howard, 1984. Longtime Communist leader of the Furriers.

International Fur Workers Union of the United States and Canada. Di Foriers Shtime. New York: Foriers yunyon fun der Amerikan federeyshon ov leybor, 1933. Journal, 1933-.

Leiter, Robert D. “Fur Workers Union.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 3, no. 2 (January 1950). Discusses a union with a major Communist presence.

Spingarn, Sandra Dawn. “Trade Unionism Among the Jewish Workers in the Fur Manufacturing Industry in New York City, 1912-1929.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1994. Says that Ben Gold and his comrades placed the practical demands of the union above the ideological concerns of the CPUSA.

U.S. House Committee on Education and Labor. Investigation of Communist Infiltration Into the Fur Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

****************************************************************

ILGWU and David Dubinsky

Barbash, Jack. “The International Ladies’ Garment Workers Union as an Organization in the Age of Dubinsky.” Labor History 9 (Spring 1968).

Barbash, Jack, ed. “David Dubinsky, the ILGWU and the American Labor Movement.” Labor History 9 (Spring 1968). Entire issue devoted to Dubinsky and the ILGWU.

Danish, Max D. The World of David Dubinsky. Cleveland: World Pub. Co., 1957.

Devinatz, Victor G. “David Dubinsky, the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union, and the Limits of Social Democratic Trade Unionism.” Nature, Society and Thought.

Dubinsky, David. David Dubinsky: A Life with Labor. Assisted by A. H. Raskin. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1977. Autobiography by a key leader of the anti-Communist wing of the labor movement and a leading figure in New York’s American Labor party and later in the Liberal party.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “ILGWU Organizer Murdered: Why?” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Suggests sinister conspiracy behind the June 8, 1983 murder of Rudy Lozano, a ILGWU organizer, political ally of Chicago Mayor Harold Washington, national board member of the of National Alliance Against Racist and Political Repression and founder of National Congress of Unemployed Organizations.

Gurowsky, David. “Factional Dispute Within the ILGWU, 1919-1928.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1978. Discusses the severe factional struggle between Communists and social democrats for control of the union.

Katz, Daniel Lawrence. “A Union of Many Cultures: Yiddish Socialism and Interracial Organizing in the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union, 1913--1941.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers - New Brunswick, 2003.

Laslett, John H. M., and Mary Tyler. The ILGWU in Los Angeles, 1907-1988. Inglewood, CA: Ten Star Press, 1989.

Monroy, Douglas. “La Costura en Los Angeles, 1933-1939: The ILGWU and the Politics of Domination.” In Mexican Women in the United States Struggles Past and Present, edited by Magdalena Mora and Adelaida R. Del Castillo. Los Angeles: Chicano Studies Research Center Publications, University of California, 1980. Notes that Communist dual unions were unable to defeat the social democratic and anti-Communist ILGWU for the loyalty of Mexican workers in the southern California women’s wear industry.

Nadel, Stanley. “Reds Versus Pinks: A Civil War in the ILGWU.” New York History 66, no. 1 (1985). Regards the victory of Socialists over Communists in the ILGWU as a regrettable right-wing defeat of the Left.

Parmet, Robert D. The Master of Seventh Avenue: David Dubinsky and the American Labor Movement. New York: New York University Press, 2005.

Pesotta, Rose. Bread Upon the Waters. Edited by John Nicholas Beffel. New York: Dodd, Mead & company, 1944. Pesotta, a key organizer for the ILGWU, notes conflict with Communist party dual unions in early 1930s.

Stolberg, Benjamin. Tailor’s Progress: The Story of a Famous Union and the Men Who Made It. Garden City, New York: Doubleday, Doran and Company, Inc., 1944. Discusses Dubinsky’s leadership of the anti-Communist wing of the New York union movement.

Weinstone, William. The Case Against David Dubinsky. New York: New Century Publishers, 1946. Communist attack on Dubinsky.

****************************************************************

United Hatters

Robinson, Donald B. Spotlight on a Union: The Story of the United Hatters, Cap and Millinery Workers International Union. New York: Dial Press, 1948. Discusses Communist and Socialist party factionalism in the union.

****************************************************************

Office, Wholesale, and Distributive Workers

Fennell, Dorothy. “Trade Union Culture in a Model Communist Union: The Wholesale Dry Goods Workers of New York City.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Mende, Tu. “CIO Union Attack CIO Office Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses decline of UOPWA after the CIO attacks it and UOPWA’s transformation into District 65 of Distributive Workers of America.

Opler, Daniel. “Monkey Business in Union Square: A Cultural Analysis of the Klein’s-Ohrbach’s Strikes of 1943-5.” Journal of Social History 36, no. 1 (Fall 2002).

Opler, Daniel Joseph. “‘For All White-Collar Workers’: The Possibilities of Radicalism in New York City’s Department Store Unions, 1934--1953.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003.

Opler, Daniel J. For All White-Collar Workers: The Possibilities of Radicalism in New York City’s Department Store Unions, 1934-1953. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 2007.

Phillips, Lisa. “District 65 Secures a Cloak of Respectability: Organizing Black Workers in New York City During the Cold War.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

Phillips, Lisa. “Labor and Civil Rights in New York City During the Cold War: District 65, 1946-63.” Paper presented at Study Group on International Labor and Working-Class History meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Phillips, Lisa Ann Wunderlich. “The Labor Movement and Black Economic Equality in New York City District 65, 1934-1954.” Thesis (Ph.D). Rutgers University, 2002.

Strom, Sharon Hartman. “‘We’re no Kitty Foyles’: Organizing Office Workers for the Congress of Industrial Organizations, 1937-50.” In Women, Work, and Protest: A Century of US Women’s Labor History, edited by Ruth Milkman. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1987.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Control of Distributive, Processing, and Office Workers of America. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Ziskind, Minna Pearl. “Citizenship, Consumerism, and Gender: A Study of District 65, 1945--1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 2001.

****************************************************************

Oil Industry

O’Connor, Harvey. History of Oil Workers Intl. Union (CIO). Denver: Oil Workers Intl. Union (CIO), 1950. Radical history of the CIO Oil Workers.

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers

Arnesen, Eric, and others. “Symposium on Halpern and Horowitz: Packinghouse Unionism.” Labor History 40, no. 2 (May 1999). Includes: Race, Party, and Packinghouse Exceptionalism/Eric Arnesen; Saga of a Broad Spectrum Union/Norman Dolnick; Meat and Men/Howell John Harris; Cases and Theory/Ira Katznelson; Dismembering Heroic Unions/Kimberley L. Phillips; Getting to Grips with the CIO: The Significance of the Packinghouse Experience/Rick Halpern; The National Versus the Local; A Response to Commentators/Roger Horowitz.

Cavanaugh, James A. “From the Bottom Up: Oral History and the United Packinghouse Workers of America.” International Journal of Oral History 9 (February 1988).

Dolnick, Norman. “Packinghouse Workers Face the Cold War: A Memoir.” Labor History 38 (Fall 1997).

Dolnick, Norman. “How Did the UPWA Elude the CIO 1949 Expulsions.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Dolnick, Norman. “The Dissenting Communist: A Eulogy.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002). Dolnick’s eulogy for Herb Marsh, a Communist in the UPWA.

Halpern, Rick, and Roger Horowitz. Meatpackers: An Oral History of Black Packinghouse Workers and Their Struggle for Racial and Economic Equality. Twayne’s Oral History Series. New York London: Twayne Prentice Hall International, 1996.

Horowitz, Roger. Negro and White, Unite and Fight!: A Social History of Industrial Unionism in Meatpacking, 1930-90. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997.

Horowitz, Roger. “‘It is Harder to Struggle Than To Surrender’: The Rank and File Unionism of the United Packinghouse Workers of America, 1933-1948.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada] 5 (1986).

Horowitz, Roger. “The Path Not Taken: A Social History of Industrial Unionism in Meatpacking, 1930-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1990. Argues that the history of the UPWA shows that militant, class-conscious, anti-anti-Communist, social unionism could flourish in America.

Orear, Leslie F., and Stephen H. Diamond. Out of the Jungle: The Packinghouse Workers Fight for Justice and Equality. Hyde Park Press, 1968.

Storch, Randi. “UPWA and Civil Rights in the Cold War.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Stromquist, Shelton, and Marvin Bergman, eds. Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration of Vital Industries and Current Communist Techniques in the Chicago, Illinois Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959. Discusses the C.P. role in the United Packinghouse Workers.

Warren, Wilson J. “Working-Class Identity, Internal Union Conflict, and the Limits of Social Democracy, 1945-1955.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers: Regional and Local Studies

Packinghouse Workers: Illinois - Chicago

Halpern, Rick. Down on the Killing Floor: Black and White Workers in Chicago’s Packinghouses, 1904-54. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Discusses C.P. role in the UPWA.

Storch, Randi. “The Cleaver and the Sickle: Building a Rank and File Union in Chicago’s Stockyards, 1935-1945.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Storch, Randi. “The United Packinghouse Workers of America, Civil Rights, and the Communist Party in Chicago.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Street, Paul. “Breaking Up Old Hatreds and Breaking Through the Fear: The Emergence of the Packinghouse Workers Organizing Committee in Chicago, 1933-1940.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada], 5 1986.

Street, Paul. “The Logic and Limits of ‘Plant Loyalty’: Black Workers, White Labor, and Corporate Racial Paternalism in Chicago’s Stockyards, 1916-1940.” Journal of Social History 29, no. 3 (Spring 1996). Notes William Foster’s role in early stockyard organizing.

Street, Paul. “The Backbone of the Union.” Chicago History, Summer 2000, 4-21. Describes the success of the Packinghouse Workers Organizing Committee in breaking down Black-White divisions in Chicago in the 1930s, with Communists such as Hank Johson (the “Negro orator of the Yards”) playing leading roles. Illustrations include a copy of the C.P.’s Stockyard Worker from the Chicago Historical Society.

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers: Minnesota - Albert Lea and Austin

Engelmann, Larry. “‘We Were the Poor People.’” Labor History 15, no. 4 (1974). Notes that although some of the leaders of the successful strike at the huge Hormell plant in Austin, Minnesota in the mid-30s had an acquaintance with Trotskyism, there was little direct involvement by radical political bodies.

Rachleff, Peter. “Floyd Olson: Radical or Racketeer: A Left Wing Critique of Minnesota Farmer-Laborism.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Discusses the role of Communists and Trotskyists in the briefly powerful Independent Union of All Workers in Austin and Albert Lea, Minnesota. Sees agendas of Communists and Trotskyists union militants as contributing to the demise of the radical “horizontal” community unionism of the IUAW by supporting parceling out its members into vertically-organized CIO (the largest of which was the UPWA) and AFL unions.

Rachleff, Peter. “Organizing ‘Wall-to-Wall’: The Independent Union of All Workers, 1933-1937.” In Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry, edited by Shelton Stromquist and Marvin Bergman. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

Rachleff, Peter J. Hard-Pressed in the Heartland: The Hormel Strike and the Future of the Labor Movement. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1993. On the Hormel & Company Strike, Austin, Minn., 1985-1986.

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers: Nebraska - Omaha

Warren, Wilson J. “The Impasse of Radicalism and Race: Omaha’s Meatpacking Unionism, 1945-1955.” Journal of the West 35 (April 1996)

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers: Texas - Fort Worth

Halpern, Rick. “Interracial Unionism in the Southwest: Fort Worth’s Packinghouse Workers, 1937-1954.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

****************************************************************

Packinghouse Workers: Midwest

Warren, Wilson Jerome. “The Limits of New Deal Social Democracy: Working-Class Structural Pluralism in Midwestern Meatpacking, 1900-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1992. Finds that long-term ethnic and racial tensions and divergent views of political economy and cultural concerns among workers eroded support for the CIO’s social democratic aspirations of the 1930s. Sees the role of anticommunism and Taft-Hartley as of secondary importance.

Warren, Wilson. “The Limits of Social Democratic Unionism in Midwestern Meatpacking Communities: Patters of Internal Strife, 1948-1955.” In Unionizing the Jungles: Labor and Community in the Twentieth-Century Meatpacking Industry, edited by Shelton Stromquist and Marvin Bergman. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1997.

****************************************************************

Rubber and Tire

Hood Rubber Unit, CPUSA and YCL (Boston, Mass.). The Red Rubber Worker. [Boston, MA]: The Unit, 19uu. Journal, 1930s?, 1940s?

Roberts, Harold Selig. The Rubber Workers: Labor Organization and Collective Bargaining in the Rubber Industry. New York: Harper & brothers, 1944.

****************************************************************

Public Employees

Harding, Mary Elizabeth. “Eleanor Nelson, Oliver Palmer and the Struggle to Organize the CIO in Washington, DC, 1937--1950.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2002. Examines the issue of the adherence of Nelson and the union leadership to the policies of the CPUSA, and the expulsion of the union, merged with the State, County, and Municipal Workers in the United Public Workers, from the CIO.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Control of the United Public Workers of America. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

****************************************************************

Scientific and Technical Workers

Palmer, Bernard. “The Heritage of Architects, Engineers, Chemists and Technicians (FAECT-CIO).” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Memoir by a pro-Communist member of FAECT Local 231 at Ebasco Services, a design arm of GE. “At the outset, many FAECT members opposed U.S. participation in a war they thought would be a rerun of World War I between imperialist powers. President Roosevelt called in a number of CIO union leaders including Jules Korchien of the FAECT, and told them that unless they supported the war effort, they would see hell. Subsequently, the Dies Committee on Un-American Activities attacked the FAECT and other left-progressive unions. When the character of the war became clear later in 1941 as an anti-fascist struggle of heroic proportions, the FAECT and its members participated actively.” FAECT later merged with UOPWA.

****************************************************************

Shipbuilding

Hirshfield, Deborah Scott. “To Ensure a Less Perfect Union - AFL/CIO Strike in Shipbuilding During World War II.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1990. Finds that the AFL Boilermakers used anticommunism as a theme against its CIO rival as early as 1937, reduced its anti-Communist rhetoric during the wartime American alliance with the Soviet Union, but resumed in late 1945. Regards the Boilermakers’ opposition to communism as self-defeating because any attack on communism was inherently an attack on the working class.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “In Search of Charles Smolikoff: Trade Union Communist or Communist Trade Unionist?” Paper presented at “Real Socialism and the ‘Second World’” workshop, Centre for Russian and Eastern European Studies, University of Toronto. Canada, 2004. Smolikoff was a CP-member and official of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America [IUMSW].

Mergen, Bernard Matthew . “A History of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America, 1931-1951.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1968. Notes serious factionalism between anti-Communists and Communists in the union.

Palmer, David. Organizing the Shipyards: Union Strategy in Three Northeast Ports, 1933-1945. Ithaca, N.Y.: ILR Press, 1998.

Palmer, David. “‘An Anarchist with a Program’: East Coast Shipyard Workers, the Labor Left, and the Origins of Cold War Unionism.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

****************************************************************

Social Service Unionism

Andrews, Janice. “Social Work and Anti-Communism: A Historical Analysis of the McCarthy Era.” Journal of Progressive Human Services 8, no. 2 (1997).

Dawidowicz, Lucy. The Social Service Employees Union: Communist Infiltration Through a Trade Union Movement. Mimeographed study. New York: American Jewish Committee, 1951.

Freedberg, Sharon. “Bertha Caper Reynolds: A Woman Struggling in Her Times.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1984. Reynolds, an influential social welfare spokesman, aligned for a time with the Communist-influenced 1930s “rank-and-file” movement in social work.

Haynes, John Earl. “Rank and File!: The Rank and File Movement in Social Work, 1931-1941.” Unpublished seminar paper. Social Welfare History Archives, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, 1967. Notes the leading role of Communists in attempts to organize public and private social workers into unions.

Haynes, John Earl. “The Rank and File Movement in Private Social Work.” Labor History 16, no. 1 (Winter 1975). Notes the role of Communists in organizing private social work agencies into unions in the 1930s; discusses the Marxist analysis of social work advanced by the Rank and File movement and the shift of the Rank and Filers from harsh critics of the social work establishment and the New Deal before the Popular Front to friendly critics of the establishment and firm supporter of the New Deal after the Popular Front and back again after the Nazi-Soviet Pact but then shifting once more after the Nazi attack on the Soviet Union.in 1941.

Reisch, Michael, and Janice Andrews. “Uncovering a Silent Betrayal: Using Oral History to Explore the Impact of McCarthyism on the Profession of Social Work in the United States.” Oral History Review 26, no. 2 (1999).

Reisch, Michael, and Janice Andrews. The Road Not Taken: A History of Radical Social Work in the United States. Philadelphia: Brunner-Routledge, 2001.

Schriver, Joe M. “Harry Lawrence Lurie, A Rational Radical: His Contributions to the Development of Social Work, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1984. Discusses Lurie’s role in the Communist-influenced Rank and File movement among social workers in the 1930s.

Selmi, Patrick, and Richard Hunter. “Beyond the Rank and File Movement: Mary Van Kleeck and Social Work Radicalism in the Great Depression, 1931-1942.” Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare 28, no. 2 (2001). Admiring and naive portrayal of van Kleeck’s support for Stalinism.

Spano, Richard. “The Rank and File Movement in Social Work.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978. Notes a significant Communist role in the Rank and File movement.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. Working with Class: Social Workers and the Politics of Middle-Class Identity. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1999.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. “Ring Around the Collar: Professionalism and New York Social Workers at Work, 1945-55.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1986.

Walkowitz, Daniel J. “The Modern Professional: Work and Social Workers’ Identity After the Purge.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

****************************************************************

Steel Industry and the United Steel Workers

Bernstein, Barton. “The Truman Administration and the Steel Strike of 1946.” Journal of American History 52 (December 1965).

Brody, David. Steelworkers in America; the Nonunion Era. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1960.

Brody, David. “The Origins of Modern Steel Unionism: The SWOC Era.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlied, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, 1987. Notes sketchy evidence of C.P. influence in late stages of Rank-and-File movement of 1933-4; observes that Murray placed most of SWOC/USWA’s organizers under a centrally appointed field staff “so that, among other things, the numerous Communists who had been hired could be used and then discarded when they became troublesome.”

Cantor, Joseph. “Steelworkers in Buffalo: A Personal Perspective.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Cantor (a pseudonym) after graduating from CCNY joined the industrial concentration movement to put radicals in industry and got a job at Bethlehem Steel (Lackawanna) in 1952 as a laborer by hiding his college background. Says he and four others were clandestinely coordinated by the Buffalo C.P. district organizer. The colonizers met in secret to discuss union issues, tactics for promoting Communism, and self-criticism. Cantor says the colonizers made progress until 1957 HUAC hearings exposed them. By 1964 the colonizers had broken up: some left the C.P., some joined Progressive Labor.

Communist Party, Western Pennsylvania. The High Carbon Truth. [Pennsylvania]: Communist Party, Western Pennsylvania, 195u. Journal, early 1950s.

Filippelli, Ronald L. “The History is Missing, Almost: Philip Murray, the Steelworkers, and the Historians.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. Discusses New Left historians’ faulting of the C.P. for failing to lead the steelworker Rank-and-File movement of 1933-4.

Gordon, Max. “The Communists and the Drive to Organize Steel, 1936.” Labor History 23, no. 2 (Spring 1982). Reviews the Communist party’s role in the labor movement and its participation in Steel Workers’ Organizing Committee’s early organizing drives.

Hall, Gus. “Thirty Years of Struggle for a Steelworkers’ Union and Working Class Ideology.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Hall, the dominant figure in the Communist party from the early 1960s to the 1990s, worked as a organizer for SWOC in the 1930s.

Lynd, Staughton. “Guerrilla History in Gary.” Liberation 14 (October 1969).

Lynd, Staughton. “The Possibility of Radicalism in the Early 1930s: The Case of Steel.” Radical America 6 (December 1972).

Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Metal Worker. New York: [Metal Workers Industrial Union], 1935. Journal, 1935.

Needleman, Ruth. “‘Diplomats and Rabble-Rousers’: African-American Leadership in Northwest Indiana’s Steel Mills, 1936-1950.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Indianapolis, Indiana, 1998.

Norrell, Robert J. “Caste in Steel: Jim Crow Careers in Birmingham, Alabama.” Journal of American History 73, no. 2 (December 1986). On the role of communism and racism in the conflict of the AFL, SWOC, and Mine Mill for the support of white and black steelworkers.

Nyden, Philip Williams. “Rank-and-File Insurgency in a Large Industrial Union: A Case Study of the United Steelworkers of America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1979.

Raskin, Abe. “Comments.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. Raskin, a leading labor reporter, reminisces about the CIO fight in 1940 with Sidney Hillman leading the pro-FDR faction against the anti-Roosevelt alliance of John L. Lewis and the “Moscow Firsters” with Murray keeping a low profile but supporting FDR.

Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Steel and Metal Worker. Pittsburgh, Pa.: Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union, 1932. Journal, 1932.

Steel and Metal Workers Industrial Union. The Steel Metal Worker. New York: Steel and Metal Workers Union, 1933. Journal, 1933.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Activities in the Buffalo, N.Y., Area. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957. Discusses C.P. placement of college graduates in blue-collar jobs, particularly steel plants in the Buffalo area, as part of its industrial concentration program.

Wilson, Joseph F. “Cold Steel: The Political Economy of Black Labor and Reform in the United Steelworkers of America (USWA).” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1980. Discusses the role of anticommunism in the Steelworkers elections in 1977.

****************************************************************

Steel Strike of 1919

Brody, David. Labor in Crisis: The Steel Strike of 1919. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1965. William Z. Foster, future Communist leader, organized the strike for the AFL.

Mohl, R.A. “Great Steel Strike of 1919 in Gary, Indiana: Working Class Radicalism or Trade Union Militancy?” Mid-America 63 (January 1981).

Murray, Robert K. “Communism and the Great Steel Strike of 1919.” Labor History 38, no. 3 (December 1951). Discusses the clamor in the popular press and from company circles that radicals inspired the 1919 strike; notes that radicals claimed credit for the strike and that their claims were used as evidence by the press.

****************************************************************

The Little Steel Strike and Memorial Day Massacre of 1937

Leab, Daniel J. “The Memorial Day Massacre.” Midcontinent American Studies Journal 8 (Fall 1967).

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Little Steel Strike of 1937.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1961.

Sofchalk, Donald G. “The Chicago Memorial Day Incident: An Episode of Mass Action.” Labor History 6, no. 1 (Winter 1965). Notes charges of Communist leadership of the Memorial Day march were used to defend the police version of events.

****************************************************************

Teachers' Unions

Back, Adina. “Blacks, Jews and the Struggle to Integrate Brooklyn’s Junior High School 258: A Cold War Story.” Journal of American Ethnic History 20, no. 2 (2001). Notes the role of the Communist-led New York Teachers Union.

Beichman, Arnold. “Shanker’s Heroic War for Labor.” Washington Times, 22 February 1997. On the Albert Shanker of the AFT’s role as an anti-Communist labor leader.

Campbell, Karen Teresa. “From Communist to Catholic Anti-Communist: Bella Visono Dodd’s American Journey.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2000. Abstract: “Dodd did not change, instead her political definition of an American mutated through the years.... [T]his thesis contends that Dodd’s life, her years both as a leftist and as a rightist, was a continuum of a zealous quest for acceptance as a loyal American.”

Dodd, Bella Visono. School of Darkness. New York: P.J. Kenedy, 1954. Dodd was a key Communist organizer among New York teachers who became disillusioned.

Eaton, William Edward. The American Federation of Teachers, 1916-1961: A History of the Movement. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1975. Stresses the importance of the late 1930s when the union expelled Communist influenced New York and Philadelphia locals.

Hronicek, Francis Robert. “The Historical Development of Teachers’ Unions in United States’ Public Education.” Ed.D. diss. Saint Louis University, 1980. Discusses the Communist role in teachers’ unions.

LaPointe, Richard Terry. “Ideology and Organization in Teacher Unionism.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1976.

Miller, Charles William. “Democracy in Education: A Study of How the American Federation of Teachers Met the Threat of Communist Subversion Through the Democratic Process.” Ed.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1967. Concludes that there was a significant Communist presence in the AFT; finds that the impetus for their expulsion came from midwestern AFT locals and from William Green of the AFL.

Mirel, Jeffrey Edward. “Politics and Public Education in the Great Depression: Detroit, 1929-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1984. Notes that despite attacks on local radical teachers by the American Legion and the Dies Committee, the Detroit School Board refused to take action; discusses the radical politics of the local teachers’ union.

Muraskin, L.D. “The Teachers Union of the City of New York from Inception to Schism, 1912-1935.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1979. Sympathetic account of the local which came under Communist leadership in the 1930s.

Murphy, Marjorie. Blackboard Unions: The AFT and the NEA, 1900-1980. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1990.

Newman, Joseph W., and Wayne J. Urban. “Communists in the American Federation of Teachers: A Too Often Told Story.” History of Education Review [Australia] 14, no. 2 (1985).

Zitron, Celia Lewis. The New York City Teachers Union, 1916-1964: A Story of Educational and Social Commitment. New York: Humanities Press, 1968. Discusses the lengthy fight within the teachers union over Communism.

****************************************************************

Telephone and Communications

Boroff, Karen E. “A Note on an Unpublished Manuscript by CWA Leader A. Tommy Jones.” Labor History 37, no. 4 (1996). Jones discusses the role of Communists in the Communications Workers of America.

Strichartz, Richard. “American Communications Association (Marine Department).” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1947. Discusses C.P. activity in the ACA.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Penetration of Communications Facilities. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1957.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Penetration of Radio Facilities (Conelrad-Communications) [Parts 1-2]. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. Part 1, 86th Congress. Part 2, 87th Congress. Report No. 1283.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Infiltration in the Telegraph Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

****************************************************************

Textiles

Brooks, Robert R.R. “The United Textile Workers of America.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1935. Notes internal conflict over Communism.

Gerstle, Gary. Working-Class Americanism: The Politics of Labor in a Textile City, 1914-1960. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1989. Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Communism in the ethnic and labor politics of Woonsocket, Rhode Island, and the Independent Textile Union.

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Mobilization of the Working Class Community: The Independent Textile Union in Woonsocket, 1931-1946.” Radical History Review 17 (Spring 1978).

Gerstle, Gary L. “The Rise of Industrial Unionism: Class, Ethnicity and Labor Organization in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, 1931-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1982. Discusses the relationship of Americanism with union and political radicalism in the 1930s.

Howard, Walter T. “‘Radicals Not Wanted’: Communists and the 1929 Wilkes-Barre Silk Mill Strikes.” Pennsylvania History 69 (Summer 2002).

Salmond, John A. “‘The Burlington Dynamite Plot’: The 1934 Textile Strike and Its Aftermath in Burlington, North Carolina.” North Carolina Historical Review 75, no. 4 (1998). Discusses the role of International Labor Defense in the legal case of men charged with a strike-related bombing.

Salmond, John A. The General Textile Strike of 1934: From Maine to Alabama. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2002.

Santos, Michael W. “Community and Communism: The 1928 New Bedford Textile Strike.” Labor History 26, no. 2 (Spring 1985). Discusses the activities of the C.P.’s Textile Mills committees.

Shields, Art. “Recollections of the Paterson Strike.” Political Affairs 61, no. 1 (1982). Memoir by a veteran Communist cadre.

Sterne, Eve. “Community, Culture, and Communism in the New Bedford, Massachusetts, Textile Strike of 1928.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1995.

Tippett, Thomas. When Southern Labor Stirs. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931. Discusses the leadership of several southern textile strikes by Communist-led unions in the late 1920s.

Whalen, Robert W. “Recollecting the Cotton Mill Wars: Fictions of the Southern Textile Strikes of 1929-1930.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

****************************************************************

Gastonia

Baker, Christina L., and William J. Baker. “Shaking All the Corners of the Sky: The Global Response to the Gastonia Strike of 1929.” Canadian Review of American Studies 21, no. 3 (1990).

Cook, Sylvia. “Gastonia: The Literary Reverberations of the Strike.” Southern Literary Journal 7, no. 1 (1974). Discusses six novels based on the 1929 North Carolina textile strike in which Communists played an important role.

Draper, Theodore. “Gastonia Revisited.” Social Research, Spring 1971.

Hapke, Laura. “Whose Gastonia?: Gender and Literary Representation in a Depression Era Textile Strike.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Hood, Robin. “The Loray Mill Strike.” Master’s thesis. University of North Carolina, 1932.

Lane, Janet E. “The Silenced Cry from the Factory Floor: Gastonia’s Female Strikers and Their Proletarian Authors.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2004.

McCurry, Dan, and Carolyn Ashbaugh. “Gastonia, 1929: Strike at the Loray Mill.” Southern Exposure 1 (Winter 1973-74).

Pope, Liston. “Churches and Mills in a Southern County, 1880-1939.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1940.

Pope, Liston. Millhands & Preachers: A Study of Gastonia. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1942. Discusses Communist involvement in several Southern textile strikes. In a somewhat different and more extensive form, the material on which this volume is based was presented as a dissertation at Yale University 1940.

Reeve, Carl. “The Great Gastonia Textile Strike.” Political Affairs 63, no. 3 (March 1984). Reeve was a veteran Communist organizer.

Reeve, Carl. “Gastonia: The Strike, The Frameup, The Heritage.” Political Affairs 63, no. 4 (April 1984).

Reilly, John M. “Images of Gastonia: A Revolutionary Chapter in American Social Fiction.” Georgia Review 28, no. 3 (1974). On the use of Gastonia by six radical novelists to convey Marxist themes.

Salmond, John A. Gastonia, 1929: The Story of the Loray Mill Strike. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1995.

Weisbord, Vera Buch. “Gastonia 1929: Strike at the Loray Mill.” Southern Exposure 1, no. 3/4 (1974). Memoir of Weisbord’s role in the strike.

****************************************************************

Passaic

Asher, Martha S. “Recollections of the Passaic Textile Strike of 1926.” Labor’s Heritage 2, no. 2 (1990). Asher volunteered at a relief station for the strike.

Murphy, Paul L. ed., with Kermit Hall and David Klaassen. The Passaic Textile Strike of 1926. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Pub. Co., 1974.

Siegel, Morton. “The Passaic Strike of 1925.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1952. Notes the major Communist party role in strike leadership.

Vorse, M.H. Passaic Textile Strike, 1926-1927. Passaic, NJ: General Relief Committee, 1927. Vorse was a writer associated with the Communist party.

Weisbord, Albert. Passaic: The Story of a Struggle Against Starvation Wages and for the Right to Organize. Pamphlet. [Chicago]: Published for the Workers (Communist) Party by the Daily World Publishing Co., 1926. Weisbord was a leading Communist labor organizer of the period.

****************************************************************

Transit and Transportation

Freeman, Joshua B. “Catholics, Communists, and Republicans: Irish Workers and the Organization of the Transport Workers Union.” In Working Class America, Essays on Labor, Community, and American Society, edited by Michael H. Frisch and Daniel Walkowitz. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. “The Transport Workers Union in New York City, 1933-1948.” Ph.d. Thesis. Rutgers University, 1983. Surveys the Communist party role in the TWU and Michael Quill’s decision to eliminate the Communist party presence in the union.

Freeman, Joshua Benjamin. In Transit the Transport Workers Union in New York City, 1933-1966. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. Detailed and thorough history discussing the Communist role in the TWU.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Labor Radicalism, Race Relations, and Anticommunism in Miami During the 1940s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1995. Discusses use of racial appeals by Communist and anti-Communists fighting for control of a key TWU union at Pan-American airline.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Putting Labor’s House in Order: The Transport Workers Union and Labor Anti-Communism in Miami During the 1940s.” Labor History 39, no. 1 (February 1998)

McGinley, James Joseph. Labor Relations in the New York Rapid Transit Systems, 1904-1944. New York: King’s Crown Press, 1949. Discusses the Communist party role in the TWU. Originally a Columbia University thesis.

Quill, Shirley. Mike Quill, Himself: A Memoir. Greenwich, CT: Devin-Adair, 1985. Written by Mike Quill’s second wife who was herself a union militant and a political aide to her husband.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Dining Car and Railroad Food Workers Union. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Alliance of Certain Racketeer and Communist Dominated Unions in the Field of Transportation as a Threat to National Security. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

Weintraub, Jack. “Expelled Teamster Fighting for Democracy.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Weintraub, a hostile HCUA witness, discusses his fight in San Francisco area Teamster Local 85, the Peace and Freedom party, and Trade Union Action and Democracy.

Whittemore, L. H. The Man Who Ran the Subways: The Story of Mike Quill. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1968. Journalistic biography.

****************************************************************

Labor Colleges

Altenbaugh, Richard J. Education for Struggle: The American Labor Colleges of the 1920s and 1930s. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990. Examines Brookwood Labor College, the Work People’s College, and Commonwealth College.

Wirth, Thomas. “‘Education for the Purposes of Democracy’: Workers and Intellectuals at the Rand School of Social Science.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

****************************************************************

Boston Labor College

Barrow, Clyde. “Holding Their Own: The Boston Labor College, 1919–29.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

****************************************************************

Brookwood Labor College

Bloom, Jonathan. “Brookwood Labor College, 1921-1933 Training Ground for Union Organizers.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Rutgers University, 1979.

Bloom, Jonathan D. “Brookwood Labor College and the Progressive Labor Network of the Interwar United States, 1921-1937.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1992. Discusses the role of communism in Brookwood’s last years.

Howlett, Charles F. Brookwood Labor College and the Struggle for Peace and Social Justice in America. Lewiston: E. Mellen Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

Labor Movement Politics, Government Regulation and the CPUSA

Arnold, Delbert. “The CIO’s Role in American Politics, 1936-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1953.

Barbash, Jack. “Unions, Government, and Politics.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 1, no. 1 (October 1947). Discusses the role of Communists in the union movement.

Boyle, Kevin, ed. Organized Labor and American Politics, 1894-1994: The Labor-Liberal Alliance. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1998.

Cameron, Stephen P. “The Liberal-Labor-Democratic Alliance, 1945-1952: Anti-Communism as a Flawed Unifying Theme.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1988. The opportunity for transforming the Democratic party into a social democratic party or of creating a progressive force to the left of the Democratic party was blocked by those opposed to communism.

Davis, Mike. “The Barren Marriage of American Labour and the Democratic Party.” New Left Review, no. 124 (November-December 1980). Asserts that Communist strategy in the mid-1930s and 1940s helped to bring about the co-option of CIO militancy into safe channels.

Draper, Alan. “A Rope of Sand: The AFL-CIO Committee on Political Education, 1955-1967.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1982.

Draper, Alan. A Rope of Sand: The AFL-CIO Committee on Political Education, 1955-1967. New York: Praeger, 1989.

Faue, Elizabeth. “Shifting Labor’s Loyalties: Redefining Citizenship and Allegiance in the 1940s Left.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Foster, James Caldwell. The Union Politic: The CIO Political Action Committee. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1975. Foster argues that because of the refusal of Communist unionists to support the CIO’s decision to back Truman, Philip Murray decided to eliminate the Communist party from the CIO because he regarded it as a threat to the CIO’s political standing.

Gaer, Joseph. The First Round: The Story of the CIO Political Committee. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1944. Communist view of CIO-PAC in 1944.

Haskett, William. “Ideological Radicals, the American Federation of Labor and Federal Labor Policy in the Strikes of 1934.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1957.

Karsh, Bernard, and Phillips L. Garman. “The Impact of the Political Left.” In Labor and the New Deal, edited by Milton Derber and Edwin Young. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1957.

Kazin, Michael. “Doing What We Can: The Limits and Achievements of American Labor Politics.” New Labor Forum 5 (Fall/Winter 1999).

Koryakova, Irena. “Labor and the Democratic Party in the Years of the New Deal.” Paper presented at Sixth Symposium of the George Meany Memorial Archives, 1994. Sees the Wagner Act and the Social Security Act as attempts to head off worker support for a radical third party; sees Labor’s Non-Partisan League as successfully co-opting worker third-party sentiment into support for FDR and the Democratic party.

Levine, Rhonda F. Class Struggle and the New Deal: Industrial Labor, Industrial Capital, and the State. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1988. Marxist interpretation of the economic crisis of the 1930s noting the importance of Communism in unionism and New Deal politics.

McClure, Arthur F. The Truman Administration and the Problems of Postwar Labor, 1945-1948. Rutherford: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1969.

Milton, David. “The Politics of Economism: Organized Labor Fights Its Way Into the American System Under the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1980. Argues that the CIO became incorporated in advanced capitalism in 1940 (not 1949 when the “Left” unions were expelled) when the Hillman-Murray forces defeated the Left-Syndicalists under John L. Lewis; places part of the blame on the Communist party for sharing the basic strategy of the Hillman-Murray faction of an alliance with Roosevelt arranged at the top.

Milton, David. The Politics of U.S. Labor from the Great Depression to the New Deal. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1982.

Nelson, Daniel. “The Other New Deal and Labor: The Regulatory State and the Unions, 1933-1940.” Journal of Policy Studies 13, no. 3 (2001).

Orren, Karen. “Union Politics and Postwar Liberalism in the United States, 1946-197.” Studies in American Political Development 1 (1986).

Riker, William Harrison. “The CIO in Politics, 1936-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1948.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “The United States Government and the Left-Wing Unions in the 1940s and 1950s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI, 1989.

Spencer, Thomas T. “Labor’s Non-Partisan League, 1936–1944.” Labor’s Heritage 12 (Spring-Summer 2004).

Sylvers, Malcolm. “The Decline of the New Deal: The Case of the Trade Unions and the Communist Party.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989).

Taft, Philip. “Labor’s Changing Political Line.” Journal of Political Economy 45, no. 5 (October 1937).

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Guns and Butter: American Organized Labor Approaches the Military-Industrial Complex in the Post-War Era.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

****************************************************************

The La Follette Committee

Auerbach, Jerold S. “The La Follette Committee: Labor and Civil Liberties in the New Deal.” Journal of American History 51, no. 3 (December 1964). Notes that some committee staff were secret Communists.

Auerbach, Jerold S. Labor and Liberty: The La Follette Committee and the New Deal. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1966.

****************************************************************

The Wagner Act and Taft-Hartley

Bernstein, Irving. The New Deal Collective Bargaining Policy. Berkeley, CA: University. of California Press, 1950.

Blustain, Jonah. “The Treatment of the Collective Bargaining Legislation of the New Deal by the American Federation of Labor and the Communist Party (USA), 1933-1939.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1954. Finds that Communist party’s dire predictions of the likely results of the collective bargaining provisions of the 1933 National Industrial Recovery Act and the 1935 National Labor Relations Act were in error.

Daniel, Cletus E. The ACLU and the Wagner Act: An Inquiry Into the Depression-Era Crisis of American Liberalism. Ithaca, NY: New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University, 1980. Finds that in the early 1930s, Roger Baldwin, head of the American Civil Liberties Union, moved close to the Communist party and its allies; consequently, the ACLU took a radical stance in opposing the National Industrial Recovery Act and the Wagner Act as violations of civil liberties. This caused a reaction from a pro-Wagner Act faction in the ACLU.

Daykin, Walter L. “The Operation of the Taft-Hartley Act’s Non-Communist Provision.” Iowa Law Review 36, no. 4 (Summer 1951).

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “ILWU Communist Slays the Son of Taft-Hartley.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. The 1954 Communist Control Act, replaces Taft-Hartley oath with flat prohibition that one could by a member of the C.P. and an elected union official at the same time. Archie Brown, and open C.P. leader of ILWU, had joined C.P. in 1929 and the ILWU in 1936. He had fought with Lincoln brigade in Spain. Brown was elected to an ILWU post in 1961, tried for violation of the Communist Control Act but in 1964 the Supreme Court in a 5-4 decision ruled the flat prohibition unconstitutional in US v Brown, 381 U.S. 437.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “NLRB and Taft-Hartley Attacks on Unions and Leaders.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Summarizes NLRB prosecutions of Left union leaders for alleged false Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oaths.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “United States V. Clinton Jencks.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987. Jencks was charged with signing a false Taft-Hartley oath in 1953. Only two witnesses identified Jencks as at C.P. meetings after 1948, the Rev. J.W. Ford and Harvey Matusow. Matusow in 1955 repudiated his testimony and was later imprisoned for perjury. Maurice Travis, another Mine-Mill organizer, was beaten by Steelworker union partisans at a Bessemer radio station and lost an eye and was later imprisoned for signing a false Taft-Hartley oath.

Goldfield, Michael. “Worker Insurgency, Radical Organization, and New Deal Labor Legislation.” American Political Science Review 83, no. 4 (December 1989).

Goldfield, Michael. Worker Insurgency, Radical Organization and New Deal Labor Legislation. Occasional paper no. 8. Center for Labor-Management Policy Studies, Graduate School of City University of New York, 1990. Says the passage of the Wagner Act was due in large part to “the increasing strength and influence of radical organizations, particularly the Communist Party.”

Rabinowitz, Victor. “What To Do About the Taft-Hartley Act, Challenging Taft-Hartley in the Courts, and The Supreme Court Speaks.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Rabinowitz, General Council for the American Communications Association (CIO), discusses fight against the Taft-Hartley anti-Communist oath.

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. “United States vs. Marie Reed.” In Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Marie Reed, Cleveland UE leader, joined CPUSA in 1935 but resigned in 1949 in order to sign the Taft-Hartley oath. She was later convicted of signing the oath falsely and went to prison. He husband, Fred Haug, was also imprisoned for charges involving Taft-Hartley oaths.

Schatz, Ronald W. “Battling Over Government’s Role.” In Forging a Union of Steel: Philip Murray, SWOC, and the United Steelworkers, edited by Paul F. Clark, Peter Gottlieb, and Donald Kennedy. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press, Cornell University, 1987. States that Murray, in light of Taft-Hartley, regarded Truman’s election in 1948 as essential to the CIO and, consequently, the support for Wallace’s Progressive party by CIO officials linked to the C.P. ended Murray’s toleration of a C.P. role in the CIO.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “9(H); The Taft-Hartley Act and the Left Wing Labor Union.” Paper presented at “Perspectives on Labor History: The Wisconsin School and Beyond” conference. Madison, WI, 1990.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “McCarthyism and the Labor Movement: The Role of the State.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

****************************************************************

Labor Anticommunism

American Federation of Labor. Minutes of the Executive Council of the American Federation of Labor. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America. Filmed in two parts: Part 1, 1893-1924, reels 1-22; Part 2, 1925-1955, reels 1-19. Part 2 contains significant discussion of communism and anticommunism in the labor movement and of AFL anti-Communist activities.

American Federationist. “Another Attempt at Soviet Dictatorship Unmasked.” The American Federationist 29 (May 1922).

American Federationist. “President Meany Urges Naming of Commission.” American Federationist 61 (July 1954). Supporting a commission to examine the extent of Communist infiltration.

Boughton, John. “From Comintern to the Council on Foreign Relations: The Ideological Journey of Michael Ross.” Labor History 48, no. 1 (February 2007). Michael Ross was international affairs director for the American Congress of Industrial Organizations from 1945 to 1955 and for the merged American Federation of Labour - Congress of Industrial Organizations from 1958 until his death in 1963. As such, he played a prominent role in the bitter anti-communist international trade union politics of the day. Ross, however, had been a communist in his younger years. Making use of Ross’s own writings and an extensive secondary literature on the politics of the period, this article seeks to describe and explain his ideological journey. It argues that, while there were significant shifts in Ross’s politics, there were also underlying consistencies. Specifically, it is contended that Ross retained a consistent commitment apparent throughout his career - as advocate of Soviet communism, New Deal bureaucrat, and trade union official - to working-class interests advanced by technocratic planning. It notes, however, that the radicalism and ambition of this politics were diluted both by the successes and constraints of Ross’s career advancement and, more substantively, by a political context hostile to planning ideals in the US after 1945.

Buhle, Paul. Taking Care of Business: Samuel Gompers, George Meany, Lane Kirkland, and the Tragedy of American Labor. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1999. Treats the opposition of union leaders to communism as morally wrong and practically disastrous.

Dochuk, Darren. “Christ and the CIO: Blue-Collar Evangelicalism’s Crisis of Conscience and Political Turn in Early Cold-War California.” International Labor and Working-Class History 74 (2008).

Gompers, Samuel. Seventy Years of Life and Labor: An Autobiography. With an afterword by Florence Calvert Thorne. New York: E.P. Dutton & company, 1925. Long-time head of the AFL discusses his opposition to communism.

Gompers, Samuel. “Stop Juggling with Dynamite.” American Federationist 30 (August 1923).

Green, William. Reports on Communist Propaganda in America as Submitted to the State Department, United States Government. Washington, DC: American Federation of Labor, 1935. Example of AFL hostility to communism.

Lewis, Anders. “Commies, Kookies, & Jay Lovestone: George Meany and Liberal Anticommunism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations. Georgetown University, 1997. “Within the past several years, a wealth of new information has surfaced on the activities of the CPUSA, the goals of Stalin’s foreign policy, and the guilt or innocence of such central figures of the era as Alger Hiss, and the Rosenbergs. Most of the information supports what Meany and other liberal anti-Communists believed.... Of course, this information does not justify all the gross violations and injustices committed in the name of anticommunism that occurred during the McCarthy era and after.... It does mean, however, that historians should confront the fundamental validity of liberal anticommunism.”

Lewis, Anders. “Strange Death and the Curious Rebirth of a Cold War Icon: George Meany, the AFL and Liberal Anti-Communism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Maguire, J. W. R. “Great Crusade.” American Federationist 45 (November 1938).

Meany, George. “A.F. of L. and the Fight for Freedom.” The American Federationist 58 (April 1951).

Schrecker, Ellen. “McCarthyism’s Ghosts: Anticommunism and American Labor.” New Labor Forum, 4 Spring/Summer 1999.

Stromquist, Shelton. “Was All (Cold War) Politics Local?” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Sweeney, Eugene T. “The AFL’s Good Citizen.” Labor History 13, no. 2 (1972). Notes the role of anti-Communism in the AFL’s image of what constituted good citizenship in the 1920s and 1930s.

Taft, Philip. The A. F. of L. in the Time of Gompers. New York: Harper, 1957. Sympathetic discussion of Gompers’ anticommunism.

Taft, Philip. The A.F. of L. from the Death of Gompers to the Merger. New York: Harper, 1959. Sympathetic discussion of AFL anticommunism.

Tomlins, Christopher L. “AFL Unions in the 1930s: Their Performance in Historical Perspective.” Journal of American History 45, no. 4 (March 1979).

Wigderson, Seth. “The Wages of Anticommunism: U.S. Labor and the Korean War.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Zieger, Robert. “Organized Labor: What Next?” Labor History 41, no. 4 (2000): 517-20. Essay-Review of Buhle’s Taking Care of Business and Lichtenstein’s “‘Labor Question’: Past and Present.”

Zieger, Robert H. “Leadership and Bureaucracy in the Late CIO.” Labor History 31, no. 3 (Fall 1990). Notes the clash in 1953-54 between CIO Executive Vice-President John V. Riffe’s enthusiasm for Moral Re-Armament (MRA) with its religiously-based anti-Communism and filiopietism and the secular anti-Communism and social democratic attitudes of CIO President Walter Reuther and CIO Treasurer James Carey.

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism and Anticommunism

Berger, Henry. “Organized Labor and American Foreign Policy.” In The American Working Class Prospects for the 1980s, edited by Irving Louis Horowitz, John C. Leggett, and Martin Oppenheimer. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1979.

Brown, George Thomas. “Soviet Smiles and U.S. Labor.” American Federationist 63 (June 1956).

Carliner, Lewis. “The Dispute That Never Was.” Labor History 12, no. 4 (Fall 1971). Essay review of Alfred Hero and Emil Starr’s The Reuther-Meany Foreign Policy Dispute in which Carliner argues that there was not a dispute of any significance on the substance of foreign policy.

Carew, Anthony. “The Politics of Productivity and the Politics of Anti-Communism: American and European Labour in the Cold War.” Intelligence and National Security 18, no. 2 (2003).

Carwell, Joseph. “The International Role of American Labor.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1956.

Dzierba, Timothy R. “Organized Labor and the Coming of the Second World War, 1937-1941.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1984. Emphasizes that most labor leaders regarded support for Roosevelt’s foreign policy as the reciprocal of Roosevelt’s support for labor’s domestic goals.

Frauman, Walter W., IV. “The Role of the AFL-CIO in the Withdrawal from and Return to the International Labor Organization.” Master’s thesis. American University, 1989. Attributes American withdrawal from the ILO to AFL-CIO opposition to communism.

Frutiger, Dean. “AFL-CIO China Policy: Labor’s New Step Forward of the Cold War Revisited?” Labor Studies Journal 27, no. 3 (2002).

Godson, Roy. “Non-Governmental Organizations in International Politics: The American Federation of Labor, the International Labor Movement and French Politics, 1945-1953.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1972.

Godson, Roy. “The AFL Foreign Policy Making Process from the End of World War II to the Merger.” Labor History 16, no. 3 (Summer 1975). Argues that the AFL’s anti-Communist foreign policy operations were based largely on information gained from nongovernment sources, chiefly the Free Trade Union Committee, and decided upon independently of government influence.

Godson, Roy. The Kremlin and Labor: A Study in National Security Policy. New York: Crane, Russak, 1977. Discusses Soviet and Communist policy toward the labor movement in the West. Notes Ernest de Maio, former UE leader was appointed in 1975 to represent the Soviet-dominated World Federation of Trade Unions at the UN. Notes the division in the American C.P. on labor tactics. Gus Hall and George Morris viewing the AFL-CIO as hopeless and favoring anew central labor body made up of progressive unions such as USW, Meat Cutters, AFSCME, UAW, UMW. However, veteran Communists in the UE, Local 1199 of the Hospital Workers and District 65 of Distributive Workers wanted to work within the AFL-CIO and wait for Meany to leave the scene.

Godson, Roy. Labor in Soviet Global Strategy. New York: Crane, Russak, 1984. Survey of Soviet and Communist trade union policy.

Gordon, Gerald R. “The AFL, the CIO, and the Quest for a Peaceful World Order, 1914-1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maine, 1967. Discusses the role of anti-Communism in the foreign activities of the labor movement.

Green, Max. Epitaph for American Labor: How Union Leaders Lost Touch with America. Washington, DC: AEI Press, 1996. Judges the effectiveness of foreign anti-Communist activity by AFL and AFL-CIO operatives to have been exaggerated and of limited value.

Hero, Alfred O., and Emil Starr. The Reuther-Meany Foreign Policy Dispute: Union Leaders and Members View World Affairs. Dobbs Ferry, NY: Oceana Publications, 1970.

Hirsch, Fred, and Virginia Muir. “A Plumber Gets Curious About Exporting McCarthyism.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Sees a trade union “CFR clique” linked to the business-dominated Council on Foreign Relations as the directing force in the anti-Communist policies of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its American Institute for Free Labor Development and judges that those policies promote American imperialism.

Hughes, Quenby Olmsted. “‘In the Interest of Democracy’: The Rise and Fall of the Early Cold War Alliance Between the American Federation of Labor and the Central Intelligence Agency.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard, 2003. “Contrary to scholarly arguments that the AFL’s international activities were controlled by the U.S. government to the detriment of the independent international labor movement, or that the AFL acted on its own to foster legitimate anticommunist trade unions, the AFL and the CIA made an alliance of convenience based upon common goals and ideologies, which dissolved when the nongovernmental partner felt that the government was trying to control its actions. Officials of the CIA and the AFL, who shared a common ideology of anticommunism and a democratic emphasis upon independence and choice, initiated a partnership in which each availed itself of the other’s strengths in order to offset its own weaknesses.” Looks AFL assistance to Force Ouvriere in France; the AFL campaign against Soviet Gulag labor, and its role in the National Committee for a Free Europe, including Radio Free Europe and the Free Trade Union Center in Exile.

Larson, Simeon. “Opposition to AFL Foreign Policy: A Labor Mission to Russia, 1927.” Historian 43, no. 3 (May 1981).

Lenburg, LeRoy Jones. “The CIO and American Foreign Policy, 1934-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania State University, 1973. Finds the CIO divided into three foreign policy blocs: isolationists, the Left bloc, and the Right bloc. Isolationists under Lewis were a significant influence until Lewis challenged Roosevelt; American entry into the war finally shattered the isolationists. The Left bloc followed the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, shifting from interventionism prior to the Hitler-Stalin Pact to isolationism (1939-1941) and back to interventionism; the Cold War shattered the Left bloc. The Right bloc was the largest, was politically allied to the Democratic party, followed Roosevelt’s foreign policy lead, and tended to be internationalist because of a view that American prosperity was linked to foreign markets.

Lewis, Anders, and John Braeman. “The American Federation of Labor and Cold War Anti-Communism.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). Discusses domestic and foreign AFL anticommunism. “At a time when many on the left, both in the United States and abroad, were beguiled by the image of communism, they [AFL leaders] stood forthrightly against Soviet tyranny and its apologists.”

Lewis, Anders G. “George Meany, The Cold War and Union Organizing, 1945-1980.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Lewis, Anders Geoffery. “Labor’s Cold War: The American Federation of Labor and Liberal Anticommunism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2000. Argues that AFL anticommunism sprang from a reasoned and humane commitment to furthering the cause of democracy within the United States and around the world, a commitment grounded in an appreciation of the goals of American workers and that the AFL played a central role in preserving and expanding the benefits of liberalism.

Lewis, Anders G. “Behind the Ivory Wall.” FrontPagemag.Com, 26 May 1999. Comments on the overwhelming hostility to any opposition to communism of papers given at the 25th Annual Southwest Labor Studies Conference on “Labor and the Cold War: a Fifty Year Retrospective.”

McKee, Delber. “The American Federation of Labor and American Foreign Policy.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1953.

Meany, George. “Worthless Communist Pledges.” American Federationist 65 (July 1958).

Mellen, James. “Foreign Activities of the AFL-CIO.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1967.

Morris, George. CIA and American Labor: The Subversion of the AFL-CIO’s Foreign Policy. New York: International Publishers, 1967. CPUSA attack on the anti-Communist policies of the AFL-CIO’s foreign operations.

Nack, David. “The American Federation of Labor Confronts Revolution in Russia And Early Soviet Government, 1905 to 1928: Origins of Labor’s Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1999. Sees AFL hostility toward the Soviet state originating in internal labor politics and issues rather than subordination to the American state.

Nack, David. “War, Revolution and Dissent: The AFL, the Russian Revolution, and the Origins of Labor’s Cold War.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference, 2003.

Olmsted, Quenby Anne. “The American Federation of Labor’s Early Cold War Relationship with the Central Intelligence Agency: Labor’s Role as an Influential Non-Governmental Organization.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Puddington, Arch. Lane Kirkland: Champion of American Labor. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2005. Discusses the role of AFL-CIO President Kirkland in promoting American labor support of Poland’s Solidarity and other democratic trade union movements.

Radosh, Ronald. American Labor and United States Foreign Policy. New York: Random House, 1969. Surveys the foreign policy activities of American unions, argues that the anti-Communist thrust of U.S. union activities was strongly influenced by government policy.

Roberts, John W. Putting Foreign Policy to Work: The Role of Organized Labor in American Foreign Relations, 1932-1941. New York: Garland Pub., 1995.

Roberts, John Walter. “Putting Foreign Policy to Work: The Role of Organized Labor in American Foreign Relations, 1932-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1992. Discusses the AFL’s shift from isolationism to internationalism and its growing support for American intervention against fascism and Nazism.

Sallach, David Louis. “Enlightened Self-Interest: The Congress of Industrial Organizations’ Foreign Policy, 1935-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1983.

Sims, Beth. Workers of the World Undermined: American Labor’s Role in U.S. Foreign Policy. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1992. Attack on AFL-CIO opposition to communism.

Taft, Philip. Defending Freedom: American Labor and Foreign Affairs. Los Angeles: Nash Pub. Co., 1973. Discusses American unions’ involvement with foreign policy and their anti-Communist foreign activities.

Walker, Charles. “Victor Reuther’s Revelations About US Labor and the CIA.” Socialist Viewpoint 3, no. 4 (2003).

Weisz, Morris. “The Labor Diplomacy Oral History Project.” Labor History 36, no. 4 (Fall 1995). Lists completed and planned interviews with State Department, Marshall Plan, AID, and USIA officers and others who worked in post-World War II U.S. labor diplomacy.

Welch, Christopher. “Organized Labor and U.S.-Cuban Relations, 1944-1952.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001. Discusses AFL and CIO relations with Cuban and Latin American unions and the strong anti-Communist themes pursued by the AFL.

Wilford, Hugh. “American Labour Diplomacy and Cold War Britain.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 37, no. 1 (January 2002). On the work in the 1950s of U.S. labor attaches Samuel Berger, William Gausmann, and Joseph Godson in promoting anti-Communist unionism.

Woll, Matthew. “World Issues and the A. F. of L.” American Federationist 55 (May 1948).

****************************************************************

Free Trade Union Committee

Carew, Anthony. “The American Labor Movement in Fizzland: The Free Trade Union Committee and the CIA.” Labor History 39, no. 1 (February 1998).

Hughes, Quenby O. “‘People Speaking to People:’ The Early Cold War Relationship Between the AFL’s Free Trade Union Committee and the CIA’s National Committee for a Free Europe, 1949-1954.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Lacoriz-Riz, Annie. “Autour d’Irving Brown: L’AFL, le Free Trade Union Movement, le Departement d’Etat et la Scission Syndicale Francaise (1944-47).” Mouvement Social [France] 151 (1990).

Olmsted, Quenby. “Tinker, Tailor, Soldier, Spy: The American Federation of Labor’s Free Trade Union Committee and the Central Intelligence Agency, 1947-52.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

****************************************************************

World Federation of Trade Unions and

International Confederation of Free Trade Unions

American Federationist. “George Meany Flays McGrath.” American Federationist 62 (July 1955).

Carew, Anthony. “The Schism Within the World Federation of Trade Unions: Government and Trade-Union Diplomacy.” International Review of Social History 29, no. 3 (1984).

Carew, Anthony. “Conflict Within the ICFTU: Anti-Communism and Anti-Colonialism in the 1950s.” International Review of Social History [U.K.] 41, no. 2 (1996).

Carew, Anthony, Michel Dreyfus, Geert Van Goethem, Rebecca Gumbrell-McCormick, and Marcel van der Linden. International Confederation of Free Trade Unions. Bern, Switzerland: Peter Lang, 2000.

Donahue, George R. The World Federation of Trade Unions: Facts About a Communist Front. Washington, DC: International Union of Electrical, Radio & Machine Workers, AFL-CIO, 1958. Attack on the WFTU by a leading AFL-CIO anti-Communist.

Kofas, Jon V. “U.S. Foreign Policy and the World Federation of Trade Unions, 1944-1948.” Diplomatic History 26, no. 1 (Winter 2002): 21-60.

Lorwin, Lewis Levitzki. The International Labor Movement: History, Policies, Outlook. New York: Harper, 1953. Discusses the involvement of American unions with pro- and anti-Communist international labor organizations.

MacShane, Denis. “W.F.T.U.” Nation, 26 November 1990. Discusses lessons of the recent decline of the WFTU. “In Linz, Austria, in September, at a conference of labor historians, Grant Adebikov of the Moscow Institute of Marxism-Leninism talked of the huge mistake made in the 1920s when Soviet trade unions were subordinated to central party and government and lost their independence. ‘The tragedy after 1945 was that this Stalinist-Trotskyist form of trade unionism was imposed by the Red Army on the workers of Eastern Europe with the disastrous consequences we can now see,’ he added. If you close your eyes, the arguments and language are not so different from those advanced by A.F.L. leaders Jay Lovestone and Irving Brown as they launched their crusade in the late 1940s against Communist unions and the W.F.T.U.”

Meany, George. “George Meany Speaks.” American Federationist 60 (July 1953). Text of the address before the International Confederation of Free Trade Unions.

Saposs, David J. Postwar Developments in International Labor. Albany, New York: [S.n.], 1960.

Silverman, Victor I. “Stillbirth of a World Order: Union Internationalism from War to Cold War in the United States and Britain, 1939-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1990. Sees the idealistic hopes of a unified working-class voice in world affairs chilled by those opposed to communism.

Sturmthal, Adolf. “The Crisis of the W.F.T.U.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 51 (July 1948).

Weiler, P. “The United States, International Labor and the Cold War: The Breakup of the World Federation of Trade Unions.” Diplomatic History 5 (Winter 1981).

Windmuller, John P. American Labor and the International Labor Movement, 1940 to 1953. Ithaca, NY: Institute of International Industrial and Labor Relations, 1954.

Windmuller, John P. Labor Internationals: A Survey of Contemporary International Trade Union Organizations. Ithaca: New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University, 1969.

Windmuller, John P. “Realignment in the I.C.F.T.U.: the Impact of Detente.” British Journal of Industrial Relations (1976), 247-60.

Windmuller, John P. International Trade Union Movement. Hingham, MA: Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 1980.

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism by Regions

Labor Internationalism: Africa

Richards, Yevette. “‘My Passionate Feeling About Africa’: Maida Springer-Kemp and the American Labor Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1994.

Richards, Yevette. “African and African-American Labor Leaders in the Struggle Over International Affiliation.” International Journal of African Historical Studies 31, no. 2 (1998).

Richards, Yevette. “Race, Gender, and Anticommunism in the International Labor Movement: The Pan-African Connections of Maida Springer.” Journal of Women’s History 11, no. 2 (September 1999): 35-59. On African American labor activist, Maida Springer-Kemp. Springer-Kemp, a member of the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union.

Richards, Yevette. Maida Springer Pan-Africanist and International Labor Leader. [Pittsburgh]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2000.

Stoner, John C. “Cooperation or Conflict?: The AFL-CIO in Sub-Saharan Africa, 1957-65.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

Stoner, John C. “A Case of Tricky Labor Diplomacy: The AFL-CIO and South Africa’s Union Movement, 1955-1985.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Stoner, John. “Modernization and African Labor: The AFL-CIO, Ghana and Neutralism, 1955-1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Zeleza, Paul Tiyambe. “Trade Union Imperialism: American Labour, the ICFTU and the Kenyan Labour Movement.” Social and Economic Studies 36, no. 2 (1987)

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism: Asia

Deverall, Richard Lawrence-Grace. “How is Labor Treated in Communist China?” American Federationist 61 (November 1954).

Deverall, Richard Lawrence-Grace. “Two Labor Conventions in Japan.” American Federationist 62 (October 1955).

García, Daniel Eugene. “Free Trade Unionism in the Third World: The Cold War National Security State and American Labor in Asia, 1948–1975.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2003.

Garcia, Daniel E. “American Labor and Occupation: U.S. Militarism and Free Trade Unionism in Asia, 1945-1975.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Gerteis, Christopher. “Subjectivity Lost: Labor and the Cold War in Occupied Japan.” In Labor’s Cold War: Local Politics in a Global Context, edited by Shelton Stromquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2008.

Schonberger, Howard. “American Labor’s Cold War in Occupied Japan.” Diplomatic History 3, no. 3 (1979). Discusses the work of American unions in 1945-52 to promote Japanese unions which were non-Communist and not export oriented.

Solomon, Lesley Lerner. “From Exclusion to Internationalism: The AFL-CIO as a Transnational Actor in the Far East.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1981.

Wehrle, Edmund F.. “‘Reprehensible Repercussions’: The AFL-CIO, Free Trade Unionism, and the Vietnam War, 1947-1975.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1998.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Labor in the Quagmire: The AFL-CIO, the Vietnamese Confederation of Labor, and the Vietnam War, 1965-75.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. College Park, Maryland, 1998.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “‘No More Pressing Task Than Organization in Southeast Asia’: The AFL-CIO Approaches the Vietnam War, 1947-64.” Labor History 42, no. 3 (August 2001): 277-95.

Wehrle, Edmund F. “Labor’s Longest War: Trade Unionists and the Vietnam Conflict.” Labor’s Heritage 11, no. 4 (Winter/Spring 2002).

Widgerson, Seth. “Strange Fruits: Anticommunist Labor and the Korean War.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism: Central and South America and the Caribbean

Battista, Andrew. “Unions and Cold War Foreign Policy in the 1980’s: The National Labor Committee, the AFL-CIO and Central America.” Diplomatic History 26, no. 3 (Summer 2002).

Berger, Henry. “Union Diplomacy: American Labor’s Foreign Policy in Latin America, 1932-1955.” Ph.D. diss. Madison: University of Wisconsin, 1966.

Cantor, Daniel J., and Juliet Schor. Tunnel Vision Labor, the World Economy, and Central America. Boston, Ma.: South End Press, 1987. Critical survey of the anti-Communist foreign policy of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its predecessors, from its sponsorship of anti-Communist unions in Western Europe after WWII to its support of Nicaraguan unions hostile to the Sandinistas today.

Levenstein, Harvey A. Labor Organizations in the United States and Mexico: A History of Their Relations. [Westport, Conn.]: Greenwood Pub. Co., 1971. A comparative study which notes political influences in U.S. and Mexican unions.

Olson, Jeff. “U.S. Foreign Policy and the AFL-CIO in British Guiana.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Rahme, Melissa Jane. “Failed Friendship: A Study of the Relations Between the American and Guatemalan Labour Movements During the Guatemalan Revolution of 1944-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Queen’s University at Kingston, Canada, 1991. Argues that while anticommunism shaped the policy of American unions toward Guatemala, union anticommunism arose from different origins and had different ends in view than the anti-Communist policies of the U.S. government and American business interests.

Scott, Jack. Yankee Unions, Go Home: How the AFL Helped the U.S. Build an Empire in Latin America. Vancouver: New Star Books, 1978. Critical survey of the anti-Communist foreign policy of the AFL-CIO’s International Affairs Department and its predecessors, from its sponsorship of anti-Communist unions in Western Europe after WWII to its support of Nicaraguan unions hostile to the Sandinistas today. Written by a Canadian Communist leader.

Sims, Harold Dana. “Collapse of the House of Labor: Ideological Divisions in the Cuban Labor Movement and the U.S. Role, 1944-1949.” Cuban Studies 21 (1991). Finds no support in U.S. government archives for the view that the U.S. government and American unions pressed for the removal of Communists from the Cuban labor movement.

Toth, C. “Samuel Gompers, Communism, and the Pan American Federation of Labor.” The Americas 23, no. 3 (1967). Discusses the anti-Communist aims of Gompers’ support for the Pan American Federation of Labor.

Toth, C. “Samuel Gompers, World Peace, and the Pan American Federation of Labor.” Caribbean Studies 7 (October 1967).

Vergara, Angela. “Chilean Workers and the U.S. Labor Movement: Encounters and Disagreements, 1940-1960s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Walcher, Dustin. “Yankee Union Abroad: The AFL-CIO’s Liberal Mission in Argentina, 1958-1966.” Paper presented at Society for the History of American Foreign Policy Annual Conference, 23-25 June, 2006

Waters, Robert, and Gordon Daniels. “The World’s Longest General Strike: The AFL-CIO, the CIA and British Guiana.” Diplomatic History 29, no. 2 (April 2005).

Waters, Robert, and Gordon Daniels. “The AFL-CIO, the CIA, and British Guiana.” Paper presented at the European Social Science History Conference. Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2006.

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism: Europe

Brown, Irving J. “Plain Talk on France.” American Federationist 58 (December 1951).

Burwood, Stephen. “American Labor, French Labor, and the Marshall Plan: Battleground and Crossroads.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1987.

Burwood, Stephen M. “American Labor and Industrial Unrest in France, 1947-1952.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1991. Finds that AFL and CIO intervention into French unionism preceded U.S. government intervention. The CIO emphasized raising worker living standards to destroy basis of Communist appeal while the AFL directly assisted anti-C.P. unionists. Finds that Communists retained the loyalty of French workers because of the failure of Americans to understand France’s political and class culture.

Carew, Anthony. “The Politics of Productivity and the Politics of Anti-Communism: American and European Labour in the Cold War.” In The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe, 1945-1960, edited by Giles Scott-Smith and Hans Krabbendam. London Portland, OR: F. Cass, 2003.

Carew, Anthony. Labour Under the Marshall Plan: The Politics of Productivity and the Marketing of Management Science. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1987.

Collomp, Catherine. “The Jewish Labor Committee, American Labor, and the Rescue of European Socialists, 1934-1941.” International Labor and Working-Class History 68 (2005).

Davies, Margaret. “The Role of American Trade Union Representatives in the Aid to Greece Program.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1960.

Eisenberg, Carolyn. “Working-Class Politics and the Cold War: American Intervention in the German Labor Movement, 1945-1949.” Diplomatic History 7 (Summer 1983).

Eley, Geoff. “Back to the Beginning: European Labor, U.S. Influence, and the Start of the Cold War.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 40 (1991). Sees the great hope of a post-WWII popular front of Communists and other leftists destroyed by two malign forces: Stalinism in the East and American-British anticommunism in the West. Maintains that American-British anticommunism forced Western Communists into the Stalin camp.

Filippelli, Ronald L. American Labor and Postwar Italy, 1943-1953: A Study of Cold War Politics. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1989. Critical account of the role of U.S. unions in aiding anti-Communist forces in the Italian labor movement. “The State Department professionals, lacking links with the left and without expertise in labor matters, sought help from the American labor movement. They found it first in the largely Jewish and Italian garment unions, and then in a formal alliance with the American Federation of Labor (AFL), and to a lesser degree with the Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO). Thus began in Italy, and throughout Europe, a remarkable and unprecedented formal alliance between the foreign policy apparatus of the United States government and a private, voluntary American institution.”

Filippelli, Ronald L. “Luigi Antonini, The Italian-American Labor Council, and Cold-War Politics in Italy, 1943-1949.” Labor History 33, no. 1 (Winter 1992). After initial AFL and ILGWU efforts to sever the Italian Socialist party alliance with the C.P., the AFL shifted to creating a Social Democratic alternative to the S.P, and, that proving weak, to supporting Christian Democrats. “While the Communists retained the loyalty of majority of the organized Italian working class, their ability to use that power had been severely diluted by the rupture of the postwar antifascist coalition, both in the CGIL and in the government. This marginalization of the left allowed the Marshall Plan to be administered so as to guarantee that Italy would remain firmly in the American spheres of political and economic interest.” Although successful in weakening the C.P., AFL attempts to create an independent labor movement were less successful; the anti-Communist labor movement was split between a Catholic labor federation and a weak Social Democratic/Republican federation, all closely aligned with sponsoring political parties.

Godson, Roy. American Labor and European Politics: The AFL as a Transnational Force. New York: Crane, Russak, 1976.

Goldberg, Harry. “Situation in Italy.” American Federationist 66 (March 1959).

Gompers, Samuel. “European Labor and Bolshevism.” American Federationist 30 (July 1923).

Konrad, Helmut. “The Americanization of Austrian Unions.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Langkau-Alex, Ursula. “The International Socialist Labor Movement and the Elimination of the ‘German Problem’: A Comparative View on Ideas, Politics, and Policy of the French, English, Swedish and U.S. Labor Movements.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Rathkolb, Oliver. “Educating the Austrian Socialists Post-1945.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Romero, Federico. The United States and the European Trade Union Movement, 1944-1951. Translated by Harvey Fergusson, II. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1992.

Silverman, Victor. Imagining Internationalism in American and British Labor, 1939-49. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2000.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune? The CIA, the British Left and the Cold War.” RUSI Journal [Royal United Services Institute for Defense Studies, Great Britain] 146, no. 1 (2001). Notes role of Jay Lovestone and the AFL.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune?: The CIA, the British Left, and the Cold War, 1945-60.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Wilford, Hugh. “Calling the Tune? The CIA, the British Left, and the Cold War, 1945-1960.” In The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe, 1945-1960, edited by Giles Scott-Smith and Hans Krabbendam. London Portland, OR: F. Cass, 2003.

****************************************************************

Labor Internationalism: Israel

Howard, Adam. “Forging U.S. Foreign Policy: American Labor and the Establishment of the State of Israel, 1944-1948.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War.” University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

****************************************************************

Roman Catholics and Anticommunism in the Labor Movement

Connell, William Leo. “An Investigation of Catholic Social Teaching in ‘The Christian Front:’ 1936--1942.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1996. The Christian Front originally emphasized radical Catholic version of personalist philosophy and pacifism but in 1938 changed it name to Christian Social Action and shifted toward the labor-oriented reformism of CIO Catholic activists.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Labor History vs. Labor Historiography: The FBI, James B. Carey, and the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” In Religion, Ideology, and Nationalism in Europe and America: Essays Presented in Honor of Yehoshua Arieli. Jerusalem: Historical Society of Israel and the Zalman Shazar Center for Jewish History, 1986.

Gerstle, Gary. “Between Capitalism and Communism: The Church and Organized Labor in Rhode Island, 1934-1954.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Issel, William. “Catholic Action on the Political and Cultural Fronts: The Case of San Francisco Labor, 1932 - 1958.” Paper presented at Conference of the British Association for American Studies. University of Wales, Swansea, U.K., 2000. “During the 1930s, forties, and fifties, Jack Henning and scores of militant Catholics in San Francisco mobilized on several fronts to build independent and democratic unions and to defeat both the labor left and the business right. Aided by diocesan priests under the leadership of Archbishops Edward J. Hanna, John J. Mitty and priests of the Jesuit order, unionists worked to shape the city‘s labor movement along the lines laid out in the labor encyclicals of Popes Leo XIII and Pius XI. Drawing upon the papal letters, San Francisco activists championed private property as well as the right of workers to dignity and a fair share of business profits. They condemned both laissez faire capitalism and class conflict. They opposed communism, to be sure, but anti-communism was not the sole or primary purpose of their work. Catholic labor activism expressed first and foremost the conviction that Americans should build a moral economy jointly managed by labor unions, business organizations, and government.”

Issel, William. “‘A Stern Struggle’: Catholic Activism and the Labor Movement in San Francisco, 1932-1958.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and American Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Issel, William, and James Collins. “The Catholic Church and Organized Labor in San Francisco, 1932-1958.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia, Spring/Summer 1999.

Mattiello, Cristina. “The Catholic Church and Labor in the Watershed of 1936-37.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989). Maintains that, motivated by its Fascist sympathies and fears of American Catholic independence, the Vatican after 1936 selected Cardinal Francis Spellman as its link to the Roosevelt administration, isolated liberal American priests, and promoted anticommunism.

Morris, George. The Vatican Conspiracy in the Labor Movement. Pamphlet. [New York]: New Century Publishers, 1950. Reprinted from Political Affairs, June 1950. CPUSA attack on Roman Catholic anticommunism in the labor movement.

O’Brien, David. “American Catholics and Organized Labor in the 1930’s.” Catholic Historical Review 52, no. 3 (1966).

O’Brien, David J. American Catholics and Social Reform: The New Deal Years. New York: Oxford University Press, 1968.

Rosswurm, Steve. “A Betrayal of Isaiah’s Promise: Labor Priests, Labor Schools, the ACTU, and the Expelled Unions.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Detroit, MI, 1989.

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Catholic Church and the Left-Led Unions: Labor Priests, Labor Schools, and the ACTU.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Communism and the CIO: Catholics and the 1944 Presidential Campaign.” U.S. Catholic Historian 19, no. 4 (Fall 2001): 73-86. “Catholic anticommunism, then, was a considerably complicated matter in 1944. Not only did Catholics disagree among themselves about the issue, but even those who generally were in accord about many substantive matters, for example the labor priests, did not concur about communists and how to deal with them.”

Schatz, Ronald W. “American Labor and the Catholic Church, 1919-1950.” International Labor and Working Class History, Fall 1981.

Schatz, Ronald W. “Connecticut’s Working Class in the 1950s: A Catholic Perspective.” Labor History 25, no. 1 (Winter 1984)

****************************************************************

Association of Catholic Trade Unionists

Bernatowicz, David. “Second Generation Polish and Slovak Workers and the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in Cleveland, Ohio, 1938-1942.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Betten, Neil. “Urban Catholicism and Industrial Reform.” Thought 44, no. 174 (1969). Discusses the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists. Says promoting Catholic teachings of Quadragesimo Anno was subordinate to building industrial unions free of racketeers and Communists.

Betten, Neil. Catholic Activism and the Industrial Worker. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1976. Examines the role of the anti-Communist Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in the CIO. Judges that the effort to expel the Communist party from the CIO in the 1940s also entailed a retreat from the radical Catholic social and economic goals of the 1930s.

Betten, Neil. “Catholicism and the Industrial Worker During the Great Depression.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1968. Argues that the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists was not very successful in its anti-Communist initiatives in the 1930s.

Cort, John C. “The ACTU and the Auto Workers.” U.S. Catholic Historian 9, no. 4 (1990). Remembrance by an ACTU founder.

Deslippe, Dennis. “‘A Revolution of Its Own’: The Social Doctrine of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in Detroit, 1939-1950.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 102, no. 4 (1991).

Emspak, Frank. “The ACTU.” Master’s thesis. University of Wisconsin, 1968.

Harrington, Michael. “Catholics in the Labor Movement: A Case History.” Labor History 1, no. 3 (Fall 1960). Discusses the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists and its anti-Communist activities in the United Electrical Workers.

Seaton, Douglas P. “The Catholic Church and the Congress of Industrial Organizations: The Case of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists, 1937-1950.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1975.

Seaton, Douglas P. Catholics and Radicals: The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists and the American Labor Movement, from Depression to Cold War. Lewisburg, PA: Bucknell University Press, 1981. Argues that the ACTU bears much of the guilt for the deplorable act of driving the Communist Party out of the CIO.

Taft, Philip. “The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 2 (January 1949).

Ward, Roger J. “The Role of the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists in the Labor Movement.” Review of Social Economy 14 (September 1956).

Wattell, Harold. “The Association of Catholic Trade Unionists.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1947.

****************************************************************

Catholic Labor Schools

Burt, Kenneth. “The UE, the Catholic Labor Institute and the Cold War in East Los Angeles.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Davis, Colin J. “‘Launch Out Into the Deep and Let Down Your Nets’: Father John Corridan, S.J., and New York Longshoremen in the Post-World War II Era.” Catholic Historical Review 86, no. 1 (2000). 66-84. Labor priest Father John Corridan, S.J., was associate director of the New York City Xavier Labor School from 1946 to 1955. Portrayed by Karl Malden in the film “On The Waterfront.” He fought simultaneously against corrupt union bosses, shipper employers, and Communist organizers.

Issel, William. “Catholic Labor Education: The University of San Francisco Labor-Management School.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Leahy, William P. “American Jesuits and the Social Apostolate: The Origins and Early Years of the Institute of Social Order.” Mid-America 73, no. 3 (1991). The Institute of Social Order (ISO) begun in 1943 to educate the laity in the evils of communism through Labor schools and workingmen’s educational retreats.

McShane, Joseph. “A Survey of the History of the Jesuit Labor Schools in New York: An American Social Gospel in Action.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 102, no. 4 (1991).

McShane, Joseph M. “Faith Seeking Justice: The Xavier Labor School of New York, 1936-1988.” Mid-America 73, no. 3 (1991). The Jesuit Xavier Labor School tried to get union members to reject communism and gangsterism and to apply the principles of Catholic social teachings to unionism.

Schatz, Ronald. “Domesticating the Unions, Liberalizing the Church: The Catholic Labor Schools of Connecticut, 1942-1964.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

****************************************************************

Catholic Worker Movement

Betten, Neil. “The Great Depression and the Activities of the Catholic Worker Movement.” Labor History 12, no. 2 (Spring 1971). Notes that Father Charles Owen Rice and others later active in the Association of Catholic Trade Unionists were earlier associated with the Catholic Worker movement.

Day, Dorothy. The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of Dorothy Day. New York: Harper, 1952. Founder of the Catholic Worker Movement discusses her relationship with Communism.

Klejment, Anne, ed. Dorothy Day and the Catholic Worker: A Bibliography and Index. New York: Garland, 1986.

McGuire, John T. “From Union Square to Plowshares: The Catholic Worker Movement, 1933-2000.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

****************************************************************

Roman Catholics and Labor Anticommunism: Biographical Material

Father John F. Cronin

Donovan, John Timothy. “Crusader in the Cold War: A Biography of Fr. John F. Cronin, S.S.” Ph.D. diss. Marquette University, 2000.

Donovan, John T. Crusader in the Cold War a Biography of Fr. John F. Cronin, S.S. (1908-1994). New York: P. Lang, 2005.

Freeman, Joshua B., and Steve Rosswurm. “The Education on an Anti-Communist: Father John F. Cronin and the Baltimore Labor Movement.” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). Describes Cronin’s participation in factional fights over communism in the Baltimore CIO, 1941-1944, chiefly involving Local 43 of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America at Bethlehem Fairfield shipyard, and how the experience shaped the anticommunism he espoused after 1945 as a national Roman Catholic spokesman and influential adviser to Nixon in the 1950s. Concludes that while Cronin’s efforts failed to dislodge CIO Communists, he succeeded in keeping them and their Popular Front allies on the defensive and preventing their consolidating control of the Baltimore CIO.

****************************************************************

Father George Higgins

Meagher, Timothy, John Shepherd, and Joseph Turrini. “Laboring for Justice: Archival Resources for the Study of George Higgins and Catholic Action at the Archives of the Catholic University of America.” U.S. Catholic Historian 19, no. 4 (Fall 2001)

O’Brien, John J. George G. Higgins and the Quest for Worker Justice: The Evolution of Catholic Social Thought in America. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2005.

****************************************************************

Father Charles Owen Rice

Heineman, Kenneth J. “Reformation: Monsignor Charles Owen Rice and the Fragmentation of the New Deal Electoral Coalition in Pittsburgh, 1960-1972.” Pennsylvania History 71 (Winter 2004). The essay discusses Rice's evolution from anti-Communist labor priest in the 1940s to anti-anti-Communist ghetto priest in the 1960s. His Western Pennsylvania ADA co-chair (past ASU officer and future NOW president), Molly Yard, is also discussed.

Heineman, Kenneth. “Reformation: Pittsburgh Catholics and the Fragmentation of the New Deal Coalition, 1960-72.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003. Discusses the breakup of the New Deal Coalition by focusing on how Father Charles Owen Rice moved from his strong working-class Catholic base as an anti-Communist worker-priest allied with the CIO to a anti-Vietnam war and civil rights activist tied to left-liberal middle-class groups with little working-class support.

McGeever, Patrick J. Rev. Charles Owen Rice: Apostle of Contradiction. Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press, 1989.

Rice, Charles Owen. Fighter with a Heart: Writings of Charles Owen Rice, Pittsburgh Labor Priest. Edited by Charles J. McCollester. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1996. Chiefly selections from his columns in the Pittsburgh Catholic, with some articles from the Critic, unpublished speeches and letters.

Rice, Charles Owen. “Confessions of an Anti-Communist.” Labor History 30, no. 1 (Summer 1989). Reflects on his activity as an adviser to anti-Communist labor activists in the CIO in the 1930s and 1940s. Comment and exchange with Judah Drob, Sigmund Diamond, v. 31, no. 3 (Summer 1990)

Rosswurm, Steve, and others. “Symposium on Fighter with a Heart—Writings of Monsignor Charles Owen Rice.” Labor History 40, no. 1 (February 1999). Includes: “Introduction” by Steve Rosswurm; “Faith and Action: Reflections on Monsignor Charles Owen Rice” by Ronald W. Schatz; “Father Rice, ACTU, and the C.P.” by John C. Cort; “Rice as Icon” by David Rosenberg; “The Legacy of Charles Owen Rice” by Ellen Schrecker; “Response” by Msgr. Charles Own Rice.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 7

Communists, Immigrants, and Ethnicity

Buhle, Paul, and Dan Georgakas, eds. The Immigrant Left in the United States. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Davies, Carole Boyce. “Deportable Subjects: U.S. Immigration Laws and the Criminalizing of Communism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 100, no. 4 (2001). Discusses the deportation of Claudia Jones among others..

Demac, Donna. “‘Dangerous Foreigners’ as a Pretext for Domestic Repression: The Last Hundred Years.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Gerson, Louis L. The Hyphenate in Recent American Politics and Diplomacy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1964. Discusses the influence, generally in favor of firm opposition to Communist and Soviet influence, of central and eastern European ethnics on early American Cold War policy.

Harzig, Christiane, and Dirk Hoerder, eds. The Press of Labor Migrants in Europe and North America, 1880s to 1930s. Bremen, Germany: Labor Migration Project, Labor Newspaper Preservation Project, Universität Bremen, 1985.

Hoerder, Dirk, ed. “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986.

Hoerder, Dirk, and Christiane Harzig, eds. The Immigrant Labor Press in North America, 1840s-1970s: An Annotated Bibliography. New York: Greenwood Press, 1987.

Klehr, Harvey. “Immigrant Leadership in the Communist Party of the United States of America.” Ethnicity 6, no. 1 (1979). Finds that until the late 1930s Communist leadership was predominately foreign-born, disproportionately Eastern European, and contained many Jews. Suggests that the disproportionate immigrant leadership hindered the party’s appeal to native Americans.

Mackaman, Thomas. “The Revolutionary Contagion: The Impact of the Russian Revolution on New Immigrant Workers in the U.S., 1917-1922.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 2004.

Montgomery, David. “Nationalism, American Patriotism, and Class Consciousness Among Immigrant Workers in the United States in the Epoch of World War I.” In “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants, edited by Dirk Hoerder. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986. Briefly discusses the relationship of nationalism, radicalism, and communism among Yugoslav and Finnish immigrant organizations.

Montgomery, David. “Race, Immigrants, and Political Reform.” Journal of American History, 87, no. 4 (March 2001).

Pozzetta, George E., ed. Immigrant Radicals: The View from the Left. New York: Garland Pub., 1991. Reprints published essays.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Immigration and Internal Security: Deportations During the McCarthy Era.” Science & Society 60, no. 4 (Winter 1996-97).

Schrecker, Ellen W. “No ‘Golden Door’: McCarthyism and the Immigrant.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1988.

U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Immigration and Naturalization. Communist Activities Among Aliens and National Groups. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born

Litwin, Patricia. “‘How Could a Woman..not Even Five Feet Tall, Change the World?’: Rose Chernin and the Los Angeles Committee for the Protection of the Foreign-Born.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 2007.

Rinaldo, Fred. “Defending Foreign Born Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Excerpt from “Pride of a Nation: A History of the Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign Born, renamed the Los Angeles Committee for Defense of the Bill of Right, 1950-1982.” The leading figures in the Los Angeles Committee were Walter Mitchell, Episcopal Bishop and honorary chairperson, Dorothy Marshall, A Roman Catholic activist, Mrs. Charlotta Bass, publisher of a black paper, the Los Angeles Sentinel, former California attorney general Robert W. Kenny, Judge Stanley Moffatt, Rabbi Franklin Cohn, Linus Pauling, John Howard Lawson, and Unitarian minister Stephen Fritchman.

Sherman, John. “Parting Company: Liberals and a Communist Front -- The American Committee for the Protection of the Foreign Born, 1939-1956.” Paper presented at The Historical Society’s Midwestern Region conference. Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, 2000.

Sherman, John W. “American Communists and Immigrant Labor: The Case of the American Committee for the Protection of Foreign Labor, 1932-1942.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Conference. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1994.

Sherman, John W. A Communist Front at Mid-Century: The American Committee for Protection of Foreign Born, 1933-1959. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2001. Based on the ACPFB’s papers. Sees the ACPFB moving in coordination with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

American Slav Congress

Fertacz, Sylwester. “A Contribution to the Establishment and Activity of the American Slav Congress During World War II.” Translated by Aleksandra Rodzinska-Chojnowska. Acta Poloniae Historica [Poland], no. 72 (1995). Sees no proof of a Communist role in the ASC except possibly in 1944 and after.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the American Slav Congress and Associated Organizations. June 26, 1949. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

International Workers Order

Kahn, Albert E. “Canceling Workers’ Insurance Policies.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Adapted from 1951 pamphlet, “The People’s Case: The Story of the IWO.” Kahn was president of Jewish Peoples Fraternal Order of the IWO. Discusses the destruction of the IWO by public authorities in 1951.

Keeran, Roger. “Proletarian Fraternalism: The Culture and Politics of the International Workers Order, 1930-194.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Keeran, Roger. “National Groups and the Popular Front: The Case of the International Workers Order.” Journal of American Ethnic History 14 (Spring 1995).

Sabin, Arthur J. Red Scare in Court: New York Versus the International Workers Order. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1993.

Sabin, Arthur J. “An Untold Story: A Communist Affiliated Insurance Company.” Essays in Economic and Business History 12 (1994). 398-413.

Sabin, Arthur. “The International Workers Order and the Attorney General’s List.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Walker, Thomas J. “The International Workers Order: A Unique Fraternal Body.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1983. History of a Communist-aligned fraternal insurance organization that was dissolved in the what the author sees as the “tyrannical” McCarthy era.

Walker, Thomas Joseph Edward. Pluralistic Fraternity: The History of the International Worker’s Order. New York: Garland, 1991.

****************************************************************

“Captive Nations” Campaign

Bailey, Bernadine. The Captive Nations, Our First Line of Defense. Chicago: Chas. Hallberg, 1969.

Dobriansky, Lev E. “Outstanding U.S. Myths on the Captive Nations.” Ukrainian Quarterly 11, no. 2 (1965). Reviews the history of the National Captive Nations Committee since 1959.

Dobriansky, Lev E. “Reflections on the ‘20th.’” Ukrainian Quarterly 35, no. 4 (1979). Recounts the history of Captive Nations Week.

Dobriansky, Lev E., ed. and comp. Captive Nations Week from Hungary to Poland, Ukraine, Turkestan, Mainland China, North Vietnam to Cuba and 20 Other Captive Nations: Speeches of Daniel J. Flood and Edward J. Derwinski, et al., in the House of Representatives and in the Senate of the United State. Washington: National Captive Nations Committee, 1966.

Mazurkiewicz, Anna. “‘The Voice of the Silenced Peoples’: The Assembly of Captive European Nations.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

U.S. House of Representatives. Salutatory Addresses in the House of Representatives, Together with Relevant Material on the Bicentennial Captive Nations Week, Ninety-Fourth Congress, Second Session. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1977.

****************************************************************

American Communism and Immigrant-Ethnic Groups

Radzilowski, John. “Ethnic Anti-Communism in the U.S.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Communism and Arab Americans

Suleiman, Michael W. “The Arab American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Communism and Asian, Chinese, and Japanese Americans

Chang, Chi. “Going Through College: Up Grade - or Down?” Chinese America: History and Perspectives (2001). Chang attended college in the U.S. (1918-23), joined the CPUSA, and fought with the International Brigades in Spain. He returned to China after the Spanish war.

Cheng, Cindy I-Fen. “Contesting Chinese/American Identities in the Age of Cold War Politics.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “Solidarity or Opportunism? Relations Between the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat (PPTUS) and Japanese and Chinese American Communists, 1929-1935.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “To Be Red and ‘Oriental’: Class and (Trans)Nationalisms Among Japanese and Chinese Immigrant Communists.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Fowler, Josephine. “‘To be Red and ‘Oriental’: The Experiences of Japanese and Chinese Immigrant Communists in the American and International Communist Movements, 1919--1933.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2003. Argues that Party leaders at the district and subdistrict levels as well as rank and file members were often either unwilling or unable to carry out directives from the CPUSA leadership and in the case of the Chinese and Japanese immigrant Communists, in particular, relations were further complicated by the language barriers and sharp racial divides, which were enforced most severely on the West Coast. However, these barriers also afforded a measure of autonomy within both the national and international movements.

Friday, Chris. “Karl Yoneda: Radical Organizing and Asian American Labor.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Ho, Fred. “Bamboo That Snaps Back!: Resistance and Revolution in Asian Pacific American Working-Class and Left-Wing Expressive Culture.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Iijima, Kazu. “Always a Rebel: An Interview with Kazu Iijima.” With Glenn Omatsu. Amerasia Journal 13, no. 2 (1986/87). A radical in the 1930’s, Iijima broke with the Communist Party during World War II when it supported internment of Japanese Americans.

Kato, Tetsuro. “The Japanese Victims of Stalinist Terror in the USSR.” In Jahrbuch Fur Historische Kummunismusforshung. Berlin, Germany: Akademie Verlag, 1998. English original at <http://members.jcom.home.ne.jp/katori/SPurge.html>. Notes that eight Japanese-American Communists were arrested and shot in 1938 during the Terror in the USSR.

Kimura, Kensaku. “Doho: The Japanese Popular Front Newspaper in the United States, 1937-1942.” Master’s thesis. Claremont Graduate University, 2003.

Kobashigawa, Ben, trans. History of the Okinawans in North America. [Los Angeles]: Asian American Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles, 1988. Translation of Hokubei Okinawajin shi / Hokubei Okinawa Kurabu compiled by the Okinawan Club of America. Discusses the major role of Okinawan immigrants in the Japanese-language fraction of the CPUSA in the 1920s and later.

Lai, Him Mark. “The Chinese-Marxist Left, Chinese Students and Scholars in America, and the New China.” Chinese America: History & Perspectives (2004).

Le, C.N. “‘Better Dead Than Red’: Anti-Communist Politics Among Vietnamese Americans.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Lee, Robert G. “The Hidden World of Asian Immigrant Radicalism.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Vang, Chia Youyee. “Hmong Anti-Communism at Home and Abroad.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Yang, Shoua. “Hmong Social and Political Capital: The Formation and Maintenance of Hmong-American Organizations.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 2006.

Yoneda, Karl G. Ganbatte: Sixty-Year Struggle of a Kibei Worker. Los Angeles: Asian American Studies Center, University of California, Los Angeles, 1983. Memoir by a Nesie Communist. Notes that after Pearl Harbor, Yoneda and all other Japanese-American members of CPUSA and their spouses were suspended from the Party. Yoneda was sent to a relocation camp, volunteered and served in the American military, remained a loyal Communist.

****************************************************************

Communism and Caribbean, Central and South American Immigrants

Communism and Cuban Americans

Gibbs, Jessica, and Alex Goodall. “Conflict and Co-Operation: Cuban Exile Anti-Communism and the United States, 1960-2000.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

Communism and Haitian Americans

Charles, Carole. “Haitian Left in New York and the Haitian-American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Communism and Mexican Americans

Garcilazo, Jeffrey M. “The Brown Scare: McCarthyism, The Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign-Born and Mexican-American Workers, 1950-1954.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Garcilazo, Jeffrey M. “McCarthyism, Mexican Americans, and the Los Angeles Committee for Protection of the Foreign-Born, 1950-1954.” Western Historical Quarterly 32, no. 3 (2001).

González, Marcial. “Marxist Critique of Borderlands Postmodernism: Adorno’s Negative Dialectics and Chicano Cultural Criticism.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Monroy, Douglas. “Mexicanos in Los Angeles, 1930-1941: An Ethnic Group in Relation to Class Forces.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1978. Notes the lack of relevance of Communist ideology to Mexican-Americans in the 1930s.

Monroy, Douglas. “Anarquismo y Communismo: Mexican Radicalism and the Communist Party in Los Angeles During the 1930s.” Labor History 24, no. 1 (1983). Argues that the Communist party failed to made significant progress among Mexicans in southern California because it failed to accommodate Mexican nationalist and anarcho-syndicalist traditions.

Monroy, Douglas. “Fence Cutters, Sedicioso, and First-Class Citizens: Mexican Radicalism in America.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Olguín, B.V. “Barrios of the World Unite!: Regionalism, Transnationalism, and Internationalism in Tejano War Poetry from the Mexican Revolution to World War II.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Peterson, Gigi. “A Popular Front in Practice: Mexican and U.S. Activists Address Discrimination in Wartime Los Angeles.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Peterson, Gigi. “A Dangerous Demagogue: Containing the Influence of the Mexican Labor-Left and Its US Allies.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Peterson, Gigi Annette. “Grassroots Good Neighbors: Connections Between Mexican and United States Labor and Civil Rights Activists, 1936-1945.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1998.

Peterson, Gigi. “‘A Dangerous Demagogue’: Containing the Influence of the Mexican Labor-Left and Its United States Allies.” In American Labor and the Cold War: Grassroots Politics and Postwar Political Culture, edited by Robert W. Cherny, William Issel, and Kieran Walsh Taylor. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2004.

Pitti, Stepen. “César Chávez and Cold War Farmworkers.” Paper presented at “Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean during the Cold War” conference of the Cold War International History Project. Mexico City, Mexico, 2002.

****************************************************************

Communism and Mexican and Irish Immigrants

McKillen, Elizabeth. “Ethnicity, Class, and Wilsonian Internationalism Reconsidered: The Mexican-American and Irish-American Immigrant Left and U.S. Foreign Relations, 1914-1922.” Diplomatic History 25, no. 4 (2001)

****************************************************************

Communism and Mexican, Hispanic, and Latino Americans

Burt, Kenneth C. “Latino Empowerment in Los Angeles: Postwar Dreams and Cold War Fears.” Labor’s Heritage 8 (Summer 1996).

Gosse, Van. “‘El Salvador Is Spanish for Vietnam’ A New Immigrant Left and the Politics of Solidarity.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Communism, Puerto Rican Immigrants, and Black Nationalists

Dewitt, Anthony Price. “Attitudes and Tactics of the Soviet and American Communist Parties Towards Nationalist Manifestations in North America -- Two Case Studies: The Black Nationalist and Civil Rights Movements, the Puerto Rican Independence Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 1980.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities Among Puerto Ricans in New York City. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

****************************************************************

Communism and European Immigrants

Ryan, Jeffrey R. “The Conspiracy That Never Was: United States Government Surveillance of Eastern European American Leftists, 1942-1959.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1990. Examines FBI and HCUA investigations of Eastern European American leftists and anti-fascists “who considered the advent of Socialism in their homelands as a desirable development;” regards the investigations as baseless and attributes them to nativism, sinister opposition to communism, and misguided right-wing ideologues.

****************************************************************

Communism and Albanian Americans

Schwartz, Stephen. “Requiem for an Albanian Freedom Fighter.” Illyria [Bronx, NY], 22-24 May 1995. Eulogy for Gjon Sinishta, Albanian Catholic and anti-Communist activist among Albanian immigrants in the U.S.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Researching an Arberesh Life: Dr. Salvatore Schiro (1876-1939).” Illyria [New York], 2002, 30 May 1997. Notes that Schiro, an Albanian immigrant, was active in among Italian and Albanian immigrants in supporting the Italian volunteers fighting for the Spanish Republic and was close to Randolfo Pacciardi of the 12th International Brigade.

****************************************************************

Communism and Armenian Americans

Benjamin F. Alexander, “The American Armenians’ Cold War: The Divided Response to Soviet Armenia,” in Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, ed. Ieva Zake (New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009)

****************************************************************

Communism and Bulgarian Americans

Paraskevov, Vasil. “Small, but Vociferous: Bulgarian Ethnic Anti-Communist Groups.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

Communism and Croatian Americans

Brewster, Frieda Truhar. “A Personal View of the Early Left in Pittsburgh, 1907-1923.” Western Pennsylvania Historical Magazine 69, no. 4 (October 1986). Brewster discusses her personal experiences as child; her parents were Croatian-American socialists and went underground during the Palmer Raids.

Čizmić, Ivan. History of the Croatian Fraternal Union of America, 1894-1994. Zagreb, Croatia: Golden Marketing, 1994. Discusses the role of Communists in factional struggle for control of the CFU.

Kraljic, John. “Tomo Babin of Preko - a Croatian American Spy.” Croatian American Times, 27 June 2000.

Lojen, Stjepan. Uspomene Jednog Iseljenika [Memoirs of an Emigrant]. Zagreb: Znanje, 1963. Lojen was a leading Croatian Communist in the United States and served as head of the CPUSA Croatian Bureau.

Očak, Ivan. Braća Cvijića [The Cvijić Brothers]. Zagreb: Spektar Globus, 1982. The Cvijić brothers both served in the Politburo of the Communist Party of Yugoslavia. Stjepan Cvijić was sent by the Comintern to the US in the late 1930s to work among Croatian immigrants and to engage in recruitment activities for Spain.

Prpic, George. “The Croats in America.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1959. Notes the significant role of the Communist party in several Croat organizations in the 1930s and 1940s.

Rasporich, Anthony. “Tomo Cacic; Rebel Without a Country.” Canadian Ethnic Studies 10, no. 2 (1978). Cacic, a Croatian immigrant to the U.S. and later Canada helped edit and distribute various Serbo-Croatian leftist newspapers. Also fought in Spain and with the Partisans.

****************************************************************

Communism and Czech and Slovak Americans

Tomek, Prokop. “The Highs and Lows of Czech and Slovak Émigré Activism.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Zecker, Robert M. “‘Not Communists Exactly, but Sort of Like Non-Believers’: The Hidden Radical Transcript of Slovak Immigrants in Philadelphia, 1890–1954.” Oral History Review 29 (Winter/Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

Communism and Finnish Americans

Ahola, David John. “Finnish-Americans and International Communism (A Study of Finnish-American Communism from Bolshevization to the Demise of the Third International).” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1980. Based on interviews with thirty first generation and thirty second generation Finnish-American Communists, examines the role of the Finnish Workers’ Federation in the C.P. and party pressure on what it perceived as Social Democratic tendencies among Finnish Communists.

Ahola, David John. Finnish-Americans and International Communism: A Study of Finnish-American Communism from Bolshevization to the Demise of the Third International. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1981. Published version of 1980 dissertation.

Halonen, Arne. “The Role of Finnish-Americans in the Political Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1945. Halonen, a C.P. activist in the 20s, was expelled from the party and became critical of it.

Hoglund, A William. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Finns.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Hoglund, A. William. Finnish Immigrants in America, 1880-1920. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1960. Notes the radicalism of many Finnish immigrants.

Karni, Michael G. “Finnish Immigrant Leftists in America: The Golden Years, 1900-1918.” In “Struggle a Hard Battle”: Essays on Working-Class Immigrants, edited by Dirk Hoerder. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 1986. Notes the Yrjo Sirola, later a prominent Finnish Communist and Comintern official, taught at the radical “Work People’s College” in Duluth, Minnesota, in 1911-13.

Karni, Michael G., Olavi Koivukangas, and Edward W. Laine, eds. Finns in North America: Proceedings of Finn Forum III, 5-8 September 1984, Turku, Finland. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 1988.

Kero, Reino. “The Roots of Finnish-American Left-Wing Radicalism.” Publications of the Institute of General History [University of Turku, Finland] 5 (1973).

Kero, Reino. “The Social Origin of the Left-Wing Radicals and ‘Church Finns’ Among Finnish Immigrants in North America.” Publications of the Institute of General History [University of Turku, Finland] 7 (1975).

Kivisto, Peter. “Immigrant Socialists in the US: The Case of Finns and the Left.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1982. Finds that 35% to 40% of immigrant Finns maintained links with socialist and Communist institutions.

Kivisto, Peter. “Pre-Migration Factors Contributing to the Development of Finnish American Socialism.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). “If emigrants were not radicalized upon their departure, and in general it seems warranted to assume that for a vast majority of the Finnish-American rank-and-file radicals the process of radicalization took place after their departure from Finland, nevertheless, they had increasingly been exposed to left-wing ideology prior to their departures.”

Kivisto, Peter. “The Decline of the Finnish American Left, 1925-1945.” International Migration Review 17, no. 1 (1983).

Kivisto, Peter. Immigrant Socialists in the United States: The Case of Finns and the Left. Rutherford N.J.: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press & Associated University Presses, 1984. Discusses the decline of Finnish membership in the Communist party in the 1920s and 1930s, the tragic results of “Karelia Fever,” and the clash between the CPUSA and Communist Finns over control of the Finnish cooperative movement.

Kolehmainen, John I. “The Inimitable Marxists: The Finnish Immigrant Socialists.” Michigan History 36 (1952). Discusses the attraction of radicalism and Communism to Finnish immigrants.

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari. The Finns in America: A Bibliographical Guide to Their History. [Hancock, MI]: Finnish American Historical Library, Suomi College, 1947. Notes the Socialist and Communist orientation of many Finnish immigrants.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Finns and the Crisis Over ‘Bolshevization’ in the Workers’s Party, 1924-1925.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Discusses the stress on Finnish-American Communists when the party ordered a more thorough subordination of its ethnic affiliates to the party’s central political apparatus. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Tragic Crisis: Finnish-American Workers and the Civil War in Finland.” In For the Common Good, Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America, edited by Michael G. Karni and Douglas J. Ollila, Jr. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977. Surveys the unconditional support Finnish-American labor and radical organizations gave to the short-lived revolutionary regime in Finland in 1918. Discusses the “Committees of Examination” set up in sixty-eight US localities by Finnish-American workers’ organizations in the 1920s to screen post-civil war immigrants from Finland, denying membership and benefits to the lahtarit, or “butchers,” who had supported the White forces.

Kostiainen, Auvo. The Forging of Finnish-American Communism, 1917-1924: A Study in Ethnic Radicalism. Turku, Finland: Turin Yliopisto, 1978. Annales Universitatis Turkuensis, Ser. B. Part 147, 1978. Discusses the events leading the Finnish Socialist Federation to break with the Socialist party and join the Communist party and the reinforcement of Communist Finns by refugees fleeing the defeat of Red forces in the Finnish civil war.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Radical Ideology Versus Ethnic Social Activities: Finnish Americans and the Communist Party of USA, 1924-1931.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Finnish-American Communism, 1923-1932.” American Studies in Scandinavia [Norway] 21, no. 1 (1989). When the Communist movement began there were 225 associations that belonged to the Finnish Socialist Federation (athletic teams, sewing circles, singing societies, drama groups) and Finnish Americans were the largest ethnic group in the American Communist Party in the early 1920s. Their numbers declined rapidly from 1925 when the Comintern and the American party discouraged the use of the Finnish language and emphasis on Finnish ethnic themes.

Lee, Sirkka Tuomi. “The Finns.” Cultural Correspondence 6, no. 7 (Spring 1978). Recalls childhood in Finnish-American radical community, women teaching radical Sunday school with stories of Spartacus and Finnish peasant uprisings, and a children’s chorus singing songs praising the proletarian revolution.

Nelson, Allan. The Nelson Brothers: Finnish-American Radicals from the Mendocino Coast. Edited by Russell Bartley and Sylvia Bartley. Willits, CA: Grassroots History Publications of Mendocino County Museum, 2004. On Arvid and Enoch Nelson (father and uncle of the author). Arvid edited several Finnish radical publications, including Tyomies (1917-1926) and Raivaaja in 1942-1943. Enoch emigrated to Karelia in 1921 and was executed in the Terror in 1938.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “Defects in the Melting Pot: Finnish-American Response to the Loyalty Issue 1917-1920.” Turun Historiallinen Arkisto [Finland] 25 (1971).

Riippa, Timo. “The Finnish American Radical Theater of the 1930s.” Finnish Americana 9 (1972). Says after loss of control over the Finnish Central Cooperative Wholesale in 1930, the Comintern/CPUSA ordered a ideological house cleaning of the Finnish Workers’ Federation, including the elimination of the bourgeois repertoire of the FWF’s very active Drama League and replacement with proletarian plays. The results was a burst of amateur play writing around proletarian themes. Writers, actors and directors received classes in Marxism-Leninism. By the mid-1930s CPUSA policies changed and much of the old but popular repertoire of bourgeois and folk plays returned. However, the aging of the immigrant generation and the lack Finnish language skills of their children had already numbered the days of the Finnish theater. Later reprinted in The Best of Finnish Americana, 1978-1994, edited by Michael G. Karni and Joanne Asala. Iowa City, IA: Penfield Press, 1994.

Rintala, Harvin. “The Problem of Generations in Finnish Communism.” American Slavic and East European Review 17 (1958). Discusses the tenacity of political orientation among Finnish generational cohorts.

Ross, Carl. The Finn Factor in American Labor, Culture, and Society. New York Mills, MN: Parta Printers, 1977. Discusses Finnish-American radicalism and Communism. Ross, from a Finnish-American Communist family, held key positions in the Young Communist League in the late 1930s and early 1940s and in the CPUSA in the late 1940s and early 1950s.

Ross, Carl. “The Utopian Vision of Finnish Immigrants: 1900-30.” Scandinavian Studies 60 (1988): 481-96. Sees a strong utopian element in Finnish-American radicalism that expressed itself in part in the development of the economically successful Cooperative Central Exchange (Communist aligned until 1929) and its network of rural coop stores. Sees the Finnish coop store as “a vital element in the broader pattern of Finnish-American radical culture, which sustained tight-knit, exclusive, and relatively self-sufficient communities that, in their essence, must be described as utopian.”

Ross, Carl, and K. Marianne Wargelin-Brown, eds. Women Who Dared: The History of Finnish American Women. St. Paul: Immigration History Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1986. Includes discussion of Finnish-American women Communists.

Tyomies Society. For the Common Good: Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977.

Virtanen, Keijo. “Counter-Cultures in Action: Adaption of Finnish Immigrants to American Society and Repatriation to Finland.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Wargelin, Marianne. “Finnish Women: Voices for Rights and Radicalism.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society conference, 1990.

****************************************************************

Finnish Cooperatives

Denison, Dave A. “O Pioneers: A North Country Elegy.” Progressive 46, no. 8 (August 1982). Discusses the split between Finnish coops and the Communist party.

Karni, Michael G. “Struggle on the Cooperative Front: The Separation of Central Cooperative Wholesale from Communism, 1929-30.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Examines the conflict between the Communist party and Communist-aligned Finnish-Americans over control of a large cooperative. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kercher, Leonard Clayton, Vant W. Kebker, Wilfred C. Leland, and Roland S. Vaile. Consumers’ Cooperatives in the North Central States. Edited by Roland S. Vaile. Minneapolis: The University of Minnesota Press, 1941. Discusses the Communist-led Finnish coops.

Turner, Howard Haines. Case Studies of Consumers’ Cooperatives Successful Cooperatives Started by Finnish Groups in the United States, Studied in Relation to Their Social and Economic Environment. New York: Columbia University Press, 1941. Discusses Communist-led Finnish cooperatives.

****************************************************************

Work People’s College

Altenbaugh, Richard J., and Rolland G. Paulston. “Work People’s College: A Finnish Folk High School in the American Labor College Movement.” Paedagogical History [Belgium] 18, no. 2 (1978). The Work People’s College was aligned with the syndicalist wing of Finnish-American radicalism until the Bolshevik revolution when many of its activists turned to Communism.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “The Work People’s College: Immigrant Education for Adjustment and Solidarity.” In For the Common Good, Finnish Immigrants and the Radical Response to Industrial America, edited by Michael G. Karni and Douglas J. Ollila, Jr. Superior, WI: Tyomies Society, 1977.

****************************************************************

Sosialisti - Industrialisti

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Forging of Finnish-American Communism.” Paper presented at Minnesota Historical Society “Voices of Dissent: The Minnesota Radical Press, 1910-1920, An Open Forum.” St. Paul, 1989. Discusses the leadership and ideology of the IWW-oriented Finnish-American journal Sosialisti, and its later incarnations as Teollisuustyöläinen and Industrialisti on the eve of the foundation of the American Communist movement.

Kostiainen, Auvo. “A Dissenting Voice of Finnish Radicals in America: The Formative Years of Sosialisti - Industrialisti in the 1910s.” American Studies in Scandinavia [Denmark] 23, no. 2 (1991). After a lengthy court fight, the paper was found guilty in 1921 of criminal syndicalism in connection to its support during World War I of the IWW and later the Communist movement.

****************************************************************

Raivaaja

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari. Sow the Golden Seed. Fitchburg, MA: Raivaaja Pub. Co., 1955. A History of the Fitchburg (Massachusetts) Finnish-American Newspaper Raivaaja [The Pioneer] 1905-1955, the leading social democratic and anti-Communist Finnish-American journal.

****************************************************************

Finns: Regional and State

Finnish American Radicals in the Great Lakes Region

Alanen, Arnold. “The Development and Distribution of Finnish Consumers Cooperatives in Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin, 1903-1973.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975.

Alanen, Arnold R. “A Remarkable Place, an Eventful Year: Politics and Recreation at Minnesota’s Mesaba Co-Op Park in 1936.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Berman, Hyman. “Education for Work and Labor Solidarity: The Immigrant Miners and Radicalism on the Masaba Range.” University of Minnesota, n.d. Discusses the radicalism among iron ore miners in northern Minnesota in the years prior to 1920. Many of the radical Finnish miners of the area later became Communists.

Gedicks, Albert J. “Working Class Radicalism Among Finnish Immigrants in Minnesota and Michigan Mining Communities.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1979.

Gedicks, Albert J. “Ethnicity, Class Solidarity, and Labor Radicalism Among Finish Immigrants in Michigan Copper Country.” Politics and Society 7, no. 2 (1977).

Karni, Michael G. “Yhteishyva-Or, For the Common Good: Finnish Radicalism in the Western Great Lakes Region, 1900-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1975. Estimates that 25% to 30% of Finnish immigrants were radicals and most of these joined the Communist party after the Bolshevik revolution. Communist Finns controlled most Finnish cooperatives, but when the Communist party insisted on more direct control over the coops, many radical Finns resisted and left the Communist party.

Kolehmainen, John Ilmari, and George William Hill. Haven in the Woods: Story of the Finns in Wisconsin. Madison: State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1951.

Ollila, Douglas J., Matti E. Kaups, and Michael G. Karni, eds. The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives. Turku: Institute for Migration, 1975.

Ollila, Douglas J., Jr. “From Socialism to Industrial Unionism (IWW): Social Factors in the Emergence of Left-Labor Radicalism Among Finnish Workers on the Mesabi, 1911-1919.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

****************************************************************

Finnish-American Radicals in Massachusetts

Finnish American Club of Rutland (MA). Strength in Diversity: Worcester’s Finnish Community: A Collection of Photographs and Recollections. Rutland, MA Worcester, MA: Finnish Club of Rutland Worcester Historical Museum, 1994. Notes radical and Communist background of some early 20th century Finnish ethnic organizations.

****************************************************************

Finnish-American Radicals in the Pacific Northwest

Hummasti, Paul. “Finnish Radicals in Astoria, Oregon, 1904-1940: A Study in Immigrant Socialism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1975. Discusses Socialist and Communist Finns.

Hummasti, Paul George. Finnish Radicals in Astoria, Oregon, 1904-1940: A Study in Immigrant Socialism. New York: Arno Press, 1979.

Hummasti, P. G. “From Immigrant Settlement to Ethnic Community: The Maturing of an American Finntown.” Locus 7, no. 2 (1995). Notes the division between Red and White Finns in Astoria, Oregon.

Hummasti, P.G. “Ethnicity and Radicalism: The Finns of Astoria and the Toveri, 1890-1930.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 96 (Winter 1995-96).

Hummasti, P. George. “Working-Class Herrat: The Role of Leadership in Finnish-American Socialist Movements in the Pacific Northwest.” In Finnish Diaspora [Vol. 2], edited by Michael G. Karni. Toronto: Multicultural History Society of Ontario, 1981. Says leaders of the Finnish Socialist Federation in the Pacific Northwest, particularly after it came under C.P. leadership, were frustrated by members preference for social and cultural activities by their clubs rather than political education. Notes that the federation became increasingly centralized under C.P. control and national leaders forced the journal Toveri (Astoria, Oregon) to stop publication in 1931 due to its lack of enthusiasm for national C.P. policies.

****************************************************************

Finnish Radicals in Canada

Eklund, William. Builders of Canada: History of the Finnish Organization of Canada, 1911-1971. Toronto, Canada: The Organization, 1987. The FOC was Communist in orientation.

Laine, Edward W. On the Archival Heritage of the Finnish Canadian Working-Class Movement:A Researcher’s Guide and Inventory to the Finnish Organization of Canada Collection at the National Archives of Canada. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 1987. The Finnish Organization of Canada was aligned with the Communist Party of Canada. The Finnish Organization of Canada cooperated with the Soviet Karelian Technical Aid Committee in recruiting Canadian and American Finnish Communists to emigrate to Soviet Karelia.

Lindström-Best, Varpu. “History of Organized Socialism and Communism Among the Finnish-Canadians from 1905-1929.” B.A. thesis. Atkinson College, 1974.

****************************************************************

Karelian Fever

Ahola, David. “The Karelian Fever Episode of the 1930s.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). Summary. Reports without skepticism claims by Finnish-American Communists that those arrested in the purges were American agents or involved in “White Russian” sabotage.

Austin, Paul. “Soviet Karelian: The Language That Failed.” Slavic Review 51, no. 1 (1992).

Baron, Nick. “Constructing Immigrant Identities in Stalinist Russia: Explorations in Theory and Practice.” INtergraph: Journal of Dialogic Anthropology 1, no. 3 (September 2000). Regarding the Red Finnish Americans and Finnish Canadians who emigrated to Karelia in the early 1930s: “After the removal of the Finnish leadership of Karelia in 1935, the remaining Finns were attacked more viciously and publicly for ‘Finnish-American chauvinism’, or ‘petty bourgeois entrepreneurial tendencies’. Their repression a few years later owes its particular brutality to the fact they were perceived as foreigners. Totalitarianism will not accommodate alternative of structures of social knowledge or categories of the self. By 1937-38, the terms of the immigrants’ self-signification – Finns, workers, pioneers, socialists – were associated within the hegemonic Soviet discourse with an alternative set of referents: foreigners, saboteurs, spies, fascists.”

Baron, Nick. “Stalinist Planning as Political Practice: Control and Repression on the Political Periphery, 1935-1938.” Europe-Asia Studies 56, no. 3 (May 2004).

Chukhin, Ivan. Kareliia-37: Ideologiia i Praktika Terrora. Petrozavodsk: Izd-vo Petrozavodskogo gos. universiteta, 1999. On the Karelian purge.

Courtois, Stéphane, and Jean-Louis Panné. “The Comintern in Action.” In The Black Book of Communism Crimes, Terror, Repression, Stéphane Courtois, Nicolas Werth, Jean-Louis Panné, Andrezej Paczkowski, Rartošek, Jean-Louis Margolis, Mark Kramer, and Jonathan Murphy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999. Says a number of former members of the CPUSA’s Finnish Workers Federation were among “at least 20,000 Finns ... detained in concentration camps” during the Great Terror.

Day, Peter. “Stalin’s American Victims: The Sad Saga of Finnish-American Communists in 1930s Russia.” Weekly Standard, 4 January 1999. On the long ignored story of those Finnish-American Communists who emigrated to the USSR in the early 1930s and were a few years latter arrested and executed by Stalin’s political police in the Great Terror.

Day, Peter. “Stalin’s Finnish-American Victims.” Codex: The Australian Journal of International Ideas, April-June 1999. On the purge of the Red Finns who emigrated from the U.S. to Karelia in the 1930s.

Dmitriev, Yuri. Mesto Rasstrela Sandarmokh [Sandarmokh is Where They Were Executed]. Petrozavodsk [Russia], 1999.

Dmitriev, Yuri. Pominaljnie Spiski Karelii 1937-1938 [Karelia’s Funeral Lists], 1999.

Durbin, William. The Darkest Evening. New York: Orchard Books, 2004. Fiction: In the 1930s, a young Finnish-American boy reluctantly moves with his family to Karelia, a communist-Finnish state founded in Russia, where his idealistic father soon realizes that his conception of a communist utopia is flawed.

Gelb, Michael. “Karelian Fever: The Finnish Immigrant Community During Stalin’s Purges.” Europe-Asia Studies 45, no. 6 (1993).

Haga, Chuck. “Survivors.” Minneapolis Star Tribune, 12 February 2000. Newspaper feature story on survivors of Karelian Fever now living in Minnesota and a documentary film entitled “The Survivors: North American Finns in Stalin’s Russia” prepared by Anita Middleton.

Harpelle, Ronald, Varpu Lindstrom, and Alexis Pogorelskin, eds. Karelian Exodus: Finnish Communities in North America and Soviet Karelia During the Depression Era. Beaverton, Ontario, Canada: Aspasia Books, 2004. Book publication of the Journal of Finnish Studies, 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Hiatt, Fred. “Russia’s Long-Lost Colony of Americans.” Washington Post, 6 June 1993. Discusses the remnants of Red Finns who emigrated from the U.S. and Canada in the early 1930s to Karelia. Interviews Elmer Nousianen, born in Michigan, whose Red Finn father brought him to Karelia in 1931 at age 15. Nousianen says he attempted to return to the U.S. in 1938 after the purges were underway and was arrested ten minutes after he left the U.S. embassy in an attempt to regain a U.S. passport. Soviet authorities accused him of spying and sent him to the Gulag for eight years and then to Siberian rustification for another eight. His wife, Mariam, was brought to the USSR in 1935 at age 8 from Vermont by a radical Finnish father.

Hovi, Ritva-Liisa. “Amerikansuomalaisten Maanviljelyskommuuni Etelä-Venäjällä [Finnish American Agricultural Commune in Southern Russia].” In Turun Historiallinen Arkisto XXV. Vammala: Finland: Turun Historiallinen yhdistys, 1971.

Hovi, Ritva-Liisa. “Amerikansuomalaistenosuuskunnat Neuvosto-Karjalassa 1920-Luvun Alkupuolella Amerikansuomalaisten Ja Neuvostokarjalaisten Sanomelehtien Valossa [Finnish American co-Operatives in Soviet Karelia During the Early 1920s as Depicted in Newspapers].” In Turun Historiallinen Arkisto XXIV. Vammala: Finland: Turun Historiallinen Seura, 1971.

Hudelson, Richard H., and Mayme Sevander. “A Relapse of Karelian Fever.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 2 (2000).

Hudelson, Richard H., and Mayme Sevander. “Pogorelskin Revises the Past.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 2 (2001).

Hudelson, Richard. “The Ideological and Cultural Roots of Karelian Fever in the Western Lake Superior Region,” 2001. Criticizes the “nationalist” analysis of the motives of Karelian Fever of Alexis Pogorelskin,.

Hudelson, Richard. “The Ideological and Cultural Roots of Karelian Fever in the Western Lake Superior Region.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Hummasti, William. “Soviet Karelia.” Comtux [Clatsop County Historical Society Quarterly] 20, no. 3 (Summer 2000).

Ingrian Finns, Karelians, Estonians, and St. Petersburg’s Germans in an Age of Social Transformation. Proceedings of the Sixth ICCEES World Congress, Tampere 2000, edited by Toivo Flink and Katja Hirvasaho. Helsinki, Finland: Studia Slavica Finlandensia, Tomus XIX, 2002.

Kangaspuro, Markku. “Russian Patriots and Red Fennomans.” In Rise and Fall of Soviet Karelia: People and Power, edited by Antti Laine and Mikko Ylikangas. Helsinki, Finland: Aleksanteri Institute, 2002.

Kangaspuro, Markku. “The National and the International in the Republic of Karelia.” In Boundaries of Earth and Consciousness:

Kangaspuro, Markku. Neuvosto-Karjalan Taistelu Itsehallinnosta Nationalismi Ja Suomalaiset Punaiset Neuvostoliiton Vallankäytössä Vuosina 1920-1939 [Soviet Karelian Struggle for Autonomy. Nationalism and Finnish Reds in the Power Struggle of 1920-1939]. Helsinki, Finland: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seura, 2000. Thesis (doctoral)--Joensuun yliopisto, 2000

Kero, Reino. “Emigration of Finns from North America to Soviet Karelia in the Early 1930’s.” In The Finnish Experience in the Western Great Lakes Region: New Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Karni, Matti E. Kaups, and Douglas J. Ollila. Turku, Finland: Institute for Migration Immigration History, University of Turku and the Research Center, University of Minnesota, 1975. Paper originally presented at a conference held at the University of Minnesota, Duluth, in 1974.

Kero, Reino. “Social, Economic, and Ideological Factors in the Return Migration of Finnish-North American Communists to Soviet Karelia in the 1930s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1987.

Kero, Reino. “The Canadian Finns in Soviet Karelia in the 1930’s.” In Finnish Diaspora [v. 1], edited by Michael G. Karni. Toronto: Multicultural History Society of Ontario, 1981. Originally a papers presented to the Finn Forum conference, held in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, November 1-3, 1979.

Kero, Reino. “The Role of Finnish Settlers from North America in the Nationality Question in Soviet Karelia in the 1930’s.” Scandinavian Journal of History 6, no. 3 (1981).

Kinnunen, Sylvia. “Karelian Fever: Some of the Survivors.” Marquette Monthly, October 2000. Feature stories on survivors of the Karelia Fever and the Purges: Kaarlo Tuomi, Matt Wiitala, Laila Korpi, Eino and Maria Keranen, Lauri and Sylvi Hokkanen, and Hugo and Liisa Pelto.

Klimova, A.V., comp. and ed., V. G. Makurov, ed. Neizvestnaja Karelija: Dokumenty Specorganov o žIzni Respubliki: 1921 - 1940 [Unknown Karelia: Documents of the Secret Police on the Life of the Republic, 1921-1940]. Petrozavodsk, Russia: Rossijskaja Akademija Nauk, Karel’skij Nauc(nyj Centr, Institut Jazyka, Literatury i Istorii, 1997.

Koivukangas, Olavi. “Nationality Policy in Karelia, 1931-1939.” In Entering Multiculturalism: Finnish Experience Abroad, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Migration Studies. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002. Papers presented at FinnForum VI “Entering multiculturalism: Finnish experience abroad” International Finnish Studies Conference, June 13-16, 2001 in Jyväskylä, Finland

Kostiainen, Auvo. “The Finns of Soviet Karelia as a Target of Stalin’s Terror.” In Ethnic and National Issues in Russian and East European History. Selected Papers from the Fifth World Congress of Central and East European Studies, Warsaw, 1995, edited by John Morrison, 214-29. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. Notes the role on American and Canadian Red Finns.

Lahti-Argutina, Eila. “The Fate of Finnish Canadians in Soviet Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Lahti-Argutina, Eila. Olimme Joukko Vieras Vaan [We Were Just a Bunch of Strangers]. Turko [Finland]: Siirtolaisuusinstituutti, 2001.

Laine, Antti, and Mikko Ylikangas, eds. Rise and Fall of Soviet Karelia: People and Power. Helsinki, Finland: Aleksanteri Institute, 2002.

Lindstrom, Varpu, and Börje Vähämäki. “Ethnicity Twice Removed: North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” Finnish Americana 9 (1992). Observations on the remnants of Karelian Fever in the Petroskoi region. Estimates that nearly three-quarters of all adult males were taken in the purges of 1937-38: “the history of the Finnish Americans in Soviet Karelia during the next ten years is primarily a matter of single-provider mothers and their children.”

Lindstrom, Varpu. “Maritta Laitinen’s Relentless Work for Socialism in Finland, Canada, and Soviet Karelia.” Canadian Woman Studies / Les Cahiers de la Femme 10, no. 4 (1989).

Middleton, Anita. “Karelian Fever: Interviews with Survivors.” Journal of Finnish Studies 1, no. 3 (1997).

Miettinen, Helena, and Raija Warkentin. “Memories of the North American Depression Among Finnish Americans in the Soviet Union.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis E. “Communism and the Co-Ops: Recruiting and Financing the Finnish-American Migration to Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis E. “Pipeline Accident on Lake Onega: A Study of Ethnic Conflict in Soviet Karelia, 1934.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Edvard Gylling and the Origins of Karelian Fever.” In The Dividing Line: Borders and National Peripheries, edited by Lars-Folke Landgren and Hayrynen Maunu, 261-71. Helsinki, Finland: Renvall Institute Publications, No. 9, University of Helsinki Press, 1997.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Karelian Fever,” 2002. On North American Finns, mostly Communists, who went to Karelia in the early 1930s.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Nationality Policy in Karelia, 1931-1939: From Vision to Disaster.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “New Perspectives on Karelian Fever: The Recruitment of North American Finns to Karelia in the Early 1930’s.” Journal of Finnish Studies 1, no. 3 (December 1997): 165-78.

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “The Migration of Identity Etc.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2001).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “The Recruitment of Identity Etc.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2002).

Pogorelskin, Alexis. “Why Karelian Fever.” Siirtolaisuus / Migration [Institute of Migration, Turku, Finland], no. 1 (2000).

Rautiainen, Eemeli. Neuvostomaata Rakentamassa. Amerikan Suomalaiset Siirtolaiset Socialistisesse Rakennustyössä Karjalassa [Building the Soviet Union. Finnish American Immigrants Building Socialism in Karelia]. Petroskoi: Kirja [USSR], 1933.

Rautkallio, Hannu. Suuri Viha. Stalinin Suomalaiset Uhrit 1930-Luvulla [The Great Wrath: Stalin’s Finnish Victims in the 1930s]. Porvoo: W. Söderström, 1995.

Rislakki, Jukka, and Eila Lahti-Argutina. No Home for Us Here: The Mass Annihilation of the Finnish Border-Hoppers in the Urals in 1938. Translated by Richard Impola. St. Cloud, Minn.: North Star Press of St. Cloud, 2002.

Salmi, Väinö. Punaisen Sirpin Karjala Muistelmia Ja Vastamuistelmia Suomalaisten Kommunistien Kohtaloista Neuvosto-Karjalassa [Karelia of the Red Sickle. Memories and Counter-Memories of the Destinies in Soviet-Karelia]. Helsinki, Finland: Alea-kirja, 1976.

Sevander, Mayme. “The Push and Pull of Karelian Fever.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Sevander, Mayme. Of Soviet Bondage. Duluth, MN: OSCAT, 1996. Adds additional detail to the fate of America and Canadian Finns who immigrated to Karelia. Discusses the fate of American and Canadian Finnish immigrants, most linked the CPUSA or the CPC who went to Karelia in the early 1930s. Based on archival work in Russia and Finland. Says incomplete records show immigration from North America of 5,596. Of that total, 1,346 returned. Of those who remained, 853 are know to have been shot or sent to the Gulag in the purges of the late 1930s including 533 from the USA, 312 from Canada, and 8 from one or the other. In addition, one or two hundred more were arrested in later repressions. Discusses American and Canadian Finns who fought with the Red Army in World War II.

Sevander, Mayme. Red Exodus: Finnish-American Emigration to Russia. Duluth, MN: OSCAT, distr. by the Duluth International Peace Center, 1993. Sevander expands her 1992 family and personal story of “Karelian Fever” (They Took My Father) to the broader picture of North American Finns who migrated to the USSR.

Sevander, Mayme. Vaeltajat [Wanderers]. Turku [Finland]: Siirtolaisuusinstituutti, 2000.

Stringer, Richard. “From Russia with.. Film.” CSC News [Canadian Society of Cinematographers], April 2003. Discusses the making of the documentary film “Letters from Karelia” about the emigration from Northern Ontario of radical Canadian Finns to Karelia and their fate during the purges. Focuses on Aate Pitkanen, a Canadian Finn, who survived the purges to be drafted into the Red Army in World War II and sent behind Finnish lines in 1942 as a spy. He was captured and executed by the Finns. Letters he wrote while awaiting execution were only recently found and sent to his relatives in Canada.

Takala, Irina. “From the Frying Pan Into the Fire: North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Takala, Irina. “Sud’by Finnov v Karelii [The Fate of the Finns in Karelia].” In Voprosy Istorii Evropeiskogo Severa. Petrozavodsk: Petrozavodskii gosudarstvennyi universitet, 1991.

Takala, Irina. “V Poiskakh El’dorado. Severoamerikanskie Finny v Dovennoi Karelii [In Search of Eldorado. North American Finns in Soviet Karelia.” In Voprosy Istorii Evropeiskogo Severa. Petrozavodsk: Petrozavodskii gosudarstvennyi universitet, 1993.

Vihavainen, Timo. “Framing the Finnish Experience in the Soviet Union: Comparing Finnish and North American Finns.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Warkentin, Raija. “Lamentation on Mayme Sevander’s Life.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

Warwaruk, Larry. Red Finns on the Coteau. Saskatoon, Sask.: Core Communications, 1984. Discusses the shattering of expectations of the Communist Finns of the Coteau region of the Canadian prairie who migrated to Soviet Karelia in the early 1930s in order to build an egalitarian socialist society. Many of these Finnish-Canadians were immigrants to Saskatchewan from Finnish-American communities in Michigan, the Dakotas and Washington state. Builds the story around the family of Arvid Lahti, who died in the Gulag.

Weidenhamer, Emily. “Disillusionment on the Grandest of Scales: Finnish-Americans in the Soviet Union, 1917-1939.” Vestnik, The Journal of Russian and Asian Studies, no. 3 (Winter 2005).

Ylikangas, Mikko. “The Experience of Finnish-North American Writers in Soviet Karelia in the 1930s.” Journal of Finnish Studies 8, no. 1 (August 2004).

****************************************************************

Karelian Fever Biographical Accounts

Joonas Harju

Kero, Reino. “The Tragedy of Joonas Harju of Hiilisuo Commune, Soviet Karelia, 1933-1936.” Finnish Americana 5 (1982-83). Hiilisuo was founded in 1930 by Communist and leftist Finnish-Americans. Harju came to Soviet Karelia from Ohio, bringing with him cattle and modern farming equipment. Initially Harju was a leader of the collective. However, in 1935-36 most of the cattle died, “bourgeois nationalist” saboteurs were blamed, and Russians replaced the Finnish-Americans running the collective. Harju was imprisoned; his subsequent fate is unknown.

****************************************************************

Lawrence and Sylvia Hokkanen

Hokkanen, Lawrence, Sylvia Hokkanen, and Anita Middleton. Karelia: A Finnish-American Couple in Stalin’s Russia. St. Cloud, MN: North Star Press of St. Cloud, 1991. The Finnish-American Hokkanens emigrated from Michigan to Soviet Karelia in the 1930s. In 1941, disillusioned, they escaped only to meet distrust in the U.S. from Red Finns who thought they were lying about their Soviet experience and from other Americans who thought them Soviet spies.

****************************************************************

Mayme Corgan Sevander

Sevander, Mayme. They Took My Father: A Story of Idealism and Betrayal. Assisted by Laurie Hertzel. Duluth, MN: Pfeifer-Hamilton Publishers, 1992. Mayme Corgan Sevander was the American-born daughter of Oscar Corgan, a CPUSA cadre and leader of Finnish-American Communists. Corgan was one of the leading figures in organizing the emigration from the U.S. of several thousand Finnish-Americans, mostly Communists, to the USSR’s Karelian republic. Corgan himself joined the exodus, taking his family with him. In 1937 he was arrested in a phase of Stalin’s terror that targeted those with foreign ties. Only much latter did the family learn that Oscar Corgan along with hundreds of other Finnish-American Communists had been secretly murdered by Soviet political police.

****************************************************************

Kaarlo Tuomi

Karni, Michael G. “Kaarlo Tuomi: Man Without a Country - the Tale of a Finnish American Russian Spy.” In Entering Multiculturalism Finnish Experience Abroad: Papers from FinnForum VI, edited by Olavi Koivukangas. Turku, Finland: Institute of Migration, 2002.

Tuomi, Kaarlo R., and Sakari Määttänen. Isänmaattoman Tarina Amerikansuomalaisen Vakoojan Muistelmat [The Story of A Man Without a Country: The Memoirs of a Finnish American Spy]. Porvoo, Finland: Söderström, 1984. Reviewed in English by Timo Riippa in Finnish Americana, 8 (1990). Riippa writes of the autobiography edited for a Finnish audience, “A Finnish American teenager born in Negaunee, Michigan, goes to Soviet Karelia with his step-father, mother, and sister in the 1930s. He attends school, works in the Karelian forests as a lumberjack, is sent to prison during the Stalinist purges, and serves in the Red Army during WWII. He is recruited for military counterespionage, trained by the KGB and sent to the US as a spy. Quickly apprehended by the FBI, he serves as a double agent for five years. He opts to stay in the US.”

Tuomi, Kaarlo. “The Karelian Fever of the Early 1930’s: A Personal Memoir.” Finnish Americana 3 (1980). Tuomi was sixteen years old when Robert Saastamoinen, his stepfather and a C.P. member, took his family from rural Michigan to Soviet Karelia in 1933. Tuomi retuned to the U.S. as a Soviet agent after WWII and defected during the Cuban Missile Crisis in 1962. Describes the initial years of his family’s life in Karelia, his and his stepfather’s work as lumberjacks, and the horror of Stalin’s 1937 Karelian purge. His stepfather was executed during the purge.

****************************************************************

The Winter War

Molotov, Vyacheslav Mikhaylovich. Soviet Foreign Policy: The Meaning of the War in Finland. Pamphlet. [New York]: Workers Library, 1940. Defense of the Soviet attack on Finland published by the CPUSA.

Olson, Keith W. “United States Historians, Cold War Rhetoric, and the Finnish Winter War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Schwartz, Andrew J. America and the Russo-Finnish War. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1960.

****************************************************************

Finnish-Communist Biographical Material

Aino Kuusinen

Day, Peter. “Love in a Cold War Climate.” National Interest 40 (Summer 1995). Discusses the life of Aino Kuusinen, the wife of Otto Kuusinen and Comintern representative in the U.S. in the 1930s who later broke with the movement. Argues that her memoir is reliable and its dismissal at the hands of Western academics was a combination of incompetence and uncomprehending malice toward ex-Communists.

Kuusinen, Aino. The Rings of Destiny: Inside Soviet Russia from Lenin to Brezhnev. Trans Paul Stevenson. New York: Morrow, 1974. The autobiography of Aino Kuusinen, the ex-wife of the Comintern leader Ottomar Kuusinen, discusses her activity in the United States as a Comintern agent sent to guide the CPUSA’s Finnish Workers Federation in the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

Toini Mackie

Pruitt, Mary C. “Toini Suojanen Mackie: The Story of a Rank-and-File Finnish Radical.” Paper presented at Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Treats Mackie, a Communist militant and wife of a Minnesota C.P. leader, as a heroic figure.

****************************************************************

Santeri Nuorteva

Kostiainen, Auvo. “Turbulent Times: The Last Years of Santeri Nuorteva in America, 1918-1920.” Finnish Americana 3 (1980). Surveys the accurate and inaccurate information regarding Nuorteva in U.S. military intelligence files. Nuorteva, a prominent Finnish-American radical, was the “ambassador” to the U.S. for the short-lived Red Finland regime of 1918 and then worked for Ludvig C.A.K. Martens’ Soviet Russian Information Bureau in 1919-20. Nuorteva left in U.S. in 1920 and later became an official of the Soviet Union’s Karelian Republic.

Kostiainen, Auvo. Santeri Nuorteva, Kansainvälinen Suomalainen. Helsinki: SHS, 1983.

****************************************************************

K. A. Suvanto

Markkanen, Kristiina. “K.A. Suvanto: Political Satirist.” Translated by Timo Riippa. Finnish Americana 9 (1992). Biographical essay on the long-time cartoonist and editor of Punikki, the humor magazine of Finnish-American communism. Punikki at its height had a circulation of 15,000. Says Suvanto was pushed out of Punikki in 1936 when he began directing satire at Communist leaders. Suvanto later published in the social democratic and anti-Communist Raivaaja and some of his best and most savage cartoons deal with the Soviet-Finnish war of 1939-1940. Notes that Suvanto’s turn against communism may be linked to the disappearance of his son, then working in Moscow, during Stalin’s purges.

****************************************************************

Oskari Tokoi

Tokoi, Oskari. Sisu, “Even Through a Stone Wall”: Autobiography. New York: R. Speller, 1957. Early Finnish Communist leader who later broke with the Soviet Union and came to the United States.

****************************************************************

Arvo Tuominen

Tuominen, Arvo. The Bells of the Kremlin: An Experience in Communism. Edited by Piltti Heiskanen. Translated by Lily Leino. Hanover: University Press of New England, 1983. Memoir by Finnish Communist leader who broke with Moscow.

****************************************************************

John Wiita / Henry Puro

Wiita, John. “Unpublished Manuscript Autobiography.” In John Wiita Papers. Immigration History Research Center, University of Minnesota, n.d. By an early Finnish-American Communist leader who left the movement.

Wilson, J. Donald. “The Canadian Sojourn of a Finnish-American Radical.” Canadian Ethnic Studies [Canada] 16, no. 2 (1984). John Wiita, aka Henry Puro was a founder of the Workers’ Party of Canada in 1921-22, which eventually became the Communist Party of Canada. Wiita was also editor of the Finnish socialist newspaper Vapaus [Liberty] from 1919-23, after having left the United States in 1918 to escape the draft. Wiita returned to the United States in 1923. He became a major figure in the Finnish-American Communist movement, but dropped out in 1943 after accumulated disillusionment by the treatment of American and Canadian Finns in Soviet Karelia, the Nazi-Soviet Pact, and the Soviet annexation of Finnish territory in the Winter War.

Wilson, J. Donald. “John Wiita, Finnish-American Radical: The Canadian Years (1919-1923).” Finnish Americana 7 (1986). Biographical essay on Wiita (aka Henry Puro). Prominent in founding the Workers’ party of Canada (Communist party), he was also one of the most prominent Finnish-American leaders of the American C.P.

****************************************************************

Communism and German Americans

Hough, Jerry F. “Anglo-Americans and German-Americans: The Domestic Politics of the Cold War.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 200.

Nadel, Stan. “The German Immigrant Left in the United States.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Poore, Carol. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Germans.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Schöpp, Josef C. “The U.S. and the German Left in Exile.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Poor, Persecuted Stalinists!” Weekly Standard, 19 February 2001. Essay-review critical of Stephan’s Communazis.

Shore, Elliott, Ken Fones-Wolf, and James Philip Danky, eds. The German-American Radical Press: The Shaping of a Left Political Culture, 1850-1940. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992.

Stephan, Alexander. “Communazis”: FBI Surveillance of German Emigré Writers. Translated by Jan van Heurck. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000. Outraged and judges it an act of fascistic oppression that the FBI monitored the activities of German nationals in the U.S. during WWII who claimed to be intellectuals and anti-Nazi.

****************************************************************

Communism and Greek Americans

Georgakas, Dan. “The Greeks in America.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 14, no. 1&2 (Spring-Summer 1987). Contains extensive material on Greek-American Communists and Trotskyists and a 1944 OSS report (edited by Georgakas) on the Greek Left.

Georgakas, Dan. “Demosthenes Nicas: Labor Radical.” In New Directions in Greek American Studies, edited by Dan Georgakas and Charles C. Moskos. New York: Pella Pub. Co., 1991. Reviews activities of Greeks in the American C.P. from 1919-1953. Emphasis on trade union, Communist press, and relations with Greek liberals.

Georgakas, Dan. “Greek-American Radicalism: The Twentieth Century.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 20, no. 1 (1994).

Georgakas, Dan. “Greek-American Radicalism: The Twentieth Century.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Karpozilos, Kostis. “Pre-Communist Greek Immigrant Radicalism in the United States.” Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora 30, no. 2 (2004).

****************************************************************

Communism and Hungarian Americans

Adlgasser, Franz. “American Anticommunism in the Making: The Case of Hungary 1919.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Congdon, Lee. Seeing Red: Hungarian Intellectuals in Exile and the Challenge of Communism. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University Press, 2001.

Fai-Podlipnik, Judith. “One Goal, Many Paths: Internal and External Struggles of the Hungarian Émigrés.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009

Frank, Tibor. “Hungarian Emigration between the Wars: The U.S. Perspective.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Pronay, Nicholas. “The Budapest Connection: Seeing Red -- Hungarian Intellectuals in Exile and the Challenge of Communism.” American Communist History 1, no. 2 (December 2002). Essay-review.

Sakmyster, Thomas L. “A Communist Newspaper for Hungarian-Americans: The Strange World of the Uj Elore.” Hungarian Studies Review [Canada] 32, no. 1-2 (2005).

****************************************************************

Communism and Irish Americans

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “The Green and the Red Unblending: The National Association for Irish Freedom, 1972-1975.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 3, no. 2 (1975). Discusses the split between communist and noncommunist factions of the American “National Association for Irish Freedom” formed in 1972.

O’Connor, Emmet. “James Larkin in the United States, 1914-23.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 37, no. 2 (2002). Larkin assisted in founding the American Communist movement.

****************************************************************

Communism and Italian Americans

Bencivenni, Marcella. “Italian American Radicalism in New York City.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

Buhle, Paul. “Italian-American Radicals and Labor in Rhode Island, 1905-1930.” Radical History Review, no. 17 (Spring 1978). Notes some Communist activity among Italian-Americans in the early 1920s.

Cannistraro, Philip V. “Luigi Antonini and the Italian Anti-Fascist Movement in the United States, 1940-1943.” Journal of American Ethnic History 5, no. 1 (1985). On the leading role of Antonini, an anti-Communist, social democratic labor leader with strong New Deal ties.

Cannistraro, Philip V., and Gerald Meyer, eds. The Lost World of Italian American Radicalism: Politics, Labor, and Culture. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003.

Catino, Martin Scott. “Mussolini’s March on America: Italian Americans and the Fascist Experience, 1922--1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern Mississippi, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Italian-American Affairs. New York: New York State Italian Committee of the Communist Party of the United States of America?, 194u. Journal, 1940s.

Diggins, John P. “The Italo-American Antifascist Opposition.” Journal of American History 54, no. 3 (1967).

Goodman, Madeline Jane. “The Evolution of Ethnicity: Fascism and Anti-Fascism in the Italian-American Community, 1914-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.

Gotshal, Sylvan, and Halsey Munson. “Letters to Italy---a Reconsideration: The ‘Stop Communism’ Campaign.” Common Ground [New York] 9, no. 1 (1949).

Killinger, Charles. “Fighting Fascism from the Valley: Italian Intellectuals in the United States.” In The Dispossessed: An Anatomy of Exile, edited by Peter Isaac Rose. Amherst, MA, Northampton, MA: University of Massachusetts Press in association with the Kahn Liberal Arts Institute, Smith College, 2005.

Luconi, Stefano. “Anticommunism, Americanization, and Ethnic Identity: Italian Americans and the 1948 Parliamentary Elections in Italy.” Historian 62, no. 2 (2000). On the Italian-American campaign to get relatives in Italy to support non-Communist parties in the 1948 Italian election.

Mansueto, Anthony E., Jr. “Blessed Are the Meek, For They Shall Inherit the Earth: Popular Religion and Political Consciousness in the Italian American Community.” Ph.D. diss. Graduate Theological Union, 1985. Argues that the real basis for the emergence of a mass socialist movement lies in popular communal institutions and their democratic and religious traditions. Finds that the Communist Party’s understanding of Marxism caused it to ignore this potential and liquidate its language federations.

Meyer, Gerald. “L’Unitá del Popolo: The Voice of Italian American Communism, 1939-1951.” Italian American Review, Spring/Summer 2001, 121-56. Argues that through L’Unitá the CPUSA had and hitherto unacknowledged extensive influence among first- and second-generation Italian Americans and that L’Unitá evidenced considerable independence from party control in its editorial policy.

Meyer, Gerald. “Italian-Americans and the American Communist Party.” In The Lost World of Italian American Radicalism: Politics, Labor, and Culture, edited by Philip V. Cannistraro and Gerald Meyer. Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003.

Mishler, Paul C., and William Mello. “The Lost World of Italian-American Radicalism: Labor, Politics, and Culture.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 53 (1998). Reports on the conference, “The Lost World of Italian-American Radicalism,” held on 14-15 May 1997 in New York City.

Nazzaro, Pellegrino, ed. and trans. “The Manifesto of the North American Anti-Fascist Alliance, New York, August 26, 1926.” Labor History 13, no. 3 (1972). The manifesto was signed by Communists, Socialists, Social Democrats, and Republican Italians in exile.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “Ethnicity and Working Class Internationalization: Italian-American Radicals in the Interwar.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “Italian-American Antifascist Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Switzerland, 1997.

Ottanelli, Fraser. “‘If Fascism Comes to America We Will Push It Back Into the Ocean’: Italian American Antifascism in the 1920s and 1930s.” In Italian Workers of the World: Labor Migration and the Formation of Multiethnic States, edited by Donna R. Gabaccia and Fraser M. Ottanelli. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001.

Robbins, Richard. “Letters to Italy---a Reconsideration: The ‘Stop Communism’ Campaign.” Common Ground [New York] 10, no. 1 (1949).

Schwartz, Stephen. “Carmelo Zito (1899-1981): Remembering an Italian Labor Journalist.” Ralph [Northern California Newspaper Guild], July 1997. Zito was a prominent supporter among Italian immigrants of the Italians fighting for the Spanish Republic.

Topp, Michael. “The Italian-American Left: Transnationalism and the Quest for Unity.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Topp, Michael Miller. Those Without a Country: The Political Culture of Italian American Syndicalists. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2001.

Vecoli, Rudolph J. “May Day Observances Among Immigrant Workers, 1890-1930: Socialism, Ethnicity and Internationalism, Conflicting or Complementary Themes? The Italians.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990.

Venturini, Nadia. “African-American Riots During World War II: Reactions in the Italian-American Communist Press.” Proceedings of the American Italian Historical Association 1999 30 (1999). Praises Communist antiracism; says L’Unita del Popolo blamed working-class racism for the 1944 Detroit riots.

Wall, Wendy L. “America’s ‘Best Propagandists’: Italian Americans and the 1948 ‘Letters to Italy’ Campaign.” In Cold War Constructions: The Political Culture of United States Imperialism, 1945-1966, edited by Christian G. Appy. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2000.

****************************************************************

Communism and American Jews

Abrams, Nathan. “Celebrating Freedom: American Judaism and the Cold War.” In In New Voices in Jewish Thought: Vol. III, edited by Alex Gordon. New Voices Publications, 2000.

Bendersky, Joseph W. The “Jewish Threat:” Anti-Semitic Politics of the U.S. Army. New York: Basic Books, 2000.

Bloom, Solomon F. “Karl Marx and the Jews.” In A Liberal in Two Worlds: The Essays of Solomon F. Bloom., edited by Samuel Justin Hurwitz and Moses Rischin. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1968.

Braham, Randolph L. Jews in the Communist World: A Bibliography, 1945-1962. New York: Pro Arte Pub., 1963.

Buhle, Paul. “Jews and American Communism: The Cultural Question.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). Argues that the culture of those Jews who immigrated to the U.S. provided a basis for the emergence of a significant Communist Jewish minority.

Buhle, Paul. “Themes in American Jewish Radicalism.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Callinicos, Alex. “Plumbing the Depths: Marxism and the Holocaust.” Yale Journal of Criticism 14, no. 2 (2001).

Cohen, Naomi Wiener. Not Free to Desist: The American Jewish Committee, 1906-1966. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1972. History of a major anti-Fascist and anti-Stalinist organization.

Cohn, Werner. “Sources of American Jewish Liberalism: A Study of the Political Alignments of American Jews.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1956. Gives considerable attention to the relationship of Jews with communism.

Diaspora, Ethnicity and Dreams of Nationhood. Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish]. Edited by G. Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Epstein, Melech. The Jew and Communism: The Story of Early Communist Victories and Ultimate Defeats in the Jewish Community, U. S. A., 1919-1941. New York: Trade Union Sponsoring Committee, 1959.

Estraikh, Gennady, and Mikhail Krutikov, eds. Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish]. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Furmanovsky, Michael. “Communism as Jewish Radical Subculture: The Los Angeles Experience.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Goldstein, Jacob, ed. Jewish Socialists in the United States the Cahan Debate, 1925-1926. Brighton [England] Portland, OR: Sussex Academic Press, 1998. Includes, in English translation, the relevant telegrams and articles by Abraham Cahan which appeared in the Forward, as well as those by other participants in the debate.

Horowitz, David. “The Fate of the Jews and the Radical Left.” This World 26 (Summer 1989): 18-33. Discusses the history of the attraction of Communism to a segment of Jews, locates it in the gnostic illusions of deracinated “non-Jewish Jews.”

Horwitz, Morton J. “Jews and McCarthyism: A View from the Bronx.” In Secret Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism, and Fifties America, edited by Marjorie B. Garber and Rebecca L. Walkowitz. New York: Routledge, 1995.

Howe, Irving, and Kenneth Libo. World of Our Fathers. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976. Description of the world of East European Jewish immigrants. Notes the attractions of radicalism and communism to a segment.

Jacobson, Marion S. “From Communism to Yiddishism: The Reinvention of the Jewish People’s Philharmonic Chorus of New York City.” In Chorus and Community, edited by Karen Ahlquist. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006.

Jewish War Veterans of the United States. The Communist: How to Recognize and Fight Him, a Forum. Pamphlet. [New York], 1952.

Kann, Kenneth. Comrades and Chicken Ranchers: The Story of a California Jewish Community. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1993. Discusses the Jewish Radical and Communist community in Petaluma. Notes conflict between Communists and others in the community.

Katz, Dovid. “Proletpen and American Yiddish Poetry: How the Left Was Excluded from the Yiddish Canon.” Jewish Currents, December 2006.

Lelyveld, Joseph. Omaha Blues: A Memory Loop. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2005. Part memoir and part family history by a New York Times editor and son of a prominent rabbi in which Benjamin Goldstein/Benjamin Lowell, Arthur Zipser, and other Communists play a role along with Scottsboro, McCarthyism, and Hollywood.

Leviatin, David. “The Followers of the Trail.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1988.

Leviatin, David. Followers of the Trail: Jewish Working-Class Radicals in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1989. Based largely on interviews with veterans of left-wing Jewish summer camps such as Camp Followers of the Trail, located in Peekskill, New York,

Liebman, Arthur. “The Ties That Bind: The Jewish Support for the Left in the United States.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 55 (December 1976).

Liebman, Arthur. Jews and the Left. New York: Wiley, 1979. Discusses Jews and the Communist party.

Mendelsohn, Ezra, ed. Essential Papers on Jews and the Left. New York: New York University Press, 1997.

Mendelsohn, Ezra. “Communism and Jewish Culture.” In Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20], edited by Jonathan Frankel and Dan Diner. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Michels, Tony. “Socialism with a Jewish Face: The Origins of the Yiddish Speaking Communist Movement in the United States, 1907-1923.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Michels, Tony E. “Socialist Politics and the Making of Yiddish Culture in New York City, 1890-1923.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1998.

Michels, Tony. A Fire in Their Hearts: Yiddish Socialists in New York. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2005.

Muller, Jerry Z. “Communism, Anti-Semitism & the Jews.” Commentary 82, no. 2 (August 1988). Maintains that America did not follow the Eastern European pattern where “the Trotskys make the revolutions, and the Bronsteins pay the bills.”

Naftaly, Phillip R. “Jewish Chicken Farmers in the Egg Basket of the World: The Creation of Cultural Identity in Petaluma, California, 1904-1954.” Ph.D. diss. New School for Social Research, 1999.

National Council of Jewish Communists. Jewish Voice. New York: National Council of Jewish Communists, 1941. Journal

Reiter, Ester. “Secular Yiddishhait: Left Politics, Culture, and Community.” Labour / Le Travail 49 (Spring 2002): 121-46.

Rothstein, Edward. “Broken Vessel: Tales from the American Jewish Left.” New Republic, 6 March 1989. Report on a 1988 conference sponsored by Tikkun magazine on reconstituting the left tradition of American Jewish intellectuals.

Rubinstein, W. D. The Left, the Right and the Jews. London, U.K.: Croom Helm, 1982.

Schappes, Morris U. The Jewish Question and the Left: Old and New. Jewish Currents, 1970. Jewish Currents Reprints.

Shapiro, Edward S. “Jewish Socialism in the United States.” In Clio from the Right: Essays of a Conservative Historian. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1983. Discusses the decline of Jewish socialism.

Shechner, Mark. After the Revolution: Studies in the Contemporary Jewish American Imagination. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1987. On Jewish writers and the failure of communism.

Sigal, Clancy. “Hollywood During the Great Fear.” Present Tense 9, no. 3 (1982). Sees Hollywood Jews as special victims of anticommunism.

Snyder, Robert. “The Paterson Jewish Folk Chorus: Politics, Ethnicity and Musical Culture.” American Jewish History 74, no. 1 (September 1984). The Chorus began as the C.P.-aligned, Yiddish-language Freiheit Gesang Ferein in 1923. In the late 20s and 30s the highlight of the year was a performance with similar choruses at Carnegie Hall of “Twelve,” an oratorio celebrating the Bolshevik Revolution. Other choral arrangements lauded the class struggle or attacked organized religion. Under the Popular Front the Chorus changed its name and added English songs to its repertory. In the 1950s the Chorus drifted away from the C.P. and placed greater emphasis on its Jewish identity. It disbanded in 1975.

Sorin, Gerald. The Prophetic Minority: American Jewish Immigrant Radicals, 1880-1920. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1985.

Strauss, Lauren B. “Painting the Town Red: Jewish Visual Artists, Yiddish Culture, and Progressive Politics in New York, 1917–1939.” Ph.D. diss. Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 2004.

Szajkowski, Zosa. “A Note on the American-Jewish Struggle Against Nazism and Communism in the 1930’s.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 59, no. 3 (1970). Discusses the problems created for spokesman for American Jewry by the Nazi tactic of couching anti-Jewish propaganda in anti-Communist rhetoric.

Szajkowski, Zosa. The Attitude of American Jews to World War I the Russian Revolutions of 1917, and Communism (1914-1945). Vol. 1 of Jews, Wars, and Communism. New York: Ktav Pub. House, 1972. Heavily documented survey.

Szajkowski, Zosa. The Impact of the 1919-20 Red Scare on American Jewish Life. Vol. 2 of Jews, Wars, and Communism. New York: Ktav Pub. House, 1974. Heavily documented survey.

Weingarten, Aviva. Jewish Organizations’ Response to Communism and to Senator McCarthy. London, UK; Portland, OR: Vallentine Mitchell; In association with the European Jewish Publication Society, 2008.

Weyl, Nathaniel. The Jew in American Politics. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1968.

Wistrich, Robert S. Revolutionary Jews from Marx to Trotsky. New York: Barnes & Noble Books, 1976.

Wolfe, Robert. Remember to Dream: A History of Jewish Radicalism. New York: Jewish Radical Education Project, 1994.

Zucker, Bat-Ami. “American Jewish Communists and Jewish Culture in the 1930’s.” Modern Judaism 14, no. 2 (1994). Notes that in the early 1930s Jewish Communists negated any expression of national character but when the party line changed in 1935 to develop a united anti-Fascist front, however, the use of Yiddish was encouraged.

Zydzi a Lewica. Zbiór Studiów Historycznych [The Jews and the Left. The Collection of Historical Studies]. Warsaw, Poland: Jewish Historical Institute in Warsaw, 2007.

****************************************************************

Jewish Writers, Jewish Intellectuals, and Communism

Aaron, Daniel. “Some Reflections on Communism and the Jewish Writer.” Salmagundi 1 (1965).

Abrams, Nathan. “A Profoundly Hegemonic Moment: De-Mythologizing the Cold War New York Jewish Intellectuals.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 21, no. 3 (Spring 2003).

Berman, Paul. “East Side Story: Mike Gold, the Communists and the Jews.” Radical America 17, no. 4 (July/August 1983). Treats Gold as a representative figure of a generation of Jewish radicals.

Glazer, Nathan. “Jewish Intellectuals.” Partisan Review 51-52, no. 4-1 (1984). On Jewish intellectuals’ attraction of communism and socialism and their contribution to literary modernism. Notes that although many Jewish intellectuals contributed to the Partisan Review, the journal had little to say about Jewishness or Judaism.

Guttmann, Allen. “Jewish Radicals, Jewish Writers.” American Scholar 32 (1963).

Harris, Harold J. “After the Revolution: A Review Essay.” Modern Judaism 8, no. 2 (1988). On Jewish writers and the failure of communism.

Katz, Dovid. “Proletpen and American Yiddish Poetry: How the Left Was Excluded from the Yiddish Canon.” Jewish Currents, December 2006.

Kessner, Carole S., ed. The “Other” New York Jewish Intellectuals. New York: New York University Press, 1994. Introduction / Carole S. Kessner -- 1. Hayim Greenberg, Jewish Intellectual / Robert M. Seltzer -- 2. Marie Syrkin: An Exemplary Life / Carole S. Kessner -- 3. Ben Halpern: "At Home in Exile" / Arthur A. Goren -- 4. Trude Weiss-Rosmarin and the Jewish Spectator / Deborah Dash Moore -- 5. Morris Raphael Cohen / Milton R. Konvitz -- 6. Horace M. Kallen / Milton R. Konvitz -- 7. Ludwig Lewisohn: A Life in Zionism / Stanley F. Chyet -- 8. Henry Hurwitz: Editor, Gadfly, Dreamer / Ira Eisenstein -- 9. "Not the Recovery of a Grave, but of a Cradle": The Zionist Life of Marvin Lowenthal / Susanne Klingenstein -- 10. The Education of Maurice Samuel / Emanuel S. Goldsmith -- 11. Charles Reznikoff / Milton Hindus -- 12. A. M. Klein: The Intellectual As a True Ohev Israel / Rachel Feldhay Brenner -- 13. Mordecai M. Kaplan / Jack J. Cohen -- 14. Milton Steinberg / Simon Noveck -- 15. Will Herberg / David Dalin.

King, Richard H. “Up From Radicalism.” American Jewish History 75, no. 1 (September 1985). Survey of the intellectual journey of many Jewish intellectuals from Left to Center or Right. Examines the memoirs and writings of Irving Kristol, William Barrett, Irving Howe, William Phillips, and others.

Pratt, Norma Fain. “Culture and Radical Politics: Yiddish Women Writers, 1890-1940.” American Jewish History 70 (September 1980).

Rosenberg, Bernard, and Ernest Goldstein. Creators and Disturbers: Reminiscences by Jewish Intellectuals of New York. New York: Columbia University Press, 1982. Contains essays on New York intellectuals and their politics such as Henry Pachter’s “The Radical Emigre in the Metropolis” and Hans Morganthau’s “The Tragedy of the German Jewish Intellectuals.”

Wald, Alan M. “The Menorah Group Moves Left.” Jewish Social Studies 38, no. 3-4 (1976). Discusses the activities of Jewish intellectuals associated with The Menorah Journal in the 1920s. This group (Elliot Cohen, Lionel Trilling, Herbert Solow, and George Novack) became closely associated with the Communist party through the National Committee for the Defense of Political Prisoners. By the latter part of the 1930s most had broken with the Communist party and moved toward Trotskyism or other positions.

Wald, Alan M. “From Cultural Pluralism to Revolutionary Internationalism: Jewish Identity and the New York Intellectuals in the Early 1930s.” Jewish Socialist Critique 3 (Spring-Summer 1980).

Wald, Alan. “Between Insularity and Internationalism: The Lost World of Jewish-American Communist Cultural Workers in the Mid-20th Century.” In Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20], edited by Jonathan Frankel and Dan Diner. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Wald, Alan. “Jewish American Writers on the Left.” In The Cambridge Companion to Jewish American Literature, edited by Hana Wirth-Nesher and Michael P. Kramer. Cambridge, U.K. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2003.

Zucker, Bat-Ami. “Radical Jewish Intellectuals and the New Deal.” In Bar-Ilan Studies in History, edited by Pinhas Artzi. Ramat-Gan, Israel: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1978. Advances the view that Jewish radicals in the 1930s were largely second generation Jews facing an alienation crisis because of their transition from poverty to prosperity. Roosevelt’s New Deal, however, reconciled many radicals to American society.

****************************************************************

Jewish Radicals and the American Labor Movement

Berman, Hyman. “A Cursory View of the Jewish Labor Movement: An Historiographical Survey.” Proceedings of the American Jewish Historical Society 52 (1962-63).

Berman, Hyman. “Jewish Labor Movement.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 52 (1962).

Epstein, Melech. Jewish Labor in U.S.A.: An Industrial, Political and Cultural History of the Jewish Labor Movement [Vol II, 1914-1952]. New York: Trade Union Sponsoring Committee, 1950. discusses the Communist party role in the needle trades unions. Written by the former editor of the Jewish Communist journal Freiheit who left the Communist party after the Hitler-Stalin Pact.

Lebowitz, Arieh. “Jews and the Trade Union Movements in the UK and US: Select Bibliographical Sources.” In Jews, Labour and the Left, 1918-48, edited by Christine Collette and Stephen Bird. Aldershot, [England] Burlington, VT: Ashgate, 2000.

Prudson, David. “Communism and the Jewish Labor Movement in the USA, 1919-1929.” Ph.D. diss. Tel Aviv University, 1982.

Ruchames, Louis. “Jewish Radicalism in the U.S.” In The Ghetto and Beyond Essays on Jewish Life in America., edited by Peter Isaac Rose. New York: Random House, 1969.

Shuldiner, David P. “Of Moses and Marx: Folk Ideology Within the Jewish Labor Movement in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1984. Discusses the syncretic class/ethnic world view of immigrant Jewish labor and political activists; based on oral history interviews.

Shuldiner, David Philip. Of Moses and Marx: Folk Ideology and Folk History in the Jewish Labor Movement. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey, 1999.

****************************************************************

Jewish Labor Committee

Berlin, George. “The Anti-Nazi Activities of the Jewish Labor Committee in the 1930s.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1966.

Collomp, Catherine. “American Labor Unions and International Solidarity: The Jewish Labor Committee’s Antifascist Work, 1934-1945.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 2001.

Malmgreen, Gail. “Labor and the Holocaust: The Jewish Labor Committee and the Anti-Nazi Struggle.” Labor’s Heritage 3, no. 4 (October 1991).

Malmgreen, Gail. “Comrades and Kinsmen: The Jewish-Labor Committee and Anti-Nazi Activity, 1939-41.” In Jews, Labour and the Left, 1918-48, edited by Christine Collette and Stephen Bird. Aldershot, [England] Burlington, VT: Ashgate, 2000.

Waltzer, Kenneth. “American Jewish Labor and Aid to Polish Jews during the Holocaust.” Paper presented at conference of the United States Holocaust Memorial Council, March 1987. Washington, DC.

****************************************************************

Jews in the Soviet Union, Left Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism

Aptheker, Herbert. The Fraud of “Soviet Anti-Semitism.” Pamphlet. Sydney: Current Book Distributors, 1963. Leading American Communist historian argues that no anti-Semitism exists in the USSR.

Beinin, Joel. Was the Red Flag Flying There? Marxist Politics and the Arab-Israeli Conflict in Egypt and Israel, 1948-1965. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990.

Blatman, Daniel. For Our Freedom and Yours: The Jewish Labour Bund in Poland 1939-1949. Translated by Naftali Greenwood. London Portland, OR: Vallentine Mitchell, 2003. Discusses the Erlich-Alter Affair and exile politics.

Brent, Jonathan, and Vladimir Pavlovich Naumov. Stalin’s Last Crime: The Plot Against the Jewish Doctors, 1948-1953. New York: HarperCollins, 2003. Notes the sinister depiction by Stalin’s agents of the 1943 visit to the U.S. by actor Solomon Michoels and poet Itzhak Feffer, representatives of the USSR’s Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, a visit in part arranged and hosted by pro-Soviet groups.

Cohn, Werner. “From Victim to Shylock and Oppressor: The New Image of the Jew in the Trotskyist Movement.” Journal of Communist Studies 7, no. 1 (March 1991): 45-67. Says that after the 1967 Arab-Israeli war Trotskyists sharply revised their traditional attitude toward Israel. Discusses the reprinting by American Trotskyists of Abram Leon’s The Jewish Question: A Marxist Interpretation that sees Jews as a people defined in history by their economic-social role as unproductive parasitic middlemen and usurers and which rejects as a “‘vulgar error’” the theory that Jews were forced into this role by circumstances. Discusses the shift from a neutral to a extreme anti-Israeli stance of Tony Cliff [Ygael Gluckstein] who in 1930s wrote for American Trotskyist journals as a member of illegal Trotskyist group in Palestine under the name L. Rock. Cliff in 1946 emigrated to the U.K. is today the leading figure in the U.K.’s Socialist Workers’ party. Judges that Jewish membership in the American Trotskyist movement was high from the 1930s to the mid-1960s and dropped precipitously thereafter.

Cohn, Werner. The Hidden Alliances of Noam Chomsky. New York, N.Y. (114 E. 28 St., New York 10016): Americans for a Safe Israel, 1988. Discusses Chomsky’s links with the French left-wing anti-Semitic group La Vielle Taupe, a distance derivative of the “Council Communism” of oppositionist German Communists of the 1920s, has become the publishing outlet for Robert Faurisson, a leading French Holocaust revisionist.

Cohn, Werner. Partners in Hate: Noam Chomsky and the Holocaust Deniers. Cambridge, MA: Avukah Press, 1995.

Dobroszycki, Lucian. “Last Hours of Erlich Emerge in Red Files.” Forward, 11 December 1992. Says the statement of Soviet Ambassador Litvinov to William Green of the AFL and Wendell Willkie in February 1943 that Henryk Erlich and Victor Alter of the Polish Jewish Bund had been executed in December. 1941 was false. Says files on Erlich and Alter obtained from the Russian government by Dobroszycki and Erlich’s son show that Erlich committed suicide while in prison on May 14, 1942 while Alter was executed on February 17, 1943. Quotes the NKVD report on Alter’s execution.

Farsoun, Karen, Samih Farsoun, and Alex Ajay. “Mid-East Perspectives from the American Left.” Journal of Palestine Studies [Lebanon] 4, no. 1 (1974). Recounts the shift of the Communist party and other American Leftist groups from a pro-Israeli to a pro-Arab position after the Six-Day War.

Fisher, Marc. “E. Germany Ran Antisemitic Campaign in West in ‘60s.” Washington Post, 28 February 1993. On German historian Michael Wolffsohn’s finding of extensive files in the archives of the GDR Statsi and SED politburo on an elaborate campaign in the 1950s and 1960s to secretly promote anti-Semitic and neo-Nazi activities in the West and then organize Western leftists, Jews and others to protest the resurgence of Nazism and anti-Semitism in the West.

Foster, Arnold. “American Radicals and Israel.” In The Left Against Zion: Communism, Israel, and the Middle East, edited by Robert S. Wistrich. Totowa, NJ:, distr. by Biblio Distribution Center, 1979.

Frankel, Jonathan, and Dan Diner, eds. Dark Times, Dire Decisions: Jews and Communism [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 20]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004. Papers contributed to a symposium held at the Simon-Dubnow-Institut für Jüdische Geschichte und Kultur, Nov. 200. Essays in the volume include: Mordecai Altshuler, “Stalin and the Jews, 1928-1953”; Istvan Deak, “Jews and Communism during the Stalinist and post-Stalinist Years in Hungary”; Gennady Estraikh, “The Yiddish Language Communist Press”; Jan Tomas Gross, “Communism and Antisemitism in Poland 1944-1949”; Karin Hartewig, “Klaus Gysi: “I’m a Hopeless German”: Communists in the GDR”; Jason Heppell, “Jews and Communists in Britain”; Walter Laqueur, “North African Jewish Communists: A Note”; Ezra Mendelsohn, “Communism and Jewish Culture”; Paul Mendes-Flohr, “Ernst Bloch: A Case Study of Communism and the Jewish Intellectual as Ideologist”; Renee Poznanski, “Communists, the Jews and France, 1939-1945”; Jaff Schatz, “Jews and the Communist Movement in Interwar Poland”; Jeffrey Veidlinger, “Yiddish Theater as a Cultural Political Phenomenon in the USSR”; Alan Wald, “Between Insularity and Internationalism: The Lost World of Jewish-American Communist Cultural Workers in the mid-20th Century.”

Isserman, Maurice. “The Erlich-Alter Case and the Solidarity Movement.” Dissent, Spring 1982.

Isserman, Maurice. “Closing the File on Erlich and Alter.” Dissent, Spring 1993.

Johnpoll, Bernard K. The Politics of Futility: The General Jewish Workers Bund of Poland, 1917-1943. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1967. On the Ogólny Zydowski Zwiazek Robotniczy “Bund” w Polsce. Many Bundists came to the U.S. and has a measure of influence in the anti-Stalinist left.

Knee, Stuart E. “Jewish Socialists in America: The Debate on Zionism.” Wiener Library Bulletin [U.K.] 28, no. 33/34 (1975). Discusses the anti-Zionist views of the American Communists in the 1930’s against the background of international developments and Comintern directives.

Kostyrchenko, Gennadi. Out of the Red Shadow: Anti-Semitism in Stalin’s Russia: From the Secret Archives of the Soviet Union. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 1995. Discusses how the contacts between the Soviet Joint Antifascist Committee and the American Jewish Council for Russian War Relief, the American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, and such individuals as Ben Zion Goldberg were made into the basis for the Soviet anti-Semitic purge of the late 1940s and early 1950s by Stalin’s political police.

Liebman, Arthur. “Anti-Semitism in the Left?” In Anti-Semitism in American History, edited by David A. Gerber. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1986.

Maurer, Marvin. “Quakers and Communists: Vietnam and Israel.” Midstream 25, no. 9 (1979). Compares the campaign of Communists, Quakers, and others to undermine American support of Israel in the 1970s, with a similar effort regarding South Vietnam in the 1960s.

Melman, Yossi, and Dan Raviv. Friends Indeed: Inside the U.S.-Israel Alliance. New York: Hyperion, 1994. Says that the text of Khrushchev’s secret speech on Stalin’s crimes was given to the U.S. by Israel as evidence of Israel’s reliability as an ally. Israel’s General Security Services (Shin Bet) received the text from Victor Grayevski, a Polish journalist and Communist who had secretly become a Zionist.

Ogólny Zydowski Zwiazek Robotniczy “Bund” w Polsce. The Case of Henryk Erlich and Victor Alter. With a foreword by Camille Huysmans. New York: The American Representation of General Jewish Workers Union of Poland, 1943. Discusses the campaign by various labor, liberal and social democratic figures to free or find out the fate of Alter and Erlich.

Redlich, Shimon. “The Jews Under Soviet Rule During World War II.” Ph.D. Thesis. New York University, 1968.

Schulman, Jason. “The Life and Death of Socialist Zionism.” New Politics 9, no. 3 (2003).

Soyer, Daniel. “Abraham Cahan’s Travels in Jewish Homelands: Palestine in 1925 and the Soviet Union in 1927.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Soyer, Daniel. “Back to the Future: American Jews Visit the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s.” Jewish Social Studies 6, no. 3 (Spring-Summer 2000).

Soyer, Daniel. “Soviet Travel and the Making of an American Jewish Communist: Moissaye Olgin’s Trip to Russia in 1920-1921.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005).

Vaksberg, Arkadii. Stalin Against the Jews. New York: Knopf, 1994.

Wisse, Ruth R. “What My Father Knew.” Commentary 99, no. 4 (Summer 1995). On the reaction in the 1950s of the Montreal United Jewish People’s Order to the news of Stalin’s execution of Solomon Mikhoels and Itsik Feffer, “to keep the face of Communism smiling, the organization now adopted the kind cultural programming that had characterized the Poplar Front of the 1930s.... [M]y Communist friends organized songfests, hootenannies, and festivals of youth, where by joining your voice to tens of hundreds of others you were invited to step into the great Brotherhood of Man.”

****************************************************************

Joint Distribution Committee

Bauer, Yehuda. My Brother’s Keeper; a History of the American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, 1929-1939. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1974.

Dekel-Chen, Jonathan L. Farming the Red Land: Jewish Agricultural Colonization and Local Soviet Power, 1924-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.

Kagedan, Allan L. “American Jews and the Soviet Experiment: The Agro-Joint Project, 1924-1937.” Jewish Social Studies 43, no. 2 (1981).

Rosenthal, Jerome C. “Dealing with the Devil: Louis Marshall and the Partnership Between the Joint Distribution Committee and Soviet Russia.” American Jewish Archives 39 (April 1987). Discusses Marshall’s role in an American financed resettlement of Russian Jews displaced by the Bolshevik revolution on agricultural projects in the Soviet Union. By 1929, about 125,000 Jews were resettled at a cost of $16 million. The settlement program was ended by Stalin’s industrialization program that drew displaced Jews into the new industrial cities and restructured Soviet agriculture along collectivist lines, by Soviet Jewish Communists who had disliked the project from the beginning, and by the drying up of American aid due to the Depression. The USSR repaid a significant part of the funds.

Szajkowski, Zosa. “Concord and Discord in the American Jewish Overseas Relief, 1914-1924.” YIVO Annual of Jewish Social Science 14 (1969)

****************************************************************

Jewish Antifascist Committee

Altshuler, Mordecai. “The Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee in the USSR in Light of New Documentation.” In Ostjuden in Central and Western Europe [Studies in Contemporary Jewry, Vol. 1], edited by Jonathan Frankel. Bloomington, Ind.: Published for the Institute of Contemporary Jewry of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem by Indiana University Press, 1984. The Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee was established in 1942 as a tool to spread propaganda for the Soviet regime, particularly in the West. However, as the only representative Jewish body permitted to function in the USSR, it also served as an address for the problems of Soviet Jewry, including complaints of anti-Semitism. The Committee was disbanded in 1948; most of its members were executed in 1952 by order of Stalin.

Lustiger, Arno. Stalin and the Jews: The Red Book: The Tragedy of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee and the Soviet Jews. New York: Enigma Books, 2003. Translation from German of Rotbuch: Stalin und die Juden: die tragische Geschichte des Jüdischen Antifaschistischen Komitees und der sowjetischen Juden (1998).

Redlich, Shimon. Propaganda and Nationalism in Wartime Russia: The Jewish Antifascist Committee in the USSR, 1941-1948. [Boulder, CO]: East European Quarterly, 1982.

Redlich, Shimon. War, Holocaust and Stalinism: A Documented Study of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee in the USSR. compiled by I. Altman. Australia: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1995.

Rubenstein, Joshua, and Vladimir Pavlovich Naumov. Stalin’s Secret Pogrom: The Postwar Inquisition of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee. New Haven: Yale University Press in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, 2001. The KGB treated links to American Jewish anti-fascists, some close or in the CPUSA, as evidence of betrayal of Soviet power.

****************************************************************

ICOR, Birobidzhan, and the American Committee for the Settlement of Jews in Birobidzhan

Srebrnik, Henry. “An Idiosyncratic Fellow-Traveller: Vilhjalmur Stefansson and the American Committee for the Settlement of Jews in Birobidzhan.” East European Jewish Affairs 28, no. 1 (1998).

Srebrnik, Henry. “Leadership and Control Within an American Jewish Communist Front: The Case of the ICOR.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 16, no. 3 (1998).

Srebrnik, Henry. “Diaspora, Ethnicity and Dreams of Nationhood: North American Jewish Communists and the Soviet Birobidzhan Project.” In Yiddish and the Left [Papers of the Third Mendel Friedman International Conference on Yiddish], edited by Gennady Estraikh and Mikhail Krutikov. Oxford, U.K.: Legenda, 2001.

Srebrnik, Henry. Jerusalem on the Amur: Birobidzhan and the Canadian Jewish Communist Movement, 1924-1951. Montreal and Kingston, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 2008.

Weinberg, Robert. Stalin’s Forgotten Zion, Birobidzhan and the Making of a Soviet Jewish Homeland: An Illustrated History, 1928-1996. Berkeley: University of California Press & Judah L. Magnas Museum, 1998.

****************************************************************

American Jewish and Finnish Communists

Mishler, Paul. “Finns, Jews and Reds: Ethnic Variation in Communist Political Culture During the 1920s and 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1990. Finnish immigrants were almost entirely working-class and faced employers who were non-Finnish; Finnish ethnicity came to have a class definition, and socialism became an expression of Finnish ethnicity. Finnish “Hall Socialism” embodied Finnish ethnicity and Red Finns fiercely resisted C.P. attempts to integrate Finnish enclaves into the broader Communist movement. Due to the major Finnish ethnicity/language component of Finnish radicalism, the American-born and English-speaking successor generations tended to put aside political radicalism along with Finnish language and culture. In contrast, Jewish radicals lived in an environment were employers and workers with both Jewish. Jewish workers used radical ideology as a tool in the class conflict between Jewish workers and Jewish employers and as part of an struggle to define Jewish identity. Due to its heavier ideological component, Jewish immigrant Communists were far more successful than the Finns in passing on their radicalism to their successor generations.

Mishler, Paul C. “Red Finns, Red Jews: Ethnic Variation in Communist Political Culture During the 1920s and 1930s.” YIVO Annual 22 (1995)

****************************************************************

Jewish American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War

Prago, Albert. “Jews in the International Brigades.” Jewish Currents, February 1979.

Solovy, Jonathan Stuart. “Jewish American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War: A Study of Tripartite Identify.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1981.

Sperber, Raquel Ibáñez. “Judíos en las Brigadas Intrnacionales. Algunas Cuestiones Generales [Jews In The International Brigades. Some General Considerations].” Historia Actual Online, no. 9 (Winter 2006).

Sugarman, Martin. “Jews in the Spanish Civil War.” Jewish Virtual Library, American-Israeli Cooperative Enterprise, 2004. Includes lists of American Jews serving with the Lincoln, Washington, and Mackenzie-Papineau Battalions and other International Brigades units. <http://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/History/sugar12.html>

****************************************************************

Jewish Conservatism and Anticommunism

Ehrman, John. “Commentary, The Public Interest, and the Problem of Jewish Conservatism.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2/3 (1999). Sees their influence as a Cold War artifact.

Friedman, Murray. “Opening the Discussion of American Jewish Political Conservatism.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2/3 (1999). Sees opposition to communism inspired the birth of a neoconservative movement that reached its heyday in the 1970’s and 1980’s. The lack of scholarship on Jewish conservatism reflects the lack of scholarly interest in conservatism in general.

Friedman, Murray. The Neoconservative Revolution: Jewish Intellectuals and the Shaping of Public Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005.

Nash, George H. “Forgotten Godfathers: Premature Jewish Conservatives and the Rise of National Review.” American Jewish History 87, no. 2 & 3 (June/September 1999). Notes the role of anticommunism in the attitudes of Frank Meyer, Morrie Ryskind, Eugene Lyons, Ralph de Toledano, Frank Chodorov, Marvin Liebman, and William Schlamm who assisted in the founding of National Review.

Nash, George H. “The American Jewish League Against Communism.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Schwartz, Stephen. Is It Good for the Jews? The Crisis of America’s Israel Lobby. New York: Doubleday, 2006. Discusses the role of Trotskyism and Anti-Stalinist radicalism in the history of Jewish neoconservatism.

****************************************************************

American Jews and Communism: Biographical

Melech Epstein

Epstein, Melech. “Pages from My Stormy Life: An Autobiographical Sketch.” American Jewish Archives 14, no. 2 (November 1962): 129-7. Born 1889 in Russia, Epstein came to the United States in 1913, became active in the Jewish labor movement and then a Communist. He edited the Freiheit but left the party in 1939.

****************************************************************

Ephraim Frisch

Preuss, Karl. “Personality, Politics, and the Price of Justice: Ephraim Frisch, San Antonio’s ‘Radical’ Rabbi.” American Jewish History 85, no. 3 (1997). Discusses controversies involving communism, anti-Semitism, and radicalism connected to Frisch’s activities.

****************************************************************

Paul Novick

Buhle, Paul. “Paul Novick: A Radical Life.” Radical America 17, no. 5 (1983). Admiring biographical essay on Paul Novick, a long-time major figure on the Yiddish Communist newspaper Morgan Freiheit

****************************************************************

Jacob Rosenfeld

Rain, Leo J. “Dr. Jacob Rosenfeld: A Jewish Commander in a Chinese Army 1903-1952.” Edited by Malgert Cohen. Western States Jewish History, 33, no. 4 (2001). Rosenfeld served as a senior commander in the Communist Chinese forces in the 1940s.

****************************************************************

Communism and Latvian Americans

Maegi, Bernard John. “Dangerous Persons, Delayed Pilgrims: Baltic Displaced Persons and the Making of Cold War America, 1945--1952.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2008.

Zake, Ieva. “Multiple Fronts of the Cold War: Ethnic Anti-Communism of Latvian Émigrés.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

****************************************************************

Communism and Polish Americans

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “The Adam Mickiewicz Chair of Polish Culture: Columbia University and the Cold War (1948-1954).” Polish Review 36, no. 3 (1991). Treats as an example of paranoia and hysteria that Polish-Americans and anti-Communists objected to funding of the chair by the Polish Communist regime.

Cenckiewicz, Slawomir. “Polscy Agenci Moskwy w USA [Moscow’s Polish Agents in the USA].” Biuletyn Instytutu Pamieci Narodowej [Bulletin of the Institute of National Remembrance (Poland)], March/April 2006, 36-58. Discusses Boleslaw ‘Bill’ Gebert, a founding member of the CPUSA, among others.

Cygan, Mary E. “The Polish-American Left.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Radzilowski, Thad. “Interplay of Class and Ethnicity in Polish-American Radicalism.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Radzilowski, Theodore. “Polish American Workers and Interwar Unionism.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

Szymczak, Robert. “Uneasy Observers: The OSS Foreign Nationalities Branch and Perceptions of Polish Nationalism During World War II.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Documentary Testimony of Gen. Izyador Modelski, Former Military Attaché of the Polish Embassy. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949. Modelski, a defector from the Polish Communist regime, states that he was instructed to target Polish-Americans as recruits for Polish intelligence.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Soviet Espionage Through Poland. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960. Testimony of Pawel Monat. June 13, 1960.

****************************************************************

Katyn and Stalin’s Treatment of the Poles

Abarinov, Vladimir. The Murderers of Katyn. New York: Hippocrene Books, 1993.

Anders, Wldyslw. An Army in Exile: The Story of the Second Polish Corps. London: Macmillan, 1949.

Bethell, Nicholas. “Soviet Agent Reveals Terrible Truth of Polish Massacre.” The Observer [U.K.], 6 October 1991, 1, 23. On the Katyn massacre.

Ciechanowski, Jan. Defeat in Victory. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday & Company, Inc., 1947.

Cienciala, Anna M., Natalia S. Lebedeva, and Wojciech Materski, eds. Katyn: A Crime Without Punishment. Documents translated by Marian Schwartz with Anna M. Cienciala and Maia A. Kipp. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007. Prisoners of an undeclared war, 23 August 1939-5 March 1940 -- Extermination, March-June 1940 -- Katyn and its echoes, 1940 to the present.

Fischer, Benjamin B. “The Katyn Controversy: Stalin’s Killing Field.” Studies in Intelligence, Winter-Spring 1999-2000.

Glazov, Jamie. “The Lies of Katyn.” Frontpage Magazine, 8 August 2000. Notes denial or defense of Katyn massacre by revisionist historians such as Garbriel Kolko.

Gross, Jan Tomasz. Revolution from Abroad: The Soviet Conquest of Poland’s Western Ukraine and Western Belorussia. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2002. Soviet oppression of ethnic Poles in these areas reinforced anti-Soviet sentiment among Polish-Americans.

Kersten, Krystyna. The Establishment of Communist Rule in Poland, 1943-1948. Translated by John Micgiel and Michael H. Bernhard. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991.

Kot, Stanislw, and Wldyslw Sikorski. Conversations with the Kremlin: Dispatches from Russia. Translated by H.C. Stevens. New York: Oxford Press, 1963.

Kozlov, V.P, Daria Nałecz, and N. S. Lebedeva, eds. Katyn,’ mart 1940 g. - sentiabr’ 2000: rasstrel, sud’by zhizni. Ekho Katyni [Katyn, March 1940-September 2000: The shots, The fates. The Echo of Katyn]. Moskva: Ves’ mir, 2001.

Lauck, John H. Katyn Killings, in the Record. Clifton, NJ: Kingston Press, 1988.

Lebedeva, N. S. Katyn Prestuplenie Protiv Chelovechestva. Moskva: Izdatel skaia gruppa “Progress” “Kultura,” 1994.

Lukas, Richard C. The Forgotten Holocaust: The Poles Under German Occupation, 1939-1944. Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1986.

Lukas, Richard C. The Strange Allies, the United States and Poland, 1941-1945. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1978.

Mackiewicz, Józef. The Katyn Wood Murders. London, U.K.: Hollis & Carter, 1951.

Paul, Allen. Katyn: The Untold Story of Stalin’s Polish Massacre. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1991.

Petrov, N., and A. Roginskii. “The ‘Polish’ Operation of the NKVD, 1937-38.” In Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union, edited by Barry McLoughlin and Kevin McDermott. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.

Pikhoia, R. G., and Aleksander Gieysztor, eds. Katyn Plenniki Neob Iavlennoi Voiny. Moskva: Mezhdunarodnyi Fond “Demokratiia,” 1997. Katyn Forest Massacre, 1940.

Rozek, Edward J. Allied Wartime Diplomacy: A Pattern in Poland. New York: Wiley, 1958.

Stahl, Zdzislaw, ed. The Crime of Katyn: Facts & Documents. London, U.K.: Polish Cultural Foundation, 1965.

Syrop, Konrad. Poland in Perspective. London: R. Hale, 1982.

Szymczak, Robert. “A Matter of Honor: Polonia and the Congressional Investigation of the Katyn Forest Massacre.” Polish American Studies 41, no. 1 (Spring 1984).

Szymczak, Robert. “The Unquiet Dead: The Katyn Forest Massacre as an Issue in American Diplomacy and Politics.” Ph.D. diss. Carnegie-Mellon University, 1980. Discusses the Congressional investigation of the Katyn massacre. “The Katyn Committee uncovered no concrete evidence of a Communist conspiracy within the wartime Roosevelt Administration, but instead illuminated a deeply-entrenched pro-Soviet mind-set among high-level officials of the State and War Departments which resulted in the brushing under the rug of the explosive Katyn case.”

Tuszynski, Marek. “Soviet War Crimes Against Poland During the Second World War and Its Aftermath.” Edited by Dale F. Denda. Polish Review 44, no. 2 (1999).

U.S. House Select Committee on the Katyn Forest Massacre. The Katyn Forest Massacre. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Zawodny, J. K. Death in the Forest: The Story of the Katyn Forest Massacre. [Notre Dame, IN]: University of Notre Dame Press, 1962.

****************************************************************

Yalta and Postwar Poland in American Politics

Beichman, Arnold. “Roosevelt’s Failure at Yalta.” Humanitas 16, no. 1 (2003). Concludes that FDR was naive about Stalin and the nature of the Communist movement.

Cable, John N. “Arthur Bliss Lane: Cold Warrior in Warsaw, 1945-1947.” Polish American Studies 30, no. 2 (1973). Critical of U.S. Ambassador Lane for failing to accommodate Soviet insistence on a “socialist” (Communist) Polish state.

Cable, John N. “Vandenberg: The Polish Question and Polish Americans, 1944-1948.” Michigan History 57, no. 4 (1973). Notes the strong anti-Communist sentiment of Polish-Americans and their resentment at Poland’s subordination to the Soviet Union.

Cienciala, Anna M. “Great Britain and Poland Before and After Yalta (1943-1945): A Reassessment.” Polish Review 40, no. 3 (1995).

Cienciala, Anna M. “The Polish Government’s Policy on the Polish-Soviet Frontier in World War II as Viewed by American, British and Canadian Historians.” Polish Review 46, no. 1 (2001).

Hammersmith, Jack L. “Franklin Roosevelt, the Polish Question, and the Election of 1944.” Mid-America 59, no. 1 (1977). Finds that the Roosevelt campaign regarded the Polish-American vote as and that the issue of FDR’s decision acquiescence to the subordination of Poland to the Soviet Union in the postwar settlement was deliberately downplayed.

Irons, Peter H. “The Test is Poland: Polish Americans and the Origins of the Cold War.” Polish-American Studies 30, no. 2 (August 1973): 31-39. Critical of Polish-Americans for their anti-Soviet attitudes, takes ambiguous position on Katyn.

Janczewski, George H. “The Significance of the Polish Vote in the American National Election Campaign of 1948.” Polish Review 13, no. 4 (1968). Discusses Democratic party efforts to accommodate Polish-American anti-Soviet attitudes.

Jaroszyńska-Kirchmann, Anna D. “An Elephant and the Polish Question: Politicization of American Polonia After World War II.” Spectrum 6 (1994).

Jaroszyńska-Kirchmann, Anna D. The Exile Mission: The Polish Political Diaspora and Polish Americans, 1939-1956. Athens: Ohio University Press, 2004.

Korga, Iwona Drag. “Propaganda of the Polish Government-in-Exile Toward the American Public During World War II.” Paper presented at a Polish American Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Lane, Arthur Bliss. I Saw Poland Betrayed: An American Ambassador Reports to the American People. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948.

Larsh, William. “W. Averell Harriman and the Polish Question, December 1943-August 1944.” Eastern European Politics and Societies 7, no. 3 (Fall 1993).

Larsh, William. “Yalta and the American Approach to Free Elections in Poland.” Polish Review 40, no. 3 (1995).

Mikołajczyk, Stanisław. The Rape of Poland; Pattern of Soviet Aggression. New York: Whittlesey House, 1948.

Paczkowski, Andrzej. “Communist Poland 1944 - 1989: Some Controversies and a Single Conclusion.” Polish Review 44, no. 2 (1999).

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Yalta Myths: An Issue in American Politics, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Chicago, 1965.

Theoharis, Athan G. “James F. Byrnes: Unwitting Yalta Myth-Maker.” Political Science Quarterly 81 (December 1966).

Theoharis, Athan G. The Yalta Myths: An Issue in U.S. Politics, 1945-1955. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1970. Denounces the growth of the idea of betrayal of American interests at Yalta in domestic politics.

Theoharis, Athan G. “The Republican Party and Yalta: Partisan Exploitation of Polish American Concern Over the Conference, 1945-1960.” Polish American Studies, Spring 1971. Outraged hat Republicans appealed to Polish-Americans on the basis of American agreement to Soviet domination of Poland.

Ubriaco, Robert D., Jr. “Harry S. Truman, the Politics of Yalta, and the Domestic Origins of the Truman Doctrine.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1992.

U.S. Department of State. Foreign Relations of the United States Diplomatic Papers, The Conferences at Malta and Yalta 1945. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1955.

****************************************************************

Polish American Congress

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “Cold War Ethnic Politics: The Polish National Catholic Church, the Polish American Congress, and People’s Poland: 1944-1952.” Polish American Studies 55, no. 2 (1998). Discusses the association between the Polish National Catholic Church (PNCC), a splinter Catholic group organized in 1904, and the Polish American Congress (PAC), established in Buffalo, New York, in 1944 to represent all Polish-American interests. PNCC leaders and their 190,000 followers worked to reinstate Poland as an independent country after World War II, legalize PNCC churches in Poland, and bring humanitarian relief to war victims. While both the PNCC and PAC in 1944 opposed Communist domination in Poland, the PNCC shifted its policy in 1945 and offered to work with the postwar Soviet-backed regime as a means for establishing the creation of PNCC-aligned churches in Poland. The PAC opposed PNCC’s growing relationship with the Communists and maintained its mission of serving as the voice of American Polonia and refusing to recognize the Communist Polish government. By October 1945, political differences forced PNCC leaders Reverend Frances Hodus and Reverend Joseph Zawistowski to officially break away from the large PAC.

Blejwas, Stanislaus A. “The Republic of Poland and the Origins of the Polish American Congress.” Polish American Studies 55, no. 1 (1998). On the role of the Polish government-in-exile in the origins of the anti-Soviet PAC.

Karcz, Valerian. “The Polish American Congress, 1944-1959.” Polish American Studies 16, no. 3-4 (1959). A history of the Polish American Congress and its hostility to Communism in Poland and in the U.S.

Lukas, Richard C. “The Polish American Congress and the Polish Question, 1944-1947.” Polish American Studies 38, no. 2 (Autumn 1981).

Pienkos, Donald E. “The Polish American Congress: An Appraisal.” Polish American Studies 36, no. 2 (1979).

Podbielski, Monica E. “Charles Rozmarek, The Polish‑American Congress And Their Influence On United States Foreign Policy Toward Poland, 1944‑1952.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University, 1997. Discusses the role of Polish-Americans in bringing about a tougher anti-Soviet stance in American policy.

Wojdon, Joanna. “State Divisions of the Polish American Congress in the Rozmarek Era.” Paper presented at a Polish American Historical Association session at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

****************************************************************

Polish American Radicals: Biographical Accounts

Edward Falkowski

Falkowski, Edward. “Ed Falkowski: A Disillusioned Polish American.” Paper presented at Polish-American Historical Society panel at the American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 1999.

****************************************************************

Boleslaw Gebert

Gebert, Boleslw. Z Tykocina Za Ocean [From Tykocin Beyond the Ocean]. Warszawa: Czytelnik, 1982. Autobiography by Boleslaw Gebert, Polish CPUSA leader in the 1930s and 1940s who returned to Poland after W.W.II.

****************************************************************

Leo Krzycki

Binkowski, Don. Leo Krzycki and the Detroit Left. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2002. 560 pages, of which 332 are the text; 214 pages of endnotes.

Binkowski, Don. Poles Together: Leo Krzycki and Polish Americans in the American Labor Movement. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2002. The book consists of 23 chapters and two Appendices in 344 pages. In addition there are 1,200 endnotes in 215 pages for a total of 554 pages.

Miller, Eugene. “Leo Krzycki -- Polish American Labor Leader.” Polish American Studies 33, no. 2 (Autumn 1976): 52-64. Sketch of pro-Soviet Polish-American. ACWA organizer Krzycki broke with S.P. in 1936, headed the Communist-dominated American Slav Congress from 1942 to 1950, and was active in the Polish section of IWO, the American Polish Labor Council and the Kosciuszko Polish Patriotic League.

****************************************************************

Stanley Nowak

Nowak, Margaret Collingwood. Two Who Were There: A Biography of Stanley Nowak. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1989.

****************************************************************

Oskar Lange

Sadler, Charles. “Pro-Soviet Polish-Americans: Oskar Lange and Russia’s Friends in the Polonia, 1941-1945.” Polish Review 22, no. 4 (1977). Recounts the activities of Oscar Lange in promoting U.S. acceptance of Soviet annexation of eastern Poland and political domination of Poland.

****************************************************************

Communism and Scandinavian Immigrants

Bengston, Henry. On the Left in America: Memoirs of the Scandinavian-American Labor Movement. Translated by Kermet Westerberg, with an introduction by Michael Brook. Carbondale Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1999. One of the leaders of the S.P.’s Scandinavian affiliate, Bergston discusses its split over Bolshevism.

Hoerder, Dirk. Essays on the Scandinavian-North American Radical Press, 1880s-1930s. Bremen, Germany: Labor Newspaper Preservation Project, Universität Bremen, 1984.

Kowalik, Tadausz. “Lange i Lustratorzy.” Gazeta Wyborcza, 26 August 2006. Denies the Oskar Lange was a Soviet spy. Web edition only: <http://serwisy.gazeta.pl/wyborcza/1,34591,3573391.html>

****************************************************************

Communism and Serbian Americans

Drenovac, Nikoa. Od Oltara Do Revolucionara [From the Altar to a Revolutionary]. Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1976. Memoirs of a Serbian Orthodox priest who lived in Youngstown, Ohio who became a sympathizer of the Communist Party and worked with Serbian American Communists.

Kuljača, Marko I. Za Hljebom. Sje Canja Iz Iseljenickog Zivota [For Bread: Memoirs from an Emigrant Life]. Sveti Stefan: Pastrovsko drustvo “Bankada,” 1969. The author discusses his association with Slobodna reč, the Serbian American Communist newspaper.

Marković, Mirko. Borba u Americi Za Novu Jugoslaviju [The Battle in America for a New Yugoslavia]. Belgrade: Prosveta, 1946. Marković was sent to the US by the Communist Party of Yugoslavia / Comintern in the mid-1930s from Moscow. He became the leader of Serbian Communists in the US. He served as commander of the Washington Battalion during the Spanish Civil War. Marković later returned to Yugoslavia where he was arrested by the Tito regime in the late 1940s as a result of his continued support for Stalin.

Prica, Srdja. Amerika (1937-1945). Sarajevo: Oslobodjenje, 1988. A Bosnian Serb, Prica was sent to the US by the Communist Party of Yugoslavia and the Comintern. He got into a number of disputes with other Croatian American and Serbian American Communists, including Mirko Marković.

Vuic, Jason C. “An Interview with Stevan Dedijer.” South Slav Journal, no. 22 (Spring-Summer 2001). An 2000 interview with Stevan Dedijer, the brother of Tito advisor and partisan Vladmir Dedijer, who became a C.P. member at Princeton in the 1930s and who went on to edit Slobodna Rec in Pittsburgh. He joined the US army in 1943 and parachuted into Bastogne.

Vuic, Jason C. “Serbian-American Communists and the Great Red Scare.” Serbian Studies 16, no. 1 (2002). Deals with the C.P.’s Serbian-language Pittsburgh paper Slobodna Rec (Free Expression) and the trial of the Serbian Progressive Club of Wilmerding, PA, featuring Matt Cvetic as a witness.

****************************************************************

Communism and Slovenian Americans

Fris, Darko. “Conflicts Between the Political Left and Political Right among the Slovenes in the U.S.A. Before 1920.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Klemencic, Matjaz. “American Slovenes and the Leftist Movement in the United States in the First Half of the Twentieth Century.” Journal of American Ethnic History 15 (Spring 1996)

****************************************************************

Communism and South Slav (Yugoslav) Immigrants

Djurasković, Djuro. Nikola Kovacevi C. Belgrade, Yugoslavia: Izdavačko poduzeće Rad, 1965. Biography of Montenegrin agent of the Comintern and the Communist Party of Yugoslavia who lived in the US and Canada from the mid-1930s to 1945.

Kohn, Hans. “Pan-Slavism and World War II.” American Political Science Review 46, no. 3 (September 1952).

Prica, Srð. Amerika (1937-1945). Sarajevo: NISRO “Osloboðnje,” OOUR Izdavacka djelatnost, 1989. Srdjan Prica, a Titoist agent who lived in Pennsylvania from 1938-1945, went back to Yugoslavia and eventually became its prime minister. The book details his life as a C.P. organizer in Pittsburgh. In Serbo-Croatian with a Latin alphabet.

Schwartz, Stephen. “I Ban Subasic Bio Agent KGB [Ban Subasic Was Also a KGB Agent].” Oslobodjenje [Liberation, Sarajevo, Bosnia-Hercegovina], 30 September 1999. Discusses Yugoslav Communists in the CPUSA.

Stipanovich, Josep. “Immigrant Workers and Immigrant Intellectuals in Progressive America: A History of the Yugoslav Socialist Federation.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978.

****************************************************************

Louis Adamic

Adamic, Louis. My America, 1928-1938. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1938. Adamic, a writer, was associated with many Communist and left-wing causes during his career.

McWilliams, Carey. Louis Adamic & Shadow-America. Los Angeles: A. Whipple, 1935.

Petric, Jerneja. “The Strenuous Business of Creating a New World: The Radicalism of Louis Adamic.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Shiffman, Dan. Rooting Multiculturalism: The Work of Louis Adamic. Madison, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press & Associated University Presses, 2003.

Zitnik, Janja. “Louis Adamic’s Role in an American Resistance Movement.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

Communism and Swedish Americans

Brook, Michael. “Radical Literature in Swedish-America: A Narrative Survey.” Swedish Pioneer Historical Quarterly 20, no. 3 (1969). Surveys Swedish immigrant radical journalism; although largely socialist in orientation, some Swedish radicals turned to Communism after the Bolshevik revolution.

****************************************************************

Communism and Ukrainian Americans

Kuropas, Myron B. “Fighting Moscow from Afar: Ukrainian-Americans and the Evil Empire.” In Anti-Communist Minorities in the U.S.: Political Activism of Ethnic Refugees, edited by Ieva Zake. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

Woroby, Maria. “The Ukrainian Immigrant Left in the United States, 1880-1950.” In The Immigrant Left in the United States, edited by Paul Buhle and Dan Georgakas. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1996.

Romerstein, Herbert. “Divide and Conquer: The KGB Disinformation Campaign Against Ukrainians and Jews.” Ukrainian Quarterly 68, no. 4 (Winter 2002). On the KGB’s planting of false information in the West to discourage cooperation between anti-Soviet Ukrainian refugees and Jews.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 8

Communists and Black Americans

Allen, Ernest, and John H. Bracey, Jr. “Unite or Perish: The Contours of Black Nationalist and Radical Thought, 1954-1974.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Allen, James S. Negro Liberation. New York: International Publishers, 1938. James Allen (pseudonym for Solomon Auerbach) was a party spokesman on black racial matters.

Amis, B.D. B. D. Amis, African American Radical: A Short Anthology of Writings and Speeches. Edited by Walter T. Howard. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 2007. B.D. Amis was a prominent black Communist in the 1930s.

Anderson, Carol. “‘The Brother in Black is Always Told to Wait’: The Communist Party, African American Anticommunism, and the Prioritization of Black Equality—A Reply to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Arnesen, Eric. “No ‘Graver Danger’: Black Anticommunism, the Communist Party, and the Race Question.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006).

Arnesen, Eric. “The Red and the Black: Reflections on the Responses to ‘No `Graver Danger’ ‘.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006).

Baldwin, Kate A. Beyond the Color Line and the Iron Curtain: Reading Encounters Between Black and Red, 1922-1963. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2002. Introduction: The Demand for a New Kind of Person: Black Americans and the Soviet Union, 1922-1963. 1. “Not at All God’s White People”: McKay and the Negro in Red. 2. Between Harem and Harlem: Hughes and the Ways of the Veil. 3. Du Bois, Russia, and the “Refusal to Be ‘White.’” 4. Black Shadows across the Iron Curtain: Robeson’s Stance between Cold War Cultures. Epilogue: The Only Television Hostess Who Doesn’t Turn Red.

Berland, Oscar. “The Communist Perspective on the ‘Negro Question’ in America, 1919-1931.” Science & Society 63 & 64, no. 4 & 2 (Winter-Summer 1999-2000). In two parts.

Biondi, Martha. “Response to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Bornet, Vaughn D. “Historical Scholarship, Communism, and the Negro.” The Journal of Negro History 37, no. 3 (July 1952). .

Bowers, Fashion Suzanne. “Pseudo-Democracy in America, 1945--1960: Anticommunism Versus the Social Issues of African Americans and Women.” Master’s thesis. East Tennessee State University, 2002. Sees anticommunism as such an indefensible and immoral barrier to progress by women and African-Americans that it generated mass outrage and a powerful drive for equal rights.

Chafe, William C. “The Cold War Culture and African American Struggle for Freedom.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture” conference. American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994. Holds that American opposition to communism was a reactionary, irrational stance that dealt a nearly fatal blow to the African American liberation movement.

Cobb, William A. Jelani. “Antidote to Revolution: African American Anticommunism and the Struggle for Civil Rights, 1931--1954.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, 2003.

Communist Party of the United States of America (New York). Bulletin on Negro History Week. New York: New York State Education Dept., Communist Party, 1949 and other years.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Negro Affairs Quarterly. [New York]: The Commission, 1953. Journal

Doody, Colleen. “‘Not Under Some Other Kind of Ism:’ African-American Anti-Communism in Detroit, 1945-1950.” Unpublished essay, 2004.

Drake, St. Clair, and Horace R. Cayton. Black Metropolis: A Study of Negro Life in a Northern City. New York: Harper & Row, 1962. Notes the negative effect of the Nazi-Soviet Pact on Black intellectual attitudes toward the CPUSA.

Edwards, Brent Hayes. “Dossier on Black Radicalism: Introduction: The Autonomy of Black Radicalism.” Social Text 19, no. 2 (2001).

Evans, Medford Stanton. Civil Rights Myths and Communist Realities. Pamphlet. [New Orleans]: Conservative Society of America, 1965.

Foner, Philip Sheldon, and Herbert Shapiro, eds. American Communism and Black Americans: A Documentary History, 1930-1934. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1991.

Foner, Philip Sheldon, and James S. Allen, eds. American Communism and Black Americans: A Documentary History, 1919-1929. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1987.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. American Socialism and Black Americans from the Age of Jackson to World War II. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1977. Asserts that prior to the Bolshevik Revolution, the Socialist party’s right-wing was racist. After the Revolution, unions led by anti-Communist Socialist were racist. Praises all Communist-aligned groups such as the National Negro Congress.

Ford, James W. The Negro and the Democratic Front. New York: International Publishers, 1938. Written by a CPUSA leader.

Gelman, Erik. “‘Carthage Must Be Destroyed’: Race, City Politics, and the Campaign to Integrate Chicago Transportation Work, 1929-1943.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 2, no. 2 (Summer 2005). Discusses an NNC chapter in Chicago.

Gerstle, Gary. “Response: Working-Class Racism: Broaden the Focus.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Gore, Dayo Folayan. “To Light a Candle in a Gale Wind: Black Women Radicals and Post World War II United States Politics.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003. Discusses black women radicals who built political alliances with either the Communist Party, the Socialist Party and the Lovestoneists) and postwar period held key leadership positions in a range of left organizations.

Griffler, Keith P. “The Black Radical Intellectual and the Black Worker: The Emergence of a Program for Black Labor, 1918-1938.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1993. Holds that black Communists grouped around the African Blood Brotherhood of the early 1920s emphasized the special oppression of people of color. This view was overthrow by younger black radicals, allied to the newly emergent “right-wing” in communism, who viewed class as responsible for the oppression of African-Americans. The class-based approach led to a non-racial basis for the Depression decade movement that foundered in the face of organized labor’s protecting the privileged position of white workers. This failure resulted in a renewed emphasis on the racial content of the freedom struggle in the 1950s and 1960s.

Grigsby, Daryl Russell. For the People: Black Socialists in the United States, Africa, and the Caribbean. San Diego: Asante Publications, 1987.

Haines, Herbert H. Black Radicals and the Civil Rights Mainstream, 1954-1970. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1988.

Harris, LaShawn Denise. “Reconstructing Respectability: The Remaking of African-American Women’s Activism, 1896--1960.” Ph.D. diss. Howard University, 2007.

Haynes, John Earl. “Reconsidering Two Questions: On Arnesen’s ‘No ‘Graver Danger’: Black Anticommunism, the Communist Party, and the Race Question’.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Horne, Gerald. “The Communist Party and the African-American Community.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Horne, Gerald. “The Embers of August 1965.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research, Watts Conference Supplement], August 1990. Says of the rise of Black militancy in L.A. in WWII, “the Black Left -- epitomized locally by Charlotta Bass’s California Eagle paper and the Civil Rights Congress -- played leading roles.”

Horne, Gerald. “The Red and the Black: The Communist Party and African-Americans in Historical Perspective.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Argues that the Comintern had only moral influence on the CPUSA, that Comintern representatives in the U.S. were only conciliators, that the Black Belt thesis had domestic American origins and its adoptions was a collective decision of the Comintern and American Communists. Denounces the influence of Zionism inside the Communist party in the 1950s when a few members supported “Israeli aggression.”

Horne, Gerald. Studies in Black: Progressive Views and Reviews of the African-American Experience. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt, 1992.

Horowitz, David. “Racism and the Radical Paradigm.” First Things 7 (November 1990). Discusses Angela Davis, the Alliance Against Racism, and the Communist Workers party.

Hutchinson, Earl Ofari. Blacks and Reds: Race and Class in Conflict, 1919-1990. East Lansing: Michigan State University Press, 1995.

Jackson, James E. Revolutionary Tracings. New York: International Publishers, 1974. By a CPUSA leader.

Jackson, Margaret Wilhemina. “Evolution of the Communist Party‘s Position on the American Negro Question.” Master’s thesis. Howard University, 1938.

James, Winston. Holding Aloft the Banner of Ethiopia: Caribbean Radicalism in Early Twentieth-Century America. London, New York: Verso, 1998.

Janken, Kenneth R. “Anticommunism or Anti-Communist Party? A Response to Eric Arnesen.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 3, no. 4 (Winter 2006). Comment of Arnesen’s “No ‘Graver Danger’”

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “Communists and Black Freedom Movements in South Africa and the US: 1919-1950.” Journal of Southern African Studies 30, no. 1 (March 2004).

Kelley, Robin D. G. “‘The Negro Question’: Red Dreams of Black Liberation.” In Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination, Robin D. G. Kelley. Boston: Beacon Press, 2002.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Race Rebels: Culture, Politics, and the Black Working Class. New York and Toronto: Free Press and Maxwell Macmillan, 1994.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “But a Local Phase of World Problem: Black History’s Global Vision, 1883-1950.” Journal of American History 86, no. 3 (December 1999).

Kelley, Robin. “African Americans and the Communist Party, USA.” Africana.com Inc., 2002. <http://africana.com/>

Kirby, Dianne. “African-Americans and the Cold War: The Religious Dimension, Dilemma or Opportunity.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Kosa, John, and Clyde. Z. Nunn. “Race, Deprivation and Attitude Toward Communism.” Phylon 25, no. 4 (1964). Find that Negro college students are more intolerant of Communists than are white students.

Laucella, Pamela C. “An Analysis of Mainstream, Black, and Communist Press Coverage of Jesse Owens in the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2004.

Linsin, Christopher Edward. “Not By Words, But By Deeds: Communists and African Americans during the Depression Era.” Ph.D. diss. Florida Atlantic University, 1993. Maintains that historians have misread the impact of Communism on working-class blacks during the Depression by focusing on membership as a measure of success. Declares that the CPUSA sought wide influence, not wide membership. During the early 1930s the CPUSA influenced the black proletariat by advocating social equality. This advocacy distinguished it from other inferior black ameliorative organizations -- like the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the National Urban League -- that called for only the economic and political emancipation of African Americans. By the last half of the 1930s the CPUSA, readily embracing the Kremlin’s call for a Popular Front against fascism, began to work in coalitions with liberal-bourgeois agencies. This regrettable cooperation with moderate organizations eroded CPUSA influence with African America.

Makalani, Minkah. “Black Radical Beginnings.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Marable, Manning. “Why Black Americans Are not Socialists.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983.

Martin, Tony. Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1976. Discusses the relationship of the Garvey movement with Communists.

McDuffie, Erik S. “Long Journeys: Four Black Women and the Communist Party, U.S.A., 1930--1956.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2003. On Audley ‘Queen Mother’ Moore, Louise Thompson Patterson, Claudia Jones, and Esther Cooper Jackson.

McDuffie, Erik. “‘Miss Moore is Well Known to Negro Women Everywhere..’: The Challenges of Excavating and Writing on ‘Queen Mother’ Audley Moore’s Career in the American Communist Party.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

McDuffie, Erik. “Twenty-Five Hours a Day, Eight Days a Week’: Four Black Women Activists in the American Communist Movement During World War II.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

Mouledous, Joseph C. “From Browderism to Peaceful Co-Existence: An Analysis of Developments in the Communist Position on the American Negro.” Phylon 25, no. 1 (1964). Discusses the party’s 1930s assertion that Negroes in the Black Belt constitute a separate nation with the right of self-determination through Browder’s argument for full integration, a later reemphasis on the Black Belt thesis, and an abandonment of the slogan of self-determination in 1956.

Naison, Mark. “Marxism and Black Radicalism in America: Notes on a Long (and Continuing) Journey.” Radical America 5, no. 3 (May-June 1971).

Nash, Michael, and Daniel J. Leab. “Freedomways.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Nolan, William A. “Communist Propaganda and Tactics Among Negroes in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. Fordham University, 1949.

Nolan, William Anthony. Communism Versus the Negro. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1951. One of the first comprehensive surveys of the communism and black Americans.

Palmer, Bryan. “Race and Revolution.” Labour / Le Travail, no. 54 (Fall 2004). Essay review.

Rapp, Anne Barbara. “A Manginalized Voice for Racial Justice: Charlotta Bass and Oppositional Politics, 1914-1960.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2005.

Record, W. “American Racial Ideologies and Organizations in Transition.” Phylon 26 (Winter 1965).

Record, Wilson. “The Development of the Communist Position on the Negro Question in the United States.” Phylon Quarterly 19, no. 3 (Fall 1958). Summary history focusing on the shifting between a black nationalist approach and a more pragmatic view.

Record, Wilson. The Negro and the Communist Party. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1951. One of the first thorough scholarly examinations of the matter.

Red Papers. “Black Liberation: A Proletarian Question.” Red Papers 5 (1971). Discusses argument among Marxist and American Communists over whether to see American blacks in the South as proletarian or as semi-feudal peasants.

Rocksborough-Smith, Ian. “Bearing the Seeds of Struggle: ‘Freedomways’ Magazine, Black Leftists, and Continuities in the Freedom Movement.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Simon Fraser University, 2005.

Rosenberg, Jonathan Seth. “‘How Far the Promised Land?’: World Affairs and the American Civil Rights Movement from the First World War to Vietnam.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1997.

Singh, Nikhil. “Black Worldliness and American Universalism: Imagining the ‘People’s Century.’” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Solomon, Mark I. Red and Black: Communism and Afro-Americans, 1929-1935. New York: Garland Pub., 1988. 1972 dissertation with a new preface and new title.

Solomon, Mark I. The Cry Was Unity: Communists and African Americans, 1917-36. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1998. Based in part on Comintern and CPUSA records in Moscow.

Solomon, Mark. “Red and Black: Negroes and Communism, 1929-1932.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1972.

Spark, Clare. “Race, Caste, or Class? The Bunche-Myrdal Dispute Over An American Dilemma.” International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society 14, no. 3 (Spring 2001).

Squier, George C. “The Negro in the United States as Viewed by the Socialist and Communist Parties, 1930-1966.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1978.

Sullivan, William C. “Communism and the American Negro.” Religion in Life 37, no. 4 (1968). Finds that Communists have failed to attract significant Negro membership despite major efforts.

Tallackson, Stephen. “The Chicago Defender and Its Reaction to the Communist Movement in the Depression Era.” Master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 1967.

Taylor, Brennen. “UNIA and American Communism in Conflict 1917-1928: An Historical Analysis in Negro Social Welfare.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1984. Argues that the Communist party’s program for blacks significantly advanced black social welfare; attributes passage of the Social Security Act of 1935 in part to Communist agitation.

Taylor, Clarence. “The Reverend Theodore Gibson and the Significance of Cold War Liberalism in the Fight for Citizenship.” In Black Religious Intellectuals: The Fight for Equality from Jim Crow to the Twenty-First Century, Clarence Taylor. Crosscurrents in African American History. New York: Routledge, 2002.

Thomas, Tony. “Black Nationalism and Confused Marxists.” Black Scholar 4, no. 1 (1972).

Van Zanter, John W. “Communist Theory and the American Negro Question.” Review of Politics 29, no. 4 (1967). Judges that after the death of Stalin, the CPUSA’s approach to racial issues shifted from exacerbating existing contradictions in racial relations to a more subtle gradualism.

Wald, Alan. “Black Nationalist Identity and Internationalist Class Unity: The Political and Cultural Legacy of Marxism.” In Radical Relevance: Toward a Scholarship of the Whole Left, edited by Laura Gray-Rosendale and Steven Rosendale. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2005.

Wald, Alan. “New Black Radical Scholarship.” Against the Current, no. 108 (January-February 2004).

Wald, Alan. “The U.S. Left and Anti-Racism.” In Black Liberation and the American Dream: The Struggle for Racial and Economic Justice: Analysis, Strategy, Readings, edited by Paul Le Blanc. Revolutionary Studies. Amherst, N.Y.: Humanity Books, 2003.

Williams, Henry. Black Response to the American Left: 1917-1929. [Princeton, N.J.]: Princeton University, 1973. Survey of the response of black intellectuals and community leaders to socialism and Communism in the 1920s.

****************************************************************

New York City and Harlem

Biondi, Martha. To Stand and Fight: The Struggle for Civil Rights in Postwar New York City. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003. Exaggerated and romantic portrait of the role of the CPUSA in the civil rights movement.

Graves, John. “Reaction of Some Negroes to Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1955. Survey of Harlem blacks which indicates significant support for communism.

Greenberg, Cheryl. “From Organized to Disorganized Protest: Harlem’s Riots of 1935 and 1943.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Horne, Gerald. “Black Socialists and Communists in Harlem: Theory and Practice.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Hughes, C. Alvin. “Let Us Do Our Part: The New York City Based Negro Labor Victory Committee, 1941-1945.” Afro-Americans in New York Life & History 10 (January 1986). The Negro Labor Victory Committee was closely associated with the Communist Party.

McKay, Claude. Harlem: Negro Metropolis. New York: E. P. Dutton & Company, Inc., 1940. Discusses social relations among blacks and Communists.

Naison, Mark. “Communism and Black Nationalism in the Depression: The Case of Harlem.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 2, no. 2 (Summer 1974). Examines the long history of ideological struggle between black nationalism (race consciousness) and class consciousness. Examines the conflict between Communists and Garveyists in the African Blood Brotherhood in the 1920s and the greater success of the Communist party in the 1930s when themes of black-white working class solidarity had greater appeal.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party in Harlem: 1928-1936.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1976.

Naison, Mark. “The Communist Party in Harlem in the Early Depression Years: A Case Study in the Reinterpretation of American Communism.” Radical History Review, no. 3 (Fall 1976).

Naison, Mark. “Harlem Communists and the Politics of Black Protest.” Marxist Perspectives 1, no. 3 (Fall 1978). Finds that Communist party protests against economic conditions and support for black causes attracted significant black support in the 1930s.

Naison, Mark. “Historical Notes on Blacks and American Communism: The Harlem Experience.” Science & Society 42, no. 3 (Fall 1978). Finds that the C.P. was more successful than the Socialist party in attracting black support due to its support for black nationalism, its internal policy against white racism, and its frequent support for black causes. However, CPUSA subordination to Moscow and ideological rigidity alienated many blacks.

Naison, Mark. Communists in Harlem During the Depression. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983. Well researched and well written history of the Communist party’s role in Harlem and its relationship with non-Communist and anti-Communist black leaders.

Naison, Mark. “Blacks and the Communist Party in Harlem.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Ransby, Barbara. Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision. Gender & American Culture. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. Includes a chapter: “Cops, Schools, and Communism: Local Politics and Global Ideologies-New York City in the I950s”

Taylor, Durahn Andrew Bernardo. “Black Gotham: Voters, Leaders, and the Political Game in Harlem, 1928‑1950.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1999.

Turner, Joyce Moore. Caribbean Crusaders and the Harlem Renaissance. Assisted by W. Burghardt Turner. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2005. Discusses several leading Black Communists.

Walter, John C., and Jill Louise Ansheles. “The Role of the Caribbean Immigrant in the Harlem Renaissance.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 1, no. 1 (1977). Notes that Cyril Briggs and Otto Huiswoud, Caribbean immigrants, introduced the Communist party into Harlem.

****************************************************************

Organizations

African Blood Brotherhood

Allen, Ernie. “Cyril Briggs, the African Blood Brotherhood and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Briggs, Cyril V., ed. The Crusader. New York: Garland Pub., 1987. Magazine reprint. Originally published monthly, 1918-1922 in New York by the Hamitic League of the World and the African Blood Brotherhood.

Hawkins, Clifton C. “Race First Versus Class First: An Intellectual History of Afro-American Radicalism, 1911--1928.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 2000. Discusses the role of Communist Cyril Briggs, the African Blood Brotherhood in the debate on Negro strategy.

Hill, Robert A. “Racial and Radical: Cyril V. Briggs, The Crusader Magazine, and the African Blood Brotherhood, 1918-19222.” In The Crusader. New York: Garland Pub., 1987. Introductory essay.

Kuykendall, Ronald A. “African Blood Brotherhood, Independent Marxist During the Harlem Renaissance.” Western Journal of Black Studies 26, no. 1 (Spring 2002)

Makalani, Minkah. “For the Liberation of Black People Everywhere: The African Blood Brotherhood, Black Radicalism, and Pan-African Liberation in the New Negro Movement, 1917-1936.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2004.

Parascandola, Louis J. “Cyril Briggs and the African Blood Brotherhood: A Radical Counterpoint to Progressivism.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 30, no. 1 (2006).

****************************************************************

The Civil Rights Congress and the Martinsville, Ingram, and McGee Cases

Horne, Gerald. “The Case of the Civil Rights Congress: Anti-Communism as an Instrument of Social Repression.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987. Attacks notion that the CRC was a Communist front. Says of William Paterson’s claim that “‘Every ‘gain’--and American imperialism will in 1952, in my opinion, have a Negro ambassador, perhaps one Negro on the Supreme Court, perhaps a Negro cabinet office--every gain will come from the fight we [the CRC] have made.’ This was not hyperbole: the CRC’s highlighting of the stains on the U.S. escutcheons in the international arena no doubt hastened overdue reform.”

Horne, Gerald. Communist Front?: The Civil Rights Congress, 1946-1956. Rutherford, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press and Associated University Presses, 1988. A glowing, hyper-positive appraisal of the CRC and its principal leader, the William Patterson. Sees the CRC has having a significant role in the origins of the civil rights movement and the defense of civil liberties in the late 1940s and early 1950s, a role largely unacknowledged by historians.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and the Second Red Scare.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1984.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and Southern Black Defendants.” Paper presented at Southern Historical Association. Louisville, Kentucky, 1984.

Martin, Charles H. “Race, Gender, and Southern Justice: The Rosa Lee Ingram Case.” American Journal of Legal History 29 (July 1985). Discusses a case handled by the Civil Rights Congress.

Martin, Charles H. “The Civil Rights Congress and Southern Black Defendants.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 71 (Spring 1987). Discusses Civil Rights Congress activities and the cases of Rosa Lee Ingram, the Martinsville Seven, and Willie McGee.

Patterson, William L. The Man Who Cried Genocide: An Autobiography. New York: International Publishers, 1971. Memoir by head of the Civil Rights Congress.

Randall, Terree N. “Democracy’s Passion Play: The Lincoln Memorial, Politics and History as Myth.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2002. Analyses the negative receptions of the 1946 American Crusade to End Lynching demonstration and the 1951 Willie McGee protest within the context of anti-Communism and racism and contrasts them with the positively received NAACP event held at the Memorial in 1947 in which President Truman announced a national civil rights policy.

Rise, Eric W. “Race, Rape, and Radicalism: The Case of the Martinsville Seven, 1949-1951.” Journal of Southern History 58, no. 3 (August 1992). Discusses the role of the Civil Rights Congress in the case. Notes that Cold War concerns about Communist exploitation of lynching assisted the NAACP and others in this and other cases.

Rise, Eric Walter. “The Martinsville Seven and Southern Justice: Race, Crime, and Capital Punishment in Virginia, 1949-1951.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 1993. Discusses the role of the Civil Rights Congress in the case.

Rise, Eric W. The Martinsville Seven: Race, Rape, and Capital Punishment. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1995.

Sides, Josh. “‘You Understand My Condition’: The Civil Rights Congress in the Los Angeles African-American Community, 1946-1952.” Pacific Historical Review 67, no. 2 (May 1998): 233-57.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on Civil Rights Congress as a Communist Front Organization. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Civil Rights Congress, Respondent. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

NAACP

Anderson, Carol. “Bleached Souls and Red Negroes: The NAACP and Black Communists in the Early Cold War, 1948-1952.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Anderson, James D. “Black Liberalism at the Crossroads: The Role of the Crisis, 1934-1953.” Crisis 87, no. 9 (1980). Discusses the role of anticommunism in the NAACP’s journal.

Berg, Manfred. “Schwarze Bürgerrecht und Liberaler Antikommunismus: Die NAACP in der McCarthy-Ära [Black Civil Rights and Liberal Anticommunism: The NAACP During the McCarthy Era].” Vierteljahrshefte Für Zeitgeschichte [Germany] 51, no. 3 (2003).

Berg, Manfred. “Black Civil Rights and Liberal Anticommunism: The NAACP in the Early Cold War.” Journal of American History 94, no. 1 (2007).

Fairclough, Adam. “The Left, the Labor Movement, and the Transformation of the NAACP: Louisiana, 1933-1941.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

Janken, Kenneth Robert. White: The Biography of Walter White, Mr. NAACP. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton, 2003. Discusses White’s strong anticommunism.

Jonas, Gilbert. “Comes the Revolution: The Struggle Between the NAACP and the Communist Party USA.” In Freedom’s Sword: The NAACP and the Struggle Against Racism in America, 1909-1969, Gilbert Jonas. New York: Routledge, 2005.

Leonard, Kevin Allen. “‘I Am Sure You Can Read Between the Lines’: Cold War Anti-Communism and the NAACP in Los Angeles.” Journal of the West 44 (Spring 2005).

Puddington, Arch. “The NAACP Turns Left.” Commentary, January 1994. On NAACP leader Benjamin Hooks’ past relationship with the CPUSA.

Record, Wilson. Race and Radicalism: The NAACP and the Communist Party in Conflict. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1964. Discusses rivalry between the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the CPUSA in the 1930s and 1940s.

Schmidt, Christopher. “Anti-Communism, Civil Rights, and the NAACP in Early Postwar America.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL, 2002.

Schwartz, Stephen. “NAACCCP.” American Spectator, August 1993. Discusses the background of new NAACP head Benjamin F. Chavis, Jr., noting his leadership of the National Alliance Against Racist and Political Repression, “the CPUSA’s legal defense arm.” Described Ewart Guinier as “a wheelhorse of American Stalinism decades before his rise to academic respectability in Harvard’s Afro-American Studies department.” Cites his role with the “Honolulu Labor Canteen -- a C.P. soul-catching operation that was a focus for maritime and military agitation,” his leadership of the C.P.-aligned United Public Workers, and role in the American Labor Party during the period of its leadership by allies of the CPUSA.

Wynn, Daniel Webster. The NAACP Versus Negro Revolutionary Protest: A Comparative Study of the Effectiveness of Each Movement. New York: Exposition Press, 1955.

****************************************************************

National Negro Congress

Ensen, Hilmar Ludvig. “The Rise of an African American Left: John P. Davis and the National Negro Congress.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1997. On black Republican activist turned Popular Front militant.

Gellman, Erik S. “A Radical Past for a Progressive Future: Black Culture and the National Negro Congress.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Gelman, Erik. “Carthage Must Be Destroyed: Race, City Politics, and the Campaign to Integrate Chicago Transportation Work, 1929-1943.” Labor: Studies in Working-Class History of the Americas 2, no. 2 (2005). Discusses role of of the NNC.

Gellman, Erik S. “‘Death Blow to Jim Crow’: The National Negro Congress, 1936--1947.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 2006.

Hughes, Cicero A. “Toward a Black United Front: National Negro Congress Movement.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio University, 1982. Surveys the history of the Negro Sanhedrin, the Negro Industrial League, Joint Committee on National Recovery, Howard University Conference, and National Negro Congress.

Husband, Lori, comp. 1936 Delegates to the National Negro Congress. Matteson, IL: L. Husband, 1998.

Jensen, Hilmar Ludvig. “The Rise of an African-American Left: John P. Davis and the National Negro Congress.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1997.

Richards, Johnetta Gladys. “The Southern Negro Youth Congress: A History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1987.

Rzeszutek, Sara. “‘We Were Not Fighting This Battle for Freedom Alone’: International Youth Solidarity and the Southern Negro Youth Congress.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Streater, John B., Jr. “The National Negro Congress, 1936-1947.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1981. Sympathetic history of the NNC.

Urquhart, Brian. Ralph Bunche: An American Life. New York: W.W. Norton, 1993. Discusses his involvement with Communists in the National Negro Congress.

Wittner, Lawrence. “The National Negro Congress: A Reassessment.” American Quarterly 22, no. 4 (Winter 1970). Finds that the Congress had some early success in promoting local agitation against discrimination but was crippled by the pressure for left-wing sectarianism.

****************************************************************

International Labor Defense

Hill, Rebecca N. Men, Mobs, and Law: Anti-Lynching and Labor Defense in U.S. Radical History. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2008. TOC: John Brown: the left’s great man -- Haymarket -- Anti-lynching and labor defense: intersections and contradictions -- No wives or family encumber them: Sacco and Vanzetti -- The Communist party and the defense tradition from Scottsboro to the Rosenbergs -- Born guilty: George Jackson and the return of the lumpen hero.

Martin, Charles H. “Oklahoma’s ‘Scottsboro’ Affair: The Jess Hollins Rape Case, 1931-1936.” South Atlantic Quarterly 79, no. 2 (1980). Discusses the ILD’s role in the case.

Martin, Charles H. “The International Labor Defense and Black Americans.” Labor History 26, no. 2 (Spring 1985).

Miller, Eben Simmons. “‘a New Day is Here’: The Shooting of George Borden and the 1930s Civil Rights Activism in Boston.” New England Quarterly 73, no. 1 (2000). Discusses the involvement of the International Labor Defense and the League of Struggle for Negro Rights in the case.

Uhlmann, Jennifer Ruthanne. “The Communist Civil Rights Movement: Legal Activism in the United States, 1919--1946.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 2006. Focuses on the ILD.

Uhlmann, Jennifer. “The Communist Civil Rights Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Uhlmann, Jennifer. “Balancing the Overt and the Covert: The International Labor Defense and the Early History of Civil Rights.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

****************************************************************

Scottsboro

Carter, Dan T. Scottsboro; a Tragedy of the American South. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1969. Discusses the Communist party’s leading role in the Scottsboro case.

Carter, Dan T. Scottsboro: A Tragedy of the American South. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1979. Revised with additional material.

Crenshaw, Files, and Kenneth A. Miller. Scottsboro, the Firebrand of Communism. Montgomery, AL: Press of the Brown Print. Co., 1936. An account of the trials of Haywood Patterson, Clarence Norris and seven others, taken into custody on Mar. 25, 1931, for an alleged attack on Victoria Price and Ruby Bates.

Goodman, James E. Stories of Scottsboro. New York: Pantheon Books, 1994. Discusses Communist role.

Miller, James A., Susan D. Pennybacker, and Eve Rosenhaft. “Mother Ada Wright and the International Campaign to Free the Scottsboro Boys.” American Historical Review 106, no. 2 (April 2001). (1 March 2002). “The Scottsboro case has been called one of the great defining moments of the twentieth century, providing a vocabulary and constellation of images not only for its own time but for subsequent generations as well—each of which has been compelled to reinterpret and reappropriate Scottsboro for its own purposes. The mythic power of the case did not derive from the fact of injustice alone. It depended on the way the case was publicized—and its outcomes shaped—by the campaign on behalf of the defendants organized by the international Communist movement.”

Moon, Henry Lee. Balance of Power: The Negro Vote. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1948. Discusses the ILD’s entrance into the Scottsboro case.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “The NAACP Versus the Communist Party: The Scottsboro Rape Cases, 1931-1932.” Phylon 28, no. 3 (1967). Concludes that ILD tactics were relatively successful, and that the CPUSA did not put the boys at risk for propaganda purposes.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “Aspects of the Scottsboro Campaign.” Science & Society 35, no. 2 (Summer 1971). Discusses Communist agitational and propagandistic use of the case within and outside the U.S.

Murray, Hugh T., Jr. “Changing America and the Changing Image of Scottsboro.” Phylon, March 1977. Contrasts plays and films dealing with the Scottsboro case in the 1930s and the 1950s.

Van West, Carroll. “Perpetuating the Myth of America: Scottsboro and Its Interpreters.” South Atlantic Quarterly 80 (1981).

Wexley, John. “They Shall Not Die.” In Proletarian Literature in the United States: An Anthology, edited by Granville Hicks and Joseph Freeman. New York: International Publishers, 1935. “They Shall Not Die” was a 1934 Theater Guild play on Scottsboro celebrating the C.P. and ILD and disparaging the NAACP, done in vaudeville dialect.

Williams, Lynn Barstis. “Images of Scottsboro.” Southern Cultures 6, no. 1 (2000). Surveys literary and artistic treatments of the case.

****************************************************************

Angelo Herndon Case

Edwards, John C., and Joseph H. Kitchens, Jr. “Georgia’s Anti-Insurrection Law: Slave Justice for Twentieth-Century Negro Radicals.” Research Studies 38, no. 2 (1970). On the use of Georgia’s 1833 anti-insurrection statute against radicals in the 1930s and the Supreme Court opinion in Herndon v. Lowry (US, 1937), declared the statute unconstitutional.

Griffiths, Frederick T. “Ralph Ellison, Richard Wright, and the Case of Angelo Herndon.” African American Review 35, no. 4 (2001).

Herndon, Angelo. Let Me Live. New York: Random House, 1937. Agitational autobiography by a Black Communist the state of Georgia charged with the capital crime of incitement to insurrection.

Martin, Charles H. The Angelo Herndon Case and Southern Justice. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1976. Discusses the harassment of Communist organizers throughout the South as well as the Georgia’s prosecution of a black Communist organizer for incitement to insurrection.

Martin, Charles H. “Communists and Blacks: The ILD and the Angelo Herndon Case.” Journal of Negro History 64, no. 2 (Spring 1979). Discusses the role of the Communist-aligned International Labor Defense in defending Herndon against insurrection charges. Concludes that contradictory ILD actions in other Southern cases during the 1930s prevented the Communist party from gaining continued support from Southern blacks.

Moore, John Hammond. “The Angelo Herndon Case, 1932-1937.” Phylon 32, no. 1 (1971). Summary of the case.

****************************************************************

Trade Unions, Communism, and Black Workers

Arnesen, Eric. “The African-American Working Class in the Jim Crow Era.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 41 (Spring 1992).

Arnesen, Eric. “Class Matters, Race Matters.” Radical History Review, no. 60 (Fall 1994)

Arnesen, Eric. Brotherhoods of Color: Black Railroad Workers and the Struggle for Equality. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2001

Arnesen, Eric. “Passion and Politics: Race and the Writing of Working-Class History.” Journal of the Historical Society 6, no. 3 (September 2006). Discusses historiography of communism and race. Discusses NAACP labor secretary Herbert Hill’s anti-Stalinism and hostility to the CPUSA. Notes Hill’s earlier Trotskyist background.

Bates, Beth Tompkins. Pullman Porters and the Rise of Protest Politics in Black America, 1925-1945. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. Discusses the Black left.

Brueggemann, John Frederick. “Realizing Solidarity: Comparative Historical Analyses of Inter-Racial Labor Organizing in the Coal, Steel and Auto Industries, 1927-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1994.

Cayton, Horace R., and George Sinclair Mitchell. Black Workers and the New Unions. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1939. Looks at iron and steel, meat packing, and railroad car shops.

Chamberlain, Charles. “Labor and Segregation in the South.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Citron, Alice. “An Answer to John Hatchett.” Jewish Currents, September 1968. Discusses the relationship of Communist-led unions and blacks.

Critchlow, Donald. “Communist Unions and Racism: A Comparative Study of the Responses of United Electrical Radio and Machine Workers and National Maritime Union to the Black Question During World War II.” Labor History 17, no. 2 (Spring 1976). Says UE national officers and most local officers gave only lip-service to the problems of integrating black workers into the electrical industry. In contrast, the NMU had a policy of gradual but firm integration of blacks into the industry.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. Organized Labor and the Black Worker, 1619-1981. New York: International Publishers, 1982. Survey of black-white relations in the labor movement that exalts the Communist party and Communist-aligned labor bodies.

Foner, Philip. “Effects of Union McCarthyism on Black Workers.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Recounts attacks on C.P.-led Local 22, Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers Union, CIO, a local with 11,000 workers, about half black, mostly women, at R.J. Reynolds in Winston-Salem, NC. In 1947 Local 22 won a key strike, registered 8000 new votes and made Winston-Salem the first Southern city in 20th century to send a black, Rev. Kenneth Williams, to the City Council. HCUA investigated Local 22, and the CIO financed a raid by the United Transport Service Employees. With the assistance of the company and local officials, Local 22 defeated by a close vote in NLRB election. Maintains that the Truman administration’s Coast Guard screening program for maritime security blacklisted many blacks and that Ferdinand Smith, black leader of NMU, was deported to Jamaica in 1951 by the Truman administration.

Goldfield, Michael. “Race and the CIO: The Possibilities for Racial Egalitarianism During the 1930s and 1940s.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Goldfield, Michael. “Was There a Golden Age of the CIO: Race, Solidarity, and Union Growth During the 1930s and 1940s?” In Trade Union Politics: American Unions and Economic Change, 1960s-1990s, edited by Glenn W. Perusek and Kent Worcester. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1995.

Griffler, Keith P. What Price Alliance? Black Radicals Confront White Labor, 1918-1938. New York: Garland, 1995.

Hanson, Rhonda. “Founding a Militant Union.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Notes the relationship of the National Negro Congress and the CIO’s United Public Workers, United Federal Workers, and the State, County, and Municipal Workers in 1940s.

Honey, Michael. “How the Destruction of the Left in the CIO and a Racist Backlash Undermined the Potential for a Labor-Civil Rights Coalition.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Honey, Michael K. Black Workers Remember: An Oral History of Segregation, Unionism, and the Freedom Struggle. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1999.

Hudson, Hosea. “Struggle Against Philip Murray’s Racist Policies in Birmingham.” Political Affairs 53 (September 1974). Memoir of Communist involvement in Steel Workers’ Organizing Committee work.

Jacobson, Julius, ed. The Negro and the American Labor Movement. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1968.

Johnson, Victoria L. “Political Culture and Union [Racial] Integration: A Comparison of the Seattle and San Francisco General Strikes.” Paper presented at American Sociological Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Korstad, Robert. “‘Daybreak of Freedom’: Southern Workers in the Early Civil Rights Movement, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 1943-1950.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Korstad, Robert. “Response: The Possibilities for Racial Egalitarianism: Context Matters.” International Labor and Working Class History 44 (Fall 1993).

Korstad, Robert, and Nelson Lichtenstein. “Opportunities Found and Lost: Labor, Radicals, and the Early Civil Rights Movement.” Journal of American History 75, no. 3 (December 1988): 786-811. Discusses the dominant C.P. role in Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers (FTA) Local 22 at R. J. Reynolds in Winston-Salem, NC. With Local 22’s over 8,000 black members as a base, the C.P. recruited about 150 blacks by 1947. In the early 1950s Local 22 and the C.P. presence were destroyed by a campaign emphasizing anti-Communism. Discusses the C.P.’s leadership among blacks in the 60,000 member UAW local 600 at Ford’s Rouge complex in the 1940s. Sees the anti-Communist campaigns of the postwar period as contributing to the lost opportunity of a civil rights movement based on militant unions.

Korstad, Robert. “Civil Rights Unionism and the Black Freedom Struggle.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Lewis-Colman, David Morgan. “African Americans and the Politics of Race Among Detroit’s Auto Workers, 1941--1971.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 2001. Discusses the role of communism and anticommunism in the UAW approach to racial issues.

Lichtenstein, Alex. “Exclusion, Fair Employment, or Interracial Unionism: Race Relations in Florida’s Shipyards During World War II.” In Labor in the Modern South, edited by Glenn T. Eskew. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2001.

McDuffie, Erik S. “Esther V. Cooper’s ‘The Negro Woman Domestic Worker in Relation to Trade Unionism’: Black Left Feminism and the Popular Front.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

McDuffie, Erik S. “A ‘New Freedom Movement of Negro Women’: Sojourning for Truth, Justice, and Human Rights During the Early Cold War.” Radical History Review (2008).

Meier, August, and Elliott Rudwick. “Communist Unions and the Black Community: The Case of the Transport Workers Union, 1934-1944.” Labor History 23, no. 2 (Spring 1982). Finds that the TWU stressed integrationist rhetoric but did little, except when under strong pressure from the Black community. TWU leadership was fearful of the prejudice of its mostly white membership and of the use of racism by employers and rival unions.

Nelson, Bruce. “Organized Labor and the Struggle for Black Equality in Mobile During World War II.” Journal of American History 80, no. 3 (December 1993): 952-88. Touches briefly on the race policies of Communist-led CIO unions.

Nelson, Bruce. Divided We Stand: American Workers and the Struggle for Black Equality. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001. Somewhat critical of the role of Communist-led unions.

Olson, James S. “Organized Black Leadership and Industrial Unionism: The Racial Response, 1936-1945.” Labor History 10, no. 3 (Summer 1969).

Rosen, Sumner. “The CIO Era.” In The Negro and the American Labor Movement, edited by Julius Jacobson. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1968. Argues that during World War II, Communist CIO unionists subordinated black concerns to the war effort to a greater extent than did non-Communist unionists.

Salmond, John A. Southern Struggles: The Southern Labor Movement and the Civil Rights Struggle. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2004.

Spero, Sterling Denhard, and Abram Lincoln Harris. The Black Worker: A Study of the Negro and the Labor Movement. New York: Columbia University Press, 1931. Chapters 2-5, 10, 14-15, 17-19 comprise A. L. Harris’s thesis (Ph. D.)--Columbia University, 1931.

Swift, William S. “The Negro in the Offshore Maritime Industry.” In Negro Employment in the Maritime Industries: A Study of Racial Policies in the Shipbuilding, Longshore, and Offshore Maritime Industries, edited by Lester Rubin, William S. Swift, and Herbert Roof Northrup. Philadelphia: Industrial Research Unit, Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, 1974. Discusses the policy of the Communist-aligned NMU toward blacks.

****************************************************************

National Negro Labor Council

Fullilove, Mindy Thompson. “National Negro Labor Council.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Survey of the origins of the C.P.-aligned NNLC in 1950, including the roles of William Hood of UAW Local 600, Victoria Garvin (vice-president of the Distributive, Professional & Office Workers), Coleman A. Young, and Ernest Thompson (secretary of Fair Practice Committee of the UE). Young became the national secretary of the NNLC. Says the NNLC was destroyed by the AFL-CIO and the government.

Thompson, Mindy. The National Negro Labor Council: A History. New York: AIMS, 1978.

****************************************************************

Negro Labor Committee and Frank Crosswaith

Seabrook, John Howard. “Black and White Unite: The Career of Frank R. Crosswaith.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1980. Biography of Crosswaith, a Socialist party figure, ILGWU organizer, New York political figure, head of the Negro Labor Committee, and strong anti-Communist.

Walter, John C. “Frank R. Crosswaith and the Negro Labor Committee in Harlem, 1925-1939.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 3 (July 1979).

Walter, John C. “Frank R. Crosswaith and Labor Unionization in Harlem, 1939-1945.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 7 (July 1983)

****************************************************************

League of Revolutionary Black Worker

Geschwender, James A. “League of Revolutionary Black Workers: Problems Confronting Black Marxist-Leninist Organizations.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 2 (Fall 1974).

Geschwender, James A. “Marxist-Leninist Organization: Prognosis Among Black Workers.” Journal of Black Studies 8, no. 3 (1978). Discusses the rise and fall (1968-71) of the League of Revolutionary Black Workers in the Detroit automobile industry.

****************************************************************

Communism and Black Tobacco Workers

Barthwell, Akosua. Trade Unionism in North Carolina: The Strike Against Reynolds Tobacco, 1947. Pamphlet. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1977. Communist unionist were active in the strike.

Griffin, Larry J., and Robert R. Korstad. “Class as Race and Gender: Making and Breaking a Labor Union in the Jim Crow South.” Social Science History 19, no. 4 (1995). On the some-time left-led Local 22 of the United Cannery, Agricultural, Packing, and Allied Workers of America of the R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company plant in Winston-Salem, North Carolina in the 1940s.

Honey, Michael. “Labor and Civil Rights in the South: The Industrial Labor Movement and Black Workers in Memphis, 1929-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 1988.

Korstad, Karl. “Black and White Together: Organizing in the South with the Food, Tobacco, Agricultural & Allied Workers Union (FTA-CIO), 1946-1952.” In The CIO’s Left-Led Unions, edited by Steve Rosswurm. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Korstad, Robert. “Those Who Were Not Afraid: Winston-Salem, 1943.” In Working Lives: The Southern Exposure History of Labor in the South, edited by Marc S. Miller. New York: Pantheon Books, 1980.

Korstad, Robert. “Daybreak of Freedom: Tobacco Workers and the CIO, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, 1943-1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1987.

Korstad, Robert, and Larry Griffin. “Theory and History: Interpreting Race, Class, and Gender in the Southern Tobacco Industry.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Korstad, Robert Rodgers. Civil Rights Unionism: Tobacco Workers and the Struggle for Democracy in the Mid-Twentieth-Century South. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Love, Richard. “In Defiance of Custom and Tradition: Black Tobacco Workers and Labor Unions in Richmond, Virginia, 1937-1941.” Labor History 35, no. 1 (Winter 1994). Notes a Communist role in tobacco unionism.

Tilley, Nannie M. The R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1985. This commissioned company history notes a Communist role in Local 22 of the CIO Tobacco Workers in the 1940s.

****************************************************************

Communism and Black Workers in Memphis

Honey, Michael. “Labour Leadership and Civil Rights in the South: A Case Study of the CIO in Memphis, 1935-1955.” Studies in History and Politics [Canada] 5 (1986). Argues that the removal of Communists for the union movement removed the only labor allies of Blacks.

Honey, Michael. “The Popular Front in the American South: The View from Memphis.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 30 (Fall 1986). Argues that one of the few effective opponents of Boss Edward Crump’s political machine of the 1930s and 1940s was a CIO-led coalition of white leftist and black workers. Describes a strong and highly praiseworthy Communist role in Local 19 of the United Cannery, Agricultural and Packing and Allied Workers of America and a local of the Inland Boatmen’s Division of the NMU-CIO. Notes the leading role of the Memphis local of the American Newspaper Guild in the anti-Communist wing of the Tennessee CIO.

Honey, Michael. “Focus on Memphis.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “Labor, the Left and Civil Rights in the South: Memphis, Tennessee During the CIO Era, 1937-1955.” In Anti-Communism: The Politics of Manipulation, edited by Gerald M. Erickson and Judith Joël. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1987.

Honey, Michael. “What Happened in Memphis.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Discusses the relationship between the National Negro Congress, Local 19 of the Food, Tobacco and Agricultural Workers Union, and local CIO leaders.

Honey, Michael. “Industrial Unionism and Racial Justice in Memphis.” In Organized Labor in the Twentieth-Century South, edited by Robert H. Zieger. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1991.

Honey, Michael. “Black Workers Remember: Industrial Unionism in the Era of Jim Crow.” In Race, Class, and Community in Southern Labor History, edited by Gary M. Fink and Merl Elwyn Reed. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 1994.

Honey, Michael K. Southern Labor and Black Civil Rights: Organizing Memphis Workers. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

Congressional Investigations of Black Radicalism

Sanford, Delacy W., Jr. “Congressional Investigation of Black Communism, 1919-1967.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1973. Surveys the testimony and deliberations of Congressional investigations of radical activity among Blacks.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Communist Infiltration of Minority Groups. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. The American Negro in the Communist Party. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Subversive Influence in Riots, Looting, and Burning. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

****************************************************************

Black Radicalism and Internal Security Agencies

Harris, Benjamin. “Psychiatrists in the Red Squad: The Case of Jane Newton.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1995. Discusses the case of Jane Emery, white and middle-class, who became a Communist and married Herbert Newton, a prominent African-American Communist, in 1933. In 1934 Jane appeared in municipal court for defying an eviction order. The judge, informed of her background, ordered a psychiatric examination. The court psychiatrist found her insane and committed her. Local newspapers took up a campaign using her as a cautionary tale of the evils of Communism, interracial marriage, and the attraction of communism to the mentally unstable. After a four days in the psychopathic hospital, a panel of three psychiatric doctors testified that she was sane, and a judge ordered her released. Richard Wright later lived with the Newtons, and Jane may have been the model for the Mary Dalton character in Native Son.

Hartman, Andrew. “The Fluidity of Repression in the United States: HUAC, COINTELPRO, and the Black Panthers During the 1960’s.” Graduate Paper. George Washington University, 2003. The FBI as aggressors oppressing the rights on the innocent Black Panthers.

McKnight, Gerald D. “A Harvest of Hate: The FBI’s War Against Black Youth -- Domestic Intelligence in Memphis, Tennessee.” South Atlantic Quarterly 86 (Winter 1987). Discusses FBI surveillance of radical activist black youth groups.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The Roosevelt Administration and Black America: Federal Surveillance Policy and Civil Rights During the New Deal and World War II Years.” Phylon 48, no. 1 (1987).

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the Civil Rights Movement During the Kennedy Years - from the Freedom Rides to Albany.” Journal of Southern History 54, no. 2 (1988).

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the Politics of the Riots, 1964-1968.” Journal of American History 75, no. 1 (June 1988): 91-114.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. Racial Matters: The FBI’s Secret File on Black America, 1960-1972. New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan, 1989.

O’Reilly, Kenneth. “The FBI and the NAACP.” Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Reed, Merl E. “The FBI, MOWM, and CORE, 1941-1946.” Journal of Black Studies 21, no. 4 (1991). On FBI monitoring of the March on Washington Movement and the Congress of Racial Equality for Communist infiltration during World War II.

Washburn, Patrick S. “J. Edgar Hoover and the Black Press in World War II.” Journalism History 13, no. 1 (Spring 1986).

Washburn, Patrick Scott. A Question of Sedition: The Federal Government’s Investigation of the Black Press During World War II. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses government interest in Communist-influenced Black journalists.

****************************************************************

Blacks and Communism: Biographical Material

Harry Belafonte

Radosh, Ronald. “The Truth About UNICEF’s Goodwill Ambassador.” New York Sun, 31 Janunary 2006. On Harry Belafonte’s Communist ties.

****************************************************************

Ben Burns

Burns, Ben. Nitty Gritty: A White Editor in Black Journalism. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1996. A CPUSA journalist in the 1930s (Daily Worker, Midwest Record, and People’s World), Burns got the position of editor of the black-oriented Chicago Defender in the mid-1940s with party help. He met John Johnson and became executive editor of Johnson’s new venture, Ebony, and other Johnson publications. He was expelled from the CPUSA in the late 1940s on white chauvinism charges based in part on his links to Johnson’s policy of not emphasizing protest in his black publications.

****************************************************************

Marvel Cooke

Span, Paula. “Marvel Cooke’s Tour of the Century.” Washington Post, 11 August 1993. Feature story about black journalist who joined the C.P. in the 1930s and who says that although changes in the Communist world in recent years had left her “a little disturbed recently, but I’ve never dropped my membership.”

Streitmatter, Rodger, and Barbara Diggs-Brown. “Marvel Cooke: An African-American Woman Journalist Who Agitated for Racial Reform.” Afro-Americans in New York Life and History 16, no. 2 (1992). Radical black journalist Marvel Cooke joined the CPUSA in 1936.

****************************************************************

Angela Davis

Aptheker, Bettina. The Morning Breaks: The Trial of Angela Davis. New York: International Publishers, 1975. Description of the trial written by a fellow Communist.

Collier, Peter. “The Red and the Black.” Heterodoxy 3, no. 2 (February 1995). On Communist Angela Davis and her winning to the “Presidential Chair” professorship at the University of California Santa Cruz.

Davis, Angela Yvonne. Angela Davis--an Autobiography. New York: International Publishers, 1988.

Miller, Judy Ann. “The State of California Vs. Angela Y. Davis and Ruchell Magee.” Black Politician 2, no. 4 (1971).

Nadelson, Regina. Who is Angela Davis? The Biography of a Revolutionary. New York: P. H. Wyden, 1972. Admiring biography.

Parker, J. A. Angela Davis: The Making of a Revolutionary. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1973. Hostile biography.

Timothy, Mary. Jury Woman. Palo Alto, CA: Emty Press, 1974. Written by a member of the Angela Davis jury.

Williams, Irene. “Women in the Dark Times: Three Views of the Angela Davis Trial.” San Jose Studies 4, no. 1 (1978). Review article on the Angela Davis trial, 1970; prompted by Angela Davis’s With My Mind On Freedom: An Autobiography, Bettina Aptheker’s The Morning Breaks, and Mary Timothy’s Jury Woman

****************************************************************

Benjamin Davis

Davis, Benjamin J. Communist Councilman from Harlem: Autobiographical Notes Written in a Federal Penitentiary. New York: International Publishers, 1969.

Eversole, Theodore W. “Benjamin J. Davis, Jr. (1903-1964): From Republican Atlanta Lawyer to Harlem Communist Councilman.” Journal of the Afro-American Historical and Genealogical Society 8, no. 1 (1987). Biographical essay.

Greenberg, Ken. “Benjamin Jefferson Davis, Jr., in the City Council: Harlem’s Reaction to Communism During the 1940’s.” Master’s thesis. Columbia University, 1970.

Horne, Gerald. Black Liberation/Red Scare: Ben Davis and the Communist Party. Newark, DE: University of Delaware Press, 1993. Hagiographic portrait of Davis, elected to the city council of New York, who was one of the few open CPUSA members ever elected to a significant public office.

Horwitz, Gerry. “Benjamin Davis, Jr., and the American Communist Party: A Study in Race and Politics.” UCLA Historical Journal 4 (1983).

Klore, Joe. “Harlem’s Communist Councilman, Ben Davis Jr.” Political Affairs 81, no. 2 (2002).

Lewinson, Edwin R. Black Politics in New York City. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974. Notes the role of Ben Davis and other black Communists in black city politics in the 1940s.

Markowitz, Norman. “Benjamin Davis, Jr.: Centennial, 1903-2003.” Political Affairs 82, no. 2 (February 2003).

****************************************************************

W.E.B. Du Bois

Aptheker, Herbert, ed. Annotated Bibliography of the Published Writings of W. E. B. Du Bois. Millwood, NY: Kraus-Thomson Organization, 1973.

Aptheker, Herbert. The Literary Legacy of W.E.B. Du Bois. White Plains, NY: Kraus International Publications, 1989.

Cain, William E. “W. E. B. Du Bois’s Autobiography and the Politics of Literature.” Black American Literature Forum 24, no. 2 (1990).

Drake, Willie Avon. “From Reform to Communism: The Intellectual Development of W.E.B. DuBois.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 1985. Argues that a socialist vision underlay Du Bois thought throughout his life.

Du Bois, Shirley Graham. His Day is Marching: On a Memoir of W. E. B. Du Bois. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1971.

Du Bois, W. E. B. The Autobiography of W. E. B. DuBois: A Soliloquy on Viewing My Life from the Last Decade of Its First Century. New York]: International Publishers, 1968.

Efrat, Edgar S. “Incipient Panafricansim: W. E. B. DuBois and the Early Days.” Australian Journal of Politics and History 13, no. 3 (1967).

Higbee, Mark D. “A Letter from W. E. B. Dubois to His Daughter Yolande, Dated ‘Moscow, December, 10, 1958.’” Journal of Negro History 78, no. 3 (Summer 1993).

Horne, Gerald. “W. E. B. Du Bois and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Southern Historical Association. Louisville, Kentucky, 1984.

Horne, Gerald. Black and Red: W.E.B. Du Bois and the Afro-American Response to the Cold War, 1944-1963. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1986. Highly sympathetic to Du Bois’s adoption of Communism.

Horne, Gerald. Race Woman: The Lives of Shirley Graham Du Bois. New York: New York University Press, 2000. Biography of the Communist activist, writer, artist, official in Nkrumah’s Ghana devotee of Maoist China and wife of W.E.B. Du Bois.

Horne, Gerald C. “Black and Red: W.E.B. Du Bois and the Cold War, 1944-1963.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1984.

Lewis, David L. “W.E.B. DuBois.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1986.

Lewis, Levering. “DuBois, the NAACP and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Lindberg, Kathryne V. “W.E.B. Du Bois’s Dusk of Dawn and James Yates’s Mississippi to Madrid or ‘what Goes Around Comes Around and Around and Around’ in Autobiography.” Massachusetts Review 35, no. 2 (1994).

Marable, Manning. W.E.B. DuBois, Black Radical Democrat. Boston: Twayne, 1986. Sympathetic biography of DuBois from a radical perspective.

Melamed, Jodi. “‘No Deed but Memory’: W.E.B. Du Bois’s Soliloquy for the Communist Century.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Melamed, Jodi. “W. E. B. Du Bois’s UnAmerican End.” African American Review 40, no. 3 (Fall 2006): 533-50.

Mullen, Bill. “W.E.B. Du Bois, Dark Princess, and the Afro-Asian International.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Mullen, Bill V. “Du Bois, Dark Princess, and the Afro-Asian International.” Positions: East Asia Cultures Critique 11, no. 1 (2003).

Phillips, Lily Wiatrowski. “W. E. B. Du Bois and Soviet Communism: The Black Flame as Socialist Realism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 94, no. 3 (1995).

Phillips, Lily Wiatrowski. “W.E.B. DuBois and Soviet Communism: ‘The Black Flame’ as Socialist Realism.” South Atlantic Quarterly 94, no. 3 (1995).

Rampersad, Arnold. The Art and Imagination of W. E. B. Du Bois. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1976.

Thompson, Robert Dee, Jr. “A Socio-Biography of Shirley Graham-Du Bois: A Life in the Struggle.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1997.

Trotter, Joe W. “W.E.B. Du Bois: Ambiguous Journey to the Black Working Class.” In Reading Southern History: Essays on Interpreters and Interpretations, edited by Glenn Feldman. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2001.

Wright, William D. “The Socialist Analysis of W.E.B. Du Bois.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Buffalo, 1985.

****************************************************************

Hubert Harrison

Harrison, Hubert H. A Hubert Harrison Reader. Edited by Jeffrey Babcock Perry. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 2001. A prominent Black Socialist, Harrison was close to the C.P. in the 1920s.

Perry, Jeffrey B. “Hubert Harrison (1883-1927): Race Consciousness and the Struggle for Socialism.” Socialism and Democracy 34 (2003).

Perry, Jeffrey B. Hubert Harrison: The Voice of Harlem Radicalism, 1883-1918. New York: Columbia University Press, 2008.

****************************************************************

Harry Haywood

Goldfield, Michael. “The Decline of the Communist Party and the Black Question in the U.S.: Harry Haywood’s Black Bolshevik.” Review of Radical Political Economics 12, no. 1 (1980).

Haywood, Harry. The Road to Negro Liberation: The Tasks of the Communist Party in Winning Working Class Leadership of the Negro Liberation Struggles, and the Fight Against Reactionary Nationalist-Reformist Movements Among the Negro People. New York: Workers Library, 1934.

Haywood, Harry. Black Bolshevik: Autobiography of an Afro-American Communist. Chicago: Liberator Press, 1978. Autobiography by one of the Communist party chief black leaders of the 1930s and 1940s. Haywood was expelled in 1959 and became associated with Maoist organizations.

****************************************************************

Hosea Hudson

Hudson, Hosea. Black Worker in the Deep South: A Personal Record. New York: International Publishers, 1972.

Hudson, Hosea, and Nell Irvin Painter. The Narrative of Hosea Hudson: His Life as a Negro Communist in the South. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1979. Edited autobiographical oral history interview.

Painter, Nell Irvin. “Hosea Hudson: A Negro Communist in the Deep South.” Radical America 11, no. 4 (July-August 1977). Edited autobiographical oral history interview.

****************************************************************

Martin Luther King, Jr.

Breindel, Eric M. “King’s Communist Associates.” New Republic, 30 January 1984. Discusses the links to the Communist party of some aides to Martin Luther King, Jr.

Fairclough, Adam. “Was Martin Luther King a Marxist?” History Workshop Journal [U.K.] 15 (1983).

Federal Bureau of Investigation. Communist Infiltration of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference and J. Edgar Hoover’s Official and Confidential File on Martin Luther King, Jr. F.B.I. Investigation Files. Wilmington, DE: Scholarly Resources, Inc., 1983. Nine microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Garrow, David J., ed. “The Martin Luther King, Jr., FBI File.” Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1984. pt. 1. FBI file (16 reels) -- pt. 2. The King-Levison file (9 reels)

Garrow, David J. The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr.: From “Solo” to Memphis. New York: W.W. Norton, 1981. Notes that initial FBI interest in King was due to his relationship with Stanley Levison, a former Communist. The FBI’s concern about Levison was based on information from informants inside the Communist party.

Garrow, David J. The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr.: From “Solo” to Memphis. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2001. New and enlarged edition with additional details on the FBI’s investigation of Stanley Levison’s links to the CPUSA and King.

Garrow, David J. “The FBI and Martin Luther King.” Atlantic Monthly, July/August 2002, 80-88. Based on newly opened FBI files on the FBI’s investigation of Stanley Levinson’s role in the CPUSA’s covert financial support apparatus and his role as an adviser to King.

****************************************************************

Claude Lightfoot

Lightfoot, Claude M. An American Looks at Russia: Can We Live Together in Peace? New York: New Century Publishers, 1951. “Text of a speech delivered in Chicago on November 10, 1950, by ... State Secretary of the Communist Party in Illinois, on the occasion of the thirty-third anniversary of the Russian revolution.”

Lightfoot, Claude M. Ghetto Rebellion to Black Liberation. New York: International Publishers, 1968.

Lightfoot, Claude M. Chicago Slums to World Politics: Autobiography of Claude M. Lightfoot. Edited by Timothy V. Johnson. New York: New Outlook, 1985.

****************************************************************

James and Esther Jackson

Davis, Angela. “James and Esther Jackson: Connecting the Past to the Present.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Jackson, Maurice. “James and Esther Jackson: A Personal Perspective.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Johnson, Timothy. “‘Death for Negro Lynching!’ The Communist Party, USA’s Position on the African American Question.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Kelley, Robin D. G. “The Jacksons.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Leab, Daniel J., Michael Nash, and David Levering Lewis. “Remembering the Jacksons.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Lewis, David Levering. “James and Esther Jackson: A Historical Assessment.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Richards, Johnetta. “Fundamentally Determined: James E. Jackson and Esther Cooper Jackson and the Southern Negro Youth Congress–1937–1946.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

Rzeszutek, Sara E. “‘All Those Rosy Dreams we Cherish’: James Jackson and Esther Cooper’s Marriage on the Front Lines of the Double Victory Campaign.” American Communist History 7, no. 2 (December 2008).

****************************************************************

Claudia Jones

Davies, Carole Boyce. Left of Karl Marx: The Political Life of Black Communist Claudia Jones. Durham: Duke University Press, 2007.

Hill, Rebecca. “Fosterites and Feminists, or 1950s Ultra-Leftists and the Invention of AmeriKKKa.” New Left Review [U.K.], no. 228 (1998). Admiring portrait of Claudia Jones, a Black Trinidadian immigrant active in the CPUSA in the 1930s and 1940s and, after deportation, in the British Communist and radical movement.

Johnson, Buzz. “I Think of My Mother” Notes on the Life and Times of Claudia Jones. London, U.K.: Kaira Press, 1985.

Jones, Claudia. “Dear Comrade Foster...” Ed. Peter Meyer Filardo. American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Claudia Jones autobiographical statement of 6 December 1955.

May, Claudia Rosemary. “Nuances of Un-American Literature(s): In Search of Claudia Jones; A Literary Retrospective on the Life, Times and Works of an Activist-Writer.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1996.

Sherwood, Marika. Claudia Jones: A Life in Exile. London, U.K.: Lawrence & Wishart, 1999. Born in Trinidad, in the mid-1940s Jones was editor for Negro affairs for the CPUSA’s Daily Worker and executive secretary of the National Negro Commission. She also served on the National Committee of the CPUSA, was executive secretary of the National Women’s Commission and editor of the Negro Affairs Quarterly. After a year in prison she was deported to Britain in December 1955 where she worked within the CPGB.

****************************************************************

George Padmore

Hooker, James R. Black Revolutionary; George Padmore’s Path from Communism to Pan-Africanism. New York: Praeger, 1967.

Padmore, George. Pan-Africanism or Communism? The Coming Struggle for Africa. New York: Roy Publishers, 1956.

****************************************************************

Adam Clayton Powell

Gunther, Lenworth, III. “Flamin’ Tongue: The Rise of Adam Clayton Powell, Jr., 1908-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1985.

Hickey, Neil, and Ed Edwin. Adam Clayton Powell and the Politics of Race. New York: Fleet Pub. Corp., 1965. Discusses Powell’s complex and ambiguous relationship with the Communist party.

****************************************************************

A. Philip Randolph and the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters

Anderson, Jervis. A. Philip Randolph: A Biographical Portrait. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. Discusses Randolph’s experiences in and disillusionment with the Communist-aligned National Negro Congress.

Arnesen, Eric. “A. Philip Randolph: Labor and the New Black Politics.” In The Human Tradition in American Labor History, edited by Eric Arnesen. Wilmington, Del.: SR Books, 2004.

Arnesen, Eric. “Reconsidering Black Anticommunism: A. Philip Randolph, the Left, and the Race Question.” Paper presented at Newberry Library Labor History Seminar. 14 October, 2005.

Brooks, T.R., and A.H. Raskin. “A. Philip Randolph, 1889-1979.” New Leader 62 (4 June 1979). Biographical essay.

Bynum, Cornelius Lyn. “Fighting for Identity: A. Philip Randolph’s Search for Class-Consciousness in the Age of the Harlem Renaissance.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 2004.

Garfinkel, Herbert. When Negroes March: The March on Washington Movement in the Organizational Politics for FEPC. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1959. Notes the changing Communist attitude to A. Philip Randolph’s March on Washington Movement in World War II.

Harris, William H. “A. Philip Randolph as a Charismatic Leader, 1925-1941.” Journal of Negro History 64, no. 4 (Spring 1979).

Harris, William Hamilton. Keeping the Faith: A. Philip Randolph, Milton P. Webster, and the Brotherhood of Sleeping Car Porters, 1925-37. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977.

Henderson, Jeff. “A. Philip Randolph and the Dilemmas of Socialism and Black Nationalism in the United States, 1917-1941.” Race & Class 20 (Autumn 1978).

Henrik, John. “A. Philip Randolph, The Messenger and the Black Opposition.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Kersten, Andrew Edmund. A. Philip Randolph: A Life in the Vanguard. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2007

Marable, Manning. “A. Philip Randolph and the Foundation of Black American Socialism.” Radical America 14, no. 2 (March-April 1980).

Pfeffer, Paula F. A. Philip Randolph, Pioneer of the Civil Rights Movement. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1990.

Randolph, Asa Philip. “Menace of Communism.” American Federationist 56 (March 1949).

Schultz, Kevin M. “The FEPC and the Legacy of the Labor-Based Civil Rights Movement of the 1940s.” Labor History 49, no. 1 (February 2008). A. Philip Randolph plays a central role.

Taylor, Cynthia. A. Philip Randolph: The Religious Journey of an African American Labor Leader. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

****************************************************************

Bayard Rustin

Anderson, Jervis. Bayard Rustin: Troubles I’ve Seen: A Biography. New York: HarperCollins, 1997. Rustin, a leading civil rights figure, was an influential anti-Communist social democrat in the post-World War II era.

D’Emilio, John. “Homophobia and the Trajectory of Postwar American Radicalism: The Case of Bayard Rustin.” Radical History Review, no. 62 (Spring 1995).

D’Emilio, John. “When Ghandi Met Foucault: The Prison Years of Bayard Rustin.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 2001.

D’Emilio, John. Lost Prophet: the Life and Times of Bayard Rustin. New York: Free Press, 2003.

Levine, Daniel. Bayard Rustin and the Civil Rights Movement. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1999.

Rustin, Bayard. Down the Line: The Collected Writings of Bayard Rustin. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

Rustin, Bayard. Time on Two Crosses: The Collected Writings of Bayard Rustin. Edited by Devon W. Carbado and Donald. Weise. San Francisco: Cleis Press, 2003.

Viorst, Milton. Fire in the Streets: America in the 1960s. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979. Notes that Bayard Rustin broke with the Communist party in 1941 due to its rapid change of line.

****************************************************************

George S. Schuyler

Judge, Mark Gauvreau. “Justice to George S. Schuyler.” Policy Review, no. 102 (August-September 2000).

Schuyler, George Samuel. Black and Conservative: The Autobiography of George S. Schuyler. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1966.

Schuyler, George Samuel. Rac(e)Ing to the Right: Selected Essays of George S. Schuyler. Edited by Jeffrey B. Leak. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2001.

Williams, Oscar Renal, III. “The Making of a Black Conservative: George S. Schuyler.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1997. On Schuyler’s evolution from radicalism in the 1930s to the far-right in the 1950s and 1960s.

Williams, Oscar R. “Postwar Black Conservatism and McCarthyism: George S. Schuyler and the Anti-Communist Movement, 1945-54.” Paper presented at American History Association annual meeting, 2003.

****************************************************************

Robert F. Williams

Tyson, Timothy B. “Robert F. Williams, ‘Black Power,’ and the Roots of the African American Freedom Struggle.” Journal of American History 85, no. 2 (September 1998)

****************************************************************

Henry Winston

Mostovets, N. Henry Winston, Profile of a U.S. Communist. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1983. Soviet hagiography of a leading African-American Communist.

****************************************************************

Max Yergan

Anthony, David Henry. Max Yergan: Race Man, Internationalist, Cold Warrior. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

****************************************************************

Black Writers, Black Artists, and Communism

Aldridge, Daniel W. “A Militant Liberalism: Anti-Communism and the African-American Intelligentsia, 1939-1945.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 2004.

Bardan, Alice. “Communist Rhetorics and Reception in Black Bohemian Writers: The Case of Hughes, McKay, and Nugent.” master’s thesis. Emporia State University, 2003.

Batiste, Stephanie L. “Dramas of Property as the Performance of Resistance: The Possibilities of Radicalism in the Negro Federal Theater’s ‘Big White Fog’ and ‘Mississippi Rainbow.’” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Bone, Robert. The Negro Novel in America. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1958. Sees Communist influence on black writers as having promoted racial nationalism.

Booker, M. Keith. “The Reds and the Blacks.” In Cold War Literature: Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Carreiro, Amy Elizabeth. “African-American Writers and the Legacy of the Harlem Renaissance, 1920-1970.” Ph.D. diss. Oklahoma State University, 1997. Uses African-American literature to reassess past and present historiographical interpretations of black intellectuals, the Harlem Renaissance, and black membership in the American Communist Party. Concentrates on Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, and Ralph Ellison.

Dawahare, Anthony. “Specter of Radicalism in Alain Locke’s The New Negro.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Dawahare, Anthony. Nationalism, Marxism, and African American Literature Between the Wars: A New Pandora’s Box. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2002.

Dolinar, Brian. “Where History Turned Another Page: The Black Popular Art of Langston Hughes, Ollie Harrington, and Chester Himes.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate University, 2005.

Foley, Barbara. Spectres of 1919 Class and Nation in the Making of the New Negro. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2003.

Gardullo, Paul R. “Nat Turner on the Back Burner: Visions of Slave Revolt in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Horne, Gerald. “Black Thinkers at Sea: Ferdinand Smith and the Decline of African American Proletarian Intellectuals.” Souls 4 (Spring 2002).

Johnson, Abby Arthur, and Ronald Maberry Johnson. Propaganda and Aesthetics the Literary Politics of Afro-American Magazines in the Twentieth Century. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1979.

Kelley, Robin D. G. Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination. Boston: Beacon Press, 2002.

Kim, Sam G. “Black Americans’ Commitment to Communism: A Case Study Based on Fiction and Autobiographies by Black Americans.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1986. Compares and contrasts the fictional and autobiographical works of a number of black Communists. Notes that autobiographical works tended to be supportive of Communism and of the relationship of blacks to the Communist party, whereas fictional works, some by the same author, tended to be more critical. Attributes the harsher stance of fictional works to the lack of need for self-justification.

Lubin, Alex. Revising the Blueprint: Ann Petry and the Literary Left. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2007.

Margolick, David. Strange Fruit: Billie Holiday, Café Society, and an Early Cry for Civil Rights. Philadelphia: Running Press, 2000.

Maxwell, William J. New Negro, Old Left African-American Writing and Communism Between the Wars. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Maxwell, William Joseph. “Dialectical Engagements: The ‘New Negro’ and the ‘Old Left,’ 1918-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1993. Examines the intellectual engagements of Claude McKay, Mike Gold Richard Right, Nora Neale Hurston, and Nelson Algren.

Mullen, Bill. “Popular Fronts: ‘Negro Story’ Magazine and the African American Literary Response to World War II.” African American Review 30, no. 1 (Spring 1996).

Mullen, Bill. Popular Fronts: Chicago and African-American Cultural Politics, 1935-46. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1999.

Naison, Mark. “Communism and Harlem Intellectuals in the Popular Front: Anti-Fascism and the Politics of Black Culture.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 9, no. 1 (Spring 1981). Examines the Communist party’s approach to black community leaders during the Popular Front. The greatest success came when class struggle themes were dropped and black issues emphasized through such organizations as the National Negro Congress.

Peterson, Rachel. “African American Writers, Communism and Anticommunism: Trajectories of Commitment.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Robinson, Cedric J. Black Marxism: The Making of the Black Radical Tradition. London, Totowa, NJ: Zed & Biblio Distribution Center, 1983. Discusses the political and intellectual development of W.E.B. Du Bois, C.L.R. James, and Richard Wright.

Simama, Jabari Onaje. “Black Writers Experience Communism: An Interdisciplinary Study of Imaginative Writers, Their Critics, and the CPUSA.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1978. Finds that the Communist party hindered Black Communist writers who attempted to articulate themes which the party did not endorse; concludes that the Communist party’s Black Republic and Black Self-Determination themes were largely propaganda devices without real programmatic intent; notes that the CPUSA used its Black members to attack Black writers who attempted self-expression; remarks that the party was successful in American society at large only when it was successful in the Black community.

Singh, Nikhil Pal. “Retracing the Red-Black Thread.” American Literary History. 4, 15. 2003

Smethurst, James. “The Left and the Rise of Black Arts Movement in New York City; New York City and the Rise of Black Arts Movement.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Smethurst, James. “The Communist Left and the Rise of the Black Arts Movement in the Mid-West.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Smethurst, James Edward. “The New Red Negro: African-American Poetry of the 1930s and 1940s.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1996. Abstract: “locates African American poetry written during the 1930s and 1940s within the cultural matrices of “high” and “low” culture, and of the literary, and political, discourses of modernism, nationalism and Communism. The ideology of the Communist Left, particularly as expressed through ‘cultural’ institutions of the literary Left, such as the journal New Masses, publishing houses, newspapers, etc., significantly influenced the shape of African American poetry in the 1930s and 1940s as well as the content of the poetry.”

Smethurst, James Edward. The New Red Negro: The Literary Left and African American Poetry, 1930-1946. New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.

Smethurst, James. “The Influence of the Popular Front in the South on the Black Arts Movement.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Smethurst, James Edward. “Poetry and Sympathy: New York, the Left, and the Rise of Black Arts.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Turner, Washella N. “Unity or Dissension? African American Literary Perspectives on Twentieth-Century Interracial Organizations and Relations.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 2005. ABSTRACT: Various literary texts written by African American authors, specifically from the 1920s through the 1960s, portray the purposes and effectiveness of blacks and whites working in the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), the Communist Party of the United States of America (CPUSA), and individuals who promote interracial fellowship and equal rights. I contend that historical oppression,the psychological aftereffects of slavery on both blacks and whites, plays both subconscious and conscious roles within these individuals, thereby limiting their ability to work together effectively. In support of this idea, I engage Frantz Fanon’s Black Skin, White Masks and Albert Memmi’s The Colonizer and the Colonized to discuss inferiority complexes among blacks and superiority complexes among whites. Other factors that affect interracial coalition for equality are capitalism, white liberalism, intellectualism, and assimilationism.; Jessie Fauset’s There is Confusion, Rudolph Fisher’s The Walls of Jericho, George Schuyler’s Black No More: A Novel, and Carl Offord’s The White Face depict the effectiveness of the NAACP as a vessel to assist blacks in securing equal rights in the United States. Chester Himes’ Lonely Crusade and Ralph Ellison’s Invisible Man comment on the methods the CPUSA uses to increase black membership in the organization in order to give the impression of fostering black equality. I also examine interracial social situations and educational opportunities for blacks in Ann Petry’s The Street, Richard Wright’s Native Son, Ralph Ellison’s Invisible Man, and Kristin Hunter’s The Landlord, as well as interracial working conditions in William Attaway’s Blood on the Forge and Chester Himes’ If He Hollers Let Him Go and Lonely Crusade.

Von Eschen, Penny M. “‘That’s What They Call Cultural Exchange’: The Dilemma of the Black Artist in the Cold War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Wald, Alan. “African Americans, Culture and Communism: National Liberation and Socialism [Part 1 & 2].” Against the Current 14 &15, no. 6 & 2 (January-February/May-June 2000). Review essay of Solomon’s The Cry Was Unity, Maxwell’s Old Negro, New Left, Mullen’s Popular Fronts, and Smethurst’s The New Red Negro. “From the early 1920s until the late 1950s, the U.S. Communist movement was a significant pole of attraction in African-American political and cultural life. Only a few prominent African-American poets, fiction writers, playwrights and critics-such as novelist Richard Wright-publicly boasted of party membership. Yet it seems likely that Margaret Walker, Lance Jeffers, Claude McKay, John Oliver Killens, Julian Mayfield, Alice Childress, Shirley Graham, Lloyd Brown, John Henrik Clarke, William Attaway, Frank Marshall Davis, Lorraine Hansberry, Douglas Turner Ward, Audre Lorde, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Harold Cruse were among those organizationally affiliated in individualized ways. A list of other African-American cultural workers who were, to varying degrees and at different points, fellow travelers, would probably include Ralph Ellison, Chester Himes, Sterling Brown, Langston Hughes, Paul Robeson, Theodore Ward, Countee Cullen, James Baldwin (as a teenager), Richard Durham, Alain Locke, Willard Motley, Rosa Guy, Sarah Wright, Jessie Fausett, Owen Dodson, Ossie Davis, Dorothy West, Marion Minus, Robert Hayden, Waring Cuney, and Lonne Elder III.”

Wald, Alan. “Louisiana Reds: The Southern Roots of Black Marxism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004. On the southern roots of major Black artists and writers.

Washington, Mary Helen. “Alice Childress, Lorraine Hansberry, and Claudia Jones: Black Women Write the Popular Front.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Welch, Rebeccah E. “Black Art and Activism in Postwar New York, 1950--1965.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2002.

Wixson, Douglas. “‘Black Writers and White!’: Jack Conroy, Arna Bontemps, and Interracial Collaboration in the 1930s.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 23 (1998). Examines interracial collaboration in the arts, the role of the CPUSA, and the joint authorship of Conroy and Bontemps of several works.

Young, Cynthia. “Havana up in Harlem: Leroi Jones, Harold Cruse and the Making of a Cultural Revolution.” Science & Society 65, no. 1 (2001).

Young, James O. Black Writers of the Thirties. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1973. Judges that the Communist party stifled black writers associated with it.

*****************************************************************

Black Writers, Black Artists: Biographical Material

Josephine Baker

Dudziak, Mary L. “Josephine Baker, Racial Protest and the Cold War.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Josephine Baker, Racial Protest, and the Cold War.” Journal of American History 81, no. 2 (September 1994): 543-70. On government investigations of the black singer Josephine Baker and her criticism of U.S. race relations during international tours.

****************************************************************

James Baldwin

Murphy, Geraldine. “Subversive Anti-Stalinism: Race and Sexuality in the Early Essays of James Baldwin.” ELH [English Literary History] 63, no. 4 (1996). Says Baldwin was influenced in the 1940’s-60’s by literary anti-Stalinism and “Cold War liberalism.”

****************************************************************

Lloyd Brown

Wald, Alan. “Lloyd Brown and the African American Literary Left [Foreword].” In Iron City: A Novel, Lloyd L. Brown. Boston: Northeastern University Press, 1994. Regarding Brown, an African-American Communist, and his 1951 novel of racist and anti-Communist oppression. Brown born in St. Paul, MN in 1913, mother German-American daughter of Union Army veteran, father a Black Pullman porter. YCL 1929, to USSR in 1933-34. In 1937 he married Lily Kashin a young Communist with Polish-Jewish immigrant parents. In WWII he was in the Army Air Force. He officially left party in 1952 to become an aide to Paul Robeson, never officially rejoined C.P. but remained ideologically a Communist. Iron City is set in the Monongahela county jail, police terror against blacks and radicals. Loosely based on 1940 when Brown was in jail in Pittsburgh Allegheny county jail in the little Red scare with William Jones, a black in prison for murder and executed later.

****************************************************************

Harold Cruse

Cruse, Harold. The Crisis of the Negro Intellectual. New York: Morrow, 1967. A former Communist criticizes the Communist party and the role of Jews in it from a black nationalist perspective.

Paris, Arthur. “Cruse and the Crisis in Black Culture: The Case of Theater, 1900-1930.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 5, no. 2 (1977). Examines Harold Cruse’s argument that black intellectuals betrayed their task of providing artistic and cultural leadership for the black masses by subordinating themselves to Communists and Jews.

Resnick, Sid. “Harold Cruse’s Attack on Jewish Communists: A Comment.” Science & Society 66, no. 3 (Fall 2002).

Wald, Alan. “Narrating Nationalisms: Black Marxism and Jewish Communists Through the Eyes of Harold Cruse.” Science & Society 64, no. 4 (Winter 2000-01): 400-23. Praises Cruse for taking a problematic rather than uncritical view of the Communist legacy but strongly disputes treatment of African American pro-Communist writers and Jewish Party members.

Wald, Alan. “Narrating Nationalisms: Black Marxism and Jewish Communists Through the Eyes of Harold Cruse.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Watts, Jerry, ed. Harold Cruse’s The Crisis of the Negro Intellectual Reconsidered. New York: Routledge, 2004.

****************************************************************

Ralph Ellison

Foley, Barbara. “The Rhetoric of Anti-Communism in Invisible Man.” College English 59 (Summer 1997).

Foley, Barbara. “Ralph Ellison: Proletarian Novelist.” Science & Society 62, no. 4 (Winter 1998-99).

Foley, Barbara. “From Communism to Brotherhood: The Drafts of Invisible Man.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Foley, Barbara. “Race, Class, and Communism: The Young Ralph Ellison and the ‘Whole Left’.” In Radical Relevance: Toward a Scholarship of the Whole Left, edited by Laura Gray-Rosendale and Steven Rosendale. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2005.

Hobson, Christopher Z. “‘Invisible Man’ and African American Radicalism in World War II.” African American Review 39, no. 3 (September 2005): 355-76.

Jackson, Lawrence P. “The Birth of the Critic: The Literary Friendship of Ralph Ellison and Richard Wright.” American Literature 72, no. 2 (2000).

Johnson, Iris Nicole. “The History Behind Ralph Ellison’s ‘Invisible Man.’” Master’s thesis. Texas A&M, Kingsville, 2001. Discusses the role of communism in Invisible Man.

Mazurek, Raymond A. “Writer on the Left: Class and Race in Ellison’s Early Fiction.” College Literature 29, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Purcell, Richard Errol. “Ralph Ellison and the American Pursuit of Humanism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 2008. Discusses Ellison’s embrace of Cold War anti-Communist culture.

Reavis, Dick Johnson. “Defamatory Man: Ralph Ellison and the Communist Party.” Master’s thesis. University of Texas at Arlington, 1998. Maintains that Ellison’s depiction of the Brotherhood defamed the CPUSA and its noble struggle for racial equality.

Roberts, Brian. “Reading Ralph Ellison Synthesizing the C.P. and the NAACP: Sympathetic Narrative Strategy, Sympathetic Bodies.” Journal of Narrative Theory 34, no. 1 (Winter 2004).

Wolfe, Jesse. “‘Ambivalent Man’: Ralph Ellison’s Rejection of Communism.” African American Review 34, no. 4 (2000)

****************************************************************

Chester Himes

Himes, Chester B. The Autobiography of Chester Himes. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1972.

Margolies, Edward, and Michel Fabre. The Several Lives of Chester Himes. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1997.

Melnick, Jeffrey Paul. “Some Notes on the Erotics of Black-Jewish Relations.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 23, no. 4 (2005). Focuses on Chester Himes’s novel Lonely Crusade, featuring several communist characters.

Wald, Alan. “Chester Himes (1909-1984).” In African American Writers, edited by Valerie Smith. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 2001. Focuses on Himes’ connections with the Communist movement, his WPA experiences, his pro-Soviet views, and treatment of the Left in his first two novels.

****************************************************************

Langston Hughes

Hughes, Langston. I Wonder as I Wander: An Autobiographical Journey. New York: Rinehart, 1956. Discusses an ill-fated joint Soviet-American attempt in the early 1930s to make a film on American race relations entitled “Black and White.”

McLaren, Joseph. Langston Hughes, Folk Dramatist in the Protest Tradition, 1921-1943. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1997

Moglen, Seth. “Modernism in the Black Diaspora: Langston Hughes and the Broken Cubes of Picasso.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Moore, David Chioni. “Colored Dispatches From the Uzbek Border: Langston Hughes’ Relevance, 1933-2002.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Moore, David Chioni. “Local Color, Global ‘Color’: Langston Hughes, the Black Atlantic, and Soviet Central Asia, 1932.” Research in African Literatures 27, no. 4 (Winter 1996).

Rampersad, Arnold. “Langston Hughes.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986.

Rampersad, Arnold. The Life of Langston Hughes. v. 1. 1902-1941, I, Too, Sing America -- v. 2. 1941-1967, I Dream a World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses Hughes’ hyperoptimism regarding Soviet Communism in the 1920s and 1930s and the difficulty his publication of “Good Morning Revolution” and “Goodbye, Christ” caused him in later life in the United States.

Scott, Jonathan Paul. “The Blood of Others: Class Struggle and Popular Culture in the Writing of Langston Hughes.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1998. Suggests that Hughes’s distancing of himself from communism in the early Cold War has been exaggerated.

Smethurst, James Edward. “‘Don’t Say Goodbye to the Porkpie Hat’: Langston Hughes, the Left, and the Black Arts Movement.” Callaloo 25, no. 4 (Fall 2002).

Sundquist, Eric J. “Who Was Langston Hughes?” Commentary 102, no. 6 (December 1996). Discusses Hughes’ relationship with the CPUSA and the USSR in the 1930s.

****************************************************************

Zora Neale Hurston

Hemenway, Robert E. Zora Neale Hurston: A Literary Biography. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977.

Holt, Elvin. “Zora Neale Hurston and the Politics of Race: A Study of Selected Nonfictional Works.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kentucky, 1983. Notes anti-Communist themes in Hurston’s writings.

Schmidt, Rita T. “‘With My Sword in My Hand.’ The Politics of Race and Sex in the Fiction of Zora Neale Hurston.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pittsburgh, 1983.

Taylor, Carole Anne. “Zora Neale Hurston, Agnes Smedley, and Cultural Memory: Against a Postmodern Apartheid.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

****************************************************************

Bob Kaufman

Smethurst, James Edward. “‘Remembering When Indians Were Red’: Bob Kaufman, the Popular Front, and the Black Arts Movement.” Callaloo 25, no. 1 (Winter 2002). Focuses on the life and career of Afro-American poet Bob Kaufman.

****************************************************************

Claude McKay

Cooper, Wayne. “Claude McKay and the New Negro of the 1920’s.” Phylon 25, no. 3 (1964). Discusses his visit to the Soviet Union and his association with communism.

Cooper, Wayne F. “Claude McKay as a Communist.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Cooper, Wayne F. Claude McKay: Rebel Sojourner in the Harlem Renaissance: A Biography. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1987. Discusses McKay’s relationship to Communism.

Donohue, Charles T. “The Making of a Black Poet: A Critical Biography of Claude McKay for the Year 1889-1922.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1972. Concludes that McKay’s political radicalism was largely emotional.

Holcomb, Gary E. “Diaspora Cruises: Queer Black Proletarianism in Claude McKay’s A Long Way from Home.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 49, no. 4 (Winter 2003).

Lewis, Rupert. “Claude McKay’s Political Views.” Jamaica Journal [Jamaica] 19, no. 2 (1986).

Maxwell, William J. “F.B. Eyes: The Bureau Reads Claude McKay.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

McKay, Claude. A Long Way from Home. New York: L. Furman, Inc., 1937. Discusses his experiences in the Communist party of the 1920s.

McLeod, Marian B. “Claude McKay’s Russian Interpretation.” CLA Journal 23 (Mach 1980).

Tillery, Tyrone. “Claude McKay: Man and Symbol of the Harlem Renaissance, 1880-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Kent State University, 1981.

Tillery, Tyrone. “Claude McKay: From Radical to Racial Chauvinist.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Tillery, Tyrone. Claude McKay: A Black Poet’s Struggle for Identity. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1992. Chronicles McKay’s voyage from Marxism, to racial nationalism, to anticommunism, and finally to Roman Catholicism.

Warren, Stanley. “Claude McKay as an Artist.” Negro History Bulletin 40 (1977)

****************************************************************

Paul Robeson

Balaji, Murali. Politics and Friendship of W. E. B. Du Bois and Paul Robeson. New York: Nation Books, 2007.

Barg, Lisa. “Paul Robeson’s Ballad for Americans: Race and the Cultural Politics of ‘People’s Music’.” Journal of the Society for American Music 2 (2008).

Boyle, Sheila Tully, and Andrew Buni. Paul Robeson: The Years of Promise and Achievement. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2001.

CounterPunch. “Did the CIA Poison Paul Robeson?” CounterPunch, 1 April 1999. Avidly promotes conspiracy theories of a U.S. government plot against Robeson, says Paul Robeson, Jr., believes his father was given a hallucinogen by the CIA and subjected to electro-shock by doctors who were “CIA contractors.”

Cygan, Mary E. “A Man of His Times: Paul Robeson and the Press, 1924-1976.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999).

Davis, Lenwood G. A Paul Robeson Research Guide: A Selected, Annotated Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1982.

Dorinson, Joseph, and William Pencak, eds. Paul Robeson: Essays on His Life and Legacy. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2002. Essays that were presented at a conference held at Long Island University’s Brooklyn campus, February. 28, 1998.

Duberman, Martin. “Paul Robeson.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting, 1986.

Duberman, Martin B. Paul Robeson. New York: Knopf, 1988. Thorough and scholarly Robeson biography.

Du Bois, Shirley Graham. Paul Robeson, Citizen of the World. New York: J. Messner, Inc., 1946.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Paul Robeson. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. Two microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Fettmann, Eric. “Paul Robeson: A Hero Who Betrayed His Friends.” New York Post, 30 May 1999. Discusses Robeson’s strengths as an artist and his defense of Stalinism.

Fettmann, Eric. “A Stamp for a Stalinist.” New York Post, 29 December 2003. On the Paul Robeson stamp and his ardent support for Stalinism.

Finger, Barry. “Paul Robeson: A Flawed Martyr.” New Politics 7, no. 1 (n.s.) (Summer 1998).

Finger, Barry. “Where Did Paul Robeson Stand?” New Politics 8, no. 3 (n.s.) (Summer 1999). Discusses Robeson’s relationship to communism.

Grove, Lloyd. “Robeson: The Man in the Myth.” Washington Post, 24 February 1999. Review of PBS television documentary “Paul Robeson: Here I Stand.”

Harrison, C. Keith, and Brian Lampman. “The Image of Paul Robeson: Role Model for the Student and Athlete.” Rethinking History [U.K.] 5, no. 1 (2001).

Lamphere, Lawrence. “Paul Robeson, ‘Freedom’ Newspaper, and the Black Press.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 2003.

MacDowell, Laurel Sefton. “Paul Robeson in Canada: A Border Story.” Labour / Le Travail [Canada] 51 (Spring 2003). On the “Peace Arch” concerts in the 1950s sponsored by the Canadian Mine Mill union where Robeson, then denied a U.S. passport, sang from the American side to a Canadian audience on the Canadian side of the border at the memorial Peace Arch.

Parker, Lonnae O’Neal. “The Actor-Activist’s Vast, Constricted World.” Washington Post, 24 February 1999. Review of Paul Robeson exhibit at the National Portrait Gallery.

Payne, Charles E. “Paul Robeson: A Psychobiographical Study of the Emotional Development of a Controversial Protest Leader.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1987.

People’s Weekly World staff writer. “World to Honor Robeson May 3.” People’s Weekly World, 21 March 1998. Gus Hall, chief of the CPUSA, states that Paul Robeson was a secret member of the CPUSA and that the party intends that his centenary will bring a recognition of his Communist loyalties.

Perucci, Anthony Thomas. “Tonal Treason: Paul Robeson and the Politics of Cold War Performance.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 2004.

Pinsker, Bet. “Revisiting Paul Robeson -- Troubling History and All.” Forward, 21 May 1999.

Robeson, Paul. Here I Stand. New York: Othello Associates, 1958. Autobiography.

Robeson, Paul. Paul Robeson Speaks: Writings, Speeches, Interviews, 1918-1974. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner. New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1978.

Robeson, Paul. The Undiscovered Paul Robeson Volume 1 (1898-1939). John Wiley and Sons, 2001.

Robeson, Paul, Jr. “How My Father Last Met Itzik Fefer.” Jewish Current, November 1981. Paul Robeson’s son asserts that his father met the Soviet Jewish poet Itzik Fefer, an old friend, in 1949 in Moscow, learned of Stalin’s anti-Semitic campaign, but chose to keep the information private.

Robeson, Paul, Jr. The Undiscovered Paul Robeson: An Artist’s Journey, 1898-1939. New York: J. Wiley, 2001.

Shaffer, Robert. “Out of the Shadows: The Political Writings of Eslanda Goode Robeson.” Pennsylvania History 66, no. 1 (1999).

Wright, Charles H. Robeson, Labor’s Forgotten Champion. Detroit, MI: Balamp Pub., 1975. Surveys Robeson’s Communist and left-wing political activity.

Wright, Charles H., and Norman McRae. Paul Robeson, 1898-1976. Southfield, MI: Charro, 1997.

****************************************************************

Richard Wright

Acosta, Lucien. L. “Millennial Embrace: The Artistry of Conclusion in Richard Wright’s Fire and Cloud.” Studies in Short Fiction 18, no. 2 (Spring 1981): 121-29. Argues that Wright’s “File and Cloud” had artistic integrity and does not deserve dismissal as crude propaganda from Wright’s Communist period.

Briones, Matthew M. “Call-And-Response: Tracing the Ideological Shifts of Richard Wright Through His Correspondence with Friends and Fellow Literati.” African American Review 37, no. 1 (2003). Notes Wright’s increasing disaffection with the Communist Party in his journals and correspondence over time.

Campbell, Finley C. “Prophet of the Storm: Richard Wright and the Radical Tradition.” Phylon 38, no. 1 (1977).

Campbell, James. “Black Boys and the FBI.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 20 November and 6 December 1990. Based on FOIA files, concludes that while Richard Wright was living in France in the 1950s the U.S. used the leverage of renewing his passport to force Wright to provide information on C.P. members he had known and that in 1956 Wright initiated a contact with the U.S. embassy to ask assistance in offsetting the leftist tilt of the Conference of Negro-African Writers. Says the FBI marked James Baldwin as a Communist sympathizer after he joined the Fair Play for Cuba Committee and turned its attention to him after he emerged as a militant civil rights spokesman and had a confrontation with Attorney General Robert Kennedy. Suggests that harassment by U.S. agencies was responsible for Wright’s and Baldwin’s decisions to expatriate and therefore gets the blame for the subsequent decline of the artistic force of both writers. Also discusses the theory that the U.S. government assassinated Wright, concludes there is, unfortunately, no evidence to support the theory but judges that at least one can blame U.S. government harassment for helping bring on his fatal heart attack.

Cayton, Horace R. Long Old Road. New York: Trident Press, 1965. Black journalist close to Wright discusses Wright’s bitterness at the CPUSA.

Costello, Brannon. “Richard Wright’s Lawd Today! and the Political Uses of Modernism.” African American Review 37, no. 1 (2003). Notes that Wright’s use of modernist techniques surprised those who expected he would employ Communist socialist realism.

Danner, Keith D. “The Politics of Community in the Work of Richard Wright.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Riverside, 1999. Sees a strong Communist influence on Wright’s ideas about community expressed in his writings.

Davis, Jane Maria. “This Peculiar Kind of Hell: The Role of Power in the Novels of Richard Wright.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1984. Discusses Wright’s perception of Communist party pressure on his writings as the use of power against him.

Dunmore, Tome. “‘The Horror and the Glory’: Richard Wright and Communism, 1932-1935.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Chicago, 2002.

Fabre, Michel. The Unfinished Quest of Richard Wright. New York: Morrow, 1973.

Gaines, Kevin. “Revisiting Richard Wright in Ghana: Black Radicalism and the Dialectics of Diaspora.” Social Text 19, no. 2 (2001).

Gayle, Addison. Richard Wright: Ordeal of a Native Son. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1980. Notes that Wright cooperated with U.S. security services.

Gibson, Richard. “Richard Wright.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 8 March 1991. In a letter, Gibson denies any involvement in a CIA assassination of Wright disguised as a natural death and attributes the allegation to Communist sympathizers, naming Ollie Harrington theories in the CPUSA’s People’s World and Schofield Coryell’s remarks in the Paris Passion (Jan. 1986). Scoffs at Harrington’s theory that Wright may have been murdered because he was about to disavow his anti-Communist essay in The God That Failed.

Gibson, Richard. “Richard Wright’s Island of Hallucination and the Gibson Affair.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 51, no. 4 (2005).

Green, G. “Back to Bigger.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Griffiths, Frederick T. “Copy Wright: What is an (Invisible) Author?” New Literary History 33, no. 2 (Spring 2002).

Harrington, Ollie. “Richard Wright: Murdered by the CIA?” People’s World, 17 December 1977.

Hurst, Catherine Daniels. “A Survey of the Criticism of Richard Wright’s Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Alabama, 1979. Discusses Wright’s association with the Communist party and how that association influenced criticism of his writings.

Jeffries, Dexter. “Richard Wright and the ‘Daily Worker’: A Native Son’s Journalistic Apprenticeship.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2000.

Kilson, Marti. “Politics & Identity Among Black Intellectuals.” Dissent 28, no. 3 (1981). Focuses on Richard Wright.

King, James R. “Richard Wright: His Life and Writings.” Negro History Bulletin 40, no. 5 (1977).

Kinnamon, Keneth. “Native Son: The Personal, Social and Political Background.” Phylon 30, no. 1 (1969). On Wright’s Native Son (1940), discussing social problems and Communism in the 1920’s-30’s.

Kinnamon, Keneth. “The Pastoral Impulse in Richard Wright.” Mid-Continent American Studies Journal 10, no. 1 (1969).

Kinnamon, Keneth. The Emergence of Richard Wright: A Study in Literature and Society. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1972. Discusses his involvement with Communism.

Kinnamon, Keneth, ed. Richard Wright an Annotated Bibliography of Criticism and Commentary, 1983-2003. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., 2006. “This volume presents a comprehensive annotated bibliography of those essays, books, and articles from 1983 through 2003. Arranged alphabetically by author within years are some 8,320 entries ranging from unpublished dissertations to book-length studies of African American literature and literary criticism”--Provided by publisher.

Kumasi, Kandi Bab. “The Critical Reputation of Richard Wright’s Native Son (1940-1975).” Ph.D. diss. University of Detroit, 1980. Discusses how Wright’s break with the Communist party affected Left and liberal literary criticism of Native Son.

McMahon, Frank. “Richard Wright’s Paris Period.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Naison, Mark. “Richard Wright & the Communist Party.” Radical America 13, no. 1 (1979). Examines American Hunger Richard Wright’s autobiographical novel which deals with his experiences as a black intellectual within the Communist party.

Perez, Vincent. “Movies, Marxism, and Jim Crow: Richard Wright’s Cultural Criticism.” Texas Studies in Literature and Language 43, no. 2 (2001).

Peterson, Dale E. “Richard Wright’s Long Journey from Gorky to Dostoevsky.” African American Review 28, no. 3 (1994). Notes the influence of Maxim Gorky’s work on Wright during his Communist/Popular Front period but his shift to attention to Dostoevsky as he lost faith in the Communist project.

Rowley, Hazel. Richard Wright: The Life and Times. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 2001. Thorough scholarly biography.

Webb, Constance. Richard Wright; a Biography. New York: Putnam, 1968.

Wright, Julia. “Richard Wright.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 22 February 1991. In a letter, Julia Wright, daughter of Richard Wright, denies the statement of James Campbell in “Black Boys and the FBI” that she had confronted an unnamed black American in London and asked “Did you kill my father?” Says that Campbell attributes excessive significance and accuracy to FOIA memos about her father’s cooperation with U.S. authorities. Richard Gibson, in the March 8th issue, says he was the unnamed black American and that Julia Wright “was ... asking me if I had killed her father.”

Wright, Richard. Native Son. New York: Harper & brothers, 1940. Wright most influential novel.

Wright, Richard. Black Boy: A Record of Childhood and Youth. New York London: Harper & Brothers, 1945. Part of his larger autobiography.

Wright, Richard. American Hunger. New York: Harper & Row, 1977. Sections of his autobiography not included in Black Boy. Discusses Wright’s experiences as a black intellectual in the Communist party of the 1930s.

Wright, Richard. “With Black Radicals in Chicago.” Dissent 24, no. 2 (1977). Excerpt from American Hunger.

Wright, Richard. Black Boy (American Hunger): A Record of Childhood and Youth. New York, NY: HarperPerennial, 1993. The restored text established by the Library of America. What appeared as separate books, Black Boy and American Hunger, had originally be written as part of a larger autobiography.

****************************************************************

Anticommunism and Racial Segregation in the South

Brown, Sarah Hart. “Congressional Anti-Communism and the Segregationist South: From New Orleans to Atlanta, 1954-1958.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 80, no. 4 (1996).

Clark, Wayne Addison. “An Analysis of the Relationship Between Anti-Communism and Segregationist Thought in the Deep South, 1948-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1976. Concludes that the Southern elite used anticommunism to maintain the white consensus in favor of segregation.

Durham, Frank D. “Anti-Communism, Race, and Structuration: Newspaper Coverage of the Labor and Desegregation Movements in the South, 1932-40 and 1953-61.” Journalism & Communication Monographs 4, no. 2 (2002).

Fairclough, Adam. “Radicals, Red Baiting and the Civil Rights Movement in Louisiana.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Gentry, Jonathan. “All That’s Not Fit to Print: Anticommunist and White Supremacist Campaign Literature in the 1950 North Carolina Democratic Senate Primary.” North Carolina Historical Review 82 (January 2005).

Johnston, Joyce. “Communism vs. Segregation: Evolution of the Committee to Investigate Communist Activities in South Carolina.” Proceedings of the South Carolina Historical Association (1993). On use of the committee to slow the civil rights movement.

Leavins, J. Mark. “The Anti-Communist Prism: Perceptions of the Civil Rights Years, 1961-1964.” Southern Historian 14 (1993). On Alabama white conservatives use of anticommunism to legitimate their racism.

Levy, Peter. “Painting the Black Freedom Struggle Red: Southern Anti-Communism and the Civil Rights Movement.” In The Cold War, v. 5. Cold War Culture and Society., edited by Lori Lyn Bogle. New York: Routledge, 2001.

Lewis, George. The White South and the Red Menace: Segregationists, Anticommunism, and Massive Resistance, 1945-1965. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2004.

Louisiana (State). Subversion in Racial Unrest: An Outline of a Strategic Weapon to Destroy the Governments of Louisiana and the United States. Baton Rouge, 1957.

Matthews, J. B. Communism and the NAACP. Atlanta: Georgia Commission on Education, 1958. Attack on the NAACP. Based on Matthews’ testimony at a public hearing of the Florida Legislation Investigation Committee, February. 10, 1958, in Tallahassee.

McDonough, Julia. “Rednecks and Red Baiting: Race and the Radicalization of the Southern Regional Council, 1943-1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting, 1991.

Polenberg, Richard. One Nation Divisible: Class, Race, and Ethnicity in the United States Since 1938. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Describes the use of anti-communism by racists to discredit their critics.

Record, Jane Cassels. “Red-Tagging of Negro Protest.” American Scholar 26 (Summer 1957). Replies and rejoinders in vols. 26 (Fall) & 27 (Winter) 1957.

Robbins, Louise S. “Racism and Censorship in Cold War Oklahoma: The Case of Ruth W. Brown and the Bartlesville Public Library.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly 100, no. 1 (1996). On the use of anticommunism by supporters of racial segregation.

Robbins, Louise S. The Dismissal of Miss Ruth Brown: Civil Rights, Censorship, and the American Library. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 2000.

Spruill, Larry Hawthorne. “Southern Exposure: Photography and the Civil Rights Movement, 1955 -1968.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1983. Notes the use of photos of Martin Luther King, Jr. at the Highlander Folk School in a campaign to link King to Communism.

Woods, Jeff Randall. “Maroon Scare: Segregation and Anticommunism in the South, 1954--1968.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio University, 2000. Discusses use of anticommunism to defend segregation and the role of Communists in the civil rights movement.

Woods, Jeff. Black Struggle, Red Scare: Segregation and Anti-Communism in the South, 1948-1968. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University, 2004. TOC: Red and black -- Designed to harass -- Little HUACs and little FBIs -- Conspiracy so immense -- Black, white, and red all over -- The southern red scare and the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -- The southern red scare and the Voting Rights Act of 1965 -- Black power, red scare.

****************************************************************

The Cold War and Race

Anderson, Carol. “Eyes Off the Prize: African Americans, Human Rights, and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Bernstein, Shana. “Grass Roots Activists in a Global Web: Civil Rights in the International Arena in World War II and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Borstelmann, Thomas. “‘[I] Would Like To Be on the Side of the Natives for Once’: Dwight Eisenhower and the Rise of People of Color at Home and Abroad.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Borstelmann, Thomas. The Cold War and the Color Line: American Race Relations in the Global Arena. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Desegregation as a Cold War Imperative.” Stanford Law Review 41 (November 1988). Argues that the civil rights strategies of the Truman and Eisenhower administrations were influenced by concern over negative foreign opinion of segregation aiding Soviet propaganda.

Dudziak, Mary L. Cold War Civil Rights: Race and the Image of American Democracy. Princeton [N.J.]: Princeton University Press, 2000.

Dudziak, Mary Louise. “Cold War Civil Rights: The Relationship Between Civil Rights and Foreign Affairs in the Truman Administration.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1992.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Brown as a Cold War Case.” Journal of American History 91, no. 1 (June 2004). On Brown vs. Board of Education.

Dudziak, Mary L. “Birmingham, Addis Ababa, and the Image of America: International Influence on U.S. Civil Rights Politics in the Kennedy Administration.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Horne, Gerald. From the Barrel of a Gun: The United States and the War Against Zimbabwe, 1965-1980. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001. Discusses support by East German and Cuban Communist regimes for ‘liberation movements’ and the ties -- ideological and otherwise -- between Black Nationalists in the U.S. and Southern Africa to Chinese Communists.

Horne, Gerald. “‘Myth’ and the Making of ‘Malcolm X.’” American Historical Review 98, no. 2 (April 1993). Suggests that U.S. dismantling of Jim Crow was a byproduct of American ideological competition with the Soviet Union and anti-Communists bear responsibility for the rise of black nationalism because they destroyed the Communist-inspired interracial Left.

Huginnie, A. Yyette. “Containment and Emancipation: Race, Class, and Gender in the Cold War West.” In The Cold War American West, 1945-1989, edited by Kevin J. Fernlund. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1998.

Jones, William P. “Interracial Cooperation and Cold War Civil Rights: The Case of the Southern Patriot.” Paper presented at American Historical Association annual meeting. Washington, DC, 2003.

Krenn, Michael L., ed. Race and U.S. Foreign Policy During the Cold War. New York: Garland, 1998.

Krenn, Michael L., ed. The Impact of Race on U.S. Foreign Policy a Reader. New York: Garland Pub., 1999.

Krenn, Michael L. Black Diplomacy: African Americans and the State Department, 1945-1969. Armonk, N.Y.: M.E. Sharpe, 1999.

Lieberman, Robbie. “A Lost Opportunity to ‘Save the Soul of America’: The Red Scare and the Division of Civil Rights from Peace.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

Noer, Thomas. “Segregationists and the World: The Foreign Policy of the White Resistance.” In Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights, and Foreign Affairs, 1945-1988, edited by Brenda Gayle Plummer. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Romano, Renee C. “The (Inter)National Stories We Tell: The Consequences of Remembering the Civil Rights Movement in Its International Context.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Boston, MA, 2004.

Skrentny, John David. “The Effect of the Cold War on African-American Civil Rights: America and the World Audience, 1945-1968.” Theory and Society 27 (April 1998).

Solomon, Mark. “Black Critics of Colonialism and the Cold War.” In Cold War Critics: Alternatives to American Foreign Policy in the Truman Years., edited by Thomas G. Paterson. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

Sullivan, Patricia. “Ballots for the Bulgar: Cold War Rhetoric and the Afro-American Freedom Struggle.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Throup, David W. “The Cold War and the Third World: The Politics of Race in the Deep South and Africa, 1957-1965.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Von Eschen, Penny M. Race Against Empire: Black Americans and Anticolonialism, 1937-1957. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1997. Discusses and praises the Council of African Affairs, a Popular Front body headed by such figures as Paul Robeson and Max Yergan. Hostile to the NAACP’s cooperation with the Truman administration.

****************************************************************

Soviet and Comintern Policy toward African Americans

Ahern, Kathleen Macfie. “Constructing a Literary Heritage: American Black Press and the Soviet Union in the 1930s.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.

Aldridge, Daniel W. “A War for the Colored Races: Anti-Interventionism and the African American Intelligentsia, 1939-1941.” Diplomatic History 28, no. 3 (June 2004).

Berland, Oscar. “Nasanov and the Comintern’s American Negro Program.” Science & Society 65, no. 2 (2001).

Blakely, Allison. Russia and the Negro: Blacks in Russian History and Thought. Washington, DC: Howard University Press, 1986. Discusses Soviet efforts to appeal to American Blacks in the late 1920s and 1930s.

Garder, John L. “African Americans in the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s: The Development of Transcontinental Protest.” Western Journal of Black Studies 23, no. 3 (1999). Discusses Harry Haywood, Oliver Golden, and Langston Hughes.

Gruber, Helmut. “The Negro Policy of the Communist International. A Case of Ethnocentrism, Paternalism, and Implicit Racism.” Paper presented at the 20th “Internationale Tagung der Historiker der Arbeiterbewegung” [International Conference of Historians of the Labour Movement]. Linz, Austria, 1984.

Kanet, Roger. “The Comintern and the ‘Negro Question’: Communist Policy in the United States and Africa, 1921-1941.” Survey [U.K.] 19, no. 4 (Autumn 1973). Sees the subordination of Comintern policy to Soviet needs as damaging development of a successful policy.

McClellan, Woodford. “Africans and Black Americans in the Comintern Schools, 1925-1934.” International Journal of African Historical Studies 26, no. 2 (1993): 371-90.

Mann, Charles P. Stalin’s Thought Illuminates Problems of Negro Freedom Struggle for Discussion in Clubs and Classes. New York: National Education Dept., Communist Party, U. S. A., 1953.

Padmore, George, and Dorothy Pizer. How Russia Transformed Her Colonial Empire: A Challenge to the Imperialist Powers. London, U.K.: Dennis Dobson, 1946. Discusses the Comintern’s influence on the American Communist party’s approach to the black question.

****************************************************************

Self-Determination in the Black Belt

Campbell, Susan. “‘Black Bolsheviks’ and Recognition of African-America’s Right to Self-Determination by the Communist Party USA.” Science & Society 58, no. 4 (1994/95). Sees strong support for the national self-determination of the Black Belt from Black American Communists, minimizes the Comintern’s influence on the issue.

Klehr, Harvey. “The Communist Party and Black Nationalism: The Black Belt Thesis.” Paper presented at “Garvey and The Crusader Forum,” Schomburg Center conference. New York Public Library, 1987.

Klehr, Harvey, and William Tompson. “Self-Determination in the Black Belt: Origins of a Communist Policy.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989): 354-66. Narrates the Comintern’s formulation of the doctrine. Concludes: “However minimal its practical effects, the self-determination line was a potent symbol of the relationship between the Comintern and one of its constituent parties. American Communists allowed foreigners to define and interpret an essential part of their own national history. While they were not totally passive bystanders in the process, their own role was limited to modifying and making marginal alternations in the doctrine. Their private objections and the Comintern’s private assurances to meet those objections were not sufficient to enable them to follow the policies they wished to follow.”

Rywkin, Michael. “Black Americans: A Race or Nationality? Some Communist Viewpoints.” Canadian Review of Studies in Nationalism 3, no. 1 (1975). Sees ambiguity in Soviet and Communist thinking.

****************************************************************

The Film “Black and White”

El-Hai, Jack. “Black and White and Red.” American Heritage 42 (May-June 1991). “In 1932 the Communist International paid to send a cast of American blacks to Moscow to make a movie [to be called Black and White] about American racial injustice. The scheme backfired.”

Scammell, Michael. “Langston Hughes in the USSR.” New York Review of Books, 29 June 1989. Notes that Arthur Koestler asserted that the Soviets dropped support for Hughes’ 1932 film about blacks in the U.S. in connection with the rapprochement between the Soviet government and that of the U.S.

****************************************************************

African-Americans in the USSR

Carew, Joy Gleason. Blacks, Reds, and Russians: Sojourners in Search of the Soviet Promise. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 2008.

Gardner, John L. “African Americans in the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s: The Development of Transcontinental Protest.” Western Journal of Black Studies 23, no. 3 (1999).

****************************************************************

Oliver Golden

Associated Press. “A Chance to Grow in the U.S.S.R.” Orlando Sentinel, 17 July 1988. A.P. wire story feature on Oliver Golden, a black American Communist who in 1931 recruited black American agricultural specialists to assist Soviet agriculture in Uzbekistan. Golden became a Soviet citizen and died 1940.

Golden, Lily. My Long Journey Home. Chicago: Third World Press, 2002. Golden is the daughter of a Soviet mother and Oliver Golden, a black American Communist who emigrated to the Soviet Union in the 1930s. She became a researcher at Moscow’s Africa Institute.

Khanga, Yelena. Soul to Soul: A Black Russian American Family, 1865-1992. Assisted by Susan Jacoby. New York: W.W. Norton, 1992. Khanga’s maternal grandparents were American Communists who emigrated to the USSR: Oliver Golden, a black agricultural adviser and Bertha Biacek, a Polish-born Jew.

****************************************************************

Gary Lee

Lee, Gary. “Black Among the Reds.” Washington Post, 21 April 1991. Lee, a black American and for several years head of the Washington Post Moscow bureau, reflects on racial attitudes in the Soviet Union. Notes that once when he and friends, in a Leningrad restaurant and fortified by vodka “broke into Russian folk songs. ‘Shut up,’ came a cry from across the room. ‘This is not the 1940s and you are no Paul Robeson.’” Lee stated that “In Tulsa, where I grew up, race relations were far from harmonious, but I never experienced a confrontation.... By comparison, the Soviet Union was like an army firing line.” Says that many Soviets did not consider black Americans to be authentic Americans.

****************************************************************

Joseph Roane

Cohen, Jon. “Black in the U.S.S.R.” Washington City Paper, 23 June 1989. Newspaper profile of Joseph J. Roane, a black agriculturist retired in Kinsale, Virginia. Roane was one of fifteen children of a prosperous Black Virginia farmer and graduated from Virginia State College with a degree in agricultural sciences. In 1931, Roane (age twenty-six) and his new bride joined the agriculturists organized by Oliver Golden to assist Soviet agriculture. Roane says he had no interest in Communism but was attracted by Golden’s offer of $400 a month in wages and payment of expenses, far more than Roane could earn in the U.S. Roane helped to develop the cotton industry in Uzbekistan. Roane noted that the Soviets’ kept their promises of high pay and that he received preferential access to food and consumer goods and a maid. A son born to the Roanes was named Yosif Stalin Roane. After contracting malaria, Roane left cotton to work in a tomato canning factory in the Northern Caucasuses and later on a tobacco and hemp agricultural collective. Roane returned to the U.S. when his mother had a stroke in 1937 and became a high school agricultural-vocational teacher.

****************************************************************

Robert Robinson

British Broadcasting Corporation. Reluctant Comrade. Documentary. Arts and Entertainment Network’s Premiers Series, 1991. TV documentary on the life of Robert Robinson and his autobiography Black on Red: A Black American’s 44 Years Inside the Soviet Union.

Elder, Charles. “A Reading on a Saga in the Soviet Union.” Washington Post, 16 February 1989. Feature story on Robert Robinson.

Robinson, Robert. Black on Red: My 44 Years Inside the Soviet Union: An Autobiography. Assisted by Jonathan Slevin. Washington, DC: Acropolis Books, 1988. A Jamaican-born, naturalized American, in 1930 Robinson left his position as the only black mechanical engineer in Ford’s River Rouge plant to work in Soviet industry and escape American racism, gaining Soviet citizenship and election to the Moscow Soviet. Describes the contributions of American black technicians to Soviet cotton and poultry production and its postal system and his own work in Soviet engineering. Discusses the 1936 purge of the black American Communist Lovett Fort-Whiteman. Robinson moved to Uganda in 1974 and later regained U.S. citizenship. Describes the Russians as loutish racists and the KGB and its predecessors as orchestrators of officially nonexistent racism.

****************************************************************

Wayland Rudd

Hiatt, Fred. “The Ambivalent American.” Washington Post, 10 July 1994. Feature story on Wayland Rudd, whose father of the same name was a black American actor who immigrated to the USSR in the 1930s and married the daughter of two Jewish Americans who had also immigrated.

****************************************************************

Homer Smith

Smith, Homer. Black Man in Red Russia: A Memoir. Chicago: Johnson Pub. Co., 1964. Smith, a black journalist close to the CPUSA, moved to Moscow in the 1930s. Initially sympathetic, over time he became critical of Soviet communism.

****************************************************************

George Tynes

Trescott, Jacqueline. “Notes of a Black Russian.” Washington Post, 9 May 1992. Newspaper feature story on Anastasia Mensah, granddaughter of George Tynes, a black American who emigrated to the USSR in 1933 to assist in developing Soviet agriculture (died 1982). Mensah came to the US in 1989 to study at the University of the District of Columbia. Of the August 1991, coup, “‘The communists took off their masks and began to act like they did under Brezhnev. But thank God for Yeltsin--he restored order,’ says Mensah.”

****************************************************************

Black Americans in the Spanish Civil War

Brandt, Joseph A. Black Americans in the Spanish People’s War Against Fascism, 1936-1939. Pamphlet. New York: Joe Brandt, 1979. Communist pamphlet.

Carroll, Peter N. “From War Hero to Blacklist: The Lonely Odyssey of a Lincoln Vet.” The Volunteer [VALB] 23, no. 3 (Summer 1999). On Edward Carter, Jr., an I.B. veteran who served in the U.S. Army in WWII but was denied reenlistment in 1949 due to security concerns about his International Brigades service but who was among seven African-Americans given Medals of Honor by President Clinton.

Carter, Allene G., and Robert L. Allen. Honoring Sergeant Carter: Redeeming a Black World War II Hero’s Legacy. New York: Amistad, 2003.

Collum, Danny Duncan. African Americans in the Spanish Civil War: “This Ain’t Ethiopia, but It’ll Do.” Edited by Victor A. Berch. New York: G.K. Hall, 1992.

Galloway, Joseph L. “A Soldier’s Story.” U.S. News & World Report, 31 May 1999. On Edward A. Carter, Jr., a U.S. Army Sergeant was denied reenlistment in 1949 in part due to his having served with the Abraham Lincoln battalion in Spain. In 1997 President Clinton awarded him a posthumous Medal of Honor for bravery in World War II.

Katz, William Loren. “Fighting Another Civil War.” American Legacy: Celebrating African-American History and Culture 7, no. 4 (2002). Admiring portrait of eighty American Blacks who fought with the International Brigades.

Yates, James. Mississippi to Madrid: Memoir of a Black American in the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. Seattle, WA: Open Hand Pub., 1989.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 9

International Communism

Communist International (Comintern) and the Communist Information Bureau (Cominform)

Adibekov, Grant Mkrtychevich, Bernhard Bayerlein, and Jürgen Mothes, eds. Das Kominform und Stalins Neuordnung Europas. Frankfurt am Main New York: Lang, 2002.

Adibekov, Grant Mkrtychevich, K. M. Anderson, and Kirill Kirillovich Shirinia, eds. Politbiuro TSK RKP(b)-VKP(b) i Komintern 1919-1943: Dokumenty. Moskva: ROSSPEN, 2004. A collection of 522 documents, largely pre-1930, on the Comintern and its relationship to the Soviet Communist Party. Includes explanatory footnotes and eighty pages of short biographies of individuals. Indexed by names of participants and by geographical locations, including several score of the USA.

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “The Soviet Union, the Comintern and Communist Parties Before and During the Second World War: A Comparative Approach to the Study of Changes in Political Orientation and the Mechanisms of Influencing Public Opinion.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Bayerlein, Bernhard, Casto del Amo, and Siegfried Bahne. Les Partis Communistes et l’Internationale Communiste dans les Années 1928-1932. Dordrecht [Holland] Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1988.

Borkenau, Franz. World Communism: A History of the Communist International. New York: W. W. Norton & company, Inc., 1939.

Brown, Anthony Cave, and Charles Brown MacDonald. On a Field of Red: The Communist International and the Coming of World War II. New York: Putnam, 1981. Journalistic exposé of the Comintern; discusses Comintern involvement with the American Communist Party.

Carr, Edward Hallett. A History of Soviet Russia. New York: Macmillan, 1951. Contains extensive discussion of the Comintern and Profintern.

Carr, Edward Hallett. Twilight of the Comintern, 1930-1935. New York: Pantheon Books, 1983.

Claudin, Fernando. The Communist Movement from Comintern to Cominform. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1975. Translation of “La crisis del movimiento comunista.” v. 1. The Crisis of the Communist International, translated by B. Pearce. v. 2. The Zenith of Stalinism, translated by F. MacDonagh.

Degras, Jane. “United Front Tactics in the Comintern, 1921-1928.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Drachkovitch, Milorad M. The Revolutionary Internationals, 1864-1943. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution on War, Revolution, and Peace & Stanford University Press, 1966.

Drachkovitch, Milorad M., and Branko M. Lazitch, eds. The Comintern; Historical Highlights, Essays, Recollections, Documents. New York: Published for the Hoover Institution by F. A. Praeger, 1966. Discusses the Comintern relations with the American Communist Party.

Draper, Theodore. “The Strange Case of the Comintern.” Survey 18, no. 3 (Summer 1972).

Eley, Geoff. Forging Democracy: The History of the Left in Europe, 1850-2000. Oxford New York: Oxford University Press, 2002. On the Comintern’s domination of German Communism: “This can’t be said too strongly.” More broadly, he wrote that national potentials of the various national Communist parties “were only ever fitfully realised. The Stalinist culture of the Third International was crucial to how they were stifled.”

Firsov, F. “Dimitrov, the Comintern and Stalinist Repression.” In Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union, edited by Barry McLoughlin and Kevin McDermott. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.

Firsov, Fridrick. “The Comintern and Stalin’s Terror.” Annali Della Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli [Italy] (2001).

Firsov, Friedrich. “Mechanism of Power Realization in the Comintern.” Paper presented at Centenaire Jules Humbert-Droz: Colloque sur l’Internationale communiste. La Chaux-de-Fonds, Switzerland, 1991. Firsov, a leading Russian historian of the Comintern, cites newly opened Comintern documents. Discusses the centralization of Comintern authority and the takeover of that authority by the Russian Communist party [RKP(b)]. Says that while there was open discussion and concern for the autonomy of member parties in the Comintern’s earliest years, by the 1920 Comintern congress “all principal questions of the Comintern’s activities were discussed and tentatively resolved in the RKP(b) Central Committee....” By the 1930s Stalin personally selected the Comintern’s executive and “Neither the Comintern nor its sections [member parties] saw the deformation of the social and political system in the Soviet nation or the formation of ‘barrack socialism,’ and establishment of Stalinist totalitarian dictatorship... [T]hey in fact performed the function of outer ideological and political cover for the Stalinist regime.” Discusses use of Comintern authority to summon foreign Communists to Moscow for arrest and execution by the NKVD during the purges and Stalin’s personal order that the Comintern dissolve the Polish Communist party. States that Stalin kept Dimitrov ignorant of his intentions in the Nazi-Soviet Pact negotiations and consequently the Comintern failed to prepare foreign Communist parties for the radical policy changes of the pact. Cites a Comintern September 1939 directive to the Communist parties of America, Britain, France, and Belgium “to improve their political guidelines immediately” by bringing their policies in line with the Nazi-Soviet Pact. “The concept of ‘fascism’ with reference to Hitler’s Germany disappeared from the Comintern’s vocabulary up till June 22, 1941.”

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Some Critical Notes on Recent Publications on Comintern and Soviet Politics.” Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung (2003). Critical of those Russian and Western historians who in the face of the archival documentation deny or minimize Soviet control of the Comintern and Stalin’s personal domination of the Soviet state.

Footman, David, ed. International Communism. London, U.K.: Chatto & Windus, 1960. Essay include: Degras. J. United front tactics in the Comintern, 1921-1928.--Lowenthal, R. The Bolshevisation of the Spartacus League.--Hunt, R. C. N. Willi Muenzenberg.--Browder, E. Socialism in America.--Wint, G. Communism in India.--Leonhard, W. International communism: the present phase.

Foster, William Z. History of the Three Internationals: The World Socialist and Communist Movements from 1848 to the Present. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Gruber, Helmut. Soviet Russia Masters the Comintern: International Communism in the Era of Stalin’s Ascendancy. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press, 1974.

Hallas, Duncan. The Comintern. London, U.K.: Bookmarks, 1985.

Hallas, Duncan. “The Comintern: Mass Parties and the International.” International Socialist Review (2003).

Huber, Peter. “The Cadre Department, the OMS and the ‘Dimitrov’ and ‘Manuil’ski’ Secretariats During the Phase of the Terror.” Paper presented at “The History of Comintern in the Light of New Documents” conference. Moscow, 1994. Contains a detailed listing of the personnel and organizational structure of the C.I. offices that oversaw Stalin’s purges of the C.I. apparatus.

Huber, Peter. “Structure of the Moscow Apparatus of the Comintern and Decision-Making.” In International Communism and the Communist International, 1919-43, edited by Tim Rees and Andrew Thorpe. Manchester[U.K.] & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1998. Notes the role of Americans in various Comintern headquarters sections.

Huber, Peter. “New Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern: A Survey.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Hulse, James W. The Forming of the Communist International. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1964.

Kahan, Vilém. “The Communist International, 1919-43: The Personnel of Its Highest Bodies.” International Review of Social History 21 (1976).

Kahan, Vilém. “A Contribution to the Identification of the Pseudonyms Used in the Minutes and Reports of the Communist International.” International Review of Social History 23 (1978).

Klehr, Harvey. “Leninist Theory in Search of America.” Polity 9, no. 1 (1976). Notes the variety of images of the U.S. offered by Lenin.

Lasswell, Harold Dwight, and Dorothy Blumenstock. World Revolutionary Propaganda: A Chicago Study. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1939.

Lazitch, Branko M., ed. Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern. Assisted by Milorad M. Drachkovitch. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 1986.

Leites, Nathan Constantin. The Third International on Its Changes of Policy: A Study of Political Communication. Washington, 1942.

Leites, Nathan Constantin, and Ithiel de Sola Pool. Communist Propaganda in Reaction to Frustration. Washington, 1942.

Manuilskii, Dmitrii Zakharevich. The Work of the Seventh Congress of the Communist International. New York: Workers Library Publishers, 1936. On the Popular Front policy.

Markovits, Andrei S. “The European and American Left Since 1945.” Dissent, Winter 2005.

McDermott, Kevin. “Stalinist Terror in the Comintern: New Perspectives.” Journal of Contemporary History 30 (1995).

McDermott, Kevin, and Jeremy Agnew. The Comintern: A History of International Communism from Lenin to Stalin. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1996.

McKenzie, Kermit E. “The Soviet Union, the Comintern and World Revolution: 1935.” Political Science Quarterly 65, no. 2 (June 1950).

McKnight, David. Espionage and the Roots of the Cold War: The Conspiratorial Heritage. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2002. Examines the Comintern’s policies on underground and covert political work by national parties in the 1920s and 1930s and how the creation of covert political apparatuses contributed to later Soviet foreign espionage operations. Based largely on Comintern records in Moscow.

Narinsky, Mikhail, and Jurgaen Rojans, eds. Centre and Periphery: The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents. Amsterdam, Netherlands: International Institute of Social History, 1996. A selection of papers presented at "The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents," conference held in Moscow in October 1994.

Nation, R. Craig. War on War: Lenin, the Zimmerwald Left, and the Origins of Communist Internationalism. Durham: Duke University Press, 1989.

Nollau, Günther. International Communism and World Revolution: History & Methods. New York: Praeger, 1961.

Piatnitskii, Osip Aronovich. The Organisation of a World Party. London, U.K.: Communist Party of Great Britain, 1928.

Postgate, Raymond William. The Workers’ International. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Howe, 1920.

Procacci, Giuliano, and Grant Mkrtychevich Adibekov, eds. The Cominform: Minutes of the Three Conferences 1947/1948/1949. Milano: Feltrinelli, 1994.

Ra’anan, Gavriel David. “Factions and Their ‘Debates’ Over International Policy During Ramifications for Ruling and Non-Ruling Communist Parties.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 1980. The Zhdanovshchina purge after WWII signaled Stalin’s adoption of a harsher stance.

Rees, Tim, and Andrew Thorpe, eds. International Communism and the Communist International, 1919-43. Manchester[U.K.] & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1998. Essays on various aspects of the Comintern and its affiliated parties.

Richards, Edward Branson. “Shaping of the Comintern.” American Slavic and East European Review 18 (April 1959).

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Stalin’s Secret Chancellery and the Comintern. Copenhagen: C.A. Reitzels, 1991. Discusses Stalin’s organizational mechanism for control of the Comintern.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Knowledge and Power: The Role of Stalin’s Secret Chancellery in the Soviet System of Government. Copenhagen, Denmark: Rosenkilde and Bagger, 1978.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Stalin’s Special Departments: A Comparative Analysis of Key Sources. Copenhagen, Denmark: University of Copenhagen, Institute of Slavonic and East European Studies, distr. by C.A. Reitzels Forlag, 1989.

Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik, Bent Jensen, and Erik Kulavig, eds. Mechanisms of Power in the Soviet Union. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. Based on the papers presented at the Conference “Mechanisms of Power,” which took place in Copenhagen from 29 April to 1 May 1998.

Saloff-Astakhoff, Nikita Ignatievich. Real Russia from 1905 to 1932, and Communism in America. New York, NY: The author, 1932.

Santore, John. “Comintern’s United Front Initiative of May 1934: French or Soviet Inspiration?” Canadian Journal of History 16, no. 3 (December 1981): 405-21. Argues that the Comintern was genuinely international and was not controlled by the Soviet Union and that in the transformation of Comintern policy that began in 1934 “it was the French working class which provided the impetus to the change and that the Soviet role was limited largely to one of coordination and approval.”

Sobolev, Aleksandr Ivanovich. Outline History of the Communist International. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1971. A product of the CPSU’s Institute of Marxism-Leninism.

Spaulding, Wallace H. Is the Comintern Coming Back? Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1998. On the continued existence of international organizations once sponsored by the CPSU and their links to various Communist parties.

Studer, Brigitte, and Berthold Unfried. “At the Beginning of a History: Visions of the Comintern After the Opening of the Archives.” International Review of Social History, December 1997.

Studer, Brigitte. “More Autonomy to the National Sections? The Reorganisation of the ECCI After the Seventh World Congress.” In Centre and Periphery: The History of the Comintern in the Light of New Documents., edited by Mikhail Narinsky and Jurgaen Rojans. Amsterdam, Netherlands: International Institute of Social History, 1996. The claimed Comintern decentralization and “reorganisation of 1935, contrary to its characterisation by Comintern press, did not reverse the general trend of undermining the national sections’ decision-making powers … The influence of the Centre was only apparently loosened. In reality the methods of control over the communist parties were refined and more discreet.”

Thornton, Richard C. The Comintern and the Chinese Communists, 1928-1931. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1969.

Tilak, K. Rise and Fall of the Comintern from the First to the Fourth International. Bombay: Spark Syndicate, 1947.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. Titoism and the Cominform. Russian Research Center Studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1952.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Outlets for the Distribution of Soviet Propaganda in the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. Eighty-seventh Congress, second session.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Strength of the International Communist Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Strength of the International Communist Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1954.

Vatlin, (Lomonossov University, Moscow) Alexander. “Einwirkungen Des Grossen Terrors auf die Mentalität der Komintern-Kader: Persönliche Erfahrungen und Verhaltensmuster [The Impact of the Great Terror on the Mentality of the Comintern Cadres: Personal Experiences and Patterns of Behavior].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Workers’ International Relief. Workers Life. [New York, NY: W.I.R. Cultural Dept., 1932. Journal, 1932-.

Worley, Matthew, ed. In Search of Revolution: International Communist Parties in the “Third Period.” London, U.K.: I.B. Tauris & Co. Ltd, 2004.

****************************************************************

Red International of Labor Unions / Profintern

Darlington, Ralph. Syndicalism and the Transition to Communism: An International Comparative Analysis. Aldershot, England; Burington, VT: Ashgate, 2008.

Farrell, Frank. International Socialism & Australian Labour: The Left in Australia, 1919-1939. Sydney: Hale & Iremonger, 1981. Discusses the founding and organization of the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat in which American Communists were prominent.

Fowler, Josephine. “From East to West and West to East: Ties of Solidarity in the Pan-Pacific Revolutionary Trade Union Movement, 1923–1934.” International Labor and Working-Class History, no. 66 (Fall 2004).

Pedersen, Vernon L. “Underfunded, Understaffed and Underground: The History of the San Francisco Bureau of the Pan-Pacific Trade Union Secretariat.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). The San Francisco bureau of the Profintern’s PPTUS, staffed by American Communists, promoted Communist maritime unionism among Asian sailors arriving at West Coast ports.

Resis, Albert. “The Profintern, Origins to 1923.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1964.

Thorpe, Wayne. The Workers Themselves: Revolutionary Syndicalism and International Labour, 1913-1923. Studies in Social History. Dordrecht Boston: Kluwer Academic, 1989. Discusses the reaction of syndicalists to Bolshevism and the formation of RILU.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Between ‘Moscow’ and ‘Amsterdam’: The International Trade Union Movement of the 1920s.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “‘Moscow’ or ‘Amsterdam?’ The Red International of Labour Unions, 1920/21 - 1937.” Communist History Network Newsletter [U.K] 8 (July 2000). English-language summary of his ‘habilitation’ thesis accepted at the Johannes Gutenberg University in Mainz, Germany, 1999. Sees RILU’s most active and dynamic period in the early 1920s and discusses the importance of trade union syndicalists such as William Foster in this era. Sees a marked reduction of RILU vitality after Stalin’s rise and an increasing subordination to Comintern political cadre leading to RILU’s demobilization in 1936-37 in part as a product of Popular Front policies.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Alexander Lozovsky -- Rise and Fall of an International Leader.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001. Lozovsky, head of the Profintern for many years, was one of the Comintern leaders who followed American affairs closely.

Tosstorff, Reiner. “Moscow Versus Amsterdam: Reflection on the History of the Profintern.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 68, no. 1 (April 2003).

Tosstorff, Reiner. Profintern: Die Rote Gewerkschaftsinternationale 1920-1937. Paderborn: Schumloningh, 2004.

****************************************************************

Communist Youth International (KIM)

Cornell, Richard. Revolutionary Vanguard: The Early Years of the Communist Youth International, 1914-1924. Toronto & Buffalo: University of Toronto Press, 1982.

Cornell, Richard. Youth and Communism: An Historical Analysis of International Communist Youth Movements. New York: Walker, 1965.

****************************************************************

Comintern: Records and Documents

Bayerlein, Bernhard, Mikhail Narinski, Brigitte Studer, and Serge Wolikow. Moscou-Paris-Berlin Télégrammes Chiffrés Du Komintern, 1939-1941. Denis Peschanski, exec. ed. Paris: Tallandier, 2003. Comintern directives during the Nazi-Soviet Pact period.

Bolshevik League of the U.S. The Communist International in America: Documents, 1925-1933. Bronx, NY: Bolshevik League of the U.S., 1985.

Chamberlin, William Henry, ed. Blueprint for World Conquest. Washington & Chicago: Human Events, 1946. Reproduces theses of the Third (Communist) International documents: The Theses and Statutes of 1920, Constitution and Rules of 1928, and the Program of 1928.

Communist International. The Second and Third Internationals and the Vienna Union: Official Report of the Conference Between the Executives, Held at the Reichstag, Berlin, on the 2nd April, 1922, and the Following Days. London, U.K.: Labour Publishing Company, 1922.

Communist International. Fifth Congress of the Communist International: Abridged Report of Meeting Held at Moscow June 17th to July 8th, 1924. London, U.K.: Published for the Communist International by the Communist Party of Great Britain, 1924.

Communist International. Theses and Decisions, Thirteenth Plenum of the E. C. C. I. Draft Resolution, Eighth Convention of the C. P., U. S. A. New York city: Workers Library Publishers, 1934.

Communist International. Report of the Seventh World Congress of the Communist International. London, U.K.: Modern Books, 1936.

Communist International. Communist International. New York: Greenwood Reprint Corp., 1968. Twenty-two volume reprint of Comintern journal.

Communist International. Guidelines on the Organizational Structure of Communist Parties, on the Methods and Content of Their Work Resolution of the Third Congress of the Communist International, 12 July, 1921: New Translation of the Final German Text Including Reports and Discussion from the Congress, with Introduction and Notes. New York, NY: Prometheus Research Library, 1988. Included is the stenographic record of the debate on the resolution (said to have never before appeared in English) and an introduction by the PRL staff.

Communist International, and Communist Party of Great Britain. The Communist International Between the Fifth & the Sixth World Congresses 1924-8. London, U.K.: Communist Party of Great Britain, 1928.

Daniels, Robert Vincent, ed. and trans. A Documentary History of Communism in Russia from Lenin to Gorbachev. Hanover, NH: University of Vermont, published by University Press of New England, 1993.

Daniels, Robert Vincent, ed. and trans. A Documentary History of Communism and the World from Revolution to Collapse. Hanover, NH: University of Vermont, published by University Press of New England, 1994.

Degras, Jane Tabrisky, ed. The Communist International, 1919-1943: Documents. London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1956. v. 1. 1919-1922.--v. 2. 1923-1928.--v. 3. 1929-1943. Invaluable collection of official Comintern documents with explanatory notes.

Gruber, Helmut. International Communism in the Era of Lenin: A Documentary History. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1967.

Koenker, Diane, and Ronald D. Bachman, eds. and trans. Revelations from the Russian Archives: Documents in English Translation. Washington, DC: Library of Congress, 1997. Published version of 1992 Library of Congress-Russian State Archives exhibit of more than 300 Soviet-era documents: fifteen deal with deal with American communism, ranging from a 1920 Comintern accounting sheet regarding subsidies to the American movement to a 1956 report on a briefing that John Williamson gave to the CPSU department for relations with foreign parties in 1956 regarding the internal situation of the CPUSA in the aftermath of Khrushchev’s speech on Stalin. The documents are transcribed and translated. Web version of the exhibit at <http://www.ibiblio.org/expo/soviet.exhibit/entrance.html>.

Lenin, Vladimir Ilich. Speeches at Congresses of the Communist International. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1972.

Procacci, Giuliano, and Grant Mkrtychevi Adibekov, eds. The Cominform Minutes of the Three Conferences 1947/1948/1949. Milano: Feltrinelli, 1994. Although the CPUSA relied on the policy statements of the Cominform as expressions of Soviet guidance, it was not a member of the Cominform and did not have delegates at its meetings.

Riddell, John, ed. Founding of the Communist International: Proceedings and Documents of the First Congress, March 1919. New York: Anchor Foundation, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1987.

Riddell, John, ed. To See the Dawn: Baku, 1920 -- First Congress of the Peoples of the East. New York: Pathfinder, 1993. John Reed represented the American Communist movement at this meeting.

Young Communist International, and Communist International. The Results of Two Congresses the Fifth Congress of the Communist International and the Fourth Congress of the Y.C.I. Pamphlet. Executive Committee of the Y.C.I., 1924.

****************************************************************

Moscow Gold: Soviet Subsidies of the CPUSA

Barron, John. Operation Solo: The FBI’s Man in the Kremlin. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 1995. Story of Morris and Jack Childs. Morris was a CPUSA founder, Lenin School graduate, leader of the C.P. in Wisconsin and Illinois, and Daily Worker editor. Jack was a mid-level cadre. In the late 40s Morris was pushed out of the leadership and suffered a heart attack. While recovering, the FBI approached Jack and then Morris. Morris, who had been shaken by the nature of Stalinist society when he visited the Soviet Union in 1947, agreed to cooperate. He reentered party work, taking on the task of being liaison between the CPUSA and Moscow. At the same time he and Jack supplied the U.S. government with details of their activity. During the 1950s, 60s, and 70s Morris and Jack also acted as couriers for $28 million of Soviet subsidies for the American Communist movement. The book, written in a journalistic style is based on interviews with Morris and his FBI handlers and refers to documents in Morris’s possession but is without formal citation.

Beichman, Arnold. “Just Doing Whose Job?” Washington Times, 27 March 1992. Quotes Russian journal Ogonyok, #9 (February. 1992), that reproduces material from Soviet archives on secret Soviet funding of the CPUSA.

Beichman, Arnold. “Moscow’s Secret Gold.” Weekly Standard, 4 March 1996. Discusses the contents of “fond 89,”a collection of 3,000 documents of some 10,000 pages released by the Yeltsin government as part of its legal attack on the CPSU after the failed coup of 1991 and available on microfilm published by the Hoover Institution and the State Archival Service of Russia and, distr. by Chadwyck-Healey. A portion of the documents deal with massive Soviet subsidies of foreign Communist parties. “With the former Communists now surging in influence in Moscow, Soviet archives not yet opened will probably remain secret for now.... But Fond 89 is enough to embarrass, yet again, those who scoffed at the idea that ‘Moscow gold’ was behind the international Communist movement.”

Bohlen, Celestine. “Gorbachev Enabled Party to Invest, Hearing is Told.” New York Times, 11 February 1992. Russian Deputy Prosecutor Yevgeny Lisov told a parliamentary commission that over the last 10 years CPSU distributed $200 million to 100 Left parties in 80 countries. CPUSA was the second largest recipient, after the French C.P., with payments averaging $2 million a year until 1989 when Gus Hall’s criticism of Gorbachev prompted a cutoff. The subsidies were authorized by the CPSU’s Politburo with transfer made by the KGB upon orders of the International Department of the CPSU. Former KGB agent Mikhail Lyubimov testified about delivery methods.

Breindel, Eric. “Moscow Gold.” Commentary 94, no. 6 (December 1992). Discusses surfacing of Gus Hall letters confirming Soviet subsidies to CPUSA, Alan Thomson’s guilty plea for violation of American currency transaction laws for couriering secret Soviet subsidies to the National Council of American-Soviet Friendship, and charges against I.F. Stone. The “evidence shows that Sidney Hook was right: the Communist party and a handful of front organizations did represent a conspiracy.”

Bukovsky, Vladimir. “Secrets of the Central Committee.” Commentary, October 1996, 33-41. Regarding CPSU Central Committee documents on dealings with foreign radical movements including accounts for the CPSU fund for “workers’ organizations” showing a subsidy for the CPUSA over a 20 year period ending in 1991 at $35 million and a 1970 KGB report on the efforts of the CPUSA to gain ideological influence over the Black Panthers.

Bukovsky, Vladimir, comp., Julia Zaks, and Leonid Chernikhov, eds. “Soviet Archives at INFORMATION-RUSS.” <http://psi.ece.jhu.edu/~kaplan/IRUSS/BUK/GBARC/buk.html>. Contains images of some CPSU and Soviet state documents from the 1950s-80s concerning contact with the CPUSA and other American radicals and covert subsidies of radical activities.

Campbell, Andrew. “Moscow’s Gold: Soviet Financing of Global Subversion.” National Observer [Australia], Autumn 1999. Based on Russian archival documents, lists annual CPSU subsidies for the CPUSA for the years 1958-1980, 1987-1989, and a total for the 1981-89 period of $21 million.

Dobbs, Michael. “U.S. Party Said Funded by Kremlin.” Washington Post, 8 February 1992. “Couriers for the Soviet KGB ... delivered suitcases packed with dollar bills to U.S. Communist Party leader Gus Hall over a period of more than three decades.... Russian deputy prosecutor-general Yevgeny Lisov said he hoped to travel to New York to question Hall ... about the annual payments of around $2 million.... ‘The Politburo would instruct the KGB to arrange the transfers. They were usually delivered in cash through the diplomatic pouch. A KGB agent under diplomatic cover would then hand the money to the local [U.S.] party leader, who would sign a receipt,’ said Lisov. ‘We found receipts signed by Hall in the party archives.’ Documents revealing clandestine Kremlin funding of dozens of left-wing political parties around the world are contained in the mountain of evidence collected by Soviet prosecutors examining the failed summer coup....”

Dobbs, Michael. “Panhandling the Kremlin: How Gus Hall Got Millions.” Washington Post, 1 March 1992. Contains photograph of Hall receipt for $2 million in Soviet funds received in 1987. Quotes from letters requesting subsidies: “The begging letters from Hall, written in chatty language that alternates with half-baked Marxist jargon, are remarkable mainly for their naive assessments of American politics and the gross exaggeration of the Communist Party’s influence in the United States. Every year, Hall assured his Soviet comrades that the ‘objective situation’ was turning inexorably in the direction of left-wing forces. And every year, until 1989, the Soviet Communists appeared ready to satisfy his demands for money. ‘The working-class movements are in the process of moving from defensive struggles of retreat to struggles that are offensive in character,’ wrote Hall in 1983... ‘Our party has the personnel and cadre to increase our present mass work many times over. As is usually the case, our one single-most serious obstacle to doing this is the lack of financial means.’”

Dobbs, Michael. “Yeltsin Aides Seek to Link Gorbachev to Terrorism.” Washington Post, 6 June 1992. Rudolf Pikhoya [Pikhoia] of the Committee on Archives of Russia says the CPSU “special archive” records a payment of $1.5 million to John Reed to promote Bolshevism in America.

Draper, Theodore. “Our Man in Moscow.” New York Review of Books, 9 May 1996, 4-7. Essay review of Barron’s Operation Solo.

Farah, Josep. “Is It Time to ‘Forgive and Forget?’.” Human Events, 2 May 1992. Reviews role of actor John Randolph in the National Council of American-Soviet Friendship and the arrest of the NCASF’s director for laundering secret Soviet subsidies.

Hall, Gus. “The Red Menace Revisited.” Harper’s, June 1992. Transcribes text of 1987 Hall to Dobrynin letter asking that the USSR’s annual subsidy of CPUSA be increased from $2 to $4 million.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “‘Moscow Gold,’ Confirmed at Last?” Labor History 33, no. 2 (Spring 1992). On documentation of Soviet subsidies to the CPUSA. Summarizes evidence of Soviet subsidies of American communism from 1918 onward, reproduces three Gus Hall letters to CPSU asking for subsidies, two signed Hall receipts for cash ($2,000,000 in 1987 and $3,000,000 in 1988), and a KGB memo confirming delivery of cash. Additional comment, 33, no. 4 (Fall 1992). “Although there are details to be filled in, on the main issue the documentation is at this point beyond serious dispute. One can no longer take seriously any scholarship on American communism that does not recognize the role and significance of Soviet funding.”

Navasky, Victor. “My Hunt for Moscow Gold.” New York Times, 21 October 2000, op-ed page. When Navasky asked about records of Soviet subside, Gus Hall suggested he make a formal request for access in Moscow, but the CPUSA then turned down the request. Makes light of the issue.

Niven, Penelope. Carl Sandburg: A Biography. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1991. Discusses Sandburg’s transport of Bolshevik literature and money to the U.S. from Norway in 1918 at the request of Bolshevik official Michael Borodin.

Radosh, Ronald. “Dorothy Healey Remembers.” American Spectator, January 1991. Critical essay-review of Healey’s autobiography. Reply by Healey in April charging that Radosh’s memory of Healey telling him that she had couriered money from abroad to the C.P. was a fabrication and threatening legal action. Radosh repeated his assertion. No legal action followed.

Soroka, Lora. Communist Party of the Soviet Union on Trial Fond 89: Archives of the Communist Party and Soviet State: Guide to the Microfilm Collection in the Hoover Institution Archives. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, 2001. Fond 89 includes material of CPSU subsidies to foreign Communist parties.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Sources of Financial Aid for Subversive and un-American Propaganda. Report. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1946. [U.S.] 79th Cong., 2d sess. House. Rept.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994. Volkogonov, a leading Russian historian, says documents in Moscow archives show enormous Soviet funding of foreign Communist parties in the 1920s, including over a million dollars to John Reed. Says in the 1930s Stalin regarded the Comintern as a spent institution and “foreign parties were now subsidized exclusively through the NKVD, bypassing Comintern. Thus, while ECCI’s budget for 1937 was submitted to Stalin .... the NKVD’s expenses on Comintern were being processed under special heads, for what was at stake was no longer a Party affair, but espionage and terrorism. Comintern was now more useful to the NKVD as a human resource for diversionary operations in capitalist countries than it was to the Communist movement.” Volkoganov gives detailed citations and lengthy quotes from documents but in some cases the documents cited are to archives still closed to most researchers.

****************************************************************

Soviet Subsidies and Armand Hammer

Blumay, Carl, and Henry Edwards. The Dark Side of Power: The Real Armand Hammer. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

Epstein, Edward Jay. Dossier: The Secret History of Armand Hammer. New York: Random House, 1996. Critical biography of Hammer. Discusses his role in laundering secret Soviet funds for the CPUSA.

Finder, Joseph. Red Carpet. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1983. Critical account of the involvement of Armand Hammer, W. Averell Harriman, Cyrus Eaton, David Rockefeller, and Donald Kendall with the USSR.

Hammer, Armand. Hammer. Assisted by Neil Lyndon. New York: Putnam, 1987. Autobiography by an international businessman who played a key role in supplying the Soviet Union with Western goods in exchange for furs and art treasures in the 1920s. Hammer, whose father Julius was an early member of the CPUSA, remained a prominent friend of the Soviet Union.

Schecter, Jerrold L., and Yuri A Baranov. “Documents Tie Hammer to Communists.” We 1, no. 7 (15-28 June 1992). Quotes a OGPU report on Armand Hammer from 1923-1926 files: “On the return trip,” back to the U.S. from the Soviet Union, “Dr. Hammer, at the request of Comintern, carried over and delivered to the Communist Party of America $34,000 in cash.” Also quotes a OGPU report praising Julius Hammer’s role in founding and financially aiding the American C.P. Discusses a memo from Boris Reinstein to Lenin urging granting of an asbestos mine concession to the Hammers in recognition of their financial support for the Bolshevik state and Ludwig Martens’ Soviet embassy in the USA.

Shapiro, Margaret. “‘Top Secrets’ Tell of Soviet Obsessiveness.” Washington Post, 12 June 1992. Writes that the Russian newspaper Izvestia, citing 1923-26 CPSU archives, quoted a document saying after winning approval for an asbestos development from the fledging Soviet government Armand Hammer, on request of the Communist International, took $34,000 cash to the CPUSA.

Ultan, Lloyd. “The Mystery of Trotsky’s Bronx Friend.” Bronx County Historical Society Journal 36, no. 2 (1999). Leon Trotsky befriended a fellow radial socialist when in exile in New York prior to the Bolshevik revolution whom he referred to only as “Dr. M” in his memoirs. Says this friend is Dr. Julius Hammer, wealthy head of the Allied Drug and Chemical Corporation, cofounder of the Communist Party in the United States of America, and father of Armand Hammer.

Weinberg, Steve. Armand Hammer: The Untold Story. Boston: Little, Brown, 1989. Critical biography by an investigative journalist.

****************************************************************

Comintern Biographies and Memoirs

Morgan, Kevin, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn, eds. Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005. Contents: Claude Pennetier/Bernard Pudal: Communist Prosopography in France: Research in Progress based on French Institutional Communist Autobiographies - Gidon Cohen/Andrew Flinn: In Search of the Typical British Communist - Thomas Sakmyster: A Hungarian in the Comintern: Jozsef Pogány/John Pepper - Jean Vigreux/Serge Wolikow: General Secretariat and General Secretaries: The Case of the French Communist Party - Tânia Ünlüdag-Puschnerat: A German Communist: Clara Zetkin (1857-1933) - James R. Barrett: Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Personal Narrative in the Life of William Z. Foster - Andrew Thorpe: Communist MP: Willie Gallacher and British Communism - Aldo Agosti: A Communist of a Special Mould: Umberto Terracini’s Opposition to the Cominform Turn in 1947 - Kevin Morgan: A Family Party? Some Geneaological Reflections on the CPGB - Wolfgang Weber: Every Family a Red Fortress? Geneaological Aspects of Communist Biographies in Austria - Gerrit Voerman: The Formative Years of the Communist ‘Moral Community’ in the Netherlands 1917-30 - Pirjo Kaihovaara: A Good Comrade, a Good Cadre: Autobiographies and Evaluation Reports as a Part of Cadre Policy in the Finnish Communist Party During the 1940s and 1950s - Kerry Taylor: Kiwi Comrades: The Social Basis of New Zealand Communism, 1921-48 - Joni Krekola: The Finnish Sector at the International Lenin School.

Alfred Burmeister

Burmeister, Alfred [pseudonym]. Dissolution and Aftermath of the Comintern: Experiences and Observations, 1937-1947. New York: Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1955. Memoir of a Comintern official about the organization.

****************************************************************

Georgi Dimitrov

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “The Dimitrov Diaries.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001. Dimitrov headed the Comintern from the mid-30s until 1943. His diaries contain references to CPUSA activities.

Dimitrov, Georgi. The Diary of Georgi Dimitrov, 1933-1949. Edited by Ivo Banac. Translated by Timothy D. Sergay, Jane T. Hedges, and Irina Faion. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2003. Diary of the chief of the Comintern from the mid-1930s onward. Contains material on his dealings with the CPUSA. Written in Russian, Bulgarian, and German. Published in Bulgarian in 1997 under the title: Dnevnik. Some material has been omitted from the English translation.

****************************************************************

Gerhart Eisler and Ruth Fischer

Fischer, Ruth. Stalin and German Communism: A Study in the Origins of the State Party. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1948. A leading German Communist in the 1920s, Fischer was forced out of the movement when she opposed its Stalinization.

Montagnon, Mathilde. “Ruth Fischer 1895-1961: Itinéraire d’une Communiste Oppositionnelle [Ruth Fischer 1895-1961. Route of an Oppositional Communist].” Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Grenoble, France, 1998. Fischer, born Elfriede Eisler, was the sister of the prominent Cominternist Gehart Eisler, Comintern representative to the CPUSA in the mid-1930s, and the Communist composer Hanns Eisler. In the U.S. in the late 1940s, she testified about Gehart’s Comintern links during his deportation proceedings.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. Transcript of Proceedings, February 6, 1947. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Testimony of Gerhart Eisler, Comintern representative to the CPUSA in the 1930s and refugee in the U.S. during World War II who undertook various duties for the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Wolfgang Leonhard

Leonhard, Wolfgang. Child of the Revolution. Translated by C.M. Woodhouse. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1958. A translation of Die Revolution entlässt ihre Kinder. Leonhard, who later broke with communism, in this memoir reports that as a young German Cominternist in the USSR during World War II he worked on sorting the CPUSA’s records held by the C.I.

****************************************************************

Otto Katz / Andre Simone

Draper, Theodore. “The Man Who Wanted to Hang.” Reporter, 6 January 1953. Sketch of Otto Katz (Andre Simone), a Czech-born Cominternist who used anti-Nazi themes to raise money for international Communist causes from wealthy Americans. During a Stalinist purge of Communist Czechoslovakia he falsely confessed of a variety of crimes and was executed.

McLellan, Diana. The Girls: Sappho Goes to Hollywood. New York: LA Weekly Books, 2000. Discusses evidence that Marlene Dietrick had been married to Cominternist Otto Katz in Germany.

Patka, Marcus G. “‘Columbus Discovered America: And I Discovered Hollywood’: Otto Katz und die Hollywood Anti-Nazi League.” Film-Exil, no. 17 (2003). Illustrated, largely based on German secondary sources.

****************************************************************

American Communists Abroad

Australia

Harry Wicks

Curthoys, Barbara. “The Comintern, the CPA, and the Impact of Harry Wicks.” Australian Journal of Politics 39, no. 1 (1993). On the role of American Communist Harry Wicks (under the name Herbert Moore) as a Comintern agent reorganizing the C.P. of Australia in 1930-1931 and expelling those deemed guilty of right-wing deviations.

Wicks, H. M. Eclipse of October. Chicago: Challenge Publishers, 1957. Autobiography Wicks was a leading CPUSA official in the 1920s and undertook Comintern missions in the early 1930s. He was excelled in the late 1930s on suspicion that he had hidden having been a police informant early in his revolutionary career.

****************************************************************

Brazil

Victor Barron

Hornstein, David P. Arthur Ewert: A Life for the Comintern. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1993. Follows the evolution of the Communist International in the 1920s and 1930s through the life and activities of Arthur Ewert. Ewert, a German, first surfaces as a Bolshevik in Canada at the end of World War I. Forced out of Canada, Ewert became a prominent member of the German Communist party in the 1920s. After losing a KPD factional, Ewert served the Comintern clandestinely on four continents. In the 1920s Ewert sat on the Comintern’s American Commission and served as Comintern representative under the pseudonym of “Grey” at the CPUSA’s 1927 convention. His leading role in the failed 1935 Communist coup in Brazil marked his downfall. Victor Barron, the son of the CPUSA’s Harrison George, was Ewart’s radio operator and died during the Brazilian government’s suppression of coup.

Joffily, José. Harry Berger. Rio de Janeiro [Curitiba], Brazil: Editora Paze Terra Universidade Federal do Paraná, 1987. About the Comintern agent Arthur Ewert (a German Communist) who worked in Brazil under the identify of an American Harry Berger. He was assisted by American Communist Victor Barron.

Morais, Fernando. Olga. Translated by Ellen Watson. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990. On Olga Benario-Prestes, wife of Brazilian Communist leader Luís Carlos Prestes. Discusses involvement of Victor Barron, son of CPUSA cadre Harrison George in the failed Prestes coup of the mid-1930s. Barron, a covert radio operator for a senior Comintern agent assisting Prestes, was arrested and fell, jumped, or was pushed from a high window in a police station and died.

****************************************************************

China

Harold Isaacs

Chen, Jinxing. “Harold R. Isaacs in the China Scene, 1930-1935: A Story of an American Idealist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toledo, 1997. Discusses Isaacs’ shifting relationship with Chinese and American communism and Trotskyism.

Chen, Jinxing. “Harold R. Isaacs’ Trotskyist Turn in the China Forum Years.” Twentieth-Century China 24, no. 1 (1998). Discusses the shift in the 1930s of American Harold Isaacs, editor of the China Forum in Shanghai, from ally of the Communist party to Trotskyism.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. The Tragedy of the Chinese Revolution. London, U.K.: Secker & Warburg, 1938.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. Scratches on Our Minds: American Views of China and India. White Plains, NY: M. E. Sharpe, 1980. Originally published in 1958, with a new preface by Isaacs.

Isaacs, Harold Robert. Re-Encounters in China: Notes of a Journey in a Time Capsule. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1985.

Mais, Margaret Elizaberth. “The Evolution of Bias: An Interpreter of China, Harold R. Isaacs.” Honors thesis. Radcliffe College, 1970.

****************************************************************

China

Agnes Smedley

Jaffe, Philip J. “Agnes Smedley: A Reminiscence.” Survey [U.K.] 20, no. 4 (1974). Discusses Smedley’s relationship with Richard Sorge.

MacKinnon, Janice, and MacKinnon Steve. “Agnes Smedley.” Eastern Horizon [Hong Kong] 19, no. 8 (1980). Surveys the association of American writer Agnes Smedley with Chinese Communists and Indian nationalists.

MacKinnon, Janice R., and Stephen R. MacKinnon. Agnes Smedley, the Life and Times of an American Radical. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988. Detailed biography of Smedley an American radical journalist-writer and friend of Chinese Communism. Makes light of charges of charges of her involvement with covert Comintern and Soviet intelligence activities.

MacKinnon, Stephen R., and Oris Friesen. China Reporting: An Oral History of American Journalism in the 1930s and 1940s. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987.

Price, Ruth. The Lives of Agnes Smedley. New York: Oxford University Press, 2005. Comprehensive biography of Smedley tracing her passionate devotion to radical change from Indian independence to birth control, women's rights, and revolution in China as well as participation in covert Comintern activities and Soviet espionage.

Price, Ruth. “Agnes Smedley: On Proving What Her Worst Enemies Had Claimed (Much to My Regret).” History News Network, 11 April 2005. <http://hnn.us/articles/10945.html>

Price, Ruth. “Her Own Woman.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 29 July 2005.

Smedley, Agnes. China’s Red Army Marches. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1934. Admiring journalism.

Smedley, Agnes. China Fights Back: An American Woman with the Eighth Route Army. New York: The Vanguard press, 1938. Advocacy journalism depicting Chinese Communists in a favorable light.

Smedley, Agnes. Battle Hymn of China. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1943. Smedley, a pro-Communist journalist, describes her travels and experiences as a in China over several decades.

****************************************************************

China

Anna Louise Strong

Alley, Rew. “Some Memories of Anna Louise Strong.” Eastern Horizon [Hong Kong] 9, no. 2 (1970). Admiring biographical article regarding Strong’s political journalism in China, the Soviet Union, and the United States.

Duke, David C. “Anna Louise Strong and the Search for a Good Cause.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 66, no. 3 (1975). Biographical essay discussing and praising Strong’s involvement with Soviet and Chinese Communism.

Duke, David C. “Spy Scares, Scapegoats, and the Cold War.” South Atlantic Quarterly 79, no. 3 (Summer 1980). Recounts the involvement of Agnes Smedley and Anna Louise Strong with Soviet and Chinese Communism.

Jaffe, Philip. “The Strange Case of Anna Louise Strong.” Survey [U.K.], no. 53 (1964). Strong, radicalized by the Seattle general strike of 1919 went to Russia in 1921 and became a Communist enthusiast, assisted in publishing Moscow News and writing about the USSR in English for foreign consumption. In 1946 she moved to China, becoming a propagandist for Maoism. Her book about Mao and his accomplishments was not welcomed in the Soviet bloc when she returned there in the late 1940s. Arrested in 1949 in Moscow, Soviet and European Communists attacked her as a spy. Expelled from the USSR, she returned to the United States bewildered at her treatment. In 1955 she was rehabilitated in the USSR but never returned there, going instead to China in 1959 to be welcomed warmly by Mao.

Lubkeman, Lynn Marie. “Anna Louise Strong and the Stalinist Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1995. Comprehensive biography.

Ogle, Stephanie F. “Anna Louise Strong: Progressive and Propagandist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1981.

Pringle, Robert William, Jr. “Anna Louise Strong: Propagandist of Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1970. Critical biography.

Strong, Anna Louise. I Change Worlds: The Remaking of an American. Seattle: Seal Press, 1979. Autobiographical, on her leaving the dying American world of capitalism for the growing world of communism.

Strong, Tracy B., and Helene Keyssar. Right in Her Soul: The Life of Anna Louise Strong. New York: Random House, 1983. Admiring biography by a great nephew.

****************************************************************

Denmark

Leon Josephson and George Mink

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States. (Regarding Leon Josephson and Samuel Liptzen) Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. Josephson, active in the CPUSA’s covert operations, was arrested in Denmark in the 1930 in the company of George Mink, an American then working for the Comintern, and a person carrying an American passport under the name of Nicholas Sherman. Sherman was later identified as a Soviet GRU agent named Ulanovsky. Josephson was also identified as the fraudulent applicant for an American passport for Samuel Liptzen that was later used by Comintern agent Gerhard Eisler.

****************************************************************

Germany

Mildred Fish Harnack

Brysac, Shareen Blair. Resisting Hitler: Mildred Harnack and the Red Orchestra. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. Mildred Fish, an American Communist from Wisconsin, married Arvid Harnack, a German Communist, and the two became members of a Soviet espionage group in Nazi Germany. Captured by the Gestapo, she was guillotined in Berlin on February 16, 1943.

Höhne, Heinz. Codeword: Direktor the Story of the Red Orchestra. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1971.

Perrault, Gilles. The Red Orchestra. London: Barker, 1968.

Tarrant, V. E. The Red Orchestra. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1996. Notes that the Soviet espionage apparatus in Nazi Germany known as the Red Orchestra include one American, Mildred Fish, who met and married Arvid Harnack, a German, at the University of Wisconsin in the late 1920s. Both were Communists although it is unclear if they had joined the party at that time or after their move to Germany in 1929. Both were executed by the Nazis.

Trepper, Léopold. The Great Game: The Story of the Red Orchestra. London: M. Joseph, 1977.

West, Rebecca. Selected Letters of Rebecca West. Edited by Bonnie Kime Scott. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000. One letter relates that in the 1930s West was approached by Mildred Fisher [Fish] who said she represented a group of German Nazis and that they were prepared to publish her books in Germany but only if she would sign a declaration that she had no Jewish blood. West refused. Only in the late 1940s did West learn that Fisher, an American Communist living in Germany and married to a German Communist, had been executed by the Nazis during WWII for her role in the Soviet “Red Orchestra” espionage network. West concluded that Fisher’s 1930s approach had been an attempt to taint West, a vocal anti-Communist writer, with Nazi anti-Jewish sympathies.

Whiting, Charles. The Search for ‘Gestapo’ Müller: The Man Without a Shadow. Barnsley, South Yorkshire: Leo Cooper, 2001.

****************************************************************

Mexico

Anhalt, Diana. “México: Refugio o Último Recurso para el Expatriado Político? [Mexico For the Political Expatriate: Haven or Last Resort?].” El Nacional [Mexico City], 16 February 1992. Part memoir, part history of childhood in Mexico in the 1950s in community of fifty or so expatriate families. “Although I am still unsure, I imagine that our coming to Mexico was related to my parents’ (Belle and Meyer Zykofsky) involvement in the left-wing American Labor Party (ALP), their liberal political stance on just about everything and the fact that they were convinced that it was only a matter of time before the United States became another Nazi Germany.”

Anhalt, Diana. “Mexico for the Political Expatriate: Haven or Last Resort?” Voices of Mexico [University of Mexico’s Center of Research for North America], January-March 1994. Discusses American Communists and pro-Communist radicals who moved to Mexico.

Anhalt, Diana. A Gathering of Fugitives: American Political Expatriates in Mexico, 1948-1965. Santa Maria, CA: Archer Books, 2001. During the 1950s over sixty American families involved in Communist and radical activities moved to Mexico. Anhalt’s parents were among them. Based on interviews with expatriates and their families.

Christopulos, Diana K. “American Radicals and the Mexican Revolution, 1900-1925.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1980. Notes that some American Communists attempted to influence Mexican revolutionary groups.

Herman, Donald L. The Comintern in Mexico. Washington: Public Affairs Press, 1974. Notes the activities of American Communists in Mexico.

La Botz, Daniel Herbert. “‘Slackers’: American War Resisters and Communists in Mexico, 1917-1927.” Ph.D. diss. University of Cincinnati, 1998.

Schreiber, Rebecca Mina. “The Cold War Culture of Political Exile: United States Artists and Writers in Mexico, 1940--1965.” Ph.D. diss. New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2000.

Schreiber, Rebecca M. “Dislocations of Cold War Cultures: Exile, Transnationalism, and the Politics of Form.” In Imagining Our Americas: Toward a Transnational Frame, edited by Sandhya Rajendra Shukla and Heidi Tinsman. Radical Perspectives. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2007.

Schreiber, Rebecca M. Cold War Exiles in Mexico: U.S. Dissidents and the Culture of Critical Resistance. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2008.

Spenser, Daniela. “Encounter of the Mexican and the Bolshevik Revolutions in the United States: Sphere of Interests, 1917-1930.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1994.

Spenser, Daniela. The Impossible Triangle: Mexico, Soviet Russia, and the United States in the 1920s. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1999.

Spenser, Daniela. “Emissaries of the Communist International in Mexico.” American Communist History 6, no. 2 (December 2007).

Taibo, Paco Ignacio, II. “Red Gringos, Blue Mexicans: The Binational Cadres in the Mexican Labor Movement, 1917-1925.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1989.

Weyl, Nathaniel, and Sylvia Caslteton Weyl. The Reconquest of Mexico: The Years of Lázaro Cárdenas. New York: Oxford University Press, 1939. The Weyls, both CPUSA cadre in the 1930s, by 1939 were living in Mexico and were soon to leave the party. Cárdenas institutionalized and stabilized the Mexican revolutionary movement but while hoping for friendly relations with Communists, insisted on maintaining the independence of the Mexican revolutionary movement from Moscow’s control.

****************************************************************

Mexico

Anita Brenner

Glusker, Susannah Joel. “Anita Brenner, a Mind of Her Own.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1995.

Glusker, Susannah Joel. Anita Brenner: A Mind of Her Own. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press, 1998. The daughter of American Jewish emigrants who settled in Mexico, Brenner was a radical political journalist and art critic who worked among and wrote about the American and Mexican radicals, Communists, Trotskyists, and avant-garde artists who lived in Mexico in the 1930s and 1940s. Glusker is Brenner’s daughter.

****************************************************************

Mexico

Charles Phillips

Gomez, Manuel. “From Mexico to Moscow.” Survey [U.K.] no. 53 (October 1964). Transcript of an interview with Theodore Draper. Gomez was the pseudonym for Charles Francis Phillips.

Kheyfetz, Victor. “In Search of an Adequate Strategy: Comintern and Soviet Diplomacy in Mexico in the 1920s.” International Newsletter of Communist Studies [Part of Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung - 2003] 9, no. 16 (2003). Brief note on the Comintern and the role of such Americans as Charles Phillips.

Shipman, Charles. It Had to be Revolution: Memoirs of an American Radical. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1993. Shipman, aka Charles Francis Phillips, Frank Seaman, and Manuel Gomez, was a Communist activist in Mexico and the U.S. in the 1920s and was associated with the All American Anti-Imperialism League and the Collegiate Anti-Military League.

****************************************************************

South Africa

Davidson, Apollon, Irina Filatova, Valentin Gorodonov, and Sheridan Johns, eds. South Africa and the Communist International: A Documentary History. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2003. V. 1, Socialist Pilgrims to Bolshevik Footsoldiers 1919-1930; v. 2, Bolshevik Footsoldiers to Victims of Bolshevisation 1931-1939. Notes role of American Communists as Comintern representatives with the South African movement.

****************************************************************

American Visitors and Immigrants to Communist Societies

Daniels, Anthony. Utopias Elsewhere: Journeys in a Vanishing World. New York: Crown Pub., 1991. Notes admiring and sometimes worshipful attitudes of American and Western Communists and radicals met during visits to Communist ruled Albania, North Korea, Rumania, Vietnam, and Cuba.

Engerman, David C. Modernization from the Other Shore: American Intellectuals and the Romance of Russian Development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003.

Enzensberger, Hans Magnus. “Tourists of the Revolution.” In The Consciousness Industry: On Literature, Politics and the Media, edited by Michael Roloff. New York: Seabury Press, 1974.

Hollander, Paul. “Pilgrims on the Run: Ideological Refugees from Paradise Lost.” Encounter [U.K.] 57, no. 4 (1981).

Hollander, Paul. Political Pilgrims: Travels of Western Intellectuals to the Soviet Union, China, and Cuba, 1928-1978. New York: Oxford University Press, 1981. Discusses Western intellectuals who visit and praise Communist societies. Concludes that their hostility to their own societies and their need to believe in the possibility of social perfection caused them not to notice the oppressive nature of Communist states.

Hollander, Paul. “Durable Significance of Political Pilgrimage.” Society 34, no. 5 (August 1997). Notes persistence of the phenomenon, including recent visits to North Korea in which left and progressive American visitors praised the monstrously cruel Communist regime in exaggerated, bizarre terms.

Očak, Ivan. Jugoslavenski Emigranti Iz Amerike u Sovjetskom Savezu (Izmedju Dva Rata) [Yugoslav Emigrants From America in the Soviet Union (Between the Two Wars)]. Zagreb: Spektar, 1985.

****************************************************************

Americans in Russia and the USSR

Aaron, Daniel. “The Three Faces of Lenin: American Writers in Russia.” Survey [U.K.] 41 (1962). Discusses visits to the Soviet Union by E. E. Cummings, Waldo Frank and Edmund Wilson.

Baker, Vincent E. “American Workers in The Soviet Union Between the Two World Wars: From Dream to Disillusionment.” Unpublished master’s thesis. West Virginia University, 1998.

Bassow, Whitman. The Moscow Correspondents: Reporting on Russia from the Revolution to Glasnost. New York: W. Morrow, 1988. Includes portraits of journalists whose early stories shaped American images of Soviet Communism, including John Reed, George Seldes, Eugene Lyons, and Walter Duranty. Discusses the effects of inadequate knowledge of Russian language and culture, ignorant American editors, and Soviet travel restrictions, blackmail, censorship, and harassment.

Briley, Ronald F. “Smith W. Brookhart and Russia.” Annals of Iowa 42, no. 7 (1975). Progressive Republican Brookhart, elected to the U.S. Senate from Iowa in 1922, briefly toured the Soviet Union in 1923 and came back praising the Communist regime and urging American diplomatic recognition.

Bryant, Louise. Six Red Months in Russia: An Observer’s Account of Russia Before and During the Proletarian Dictatorship. New York: George H. Doran Company, 1918.

Bryant, Louise. Mirrors of Moscow. New York: T. Seltzer, 1923. Bryant, John Reed’s companion, provides biographical sketches of early Soviet leaders she knew: Lenin and his subordinates.--Jacob Peters, Fedore S. Dzerzhinsky and the Extraordinary Commission.--Anatol Vassilievitch Lunacharsky and Russian culture.--Michael Ivanovitch Kalinin and the peasants.--Madame Alexandra Kollontaiand the woman’s movement.--Leon Trotsky, Soviet war lord.--Enver Pasha and the Mohammedans.--Tikon and the Russian church.--Tchicherin, commissar for foreign affairs, and his subordinates.--Maxim Litvinov, assistant commissar, Leonid Krassin and subordiantes.

Calonne, David S. “Saroyan Among the Soviets.” Armenian Review 42, no. 3 (1989). Armenian-American writer William Saroyan was fascinated by the Soviet socialist experiment, but his 1935 visit proved disillusioning.

Davis, Donald E., and Eugene P. Trani. “The American YMCA and the Russian Revolution.” Slavic Review 33, no. 3 (1974). Describes the reaction of American YMCA staff and volunteers to the Bolshevik revolution.

Feuer, Lewis S. “American Travelers to the Soviet Union, 1917-1932: The Formation of a Component of New Deal Ideology.” American Quarterly, Summer 1962.

Gammel, Irene. “Re/Visiting Russia with Theodore Dreiser.” Resources for American Literary Study 26, no. 1 (2000).

Garb, Paula. They Came to Stay: North Americans in the U.S.S.R. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1987. Uncritical.

Graziosi, Andrea. “Foreign Workers in Soviet Russia, 1920-1940: Their Experience and Their Legacy.” International Labor and Working Class History, no. 33 (1988).

Haynes, John Earl. “The Two Russian Adventures of Leighton Rogers: American Diaries of the Russian Revolution in 1917 and P-39 Airacobras in the USSR in 1943.” Paper presented at ALSIB 60 Conference, Irkutsk State Technical University, November 2002. Irkutsk, Russia. Rogers was a young American bank officer in Petrograd at the time of the Bolshevik revolution and returned in 1943 as an official of Bell Aircraft observing Soviet use of thousands of P-39 Bell Airacobras obtained through Lend-Lease.

Hiatt, Fred. “Stuck in Stalin’s U.S.S.R.” Washington Post, 23 October 1992. In 1932 Willard Edwards, a progressive educator at the Organic School of Education (Fairhope, AL) went to the USSR to build socialism. His wife and three children followed. Willard had his teenage son, Kenneth, adopt Soviet citizenship. In 1935 Willard, disillusioned and concerned that the education commissar who had recruited him had been purged, returned to the U.S. Mrs. Edwards remained because Kenneth was not allowed to leave. Pressure on foreigners increased, Mrs. Edwards lost her job, and with her youngest son she left in 1938. A daughter, Marjorie tried to leave but adopted Soviet citizenship instead when the NKVD threatened to arrest Kenneth. Marjorie in 1941 got a job at the U.S. embassy was able later to return to the U.S. Marjorie in 1992 returned to Russia to meet her brother Kenneth.

Keiser, John H., ed. “An American Communist Reports from Russia, November, 1922.” Illinois State Historical Society Journal 60, no. 2 (1967). Text of a letter from Jack W. Johnston to John Fitzpatrick, president of the Chicago Federation of Labor. Johnston was a delegate to the Second Congress of the Red International of Labor Unions (Profintern).

Kennedy, Padraic C. “La Follette and the Russians.” Mid-America 53, no. 3 (1971). A critic of Czarist Russia, Senator La Follette, Sr., praised the Bolshevik Revolution and attacked Wilson’s Russian policy and argued for recognition of the Soviet government. After his trip to Russia in 1923, La Follette became less enthusiastic and gradually ceased taking an interest in the matter.

Lapitsky, Mark. “American Workers in the USSR During the 1930s.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference, 1990. Lapitsky, a Soviet scholar, says the Soviet Union welcomed several thousand, perhaps up to 10,000, American workers in the 1920s and 1930s for their technical knowledge, the money some brought, and as a international duty to those who wished to assist in building socialism. The earliest large American industrial colony was in Kuzbas, Siberia. One group of technicians brought valuable tools and instruments from an American Ford plant. The huge Stalingrad tractor plant built in the first 5-year plan followed American rather than European design and was planned with the assistance of American workers. After 1936 Soviet policy became hostile to foreigners, and American workers returned home or were arrested.

Leder, Mary M. My Life in Stalinist Russia: An American Woman Looks Back. Edited by Laurie Bernstein. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2001. Her Communist parents took her to Birobidzhan in the 1930s.

Lyons, Eugene, and U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Beware! Tourists Reporting on Russia; an Analysis of Tourist Testimony on Soviet Russia. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

Lyons, Eugene. Assignment in Utopia. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1937. Lyons, a prominent left-wing journalist of the 1920s, became a United Press correspondent in Moscow in the 1930s and turned anti-Communist after his experience. Lyons, Eugene. Moscow Carrousel. New York: A. A. Knopf, 1935.

Lyons, Eugene. Stalin, Czar of All the Russias. Philadelphia New York [etc.]: J.B. Lippincott Company, 1940.

Lyons, Eugene. Workers’ Paradise Lost: Fifty Years of Soviet Communism: A Balance Sheet. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1967.

Margulies, Sylvia R. The Pilgrimage to Russia: The Soviet Union and the Treatment of Foreigners, 1924-1937. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1968.

Maurer, James, John Brophy, Frank Palmer, and Albert Coyle. Russia After Ten Years: Report of the American Trade Union Delegation to the Soviet Union. New York: International Publishers, 1927.

Meltz, Eva Stolar, and Rae Gunter Osgood. And the Winds Blew Cold: Stalinist Russia as Experienced by an American Emigrant. Blacksburg, VA: McDonald & Woodward Pub., 2000.

Nerhood, Harry W. To Russia and Return: An Annotated Bibliography of Travelers’ English-Language Accounts of Russia from the Ninth Century to the Present. [Columbus]: Ohio State University Press, 1968.

Remnick, David. “The Bitter Pilgrimage of Abe Stolar.” Washington Post, 10 May 1988. Newspaper feature story. Stolar, born in the U.S. to radical Russian-Jewish immigrants, accompanied his parents on their return to the USSR in 1930. In 1937 his father was purged and later died in the Gulag. Stolar fought with the Red Army during World War II and worked as a writer for Radio Moscow until the 1960s when he made a series of attempts to move his family to Israel.

Rogers, Leigh. Wine of Fury. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1924. Novel by a young American bank officer about his experiences in St. Petersburg at the time of the Bolshevik revolution. Rogers’ original diary on which the novel is based is part of his papers at the Library of Congress.

Rosenberg, M. An American Trapped in a Communist Paradise: An Historical Autobiography. Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.: Moose Enterprise, 2003.

Scott, John. Behind the Urals: An American Worker in Russia’s City of Steel. [Boston]: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1942. Scott, at age twenty and with credentials from the TUUL’s Metal Workers Industrial Union, went to Magnitogorsk in 1932 to work as a welder for five years in the building of Stalin’s premier steelmaking city. Scott’s memoir records his observations on the astoundingly high human price of the hyper-industrialization program and the injustices of the purges. Scott judges that the price was worth paying to build socialism and insure the Soviet people a future of economic abundance and social justice.

Seeger, Murray. Discovering Russia 200 Years of American Journalism. Bloomington, Ind.: AuthorHouse, 2005.

Seeger, Murray. “The Coverage of Soviet Dissidents by Western Journalists.” Nieman Reports, Spring 2006. Essay-review of Rubenstein and Gribanov’s The KGB File of Andrei Sakharov discussing the role of American journalists as a factor in Soviet treatment of Sakharov.

Sillito, John R. “A Utahn Abroad: Parley P. Christensen’s World Tour, 1921-23.” Utah Historical Quarterly 54, no. 4 (1986). Discusses Christensen’s visit to the USSR.

Unger, Nancy. “‘New Wars in the Making’: Senator Robert M. LaFollette Reports on His European Tour, 1923.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Wettlin, Margaret. Fifty Russian Winters: An American Woman’s Life in the Soviet Union. New York: Pharos Books, 1992. In 1932 Wettlin, a West Philadelphia English teacher, visited the USSR, met and married Andrei Efremoff, a director at the Moscow Art Theater, became a Soviet citizen, and translated Gorky, Tolstoy, and Pasternak into English. Wettlin, although a socialist, never joined the CPSU. Wettlin says she believed wholeheartedly that the USSR faced dire threats from internal spies and saboteurs and describes her recruitment as an NKVD informant at the Moscow Foreign Language Institute, writing she “felt that I had been chosen, been distinguished, that in this terrible period of trial I was trusted. It was as if I had a medal pinned to my chest.” After WWII she became disillusioned with her work as an informant and quit.

Witkin, Zara. An American Engineer in Stalin’s Russia the Memoirs of Zara Witkin, 1932-1934. Edited by Michael Gelb. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. Witkin, a consultant to the Soviet First Industrial Building Trust, records in a memoir written in the 1930s how his idealism was destroyed by a blizzard of indifference, red tape, envy, oppression, and mind-numbing incompetence. Witkin speculates that the faults of the Soviet system were due to flaws in the Russian character rather than in socialism.

****************************************************************

The Kuzbas Project

Morray, J. P. Project Kuzbas: American Workers in Siberia (1921-1926). New York: International Publishers, 1983. Admiring portrait of American radical volunteers at an industrial colony in the Soviet Union.

Smith, William Thomas. “The Kuzbas Colony, Soviet Russia, 1921-1926: An American Contribution to the Building of a Communist State.” Ph.D. diss. University of Miami, 1977. Recounts the history of industrial complex in Siberia where American Communists and Wobblies provided the managerial and technical staff for an early Soviet industrial project.

****************************************************************

Americans in the Terror and the Gulag

Beckett, Francis. Stalin’s British Victims. Stroud: Sutton, 2004. Focuses on the four British Communist women, Rosa Rust, Rose Cohen, Freda Utley, and Pearl Rimel and the knowledge by CPGB leaders of what happened in the Great Terror. Utley, a British Communist, moved to the USSR in the 1930s and married a Russian. She fled the Soviet Union after he was imprisoned in the Terror. She later came to the United States and became a citizen and anti-Communist activist.

Cullison, Alan. “The Lost Victims.” Associated Press Wire Service, 9 November 1997.

Cullison, Alan, and Associated Press. “How Stalin Repaid the Support of Americans.” Washington Times, 9 November 1997. AP story on Moscow archival records of American Communists and leftists arrested in Stalin’s purges. Discusses, Alexander Gelver, Arthur Talent, Oscar Corgan, Julius Hecker, Elias Singer, and Ivan Dubin (all executed) and Ruth Ikal, Marvin Volat, Lovett Fort-Whiteman, Thomas Sgovio, and Joseph Sgovio (all imprisoned).

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Black American ‘Pilgrims’ in the Soviet Union and the Comintern: New Documents (The Fate of Fort-Whiteman Lovett.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies conference. Boca Raton, FL, 1998.

Hochschild, Adam. “Never Coming Home: An Exclusive Look at the KGB’s Secret Files on Americans in Stalin’s Prisons.” Mother Jones, October 1992, 50-56. Discusses the file of Arthur Talent, born in America of Latvian immigrants. Both of his parents had been early Bolsheviks in Tsarist Russia, had been imprisoned under the Tsar, and had been founding members of the American C.P. In 1923 his father, terminally ill with cancer, sent his wife, Elena, and son to the USSR. His wife became a member of the CPSU. In 1938 Elena was arrested and sent to the GULAG for ten years. In 1949 she was rearrested and imprisoned until 1954. She died in 1955. Arthur, age 21 and working as an elevator operator and part time actor, was also arrested. Under severe interrogation, he falsely confessed to being a British spy, a Latvian spy, and part of a conspiracy based on actors of the Latvian Theater in Moscow to create a “’mighty Latvia on the territory of the Soviet Union.’” He and three he named were secretly executed in 1938. “The triumph of Stalinism -- and the bloodshed that followed--took its toll not only on Russians, but on leftists throughout the world. And on few groups did the blow fall more heavily than on the tens of thousands of progressives from other countries who came to live in Russia.... How should we look back on those ill-fated people, who traveled to the Soviet Union to build socialism and wound up instead the victims of a revolution gone mad?”

Hochschild, Adam. The Unquiet Ghost: Russians Remember Stalin. New York: Viking, 1994. Among other cases, discusses Americans arrested and executed by the NKVD during Stalin’s purges.

Holmes, John Dewey. “The Life and Times of Noah London: American Jewish Communist; Soviet Engineer; and Victim of Stalinist Terror.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 2008.

McLoughlin, Barry. Left to the Wolves: Irish Victims of Stalinist Terror. Irish Academic Press, 2007. Discusses two Irish Communists who died in the terror who had CPUSA ties.

Studer (University of Bern), Brigitte. “Die Arbeit Am Projektierten Selbst: Westliche Ausländerinnen und Ausländer Im Moskau der Dreissiger [Work on the Projected Self: Western Female and Male Foreigners in Moscow During the 1930].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Tzouliadis, Tim. The Forsaken: An American Tragedy in Stalin’s Russia. New York: Penguin Press, 2008. TOC: The Joads of Russia -- Baseball in Gorky Park -- “Life has become more joyful!” -- “Fordizatsia” -- “The Lindbergh of Russia” -- “The captured Americans” -- “The arrival of spring” -- The terror, the terror -- Spetzrabota -- “A dispassionate observer” -- “Send views of New York” -- “Submission to Moscow” -- Kolyma znaczit smert -- The Soviet gold rush -- “Our selfless labor will restore us to the family of workers” -- June 22nd, 1941 -- The American brands of a Soviet genocide -- An American vice-president in the heart of darkness -- “To see cruelty and burn not” -- “Release by the green procurator” -- The second generation -- Awakening -- “Citizen of the United States of America, allied officer Dale” -- Smert Stalina spaset Rossiiu -- Freedom and deceit -- The truth at last -- “The two Russias” -- Thomas Sgovio redux.

Zhuravlev, Serge (Russian Academy of Sciences). “American Victims of the Stalinist Purges, 1935-1941.” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

****************************************************************

Americans in the Terror and the Gulag: Biographical Accounts

Alexander Dolgun

Dolgun, Alexander. Alexander Dolgun’s Story: An American in the Gulag. Assisted by Patrick Watson. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House., 1975. Dolgun was born in the United States and was brought to the USSR in the mid-1930s by his parents. In 1948 at age twenty-two he was working at a minor post in the U.S. Embassy. He was arrested and after extensive torture sent to the Gulag as an American spy. He was released in 1956 but was unable to leave the USSR until 1971.

****************************************************************

Victor Herman

Herman, Victor. Coming Out of the Ice: An Unexpected Life. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. Memoir by an American prisoner of Stalin’s Gulag.

****************************************************************

John Noble

Noble, John H. I Was a Slave in Russia: An American Tells His Story. New York: Devin-Adair, 1958. Noble was American-born but his parents were German and had returned to Germany prior to World War II. As an enemy alien he was not allowed to leave Dresden and had to report to the German police every three days. When the Red Army took the city he, then age 21, and his father were arrested as American spies by the Soviets and sent to the Gulag. He remained there for more than ten years.

Noble, John H., and Glenn D. Everett. I Found God in Soviet Russia. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Pub. House, 1972. Noble was a young American who was in the Gulag from 1945 to 1955.

****************************************************************

David Rosenblum

Colp, Judith. “Soviet Nightmare Ends for American.” Washington Times, 24 December 1990. Newspaper feature story on David Rosenblum. In 1936 Rosenblum, age 21 from Brooklyn, emigrated to the USSR to build socialism. After he arrived Rosenblum was told “‘You’re a Jew; you made a big mistake in coming here.’” At the time of the Nazi-Soviet Pact he was arrested and sent to a Gulag gold mining camp in Siberia for 10 years. Rosenblum lost parts of several fingers to frostbite. In 1949 authorities rusticated him in Sokol where he married and worked as a night watchman. After the death of his Russian wife in 1989 he contacted an American cousin, obtained his birth certificate proving U.S. citizenship, and returned to the U.S.

****************************************************************

Thomas Sgovio

Sgovio, Thomas. Dear America! Why I Turned Against Communism. Kenmore, NY: Partners’ Press, 1979. Recounts Sgovio’s youth in Buffalo, NY, in the 1920s and early 1930s as the son of Joseph Sgovio, a Communist organizer and activist in the Young Communist League. His father, a non-citizen Italian immigrant, was deported to the Soviet Union in the early 1930s. Sgovio and his mother followed voluntarily. Sgovio and his father were arrested in the Yezhov purge of 1937-38 and sent to the Kolyma labor camps. After release in 1946, he was sentenced to internal exile in Siberia. In 1960 he received permission to accompany his aged mother to her native Italy and in 1963 he returned to the U.S. Sgovio mentions a number of American Communists he met in the camps, although sometimes he is unsure of the spelling of the name or gives only the initial of the last name.

****************************************************************

Americans in Communist China

Adams, Clarence. An American Dream: The Life of an African American Soldier and POW Who Spent Twelve Years in Communist China. Edited by Della Adams and Lewis H. Carlson. Amherst: Amherst University of Massachusetts Press, 2007.

Alley, Rewi. Six Americans in China. Beijing, China: Intercul, 1985. TOC: Ma Haide (George Hatem), the doctor -- Edgar Snow -- Anna Louise Strong -- Agnes Smedley -- Joseph Warren Stilwell -- Evans Fordyce Carlson.

Blankfort, Michael. The Big Yankee: The Life of Carlson of the Raiders. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1947. Carlson was an admirer of the Chinese Communist military forces.

Brady, Anne-Marie. Making the Foreign Serve: China Managing Foreigners in the People’s Republic. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2003.

Brady, Anne-Marie. “The Political Meaning of Friendship: Reviewing the Life and Times of Two of China’s American Friends.” China Review International 9, no. 2 (Fall 2002). Review-essay on Sidney Rittenberg’s The Man Who Stayed Behind and Sidney Shapiro’s I Chose China: The Metamorphosis of a Country and a Man.

Carlson, Evans Fordyce. Twin Stars of China: A Behind-the-Scenes Story of China’s Valiant Struggle for Existence, by a U.S. Marine Who Lived & Moved with the People. New York: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1940. Carlson was an admirer of the Chinese Communist military forces.

Lo, Ruth Earnshaw, and Katharine S. Kinderman. In the Eye of the Typhoon. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1980. Ruth, a University of Chicago student, married her Chinese language teacher, Dr. Lo Chuanfang in Shanghai in 1935. Attracted by Communist “united front” promises, they remained in China after 1949. Lo Chuanfang, however, was designated a Rightist in 1958 while teaching at Zhongshan University, Canton. Due to this their two children were not allowed to enter college. In the Cultural Revolution, Lo was accused of having “secretly sabotaged Chairman Mao’s thoughts in lecturing on teaching method.” He was repeated interrogated and publicly humiliated, their home vandalized, and their children sent to the provinces. He died in 1969. Ruth remained under a sort of house arrest at Zhongshan University until the end of the Cultural Revolution.

Milton, David, and Nancy Milton. The Wind Will Not Subside: Years in Revolutionary China, 1964-1969. New York: Pantheon Books, 1976. American academics and Communist sympathizers, the Miltons aligned themselves with the Hongqi (Red Flag) faction at the First Foreign Languages Institute in Beijing where they taught English. They assert, “China’s Cultural Revolution was the final act in a long process which, though generating universal concepts, served as the political cauldron for forging an independent and modern Chinese nation beholden to none and ready to compete with the largest states in the game of nations” (p. 377). Claim, as well, that after the Mao’s Great Leap Forward, “the Chinese did suffer from malnutrition in those [hard] years, but there was no famine.” (p. 18).

O’Brien, Neil L. An American Editor in Early Revolutionary China: John William Powell and the China Weekly/Monthly Review. New York: Routledge, 2003. Powell edited the China Weekly and Monthly Review in Shanghai in the 1940s, became a loyal purveyor of Communist Chinese propaganda and during the Korean War an ardent advocate of Chinese and North Korean allegations of American use of bacteriological weapons. He was tried for sedition after he returned to the U.S. but a mistrial was declared over adverse publicity and technical legal obstacles prevented a retrial.

Pasley, Virginia. 21 Stayed; the Story of the American GI’s Who Chose Communist China Who They Were and Why They Stayed. New York: Farrar, Straus & Cudahy, 1955. Collective biography of the twenty-one American prisoners of war of the Korean war who chose to stay with the Chinese Communists.

Rickett, W. Allyn, and Adele Rickett. Prisoners of Liberation. New York: Cameron Associates, 1957. This American couple was in China from 1948 to 1955. They maintain that their imprisonment by Chinese Communists for espionage was justified even thought they did not work for any American intelligence agency and that they benefited enormously from their detention.

Rittenberg, Sidney. The Man Who Stayed Behind. Assisted by Amanda Bennett. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Autobiography of Rittenberg, an American Communist who made contact with the Chinese Communists while serving with U.S. military forces in China at the end of World War II. He stayed behind, joined the Chinese Communist Party, became a prominent figure in Mao’s government, but was later purged and imprisoned. He was then rehabilitated by the party and returned to prominence as an enthusiast for the Cultural Revolution (leading one ultra-revolutionary faction in a brief takeover of Radio Peking) only to be once more purged and imprisoned. Later rehabilitated a second time, after China’s market reforms he became a liaison between Western capitalists and Chinese partners.

Rivlin, Gary. “A Long March From Maoism to Microsoft.” New York Times, 5 December 2004. On Sidney Rittenberg’s current status as a highly paid consultant to American businesses wanting assistance in making contacts with high lever Chinese Communist party and government officials.

Shapiro, Sidney. An American in China, Thirty Years in the People’s Republic. [Beijing]: New World Press, 1979. Shapiro, a New York lawyer who had studied Chinese, moved to Shanghai in 1947 and married a Chinese woman linked to the Chinese Communist Party. He renounced his American citizenship in 1963.

Shapiro, Sidney. I Chose China: The Metamorphosis of a Country and a Man. New York: Hippocrene Books, 2000. His 1979 autobiography brought up to date. Among other points, he is critical of Sidney Rittenberg’s autobiography.

Shewmaker, Kenneth E. “The American Liberal Dream: Evans F. Carlson and the Chinese Communists, 1937-1947.” Pacific Historical Review 38, no. 2 (1969). Discusses the history of Evans Carlson, a Marine officer (Carlson’s Raiders) who visited China as an intelligence officer and admired the Chinese Communists. Finds that although Joseph McCarthy tried to link Carlson to a Communist conspiracy, Carlson was only one of a number of persons who naively believed that the Chinese Communists were liberal democrats.

Shewmaker, Kenneth E. Americans and Chinese Communists, 1927-1945: A Persuading Encounter. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1971. A study of the early encounters between Americans and the Chinese Communists and the image of Chinese communism these observers tried to convey to other Americans.

Ullman, Sharon. “‘Twenty-One Who Stayed’: American Response to ‘Brainwashed’ POWs in the Korean War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, Washington, 1998.

Wong, Jan. Red China Blues: My Long March from Mao to Now. Toronto New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books, 1996. At age 19, in 1972, Wong, a Canadian of Chinese descent, moved to China because she was, she says, a “stark, raving Maoist.” She returned to Canada in 1980, disillusioned.

****************************************************************

Americans in Communist Cuba

Hollander, Paul. Political Hospitality and Tourism: Cuba and Nicaragua. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: Cuban American National Foundation, 1986.

Martino, John. I Was Castro’s Prisoner: An American Tells His Story. Assisted by Nathaniel Weyl. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1963.

Radosh, Ronald, ed. The New Cuba: Paradoxes and Potentials. New York: Morrow, 1976.

****************************************************************

Americans in the German Democratic Republic

Stephen Wechsler / Victor Grossman

Fisher, Marc. “The Deserter Comes Home.” Washington Post, 20 June 1994. On return of Stephen Wechsler, CPUSA member at Harvard, who deserted U.S. Army in 1952 to become East German propagandist.

Fisher, Marc. “The Accidental Defector.” Washington Post, 27 May 1990. Newspaper feature on Stephen Wechsler who joined the C.P. at Harvard in 1945. Of ten Harvard Communists who graduated in 1949, he was one of three who on C.P. advice and took a blue-collar job. Drafted in 1950, while on Army duty in West Germany he deserted after charged with falsely signing a non-Communist statement. Living in East Germany under the name Victor Grossman, he has edited the Democratic German Report, organized the Paul Robeson Archive of the DDR Academy of Arts, and wrote articles and books on the U.S. Grossman calls himself an “incorrigible radical,” regrets the end of Communist rule, and says of unification with West Germany, “Volkswagen, Daimler-Benz, General Motors -- all coming in now. All the forces I’ve been afraid of all my life. It’s pretty damn depressing.”

Grossman, Victor. Crossing the River: A Memoir of the American Left, the Cold War, and Life in East Germany. Edited by Mark Solomon. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press, 2003. Autobiography of American Communist and U.S. Army deserter, Victor Grossman, aka Stephen Wechsler.

****************************************************************

Americans in Sandinista Nicaragua

Jones, Jeffrey, ed. Brigadista: Harvest and War in Nicaragua: Eyewitness Accounts of North American Volunteers Working in Nicaragua. New York: Praeger, 1986. A collection of essays, poems, journal entries, and drawings by American volunteers assisting the Sandinista revolution.

Ridenour, Ron. Yankee Sandinistas: Interviews with North Americans Living & Working in the New Nicaragua. Willimantic, CT: Curbstone Press, 1986. Lengthy interviews with nine pro-Sandinista Americans living in Nicaragua.

Schwartz, Stephen. A Strange Silence: The Emergence of Democracy in Nicaragua. San Francisco, CA Lanham, MD: ICS Press distr. National Book Network, 1992. Sees the 1979 Nicaraguan revolution as having been betrayed by the antidemocratic program of the Sandinistas and looks at length at the complicity of elements of the American liberal-left; discusses why the American press was surprised by the Sandinista regime’s loss of the 1990 election.

****************************************************************

Soviet Union and Stalinism in American Communist Eyes

Anderson, Paul Herbert. The Attitude of the American Leftist Leaders Toward the Russian Revolution, (1917-1923). Notre Dame, IN, 1942.

Barnes, Joseph. “The Foreign Policy of the American Communist Party.” Foreign Affairs 26 (January 1948). “Certainly the foreign policy of the American Communists is now more Russian that Molotov’s, if only because it is denied the swift and sudden manœvrability which that resourceful Foreign Minister retains.”

Bittelman, Alexander. “Stalin: On His Seventieth Birthday.” Political Affairs, December 1949, 43. On Stalin as the heart of American communism.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. “He Loved the People.” Political Affairs, April 1953, 43. American Communist praise of Stalin.

Foner, Philip Sheldon. The Bolshevik Revolution: Its Impact on American Radicals, Liberals, and Labor. New York: International Publishers, 1967.

Furr, Grover. “Using History to Fight Anti-Communism: Anti-Stalinism Hurts Workers, Builds Fascism.” Cultural Logic 1, no. 2 (Spring 1998). In praise of Stalin.

Garner, John. “John Garner Interview Conducted by Cliff Kuhn.” Unpublished transcript. Archives of American Minority Cultures, University of Alabama, 1984. Garner remembers that his belief that Soviet agents had started the C.P. in Alabama was psychologically comforting.

Genovese, Eugene D. In Red and Black: Marxian Explorations in Southern and Afro-American History. New York: Pantheon Books, 1971. Genovese was a leading Marxist historian in the 1960s and 1970s. Quotes a Genovese letter to the Journal of American History in 1968, when he was a Stalinist: “In irreconcilable confrontations, as Comrade Stalin, who remains dear to some of us for the genuine accomplishments that accompanied his crimes, clearly understood, it is precisely the most admirable, manly, principled, and, by their own lights, moral opponents who have to be killed; the others can be frightened or bought.”

Haynes, John Earl. “Poison or Cancer?: Stalinism and American Communism.” American Communist History 2, no. 2 (Winter 2003). Commentary on Bryan Palmer’s “Rethinking the Historiography of United States Communism.” Emphasizes the inability of the Communist movement to adapt to American democratic practices.

Jacobson, Julius. “The Russian Question and American Socialism.” New Politics 6, no. 3 (Summer 1987). “But Stalinism continues to haunt the left. For the ignominious ‘historic mission’ was to negate socialism in its own name, to divorce socialism from political freedom, to repudiate ‘fetishistic’ attachments to democracy. While Stalinism did not fully accomplish this mission, neither did it entirely fail. When we are told by presumed advocates of socialism or radical democracy that their vision does not necessarily mean freedom, that it can tolerate repression, that insistence on democracy is evidence of Marx’s philosophically flawed ‘essentialism’ and when we are further told that a hideously exploited Soviet working class was exercising workers’ control, and that Marxism in fact reigned supreme in the Soviet Union, that means we are contending with an at least incipient neo-Stalinist tendency that justifies our ongoing and deep concern with the Russian Question and its lessons. What is involved is nothing less than the question of self-definition, of fundamental concepts of right and wrong, of what kind of movement for emancipation must be built and, last but by no means least, what vision we have of an emancipated society.”

Jacobson, Julius. “The Soviet Union Is Dead: The ‘Russian Question’ Remains: Part I: The Communist Party -- Myth & Reality.” New Politics 5, no. 2 (n.s.) (Winter 1995). Critical of the interpretations of Ottanelli, Kelley, Brown, Kovel, and Foley of the nature of Stalinism. “I am not questioning the value of examining the history and character of the Communist movement through the prism of social history; merely pointing out its inherent limitations where the C.P. is concerned. Moreover, the effort of revisionist historians to mimic E.P. Thompson in order to mythicize the C.P. is not only asocial and ahistorical, it completely misses or obscures the truly tragic human dimension of the C.P.’s history.”

Lester, Donald MacKenzie. “Stalin--Genius of Socialist Construction.” The Communist 20 (March 1941).

Markowitz, Norman. “What About ‘Stalinism?.’” People’s Daily World, 11 April 1990. Markowitz was both a prominent American historians and for many years a secret member of the Communist Party. “Stalin was associated with diverse, often contradictory tactics, but, as I see it, a consistent strategy -- that is, to construct socialism across the huge territory of the Soviet Union, and to outmaneuver the British Empire, France, Imperial Japan, Nazi Germany, the United States and lesser capitalist states that, whatever their differences and rivalries, pursued anti-socialist and anti-Soviet encirclement policies.... Today, those in the Soviet Union and other socialist countries who have adopted a version of the traditional anti-Communist view of the Stalin era should ask themselves what effect this one-sided negation of the past put forward in the name of socialism is having on the defense of and the struggle for socialism.”

Shils, Edward. “The Burden of 1917.” Survey, Summer-Autumn 1976. Discusses the influence of the Bolshevik model on thinking about contemporary socialism and revolution.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Party, U.S.A. -- Soviet Pawn, A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967.

Williams, Frankwood Earl. Russia, Youth, and the Present-Day World: Further Studies in Mental Hygiene. New York: Farrar & Reinehart, 1934. Williams was the medical director of the National Committee for Mental Hygiene from 1923 until 1931 and was a psychoanalyst as well, a member of the New York Psychoanalytic Society and Institute, one of the organizers of the First International Congress on Mental Hygiene (1930) and active in the InterProfessional Association. On the basis of two visits to the USSR, Williams wrote that while mental disease, divorce, and delinquency were increasing in the U.S., in the USSR one could see “the building of a new civilization” and in the USSR was “a place were all problems of human relationships have been solved, where there exists no nervous or mental disease, no delinquency, no marital difficulties, no child-parent difficulties, no adolescent problems, no maladjusted school-children.” Williams, an ardent fellow-traveler, was an adviser to The Champion, journal of the YCL.

****************************************************************

Stalinism, Leninism, and Soviet Communism

Bayerlein, Bernhard. “Der Globale Fluss von Ideen und Gütern Als Kernproblem Des Stalinistischen Systems [The Global Flow of Ideas and Products as a Central Problem of the Stalinist System].” Paper presented at “Relations between Individual and System under Stalinism” conference 1-4 October. Bern, Switzerland, 2003.

Brovkin, Vladimir N. Russia After Lenin: Politics, Culture and Society, 1921-1929. London, U.K.: Routledge, 1998.

Conquest, Robert. Lenin. London, U.K.: Fontana, 1972.

Conquest, Robert. Tyrants and Typewriters: Communiqués from the Struggle for Truth. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1989.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror: A Reassessment. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, N.Y., U.S.A.: Viking, 1991.

Courtois, Stéphane, and Rémi Kauffer, eds. Le Livre Noir Du Communisme Crimes, Terreurs et Répression. Paris: R. Laffont, 1997.

Courtois, Stéphane, Nicolas Werth, Jean-Louis Panné, Andrezej Paczkowski, Rartošek, and Jean-Louis Margolis. The Black Book of Communism: Crimes, Terror, Repression. Edited and translated by Mark Kramer, edited by Jonathan Murphy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1999.

Deutscher, Isaac. Marxism, Wars, and Revolutions: Essays from Four Decades. Edited by Tamara Deutscher. London: Verso, 1984.

Glasov, Jamie. “Revisionists and the Cold War.” Heterodoxy 5, no. 10 (January 1998). Compares what Cold War revisionists said prior to the collapse of the USSR with what is now known.

Glotzer, Albert. “The Brutal March Backward.” International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 9, no. 3 (Fall 1996). Essay-review of Volkogonov’s Lenin: discusses what it shows of the relationship of Communist parties with the Comintern.

Harvey, Robert. Comrades: The Rise and Fall of World Communism. London: John Murray, 2003.

IAkovlev, A. N. [Alexander N. Yakovlev]. A Century of Violence in Soviet Russia. Translated by Anthony Austin. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2002.

Jacobson, Julius. “The ‘Russian Question’ and World War II.” New Politics 5 (n.s.), no. 3 (Spring 1995). Reflects on the role of Stalinism in the rise of Hitler, the Spanish Civil War, and the Nazi-Soviet Pact. “These are not idle questions but are intended in the spirit of provoking discussion including responses from those whose understanding of Marxism and history are such that they still believe that a society that could have made a Pact with Hitler and served the Third Reich so well could have been a society that had any redeeming social value.”

Judt, Tony. “The Longest Road to Hell.” New York Times, 22 December 1997. Discusses Stephen Courtois’s (ed.) Le Livre Noir du Commisme, published in France. “[I]n the sorry story of our century, Communism and Nazism are, and always were, morally, indistinguishable. That lesson alone took too long to learn, and it justifies a complete recasting and rewriting of the history of our times.” Letters commenting and responding from John Patrick Diggins, Maurice Isserman, and other, 28 December 1997.

Karpov, Vladimir Vasilievich. “Notes from the Archive.” Nezavisimaya Gazetta [Independent Military Review], no. 2 (21-27 January 2000).

Levine, Isaac Don. Stalin. New York: Cosmopolitan Book Corporation, 1931.

Malia, Martin E. The Soviet Tragedy: A History of Socialism in Russia, 1917-1991. New York: Free Press, 1994.

Mecklenburg, Jens, and Wolfgang Wippermann. Roter Holocaust? Kritik Des Schwarzbuchs Des Kommunismus. Hamburg: Konkret Literatur, 1998. Attack on Courtois’s Black Book of Communism.

Medvedev, Roy Aleksandrovich, and Zhores A. Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin: His Life, Death and Legacy. New York: Overlook Press, 2004. Uses many newly available documents from Stalin’s papers.

Niemeyer, Gerhart. An Inquiry Into Soviet Mentality. New York: F.A. Praeger, 1956.

Niemeyer, Gerhart. Deceitful Peace: A New Look at the Soviet Threat. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House, 1971.

Nove, Alec. Stalinism and After. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

Pavlova, I. V. “Contemporary Western Historians on Stalin’s Russia in the 1930s.” Russian Social Science Review 42, no. 6 (2001).

Pavlova, I. V. “Contemporary Western Historians on Stalin’s Russia in the 1930s: A Critique of the Revisionist Approach.” Russian Studies in History 40, no. 2 (Fall 2001).

Pipes, Richard. The Formation of the Soviet Union: Communism and Nationalism, 1917-1923. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1954.

Pipes, Richard. The Russian Revolution. New York: Knopf, 1990.

Pipes, Richard. Russia Under the Bolshevik Regime. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1993.

Pipes, Richard. A Concise History of the Russian Revolution. New York: Knopf, 1995.

Pipes, Richard. The Unknown Lenin: From the Secret Archive. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1996.

Rittersporn, Gábor Tamás. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications: Social Tensions and Political Conflicts in the USSR, 1933-1953. Chur, NY: Harwood Academic Publishers, 1991. Translation of Simplifications staliniennes et complications soviétiques

Rubenstein, Joshua, and Alexander Gribanov, eds. The KGB File of Andrei Sakharov. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.

Shub, David. Lenin: A Biography. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1948.

Slutsker, N. “Lenin, Stalin and the Communist Youth Movement.” Clarity 1 (April-May 1940).

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The New Face of Soviet Totalitarianism. Russian Research Center Studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The Bolsheviks: The Intellectual and Political History of the Triumph of Communism in Russia. New York: Macmillan, 1965.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. Stalin; the Man and His Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973.

Urban, G. R., ed. Stalinism, Its Impact on Russia and the World. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1982.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Controls on Religious Activity. Testimony of Petr S. Deriabian. May 5, 1959. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii Antonovich. Autopsy for an Empire: The Seven Leaders Who Built the Soviet Regime. Edited and translated by Harold Shukman. New York: Free Press, 1998.

Von Laue, Theodore. “A Perspective on History: The Soviet System Reconsidered.” The Historian 61, no. 2 (Winter 1999): 383-91. Defends and justifies Stalinism.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Three Who Made a Revolution: A Biographical History. New York: Dial Press, 1948. On Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin.

****************************************************************

The Gulag

Applebaum, Anne. Gulag: A History. New York: Doubleday, 2003. Comprehensive history of the Gulag system, the first written since Solzhenitsyn’s volumes.

Conquest, Robert. Kolyma: The Arctic Death Camps. London, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

Dallin, David J., and Boris I. Nicolaevsky. Forced Labor in Soviet Russia. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1947. First comprehensive scholarly look at the issue.

Ericson, Edward E. Solzhenitsyn and the Modern World. Washington, DC: Regnery Gateway, 1993. Biography.

Khlevniuk, Oleg V. The History of the Gulag: From Collectivization to the Great Terror. Assisted by David J. Nordlander, translated by Vadim A. Staklo. Annals of Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2004.

Lipper, Elinor. Eleven Years in Soviet Prison Camps. Translated by Richard Winston and Clara Winston. Chicago: Regnery, 1951. One of the Gulag survivor books that had a significant impact on public opinion.

Nordlander, David. “Capital of the Gulag: Magadan in the Early Stalin Era, 1929-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, 1997.

Remnick, David. “Seasons in Hell.” New Yorker, 4 April 2003.

Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr Isaevich. The Gulag Archipelago, 1918-1956: An Experiment in Literary Investigation. New York: Harper & Row, 1974. Based on material gathered from Gulag veterans. The manuscript was smuggled out of the USSR for publication in the West.

****************************************************************

The Ukrainian Famine

Conquest, Robert. The Harvest of Sorrow: Soviet Collectivization and the Terror-Famine. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986.

Conquest, Robert, and others. The Man-Made Famine in Ukraine. AEI Studies. Washington: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1984.

Conquest, Robert, and International Commission of Inquiry into the 1932-33 Famine in Ukraine. Documents in Dr. Robert Conquest’s ‘Harvest of Sorrow’ Index. Toronto?: The Commission, 1988.

****************************************************************

The Great Terror

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror: Stalin’s Purge of the Thirties. New York: Macmillan, 1968.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin and the Kirov Murder. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989.

Firsov, Fridrikh. “Soviet History During the Great Terror: Critical Notes on Recent Historical Publications.” Jahrbuch Für Historische Kommunismusforschung (2006).

Getty, J. Arch. Origins of the Great Purges: The Soviet Communist Party Reconsidered, 1933-1938. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985. Sees Stalin as not directly responsible, places responsibility on local and regional CPSU leaders, and minimizes the human cost.

Getty, J. Arch. “The Future Did Not Work.” Atlantic Monthly, March 2000. Conceding that the terror was worse than he had earlier described but continues to minimize the human costs, contended that Stalin’s regime was not a “coldly efficient machine of Orwell’s 1984” but characterized by frequent “clumsy implementation of vague plans.”

Getty, J. Arch, and Oleg V. Naumov. The Road to Terror: Stalin and the Self-Destruction of the Bolsheviks, 1932-1939. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999. Uppes the number executed in the late 1930s terror and dying in the Gulag from “thousands” to more than a million and re-cast Stalin from moderator of a bureaucratic turf war that got out of control to one of the instigators of slaughter, admitting, “We can now see his fingerprints all over the archives.”

Hough, Jerry F., and Merle Fainsod. How the Soviet Union is Governed. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1979. Of the Great Terror, wrote of those killed, “a figure in the low hundreds of thousands seems much more probable than one in the high hundreds” and that a lower figure of only “tens of thousands” was “even probable.”

Fitzpatrick, Sheila. The Russian Revolution. New York: Oxford University Press, 1982. placed the maximum number executed in the “low hundreds of thousands.” 157.

Manning, Roberta Thompson, and J. Arch Getty, eds. Stalinist Terror: New Perspectives. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993. Revisionist essays minimizing and normalizing the Great Terror.

McLoughlin, Barry, and Kevin McDermott, eds. Stalin’s Terror: High Politics and Mass Repression in the Soviet Union. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002. Rethinking Stalinist Terror, B.McLoughlin & K.McDermott; Party and NKVD: Power Relationships in the Years of the Great Terror, O.Khlevniuk; Ezhov’s Scenario for the Great Terror and the Falsified Record of the Third Moscow Show Trial, W.Hedeler; Dimitrov, the Comintern and Stalinist Repression, F.Firsov; Social Disorder, Mass Repression and the NKVD During the 1930s, D.Shearer; Mass Operations of the NKVD, 1937-38: A Survey, B.McLoughlin; The ‘Polish’ Operation of the NKVD, 1937-38, N.Petrov & A.Roginskii; Foreign Communists and the Mechanisms of Soviet Cadre Formation in the USSR, B.Unfried; Stalinist Terror in the Moscow District of Kuntsevo, 1937-38, A.Vatlin & N.Musienko; The Fictitious ‘Hitler-Jugend’ Conspiracy of the Moscow NKVD, H.Schafranek & N.Musienko; Terror Against Foreign Workers in the Moscow Elektrozavod Plant, 1937-38, S.Zhuravlev.

Rieber, Alfred J., and Robert Colby Nelson. A Study of the USSR and Communism. New York: Putnam, 1964. Dismissive of the claims about millions of victims, saying that “estimates place the total arrests in the hundreds of thousands and the total executions in the tens of thousands.

Rauch, Jonathan. “The Forgotten Millions.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. On the indifference by American cultural leaders to the millions murdered by communism and the efforts of the Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation to build a monument in Washington.

Thurston, Robert. “On Desk-Bound Parochialism, Commonsense Perspectives, and Lousy Evidence: A Reply to Robert Conquest.” Slavic Studies 45 (Summer 1986): 238-44.

Thurston, Robert W. Life and Terror in Stalin’s Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1996. Sustained normalization, minimization, and apology for Stalinism.

Ulam, Adam Bruno. The Kirov Affair. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1988.

****************************************************************

The American Response to the Great Terror

Browder, Earl. Traitors in American History: Lessons of the Moscow Trials. Pamphlet. New York, NY: Workers Library, 1938. Compares those executed by Stalin to infamous traitors in American history.

Chase, William J. Enemies Within the Gates?: The Comintern and the Stalinist Repression, 1934-1939. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. Contains translations of Comintern orders to the CPUSA regarding defense of the Terror and the Moscow Trials in the U.S.

Gilder, Peggy Allen. “American Intellectuals and the Moscow Trials.” Thesis. Smith College, 1960.

Heilbrunn, Jacob. “The New York Times and the Moscow Show Trials.” World Affairs, no. 153 (Winter 1991).

Hook, Sidney. “Bert Brecht, Sidney Hook and Stalin.” Encounter [U.K.], March 1978. In a letter to the editor, discusses Western reaction to the Moscow purges and trials.

Hook, Sidney. “Memories of the Moscow Trials.” Commentary 73, no. 3 (1984). Recounts his experiences as a Left intellectual when news of the trials reached the U.S.

Libby, James K. “Liberal Journals and the Moscow Trials of 1936-38.” Journalism Quarterly 52, no. 1 (1975). Judges that liberals journals were “disturbed” by the conduct of the trials and some but not all were increasingly alienated from communism.

Shachtman, Max. Behind the Moscow Trial [the Greatest Frame-up in History]. New York: Pioneer Publishers, 1936. G. Zinoviev, L. Kamenev, I.N. Smirnov, G. Yevdokimov and twelve others were arraigned on August 15, 1936, by the Russian state prosecutor, A.Y. Vishinsky, on charges of conspiring to assassinate the Soviet leaders, comrades Stalin [and others] and of having murdered S.M. Kirov. On August 19 the trial opened before the Military Collegium of the Supreme Court of the U.S.S.R., Moscow and on August 24 the defendants were found guilty. The death penalty verdicts were quickly executed.

Watson, George. “Were the Intellectuals Duped?” Encounter [U.K.], December 1973. Discusses Western reaction to the Stalin’s purge trials of the 1930s.

****************************************************************

Spanish Civil War

Alba, Víctor, and Stephen Schwartz. Spanish Marxism Versus Soviet Communism: A History of the P.O.U.M. New Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction Books, 1988. Includes information on the activities of American radicals Russell Blackwell (Rosalio Negrete) and Lois Orr.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Grand Camouflage: The Communist Conspiracy in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Praeger, 1961.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Spanish Revolution: The Left and the Struggle for Power During the Civil War. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1979.

Bolloten, Burnett. The Spanish Civil War: Revolution and Counterrevolution. Chapel Hill: The University of North Carolina Press, 1991.

Carr, Edward Hallett. The Comintern and the Spanish Civil War. New York: Pantheon Books, 1984.

Carroll, Peter. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Durgan, Andrew. “Foreign Volunteers in the POUM Militias.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Lasanne, Switzerland, 1997.

Howson, Gerald. Arms for Spain: The Untold Story of the Spanish Civil War. London, U.K.: J. Murray, 1998.

Judt, Tony. “Rehearsal for Evil.” The New Republic, 10 September 2001, 29-35. Essay-Review of Radosh, Habeck, and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed. Sees Soviet actions in Spain in 1937-39 as rehearsals for the East European regimes of post-WWII.

Radosh, Ronald, Mary R. Habeck, and Grigory Nikolaevich Sevostianov. Spain Betrayed: The Soviet Union in the Spanish Civil War. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2001. Several of the Soviet archival documents that are transcribed and commented upon discuss the American units of the International Brigades.

Richardson, R. Dan. “Foreign Fighters in Spanish Militias: The Spanish Civil War 1936-1939.” Military Affairs 40, no. 1 (February 1976).

Romeiser, John Beals, ed. Red Flags, Black Flags: Critical Essays on the Literature of the Spanish Civil War. Madrid, Spain & Potomac, MD: J. Porrúa Turanzas & Studia Humanitatis, 1982.

Schwartz, Stephen. “George Orwell’s Secret.” Heterodoxy, March/April 1995. On material in Spanish archives showing Orwell to have been identified by Communist-aligned Spanish Republican police as a liaison between the POUM and the British Independent Labour Party and targeted for removal during the suppression of the POUM.

Schwartz, Stephen. “The Red and the Black: The End of the Myth of the Spanish Civil War.” Weekly Standard, 16 July 2001. Essay-review of Radosh, Habeck and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed.

Sovetskii komitet veteranov voiny and Akademiia nauk SSSR [Soviet War Veterans’ Committee and the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R.]. International Solidarity with the Spanish Republic, 1936-1939. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1974.

Tosstorff, Reiner. Die POUM Im Spanischen Bürgerkrieg. Frankfurt am Main: ISP-Verlag, 1987.

Valleau, Marjorie A. The Spanish Civil War in American and European Films. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

Americans and the Spanish Civil War

Carroll, Peter N., and James D. Fernández, eds. Facing Fascism: New York and the Spanish Civil War. New York: New York University Press, Museum of the City of New York, 2007. TOC: New York and the world / Mike Wallace -- The New York press and the Spanish Civil War / Robert W. Snyder -- New Yorkers aid the Spanish Republic / Eric R. Smith -- Someone had to help? / Edward K. Barsky -- The New York City left and the Spanish Civil War / Fraser M. Ottanelli -- From Brooklyn to Belchite : New Yorkers in the Abraham Lincoln Brigade / Justin Byrne -- Nueva York : the Spanish-speaking community responds / James Fernandez -- Pro-Franco sentiment and activity in New York City / Patrick J. McNamara -- New York visual artists and the Spanish Civil War / Helen Langa -- Images at war : photographs of the Spanish Civil War in New York City / Juan Salas -- New York novelists and poets respond to the Spanish Civil War / Alan Wald -- The graphic fight : New York political cartoonists and the Spanish Civil War / Joshua Brown -- The lifted fist? : performing the Spanish Civil War, New York City, 1936-1939 / Peter Glazer -- Legacies of the Spanish Civil War in New York / Steven H. Jaffe.

Domingo, Marcelino. “‘Tampa, Altar of Spain’: A Spanish Republican View of Tampa in the 1930s.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Guttmann, Allen. The Wound in the Heart: America and the Spanish Civil War. [New York]: Free Press of Glencoe, 1962.

Kraljic, John Peter. “The Croatian Community in North America and the Spanish Civil War.” Master’s thesis. Hunter College, CUNY, 2002.

Oehler, Hugo. Barricades in Barcelona: The First Revolt of the Proletariat Against the Capitalist People’s Front: Eyewitness Account, Barcelona May 15, 1937, 1937. Hugo Oehler and Russell Blackwell (aka Rosalio Negrete), then leaders of the Revolutionary Workers League (an American Trotskyist splinter) went to Spain and were in Barcelona during the May Days. Blackwell was wounded slightly. After the collapse Anarachist resistance Blackwell went into hiding. Oehler was arrested by Republican police (then under Communist influence). After protests he was allowed to return to the United States. Blackwell was arrested ten months after going into hiding. Following protests he was released but then rearrested by Republican political police. He was tried for treason, found not guilty and returned to the United States.

Smith, Eric R. “Anti-Fascism, the United Front, and Spanish Republican Aid in the United States, 1936--1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois at Chicago, 2007.

Smith, Greg M. “Blocking Blockade: Partisan Protest, Popular Debate, and Encapsulated Texts.” Cinema Journal 36, no. 1 (Fall 1996). In 1938 United Artists released Blockade (prod. Walter Wanger, dir. William Dieterle), considered by the press of that day to be "the first fiction film to deal at all seriously with the Spanish Civil War." Hollywood generally avoided directly dealing with this struggle while it was ongoing (1936-1939), principally because of the potential to offend either the Loyalist or Franco supporters. But offend Blockade did. Blockade managed to outrage simultaneously both pro-Loyalist and pro-Franco camps, providing ammunition for those who favored American interventionism and those who opposed it. Twelve countries banned the film, and groups in many U.S. cities denounced, picketed, and censored it.”

Taylor, Foster Jay. The United States and the Spanish Civil War. New York: Bookman Associates, 1956. Discusses pressures brought by domestic pro- and anti-loyalist groups on official U.S. policy toward the civil war.

Tierney, Dominic. “Franklin D. Roosevelt and Covert Aid to the Loyalists in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Journal of Contemporary History 39, no. 3 (July 2004).

Tierney, Dominic. Franklin Delano Roosevelt and the Spanish Civil War. Durham: Duke University Press, 2007. TOC: The American sphinx and the Spanish war -- International intervention and nonintervention -- Roosevelt?s perceptions of the Spanish Civil War, 1936/1937 -- The arms embargo -- American men, American oil, American arms -- Roosevelt?s perceptions of the Spanish Civil War, 1938/1939 -- Covert aid -- Mediation, humanitarian relief, and repealing the arms embargo -- The aftermath -- From a vicarious sacrifice to a grave mistake.

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “‘¡No Pasarán!’ The Spanish Civil War’s Impact on Tampa’s Latin Community, 1936-1939.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “Tampa and the Spanish Civil War: A Photographic Essay.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Varela-Lago, Ana M. “‘We Had To Help’: Remembering Tampa’s Response to the Spanish Civil War.” Tampa Bay History 19, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 1997).

Waugh, Thomas. “‘Men Cannot Act in Front of the Camera in the Presence of Death’: Joris Ivens’ The Spanish Earth.” Cinéaste 12, no. 2-3 (1982-83).

Waugh, Thomas. “Water, Blood and War: Documentary Imagery of Spain from the North American Popular Front.” In The Spanish Civil War and the Visual Arts, edited by Kathleen M. Vernon. Ithaca, N.Y.: Center for International Studies, Cornell University, 1990.

****************************************************************

American Writers and Intellectuals and the Spanish Civil War

Benson, Frederick R. Writers in Arms: The Literary Impact of the Spanish Civil War. New York: New York University Press, 1967.

Haapamaki, Michele. “Writers in Arms and the Just War: The Spanish Civil War, Literary Activism, and Leftist Masculinity.” Left History 10, no. 2 (2005

Monteath, Peter, comp. The Spanish Civil War in Literature, Film, and Art: An International Bibliography of Secondary Literature. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994.

Monteath, Peter. Writing the Good Fight: Political Commitment in the International Literature of the Spanish Civil War. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994.

Radosh, Ronald. “‘But Today the Struggle’: Spain and the Intellectuals.” New Criterion, October 1986. Argues that in retrospect the cause of the Spanish Republic appears badly flawed.

Sampsell, Kate. “‘Democracy is Radical’: Internationalism, Spain, and the Intellectual Evolution of the American Left.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Sayre, Robert. “Anglo-American Writers, the Communist Movement and the Spanish Civil War; The Case of Dos Passos.” Revue Francaise d’Etudes Americaines [France], no. 29 (1986). Finds that Dos Passos arrived in Spain already critical of the Communist Party from the perspective of the Partisan Review circle and was further revolted by Communist oppression of its opponents within Republican Spain. Sees Dos Passos’ Adventures of a Young Man as the novelistic equivalent of Orwell’s Homage to Catalonia; compares Adventures to Hemingway’s For Whom the Bell Tolls which offered a fellow traveling apology for Communist actions in Spain. Sees in the ambiguous death of the chief character in Adventures a foreshadowing of Dos Passos’ abandonment of radicalism. Suggests that Dos Passos’ perception of Communism as the chief evil threatening humanity led him to cease probing the complexity of life and to a marked fall off in the literary quality of his writing.

Sayre, Robert. “American Writers, the Left, and the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Wald, Alan M. Trinity of Passion: The Literary Left and the Antifascist Crusade. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2007. TOC: Introduction: the strange career of Len Zinberg -- Tough Jews in the Spanish Civil War -- The agony of the African American left -- The peculiarities of the Germans -- A rage in Harlem -- Disappearing acts -- The conversion of the Jews -- Arthur Miller’s missing chapter -- Conclusion: the fates of antifascism.

****************************************************************

Ernest Hemingway and the Spanish Civil War

Capshaw, Ron. “Hunting Winston Smith.” Frontpagemag.Com, 11 June 2007. Http://www.frontpagemag.com. Contrasts George Orwell and Ernest Hemingway. http://www.frontpagemag.com

Coleman, Arthur. “Hemingway’s The Spanish Earth.” Hemingway Review 2, no. 1 (1992). Hemingway wrote the screenplay for the film The Spanish Earth directed by Joris Ivens in 1937. The documentary film was propaganda for the Spanish Republic in the Spanish Civil War.

Cooper, Stephen, Jr. “The Politics of Ernest Hemingway.” Ph.D. diss. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1985. Attributes Hemingway‘s attraction of Spanish Communists to their discipline.

Doctorow, E.L. “Malraux, Hemingway, and the Spanish Civil War.” Volunteer [Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade] 25, no. 4 (December 2003).

Donaldson, Scott. “Dos and Hem: A Literary Friendship.” Centennial Review 29, no. 2 (1985). On the breakup of the friendship of John Dos Passos and Ernest Hemingway as Hemingway moved left and Dos Passos to the right in response to the Spanish Civil War. Notes that Hemingway initiated the breakup.

Hart, Jeffrey. “For Whom the Bell Tolled.” Commentary 82, no. 3 (December 1986). Discusses the impact of the Spanish Civil War on Western intellectuals; analyses the themes anti-Fascism, cynicism, and death in Hemingway’s For Whom the Bell Tolls.

Johnson, Paul. “Hemingway: Portrait of the Artist as an Intellectual.” Commentary 87, no. 2 (February 1989). Discusses Hemingway’s support for Communists in the Spanish Civil War.

Koch, Stephen. The Breaking Point: Hemingway, Dos Passos, and the Murder of José Robles. New York: Counterpoint, 2005.

Sanders, David. “Ernest Hemingway’s Spanish Civil War Experience.” American Quarterly 12, no. 2 (Summer 1960).

Stoltzfus, Ben. “Hemingway, Malraux and Spain: For Whom the Bell Tolls and L’Espoir.” Comparative Literature Studies 36, no. 3 (1999).

Schwartz, Stephen. “To Die In Madrid: Two American Masters and the Spanish Civil War.” Weekly Standard, 4 July 2005. Essay-review of Koch’s The Breaking Point: Hemingway, Dos Passos, and the Murder of José Robles.

Watson, William Braasch. “Hemingway’s Attacks on the Soviets and the Communists in For Whom the Bell Tolls.” North Dakota Quarterly 60, no. 2 (1992)

****************************************************************

American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

Mularska-Andziak, Lidia. “American Catholics and Protestants and the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” American Studies [Poland] 13 (1994).

Valaik, J. David. “Catholics, Neutrality, and the Spanish Embargo, 1937-1939.” Journal of American History 54, no. 1 (1967). Notes anticommunism as contributing to Catholic support for the embargo.

Valaik, J. David. “American Catholic Dissenters and the Spanish Civil War.” Catholic Historical Review 53 (1968).

Valaik, J. David. “American Catholics and the Second Spanish Republic, 1911-193.” Journal of Church and State 10, no. 1 (1968). Finds that American Catholics accepted the conspiratorial explanations of Spanish anticlericalism offered by the church leadership due to their ignorance of Spanish history.

Valaik, J. David. “In the Days Before Ecumenism: American Catholics, Anti-Semitism, and the Spanish Civil War.” Journal of Church and State 13, no. 3 (1971). Discusses the feud between American Catholic leaders and Jewish spokesmen over the Spanish Civil War, with Catholics seeing the conflict as a fight against Communism whereas Jews saw it as a fight against anti-Jewish Fascism.

****************************************************************

The CPUSA and the Spanish Civil War

Lovin, Hugh T. “The American Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1963. Finds that Communist Party propaganda themes on the Spanish war paralleled those of the USSR; notes only limited Communist success in penetrating and controlling other pro-loyalist bodies and the Communist Party had almost no success influencing the labor movement or Roosevelt.

Ryan, James G. “The American Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War.” Paper presented at World War II Conference. Siena College, Loudonville, NY, 1986.

****************************************************************

The International Brigades

Brome, Vincent. The International Brigades: Spain, 1936-1939. New York: Heinemann, 1965.

Glazer, Peter. Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration in America. Rochester, NY: University of Rochester Press, 2005. TOC: Introduction: fields of action, fields of thought -- Nostalgia and commemoration -- A time to remember : 1937-1962 -- The legend business, 1962-1996 -- Songs of the Lincoln Brigade : music, commemoration, and appropriation -- Breathing memory -- Epilogue: patriot acts.

Glazer, Peter Reed. “Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration and the Politics of Desire.” Ph.D. diss. in Radical Nostalgia: Spanish Civil War Commemoration and the Politics of Desire. Northwestern University, 2001.

Jackson, M. W. Fallen Sparrows: The International Brigades in the Spanish Civil War. Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society, 1994.

Johnston, Verle B. Legions of Babel: The International Brigades in the Spanish Civil War. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1968.

Kraljic, John. “New Material on Vladimir Copic, Commander of the XVth Brigade.” Volunteer, Fall 1999. Most Americans were part of the XVth International Brigade in Spain.

Kraljic, John Peter. “The War Diary of Vladimir Copic.” Volunteer 24, no. 3 (September 2002). Copic commanded the XVth International Brigade. Notes Copic’s comments about Americans serving in the brigade.

Lee, Laurie. A Moment of War. London, New York: Viking, 1991. English poet with the International Brigades recounts service in the war including his arrest as a Fascist spy. Writes that an American XVth IB security officer who worked under two Russian officers arrested him and decided execute Lee because his passport showed he had been in Morocco when Franco had commanded Spanish troops there. However, while awaiting execution a Frenchman bringing volunteers across the Pyrenees vouched for Lee having come over the border through I.B. channels rather than through Franco’s lines.

Perlmutter, Amos. “Not All of the Spanish Civil War Is Fit to Print.” Wall Street Journal, 19 November 1996. Criticizes Marlise Simons’ New York Times story of the International Brigades for hiding its Stalinist loyalties.

Richardson, R. Dan. “The International Brigades as a Comintern Propaganda Instrument.” Canadian History 9 (1974).

Richardson, R. Dan. Comintern Army: The International Brigades and the Spanish Civil War. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1982.

Ryan, Frank, ed. The Book of the XV Brigade: Records of British, American, Canadian, and Irish Volunteers in the XV International Brigade in Spain, 1936-1938. Newcastle upon Tyne: Graham, 1975.

****************************************************************

Americans in the International Brigades

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Men in Battle: A Story of Americans in Spain. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons, 1939. Bessie was a veteran of the International Brigades.

Beeching, William. Canadian Volunteers: Spain 1936-1939. [Regina]: Canadian Plains Research Center, University of Regina, 1989. American and Canadian volunteers served in the same battalions.

Bolotenko, George. “The National Archives and Left-Wing Sources from Russia: Records of the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion, the Communist Party of Canada and Left-Wing Internationals.” Labour/Le Travail [Canada] 37 (Spring 1996). A large portion of the soldiers of the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion were American.

Carroll, Peter N. “The Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” Paper presented at “Entre solidarite revolutionnaire et politique du Komintern” conference. Lasanne, Switzerland, 1997.

Carroll, Peter N. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Volunteer [VALB] 23, no. 4 (December 2001). Ad hominen attack on Sam Tanenhaus (“Squirt”) and Ronald Radosh and Mary Habeck (“Spinners”) for their writings on the Spanish Civil War and the Lincoln Brigade.

Carroll, Peter. “The Myth of the Moscow Archives.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Carroll, Peter. “Premature Anti-Fascists, Again.” Assisted by Daniel Bertwell. Volunteer [Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade] 25, no. 4 (December 2003).

Carroll, Peter N. The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade: Americans in the Spanish Civil War. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1994. Highly favorable portrait of the American contingent of the International Brigades with high morale and few desertions. Sees the Communist role in the Brigades as benign and constructive. Asserts on the basis of a single oral history interview that during the Nazi-Soviet Pact CPUSA leaders gave secret permission to Lincoln veterans to secretly dissent from the party line and assist British intelligence services.

Carroll, Peter N., Michael Nash, and Melvin Small, eds. World War 2 Letters from the Abraham Lincoln Brigade World War Two Letters from the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. New York: New York University Press, 2006.

Celada, Antonio R., Manuel Gonzalez de la Aleja, and Daniel Pastor Garcia. Los Brigadistas de Habla Inglesa y la Guerra Civil Española. Salamanca, Spain: Ambos Mundos, 2006.

Eby, Cecil D. Between the Bullet and the Lie: American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969. Critical of the role of Communists in manipulating the history of the American volunteers.

Eby, Cecil D. Comrades and Commissars: The Lincoln Battalion in the Spanish Civil War. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2007.

Geiser, Carl. Prisoners of the Good Fight: The Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939. Westport, CT: L. Hill, 1986. Recounts the POW story of Americans of the Lincoln Battalion who were captured by Franco troops. Geiser, who had been a member of the National Committee of the YCL of CPUSA and political commissar of the Lincoln and Mackenzie-Papineau battalions, was one of these. Of the 287 who were taken prisoner, 176 where shot immediately. The remaining 106 were held prisoner for varying periods, some until 1940.

Geiser, Carl. “The Task My Generation Faced.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “Shattering the Myth About American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). Discusses how archival information at the Russian State Archive of Socio-Political History has exploded earlier claims that most of the volunteers were not Communists, there was no enforcement of ideological controls, and that desertion was rare.

Haynes, John Earl, and Harvey Klehr. “The Myth of ‘Premature Antifascism.’” New Criterion 21, no. 1 (September 2002). Argues that there is inadequate documentary support for the widespread belief that American government agencies labeled veterans of the Spanish Civil War as “premature antifascists.” Critical of assertions made in Carroll’s Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade that the veterans, with the support of the CPUSA, assisted British covert operations against Nazi Germany prior to the Nazi attack on the USSR. See: “The Myth of ‘Premature Antifascism.’”

Hoar, Victor. “In Our Time: The Abraham Lincoln Brigade and the Historians.” American Quarterly 22, no. 1 (Spring 1970). Review-Essay.

Hoar, Victor. The Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion: Canadian Participation in the Spanish Civil War. Assisted by Mac Reynolds. [Toronto]: Copp Clark Pub. Co., 1969. Many Americans served in the Mackenzie-Papineau Battalion.

Katz, William Loren, and Marc Crawford. The Lincoln Brigade: A Picture History. New York: Atheneum, 1989.

Knox, Bernard. “‘Premature Anti-Fascist.’” Paper presented at Bill Susman Lecture Series. King Juan Carlos I of Spain Center - New York University, 1998.

Landis, Arthur H. Death in the Olive Groves: American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939. New York: Paragon House, 1989. Revised edition of The Abraham Lincoln Brigade.

Landis, Arthur H. The Abraham Lincoln Brigade. New York: Citadel Press, 1967.

Lawson, Don. The Abraham Lincoln Brigade: Americans Fighting Fascism in the Spanish Civil War. New York: T.Y. Crowell, 1989. Discusses the causes and events of the Spanish Civil War, focusing on the American volunteers of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion, the key battles in which they were involved, and their reasons for joining in this early fight against fascism.

Levenson, Leonard. “U.S. Communists in Spain, A Profile.” Political Affairs, August 1986. Discusses a document in the hands of the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, a photocopy of 69 page handwritten record of Americans who jointed the International Brigades. Lists 1,249 names all with political affiliation of CPUSA or YCL, appears to be copied from a longer list of 2,249 U.S. International Brigades volunteers. Internal evidence suggests the list was prepared no earlier than January 1938 and it omits those killed before January 1938. Suggests that 62-63% of U.S. volunteers had formal Communist affiliation, 88% were listed as workers, 8% as professionals, 5% as students, and 83 were black.

McIntyre, Edison. “The Abraham Lincoln Battalion: American Volunteers Defend the Spanish Republic.” American History Illustrated 18, no. 1 (1983).

Meisler, Stanley. “The Lincoln Battalion.” MHQ: The Quarterly Journal of Military History 8, no. 1 (1995). Assesses the International Brigades and the Lincoln Battalion as militarily incompetent units.

Navarro, Vicente. “The Lincoln Brigade: Some Comments on U.S. History.” Monthly Review 38, no. 4 (September 1986). Asserts that the praiseworthy history of the Lincoln Brigade has been suppressed by the fascistic U.S. establishment.

Nelson, Cary, and Peter Carroll. Shouts from the Wall: Posters and Photographs Brought Home from the Spanish Civil War by American Volunteers: A Catalogue to Accompany the Exhibit. Waltham, MA: Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives, distr. by the University of Illinois Press, 1996. Exhibit curated by Peter Carroll and Cary Nelson for the Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives.

Nelson, Cary. “Letters the Presidents Did Not Release: Radical Scholarship and the Legacy of the American Volunteers in Spain.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Neugass, James. War is Beautiful: An American Ambulance Driver in the Spanish Civil War. Edited with an introduction by Peter N. Carroll and Peter Glazer. New York: New Press, 2008.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Review of Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” New York Times Book Review, 7 August 1994. Critical essay review. Comments by Saul Wellman, Israel Kugler, and Ring Lardner, Jr. (4 September 1994), and Carroll (2 October 1994).

Radosh, Ronald. “Spanish Illusion.” New Republic, 30 January 1995. Essay review discussing Carroll’s The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and Romerstein’s Heroic Victims. On Carroll, “his book ends in a paean to the politics of the unreconstructed left of the ‘30s.... Carroll purports to have used and examined documents found in newly available Moscow archives, but the little that Romerstein has presented is more valuable and interesting than Carroll’s entire book.”

Radosh, Ronald. “The Lincoln Battalion - Once Again.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 23 February 2001. On the decision of a New Hampshire legislative committee to rescind an earlier decision to put a plaque honoring the Lincoln Brigade in the State House.

Reichstein, Ken. “A View of Some Contemporary Issues Surrounding the Spanish Civil War and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.” Paper presented at the Conference on the Spanish Civil War and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and sponsored by the International Conference Group on Portugal. Concord, NH, 2002. “A Paper on the Abraham Lincoln Brigade,” 18 February 2002, archived at ALBA <http://forums.nyu.edu>. Condemns Radosh, Habeck and Sevostianov’s Spain Betrayed at length although “I have not be able to obtain a copy of the book” and based his criticism on a review he read.

Rolfe, Edwin. The Lincoln Battalion: The Story of the Americans Who Fought in Spain in the International Brigades. New York: Random house, 1939. Written by the battalion’s historian.

Romerstein, Herbert. Heroic Victims: Stalin’s Foreign Legion in the Spanish Civil War. Washington, DC: Council for the Defense of Freedom, 1994. Examination of documents from the Comintern archives on the American volunteers in the International Brigades. Describes Communist control of the I.B. as tight, that a majority of American volunteers and all but a few officers were Communists, that the political allegiances of Americans was closely supervised, and that the American units had serious leadership, morale and desertion problems. Discusses documents on the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade opposition to American assistance to the anti-Nazi belligerents during the Nazi-Soviet Pact and Comintern instructions to the CPUSA on how it should change its policies in response to the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “American Commissars in Spain.” South Atlantic Quarterly 67, no. 4 (1968). Depreciates the importance of the commissars’ Communist loyalties.

Rosenstone, Robert A. Crusade of the Left: The Lincoln Battalion in the Spanish Civil War. New York: Pegasus, 1969.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “The Men of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion.” Journal of American History 54, no. 2 (1967). Finds that men serving with the Lincoln Battalion were acquainted with labor activism, politically radical, sympathetic to Communism (but mostly not Communists), and apathetic toward religion.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “The Men of the Abraham Lincoln Battalion: Soldiers and Veterans, 1937-1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1965.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Fraud in Spain.” Heterodoxy, September 1994. Essay review of Carroll’s The Odyssey of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. “Carroll’s entire network of prevarications rests on two fundamental lies that have yet to be discussed by most leftist American historians. The first is the supposition that the involvement of U.S. volunteers was particularly relevant to the war effort mounted by the Spanish Republic. In reality, they played no significant role.... The second, more fundamental lie, is the claim ... that the issue in Spain was ‘fascism vs. antifascism’....”

Starobin, Joseph R. The Life and Death of an American Hero: The Story of Dave Doran. New York: New Age, 1938. Party hagiography of a senior American I.B. officer who died in Spain.

Tanenhaus, Sam. “Innocents Abroad.” Vanity Fair, September 2001, 286-302. “The war they spoke of was not an uplifting moral fable but a blood-soaked Grand Guignol in which the good guys, no less than the bad, practiced murder and betrayal.... That some Americans were killed by their superiors is beyond dispute.... Today, some vets casually impute multiple murders to [Tony] DeMaio, a union organizer in has post-Spain days.”

****************************************************************

Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade

Hoover, J. Edgar. “J. Edgar Hoover, Memorandum to Attorney General Homer Cummings, January 26, 1938, President’s Secretary’s File, Box 56, FDR Library, Hyde Park. (Communication on Returning Spanish Civil War Veterans Teaching Revolutionary Military Tactics at Communist Schools in the U.S.).” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Nash, Michael. “The Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives at New York University’s Tamiment
Library.” Science & Society 68, no. 3 (Fall 2004).

Shlyakhter, Andrey. “The Good Fight on Trial: The Subversive Activities Control Board on the Abraham Lincoln Brigade in 1955.” Undergraduate paper. Brandeis University, 2003. Won the George Watt award of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade Archives.

Simons, Marlise. “Franco’s Enemies Come Back, With Canes and Memories.” New York Times, 11 November 1996. On celebrations in Spain for visiting veterans of the International Brigades.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. U. S. Communist Party Assistance to Foreign Communist Governments (Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, Respondent. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

Americans in the I.B.: Collective Biographical Accounts

Bessie, Alvah Cecil, and Albert Prago, eds. Our Fight: Writings by Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, Spain, 1936-1939. New York, NY: Monthly Review Press with the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, 1987. Anthology (43 authors) by or about Lincoln and Mackenzie-Papineau veterans.

Cane, Lawrence. Fighting Fascism in Europe: The World War II Letters of an American Veteran of the Spanish Civil War. Edited by David E. Cane, Judy Barrett Litoff, and David C. Smith. New York: Fordham University Press, 2003.

Geiser, Carl. “What Tasks Our Generation Faced.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Gerassi, John. The Premature Antifascists: North American Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-39: An Oral History. New York: Praeger, 1986.

Kapor, Öedo, ed. Spanija 1936-1939. Zbornik Se Canja Jugoslovenskih Dobrovoljaca u Spanskom Ratu [Spain 1936-1939: A Collection of Memoirs of Yugoslav Volunteers in the Spanish Civil War]. Belgrade: Inicijativni odbor--Udruzenje spanskih boraca Vojnoizdavacki zavod, 1971. Contains memoirs of a number of Yugoslav volunteers in Spain who lived in the U.S.

Nelson, Cary, and Jefferson Hendricks, eds. Madrid, 1937 Letters of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade from the Spanish Civil War. New York: Routledge, 1996.

****************************************************************

Americans in the I.B.: Individual Biographical Accounts

Alvah Bessie

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Alvah Bessie’s Spanish Civil War Notebooks. Edited by Dan. Bessie. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001. Edited transcription of the handwritten journal on which Bessie’s 1939 Men in Battle was based.

****************************************************************

John W. Cookson

Kailin, Clarence S., ed., John W. Cookson. Remembering John W. Cookson: A Wisconsin Anti-Fascist in the Spanish Civil War, 1937-1938. [Wisconsin?]: C. Kailin, 1992.

****************************************************************

Harry Fisher

Fisher, Harry. Comrades: Tales of a Brigadista in the Spanish Civil War. Lincoln: University of Nebraska, 1998.

****************************************************************

Moe Fishman

Fishman, Moe. “A Boy From Queens, a Mission in Spain.” As told to Dan Kaufman. New York Times, 16 May 2004. Short biographical reminiscence by a Communist in the International Brigades.

****************************************************************

William Herrick

Herrick, William. Hermanos! A Novel. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1969. Novel about Americans in the I.B. by a veteran.

Herrick, William. Jumping the Line: The Adventures and Misadventures of an American Radical. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1998. Memoir by Young Communist League militant and Abraham Lincoln Battalion soldier who became a critic of the CPUSA. Describes morale problems, party sectarianism, and poor leadership inside the American units in Spain. Contains an introduction by Paul Berman describing a campaign to discredit Herrick by CPUSA supporters and the Veterans of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade and his investigation of that criticism.

****************************************************************

Mirko Marković

Marković, Mirko. Dani Nezaboravni: Uspomene Jednog Interbrigadiste Iz Španije [Unforgettable Days: Memoirs of an Interbrigadista From Spain]. Cetinje: Obod, 1973. Marković, a leader of Serbian Communists in the U.S., served as commander of the Washington Battalion during the Spanish Civil War.

****************************************************************

Robert Merriman

Merriman, Marion, and Warren Lerude. American Commander in Spain: Robert Hale Merriman and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. Reno: University of Nevada Press, 1986. Written by widow of the Lincoln battalion commander who died in 1938.

****************************************************************

Steve Nelson

Mishler, Paul. “Woody Guthrie’s Lost Song in Honor of Steve Nelson.” Science & Society 68 (Fall 2004).

Nelson, Steve. “Fighting in Spain: A Conversation with Steve Nelson.” With Donald L. Miller. Salmagundi, no. 76/77 (1987/88). Nelson served as a Communist political commissar in the International Brigades.

Nelson, Steve. The Volunteers: A Personal Narrative of the Fight Against Fascism in Spain. New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1953. Nelson, who later became a senior Communist, recounts his time as political commissar with the International Brigades.

****************************************************************

Murray Sperber

Sperber, Murray A. And I Remember Spain: A Spanish Civil War Anthology. New York: Macmillan, 1974. Personal narratives.

****************************************************************

D.P. Stephens

Stephens, D. P. A Memoir of the Spanish Civil War: An Armenian-Canadian in the Lincoln Battalion. Edited by Rick Rennie. St. John’s [Canada]: Canadian Committee on Labour History, 2000.

****************************************************************

John Tisa

Tisa, John. Recalling the Good Fight: An Autobiography of the Spanish Civil War. South Hadley, MA: Bergin & Garvey, 1985. Recounts two years service as an American volunteer in the war.

****************************************************************

George Watt

Watt, George. The Comet Connection: Escape from Hitler’s Europe. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1990. In the 1930s Watt served as the New York secretary of the National Student League and American Student Union and the last political commissar of the Lincoln Battalion. In WWII he served on a B-17 and was shot down in October. 1943. Describes his escape and crossing of the Pyrenees into Spain.

****************************************************************

Milton Wolff

Flanders, Jefferson. “Journalists and History: Milton Wolff’s ‘Good Fight’?” Neither Red Nor Blue, 14 February 2008. Http://jeffersonflanders.wordpress.com/2008/02/14/journalists-and-history-milton-wolffs-good-fight/.

Wolff, Milton. Another Hill. Introduction & afterword by Cary Nelson. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2001. Autobiographical novel by last commander of Lincoln Battalion.

****************************************************************

American Medical and Relief Assistance to the Republican Government

Johnson, Ashley. “Healing the Wounds of Fascism: The American Medical Brigade and the Spanish Civil War.” Undergraduate honors paper. Mount Holyoke College, 2007.

Mendlesohn, Farah. Quaker Relief Work in the Spanish Civil War. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

Patai, Frances. “Heroines of the Good Fight: Testimonies of U.S. Volunteer Nurses in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939.” Nursing History Review 3 (1995). Highlights the role of communism among the nurses who volunteers.

Rubin, Hank. Spain’s Cause Was Mine: A Memoir of an American Medic in the Spanish Civil War. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1997.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 10

Friends of Communism and the Soviet Union

Bates, Stephen. “The Book Bukovsky Can’t Publish.” UPI, 18 September 2001. On Vladimir Bukovsky’s difficulty finding an English-language publisher for his book on Western public figures identified in Soviet archival documents as having covert links to the USSR during the Cold War

Berman, Paul. “The Cult of Che.” Slate, 24 September 2004. Archives at <http://www.slate.com/>. Critique of the cult of Ernesto Che Guevara in the movie “The Motocycle Diaries.”

Breindel, Eric. “Not All Quiet on This Front.” Washington Times, 30 November 1988. Critical report on the “Anticommunism and the United States: History and Consequences” conference at Harvard.

Breindel, Eric M. “The Stalinist Follies.” Commentary (1982). Critical commentary on the writings of former Communists, especially Paul Robeson, Susan Sontag, Paul Robeson, Jr., Jessica Mitford, Pete Seeger, and Steve Nelson, who, despite a personal break with the Communist party, continue to minimize Stalin’s crimes, defend the Hitler-Stalin Pact, the Hungarian invasion, or the Czech invasion.

Campbell, Kenneth J. Moscow’s Words, Western Voices. Washington, DC: Accuracy in Media, 1994. On Alexander Cockburn, Walter Duranty, Wilfred Burchett, and I.F. Stone as Soviet agents of influence.

Caute, David. The Fellow-Travellers: A Postscript to the Enlightenment. New York: Macmillan, 1973. Extensive discussion of the attraction to communism of a segment of Western liberals and radicals.

Caute, David. The Fellow-Travellers: Intellectual Friends of Communism. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988. Revised and updated edition of Caute’s 1973 book.

Charen, Mona. Useful Idiots: How Liberals Got It Wrong in the Cold War and Still Blame America First. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 2003. Well written journalistic commentary. Chapters include: The brief interlude of unanimity on communism -- The consensus unravels -- The bloodbath -- The mother of all communists -- Fear and trembling -- Each new communist is different -- Post-communist blues.

Evanier, David, and Harvey Klehr. “Anticommunism and Mental Health.” American Spectator 22, no. 2 (February 1989): 28-30. Critical review of the 1988 “Anticommunism and the United States.: History and Consequences” conference of the Institute for Media Analysis. “The conference (thirty-eight panels and plenaries) thoroughly covered the dire consequences of anticommunism; it deflowers us, poisons our bodily fluids, kills the poor, makes us fight wars against innocent people, demolishes time, spreads heterosexuality, destroys paid maternity leaves, fosters antilesbianism, eradicates abortion rights -- well, it just poisons and ruins everything.”

Feuer, Lewis S. “The Fellow-Travellers.” Survey [U.K.] 20, no. 2-3 (1974). Argues that fellow travelers often felt that the Soviet ruling class was “their kind” of intellectual elite.

Goldbloom, Maurice Jackson. “Stalin Builds a Trojan Horse Against America.” Commentary, November 1952.

Haynes, John Earl. “The People’s Republic of Grenada and the American Revolution.” Continuity 7 (Fall 1983). On the distortions of American history by American supporters of the Marxist dictatorship of Grenada.

Hibben, Stuart G. Aristocrat and Proletarian: The Extraordinary Life of Paxton Pattison Hibben. Tamarac, FL: Llumina Press, 2006. Biography of journalist, popular writer, and radical Paxton Hibben. Hibben supported the Bolshevik revolution and the new Soviet regime with vigor and assisted in organizing famine relief. He was buried in Moscow after his death.

Hollander, Paul. “Reflection on Anti-Americanism in Our Times.” Worldview, June 1978.

Hollander, Paul. “Selective Affinities.” New Republic, 18 October 1982. Discusses the ability some longtime friends of Communism to resist all revision of their views.

Hollander, Paul. Anti-Americanism: Critiques at Home and Abroad, 1965-1990. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Hook, Sidney, Vladimir Konstantinovich Bukovskii, and Paul Hollander. Soviet Hypocrisy and Western Gullibility. [Washington, DC] & Lanham, MD: Ethics and Public Policy Center, distr. by University Press of America, 1987. Discussion of Westerners who echo Soviet propaganda.

Ivie, Robert L. “Metaphor and the Rhetorical Invention of Cold War ‘Idealists.’” Communication Monographs 54, no. 2 (June 1987). Analysis of the rhetoric of Henry Wallace, J. William Fulbright, and Helen Caldicott. Argues that “the source of their collective failure to dispel threatening images of Soviet savagery is located in a recurrent system of metaphorical concepts . . . that promotes a reversal of the enemy-image rather than its transcendence. By decivilizing America’s image, ‘idealists’ turn the victimage ritual inward upon a self-righteous nation and provoke ‘realists’ to regress further into decivilizing images of the Soviet Union.”

Klehr, Harvey, and Ronald Radosh. “Redfest ‘85: Who’s Sending Our Kids to Moscow.” New Republic, 12-19 August 1985.

Kramer, Hilton, and Roger Kimball, eds. The Betrayal of Liberalism: How the Disciples of Freedom and Equality Helped Foster the Illiberal Politics of Coercion and Control. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1999.

Lowenfish, Lee. “American Radicals and Soviet Russia, 1917-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1968. Discusses the attitude of radicals toward the Soviet Union. Sees the initial admirers as lyrical radicals such as John Reed, Max Eastman, and Raymond Robins. These were followed by realistic relativists who admired Soviet planning and economic dynamism and who did not mind the human cost. The latter included Rexford Tugwell, Stuart Chase, Louis Fischer, Walter Duranty, George Soule, Walter Frank, Samuel Harper, and Edmund Wilson.

Puddington, Arch. “The New Soviet Apologists.” Commentary, November 1983, 25-31.

Sinclair, Upton, and Eugene Lyons. Terror in Russia? Two Views. New York: R. R. Smith, 1938.

Sinclair, Upton, and Eugene Lyons. Upton Sinclair on the Soviet Union. New York: Weekly Masses Co., 1938. “Letter by Upton Sinclair ... written in reply to an open letter addressed to him by Eugene Lyons.”

Tolczyk, Dariusz. “See No Evil: Literary Cover-Ups and Discoveries of the Soviet Camp Experience.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1994.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Funds for Communist Causes. Testimony of Mr. and Mrs. Marcus I. Goldman and James E. Jackson, Jr. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1959.

Wilson, John. “Communist Chic: Hoisting a Few to the Ghost of Stalin.” Weekly Standard, 15 February 1999. Discusses the “KGB Bar,” a New York literary hang-out, and Ann Douglas’s "The Failure of the New York Intellectuals", published in Raritan in 1998. “What Douglas -- dancing on the high-brow edge of retro Commie chic -- can’t seem to see is that Stalinism leads inevitably to such absurdities. It is a system of thought based on fundamental untruths, and it can only be pursued by adding untruth to untruth until the results is truly crazy -- as crazy, in its own hip way, as New York’s young literary lights gathering for the frisson of flirting with the murderous darkness at the KGB bar. The hip French philosophers of the 1950s and 1960s charmed their Cambodian students with their playful intellectual games -- and those students returned home as the Khmer Rouge. God save us when one of Douglas’s young readers decides to do more than hoist a few down at the KGB.”

****************************************************************

Moral Equivalence

Brown, Kate. “Gridded Lives: Why Kazakhstan and Montana Are Nearly the Same Place.” American Historical Review 106, no. 1 (February 2001). Argues in fuzzy post-moderist tones for the moral equivalence of NKVD-controlled prison labor settlements in the Eastern USSR and American mining towns in the West.

Falk, Barbara Jay. “To Purge is to Prosper: A Comparison of the Rosenberg and Slansky Trials.” Paper presented at the American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001. Argues for the essential equivalence of the two.

Krauthammer, Charles. “CNN’s Cold War: Twenty-Four Hours of Moral Equivalence.” Washington Post, 30 October 1998. Condemns episode six, “Reds 1948-1953” as equating McCarthyism with Stalin’s purges, excusing Soviet espionage, and implying that Hiss was innocent.

Richardson, Kelvin Jay. “Vyshinsky and McCarthy: Prosecutors as Terrorists.” Master’s thesis. University of Kansas, 1989. On the moral equivalence of Vyshinsky and Stalin’s terror and McCarthy and McCarthyism.

****************************************************************

Journals of Opinion and the Press

Walter Duranty and the New York Times

Beichman, Walter. “Durantyism: Journalism’s Bubonic Plague.” St. Croix Review 36, no. 6 (December 2003).

Berlau, John. “Duranty’s Deception.” Insight Magazine, 8 July 2003. Reviews Walter Duranty’s distorted reporting on the USSR.

Carynnyk, Marco. “The Famine the Times Couldn’t Find.” Commentary, November 1983. New York Times reporters Walter Duranty and Harold Denny concealed news of millions of Ukrainian deaths due to starvation.

Duranty, Walter. Babies Without Tails Stories. New York: Modern Age Books, Inc., 1937.

Duranty, Walter. Duranty Reports Russia. Edited and compiled by Gustavus Tuckerman, jr. New York: The Viking Press, 1934.

Duranty, Walter. I Write as I Please. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1935.

Duranty, Walter. Russia Reported. Edited and compiled by Gustavus Tuckerman. London: V. Gollancz, 1934.

Duranty, Walter. Stalin & Co.: The Politburo, the Men Who Run Russia. New York: W. Sloane Associates, 1949.

Duranty, Walter. The Kremlin and the People. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, inc., 1941.

Duranty, Walter. USSR: The Story of Soviet Russia. Philadelphia New York: J.B. Lippincott Company, 1944.

Engerman, David. “Revoking History.” New York Sun, 21 November 2003. On Duranty.

Grenier, Richard. “The New Treason of the Clerks.” National Review, 23 July 1990. Discussion of the practice of New York Times obituary writes of writing hostile obituaries of critics of communism. Says of the recent obituary of Jay Lovestone, “What must readers of the country’s most influential newspapers make of the obituaries of Jay Lovestone, who, dying recently at age 91, lived to be vindicated as are few men in history.... But for the cultured obituary writers of our leading newspapers, Jay Lovestone had come to be seen as an ‘enemy’ of the world’s democratic and progressive forces” because he, a one-time CPUSA leader, became an anti-Communist.

Hagen, Mark. “The Pulitzer Prize the NYT Should Not Have Won.” History News Network [on-Line], 10 October 2003.

Haynes, John E. “‘Keeping Cool About Kabul,’ the Washington Post and the New York Times Cover the Communist Seizure of Afghanistan.” World Affairs 45, no. 4 (1983). Finds that both the news and editorial coverage of the Soviet role in Afghanistan downplayed or minimized the extent of Soviet intervention in Afghanistan to support its Communist regime up until the final days before the actual Soviet invasion.

Pauluch, Peter. “Spiking the Ukrainian Famine, Again.” National Review, 11 April 1986. Discusses the suppression of news of the Ukrainian famine under Stalin by Walter Duranty, the New York Times’ Moscow correspondent.

Pelech, Markian. “Is the Pulitzer Prize Board Clueless?” History News Network, 28 July 2008. http://hnn.us/.

Pulitzer Prize Board. Statement on Walter Duranty’s 1932 Prize. Public statement. 21 November, 2003. <http://pulitzer.org/Resources/Whats_new/Duranty/duranty.html>. Pulitzer Prize Board statement on its decision that the prize will not be rescinded. “The Board determined that Mr. Duranty’s 1931 work, measured by today’s standards for foreign reporting, falls seriously short. In that regard, the Board’s view is similar to that of The New York Times itself and of some scholars who have examined his 1931 reports. However, the Board concluded that there was not clear and convincing evidence of deliberate deception, the relevant standard in this case.”

Radosh, Ronald. “‘The New York Times’ Continuing Love Affair With Communism (A Never-Ending Series, Unfortunately.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 22 August 2001.

Radosh, Ronald. “The New York Times’ Love Affair with Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.com, 26 October 2000.

Steinberg, Jacques. “From Our Man in Moscow, in Praise of the Stalinist Future.” New York Times, 26 October 2003. Contains excerpts from Duranty’s dispatches.

Stuttaford, Andrew. “Prize Specimen: The Campaign to Revoke Walter Duranty’s Pulitzer.” National Review Online, 7 May 2003. <http://nationalreview.com/stuttaford/stuttaford050703.asp>. “After 70 years the New York Times has yet to do the right thing. There is, naturally, always room for disagreement over how events are interpreted, particularly in an era of revolutionary change, but Duranty’s writings clearly tipped over into propaganda, and, often, outright deception, a cynical sugarcoating of the squalor of a system in which he almost certainly didn’t believe. His motivation seems to have been purely opportunistic, access to the Moscow “story” for the Times and the well-paid lifestyle and the fame (“the Great Duranty” was, some said, the best-known journalist in the world) that this brought. Too much criticism of Stalin’s rule and this privileged existence would end. Duranty’s “Stalin” was a lie, not much more genuine than Janet Cooke’s “Jimmy” and, as he well knew at the time, so too were the descriptions of the Soviet experiment that brought him that Pulitzer.”

Taylor, S. J. Stalin’s Apologist: Walter Duranty, the New York Times’s Man in Moscow. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Sees Duranty, the Pulitzer Prize winning New York Times Moscow correspondent, not as a pro-Stalinist ideologue but as an amoral hedonist. In the 1920s he gained a reputation as a sound analyst by reasoning that Stalin would emerge as the Soviet leader. Thereafter he rested his career on a depiction of Stalin as the wise but stern leader, while refusing to recognize the significance of such events as the Ukrainian famine or the show trials. The New York Times when it reviewed this book published an editorial comment that Duranty’s Soviet dispatches were “some of the worst reporting to appear in the newspaper.”

Taylor, Sally. “The Life, Work, and Times of Walter Duranty, Moscow Correspondent for the New York Times, 1921-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University, 1980.

Wolff, Eric. “Historian: Pulitzer to Times’s Duranty Should Be Rescinded.” New York Sun, 22 October 2003. On a report commissioned by the New York Times by historian Mark von Hagen.

****************************************************************

The Nation

Alpern, Sara. Freda Kirchwey, a Woman of The Nation. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1987. Discusses Kirchwey’s attitude and sympathy for Communism. Kirchwey, owner, editor and publisher of the Nation from 1937 to 1955, was a major figure in American liberalism.

Garlinghouse, Thomas S. “Stalin’s Apologists at The Nation.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 21 June 2001. On coverage of Stalinism in the 1930s.

Mead, Rebecca. “The Woman on the Left.” New York 28 (14 August 1995). Profile of Katrina vanden Heuvel of the Nation, “the final redoubt for a particular brand of left-liberal politics in America: a leftism forged not during Vietnam but in the McCarthyite fifties, with deeper origins stretching back to the Communist left.”

Redlich, Norman. “McCarthy’s Global Hoax.” Nation, 2 December 1978. A defense of the history of The Nation’s editorial policy regarding McCarthyism and Communism.

Rozakis, Laurie E. “How the Division Within the Liberal Community Was Reflected in The Nation, 1930-1950.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1984. Regards the split between anti-Communist liberals and those who cooperated with the Communist party as decisive in shaping the direction of American artistic life; sees the political needs of the Communist party as a significant influence on a large segment of the literary community.

****************************************************************

National Guardian

Aronson, James. The Press and the Cold War. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1970. Critical of the American press for deference to capitalism, accommodation of anticommunism, and hostility to the Soviet Union. Aronson was an editor of the hard left National Guardian.

Belfrage, Cedric, and James Aronson. Something to Guard: The Stormy Life of the National Guardian, 1948-1967. New York: Columbia University Press, 1978. Story of a radical journal sympathetic to the Soviet Union and communism by two of its editors.

Munk, Michael. “The Guardian from Old to New Left.” Radical America 2 (March-April 1968)

****************************************************************

New Republic

Bliven, Bruce. Five Million Words Later an Autobiography. New York: J. Day Co., 1970. Memoir by one of The New Republic’s editors of the 1930s.

Conklin, Groff, and Bruce Bliven, eds. The New Republic Anthology, 1915:1935. New York: Dodge Publishing Company, 1936.

Diggins, John P. “The New Republic & Its Times.” New Republic, 10 December 1984. Discusses the attitude of The New Republic toward American Communism in the course of reviewing the magazine’s history.

Haynes, John Earl. “Speak No Evil: Michael Straight and After Long Silence.” Chronicles of Culture 7, no. 11 (1983). Discusses the contradictions between Straight’s version of his editorial policy in his autobiography and his actual editorial policy as publisher of The New Republic in the 1940s and early 1950s.

Ragan, Fred Donald. “The New Republic: Red Hysteria and Civil Liberties.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1965. Discusses The New Republic’s reaction and opposition to the excesses of the post-World War I Red Scare.

****************************************************************

Hoopes, Roy. Ralph Ingersoll: A Biography. New York: Atheneum, 1985. Ingersoll, a major figure in journalism, published the left-liberal PM (1940-1946). Discusses the turmoil between Communists and anti-Communists on PM’s staff and Ingersoll’s long lasting Popular Front stance.

Milkman, Paul Alan. “PM: A New Deal in Journalism, 1940-1948.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers University, 1994. Examination of the New York daily of the Popular Front left.

Fothergill, Garland Wayne. “Stalinist Communism and Fascism: A Study in the Ambivalences of ‘New Republic’ Liberalism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1966. Argues that in the 1920’s The New Republic became an apologist for Soviet totalitarianism.

Seideman, David. The New Republic a Voice of Modern Liberalism. New York: Praeger, 1986.

****************************************************************

Organizations Associated with the Communist Movement

Goldsmith, William. “The Theory and Practice of the Communist Front.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1971. Examines in detail the International Labor Defense, the World Committee Against War and Fascism, and the International Workers Order.

National Council for American Education. Communist and Communist-Front Organizations in America Compiled from Official Government Publications. New York, 1949.

Phelps-Fetherston, Iain. Soviet International Front Organizations: A Concise Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1965. Annotated guide to front organizations.

Tyson, James L. Target America: The Influence of Communist Propaganda on U.S. Media. Chicago: Regnery Gateway, 1981. Journalistic exposé of pro-Soviet advocacy groups in the U.S.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Citations by Official Government Agencies of Organizations and Publications Found to be Communist or Communist Fronts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1948.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Tactics Among Veterans’ Groups (Testimony of John T. Pace). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Guide to Subversive Organizations and Publications (and Appendixes) Revised and Published December. 1, 1961 to Supersede Guide Published on Jan. 2, 1957 (Including Index). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951. Alphabetical, annotated listing.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Front Organizations. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1944. Lists 1160 organizations,

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Communist Party and Alleged Fronts. Washington: SACB Information Office, 1953. Proceedings before Subversive Activities Control Board, October. 1, 1953.

****************************************************************

Fair Play for Cuba Committee

DeBenedictis, Frank Steven. “The Cold War Comes to Ybor City: Tampa Bay’s Chapter of the Fair Play for Cuba Committee.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Florida Atlantic University, 2002.

Riefe, Robert H. “Cuban Political Action in the United States.” Journal of Social, Political and Economic Studies 14, no. 2 (Summer 1989). Discuses the role of the CPUSA and the SWP in the Fair Play for Cuba Committee.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist and Trotskyist Activity Within Greater Los Angeles Chapter of Fair Play for Cuba Committee, Report and Testimony of Albert J. Lewis and Steve Roberts. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962.

****************************************************************

Garland Fund

Samson, Gloria Garrett. The American Fund for Public Service: Charles Garland and Radical Philanthropy, 1922-1941. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1996. The Garland Fund assisted a number of Communist causes.

Samsun, Gloria G. “Toward a New Social Order -- The American Fund for Public Service: Clearing House for Radicalism in the 1920s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1987. About the Garland Fund.

U.S. House Special Committee on Un-American Activities. The Garland Fund (American Fund for Public Service). Washington, DC: U.S. Gov. Print. Off., 1944. Discusses the Garland Fund’s grants to C.P.-linked projects.

****************************************************************

Institute for Policy Studies

Muravchik, Joshua. “The Think Tank of the Left.” New York Times Magazine, 26 April 1981. Discusses the pro-Soviet orientation of the Institute for Policy Studies.

Muravchik, Joshua. “‘Communophilism’ and the Institute for Policy Studies.” World Affairs 147, no. 3 (1984-85). On the IPS’s pro-Communist tilt.

Powell, S. Steven. Covert Cadre: Inside the Institute for Policy Studies. Ottawa, IL New York: Green Hill Publishers, distr. by Kampmann, 1987. Hostile journalistic exposé suggesting a significant KGB and Communist role in the Institute for Policy Studies, noting, among other things, a financial link to Samuel Rubin, a C.P. member and founder of Faberge cosmetics.

Walker, Vanessa. “‘Human Rights and Vital Needs:’ The Institute for Policy Studies and the International Human Rights Agenda.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004. Lauds the efforts of the IPS to shift the emphasis in the Carter administration’s human rights policy away from democratic freedoms to economic guarantees.

****************************************************************

International League for Human Rights

Cohen, Roberta. “Conspiracy or Cockup?” Index on Censorship 21, no. 10 (November 1992). On FBI determination that the International League for Human Rights was Communist-aligned.

****************************************************************

Medical Aid to Cuba Committee and Friends of British Guiana

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. U. S. Communist Party Assistance to Foreign Communist Governments (Medical Aid to Cuba Committee and Friends of British Guiana). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963. Hearings, November 14 [-15] 1962.

****************************************************************

National Assembly for Democratic Rights and.

Citizens’ Committee for Constitutional Liberties

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Manipulation of Public Opinion by Organizations Under Concealed Control of the Communist Party Under Concealed Control of Communist Party (National Assembly for Democratic Rights & Citizens’ Committee for Constitutional Liberties). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1961. Report No. 1282, parts 1 & 2.

****************************************************************

National Committee to Defeat the Mundt Bill

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the National Committee to Defeat the Mundt Bill, a Communist Lobby. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1950.

****************************************************************

National Council of American-Soviet Friendship

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. National Council of American-Soviet Friendship, Inc., Respondent. Recommended Decision. Washington, 1955.

****************************************************************

United May Day Committee

U.S. Subversive Activities Control Board. Herbert Brownell, Jr., Attorney General of the United States, Petitioner, v. United May Day Committee, Respondent. Washington, DC, 1956.

****************************************************************

Save Our Sons Committee

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Communist Propaganda Among Prisoners of War in Korea, Save Our Sons Committee. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

****************************************************************

Biographical Accounts

Carleton Beals

Britton, John A. Carleton Beals: A Radical Journalist in Latin America. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1987. Beals had an ambiguous relationship with the Communist movement, sometimes acting as its agent.

****************************************************************

Wilfred Burchett

Burchett, Wilfred G. Cold War in Germany. [Melbourne?]: World Unity Publications, 1950. Denunciation of American policy in Germany.

Burchett, Wilfred G. People’s Democracies. [n.p.]: World Unity Publications, 1951. Praise for the Communist regimes of Eastern Europe.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Burchett Reporting the Other Side of the World, 1939-1983. Edited by Ben Kiernan. New York: Quartet Books, 1986.

Burchett, Wilfred G. China’s Feet Unbound. London, U.K.: Lawrence and Wishart, 1952. Praise for Mao’s China.

Burchett, Wilfred G. This Monstrous War. Melbourne: J. Waters, 1953. Denunciation of American policy in South Korea.

Burchett, Wilfred. Memoirs of a Rebel Journalist: The Autobiography of Wilfred Burchett. Edited by George Burchett and Nick Shimmin. Sydney NSW, Australia: UNSW Press, 2005.

Burchett, Wilfred G. My Visit to the Liberated Zones of South Vietnam. Hanoi: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1964. Praise for Communist controlled areas of South Vietnam.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Vietnam North. New York: International Publishers, 1966. Denunciation of American policy in South Vietnam.

Burchett, Wilfred G. Vietnam Will Win! Why the People of South Vietnam Have Already Defeated U.S. Imperialism--and How They Have Done It--by the Internationally Famous Western Correspondent Whose First-Hand Dispatches from Vietnam Have Become a Part of the History of Our Times, Wilfred G. Burchett. New York:, distr. by Monthly Review Press, 1969.

Burchett, Wilfred G. The Second Indochina War Cambodia and Laos. New York: International Publishers, 1970. Denunciation of American policy in South Vietnam.

Kelley, Peter. “Comrade Burchett Was a Party Hack.” The Australian, 7 January 2005

Manne, Robert. Agent of Influence: The Life and Times of Wilfred Burchett. Toronto, Canada: Mackenzie Institute for the Study of Terrorism, Revolution and Propaganda, 1989. A well-known journalist, Burchett was a unending source of anti-American and pro-Communist stories.

Winnington, Alan, and Wilfred G. Burchett. Plain Perfidy. The Plot to Wreck Korean Peace. Peking: [S.n.], 1954. Denunciation of American policy in Korea.

****************************************************************

Noam Chomsky

Collier, Peter, and David Horowitz, eds. The Anti-Chomsky Reader. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2004.

Chomsky, Noam. American Power and the New Mandarins. New York: Pantheon Books, 1969.

Chomsky, Noam. At War with Asia. New York]: Pantheon Books, 1970.

Chomsky, Noam. Towards a New Cold War: Essays on the Current Crisis and How we Got There. New York: Pantheon Books, 1982.

Chomsky, Noam. The Cold War & the University: Toward an Intellectual History of the Postwar Years. New York: New Press Distributed by W.W. Norton & Co., 1997.

Lewis, Anders G. “Noam Chomsky: Unrepentant Stalinist.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 April 2004. Archived at <http://www.frontpagemag.com.

****************************************************************

Joseph Davies

Bennett, Todd. “Culture, Power, and Mission to Moscow: Film and Soviet-American Relations During World War II.” Journal of American History 88, no. 2 (2001).

Culbert, David Holbrook, ed. Mission to Moscow. Madison: Wisconsin Center for Film and Theater Research by University of Wisconsin Press, 1980.

Culbert, David. “Our Awkward Ally: Mission to Moscow (1943).” In American History/American Film Interpreting the Hollywood Image, edited by John E. O’Connor and Martin A. Jackson. New York: Ungar, 1979.

Davies, Joseph Edward. Mission to Moscow. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1941. Davies, a conservative Democrat, became an ardent admirer of Stalin when he became ambassador to the USSR.

Giffin, Frederick C. “Improving the Image of Stalin’s Russia: Joseph Davies’s Mission to Moscow.” Social Science, Winter 1977.

MacLean, Elizabeth K. “Joseph E. Davies.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1986. Argues that Davies’ attitude toward the Soviet Union and Stalin was in part a consequence of his lifelong role as a mediator.

MacLean, Elizabeth Kimball. “Joseph E. Davies and Soviet-American Relations, 1941-1943.” Diplomatic History 4 (Winter 1980). Discusses Davies’s pro-Stalin attitudes and influence on American domestic opinion toward the Soviet Union.

MacLean, Elizabeth Kimball. Joseph E. Davies: Envoy to the Soviets. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1992. Davies became a leading apologist for Stalin in the United States.

Radosh, Ronald, and Allis Radosh. “A Great Historic Mistake: The Making of Mission to Moscow.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

****************************************************************

Albert Einstein

Federal Bureau of Investigation. FBI File on Albert Einstein. [Wilmington, Del.]: Scholarly Resources. microfilm reels of selected FBI files.

Jerome, Fred. The Einstein File: J. Edgar Hoover’s Secret War Against the World’s Most Famous Scientist. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2002.

Renton, David. “Albert Einstein’s Socialism.” Rethinking Marxism 13, no. 2 (2001).

****************************************************************

Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty

Crowl, James William. “They Wrote as They Pleased: A Study of the Journalistic Careers of Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty, 1922-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1978.

Crowl, James William. Angels in Stalin’s Paradise: Western Reporters in Soviet Russia, 1917 to 1937, a Case Study of Louis Fischer and Walter Duranty. Washington, DC: University Press of America, 1982.

Fischer, Louis. Why Recognize Russia? The Arguments for and Against the Recognition of the Soviet Government by the United States. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931.

Fischer, Louis. Russia Revisited: A New Look at Russia and Her Satellites. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1957.

Fischer, Louis. Stalin and Hitler: The Reasons for the Results of the Nazi-Bolshevik Pact. [New York]: The Nation, 1940.

Fischer, Louis. Soviet Journey. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1973.

Laqueur, Walter. “Coffee With ‘Karla..’” Washington Post, 29 September 1991. States that in an interview Markus Wolf, former head of foreign intelligence for East German State Security, stated that as a youth in Moscow in the 1930s (his father was a German Communist exile) his best friends were two Americans, the sons of the journalist Louis Fischer. Notes that Wolf used the framework of this relationship in his novel The Troika

****************************************************************

Waldo Frank

Frank, Waldo David. Memoirs of Waldo Frank. Edited by Alan Trachtenberg. [Amherst]: University of Massachusetts Press, 1973. Frank was a long-time friend of Communism and the Soviet Union.

****************************************************************

Stefan Heym

Cohn, Werner. “Stefan Heym’s Political History.” Times Literary Supplement [U.K.], 27 October 1995. Letter to the editor regarding the Heym’s Communist-related activities in the U.S. and the GDR.

Hutchinson, Peter, and Reinhard K. Zachau. Stefan Heym, Socialist, Dissenter, Jew. Oxford New York: P. Lang, 2003.

Hutchinson, Peter. Stefan Heym: The Perpetual Dissident. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1992.

****************************************************************

Willi Munzenberg and his Fronts

Carew Hunt, R.N. “Willi Munzenberg.” In International Communism, edited by David Footman and R. N. Hunt. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1960.

Gross, Babette. Willi Münzenberg: A Political Biography. Translated by Marian Jackson. [East Lansing]: Michigan State University Press, 1974. Munzenberg created an array of international front organizations for the Comintern.

Koch, Stephen. Double Lives: Spies and Writers in the Secret Soviet War of Ideas Against the West. New York: Free Press, 1994. Concentrates on the creation of Communist front groups and pro-Communist propaganda in the West by Willi Munzenberg and the Communist International. Discusses the work of Otto Katz, a Munzenberg associate, in the U.S.

Koch, Stephen. “Lying for the Truth: Münzenberg & the Comintern.” New Criterion 12, no. 3 (November 1993). “Gardner Jackson,” an exchange between Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. & Stephen Koch, 12,6, February 1994

McMeekin, Sean. The Red Millionaire: A Political Biography of Willi Münzenberg, Moscow’s Secret Propaganda Tsar in the West. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

Albert Kahn and Michael Sayers

Kahn, Albert Eugene. High Treason: The Plot Against the People. New York: Lear Publishers, 1950. Kahn, a prominent pro-Communist writer, maintains that secret fascists financed by big business are on the verge of seizing control of the American government.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. Sabotage! The Secret War Against America. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1942. Warns that powerful American domestic forces are allied with the a menacing American Nazi/Fascist underground.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. The Plot Against the Peace: A Warning to the Nation! New York: Dial Press, 1945. Two Communist party-aligned commentators warn in apocalyptic tones that although fascism has been defeated in Europe, it is very close to seizing power in the United States.

Sayers, Michael, and Albert Eugene Kahn. The Great Conspiracy: The Secret War Against Soviet Russia. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1946. Warns that a powerful network of American Fascists are using anticommunism to gain power and launch war against the USSR.

****************************************************************

Corliss Lamont

Blank, David. “Corliss Lamont and Civil Liberties.” Unpublished paper., 1999. A detailed historical study sent to the trustees of Columbia University regarding the creation of the “Corliss Lamont Chair of Civil Liberties” in the Columbia Law School, discussing Lamont’s history of support for Stalinism and the Soviet Union.

Lamont, Corliss. Voice in the Wilderness: Collected Essays of Fifty Years. Buffalo: Prometheus Books, 1974. Lamont was a dedicated and totally loyal fellow traveler who never failed to excuse any aspect of Stalinism and Soviet communism.

Lamont, Corliss. “A Statement by Corliss Lamont on the ACLU and the FBI.” In These Times, 16-22 November 1977.

Lamont, Corliss. Yes to Life: Memoirs of Corliss Lamont. New York: Horizon Press, 1981.

Lamont, Corliss. A Lifetime of Dissent. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988.

Shapiro, Edward S. “Corliss Lamont and Civil Liberties.” Modern Age 42, no. 2 (April 2000): 158-75. Reviews Lamont’s long defense of Communist tyranny. Shapiro assisted in preparing David Blank’s statement on Lamont.

Wittenberg, Philip. The Lamont Case: History of Congressional Investigation. New York: Horizon Press, 1957. Defense of Corliss Lamont.

****************************************************************

Robert Morss Lovett

Lovett, Robert Morss. All Our Years: The Autobiography of Robert Morss Lovett. New York: Viking Press, 1948. Autobiography of a non-Communist who worked closely with Communists.

****************************************************************

Herbert Matthews

Fettmann, Eric. “Castro’s Publicist.” New York Post, 28 March 2001. On journalist Herbert Matthews’s coverage of Castro and the Spanish Civil war.

Welch, Richard E., Jr. “Herbert L. Matthews and the Cuban Revolution.” Historian 47, no. 1 (November 1984). Describes the controversy around the New York Times journalist whose stories in the period before Castro took power indicated that Castro was not a Communist.

****************************************************************

Carey McWilliams

Gantner, Donald Christopher. “‘Regional Imagination and Radical Conscience: Carey McWilliams in the West.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 2001.

Geary, Daniel. “Carey McWilliams and Antifascism, 1934-1943.” Journal of American History 90, no. 3 (December 2003). Defends and rationalizes McWilliams habit of denouncing as “Fascist” anyone who disagreed with his ardent Popular Front liberalism and minimizes his alliance with the CPUSA.

McWilliams, Carey. The Education of Carey McWilliams. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1979.

****************************************************************

Alexander Meiklejohn

Nelson, Adam R. Education and Democracy: The Meaning of Alexander Meiklejohn, 1872-1964. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 2001.

Nelson, Adam Rolf. “Education And Democracy: The Meaning Of Alexander Meiklejohn, 1872-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 1998.

****************************************************************

Linus Pauling

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Testimony of Dr. Linus Pauling. Hearing. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960-61. In two parts.

****************************************************************

Raymond Robins

Salzman, Neil V. Reform and Revolution: The Life and Times of Raymond Robins. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 1991. Robins, a prominent member of the American Red Cross commission in Russia at the time of the Bolshevik coup, became an ardent defender of Soviet policy thereafter.

****************************************************************

Susan Sontag

Shaw, Peter, and Seymour Martin Lipset. “Two Afterthoughts on Susan Sontag.” Encounter [U.K.], June-July 1982.

Sontag, Susan. “Communism and the Left.” Nation, 27 February 1982.

****************************************************************

Johannes Steel

Schütte, Georg. “Johannes Steel: The Radio Career of a Leftist German Emigré Journalist.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

Lincoln Steffens

Horton, Russell M. Lincoln Steffens. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1974.

Kaplan, Justin. Lincoln Steffens: A Biography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1974.

Palermo, Patrick F. Lincoln Steffens. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1978.

Shapiro, Herbert. “Lincoln Steffens: The Evolution of an American Radical.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rochester, 1964. Steffens, an highly influential progressive-era “muckraker” journalist became increasingly leftist and an early supporter of revolution and Bolshevism.

Steffens, Lincoln. The Autobiography of Lincoln Steffens. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1931. Records his observations on Communists and communism. This book contains his much quoted observation, after a 1919 visit to the new Bolshevik state, “I have been over into the future, and it works.”

Steffens, Lincoln. Lincoln Steffens Speaking. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1936.

Steffens, Lincoln. The Letters of Lincoln Steffens. Edited by Ella Winter and Granville Hicks. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1938.

Steffens, Lincoln. “Introduction.” In I Change Worlds: The Remaking of an American, Anna Louise Strong, v. Seattle: Seal Press, 1979. In 1935 Lincoln Steffens assured Communists that they had the task “to make and cross a bridge from one age to another,... from our old Christian-Greek culture to the communist culture which will probably prevail for the next two thousand years.”

Stinson, Robert. Lincoln Steffens. New York: F. Ungar Pub. Co., 1979.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Muckraking Lincoln Steffens.” Virginia Quarterly Review 54, no. 1 (1978). Analyzes Steffens’ writings, including his attitude toward Communism.. Says Steffens’s “reputation for complexity should be seen as a mask for confusion.”

****************************************************************

Edmund Stevens

Stevens, Edmund. Russia is no Riddle. New York: Greenberg, 1945. Lavishes praise on Stalin, described the USSR governing structure as “a form of democracy, elementary if you will, but more genuine and pure within its limited scope than any American institution except the town meeting, to which in many ways it closely corresponds,” and insisted that the Soviet Communist Party had “a large degree of inner-Party democracy.”

Stevens, Edmund. This is Russia, Uncensored. New York: Didier, 1950. Highly critical portrait of the last years of Stalin’s rule as a harshly oppressive dictatorship in which government-sponsored suspicion and anti-Semitism permeated and degraded society. Sevens added, however, that the Soviet Union had achieved permanence and the U.S. needed to reach an understanding with its government.

Stevens, Edmund, Jr. “Soviet Archives Mislead on U.S. Journalist.” New York Times, 1 May 1995. Argues that his father‘s membership in the CPUSA in the 1930s, disclosed in Klehr, Haynes, & Firsov‘s The Secret World, was a ruse to get his family out of the Soviet Union and that his father was always critical of the Soviet Union during his journalistic career.

****************************************************************

I.F. Stone

Alterman, Eric. “All Governments (and Some Journalists) Lie.” Nation, 18 September 2006. Dismisses view that I.F. Stone ever assisted Soviet espionage.

Alterman, Eric. “Redbaiting Stone.” Nation, July 1998.

Alterman, Eric. “Sleaze, Smears and Spleen: A Novak Way of Knowing.” Salon, 6 January 1998. Http://www.salon.com/media/1998/01/08media.html.

Alterman, Eric. “Stone Cold Untruths.” American Prospect, 3 October 2006. Http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?articleId=12074.

Berman, Paul. “The Watchdog.” New York Times, 1 October 2006. Essay review of MacPherson’s “All Governments Lie.”

Berman, Paul. “Confound It.” American Prospect, 4 October 2006. Http://www.prospect.org/cs/articles?articleId=12081.

Brown, Andrew. “The Attack on I.F. Stone.” New York Review of Books 39, no. 16 (8 October 1992). Brown whose story in the Independent quoted retired KGB General Kalugin that “We had an agent--a well-known American journalist” who after 1968 “would never again take any money from us” explains that he followed up with Kalugin and that while the reference was about Stone, Kalugin did not mean he was an agent, only a journalistic contact, and only that Stone would no longer allow Kalugin to pay for his lunch. Exchange between Herb Romerstein, Martin Garbus and Brown, December 3, 1992.

Cottrell, Robert. “I. F. Stone: Radical Journalist.” Mid-America 66, no. 1 (January 1984). Biographical sketch of Stone as an ardent Popular Front ally of the CPUSA and Stalin’s Soviet Union.

Cottrell, Robert C. Izzy: A Biography of I.F. Stone. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1992.

Cottrell, Robert Charles. “Wielding the Pen as a Sword: The Radical Journalist, I. F. Stone.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1983.

Guttenplan, D.D. “Izzy an Agent?” Nation, 2003 October August 1992. Attacks Herbert Romerstein’s claim that I.F. Stone was subsidized by the KGB as without adequate evidence; cites Stone’s criticism of the USSR. Warns that material from Soviet archives and Soviet sources cannot be trusted and likely are part of a conspiratorial attack on the left, judges that American anticommunism, ostensibly concerned with Soviet communism, actually used a never existent Soviet challenge as cover for an assault on its real target, domestic American radicalism.

Kaner, Norman. “I.F. Stone and the Korean War.” In Cold War Critics: Alternatives to American Foreign Policy in the Truman Years., edited by Thomas G. Paterson. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971.

MacPherson, Myra. “The Secret War Against I.F. Stone.” Washington Post, 21 August 1994. Shocked and appalled that the FBI investigated I.F. Stone.

MacPherson, Myra. All Governments Lie: The Life and Times of Rebel Journalist I.F. Stone. New York: Scribner, 2006. Stone was a saint and all who disagreed with him were demons.

Navasky, Victor. “I.F. Stone.” Nation, 21 July 2003.

New York Times editors. “Strange New Pals in the K.G.B.” New York Times, 13 August 1992. Editorial saying those who believe “defamatory charges made by shadowy former K.G.B. officers” about I.F. Stone are “dupes of Moscow apparatchiks.” Replies by Herb Romerstein and Reed Irvine, August. 31, 1992.

Nobile, Philip. “‘I Lied’: Testing the Intellectual Honesty of Eric Alterman.” New York Press, 19 January 1999. Argues that Alterman minimizes I.F. Stone’s support for Stalin.

Patner, Andrew. I.F. Stone: A Portrait. New York: Pantheon Books, 1988.

Radosh, Ronald. “A ‘Jewish Dissident?’.” Forward, 23 October 1992. Discusses Cottrell’s Izzy and how Stone’s position changes on Israel, the Korean War, and Vietnam tracked with changes in the Soviet Union’s stance. “All in all, we do not have to wait for KGB files to arrive to make a judgment of Stone’s legacy; on the key issues of the day, Izzy Stone rendered great service to the Soviet Union for a few critical decades.”

Romerstein, Herb. “Post Still Defends KGB Agent I.F. Stone.” Human Events, 2 September 1994. Reply to MacPherson article on Stone.

Romerstein, Herbert. “The Evidence is not to be Denied: I.F. Stone Worked for the KGB.” New York Post, 30 July 1992. Reply to Guttenplan. Notes that in 1971 Jack Anderson obtained an FBI report noting a 1966 meeting between Stone and Oleg Kalugin, then identified as a Soviet embassy official but now know to have been a KGB officer.

Romerstein, Herbert. “The KGB Penetration of the Media.” Human Events, 6 June 1992. Quotes speech of former KGB General Oleg Kalugin in London on March 11, 1992, “’We had an agent--a well-known American journalist--with a good reputation, who severed his ties with us after 1956. I myself convinced him to resume them. But in 1968, after the invasion of Czechoslovakia ... he said he would never again take any money from us.’” Romerstein cites an unnamed retired KGB source in Moscow as identifying the agent cited in Kalugin’s speech as I.F. Stone and further asserting that Kalugin provided Soviet funding to James Aronson for National Guardian and to Carl Marzani for the Marzani & Munsell publishing house. Romerstein’s source also said that during the 1960’s KGB agent Vladimir Alexandrovich Chuchukin, operating out of the Soviet U.N. Mission in New York, provided CPUSA with its regular Soviet subsidy.

Schneir, Walter, and Miriam Schneir. “Stone Miscast.” Nation, 9 November 1996. Argues that Venona does not show that I.F. Stone cooperated with Soviet intelligence.

Washington Post Editorial. “Redbaiting Still.” Washington Post, 15 August 1992. Editorial denouncing charge against I.F. Stone as a “completely undocumented and poisonous allegation.” Denounces use of KGB sources, “this agency’s raw files and unexamined assertions, however titillating, are self-serving, mischievous and deeply suspect.” Reply by Romerstein, September. 6, 1992.

****************************************************************

Berhard J. Stern and Leslie A. White

Peace, William J. “Bernhard Stern, Leslie A. White, and an Anthropological Appraisal of the Russian Revolution.” American Anthropologist 100, no. 1 (1998). Takes the view that opposition to communism has deeply poisoned American life, including the academic world, producing widespread fear of speaking freely. Discussed the feud between Bernhard J. Stern and Leslie A. White. White had praised the Russian Revolution in his 1930 address to the American Association for the Advancement of Science, “An Anthropological Appraisal of the Russian Revolution,” which was published at Stern’s suggestion in The New Masses without White’s knowledge.

****************************************************************

Duncan Smith

Smith, Duncan. Walls and Mirrors: Western Representations of Really Existing German Socialism in the German Democratic Republic. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1988. Uses semiotics to look at American patterns of signifying aspects of the GDR, sees those patterns as misleading, concluding that the correct pattern of signifying is that East Germany “has made enormous progress in social justice, in material prosperity. As I have tried to suggest throughout these pages, the GDR is a place where things work. The schools educate the pupils, the home and the state train their people to right and wrong, to responsibility to and for one another, to goals outside of themselves.... The progress of this state and culture may one day be a model for many other places to emulate.” Blames irrational opposition to communism for America’s incorrect signifying of the GDR’s success.

****************************************************************

Claude Williams

Belfrage, Cedric. South of God. New York: Modern age books, 1941. Sympathetic biography of the Rev. Claude Williams, a southerner closely associated with the Communist party.

Naison, Mark. “Claude and Joyce Williams: Pilgrims of Justice.” Southern Exposure 1 (Winter 1973/74)

****************************************************************

Communists and the Peace Movement

Abrams, Irwin. “The Moscow World Youth Forum of 1961: An American Friend’s Experience of Quaker and Soviet Peacemaking.” Quaker History 84, no. 2 (1995).

Alonso, Harriet Hyman. “McCarthyism and the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990.

Alonso, Harriet Hyman. Peace as a Women’s Issue: A History of the U.S. Movement for World Peace and Women’s Rights. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1993.

Budenz, Louis F. The Cry is Peace. Chicago: H. Regnery Co., 1952.

Chatfield, Charles. For Peace and Justice: Pacificism in America, 1914-1941. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1971. Notes Communist attempts to enter the Keep America Out of War Congress after the Hitler-Stalin Pact.

Chatfield, Charles, ed. Peace Movements in America. New York: Schocken Books, 1973. Includes DeBenedetti, C. Alternative strategies in the American peace movement in the 1920’s; Chatfield, C., Alternative antiwar strategies of the thirties; Robinson, J. A., A. J. Muste and the ways to peace; Peterson, P. M., Student organizations and the antiwar movement in America, 1900-1960.

Doenecke, Justus D. “Non-Interventionism on the Left: The Keep America Out of the War Congress, 1938-1941.” Journal of Contemporary History 12 (April 1977). Discusses the relationship of the Communist party to the antiwar movement.

Foster, Catherine. Women for All Seasons: The Story of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1989.

Lieberman, Robbie. “‘Does That Make Peace a Bad Word?’: American Responses to the to the Communist Peace Offensive, 1949-1950.” Peace & Change 17 (April 1992).

Lieberman, Robbie. “Communism, Peace Activism, and Civil Liberties: From the Waldorf Conference to the Peekskill Riot.” Journal of American Culture 18, no. 3 (Fall 1995).

Lieberman, Robbie. The Strangest Dream: Communism, Anticommunism and the U.S. Peace Movement 1945-1963. New York: Syracuse University Press, 2000.

Lofland, John, Victoria L. Johnson, and Pamela Kato. Peace Movement Organizations and Activists in the U.S.: An Analytic Bibliography. New York: Haworth Press, 1991.

Metzenberg, Howard. “Student Peace Union, Five Years Before the New Left.” Senior Honors thesis. Oberlin College, 1978.

Mollin, Marian. “‘We Speak Now With Our Whole Lives’: Parental Protest and Direct Action Against the Bomb.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001.

Smith, Allen. “Converting America: Three Community Efforts To End The Cold War, 1956-1973.” Ph.D. diss. American University, 1995. A study of the Syracuse Peace Council, New York, New Jersey Committee For A Sane Nuclear Policy, and St. Louis Committee For Nuclear Information, Missouri. Notes that many activists were former Communists.

Swerdlow, Amy. “Ladies’ Day at the Capitol: Women Strike for Peace Versus HUAC.” Feminist Studies 8 (Fall 1982).

Swerdlow, Amy. Women Strike for Peace: Traditional Motherhood and Radical Politics in the 1960s. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Report on the Communist ‘Peace’ Offensive: A Campaign to Disarm and Defeat the United States. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Activities in the Peace Movement (Women Strike for Peace and Certain Other Groups). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Infiltration in the Nuclear Test Ban Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Communist Infiltration in the Nuclear Test Ban Movement. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1960-61. Parts 7, 8, 8A, and 9 of U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Internal Security report.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. The Anti-Vietnam Agitation and the Teach-In-Movement; the Problem of Communist Infiltration and Exploitation: A Staff Study. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1965.

****************************************************************

The Waldorf Peace Conference

Hook, Sidney. “The Communist Peace Offensive.” Partisan Review 51 & 52, no. 4 & 1 (1984). Memoir of the 1949 C.P.-linked “Waldorf Conference” peace campaign by a leading anti-Communist leftist.

Rossi, John. “Farewell to Fellow Traveling: The Waldorf Peace Conference of March 1949.” Continuity, no. 10 (Spring 1985).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Review of the Scientific and Cultural Conference for World Peace. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947. On the Waldorf conference.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 12

Communism, Film, Radio, and Television

Bernhard, Nancy E. U.S. Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947-1960. Cambridge, UK & New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1999.

Biskind, Peter. Seeing is Believing: How Hollywood Taught Us to Stop Worrying and Love the Fifties. New York: Pantheon Books, 1983. Asserts that all movies in the 1950s “no matter how trivial or apparently escapist, was made in the shadow of the anti-Communist witch-hunt, subject to the strictures” of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Black, Gregory D. “Movies, Politics and Censorship: The Production Code Administration and Political Censorship of Film Content in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Booker, M. Keith. Film and the American Left: A Research Guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Bodnar, John E. Blue-Collar Hollywood: Liberalism, Democracy, and Working People in American Film. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003.

Bushard, Anthony J. “Fear and Loathing in Hollywood: Representations of Fear, Paranoia, and Individuality Vs. Conformity in Selected Film Music of the 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 2006.

Brownlow, Kevin. Behind the Mask of Innocence. New York: Knopf, 1990. On films of social conscience in the silent era, includes a section on the 1918-20 Red Scare.

Buhle, Paul, and Dave Wagner. “The Left and Popular Culture: Film and Television.” Monthly Review 54, no. 3 (July/August 2002).

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Left: Aesthetics and Politics.” New Left Review, no. 212 (1995).

Christensen, Terry. Reel Politics: American Political Movies from Birth of a Nation to Platoon. Oxford, UK New York, NY, USA: Blackwell, 1987. Films examined include Reds, Advise and Consent, and Dr. Strangelove.

Clark, Randal. “Who Put the U.N. in U.N.C.L.E.?” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Cohen, Joan. “Political Movies.” Mankind 5, no. 10 (1976).

Culbert, David Holbrook, Richard E. Wood, and Lawrence H. Suid, eds. Film and Propaganda in America: A Documentary History. New York: Greenwood Press, 1990. v. 1. World War I / edited by Richard Wood -- v. 2. World War II, part 1 / edited by David Culbert -- v. 3. World War II, part 2 / edited by David Culbert -- v. 4. 1945 and after / edited by Lawrence H. Suid.

Curtin, Michael. “Defining the Free World: Prime-Time Documentary and the Politics of the Cold War, 1960-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1990. Finds that the boom of TV documentaries of the early 1960s derived from a marriage of American corporations’ desire to expand overseas with Kennedy’s anti-Communist New Frontier internationalism.

Doherty, Thomas Patrick. Projections of War: Hollywood, American Culture, and World War II. New York: Columbia University Press, 1999.

Doherty, Thomas Patrick. Cold War, Cool Medium: Television, McCarthyism, and American Culture. Film and Culture. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003. Among the matters discussed are the Army McCarthy hearings and the Lucy Show response to Lucy appearing in Red Channels.

Doherty, Thomas. “Frank Costello’s Hands: Film, Television, and the Kefauver Crime Hearings.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998). “From the vantage of later decades, the alarum over crime in the 1950s looks like another random outbreak of Cold War hysteria.”

Douglas, Andrew J. “Television and Cold War Culture: A Face in the Crowd.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Dowdy, Andrew. The Films of the Fifties: The American State of Mind. New York: Morrow, 1975. Discusses reflections of the Cold War in movies.

Dunn, David. “Devining a Cold War Film.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Eder, Bruce. “Seeing Red, Hollywood-Style.” Video 14 (December 1990). On Red Scare movies.

Eldridge, David N. “‘Dear Owen’: The CIA, Luigi Luraschi and Hollywood, 1953.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 20, no. 2 (2000). Discusses reports written in 1953 by a Paramount Studios executive to a Central Intelligence Agency contact that provides evidence of ties between the CIA and movie studios as both strove to represent America in a positive light to postwar foreign audiences to prevent the spread of communism. Luraschi’s reports addressed alcoholism, racism, criminal activity, and cultural insensitivity by Americans abroad.

Edgerton, Gary R., and Peter C. Rollins, eds. Television Histories: Shaping Collective Memory in the Media Age. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2001.

Everitt, David. A Shadow of Red: Communism and the Blacklist in Radio and Television. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2007.

Felsenthal, Daniel Sonnel. “Keepers of the Flame: Individualism in the Films of the 1950s.” Master’s thesis. Stephen F. Austin State University, 1996. “Examines the individualist theme in three 1950s movie genres (westerns, science fiction, and youth ‘rebel’ films) and its use as an attack against cold war anticommunist conformity. Alarmed by public allegiance toward the House Committee on Un-American Activities and the subsequent industry blacklists, leftist screenwriters sought to remind fifties audiences that democracy and individual rights were increasingly at risk.”

Fuller, Linda K. “The Ideology of the ‘Red Scare’ Movement: McCarthyism in the Movies.” In Beyond the Stars: Themes and Ideologies in American Popular Film (v. 5), edited by Paul Loukides and Linda K. Fuller. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green University Popular Press, 1990.

Georgakas, Dan. “Films of the New Deal.” Cinéaste 21, no. 4 (1995). Discusses the artistic and political problems of the film Native Land that stemmed from adherence to a shifting C.P. line. Also comments on film footage relating to Upton Sinclair’s EPIC campaign for governor of California.

Giovacchini, Saverio. “Democratic Modernism and the Hollywood Community, 1933-53: The Art and Politics of the Movies in the Era of the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1998.

Giovacchini, Saverio. Hollywood Modernism: Film and Politics in the Age of the New Deal. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2001.

Godfried, Nathan. “Fellow Traveler of the Air’: Rod Holmgren and Leftist Radio News Commentary in America’s Cold War.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 24 (June 2004).

Gorney, Daniel. “Commie, Kiddie-Porn Days Gone By.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Haynes, John Earl. “A Bibliography of Communism, Film, Radio and Television.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Hendershot, Cynthia. Paranoia, the Bomb, and 1950s Science Fiction Films. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press, 1999.

Hendershot, Cynthia. I Was a Cold War Monster: Horror Films, Eroticism, and the Cold War Imagination. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press, 2001.

Inglis, Fred. “Public Trust and the Growth of Popular Incredulity: The Cold War Movies.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Kackman, Michael. Citizen Spy: Television, Espionage, and Cold War Culture. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2005.

Kashner, Sam, and Jennifer MacNair. The Bad & the Beautiful: Hollywood in the Fifties. New York: W.W. Norton, 2002.

LeCompte, Tom. “Cinerama: Secret Weapon of the Cold War.” American Heritage of Invention & Technology 21 (Fall 2005).

Landon, Phil. “The Cold War.” In The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past, edited by Peter C. Rollins. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004.

Leab, Daniel J. “Hollywood and the Cold War, 1945-1961.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Leab, Daniel. “This Can’t Happen Here (1950): Some Notes on Ingmar Bergman’s Cold War Movie.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and TV 23, no. 1 (2003).

Leab, Daniel J. “Introduction: The Cold War and the Movies.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Leab, Daniel J. “The Hollywood Feature Film as Cold Warrior.” OAH Newsletter 13, no. 2 (May 1985).

Lenihan, John H. “Hollywood Laughs at the Cold War, 1947-1961.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Lorence, James J. “The ‘Foreign Policy of Hollywood’: Interventionist Sentiment in the American Film, 1938-1941.” In Hollywood as Mirror Changing Views of “Outsiders” and “Enemies” in American Movies, edited by Robert Brent Toplin. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

MacDonald, J. Fred. Television and the Red Menace: The Video Road to Vietnam. New York: Praeger, 1985. Argues that television both in its news coverage and its entertainment programs heavily promoted rigid Cold War anticommunism, blacklisted “progressives,” presented a negative image of the Soviet Union and communism and thereby exalted American militarism and helped bring about America’s participation in the evil and imperialistic Vietnam war.

MacDonald, J. Fred. “The Cold War as Entertainment in ‘Fifties Television.” Journal of Popular Film and Television 7, no. 1 (1978).

Maland, Charles J. “Film Gris: Crime, Critique, and Cold War Culture in 1951.” Film Criticism 26, no. 3 (Spring 2002).

Maltby, Richard. “Film Noir: The Politics of the Maladjusted Text.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 18, no. 1 (1984). Judges that the film noir movies of the 1946-49 era contained so much disgusting anti-Communist paranoia that they encouraged political repression.

Mankiewicz, Frank. “When the Menace Was Clearly Red.” New York Times, 23 November 1990. Review of the film exhibition “Red Scare: Soviet Communism in American Film and Television, 1909-1988” at the American Museum of the Moving Image. Critical of the films for “leading the cheers against the ‘Evil Empire,’” judges that “these films were not so much anti-Communist as pro-establishment” and that movie producers were not motivated by ideology but “merely going along with what they saw as good box office.”

Margolis, Barbara. “The Cold War, the Mass Media and American Culture, 1945-60.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1983.

Markle, M.L. “Rockwell Meets Orwell: Early Cold War Rhetoric in Feature Films and Political Speech.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

May, Lary. The Big Tomorrow: Hollywood and the Politics of the American Way. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000.

Maynard, Richard A., ed. Propaganda on Film: a Nation at War. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden Book Co., 1975. An anthology exploring the relationship of commercial films and political propaganda, particularly concerning hot and cold wars.

Moran, Kathleen, and Michael Rogin. “‘What’s the Matter with Capra?’ Sullivan’s Travels and the Popular Front.” Representations, no. 71 (Summer 2000). 106-134. Discusses Preston Sturges’s 1942 movie “Sullivan’s Travels” and its relationship to other popular directors, such as Frank Capra, and the Popular Front.

Morrow Robert W. “Sesame Street and the Spirit of Detente.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Moser, John E. “Gigantic Engines of Propaganda: The 1941 Senate Investigation of Hollywood.” Historian 63, no. 4 (2001). On congressional anti-interventionist investigations of Hollywood for films judged to be pro-war.

Neve, Brian. Film and Politics in America: A Social Tradition. London, New York: Routledge, 1992.

Papke, David Ray. “Law, Cinema, and Ideology: Hollywood Legal Films of the 1950s.” UCLA Law Review 48, no. 6 (2001).

Pearson, Glenda, comp. “Red Scare Filmography,” 1998. On-line at <http://www.lib.washington.edu/exhibits/allpowers/film.html> Listing and short description of films categorized as “The anti-communist films,” “Films that can be interpreted as reaction against to HUAC activities,” “Science fiction films,” “Communists, the Cold War and the 1960’s,” “HUAC and the Hollywood Ten Through the 1970’s and into the 90’s,” “Films that may have ‘Implicated’ Hollywood and/or the Hollywood Ten,” and “Early Anti-Communist Films.”

Philip, Davies, and Brian Neve, eds. Cinema, Politics, and Society in America. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981. Includes: Introduction / Philip Davies and Brian Neve -- The mind of the mob / P.H. Melling -- The political economy of Hollywood / Richard Maltby -- The nation in crisis / Ralph Willett -- Made for each other / Richard Maltby -- The 1950s, the case of Elia Kazan and On the waterfront / Brian Neve -- A growing independence / Philip Davies -- The American western and American society / Christopher Frayling -- The working class goes to Hollywood / Leonard Quart and Albert Auster -- Blacks in American film / Mary Ellison -- Keystone to Kojak / Robert Reiner -- Blood on the Nash Ambassador / Eric Mottram.

Platt, David. Celluloid Power: Social Film Criticism from the Birth of a Nation to Judgment at Nuremberg. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

Rampell, Ed. Progressive Hollywood: A People’s Film History of the United States. New York St. Paul, MN: Disinformation Publications, 2005.

Reisz, Karl. “Hollywood’s Anti-Red Boomerang.” Sight and Sound, January 1953. Comment on anti-Communist films by a film critic.

Roffman, Peter, and Jim Purdy. The Hollywood Social Problem Film: Madness, Despair, and Politics from the Depression to the Fifties. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1981.

Rogin, Michael. “Kiss Me Deadly: Communism, Motherhood, and Cold War Movies.” Representations, no. 6 (Spring 1984).

Rollins, Peter C., ed. The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004. Contains: Phil Landon, “The Cold War”; Phil Landon, “The Korean War”; Peter C. Rollins, “The Vietnam War”; Michael Shull and David Wilt, “Radicals and Radicalism”; Michael Shull and David Wilt, “The Labor Movement and the Working Class.”

Rollins, Peter C., ed. Hollywood as Historian: American Film in a Cultural Context. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1998.

Sayre, Nora. Running Time: Films of the Cold War. New York: Dial Press, 1982. Argues that numerous films in the 1950s contained objectionable anti-Communist propaganda.

Sayre, Nora. “Unglaring Exceptions: Dissent in the Films of the 1950s.” Monthly Review 53, no. 5 (2001).

Shain, Russell. “Hollywood’s Cold War.” Journal of Popular Film 3, no. 4 (1974). Reviews treatment of Communists in films of the 1940s and 1950s.

Shaw, Tony. “Martyrs, Miracles, and Martians: Religion and Cold War Cinematic Propaganda in the 1950s.” Journal of Cold War Studies 4, no. 2 (Spring 2002): 3-22.

Shaw, Tony. “Negotiating the Cold War in Film --The Other Side of Hollywood’s Cold War: Images of Dissent in the 1950s.” In American Visual Cultures, edited by David Holloway and John Beck. London New York: Continuum Logo, 2005.

Shindler, Colin. Hollywood Goes to War: Films and American Society, 1939-1952. London, Boston: Routledge & K. Paul, 1979.

Shindler, Colin. Hollywood in Crisis: Cinema and American Society, 1929-1939. London, New York: Routledge, 1996. Includes discussion of Hollywood’s response to Sinclair’s EPIC campaign and a chapter entitled “The Swimming Pool Reds.”

Shull, Michael S., and David E. Wilt. Hollywood War Films, 1937-1945: An Exhaustive Filmography of American Feature-Length Motion Pictures Relating to World War II. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Co., 1996. Identified and annotates nearly 1,300 Hollywood feature motion pictures which reflect the crisis of the period, contains a content-analysis database with hundreds of coding terms in multiple fields, and a historical-critical text which analyses the cumulative impact of the form and content of the pictures upon film audiences. Includes films treating the Spanish Civil War, anti-Communist films of the 1939-1941 period, and films treating the role of the Soviet Union and Stalin as an ally in the 1942-1945 period.

Skinner, James M. “Cliche and Convention in Hollywood’s Cold War Anti-Communist Films.” North Dakota Quarterly 46, no. 3 (1978). Discusses anti-Communist themes in films of the late 1940s and early 1950s.

Sklar, Robert. Movie-Made America: a Social History of American Movies. New York: Random House, 1975. Discusses politics, communism, and congressional investigations in Hollywood.

Smith, Glenn Delton. “It’s Your America: Gertrude Berg and American Broadcasting, 1929-1956.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern Mississippi, 2004.

Sorlin Pierre. “The Cinema: American Weapon.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Wagner, Dave, and Paul Buhle. “Communists in Outer Space: Cold War Politics in Hollywood Science Fiction of the 1950s.” Filmhäftet [Sweden], no. 119 (30:1) (2002).

Wasserman, Harry. “Ideological Gunfight at the RKO Corral.” Velvet Light Trap 11 (Winter 1974).

Weinstein, David. “Capital Communism: Washington, DC, the Cold War, and Early Television.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

White, David Manning, and Richard Averson. The Celluloid Weapon: Social Comment in the American Film. Boston: Beacon Press, 1972.

****************************************************************

Depiction of the Soviet Union and Communism in American Film

Billingsley, Kenneth Lloyd. “Hollywood’s Missing Movies: Why American Films Have Ignored Life Under Communism.” Reason, June 2000.

Bogle, Lori. “Anticommunist Propaganda: Operation Abolition, Communism on the Map, and Other Radical Right Films Featured at Military-Sponsored Cold War Seminars of the Early 1960s.” Paper presented at Viet Nam Generation, Inc’s “Sixties Generations” conference. Western Connecticut State University, 1994.

Campbell, Russell. “Nihilists and Bolsheviks: Revolutionary Russia in American Silent Film.” Silent Picture 19 (1974).

Fyne, Robert. “From Hollywood to Moscow.” Literature Film Quarterly 13, no. 3 (1985). Discusses Hollywood films about the USSR from the 1930s to the 1940s.

Koppes, Clayton R., and Black Gregory. D. “What to Show the World: The Office of War Information and Hollywood, 1942-1945.” Journal of American History 64, no. 1 (June 1977). Briefly discusses OWI encouragement of a favorable image of the Soviet Union in films.

Kracauer, Siegfried. “National Types as Hollywood Presents Them.” Public Opinion Quarterly 13 (1949). Discusses treatment of Russians.

Laville, Helen. “Scratchy Underwear and False Equality: U.S. Representations of Soviet Women in Film.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting, 2002.

Leab, Daniel. “How American Films Fought the Cold War.” Civilisations, no. 3 (1985).

Leab, Daniel. “The Commies: Hollywood in Kalten Krieg.” In Kalter Krief: 60 Film Aus Ost und West, edited by Helga Belach and Wolfgang Jacobsen. Berlin (Germany): Stiftung Duetsche Kinemathek, 1991.

Orlet, Christopher. “The Great Cover-Up.” American Spectator, 10 April 2008. On the Andrzej Wajda’s Polish film “Katyn” and Hollywood lack of interest in the subject.

Rollins, Peter C., and John E. O’Connor, eds. Why we Fought: America’s Wars in Film and History. Lexington, Ky.: University Press of Kentucky, 2008. Contains a number of chapters on Cold War era films.

Shaw, Tony. Hollywood’s Cold War. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 2007.

Shull, Michael S. “Premature Anti-Communism, or, Hollywood’s Cinematic Backlash to the Nazi-Soviet Pact, 1939-1941.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Shull, Michael S. “Tinted Shades of Red: The Popular American Cinematic Treatment of Militant Labor, Domestic Radicalism and Russian Revolutionaries, 1909-1929.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1994. Uses a variety of sources to recreate and analyze the content of over 400 silent-era films. In many cases, the films themselves no longer exist. Finds that the plots of nearly a hundred of the pre-1918 films centered around capital-labor conflicts with a majority sympathetic to the problems of the working class. However, almost all of the ninety feature films of 1918-1920 related to the Red Scare were extremely hostile to Bolshevism and helped to shape attitudes demonizing Bolshevism.

Small, Melvin. “Buffoons and Brave Hearts: Hollywood Portrays the Russians, 1939-1944.” California Historical Quarterly 52, no. 4 (Winter 1973).

Small, Melvin. “Hollywood and Teaching About Russian American Relations.” Film and History 10, no. 1 (1980). Discusses the attitude toward Communism and the Soviet Union suggested by a selection of films from the late 1930s to the 1960s.

Stevens, Walter W. “Effect of the Film Communism on the Map.” Public Opinion Quarterly 25 (Fall 1961).

Underwood, Aubrey N. “Religious Cinema and the Cold War: The Ten Commandments as Containment Spectacle.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Warren, Spencer. “Celluloid Soviets: A History of Hollywood’s Take on Communism.” Weekly Standard, 9 October 2000.

Winkler, Allan M. The Politics of Propaganda: The Office of War Information, 1942-1945. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1978

Wilt, David. “Uncle Joe Joins the Family: Hollywood’s Image of the Soviet Union, 1941-1945.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

Radicals and Proletarians in American Film and Radio

Fones-Wolf, Elizabeth. “Labor Radio: A Catalyst for Social Change in Depression Era America.” Paper presented at American Studies Association Annual Meeting, 2001.

Haralovich, Mary Beth. “The Proletarian Woman’s Film of the 1930s: Contending with Censorship and Entertainment.” Screen 31, no. 2 (1990).

Mithani, Sam. “The Hollywood Left: Cinematic Art and Activism in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 2007.

Noakes, John A. “Racializing Subversion: The FBI and the Depiction of Race in Early Cold War Movies.” Ethnic and Racial Studies 26, no. 4 (2003).

Ross, Steven J. “Struggles for the Screen: Workers, Radicals, and the Political Uses of Silent Film.” American Historical Review 96, no. 2 (April 1991). Describes the attempt of unions and radicals to use the early film industry for their cause and argues that the triumph of commercial, bourgeois film hegemony was not foreordained. Discusses the 1919 “Americanism Committee of the Motion Picture Industry,” directed by Secretary of Interior Franklin Lane, that “pledged to ‘use the Power of the Motion-Picture screen to spread anti-Red teachings all over the country’” and radical films produced by the C.P.’s International Workers’ Aid and Alfred Wagenknecht.

Ross, Steven Joseph. Working-Class Hollywood: Silent Film and the Shaping of Class in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1998. Includes discussion of films touching on the 1918-20 Red Scare.

Shull, Michael S. Radicalism in American Silent Films, 1909-1929: A Filmography and History. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2000. Identifies hundreds of films released between 1909 and 1929 that engaged the issues of militant labor and revolutionary radicalism. An extended introduction and three analytical chapters investigate how the American film industry portrayed the interrelationships between labor radicals, exploitive capitalists, socialist idealists and Bolsheviks during these critical years in US history. There follows a comprehensive filmography of over 400 silent motion pictures organized into the three eras covered in the textual chapters, 1909-17, 1918-20 and 1921-29. Each entry contains a detailed plot synopsis, citations to primary sources and subject coding keyed to 64 related terms and concepts -- such as female radicals, liquor linkage, bombs, agitators, Russians, Jews, Bolsheviks, etc. This statistical data is presented in a series of charts and is fully integrated into the historical-critical text.

Shull, Michael S. “Silent Agitators: Militant Labor in the Movies, 1909-1919.” Labor’s Heritage 9, no. 3 (Winter 1998): 58-77.

Shull, Michael, and David Wilt. “Radicals and Radicalism.” In The Columbia Companion to American History on Film: How the Movies Have Portrayed the American Past, edited by Peter C. Rollins. New York: Columbia University Press, 2004.

Stead, Peter. Film and the Working Class: The Feature Film in British and American Society. London, New York: Routledge, 1989.

Walsh, Francis R. “The Films We Never Saw: American Movies View Organized Labor, 1934-1954.” Labor History 27 (Fall 1986). Among other points, notes the anti-Communist views of King Vidor and the controversy over the sympathetic treatment of a Communist-influenced union in the film “Salt of the Earth.”

Zaniello, Tom. Working Stiffs, Union Maids, Reds, and Riffraff: An Organized Guide to Films About Labor. Ithaca: ILR Press, 1996.

****************************************************************

Individual Films

Advise and Consent

Poe, G. Tom. “Secrets, Lies and Cold War Politics: ‘Making Sense’ of Otto Preminger’s Advise and Consent.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

****************************************************************

The Alamo

Hutton, Paul Andrew. “The Celluloid Alamo.” Arizona and the West 28, no. 1 (1986). On film depictions of the Alamo battle as a metaphor for the struggle against communism.

****************************************************************

Amerika

Lenart, Silvo, and Kathleen M. McGraw. “America Watches ‘Amerika:’ Television Docudrama and Political Attitudes.” Journal of Politics 51, no. 3 (August 1989). Results of a panel study examining the impact of the 1987 television miniseries “Amerika” which depicted life in the Midwest ten years after a Soviet takeover of the United States.

Wallach, Glenn. “‘Ich Bin ein Amerikaner’: Soviet Invasion and the Uses of Camelot.” Radical History Review, no. 39 (September 1987). Hostile examination suggesting that in part the ABC TV miniseries “Amerika” was “a jeremiad” based on the stupid “Ask not” themes of John F. Kennedy’s disgraceful Cold War liberalism.

****************************************************************

Animal Farm

pshaw, Ron. “Orwell Vs. Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 February 2007. < http://www.frontpagemag.com/Articles/ReadArticle.asp?ID=26827 >

Leab, Dan. “The American Government and the Filming of George Orwell’s Animal Farm.” Paper presented at “Britain and the Culture of the Cold War” conference. Institute of Historical Research, University of London, U.K., 2003.

Leab, Daniel. “The American Government and the Filming of George Orwell’s Animal Farm in the 1950s.” Media History 12, no. 2 (2006).

Leab, Daniel J. Orwell Subverted: The CIA and the Filming of Animal Farm. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 2007. http://www.psupress.org/books/titles/978-0-271-02978-8.html

****************************************************************

Big Jim McLain

Briley, Ron. “The Duke’s Cold War Education: John Wayne’s Big Jim McLain.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Briley, Ron. “John Wayne and Big Jim McLain (1952): The Duke’s Cold War Legacy.” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001)

****************************************************************

Crossfire

Fox, Darryl. “Crossfire and HUAC: Surviving the Slings and Arrows of the Committee.” Film History 3, no. 1 (1989). Sees no evidence that the popularity or marketing of RKO’s Crossfire (1947) was affected by Adrian Scott and Edward Dmytryk, producer and director of the film, having been uncooperative witnesses before the committee and part of the “Hollywood Ten.”

Holt, Jennifer. “Hollywood and Politics Caught in the Cold War Crossfire (1947).” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001).

Langdon-Teclaw, Jennifer Elizabeth. “Caught in the Crossfire: Anti-Fascism, Anti-Communism and the Politics of Americanism in the Hollywood Career of Adrian Scott.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 2000. Focuses on the 1947 film Crossfire where radial film maker and Hollywood Ten member Scott exposes America’s hatred of Jews and potential for fascism.

****************************************************************

The Devil and Miss Jones

Rogin, Michael. “How the Working Class Saved Capitalism: The New Labor History and The Devil and Miss Jones.” Journal of American History 89, no. 1 (June 2002)

****************************************************************

Dr. Strangelove

Maland, Charles. “DR. STRANGELOVE (1964): Nightmare Comedy and the Ideology of Liberal Consensus.” American Quarterly 31, no. 5 (1979). Regards the American cultural consensus that American society was basically sound and Communism threatened the United States as a major cause of the Cold War and the nuclear arms race. Kubrick’s film, “Dr. Strangelove.” used black comedy to attack such thinking.

Wolfe, Gary K. “Dr. Strangelove, Red Alert, and Patterns of Paranoia in the 1950’s.” Journal of Popular Film 5, no. 1 (1956). Sees the film “Dr. Strangelove” and the novel Red Alert as demonstrating the paranoid fear of Communism that obsessed a deeply fearful America in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

Easy Rider

Kreiner, Leslie. “Captain America is a Commie; or, Cold War Anxiety in Easy Rider.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

Fellow Traveler

Harris, Ben. “Hollywood Blacklist’s Psycho-History.” In These Times, 1913, 28 March 1990. Discusses “Fellow Traveler,” a British-made TV movie about congressional investigations of Communists in Hollywood. “For U.S. audiences with an interest in McCarthyism and the Hollywood left, Eaton’s screenplay is notable for its wealth of biographical detail. The character Cliff Byrne, for example, is loosely based on the actor John Garfield, who testified before HUAC, refused to be an informant and died of a heart attack at age 39. The film’s Jerry Leavy is based on Garfield’s therapist, E. Philip Cohen, who was a very real presence in Southern California after World War II and whose patient list read like a Who’s Who of the Hollywood left. Cohen, who parlayed his psychology master’s degree and shortlived Communist Party membership into a position as party-approved therapist, was eventually denounced as an FBI collaborator, as one after another of his patients cooperated with HUAC’s mid-’50s hearings. In drafting the character of Asa Kaufman, screenwriter Eaton has again borrowed from real life, combining details from the careers of Ring Lardner Jr. and Alvah Bessie, both members of the Hollywood Ten.”

****************************************************************

Friendly Persuasion

Dmohowski, Joseph. “The Friendly Persuasion 1956 Screenplay Controversy: Michael Wilson, Jessamyn West and the Hollywood Blacklist.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 22 (2003).

****************************************************************

The Front and Guilty by Suspicion

Hall, Jeanne. “The Benefits of Hindsight: Re-Visions of HUAC and the Film and Television Industries in The Front and Guilty by Suspicion.” Film Quarterly 54 (Winter 2001).

Navasky, Victor. “Has ‘Guilty By Suspicion’ Missed the Point?” New York Times, 31 March 1991. Discusses the disagreement between Irwin Winkler and Abram Polonsky over Winkler’s change of the chief character in the film “Guilty By Suspicion” from a Communist to a non-Communist wrongly accused.

Radosh, Ronald. “Scoundrel Times.” American Spectator, June 1991. Discusses the New York Times’s commissioning of him to review the film “Guilty by Suspicion” and then without informing him replacing his finished essay with a Victor Navasky essay on the film that linked Radosh with Pat Buchanan. The reproduced essay says “missing from the film are the actual Hollywood Communists” and “Is it not time that Hollywood, which once gave us a comic opera portrayal of villainous Reds in long-forgotten anti-Communist films, not flip over to offering us films in which there are simply no Reds at all, or some who committed no moral wrongs?”

Stiles, Victoria M. “The Front: American Dream/McCarthyan Nightmare.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Szamuely, George. “The Way They Are.” National Review, 15 April 1991. Discusses past and present radical politics in Hollywood, particularly the divisions in the 1940s between Communists, anti-Communists, and liberals, in light of the film Guilty by Suspicion

****************************************************************

High Noon

Ceplair, Larry. “Shedding Light on Darkness at Noon.” Cenéaste 27, no. 4 (Fall 2002). About the film High Noon.

Kael, Pauline. Kiss Kiss Bang Bang. Boston: Little, Brown, 1968. Kael, an influential movie reviewer, depicts the film “High Noon” as an anticapitalist epic.

Lerner, Neil. “Look at That Big Hand Move Along: Clocks, Containment, and Music in High Noon.” South Atlantic Quarterly 104, no. 1 (2005).

****************************************************************

The Hoaxters

Graham, Cooper C. “‘The Hoaxters’ (1952): MGM’s Definitive Statement on Communism.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

I Led 3 Lives

Kackman, Michael. “Citizen, Communist, Counterspy: I Led 3 Lives and Television’s Masculine Agent of History.” Cinema Journal 38 (Fall 1998).

****************************************************************

I Married a Communist

Leab, Daniel J. “How Red is My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Movies, and I MARRIED A COMMUNIST.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1983.

Leab, Daniel J. “How Red is My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Movies, and I MARRIED A COMMUNIST.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 19, no. 1 (January 1984)

****************************************************************

Invasion of the Body Snatchers

Brown, David A. “Communist Vegetables from Hell: Invasion of the Body Snatchers and the Ideology of Containment.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

The Iron Curtain

Leab, Daniel J. “‘The Iron Curtain’ (1948): Hollywood’s First Cold War Movie.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 8, no. 2 (1988). The movie was based on the defection of Igor Gouzenko. Concludes that “those involved in the production thought not in ideological terms but about what would woo an audience.... That HUAC did inspire fear there is no gainsaying. And the blacklist evidences all to well the weak response of Hollywood and the American film industry. But if fear served as a goad in the making of films like the The Iron Curtain that fear was of a much different kind, a fear of losing out at the box office.”

Rossi, John. “The Iron Curtain: A Premature Anti-Communist Film.” Film & History 24, no. 3/4 (1994). The Iron Curtain (1948) was assailed by left-wing and fellow-traveler organizations for its negative portrayal of the Soviet Union and alleged warmongering.

Swann, Paul. “International Conspiracy in and Around The Iron Curtain.” Velvet Light Trap, no. 35 (1995)

****************************************************************

It's a Wonderful Life

Noakes, John A. “Bankers and Common Men in Bedford Falls: How the FBI Determined That It’s a Wonderful Life Was a Subversive Movie.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

****************************************************************

I was a Communist for the FBI

Leab, Daniel. “‘I Was a Communist for the FBI’ and Other Horrors: Hollywood Fights the Cold War.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1990. Discusses the film based on the life of Matt Cvetic, an FBI informant in Pittsburgh in the 1940s, as well as other Cold War films. Finds that Cvetic’s testimony, speeches, and writings were unreliable and the Hollywood version of his life injected even more fiction and melodrama. Indicates the decisions of the major Hollywood studios to produce these films driven chiefly by box office hopes rather than by fear or pressure.

Leab, Dan. “Film in Context: I Was a Communist for the FBI.” History Today [U.K.] 46, no. 12 (1996). On Cvetic.

Leab, Daniel. “‘I Was a Communist for the FBI.’” In The Movies as History: Visions of the Twentieth Century, edited by David W. Ellwood. Stroud: Sutton, 2000.

****************************************************************

Lawrence of Arabia

Hudson, Joel. “Who Wrote Lawrence of Arabia?” Cinéaste 20, no. 4 (1994). Offers the data upon which the Writer’s Guild of America allocated the script credits of “Lawrence of Arabia” to Michael Wilson, previously denied due to his blacklisted state at the time of the film’s release.

****************************************************************

The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War Brainwashing of POWs

Carruthers, Susan L. “The Manchurian Candidate and the Cold War Brainwashing Scare.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Carruthers, Susan L. “The Manchurian Candidate (1962) and the Cold War Brainwashing Scare.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 18, no. 1 (1998).

Carruthers, Susan L. “Redeeming the Captives: Hollywood and the Brainwashing of American Prisoners of War in Korea.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Coates, Ivan. “Enforcing the Cold War Consensus: McCarthyism, Liberalism, and The Manchurian Candidate.” Australasian Journal of American Studies [Australia] 12 (July 1993).

Dunne, Matthew W. “A Cold War State of Mind: Cultural Constructions of Brainwashing in the 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 2008.

Higham, Charles, and Joel Greenberg. The Celluloid Muse: Hollywood Directors Speak. Chicago: Regnery, 1971. John Frankenheimer discusses themes of communism and anticommunism in The Manchurian Candidate.

Jacobson, Matthew Frye, and Gaspar González. What Have They Built You to Do?: The Manchurian Candidate and Cold War America. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2006.

Young, Charles S. “Missing Action: POW Films, Brainwashing and the Korean War, 1954-1968.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 18, no. 1 (March 1998)

****************************************************************

My Darling Clementine

Sickels, Robert. “All East on the Western Frontier: John Ford’s My Darling Clementine (1946).” Film & History 31, no. 1 (2001). Sees it as a Cold War film because it shows law and order being imposed on the unruly frontier.

****************************************************************

My Son John

Doherty, Thomas. “Hollywood Agit-Prop: The Anti-Communist Cycle, 1948-1954.” Journal of Film and Video 40 (Fall 1988): 15-27. On films “Big Jim McLain” and “My Son John.”

Junco, Victory. “‘What’s Happened to My Boy?’ Patterns of Anti-Communist Otherness in The Red Menace and My Son John.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Warshow, Robert. “Father and Son -- and the FBI.” In Propaganda on Film: A Nation at War, edited by Richard A. Maynard. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden Book Co., 1975. Critical commentary on the anti-Communist film My Son John (Paramount, 1952)

****************************************************************

Ninotchka

Mindich, Jeremy. “Re-Reading Ninotchka: A Misread Commentary on Social and Economic Systems.” Film & History 20, no. 1 (1990). Widely perceived as a satire of Stalinism, the film Ninotchka (1939) criticizes both communism and capitalism.

****************************************************************

Nixon

Hamburg, Eric. JFK, Nixon, Oliver Stone, and Me: An Idealist’s Journey from Capitol Hill to Hollywood Hell. New York: PublicAffairs, 2002.

Stone, Oliver. Nixon: An Oliver Stone Film. Edited by Eric Hamburg. New York: Hyperion, 1995. Includes the original screenplay by Stephen J. Rivele, Christopher Wilkinson, and Oliver Stone.

****************************************************************

North Star / Armored Attack

Georgakas, Dan. “The Revisionist Releases of North Star.” Cinéaste 22, no. 1 (1996). Probes how Soviet propaganda needs were served by Lillian Hellman’s script for the 1943 released North Star and how the film was recut in the 1950s to become the anti-Communist Armored Attack

****************************************************************

One Lonely Night and Jet Pilot

Hendershot, Cyndy. “The Seduction of Communism: One Lonely Night and Jet Pilot.” Popular Culture Review 12, no. 1 (2001). Notes anti-Communist themes in Jet Pilot

****************************************************************

Pickup on South Street

McConnell, Frank D. “Pickup on South Street and the Metamorphosis of the Thriller.” Film Heritage 8, no. 3 (1973). Discusses the effects of McCarthyism on Samuel Fuller’s films.

****************************************************************

Point of Order

Kepley, Vance, Jr. “The Order of Point of Order.” Film History [Australia] 13, no. 2 (2001)

****************************************************************

The Quiet American

Whitfield, Stephen. “Limited Engagements: The Quiet American as History.” Paper presented at “The Cold War and American Culture.” American University and the National Museum of American History, 1994.

****************************************************************

Red Planet Mars, Invasion USA, and The Beast of Yucca Flats

Hendershot, Cyndy. “Anti-Communism and Ambivalence in Red Planet Mars, Invasion USA, and The Beast of Yucca Flats.” Science Fiction Studies 28, no. 2 (2001).

Ahonen, Kimmo. “Hollywoodin Ristiretki Kommunismia Vastaan: Tieteiselokuva Punainen Planeetta Antikommunismin Manifestina [Hollywood’s Crusade Against Communism: The Anti-Communist Manifesto in the Science Fiction Film Punainen Planeetta].” Historiallinen Aikakauskirja [Finland] 100, no. 2 (2002)

****************************************************************

Salt of the Earth

Biberman, Herbert. Salt of the Earth: The Story of a Film. Boston: Beacon Press, 1965. “Salt of the Earth” was a film about a Communist-led metal miners strike in which many blacklisted Hollywood figures participated. Biberman headed the production company. Includes the screenplay of “Salt of the Earth” by Michael Wilson.

Boisson, Steve. “The Movie Hollywood Could not Stop.” American History 36, no. 6 (2002). About Salt of the Earth.

Hodges, Robert C. “The Making And Unmaking Of ‘Salt Of The Earth’: A Cautionary Tale.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kentucky, 1997. Judges that the film is evidence of an authentic grass-roots Communist movement that was different from the not-that-important leadership of the CPUSA with its ties to the USSR.

Kael, Pauline. “Morality Plays Right and Left.” In I Lost It at the Movies, Pauline Kael. Boston: Little, Brown, 1965. Include Kael’s review of “Salt of the Earth,” originally published in Sight and Sound in 1954, describing the film as a formulaic piece of C.P. agit-prop.

Lorence, James J. “Salt of the Earth and Free Expression: The Mine-Mill Union and the Movies in the Rocky Mountain West.” New Mexico Historical Review 76, no. 4 (2001).

Lorence, James J. “The Suppression Of Salt of the Earth (1954): The Underside of Cold War Culture in Hollywood.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Lorence, James J. “The Suppression of Salt of the Earth: The Underside of Cold War Culture in Detroit and Chicago.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998).

Lorence, James J. The Suppression of Salt of the Earth: How Hollywood, Big Labor, and Politicians Blacklisted a Movie in Cold War America. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1999.

Lorence, James J. “Mining Salt of the Earth.” Wisconsin Magazine of History 85 (Winter 2001-02): 28-43.

Marin, Christine. “The Union, Community Organizing, and Civil Liberties: Clinton Jencks, Salt of the Earth, and Arizona Copper in the 1950.” Mining History Journal, no. 7 (2000).

McCarthy, Patrick. “Salt of the Earth: Convention and Invention of the Domestic Melodrama.” Rendezvous 19, no. 1 (1983).

Miller, Tom. “Class Reunion: Salt of the Earth Revisited.” Cinéaste 13, no. 3 (1984).

Wilson, Michael. Salt of the Earth Screenplay. Old Westbury, NY: Feminist Press, 1978. Includes commentary by Deborah Silverton Rosenfelt.

****************************************************************

The Shoes of the Fisherman

McInerney, John. “The Shoes of the Fisherman: A Politically Prophetic Papal Potboiler.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

Song of Russia

Mayhew, Robert. “MGM’s Potemkin Church: Religion in Song of Russia.” American Communist History 1, no. 1 (June 2002).

Mayhew, Robert. “Russian Smiles: The Leftist Response to Ayn Rand’s HUAC Testimony.” Intellectual Activist 16, no. 2 (February 2002). On Rand’s testimony about the film Song of Russia.

Mayhew, Robert. “The Making of Song of Russia.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Mayhew, Robert. Ayn Rand and Song of Russia: Communism and Anti-Communism in 1940s Hollywood. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

Spartacus

Arnold, Gary. “Restored ‘Spartacus’ Recalls Glories and Intrigues of Old-Style Filmmaking.” Washington Times, 25 April 1991. Newspaper feature noting that the 1960 film “Spartacus” was based on a Howard Fast novel and adapted by Dalton Trumbo, a leading figure on the disintegrating blacklist and that “Spartacus” was competing with “The Gladiators,” based an Arthur Koestler story, directed by the formerly blacklisted Martin Ritt, and whose screenwriter was the blacklisted Abraham Polonsky with Ira Wolfert as his front.

Smith, Jeffrey P. “‘A Good Business Proposition’: Dalton Trumbo, Spartacus, and the End of the Blacklist.” The Velvet Light Trap, no. 23 (Spring 1989)

****************************************************************

Star Trek

Worland, Ric. “Captain Kirk: Cold Warrior.” Journal of Popular Film and Television 16, no. 3 (1988). Sees the television series Star Trek (1966-69) as symbolizing America’s anti-Communist mission.

****************************************************************

The Thing from Another World and Jet Pilot

Smoodin, Eric. “Watching the Skies: Hollywood, the 1950s, and the Soviet Threat.” Journal of American Culture 11, no. 2 (1988). On two 1950’s films, The Thing from Another World (1951) and Jet Pilot (1957)

****************************************************************

Trial

Leab, Daniel J. “From Even-Handedness to Red-Baiting: The Transformation of the Novel Trial.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

****************************************************************

Viva, Zapata!

Biskind, Peter. “Ripping Off Zapata -- Revolution Hollywood Style.” Cinéaste 7, no. 2 (1976).

Butler, Jeremy G. “Viva Zapata!; HUAC and the Mexican Revolution.” In The Steinbeck Question: New Essays in Criticism, edited by Donald R. Noble. Troy, N.Y.: Whitston Pub. Co., 1993.

Vanderwood, Paul J. “An American Cold-Warrior: Viva, Zapata! (1952).” In American History/American Film: Interpreting the Hollywood Image, edited by John E. O’Connor and Martin A. Jackson. New York: Ungar, 1979.

****************************************************************

Hollywood Unions

Abrams, Brett L. “The First Hollywood Blacklist: The Major Studios Deal with the Conference of Studio Unions, 1941-1947.” Southern California Quarterly 77 (Fall 1995).

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Dangerous Liaisons. Hollywood, Communist Party USA, and House Committee on Un-American Activities.” Dzieje Najnowsze [Poland] 23, no. 1 (2001). Maintains that the 1947 hearings were an element of a struggle waged between CSU and IATSE, and HUAC came there do weaken the CSU and its leader Sorrell personally. The 1952 hearings on Communist activity in the film industry were an element of a wider battle against the CPUSA. In both cases the hearings met with the approval of industry leaders.

Ceplair, Larry. “A Communist Labor Organizer in Hollywood: Jeff Kibre Challenges the IATSE, 1937-1939.” Velvet Light Trap, no. 23 (1989).

Cooper, Sarah. “On the Archival Trail of the CIO and Hollywood’s Labor Wars.” California History 75 (Spring 1996).

Davis, Dave, and Neal Goldberg. “Organizing the Screen Writers Guild -- An Interview with John Howard Lawson.” Cinéaste 8, no. 2 (1978). Lawson was a leading (secret) Communist screen writer in Hollywood and a member of the Hollywood Ten.

Hartsough, Denise. “Studio Labor Relations in 1939: Historical and Sociological Analysis.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1988.

Harvey, Raphael. “Popeye the Union Man: A Historical Study of the Fleischer Strike.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1985. Discusses the activities of the Animated Motion Picture Workers Union, part of the C.P.-aligned Artists Union, at Fleischer Studios in 1934-35 and the later activities of the Commercial Artists and Designers Union (AFL) and the United American Artists (CIO).

Horne, Gerald. Class Struggle in Hollywood, 1930-1950: Moguls, Mobsters, Stars, Reds, & Trade Unionists. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2001. An account of class conflict in the film industry with an emphasis on the strike of 1945 and lockout of 1946.

Lasky, Marjorie Penn. “Off Camera: A History of the Screen Actors Guild During the Era of the Studio System.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Davis, 1992. “This study refutes previous interpretations of the Guild as a militant trade union which reacted to the Communist threat after World War II by becoming increasingly conservative. Instead, what has been viewed as SAG’s early militancy was, in reality, merely rhetoric. Almost from its inception, the Guild was dominated by highly paid actors and a staff who accommodated themselves to the producers’ control of the motion picture industry. As such, the Guild’s eventual acceptance of an anti-communist ideology and acquiescence in the Hollywood blacklist were very much in keeping with SAG’s history.”

May, Lary. “Movie Star Politics: The Screen Actor’ Guild, Cultural Conversion, and the Hollywood Red Scare.” In Recasting America: Culture and Politics in the Age of Cold War, edited by Lary May. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989.

Meroney, John. “Hollywood’s Brewer and America’s.” National Review, 19 September 2006. Obituary and essay on Obituary on Roy Brewer, anti-Communist labor organizer of the International Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees in Hollywood.

Nielsen, Michael C. “Motion Picture Craft Workers and Craft Unions in Hollywood: The Studio Era, 1912-1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1985.

Nielsen, Michael Charles, and Gene Mailes. Hollywood’s Other Blacklist: Union Struggles in the Studio System. London, U.K.: British Film Institute, 1995.

Olsen, Richard. Hollywood Noir: Featuring Ronald Reagan. Philadelphia, PA: Xlibris, 2001. On gangsters and Hollywood unions.

Pinter, Laurie Caroline. “Herbert K. Sorrell as the Grade-B Hero: Militancy and Masculinity in the Studios.” Labor History 37, no. 3 (Summer 1996). Sees no significant Communist influence on Sorrell or significant C.P. role in the Conference of Studio Unions.

Prindle, David F. The Politics of Glamour Ideology and Democracy in the Screen Actors Guild. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

Schwartz, Nancy Lynn, and Sheila Schwartz. The Hollywood Writers’ Wars. New York: Knopf, 1982. Covers the strife within the movie industry in the late 1930s and 1940s around the efforts of the Screen Writers Guild to establish itself. Sympathetic to the Communist role in the SWG, hostile to those who oppose communism.

Sito, Tom. Drawing the Line: The Untold Story of the Animation Unions from Bosko to Bart Simpson. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2006. Chapter: “The War of Hollywood and the Blacklist: 1945-1953”

Spiro, Elaine. “Hollywood Strike -- October 1945: A Reminiscence.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998)

Wheaton, Christopher Dudley. “A History of the Screen Writers Guild (1920-1942): The Writers’ Quest for a Freely Negotiated Basic Agreement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1974.

****************************************************************

Communism, Hollywood, and Entertainment Industry Blacklisting

Adler, Les K. “The Politics of Culture: Hollywood and the Cold War.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

American Business Consultants. Red Channels: The Report of Communist Influence in Radio and Television. New York: Counterattack, 1950. A listing of entertainers claimed to be linked to Communist or Communist Front activity; source for much of the informal blacklist of suspect entertainers.

Andersen, Thom. “Red Hollywood.” In Literature and the Visual Arts in Contemporary Society, edited by Suzanne Ferguson and Barbara S. Groseclose. Columbus: Ohio State University Press, 1985.

Andersen, Thom, and Noël Burch. Les Communistes de Hollywood Autre Chose Que Des Martyrs. [Paris]: Presses de la Sorbonne nouvelle, 1995.

Associated Press. “Hollywood Writers Finally Get Full Credit.” Washington Times, 4 April 1997. On Writers Guild of America list of corrected credits from the 1950s when blacklisted writers used pseudonyms.

Baron, Cynthia. “As Red as a Burlesque Queen’s Garters: Cold War Politics and the Actors’ Lab in Hollywood.” In Headline Hollywood a Century of Film Scandal, edited by Adrienne L. McLean and David A. Cook. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2001.

Bentley, Eric. Are You Now or Have You Ever Been: The Investigation of Show Business by the Un-American Activities Committee, 1947-1958. New York: Harper & Row, 1972.

Bethel, Charles. “From ‘Mere Entertainment’ to Protected Speech: Cold War Ideology, Motion Pictures, and the First Amendment, 1945-1952.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Bilic, Danijela. “Hollywood’s Communists (1943-1953).” Unpublished master’s thesis. Ohio University., 2002.

Billingsley, K.L. “Hollywood Edits Out Its Communist Past.” Investors Business Daily, 4 November 1997.

Billingsley, Lloyd. Hollywood Party: How Communism Seduced the American Film Industry in the 1930s and 1940s. Rocklin, CA: Forum, 1998. On C.P. influence in Hollywood and the struggle between Communist and anti-Communists factions in film industry unions.

Biskind, Peter. “The Past is Prologue: The Blacklist in Hollywood.” Radical America 15, no. 3 (1981). Sympathetic commentary on Navasky’s Naming Names; concludes that liberal anti-Communists cynically adopted anticommunism in order to avoid political attacks upon themselves.

Blair, Betsy. The Memory of All That: Love and Politics in New York, Hollywood, and Paris. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2003.

Blue, Howard. Words at War: World War II Era Radio Drama and the Postwar Broadcasting Industry Blacklist. Lanham: Scarecrow Press, 2002.

Bosworth, Patricia. “Hollywood On Trial.” Vanity Faire, April 1997. By daughter of Bartley Crum, attorney for the Hollywood Ten. Sees the era as one of severe political repression and the criminalization of dissent.

Bosworth, Patricia. Anything Your Little Heart Desires an American Family Story. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1997. Discussed Bartley Crum, lawyer for the Hollywood Ten.

Breindel, Eric. “History Still Has Questions for Hollywood’s Stalinists.” New York Post, 6 November 1997.

Brownstein, Ronald. The Power and the Glitter the Hollywood-Washington Connection. New York: Pantheon Books, 1990. Notes the leftward shift of Communists and their allies within Hollywood political groups in 1946.

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Reds and Their Influence.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture” conference. University College, London, U.K., 1994.

Buhle, Paul. “The Hollywood Blacklist and the Jew: An Exploration of Popular Culture.” Tikkun 10, no. 5 (September-October 1995). Argues that a number of persons blacklisted in Hollywood found work and brought their admirable progressive sensibilities to TV in the 1950s.

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Radical Hollywood: The Untold Story Behind America’s Favorite Movies. New York: New Press, 2002. Sees Hollywood and Hollywood films as strongly influenced by communism and political radicalism. On errors in the text, see Wendy Smith review, Variety (3-9 June 2002) and Tom Weiner review, Washington Post (24 July 2002).

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Blacklisted: The Film-Lover’s Guide to the Hollywood Blacklist. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. The editors of the film journal Cineaste (Summer, 2004, p. 69) remarked that “we feel it our duty to warn our readers” that the book is “awash in significant factual errors and numerous misinterpretations.”

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. Hide in Plain Sight: The Hollywood Blacklistees in Film and Television, 1950-2002. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. For a sample of the astounding multiple mistakes in this book see Martin Brady, “A Litany of Errors” in Cineaste (Summer, 2004, pp. 68-69).

Butler, Michael. “Shock Waves.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (Summer 2005). Discusses Hugo Butler.

Ceplair, Larry, and Steven Englund. The Inquisition in Hollywood: Politics in the Film Community, 1930-1960. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1979. Looks at Communist and other radical political activity in Hollywood in the late 1930s; sees the controversy over the Hollywood Ten as an attack by largely malignant anti-Communists upon benign left-wingers. Steven Englund is son of screenwriter Ken Englund, president of Screen Writers Guild and Writers Guild of America and a participant in the Hollywood Red controversy.

Ceplair, Larry. “The Base and Superstructure Debate in the Hollywood Communist Party.” Science & Society 72, no. 3 (July 2008).

Ceplair, Larry. “Reporting the Blacklist: Anti-Communist Challenges to Elizabeth Poe Kerby.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 28, no. 2 (June 2008).

Chaikin, Judy. Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist. Documentary film. One Step Production, 1987.

Cogley, John. Report on Blacklisting. [New York]: Fund for the Republic, 1956. Vol. I, movies, Vol. II, radio and television. Includes Jones, Dorothy B. “Communism and the Movies” and Jahoda, Marie. “Anti-Communism and Employment Policies in Radio and Television.”

Cohen, Karl. “Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry.” Film History [U.K.] 5, no. 2 (1993). Discusses the testimony of Eugene and Bernyce Polifka Fleury regarding Philip Eastman, John Hubley, William Pomerance, and Zachary Schwartz.

Deutsch, James. “No Left Turns on Hollywood Boulevard.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Deutsch, James I. “Hunting Communists and Shooting Films in Hollywood.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Dunn, J.R. “Hollywood’s Red Decade.” American Thinker, 16 November 2007. < http://www.americanthinker.com/2007/11/hollywoods_red_decade.html >

Eckstein, Arthur. “Not Just Another Political Party.” American Communist History 4, no. 2 (December 2005). Review essay on the Radoshes Red Star

Ehret, Richard C. “A Descriptive Analysis of the Hearings Held by the House Committee on Un-American Activities in 1947 and 1951 on the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry, and Their Relationship to the Hollywood Labor Movement.” Master’s thesis. University of California, Los Angeles, 1969.

Eliscu, David. “What Was It Like to Have a Blacklisted Father?” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Everitt, David. A Shadow of Red: Communism and the Blacklist in Radio and Television. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2007. Based on thorough archival research, comprehensive and balanced.

Ezquerra, Victor Junco. “Guerra Fría en Hollywood: Construcciones de Identidad y Alteridad en el Ciclo de Cine Anticomunista, 1949–1952 [The Cold War in Hollywood: Constructions of Identity and Other in a Cycle of Anti-Communist Cinema, 1948–1952].” Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses [Spain], no. 49 (2004).

Fagan, Myron C. Moscow Over Hollywood. Los Angeles, CA: R.C. Cary, 1948. Contemporary polemic.

Farah, Josep. “The Real Blacklist.” National Review, 7 October 1989. Maintains that prior to the Hollywood 10 hearings Hollywood Communists attempted to censor films, citing Ring Lardner’s petition at MGM to halt production of a film objectionable to the C.P. and Datlon Trumbo’s claim in a C.P. journal that, although enjoying little success in promoting progressive films, the C.P. in Hollywood was successful in stopping many anti-Soviet films. Claims that the Hollywood Left maintained an informal blacklist of anti-C.P. artists, citing Adolphe Menjou, Richard Macaulay, and Morrie Ryskind whose careers went downhill after testifying against the C.P. Notes that at a film industry symposium on the blacklist era, Edward Dmytryk, the only one of the Ten in attendance but one who had later broken with the C.P., was not allowed discussing the affair after Left activists threatened a boycott. Quotes director Jules Dassin as commenting “They made a mistake by inviting Dmytryk. There are no two sides to the question, only one side.”

Friedrich, Otto. City of Nets: A Portrait of Hollywood in the 1940’s. New York: Harper & Row, 1986. Discusses the Hollywood blacklist.

Gabler, Neal. An Empire of Their Own: How the Jews Invented Hollywood. New York: Crown Publishers, 1988. Asserts that the Jewish studio heads cravenly initiated the anti-Communist blacklist to “save themselves from the wrath of the anti-Semites” of U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Georgakas, Dan. “The Way They Really Were.” Cinéaste 23, no. 2 (1997). Review essay and commentary on recent memoirs and books regarding the Hollywood reds. “The Hollywood reds were genuine American Communists who did their best to get as much of their political ideology into their work as circumstance allowed. Like their comrades in labor, they failed more often than the succeeded, but they didn’t always fail, particularly in advancing generic egalitarian values.”

Georgakas, Dan. “The Hollywood Reds: 50 Years Later.” American Communist History 2, no. 1 (June 2003). Essay review of the literature.

Giovacchini, Saverio. “The Joys of Paradise: Reconsidering Hollywood’s Exiles.” In The Dispossessed: An Anatomy of Exile, edited by Peter Isaac Rose. Amherst, MA, Northampton, MA: University of Massachusetts Press in association with the Kahn Liberal Arts Institute, Smith College, 2005.

Gladchuk, John Joseph. “Reticent Reds: HUAC, Hollywood, and the Evolution of the Red Menace, 1935–1950.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Riverside, 2006. Evil anti-Communists seek to destroy democracy unjustly persecute brave defenders of freedom and liberty.

Goodman, Walter. “Communism at the Movies.” New Leader, 11-27 January 1988.

Goodman, Walter. “How to Learn from the Blacklist.” New York Times, 25 February 1996. On showing of “Blacklist: Hollywood on Trial” (American Movie Classics) and “Hollywood on Trial” (Turner Classic Movies). “In ignoring the special nature of the Communist Party, both documentaries do a disservice to history.”

Goodson, Mark. “’If I’d Stood Up Earlier...’” New York Times Magazine, 13 January 1991. TV producer of the 1950s discusses “the Dark Terror of the Television blacklisting days.” Cites as examples of “terror” that the poet Louis Untermeyer lost his job with “What’s My Line” after Red Channels noted his affiliation with the Joint Anti-Fascist Committee and sponsorship of a 1948 May Day celebration. CBS’s internal clearance procedures also kept Leonard Bernstein, Judy Holliday, Harry Belafonte, Abe Burrows, Gypsy Rose Lee, Jack Gilford, Uta Hagen, and Hazel Scott off of high-profile shows for several years.

Hausknecht, Murray. “Informers and Other Villains: A Discussion of Victor Navasky’s Book Naming Names.” Dissent 28, no. 2 (1981). Advances various theories of social pathology to explain why anyone would disgrace themselves by testifying truthfully under oath to a congressional committee investigating communism.

Hirsen, James L. Tales from the Left Coast: True Stories of Hollywood Stars and Their Outrageous Politics. New York: Crown Forum, 2003.

Kanfer, Stefan. A Journal of the Plague Years. New York: Atheneum, 1973. Sensationalistic account of discrimination against Communists in the movie and broadcasting industries.

Kanfer, Stefan. “The Hollywood Blacklist: Fifty Years Later.” Paper presented at Eisenhower Center for American Studies “McCarthyism in America” conference. National Archives, Washington, DC, 2000.

Kramer, Hilton. “The Blacklist and the Cold War.” New York Times, 3 October 1976. Arts and Leisure Section.

Leab, Daniel J., ed. Federal Bureau of Investigation Confidential Files. FBI Surveillance Files on Hollywood, 1942-1958 [Microfilm]. Bethesda, MD: University Publications of America, 1991.

Leab, Daniel J. “Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry?” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Lewis, Jon. “‘We Do Not Ask You to Condone This’: How the Blacklist Saved Hollywood.” Cinema Journal 39, no. 2 (2000).

McGilligan, Patrick, and Paul Buhle, eds. Tender Comrades: A Backstory of the Hollywood Blacklist. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1997. Interviews with 40 blacklistees.

McGilligan, Patrick, ed. Backstory 2: Interviews with Screenwriters of the 1940s and 1950s. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991.

Miller, Merle. The Judges and the Judged. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1952. Attack on the anti-Communist blacklisting activities of the American Business Consultants and Counterattack. A report for the American Civil Liberties Union.

Navasky, Victor. Naming Names. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Discusses congressional investigations of Communist party influence in Hollywood and the subsequent blacklisting of those who refused to cooperate. Treats left-wing Hollywood figures as heroic victims of anti-Communist hysteria. Judges that any cooperation with the House Un-American Activities Committee, including candidly telling the truth, was immoral and that those who cooperated had self-interested motivations in most cases.

Neve, Brian. “Red Hollywood.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television 19, no. 1 (March 1999). Essay-review of 1995 compilation film, “Red Hollywood,” by Thom Andersen and Noel Burch regarding the film work of Hollywood Communists, ex-Communists, and Left sympathizers.

Noakes, John A. “Subversive Frames: FBI Surveillance of Hollywood Movies, 1945-1947.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Noakes, John A. “Official Frames in Social Movement Theory: The FBI, HUAC, and the Communist Threat in Hollywood.” Sociological Quarterly 41, no. 4 (2000): 657-80.

Noakes, John A. “Official Frames in Social Movement Theory: The FBI, HUAC, and the Communist Threat in Hollywood.” In Frames of Protest Social Movements and the Framing Perspective, edited by Hank Johnston and John A. Noakes. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc., 2005.

Phillips, Gary. “The Big List.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research], Fall 1990. Discusses the Hollywood blacklist. Denies there was ever any real Communist presence in Hollywood: “John Bright, one of the founders of the [Screen Writers] Guild, spoke of the political character of several writers at the first meeting [of the SWG]. ‘There was no real Communist party in Hollywood at that time, but several of us had working-class backgrounds or left-wing origins that we hadn’t forgotten. Hell, we’d all come out of the Depression. We were all New Deal progressives.’”

Porton, Richard. “The Politics of American Cinephilia: From the Popular Front to the Age of Video.” Cinéaste 27, no. 4 (Fall 2002). Essay-review critical of Buhle and Wagner’s Radical Hollywood.

Radosh, Ronald, and Allis Radosh. Red Star Over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left. San Francisco, CA: Encounter Books, 2005. Comprehensive history of the Communist movement in Hollywood. Makes use of archival sources little used by others. Shows extensive party attempts to influence the content of films both by interjecting content wanted by the movement, particularly successful in the film “Mission to Moscow” that defended the Moscow Trials, as well as blocking material objectionable to Communists.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Blacklist as History.” New Criterion, December 1997. Essay-review discussing Walter Bernstein’s Inside Out, Edward Dmytryk’s Odd Man Out, Patrick McGilligan and Paul Buhle’s Tender Comrades, Larry Ceplair and Steven Englund’s The Inquisition in Hollywood, and Stephen Schwartz’s From West to East.

Radosh, Ronald. “A Rewrite for Hollywood’s Blacklist Saga.” Los Angeles Times, 25 April 2005.

Radosh, Ron. “Roll Out the Red Carpet.” New York Sun, 24 October 2007.

Rapf, Joanna, ed. “In Focus: Children of the Blacklist, an Extended Family.” Cinema Journal 44 (Summer 2005).

Robb, David. “Naming the Right Names: Amending the Hollywood Blacklist.” Cinéaste 22, no. 2 (1996). On the slow project to correct film credits listed to pseudonyms or fronts of blacklisted Hollywood writers. Discusses specific cases.

Rosenbaum, Jonathan. “Guilty by Omission.” Film Comment 27 (September/October 1991). Effects of Hollywood blacklist upon Nicholas Ray, Cy Endfield, and John Berry.

Schrecker, Ellen W. “Review of ‘Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist.’” Journal of American History 75, no. 3 (December 1988). Review of “Legacy of the Hollywood Blacklist,” a film documentary produced by Judy Chaikin, One Step Production, 1987. “Whether out of fear or duplicity, the victims’ widows never even mention the ‘C-Word,’ and the filmmakers are either too naive or too disingenuous to clarify the issue.”

Sbardellati, John. “The Origins of the FBI’s Cold War in Hollywood.” Paper presented at UCSB-GWU Graduate Student Conference “Reconsidering the Cold War. University of California Santa Barbara, 2003.

Sbardellati, John. “Brassbound G-Men and Celluloid Reds: The FBI’s Search for Communist Propaganda in Hollywood, 1942-1945.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Sbardellati, John. “Producing Hollywood’s Cold War: The Anticommunist Campaign Against an Un-American Screen.” Paper presented at Society For Historians of American Foreign Relations Annual Meeting. College Park, MD, 2005.

Sbardellati, John. “Cold War, Culture War: The FBI and the Battle Over Film Propaganda.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Barbara, 2006.

Schwartz, Richard. “How the Hollywood Blacklist Worked.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

Slide, Anthony, ed. Actors on Red Alert: Career Interviews with Five Actors and Actresses Affected by the Blacklist. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1999.

Stanley, Alexandra. “Hidden Hollywood.” New York Times, 31 May 1992. Feature article on whether Hollywood’s pervasive left/liberalism has created a “reverse McCarthyism.”

Suber, Howard. “The Anti-Communist Blacklist in the Hollywood Motion Picture Industry.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1968. Finds that 214 people were blacklisted, mostly writers, and that the blacklist was effective until 1959 after which it eased and disappeared when studios decided that there was no loss of audience if blacklisted writers were used. Discusses the criteria used in blacklisting a person and the tactics used by blacklisted persons to continue work in the movie industry.

Suber, Howard. “Politics and Popular Culture: Hollywood at Bay, 1933-1953.” American Jewish History 68, no. 4 (June 1979). Sees hysteria and repression dominating the United States during the early Cold War. That hysteria was used by anti-Semites, adventurers and those opposed to trade unions to settle longstanding labor and political conflicts in the film industry.

Ungerböck, Andreas, Petra Metelko Übersetzungen, and others, eds. Blacklisted Movies by the Hollywood Blacklist Victims: Eine Retrospektive der Viennale in Zusammenarbeit mit dem Österreichischen Filmmuseum, 1. Bis 31. Oktober 2000. Wien: Viennale, 2000. In German; English film plot summaries.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Infiltration of Hollywood Motion-Picture Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1951-52. Ten parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration (Entertainment). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print, Off., 1954. Two parts.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of So-Called “Blacklisting” in Entertainment Industry Report of the Fund for the Republic, Inc. Hearings. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1956.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communism in the New York Area (Entertainment). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1958.

U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Subversive Infiltration of Radio, Television and Entertainment Industry. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952.

Van Dusen, Geraldine. “Behind the Curtains: The Blacklist Years.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

Vaughn, Robert. Only Victims a Study of Show Business Blacklisting. New York: Putnam, 1972.

Verdries, Ellen. “Schooled in Fear by the Blacklist.” Paper presented at Southwest Labor Studies Association. San Francisco, CA, 1999.

Warren, Spencer. “Biased Hollywood Ten Tales.” Conservative Battleline Online, 24 October 2007. Http://acuf.org/issues/issue94/071022med.asp.

Wattenberg, Daniel. “Tinseltown Tyranny: Blacklist Blues?” Washington Times, 5 July 1991. Critical feature story on claims that the McCarthy-era entertainment blacklist has been revived and the victims are opponents of American participation in the Persian Gulf war.

Waxman, Sharon. “Blacklist: Hollywood’s Raw Wound.” Washington Post, 23 November 1997. Describes the blacklist as an massive and evil act of oppression and discusses an moral imperative of a formal congressional apology for its having dared to investigate communism in Hollywood.

Wertheim, Larry M. “Nedrick Young, et al. v. MPAA, et al.: The Fight Against the Hollywood Blacklist.” Southern California Quarterly 57, no. 4 (1975). Discusses the confused legal effort to collect legal damages for the blacklist.

Whitlatch, Michael David. “The House Committee on Un-American Activities’ Entertainment Hearings and Their Effects on Performing Arts Careers.” Ph.D. diss. Bowling Green State University, 1977.

****************************************************************

The Hollywood Ten

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Dangerous Liaisons: The Hollywood Ten from a Conservative Perspective.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Billingsley, K.L. “Commie Dearest: The Hollywood Ten’s 50th Birthday.” Heterodoxy, November 1997.

Buhle, Paul. “The Last of the Hollywood Ten.” Progressive 65, no. 1 (2001). On Ring Lardner, Jr.

Dick, Bernard F. Radical Innocence: A Critical Study of the Hollywood Ten. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1989.

Eckstein, Arthur. “The Hollywood Ten in History and Memory.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004).

Eckstein, Art. “The Truth About the ‘Hollywood Ten.’” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 18 April 2005.

Kahn, Gordon. Hollywood on Trial: The Story of the 10 Who Were Indicted. New York: Boni & Gaer, 1948. Defense of the Hollywood 10.

Murphy, Dwight D. “The ‘Hollywood Blacklist’ in Historical Context.” Journal of Social, Political and Economic Studies 18 (Fall 1993). Notes that although many defenders of the Hollywood Ten earlier had denied the latter’s Communist loyalties, there is no longer much dispute that each of the ten were or recently had been CPUSA members at the time they were called to testify to Congress.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Hollywood Ten Revisited.” Heterodoxy 2, no. 11 (October 1994). Reviews the Hollywood 10 and their treatment in recent films. “Many members of HUAC had little regard for liberty and failed to see any differences between loyalty and security, dissent and treason. Their investigations often violated America’s democratic standards and were carried on more for the effect of publicity and grandstanding than for any serious purpose. But that did not mean that American had no good reason to worry about Communism in the age of Stalin’s reign, and today, few are those who understand that it was possible to oppose both HUAC and the Communists. Rather than deal evenly with what really happened, Hollywood had made Communists a non-existent symbol of HUAC’s unpardonable behavior -- and, when mentioning them at all, treats them as defenders of American democracy, not as the vicious Stalinists they really were.”

Rosefelt, Reid. “Celluloid Sedition?: The Strange Case of the Hollywood Ten.” Velvet Light Trap 11 (Winter 1974).

Ryskind, Allan H. “The Truth About the Hollywood Ten.” Human Events, 2 January 1998. Detailed discussion of the political stance and activities of the Hollywood Ten in the late 1930s and early 1940s prior to the hearings.

Twiford, Patrick William. “The American Anticommunist Tradition and the Hollywood Ten.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Fresno, 1996. See the Hollywood Ten episode as part of a continuum of antisubversive sentiments dating back at least to the conflict between the Federalists and the Antifederalists.

Ybarra, Michael. “Blacklist Whitewash.” New Republic, 5-12 January 1998. On the Hollywood Ten.

****************************************************************

Communism and Hollywood: Biographical accounts

Larry Adler

Adler, Larry. “My Life on the Blacklist.” New York Times, 15 June 1975.

****************************************************************

Norma and Ben Barzman

Barzman, Norma. The Red and the Black List: Intimate Memoir of a Hollywood Expatriate. New York: Thunder’s Mouth Press / Nation Books, 2003. Norma and Ben Barzman were Communist screenwriters in the 1940s. An unapologetic defender of Stalinism, she writes proudly of the efforts she and other Communists made to insert material wanted by the CPUSA into films and to exclude material they didn’t like.

****************************************************************

Walter Bernstein

Bernstein, Walter. Inside Out: A Memoir of the Blacklist. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1996.

Georgakas, Dan. “Bad Art Makes Bad Politics, an Interview with Walter Bernstein.” New Labor Forum, 4 (Spring/Summer 1999). Bernstein discusses writing for film and television during the blacklist (using fronts) and afterwards. Discusses working with Kazan as positive but explains why he opposed granting of a special Oscar.

Georgakas, Dan. “Reflections on a Half-Century of Script-Writing.” Left Curve 26 (2002). On Walter Bernstein.

****************************************************************

Alvah Bessie

Bessie, Alvah Cecil. Inquisition in Eden. New York: Macmillan, 1965. One of the Hollywood Ten discusses controversies over Communists and their allies in the Hollywood film industry.

Miller, Gariel. “Two Alvah Bessies: The Innocent and the Embittered.” Los Angeles Times, 27 November 1977.

****************************************************************

Jean Rouverol and Hugo Butler

Butler, Michael. “Shock Waves.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (Summer 2005). Discusses Hugo Butler.

Rouverol, Jean. Refugees from Hollywood: A Journal of the Blacklist Years. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 2000. In 1951 Rouverol and her husband, screenwriter Hugo Butler, fled to Mexico under threat of subpoena and in light of the blacklist. Rouverol treats their Communist sympathies as a minor matter of little importance.

****************************************************************

Charlie Chaplin

Brown, Wallace. “Charles Chaplin’s A King in New York Revisited.” Film & History 22, no. 3 (September 1992). On Chaplin’s 1957 film as a satire and attack on the evils of McCarthyism.

Cole, Robert. “Anglo-American Anti-Fascist Film Propaganda in a Time of Neutrality: The Great Dictator, 1940.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 21 (June 2001).

Lynn, Kenneth Schuyler. Charlie Chaplin and His Times. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1997. Discusses Chaplin’s admiration for Stalin and communism in the late 1930’s and during World War II.

Maland, Charles J. “A Documentary Note on Charlie Chaplin’s Politics.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television [U.K.] 5, no. 2 (1985). Discusses Chaplin’s political views and reproduces portions of government interviews with him.

Milton, Joyce. “Comrade Chaplin.” Heterodoxy 4, no. 4 (April 1996). On Charlie Chaplin’s relationship with the CPUSA. Says the signing of the Nazi-Soviet Pact during the preparation of The Great Dictator caused revisions to make the film less explicitly anti-Nazi and more compatible with the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Sbardellati, John, and Tony Shaw. “Booting a Tramp: Charlie Chaplin, the FBI, and the Construction of the Subversive Image in Red Scare America.” Pacific Historical Review 72, no. 4 (November 2003)

****************************************************************

Lester Cole

Cole, Lester. Hollywood Red: The Autobiography of Lester Cole. Palo Alto, CA: Ramparts Press, 1981. Cole was one of the Hollywood ten and an influential Hollywood Communist. Notes that he publicly denied his party membership on orders from CPUSA officials who felt public admission of Communist loyalties might weaken his position as an official of the Screen Writers Guild.

****************************************************************

Richard Collins

Collins, Richard. “Confessions of a Red Screenwriter.” New Leader, 6 October 1952. Among other film, Collins worked on Song of Russia

****************************************************************

Constantin Costa-Gavras

Grenier, Richard. “The Curious Career of Costa-Gavras.” Commentary 73, no. 4 (1982). Reviews the anti-American and pro-Communist content of the films of Costa-Gavras.

****************************************************************

Emile De Antonio

Lewis, Randolph Robert. “‘America Is Hard To See’: Emile De Antonio and the Art of Political Filmmaking.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1994. De Antonio’s films included “Point of Order” (1963), “Rush To Judgment” (1966), “In the Year of the Pig” (1969), “America Is Hard To See” (1970), “Millhouse: A White Comedy” (1971), “Painters Painting” (1973), “Underground” (1976), “In the King of Prussia” (1983), and “Mr. Hoover and I” (1989).

Ripmaster, Terence. “A Note on Emile de Antonio: Historical Documentarist.” Film & History 20, no. 2 (1990). On the radical views of de Antonio.

****************************************************************

Walt Disney

Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney: Hollywood’s Dark Prince: A Biography. Secaucus, NJ: Carol Pub. Group, 1993. Depicts Disney as an evil anti-Communist, despicable FBI informer, heavy drinker, bigot, and mentally unstable.

****************************************************************

Edward Dmytryk

Dmytryk, Edward. It’s a Hell of a Life, but Not a Bad Living. New York: New York Times Books, 1978. Dmytryk, one of the Hollywood Ten, later broke with communism.

Dmytryk, Edward. Odd Man Out: A Memoir of the Hollywood Ten. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1995. Memoir of imprisoned member of the Hollywood Ten who later broke with the C.P. and testified to HCUA. Says he entered C.P. circles in the early 1940s through the People’s Education Center and Writers Mobilization and joined in 1944. He was suspended in 1945 for failing to carry out party orders regarding attempts to modify the scripts for “Till the End of Time” and “All the King’s Men.” Scorns as dishonest the memoirs of Hollywood Reds who maintain that Hollywood Communist meetings were chiefly concerns with socializing and promotion of innocuous liberal causes. Sees the CPUSA as centered around the promotion of Soviet interests and regards it as a moral duty of intellectuals to expose its infiltration of American institutions.

Friedman, Lester D. “A Very Narrow Path: The Politics of Edward Dmytryk.” Literature/Film Quarterly 12, no. 4 (1984).

Schwartz, Stephen. “Dmytryk’s Honorable Mutiny.” Weekly Standard, 19 July 1999. Survey’s Dmytryk’s film art and his attitude toward Stalinism.

****************************************************************

Ludwig Donath

Haynes, John Earl. “The Ludwig Donath File in the Joseph Rauh Papers: How One Actor Got Off the Anti-Communist Blacklist.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Discusses the successful efforts of one actor to get off the blacklist without naming names.

****************************************************************

Kirk Douglas

Douglas, Kirk. The Ragman’s Son: An Autobiography. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988. Major Hollywood star discusses the blacklist of the 1950s.

****************************************************************

Melvyn Douglas

Arthur, Thomas H. “The Political Career of an Actor: Melvyn Douglas and the New Deal.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1973.

Arthur, Thomas H. “An Actor in Politics: Melvyn Douglas and the New Deal.” Journal of Political Culture 14, no. 2 (1980). Notes Douglas participation in anti-Nazi and Popular Front organizations in Hollywood in the late 1930s.

****************************************************************

Philip Dunne

Dunne, Philip. Take Two: A Life in Movies and Politics. New York: McGraw-Hill & San Francisco Book Co., 1980. Argues that the Screen Writers Guild was never under Communist control.

Dunne, Philip. “Hollywood and the First Amendment.” Constitution 4 (Fall 1992). Dunne, a screenwriter, described his Committee for the First Amendment’s opposition of HCUA investigations of communism in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

John Henry Faulk

Faulk, John Henry. Fear on Trial. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1964. Includes an account of the author’s libel suit against Aware, Inc., and its associates, who attacked him for pro-Communist activities.

****************************************************************

Will Geer

Norton, Sally Osborne. “A Historical Study of Actor Will Geer, His Life and Work in the Context of Twentieth-Century American Social, Political, and Theatrical History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1981. Discusses Geer’s association with Communism and his experience with the anti-Communist blacklist.

****************************************************************

Bernard Gordon

Gordon, Bernard. Hollywood Exile, or, How I Learned to Love the Blacklist: A Memoir. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

Charlton Heston

Raymond, Emilie Elizabeth. “‘From My Cold, Dead Hands’: A Political and Cultural Biography of Charlton Heston.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri - Columbia, 2003. Notes Heston’s strong opposition to communism as a basic stance.

****************************************************************

William Holden

Landon, Philip J. “William Holden: Hollywood’s Reluctant Cold Warrior.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

****************************************************************

Hedda Hopper

Frost, Jennifer. “‘If You Stand Too Close to a Red Lamp, You’re Bound to Get Burned’: Hedda Hopper, Hollywood Gossip, and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

****************************************************************

Sterling Hayden

Hayden, Sterling. Wanderer. New York: Knopf, 1963. Hayden, an established movie star, discusses his decision to truthfully answer questions from Congressional committees about the role of Communists in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

Paul Jarrico

Ceplair, Larry. The Marxist and the Movies: A Biography of Paul Jarrico. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 2007. TOC: The early years, 1915-36 -- Screenwriting and communism, 1936-39 -- World War II, 1939-45 -- The Cold War in Hollywood, 1945-47 -- The interregnum, 1948-50 -- The blacklist expands, 1951-52 -- Salt of the earth, 1952-54 -- The black market and Khrushchev?s speech, 1954-58 -- Europe, 1958-75 -- Political battles, 1958-75 -- Back in the USA, 1975-97.

McGilligan, Patrick. “A True-Blue Red in Hollywood: An Interview with Paul Jarrico.” Cinéaste 23, no. 2 (1997).

Meroney, John. “Howard Hughes’s Last Hurrah.” National Review Online, 25 February 2005. On Hughes’ winning of a law suit that was appealed to U.S. Supreme Court against film writer Paul Jarrico, a Comunist, who Hughes had fired from RKO.

****************************************************************

Elia Kazan and On the Waterfront

Biskind, Peter. “The Politics of Power in On The Waterfront.” Radical America 10, no. 1 (1976). Sees the film as anti-Communist because of its emphasis on personal motivation rather than class solidarity to defeat corruption and oppressive working conditions.

Hey, Kenneth. “Ambivalence as a Theme in On the Waterfront (1954): An Inter Disciplinary Approach to Film Study.” American Quarterly 31, no. 5 (Winter 1979). Discusses the influence of past Communist adherence and House Un-American Activities Committee testimony on Elia Kazan’s film On the Waterfront; highly critical of Kazan for testifying truthfully to the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Johnson, Malcolm M. Crime on the Labor Front. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1950. Book version of the New York Sun newspaper series about mob control of ILA locals that provided the basis of the film On the Waterfront.

Johnson, Malcolm M. On the Waterfront: The Pulitzer Prize-Winning Articles That Inspired the Classic Movie and Transformed the New York Harbor. Intod. by Budd Schulberg. New York: Chamberlain Bros., 2005.

Kazan, Elia. Elia Kazan: A Life. New York: Knopf, 1988. Kazan discusses his participation in a C.P. caucus in the Group Theater in New York in 1935 and his decision to truthfully answer questions about his Communist experiences when testifying to U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. In New York Times, May 3, 1988, Richard Bernstein reviews Kazan’s discussion and contrasts it with the views of Arthur Miller and Lillian Hellman.

Kazan, Elia. Kazan on Kazan. Edited by Michel Ciment. New York: Viking Press, 1974.

Kazan, Elia. Kazan: The Master Director Discusses His Films: Interviews with Elia Kazan. With Jeff Young. New York: Newmarket Press, 1999. Discusses his decision to testify to HCUA: “The only other option was to remain silent and pretend I didn’t know better when people said there’s no Communist conspiracy. Nonsense. There was a conspiracy.”

Klehr, Harvey, and John Earl Haynes. “On the Waterfront Without a Clue: A Review Essay.” Film History 16, no. 4 (2004). Critique of the treatment of On the Waterfront in Buhle and Wagner’s Blacklisted: The Film Lover’s Guide to the Hollywood Blacklist.

~~Maland, Charles. “ON THE WATERFRONT (1954): Film and the Dilemmas of American Liberalism in the McCarthy Era.” American Studies in Scandinavia 14, no. 2 (1982).~~

~~Neve, Brian. “The 1950s, the Case of Elia Kazan and On the Waterfront.” In Cinema, Politics, and Society in America, edited by Philip Davies and Brian Neve. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1981.~~

~~Neve, Brian. “On the Waterfront.” History Today [U.K.] 45, no. 6 (1995).~~

Pennington, Renee. “The Agony of Kazan’s Informer.” The Thousand Eyes Magazine 8 (January 1976). Sees “On the Waterfront” as an expression of Kazan’s agony over answering questions of the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Schickel, Richard. Elia Kazan: A Biography. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 2005. Thorough and comprehensive biography by a skilled and insightful film critic.

Schulberg, Budd. On the Waterfront: A Screenplay. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1980. Includes an “afterword” by Schulberg discussing the issue of the screenplay and his role in the CPUSA.

Tailleur, Roger. “Elia Kazan and the House Un-American Activities Committee.” Film Comment 2 (Fall 1966).

Weinraub, Bernard. “Book Says Kazan Had Scant Regret Over Testimony.” New York Times, 4 March 1999. Says that in interviews conducted in 1973 and 1974 Kazan stated he decided to testify “out of a deep personal conviction that a genuine communist conspiracy was threatening the nation.”

****************************************************************

Elia Kazan’s Oscar Controversy

Billingsley, K.L. “Best Witness.” Heterodoxy, February 1999. On Elia Kazan.

Breindel, Eric. “Waiting in the Wings for Cinema Esteem.” Washington Times, 2 February 1997. On the Los Angeles Film Critics Association rejecting awarding Elia Kazan a life-time achievement award because he testified truthfully to HCUA in 1952.

Cohen, Richard. “A Salute to Elia Kazan.” Washington Post, 26 January 1999. “Kazan is finally being honored not because his anticommunism no longer matters but because it does -- and it is triumphant. No longer does anyone of note believe either that the Soviet Union or communism represented an essentially -- if flawed -- progressive cause, or, for that matter, that Moscow and Washington were equally at fault for the Cold war. That debate has ended.”

Dowd, Maureen. “Streetcar Named Betrayal.” New York Times, 24 February 1999. “History has a way of getting at the truth, and it has brought out the terrible stench of Stalinism. These days, it’s hard to find serious people who will argue the innocence of Alger Hiss or the Rosenbergs. Many find Mr. Kazan offensive now not for his dim view of Communists, but for the scuzzy way he expressed it.”

Erickson, Steve. “Why Elia Kazan Should Not Receive an Oscar.” Salon Magazine, 17 March 1999.

Fettmann, Eric. “Elia Kazan, Hero.” New York Post, 31 January 1999. “Hollywood has long seen this as a black-and-white story with only angels on one side and only devils on the other. The reality, however is far more gray -- as Kazan himself understood all too well.”

Fettmann, Eric. “One of the ‘Martyrs’ Will Applaud.” New York Post, 21 March 1999. On Edward Dmytryk and his support for Elia Kazan.

Goldstein, Patrick. “Many Refuse to Clap as Kazan Receives Oscar.” Los Angeles Times, 22 March 1999.

Jacoby, Jeff. “Kazan’s Lifetime Achievement.” Boston Glove, 8 March 1999. “However distasteful cooperating with the committee may have been, cooperating with the Communist party and the Soviet Union -- which is what refusing to testify or taking the Fifth amounted to -- would have been infinitely worse.”

Klady, Leonard, and Nick Madigan. “Kazan Takes Oscar with No Apologies.” Variety, 22 March 1999.

Meroney, John. “Kazan’s Honor.” Washington Post, 20 March 1999.

New Criterion editors. “The One Unforgivable Sin.” New Criterion 17, no. 8 (April 1999). On Kazan’s award.

Neve, Brian. “Elia Kazan’s First Testimony to the House Committee on Un-American Activities, Executive Session, 14 January 1952.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio, and Television 25 (June 2005).

New York Times editors. “An Oscar Protest.” New York Times, 24 February 1999. Editorial: “The Academy has done what it has not always been able to do -- distinguish clearly between the merit of an artist’s work and the merit of his behavior or convictions. Meanwhile, the protesters will make the necessary if implicit point that Mr. Kazan remains accountable for a decision he took not as a film maker but as a human being.”

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “Hollywood Hypocrisy.” New York Times, 28 February 1999. “Mr. Kazan, the protesters say, is an informer, and his offense is unforgivable. But is that what the protesters really mean?… Had Mr. Kazan been a member of the German-American Bund naming underground Nazis, would they have condemned him just as much? Or a former Klansman who informed on his hooded brethren? Or a former Mafia thug who informed on the mob? Or a member of the Nixon White House who informed during Watergate? Or a whistleblower who disclosed government malfeasance? No, informing per se is not Mr. Kazan’s offense. His true offense in the minds of the Hollywood protesters is that he informed on the Communist party.”

Schwartz, Stephen. “The Rehabilitation of Elia Kazan: Hollywood Great and Patriot is Finally Honored.” Weekly Standard, 8 February 1999.

Steyn, Mark. “The Crucible of Hollywood’s Guilt.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. On the moral squalor of those in Hollywood who take a benign view of Stalinism and condemn Elia Kazan’s speaking the truth.

Thomson, David. “What Elia Kazan Won’t Hear at the Oscars.” Washington Post, 21 March 1999. “The blacklist worked and held terroristic sway because the pillars of the Academy … agreed to abide by it.”

Waxman, Sharon. “Reelpolitik at the Oscars, Honor for Elia Kazan Stirs Up Those Blacklisted in McCarthy Era.” Washington Post, 25 February 1999. On plans to protest Kazan’s Oscar.

Waxman, Sharon. “For Elia Kazan, A Contentious Moment of Glory.” Washington Post, 22 March 1999.

Weinraub, Bernard. “Time Frees the Hollywood One.” New York Times, 24 January 1999. On decision of Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences to give Elia Kazan an honorary Oscar over the opposition of those who said his testimony to the House Committee on Un-American Activities disqualified him.

West, Diana. “Elia Kazan’s Last Oscar.” Washington Times, 29 January 1999. “The man remains typecast as the bad guy who made good movies.... Mr. Kazan is being honored because he was great; because he is old; and because Hollywood as some inkling that he may have been right, although there is no one yet articulating that fact.”

West, Diana. “One Fell Out of the Cuckoo’s Nest.” Washington Times, 26 March 1999. On Elia Kazan.

Will, George F. “Honor Elia Kazan.” Washington Post, 21 March 1999.

Howard Koch

Koch, Howard. As Time Goes by: Memoirs of a Writer. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979.

Ring Lardner, Jr.

Lardner, Ring, Jr. “My Life on the Blacklist.” Saturday Evening Post, 14 October 1961.

Lardner, Ring, Jr. The Lardners: My Family Remembered. New York: Harper & Row, 1976. Lardner, a screen writer, was one of the Hollywood Ten.

Lardner, Ring, Jr. “The Gilding of the Blacklisted: A Son of the Hollywood Ten Revisits a Heroic Legacy.” Washington Post, 2 November 1997. Commentary on his memories of the Hollywood Ten.

Lardner, Ring. I’d Hate Myself in the Morning: A Memoir. New York [Emeryville, CA]: Thunder’s Mouth Press/Nation Books Distributed by Publishers Group West, 2000.

Sorkin, Adam J. “Politics, Privatism and the Fifties: Ring Lardner Jr.’s ‘the Ecstasy of Owen Muir.’” Journal of American Culture 8, no. 3 (1985). On Lardner’s satirization of America’s hypocrisy, opposition to communism, Christianity, and capitalism.

****************************************************************

John Howard Lawson

Carr, Gary L. The Left Side of Paradise: The Screenwriting of John Howard Lawson. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1984.

Chambers, Jonathan L. Messiah of the New Technique: John Howard Lawson, Communism, and American Theatre, 1923-1937. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 2006.

Chambers, Jonathan. “How Hollywood Led John Howard Lawson to Embrace Communism and How He Turned Hollywood Red.” Theatre History Studies 17 (June 1997).

Horne, Gerald. The Final Victim of the Blacklist: John Howard Lawson, Dean of the Hollywood Ten. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2006.

Lawson, John Howard. “Biographical Notes.” Zeitschrift Für Anglistik und Amerikanistik [German Democratic Republic] 4 (1956).

Lawson, John Howard. Film in the Battle of Ideas. New York: Garland, 1984.

****************************************************************

Canada Lee

Gill, Glenda E. “Careerist and Casualty: The Rise and Fall of Canada Lee.” Freedomways 21, no. 1 (1981). Biography of black actor Canada Lee (Leonard Lionel Cornelius Canegata) whose career in American theater and films was damaged by House Committee on Un-American Activities and the Federal Bureau of Investigation probes.

Smith, Mona Z. Becoming Something: The Story of Canada Lee. New York: Faber and Faber, 2004.

****************************************************************

Joseph Losey

Caute, David. Joseph Losey: A Revenge on Life. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994. Says that Losey told his wife and one other person that he had been a courier for the Communist underground in the 1930s. Losey was also a good friend of CPUSA underground head J. Peters and kept in contact into the 1970s.

Losey, Joseph. Losey on Losey. Edited by Tom Milne. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1968. Losey, a film director, was a secret Communist.

****************************************************************

Albert Maltz

Sbardellati, John. “The Maltz Affair Revisited: How the American Communist Party Relinquished Its Cultural Authority at the Dawn of the Cold War.” Paper presented at the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations annual meeting. Chantilly, Virginia, 2007.

Salzman, Jack. Albert Maltz. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1978.

Zheutlin, Barbara, and David Talbot. “Albert Maltz: Portrait of a Hollywood Dissident.” Cinéaste 8, no. 3 (1978). Maltz was a leading Hollywood.

****************************************************************

Abraham Polonsky

Buhle, Paul, and David Wagner. A Very Dangerous Citizen: Abraham Lincoln Polonsky and the Hollywood Left. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2001. Exchanges about this book in Cinéaste, 27,2 (Spring 2002).

Eckstein, Arthur M., Paul Buhle, and Dave Wagner. “Polonsky, Politics and the Hollywood Blacklist.” Filmhäftet [Sweden] 30, no. 2 (March 2002). Critical essay review with responses of Buhle and Wagner’s A Very Dangerous Citizen.

Polonsky, Abraham. “How the Blacklist Worked in Hollywood.” Film Culture, Fall 1970.

****************************************************************

Maurice Rapf

Rapf, Maurice. Back Lot: Growing up with the Movies. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1999. Discusses how his CPUSA allegiance affected his role in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

Ronald Reagan

Meroney, John. “The Real Truth About Reagan is That He Was a Bit of a Leftie.” Daily Telegraph [London], 13 June 2004. On Reagan political background and adoption of anticommunism based on his expeirences when heading the SAG union.

Radosh, Ronald. “Reagan and the Reds: New Details on a Noble Fight.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 9 February 2001. On newly public 1960 letter by Reagan on Communists in Hollywood.

Reagan, Ronald, and Richard Gibson Hubler. Where’s the Rest of Me? New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1965. Reagan discusses his shift as leader of the Screen Actors Guild after World War II from Popular Front liberal to anti-Communist.

Rogin, Michael Paul. Ronald Reagan, the Movie and Other Episodes in Political Demonology. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987. Discusses the relationship of motion pictures and political attitudes and the effects of Hollywood anti-Communism and Cold War films on Ronald Reagan’s political views.

Vaughn, Stephen. “Spies, National Security, and the ‘Inertia Projector’: The Secret Service Films of Ronald Reagan.” American Quarterly 39 (Fall 1987). Discusses the depiction of the House Committee on Un-American Activities in 1938-39 Warner Brothers’ films.

Vaughn, Stephen. “Ronald Reagan and the Struggle for Black Dignity in Cinema, 1937-1953.” Journal of Negro History 77, no. 1 (Winter 1992)..

Vaughn, Stephen. Ronald Reagan in Hollywood: Movies and Politics. Cambridge [England] New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Discusses Reagan’s role in the Screen Actors Guild.

****************************************************************

Edward G. Robinson

Ross, Steven. “Little Caesar and the HUAC Mob: Edward G. Robinson and the Tragedy of American Liberalism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

****************************************************************

Dore Schary

Schary, Dore. Heyday: An Autobiography. Boston: Little, Brown, 1979. Discusses blacklisting in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

Budd Schulberg

Rhodes, Chip. “Ambivalence on the Left: Budd Schulberg’s What Makes Sammy Run?” Studies in American Fiction 30, no. 1 (Spring 2002)

****************************************************************

Oliver Stone

Kagan, Norman. The Cinema of Oliver Stone. New York: Continuum, 1995.

Prasch, Thomas. “Looking for Nixon’s Rosebud: The Cuban Connection and Oliver Stone’s Historical Revisionism in Nixon.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

Whaley, Donald M. “Oliver Stone: Natural Born Anarchist.” Paper presented at ‘Knaves, Fools, and Heroes,’ Film and Television Representations of the Cold War,” 17th International Association for Media and History Conference. Salisbury State University, Maryland, 1997.

****************************************************************

Robert Taylor

Breindel, Eric. “Hollywood Trying to Erase Its Past.” Washington Times, 16 January 1990. Commentary critical of the 1990 decision of Lorimar Studios to remove movie star Robert Taylor’s name from a building after a petition campaign by Hollywood liberals retrospectively condemning Taylor for testifying truthfully in 1947 before U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities regarding communism in Hollywood.

Elvir, John. “Beyond the Beltway.” Washington Times, 4 January 1990. Reports that in response to a petition led by screenwriter Stan Zimmerman and signed by fifty Hollywood figures Lorimar Studies has removed the dedication to the late film star Robert Taylor of a building on its lot. Zimmerman, who says that Taylor’s testifying to HCUA in 1947 destroyed the careers, stated that “in this age of Jesse Helms and other right-wing noisemakers, we decided to take action.”

West, Diana. “Robert Taylor, Unperson.” Washington Times, 27 February 1990. Newspaper feature story on the removal of movie star Robert Taylor’s name from a studio building in response to a petition from 50 movie writers and producers. In 1947 Taylor, then an official of the Screen Actors Guild and an anti-Communist, testified to U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

****************************************************************

Dalton Trumbo

Capshaw, Ron. “Americanism with a Vengeance: Civil Liberties and Dalton Trumbo.” 49th Parallel, Winter 2000.

Cook, Bruce. “The Black Years of Dalton Trumbo.” American Film, October 1975.

Cook, Bruce. Dalton Trumbo. New York: Scribner, 1977.

Eckstein, Art. “Fountain of Lies.” Frontpagemagazine.com, 14 March 2005. On the Dalton Trumbo Free Speech Fountain at Colorado Univesity. “The Dalton Trumbo Fountain, we learn from the official description by the University of Colorado School of Journalism, “is named in honor of Dalton Trumbo, one of the Hollywood Ten...screenwriters and directors who were blacklisted and driven from their livelihoods for refusing to testify before the House of Un-American Activities Committee” (HUAC). This is the OFFICIAL University of Colorado description of Dalton Trumbo--and no doubt the only things that most undergraduates, or even graduate students, at Colorado know about Dalton Trumbo. As such, this description is a lie--especially in terms of Dalton Trumbo’s real attitude towards freedom of speech during the most famous period of his life.”

Hanson, Peter. Dalton Trumbo, Hollywood Rebel: A Critical Survey and Filmography. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland, 2001.

Kriegel, L. “Dalton Trumbo’s Johnny Got His Gun.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Palmer, Tim. “Side of the Angels: Dalton Trumbo, the Hollywood Trade Press, and the Blacklist.” Cinema Journal 44 (Summer 2005).

Teachout, Terry. “The Odor of Sanctimony.” Wall Street Journal, 5 September 2003. Critical review of the play “Trumbo,” written by Dalton Trumbo’s son Christopher in which Trumbo’s letters are read along with a didactic slide show.

Trumbo, Dalton. The Time of the Toad: A Study of Inquisition in America by One of the Hollywood Ten. [Hollywood, CA: Hollywood Ten, 1950. Pamphlet. Trumbo was a leading Hollywood Communist and screen writer and one of the Hollywood Ten.

Trumbo, Dalton. Additional Dialogue; Letters of Dalton Trumbo, 1942-1962. Edited by Helen Manfull. New York: M. Evans; in association with Lippincott, 1970.

Trumbo, Dalton. The Time of the Toad: A Study of Inquisition in America, and Two Related Pamphlets. New York: Harper & Row, 1972.

Trumbo, Nikola. “A Different Childhood.” Cinema Journal 44, no. 4 (2005).

****************************************************************

Radical Photography and Documentary Film

Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films

Alexander, William. Film on the Left: American Documentary Film from 1931 to 1942. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1981. Survey and analysis of social protest and left-wing documentary film making in the 1930s. Includes coverage of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films.

Alexander, William. “Film on the Left: American Documentary Films from 1931-1942.” Canadian Review of American Studies 16 (Summer 1985).

Bethune, Beverly M. “A Case of Overkill: The FBI and the New York City Photo League.” Journalism History 7, no. 3-4 (1980).

Bethune, Beverly Moore. “The New York City Photo League: A Political History.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1979. Recounts the political and politically linked photographic activities of the Communist-aligned Film and Photo League (1930-36) and the New York City Photo League (1936-51).

Bezner, Belinda Corbus. “American Documentary Photography During the Cold War: The Decline of a Tradition.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1993. Argues that left artists successfully retreated from overt political content under pressure from anticommunism and that this retreat was often praised by critics who said, essentially, that politics was no business for true, visionary artists. While documentarians during the Depression and pre-World War II years were urged toward a philosophy of committed social responsibility, criticism in the Cold War era effectively silenced the political artist in American society. Discusses the creation and disbandment in 1951 of the Photo League after it was named a subversive organization, the career of Sid Grossman (the only member of the Photo League publicly singled out as a Communist), Edward Steichen’s “Family of Man” exhibition of 1955 and Robert Frank’s “The Americans” in 1959.

Campbell, Russell. “Radical Cinema in the United States, 1930-1942: The Work of the Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1978.

Campbell, Russell. Cinema Strikes Back: Radical Filmmaking in the United States, 1930-1942. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982. Study of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League, Nykino, and Frontier Films. Judges that the adoption of a Popular Front stance caused Frontier Films to move away from the class struggle, adopt Hollywood devices, and reinforce the status quo.

Campbell, Russell, Tony Stafford, Samuel Brody, and William Alexander. “Film and Photo League: Radical Cinema in the 30’s.” Jump Cut, no. 14 (March 1977). Special section with essays and features.

Dejardin, Fiona M. “The Photo League: Aesthetics, Politics, and the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of Delaware, 1993.

Dejardin, Fiona. “The Photo League and the Attorney General’s List.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Fishbein, Leslie. “A Lost Legacy of Labor Films.” Film and History 9, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the work of the Communist-aligned Workers’ Film and Photo League in filming Communist organized marches and strikes during the Depression.

Kepley, Vance. “The Workers’ International Relief and the Cinema of the Left 1921-1929.” Cinema Journal 23 (Fall 1983). Notes films produced in the early 1920s by the C.P.’s International Workers’ Aid in Chicago.

Leshne, Carla. “The Film & Photo League of San Francisco.” Film History 18, no. 4 (2006).

Miller, Rick. “Remembering the Photo League.” Photographer’s Forum, Fall 1997.

Miller, Sara, Sam Brody, and Peter Bates. “The Workers Film and Photo League.” Jump Cut, no. 33 (February 1988). Special section with essays and features.

Rosenzweig, Roy. “Working Class Struggles in the Great Depression: The Film Record.” Film Library Quarterly 13 (1980).

Rosenzweig, Roy. “United Action Means Victory: Militant Americanism on Film.” Labor History 24, no. 2 (1983). Discusses the militant Americanism of a UAW documentary film and the patriotic themes of the Popular Front cultural line. Argues that Popular Front Americanism had radical potential.

Slide, Anthony, ed. Filmfront: A Reprint Edition. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1986. Journal of the Film and Photo League.

Tucker, Anne Wilkes, Claire Cass, and Stephen Daiter. This Was the Photo League: Compassion and the Camera from the Depression to the Cold War. Chicago: Stephen Daiter Gallery, 2001.

****************************************************************

Documentary and Radical Photography: Biographical Accounts

Flieschman, Stephen. A Red in the House: The Unauthorized Memoir of S.E. Fleischman: My Thirty Years in Network News. Lincoln, NE: IUniverse, 2004. A documentary film and television maker (CBS, ABC), Fleishman was a secret member of the CPUSA.

Grossman, Ron. “The Leftist Lensman.” Chicago Tribune, 2 July 2006. About Milton Rogovin, a Communist photographer.

****************************************************************

James Abbe

Rappaport, Helen. “Stalin & the Photographer.” History Today 51, no. 5 (2001). On the work of American photographer James Abbe.

****************************************************************

Margaret Bourke-White

Goldberg, Vicki. Margaret Bourke-White: A Biography. New York: Harper & Row, 1986. This biography of the famous photographer notes Bourke-White’s association with the Film and Photo League, The League of Women Shoppers, the American League for Peace and Democracy, the preparation of several pro-Soviet movies, books, and film exhibits, and her speech at the 1936 American Artists’ Congress lauding Soviet artistic policies. Even so, Goldberg asserts Bourke-White’s “was not so involved in political matters as the records suggest.” Discusses Westbroke Pegler’s attacks on Bourke-White as a fellow-traveler in 1951 and how a Bourke-White photo essay on the defection of a Communist guerrilla during the Korean war blunted Pegler’s attack.

Snyder, Robert E. “Margaret Bourke-White and the Communist Witch-Hunt.” Journal of American Studies 19, no. 1 (April 1985). Discusses the controversy in the early 1950s when the photographer-journalist Burke-White was allowed access to secret Air Force installations in order to prepare a photo article on the Strategic Air Command. Right-wing journalists pointed to her association with the American Youth Congress, the Film and Photo League, the League of Women Shoppers, and her photographic contributions to Art Front and the Sunday Worker as evidence of Communist sympathies. Bourke-White denied sympathy for Communism and claimed that she was nonpolitical, that her association with various Communist front groups during the 1930s was nonpolitical, and she was unaware of any Communist orientation of these groups.

****************************************************************

Leo Hurwitz

Hurwitz, Leo. “One Man’s Voyage: Ideas and Films in the 1930’s.” Cinema Journal 5 (Fall 1975). Memoir by a radical documentary film maker close to the Communist party.

Klein, Michare, and Jill Klein. “Native Land: An Interview with Leo Hurwitz.” Cinéaste 6, no. 3 (1974). Hurwitz was with the Film and Photo League and Frontier Films. He also directed “Native Land,” a full-length feature about labor organizing with musics by Marc Blitzstein and songs and narration by Paul Robeson.

Seshadri, Vijay. “Which Side Are You on, Boys?” American Scholar 70, no. 2 (2001). Remembers radical filmmaker Leo Hurwitz.

****************************************************************

Joris Ivens

Schoots, Hans, and David Colmer. Living Dangerously: A Biography of Joris Ivens. Amsterdam London: Amsterdam University Press Eurospan, 2000.

Waugh, Thomas H. R. “Joris Ivens and the Evolution of the Radical Documentary, 1926-1946.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1981. Dutch documentary filmmaker came to the U.S. and became a leading figure in the “milieu of the Popular Front in North America, for which he becomes a major artistic spokesperson during its initial growth around the Spanish cause, its slump following the Hitler-Nazi pact, its renewal after Pearl Harbor, and, finally, its postwar rout.”

****************************************************************

Tina Modotti

Albers, Patricia. Shadows, Fire, Snow: The Life of Tina Modotti. New York: Clarkson Potter, 1999.

Hooks, Margaret. Tina Modotti, Photographer and Revolutionary. San Francisco: Pandora, 1993. Modotti, a Communist photographer active in radical circles in San Francisco and Mexico (1896-1942), was closely associated with the Mexican Communist Party and the Spanish Civil War.

****************************************************************

Paul Strand

MacDonald, Fraser. “Paul Strand and the Atlanticist Cold War.” History of Photography 28, no. 4 (Winter 2004).

Peeler, David P. “Apocalyptic Artist: Paul Strand in Mexico.” Paper presented at Washington Seminar on American History. Washington, DC, 1994. Regarding photographer Strand‘s adoption in 1932-1933 of the view that capitalism and individualism were dying and communism and the collective were about the sweep the world. Influences included New York‘s Group Theatre and Sidney Hook who validated Strand‘s visual fascination with machinery.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 17

Communism and the Intelligentsia

Aaron, Daniel. “A Decade of Convictions: The Appeal of Communism in the 1930’s.” Massachusetts Review 2 (Summer 1961): 736-47.

Aaron, Daniel. “The Thirties - Now & Then.” American Scholar 35, no. 3 (Summer 1966).

Aaron, Daniel, and Robert Bendiner. The Strenuous Decade: A Social and Intellectual Record of the 1930’s. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books, 1970.

Abel, Lionel. “Breakup: A Memoir.” American Scholar 51 (Summer 1982). Discusses a 1955 meeting of New York intellectuals (Dwight Macdonald, Mary McCarthy, Harold Rosenberg, William Phillips, Paul Goodman, Hannah Arendt, and Eric Bentley) called to protest Soviet treatment of Boris Pasternak. The meeting failed to act because Goodman, supported by Phillips, argued against criticism of the Soviet Union. Says of Goodman, “I believe he was aware at that time that either a consistently anti-Communist or -- what was almost the same -- a pro-American-government attitude would prevent any writer from being taken up by the young.”

Amis, Martin. Koba the Dread: Laughter and the Twenty Million. New York: Talk Miramax Books, 2002. Reflects on the failure of most Western intellectual to confront Stalinism.

Bell, Daniel. The End of Ideology: On the Exhaustion of Political Ideas in the Fifties. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1960. See chapters entitled “The Mood of Three Generations” and “The Failure of American Socialism: The Tension of Ethics and Politics.” Judges that the main appeal of the Communist party in the 1930s and 1940s was to the dispossessed intelligentsia of the depression generation and to “engineers of the future” who were attracted by its elitist character. Discusses the political mood of three generations of American radical intellectuals: the once-born, the generation of the progressive era who retained an optimistic faith in human perfectibility; the twice-born generation of ‘30s radicals who adopted a revolutionary faith only to have their utopianism dashed by the Moscow Trials and the Soviet-Nazi Pact; and the after-born of the post-WWII era who seek a heroic life but are skeptical of ideological enthusiasms. The chapter “Status Politics and New Anxieties: On the ‘Radical Right’ and Ideologies of the Fifties” associates McCarthyism with the status anxieties of middle-class groups.

Bender, Thomas. New York Intellect: A History of Intellectual Life in New York City, from 1750 to the Beginnings of Our Own Time. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1987.

Besançon, Alain. “Forgotten Communism.” Commentary, January 1998. On why many Western scholars have been unable to write accurately about the crimes of Communism. The essay is a revision of his December 1996 inaugural lecture to the French Academy.

Blake, Casey N. “Progressives Without Progress: Radical Intellectuals at the End of History.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Bloom, Alexander. Prodigal Sons: The New York Intellectuals & Their World. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Discusses the role of communism, Marxism, and Trotskyism in the formation of the “New York intellectuals.”

Bloom, Alexander M. “The New York Intellectuals: The Formation of the Community.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1979.

Bodnar, John, and others. “‘Culture and Commitment Reconsidered,’ a Symposium on the Intellectual and Cultural Legacy of the Popular Front Era.” Intellectual History Newsletter 19 (1997). Contributions from John Bodnar, Terry Cooney, Michael Denning, Andrew Hemingway, Jerrold Hirsch, Alfred Kazin, Paula Rabinowitz, Harvey Teres, Penny Von Eschen, Alan Wald, and Cary Wolfe.

Callanan, Thomas Patrick. “Political Dissent of the New York Literary Intellectuals from The Masses to the New York Review of Books, 1910 to 1969.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, 1970.

Cooney, Terry A. The Rise of the New York Intellectuals:Partisan Review and Its Circle. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1986. Discusses Lionel Trilling, Philip Rahv, William Phillips, Dwight Macdonald, F.W. Dupee, Mary McCarthy, Sidney Hook, Harold Rosenberg, Delmore Schwartz, and others associated with anti-Stalinist radicalism.

Dickstein, Morris. “Cold War Blues: Notes on the Culture of the Fifties.” Partisan Review 41, no. 1 (1974). Discusses the cultural stance of intellectuals in the 1950s.

Dickstein, Morris. “Up From Alienation: The Case of the New York Intellectuals.” Revue Francaise d’Etudes Americaines [France], no. 16 (February 1983). Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Stalinism among New York intellectuals in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s.

Dorman, Joseph, ed. Arguing the World: The New York Intellectuals in Their Own Words. New York: Free Press, 2000. Companion to Borman’s 1997 television documentary “Arguing the World” (First Run/Icarus Films) Traces the lives of Daniel Bell, Nathan Glazer, Irving Howe and Irving Kristol as young anti-Stalinist socialists at City College in the 1940s, their controversial role in the McCarthy era, their battle with the New Left in the sixties, and their vastly differing political views today.

Douglas, Ann. “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.” Raritan 17, no. 4 (Spring 1998). Harshly critical of the post-World War II “New York Intellectuals” for supporting the America’s disgusting “Cold War state.”

Fiedler, Leslie A. An End to Innocence: Essays on Culture and Politics. Boston: Beacon Press, 1955. Discusses the shift of view of intellectuals from the 1930s to the 1950s; vindicates the conviction of the Rosenbergs and examines why liberals tended to regard them as innocent victims. Suggests that McCarthyism is a product of populism gone sour.

Furet, François. The Passing of an Illusion: The Idea of Communism in the Twentieth Century. Translated by Deborah Furet. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1999. TOC: 1. The Revolutionary Passion -- 2. World War I -- 3. The Universal Spell of October -- 4. Believers and Unbelievers -- 5. Socialism in One Country -- 6. Communism and Fascism -- 7. Communism and Anti-Fascism -- 8. Anti-Fascist Culture -- 9. World War II -- 10. Communism at the End of World War II -- 11. Cold War Communism -- 12. The Beginning of the End.

Genovese, Eugene D. “The Question.” Dissent 41, no. 3 (Summer 1994): 371-76. Says that when he was a pro-Soviet leftist during the Cold War he knew about the crimes of Stalin and other Communist leaders and but denied them publicly while excusing them privately. Says those who did this must acknowledge their accessory guilt in those crimes. Replies by Mitchel Cohen, Eric Foner, Alice Kessler-Harris, Robin D. G. Kelley, Christine Stansell, and Sean Wilentz. Reproduced in: Genovese, Eugene D. The Southern Front: History and Politics in the Cultural War. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1995.

Genter, Robert Byron. “Late Modernism and the Cultural Politics of Cold War America, 1946--1964.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 2002. “Modernism appeared throughout expressionism, New Criticism, the critical theory of the Frankfurt School, and the vogue of neo-Freudianism, and included diverse figures such as Philip Rahv, Theodor Adorno, John Crowe Ransom, Clement Greenberg, Herbert Marcuse, and Dwight Macdonald. Modernism served a variety of purposes for these thinkers: as a source of salvation for an Enlightenment project gone astray; as a critique of mass culture; and as a substitute for the failures of socialism and liberalism.”

Goffman, Ethan. “The New York Intellectuals and Beyond: Editor’s Introduction.” Shofar: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Jewish Studies 21, no. 3 (2003).

Harries, Owen. “The Cold War & the Intellectuals.” Commentary, October 1991. “What is striking is how rich in irony the whole cold-war experience was.... The Oxford English Dictionary defines irony as: ‘A condition of affairs or events of a character opposite to what was, or might naturally be, expected; a contradictory outcome of events as if in mockery of the promise and fitness of things.’ In terms of the sense of the promise and fitness of things that prevailed among Western intellectuals, the experience of the last 45 years rings with such mockery. The cold war ended with a smashing victory for what we have come to think of naturally as the democratic-capitalist ideology and system.... Nothing would have seemed less likely to most intellectuals when the cold war began, or for a long time after that.”

Hein, Virginia H., and Joseph O. Baylen. “American Intellectuals and the ‘Red Decade.” Studies in History and Society 2, no. 1-2 (1977). Examines the appeal of Communism and the Soviet Union to American intellectuals, particularly literary figures. Notes that sympathy for Communism and the Soviet Union peaked in the Popular Front period and declined drastically after the Hitler-Stalin Pact in 1939. Surveys the literary production of those associated with the Communist Party and discusses the American Writers’ Congress and the League of American Writers.

Hollander, Paul. “Which God Has Failed.” New Criterion 20, no. 6 (February 2002). On intellectual attitudes toward communism.

Hollander, Paul. The End of Commitment: Intellectuals, Revolutionaries, and Political Morality in the Twentieth Century. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2006.

Hook, Sidney. “Communism and the Intellectuals.” American Mercury, February 1949.

Hook, Sidney. “Memories of Yaddo: An Autobiographical Postscript.” American Spectator 21, no. 7 (July 1988). Notes the fashionability of Communism in 1931-32 at the Yaddo writers and artists colony in New York. Discusses Mrs. Elizabeth Ames (Yaddo’s director), Josephine Herbst, Marion Greenwood, Lionel Trilling, Anton Refrigier, Evelyn Scott, and Marc Blitzstein.

Horowitz, David. “The Destructive Romance of the Intellectuals.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 29 July 2002. On the attractions of communism.

Horowitz, David A. America’s Class War: Twentieth Century Social Guardians as Strangers. New York: Routledge, 2003.

Horowitz, David A. America’s Political Class Under Fire: The Twentieth Century’s Great Culture War. New York: Routledge, 2003.

Howe, Irving. “The New York Intellectuals: A Chronicle and a Critique.” Commentary, October 1968. Discusses and defends the role of anti-Communist intellectuals in the 1930s and 1940s.

Jacoby, Russell. The Last Intellectuals: American Culture in the Age of Academe. New York: Basic Books, 1987.

Jacoby, Russell. The End of Utopia: Politics and Culture in an Age of Apathy. New York: Basic Books, 1999.

Jumonville, Neil. Critical Crossings: The New York Intellectuals in Postwar America. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. Discusses the intellectual battles between Communists and their sympathizers with the intellectuals connected with Partisan Review, Politics, Commentary, and Dissent. Sees the latter as having taken a critical turn that rejected large belief systems and absolutist thought for rationality, tentativeness, and pragmatism.

Kelly, Michael. “The Truth About Evil.” Washington Post, 6 January 1999. On the continuing failure of the intellectual elite to honestly deal with the history of communism.

Klehr, Harvey. “Reflections on Anti-Anticommunism.” Continuity, no. 26 (Spring 2003). On the use of hostility to anticommunism as camouflage for a pro-Communist stance.

Kors, Alan Charles. “Can There be an ‘After Socialism?’.” Social Philosophy & Policy 20, no. 1 (Winter 2003). On the inability of a large section of Western intellectuals to deal honestly with the history of communism.

Kramer, Hilton. “Anti-Communism and the Sontag Circle.” New Criterion, September 1986.

Kramer, Hilton. The Twilight of the Intellectuals: Culture and Politics in the Era of the Cold War. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 1999. Regards the Cold War “as much a war of ideas as it was a contest for military superiority:” and concludes that “many talented people in the West ... fought on the side of the political enemy.”

Kutulas, Judy. “‘Toward the Beautiful Tomorrow’: American Intellectuals on the Left and Stalin’s Russia, 1930-1940.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1986. Discusses disputes among left intellectuals concerning the Soviet state. Sees anti-Stalinism as a Marxist doctrine laced with intense personal resentments. Defeated in the left in the 1930s, regrettably it emerged triumphant (and often freed of its Marxist framework) in the last 1940s and 1950s during the national “anti-Communist hysteria.”

Lasch, Christopher. The New Radicalism in America, 1889-1963: The Intellectual as a Social Type. New York: Knopf, 1965.

Laskin, David. Partisans: Marriage, Politics, and Betrayal Among the New York Intellectuals. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2000.

Lilla, Mark. The Reckless Mind: Intellectuals in Politics. New York: New York Review Books, 2001.

Lipset, Seymour Martin. “Out of the Alcoves.” Wilson Quarterly 23, no. 1 (Winter 1999). Essay-review of documentary film Arguing the World regarding Daniel Bell, Nathan Glazier, Irving Kristol and Irving Howe. “But Arguing the World is not only about these four men. It is a contribution to the larger story of anti-Stalinism, the highly energized brand of anticommunism that played a major and not fully appreciated role in undermining the Soviet Union.”

Muresianu, John M. “War of Ideas: American Intellectuals and the World Crisis, 1938-1945.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1982.

Nakayama, Toshihiro. “U.S. Communism and the Ethos of Public Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo, Japan, 2000/2001. “The communist movement in the U.S. was one of the few political movements that were excluded as ‘un-American’ by the majority of the American people with nearly full consensus. This fact haunted many of the public intellectuals and each generation of intellectuals had to face this fact in their own way. Using CPUSA studies as a reflecting mirror of the ethos of public intellectuals, the paper will analyze the shift in the paradigm of the CPUSA studies and what those changes reflect. It will also analyze the peculiar American character of the studies of communism where the concept of ‘revolution’ itself was inherent in the founding concept of the nation.”

Neuhaus, Richard John. “The New York Intellectuals, Again.” First Things, October 2004. Comments on Silliman’s “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.”

North, Joseph. New Masses: An Anthology of the Rebel Thirties. New York: International Publishers, 1969. Selected writings from the 1930s by a former editor of the weekly New Masses, the CPUSA’s chief cultural journal.

O’Neill, William L. A Better World: The Great Schism: Stalinism and the American Intellectuals. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982. Well researched study of the ideological conflict between Left anti-Communist intellectuals and those who cooperated with the Communist Party or supported the Soviet Union.

Pells, Richard H. The Liberal Mind in a Conservative Age: American Intellectuals in the 1940s and 1950s. New York: Harper & Row, 1985. Sees intellectuals after the war as weary of Marxism and mistrustful of mass political movements; unsympathetic to anti-Communist liberalism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Science & Society and The Marxist Quarterly.” Science & Society 57, no. 3 (Fall 1993). Discusses the founding of the two Marxist intellectual-theoretical journals, says the short-lived Marxist Quarterly of 1936 was an inclusive Marxist journal rather than Trotskyist as some have said.

Pratt, William. “Critics, Scholars, Scribes, and Partisans: Reflections Upon Intellectuals in Our Era.” Midwest Quarterly 26 (Winter 1985).

Purdy, Elizabeth Rholetter. “American Intellectuals and Communism in the Thirties: The Committee for Cultural Freedom and the Peace Appeal to All Americans.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Emory University, 1986.

Rorty, Richard, and Chronis Polychoniou. “An Exchange: On Philosophy and Politics, The Cold War And The Left.” New Politics 8, no. 3 (n.s.) (Summer 2001).

Rozendal, Michael Arend. “On the Line: A Reconsideration of 1930s Modernist and Proletarian Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. State University of New York, Buffalo, 2006.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Intellectuals in the Communist Party.” Paper presented at Socialist Scholars Conference. New York City, 1987.

Shils, Edward. “Totalitarians and Antinomians: Remembering the 30s & 60s.” New Criterion 6, no. 9 (May 1988). Shils remembers the political atmosphere of the University of Chicago in the 1930s and various Communists, Trotskyists, and fellow-travelers he knew and discusses the temptation of totalitarianism and antinomianism to modern man.

Silliman, Daniel. “The Failure of the New York Intellectuals.” Comment, Winter 2004. “It is here, too, that we find their final failure, their lack of heirs. It is on this point of a political movement informed by and informing the aesthetic that the end of the New York Intellectuals is felt most dearly, perhaps in the subtlety of echoes half heard, but felt as an absence. This breadth has not been replaced and, looking, one finds political movements designed for political men with political souls. And, for some of us observers, the landscape feels bereft of something that was great, or, at least, something that could have been great. The New York Intellectuals never saw themselves predicated on this point, and those movements hoping to be heirs to the New York Intellectuals didn’t see it either.”

Spann, Edward K. Ideals & Politics; New York Intellectuals and Liberal Democracy, 1820-1880. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1972.

Wald, Alan. “The Politics of Culture: The New York Intellectuals in Fiction.” Centennial Review 29, no. 3 (Summer 1985).

Wald, Alan. “The New York Intellectuals in Retreat.” In Socialist Perspectives, edited by Phyllis Jacobson and Julius Jacobson, assisted by Petr Abovin-Egides. Princeton, NJ: Karz-Cohl Pub., 1983.

Wald, Alan M. “Marxism and Intellectuals in the United States: Some Lessons from the Past and Perspectives for the Future.” Changes 6, no. 11 (November-December 1984).

Wald, Alan M. “The Marxist Intellectual Tradition in the U.S.: A Critical Reassessment.” Paper presented at Socialist Scholars Conference. New York City, 1987.

Wald, Alan M. The New York Intellectuals: The Rise and Decline of the Anti-Stalinist Left from the 1930s to the 1980s. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1987. Discusses the political and intellectual development of such figures as Hannah Arendt, Elliot Cohen, Midge Decter, F.W. Dupee, Max Eastman, James T. Farrell, Sidney Hook, Irving Howe, Irving Kristol, Dwight Macdonald, Mary McCarthy, Norman Podhoretz, Philip Rahv, Meyer Schapiro, Max Shachtman, Tess Slesinger, Harvey Swados, Lionel Trilling, and Edmund Wilson.

Wald, Alan M. The Responsibility of Intellectuals: Selected Essays on Marxist Traditions in Cultural Commitment. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1992. Reprints Wald essays on Trotskyism, communism, and the New York literary Left.

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” In Cold War Literature: Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Waxman, Chaim Isaac. The End of Ideology Debate. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

Weiner, Lauren. “American Communism: Monument of the Intellectuals.” Society, November/December 2006. Review-essay on Murray Kempton’s Part of Our Time: Some Ruins and Monuments of the Thirties (reissue) Ruth Price’s The Lives of Agnes Smedley, Ronald Radosh and Allis Radosh’s Red Star Over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the Left and Philip Roth’s I Married a Communist.

Wilford, Hugh. “An Oasis: The New York Intellectuals in the Late 1940s.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 28, no. 2 (1994). After WWII, New York intellectuals formed the Europe-America Groups (EAG) and attempted to launch a non-Marxist radical movement. Mary McCarthy’s 1949 novel The Oasis details the political perspectives of the EAG. The founders fell into disagreement and the organization collapsed within a year.

Wilford, Hugh. The New York Intellectuals: From Vanguard to Institution. Manchester & New York: Manchester University Press, distr. by St. Martin’s Press, 1995.

Wisse, Ruth R. “New York (Jewish) Intellectuals.” Commentary 84, no. 5 (November 1987). Essay-review critical of Thomas Bender’s New York Intellect, Alexander Bloom’s Prodigal Sons, Alan Wald’s The New York Intellectuals, Mark Shechner’s After the Revolution: Studies in the Contemporary Jewish-American Imagination, and Russell Jacoby’s The Last Intellectuals: American Culture in the Age of Academe. Discusses the role of Communism and anti-Communism in New York intellectual circles in the 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s and the relationship of Marxism to Jewish identity.

Wreszin, Michael, and Hilton Kramer. “[Exchange].” Journal of American History 87, no. 3 (December 2000). Exchange over Benjamin Huebsch’s links to the CPUSA and Kramer’s Twilight of the Intellectuals.

Wrong, Dennis H. “Reflections on the End of Ideology.” In The End of Ideology Debate, edited by Chaim Isaac Waxman. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

****************************************************************

Communism, Writers, and Literature

Aaron, Daniel. “Communism and the American Writer.” Newberry Library Bulletin 5 (August 1959).

Aaron, Daniel. “Literary Scenes and Literary Movements, 1910-1945.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Aaron, Daniel. Writers on the Left: Episodes in American Literary Communism. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1961. Discusses the influence of Communism on writers in the 1930s and 1940s. A pioneering and still useful volume of the “Communism in American Life” series.

Appel, Benjamin. “Miss America and the Look-Back Boys.” The Literary Review [N.J.] 17 (Fall 1973).

Barnard, Rita. “The Great Depression and the Culture of Abundance: Literature and Mass Culture in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1990. Sees the 1930s as a transition from a culture of production to consumption. Sees left writers who stressed the plight of workers and the simple regional folk as engaged in a residual, nostalgic cultural endeavor whereas others such as Kenneth Fearing and Nathanael West were illuminating the emergent mass consumption culture.

Barnfield, Graham. “A Reversal of Fortune: Culture and the Crisis, Yesterday and Today.” Working Papers on the Web: The Thirties Now (ISSN 1478-3703) (2004).

Barnfield, Graham. “The Novel as Propaganda: Revisiting the Debate.” In Propaganda Political Rhetoric and Identity, 1300-2000, edited by Bertrand Taithe and Tim Thornton. Themes in History. Thrupp, Stroud, Gloucestershire, U.K.: Sutton Pub., 1999.

Belletto, Steven. “Chance and Design in Cold War American Narrative.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2006.

Block, Alan. “A Re-Evaluation of the American Radical Novel in the Twentieth Century.” Ph.D. diss. St. John’s University, 1990.

Bokina, John. “From Communist Ideologue to Postmodern Rebel: Spartacus in Novels.” European Legacy [U.K.] 6, no. 6 (2001).

Booker, M. Keith. The Modern American Novel of the Left: A Research Guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Booker, M. Keith. “The Reds and the Blacks.” In Cold War Literature Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Brendon, Piers. The Dark Valley: A Panorama of the 1930s. New York: Knopf Distributed by Random House, 2000.

Casey, Janet Galligani. The Novel and the American Left: Critical Essays on Depression-Era Fiction. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 2004. TOC: Introduction / Janet Galligani Casey -- Taking tips and losing class / Donna M. Campbell -- My little illegality / Joy Castro -- Shriveled breasts and dollar signs / Angela Marie Smith -- Monstrous modernism / Joseph Entin -- The objectivity of nature in Josephine Herbst's Rope of gold / Caren Irr -- Agrarian landscapes, the Depression, and women's progressive fiction / Janet Galligani Casey -- The avengers of Christie Street / Lee Bernstein -- "Smashing cantatas" and "Looking glass pitchers" / Lawrence Hanley -- Marching! marching! and the idea of the proletarian novel / Jon-Christian Suggs -- Time, transmission, autonomy / David Jenemann and Andrew Knighton.

Falk, Andrew J. “Feeding Europe: America’s Dissident Writers Go Abroad in the 1950s.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Fiedler, Leslie A. Waiting for the End. New York: Stein and Day, Publishers, 1964. Contains discussions of Saul Bellow, William S. Burroughs, William Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Robert Frost, Allen Ginsberg, Herbert Gold, Arthur Miller, Henry Miller, J. D. Salinger, Robert Penn Warren, and others. Judges that the influence of the 30s on writers was negative for good American writing, forced writers “to distort their values and betray the myths which informed their authentic work in pursuit of shifting critical acclaim and an audience that had radically changed its allegiances.”

Foley, Barbara. “Roads Taken and Not Taken: Post-Marxism, Antiracism, and Anticommunism.” Cultural Logic 1, no. 2 (Spring 1998).

Forsythe, Robert. Reading from Left to Right. Pseudonym for Kyle Samuel Crichton. New York: Covici, Friede, 1938. Articles reprinted from the New Masses. Lyons in The Red Decade, wrote that Crichton writing in _Life_ magazine under his real name reviewed this, his own, book.

Gilbert, James Burkhart. Writers and Partisans: A History of Literary Radicalism in America. New York: Wiley, 1968.

Glicksberg, C. I. “The Decline of Literary Marxism.” Antioch Review 1 (Winter 1941).

Glassbrook, Daryn P. “Beyond the Popular Front: Ethnic Representation and the Literary Institutions of American Radicalism, 1930--1953.” Ph.D. diss. Purdue University, 2006.

Godine, Amy. “Notes Toward a Reappraisal of Depression Literature.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 5 (1980). Discusses the Communist-radical political fiction of Michael Gold, John Steinbeck, Robert Cantwell, Grace Lumpkin, and Tillie Olsen as well as other approaches.

Goldstein, Philip. “Telling the Ugly Truth: Communism, Theory, Spies, Art.” In Styles of Cultural Activism: From Theory and Pedagogy to Women, Indians, and Communism, Philip Goldstein, ed. Cranbury, NJ: University of Delaware Press & Associated University Presses, 1994. Postmodernist analysis of popular and high literature about communism.

Guenzel, Steffen. “Democracy and the Canon: Renegotiating the Radical Text in Twentieth Century American Literature.” Ph.D. diss. University of Alabama, 2006.

Hanley, Lawrence Francis. “Culture and Crisis: Radical Writers and Writing in the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1994.

Hapke, Laura. Labor’s Text: The Worker in American Fiction. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 2001.

Hicks, Granville. “How Red Was the ‘Red Decade?’.” Harper’s (July, 1953). Argues that Eugene Lyon greatly exaggerated Communist influence in the 1930s. Argues that the big magazines were notoriously hostile not only to communism and the Soviet Union but to virtually all the ideas advocated by the Popular Front and that it was not fellow-traveler editors that promoted pro-Communist books but profitable market.

Hicks, Granville. “Writers in the Thirties.” In As we Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967.

Higashida, Cheryl Ann. “On the Multicultural Front: Radical Writers in the United States from the Depression to the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 2003. Emphasizes how gender, ethnicity, race, and region intersected with class in determining the aesthetics of social change as well as the radicalism of aesthetic forms. Concludes that radical writing redeploys literary styles and conventions to represent heterogeneity and difference while disclosing the interconnections among racism, patriarchy, and economic exploitation.

Hilbish, Melissa. “Cold War/Hot Battle: Battling the Communists in the Korean War Literature.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association--American Culture Association conference. Orlando, Florida, 1998.

Homberger, Eric. American Writers and Radical Politics, 1900-39: Equivocal Commitments. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1986.

Hong, Rebecca. “Contesting Cold War Narratives: Argentine, Cuban, and United States Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. Cornell University, 2005.

Howe, Irving. Politics and the Novel. New York: Horizon Press, 1957. An impressive analysis.

Hyman, S.E. “The Marxist Criticism of Literature.” Antioch Review 7 (Winter 1947-48).

Irr, Caren. “Between the Avant-Garde and Kitsch: Experimental Prose in American and Canadian Literary Periodicals of the 1930s.” Journal of Canadian Studies [Canada] 30, no. 2 (1995). Sees the strong Communist role in the literary left in the USA promoting vanguardism and literary objectivism while the more social democratic orientation of the Canadian left emphasized coalition-building and literary realism.

Knight, Rolf. Traces of Magma: An Annotated Bibliography of Left Literature. Vancouver, B.C., Canada: Draegerman, 1983.

Kraus, Elisabet. “Leftist Dimensions in American Science Fiction.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Lawhon, Richard Benjamin. “The American Antiwar Novel: 1919-1979.” Ph.D. diss. University of South Carolina, 1992.

Le Roy, Gaylord C. Marxism and Modern Literature. Pamphlet. [New York]: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1967.

Libretti, Tim. “The Other Proletarians: Native American Literature and Class Struggle.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies, 47, no. 1 (2001).

Meyn, Rolf. “The Threat of Dogmatism and Totalitarianism: The Dangling Man as a Symbolic Figure in American Novels from the 1940s to the 1970s.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Mickenberg, Julia Lynn. “Educating Dissent: Children’s Literature and the Left, 1935--1965.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 2000. Sees the “left’s far-reaching influence, through children, on post-war America” through the powerful role of the “popular-front left” in writing and guiding the distribution of children’s books. Maintains that these heroic left “cultural workers” shaped children’s literature to promote Marxist and left goals and created in the midst of reactionary America a “left-of-center consensus around children.”

Mickenberg, Julia, and Philip Nel, eds. Tales for Little Rebels: A Collection of Radical Children’s Literature. New York: New York University Press, 2008.

Mullen, Bill, and James Edward Smethurst, eds. Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. Sees the Left as the most important and center of American literature in the 20th century. Includes: Introduction by Bill V. Mullen and James Smethurst; Modernism and the aesthetics of management, or T.S. Eliot’s labor literature by Eric Schocket; F.B. Eyes: the bureau reads Claude McKay by William J. Maxwell; Specter of radicalism in Alain Locke’s The New Negro by Anthony Dawahare; W.E.B. Du Bois, Dark princess, and the Afro-Asian International by Bill V. Mullen; Barrios of the world unite!: regionalism, transnationalism, and internationalism in Tejano war poetry from the Mexican Revolution to World War II by B.V. Olguín; Narrating nationalisms: black Marxism and Jewish communists through the eyes of Harold Cruse by Alan Wald; From communism to brotherhood: the drafts of Invisible Man by Barbara Foley; Alice Childress, Lorraine Hansberry, and Claudia Jones: black women write the Popular Front by Mary Helen Washington; Voice of the Cracker: Don West reinvents the Appalachian by Rachel Rubin; First Negro Matinee Idol: Harry Belafonte and American culture in the 1950s by Michelle Stephens; Bamboo that snaps back!: resistance and revolution in Asian Pacific American working-class and left-wing expressive culture by Fred Ho; Poetry and sympathy: New York, the Left, and the rise of black arts by James Smethurst; Marxist critique of borderlands postmodernism: Adorno’s Negative dialectics and Chicano cultural criticism by Marcial González; Letters the presidents did not release: radical scholarship and the legacy of the American volunteers in Spain by Cary Nelson.

Mullen, Bill, and Sherry Linkon, eds. Radical Revisions: Rereading 1930s Culture. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996.

Ninkovich, Frank A. “The New Criticism and Cold War America.” Southern Quarterly 20 (Fall 1981).

Peddie, Ian. “Poles Apart? Ethnicity, Race, Class, and Nelson Algren.” MFS Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (Spring 2001). Discusses ethnic, racial and class divisions in Richard Wright’s writings, ‘Jews Without Money by Michael Gold’ and Nelson Algren’s ‘Somebody in Boots.’

Podhoretz, Norman. The Bloody Crossroads: Where Literature and Politics Meet. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986. Includes and insightful discussion of communism and literature.

Ramsey, Joseph G. “Red Pulp: Repression and Radicalism in Mid-Twentieth Century United States ‘Genre’ Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 2007.

Reed, Thomas V. “Reading the Left, Writing Politics: Literature, History and the Rhetoric of American Political Culture.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Santa Cruz, 1986. Examines the evolution of the American left’s use of rhetorical forms and political aesthetics to engage and replace the dominate liberal democratic political culture; uses James Agee and Walker Evans’ Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, E. L. Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel, Norman Mailer’s Armies of the Night, and the Women’s Pentagon Action of 1981 as case studies.

Rideout, Walter B. The Radical Novel in the United States, 1900-1954: Some Interrelations of Literature and Society. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1956. Among other points, counts the number of radical novels published between 1900-10 as 24, between 1911-19 as 21, between 1920-29 as 10, between 1930-39 as 70, and between 1940-49 as 27.

Rose, Alan. Surrealism and Communism: The Early Years. New York: P. Lang, 1991. Chiefly on French literature.

Rosendale, Steven, ed. American Radical and Reform Writers. Farmington Hills, MI: Thomson/Gale, 2005.

Rozendal, Michael Arend. “On the Line: A Reconsideration of 1930s Modernist and Proletarian Radicalism” diss., State University of New York, Buffalo, 2006.

Ross, Stephen A. “Introduction: Working-Class Fictions.” Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (2001).

Rubinstein, Annette T. “Fundamental Problems in Marxist Literary Criticism: Form, History and Ideology.” Socialism and Democracy 11, no. 1 (Spring-Summer 1997).

Rudich, Norman, ed. Weapons of Criticism: Marxism in America and the Literary Tradition. Palo Alto, Calif.: Ramparts Press, 1976.

Rühle, Jürgen. Literature and Revolution: A Critical Study of the Writer and Communism in the Twentieth Century. New York: Praeger, 1969.

Sanders, David Scott. “Pattern of Rejection: Three American Novelists and the Communist Literary Line, 1919-1949.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1956.

Schaub, Thomas H. American Fiction in the Cold War. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1991.

Shulman, Robert. The Power of Political Art: The 1930s Literary Left Reconsidered. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2000.

Sühnel, Rudolf. “The Marxist Trend in Literary Criticism in the USA in the Thirties.” Jahrbuch Für Amerikastudien [Germany] 7 (1962).

Thorp, Willard. “American Writers on the Left.” In Socialism and American Life (Vol. 1), edited by Donald Drew Egbert and Stow Persons. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1952. Includes discussions on Max Eastman, Joseph Freeman, Philip Rahv, Isidor Schneider and the three writers’ congresses.

Vegso, Roland. “The Naked Communist: Anti-Communist Popular Fiction, 1945--1963.” Ph.D. diss. State University of New York at Buffalo, 2007.

Wald, Alan M. Exiles from a Future Time: The Forging of the Mid-Twentieth-Century Literary Left. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

Wald, Alan M. Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics. London, New York: Verso, 1994. Essays include: The Legacy of Daniel Aaron; Alfred Kazin in Retrospect; James T. Farrell in the 1930s: The Athanasius of Union Square; Premature Socialist-Feminists; An Earlier “Time of the Toad”; The “Radical Impresario” Revisited; Edwin Rolfe, Presente!; Culture and Commitment: US Communist Writers Reconsidered; Communist Writers Fight Back in Cold War Amerika; The 1930s Left in US Literature Reconsidered; From Old Left to New in US Literary Radicalism; Leon Trotsky’s Contributions to Marxist Cultural Theory and Literary Criticism; Literary “Leftism” Reconsidered; Cultural Cross-Dressing: Radical Writers Represent African-Americans and Latinos in the McCarthy Era; The Utopian Imagination; The Roots of African-American Communism; The Subaltern Speaks; The Anti-Racist Imagination; Belief and Ideology in the Work of Robert Hayden; John Sanford and “American Smith”; Lloyd Brown and the African-American Literary Left.

Wald, Alan. “American Writers on the Left.” In The Gay and Lesbian Literary Heritage: A Reader’s Companion to the Writers and Their Works, from Antiquity to the Present, edited by Claude J. Summers. New York: H. Holt, 1995. Contains new and unusual information about the sexual orientation of numerous writers associated with communism and Trotskyism as well as consideration of methodological issues. Among those discussed are Josephine Herbst, William Rollins, Jr., Lorraine Hansberry, Muriel Rukeyser, Willard Motley, Lynn Riggs, Jane Bowles, Audre Lorde, Ella Winter, Harold Norse, and Chester Kallman.

Wald, Alan. “Communist Writers Fight Back in Cold War America.” In Styles of Cultural Activism: From Theory and Pedagogy to Women, Indians, and Communism, Philip Goldstein, ed. Cranbury, NJ: University of Delaware Press & Associated University Presses, 1994. Denies that the Stalinist cultural policies of the CPUSA significantly influenced Communist-aligned writers: “these official ‘Stalinist‘ positions were far removed from the heart and soul of much of the cultural practice of writers around the Party.... In this sense the work of the ‘new historians‘ of American communism -- Paul Buhle, Maurice Isserman, Mark Naison, Robin Kelley et al -- who emphasize rank-and-file agency and autonomy, has been vindicated for me in cultural activities.” Calls for a “sympathetic understanding, flaws and all” and for “critical acceptance” of the Communist-led cultural movement of the 1930s-1950s.

Wald, Alan. “Culture and Commitment: U.S. Communist Writers Reconsidered.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Says anti-communism had “had little to do with genuine opposition to the brutal and authoritarian policies of the Stalin and post-Stalin regimes.”

Wald, Alan. “Culture and Commitment: U.S. Literary Communism Reconsidered.” Paper presented at “70 Years of U.S. Communism, 1919-1989” Conference. City University of New York, 1989.

Wald, Alan. “Introduction.” In Writers on the Left: Episodes in American Literary Communism, by Daniel Aaron. New York: Columbia University Press, 1992. In this introduction to a reprint of Aaron’s 1961 book, Wald discusses the reception of the book and subsequent scholarship.

Wald, Alan. “Literary ‘leftism’ Reconsidered.” Science & Society 57, no. 2 (1993).

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1996): 479-92.

Wald, Alan. “Strange Communists from the Literary Left.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 26 April 2002.

Wald, Alan. “The 1930s Left in U.S. Literature Reconsidered.” In Radical Revisions: Rereading 1930s Culture, edited by Bill Mullen and Sherry Linkon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996.

Wald, Alan. “The Left in U.S. Literature Reconsidered.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Wald, Alan. “The New York Literary Left.” Michigan Quarterly Review 28, no. 1 (Winter 1989). Review essay on Cooney’s The Rise of the New York Intellectuals, Shechnter’s After the Revolution, and Homberger’s American Writers and Radical Politics.

Wald, Alan. “Marxist Literary Resistance to the Cold War.” In Cold War Literature Writing the Global Conflict, edited by Andrew Hammond. Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature. London New York: Routledge, 2006.

Williams, Raymond. Marxism and Literature. Oxford [Eng.]: Oxford University Press, 1977.

Winegarten, Renee. Writers and Revolution: The Fatal Lure of Action. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Zeiss, Laura McKenzie. “Cold War Fictions of Behaviorism: Theories of Psychological Influence in American Cold War Literature.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 2008.

****************************************************************

Communism and Women Writers

Donovan, Elise Dievler. “Mothers, Artists, and Activists in Fiction by Women of the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1999. Discusses Agnes Smedley, Tess Slesinger, Meridel Le Sueur, Fielding Burke and others.

Foley, Barbara. “Women and the Left in the 1930s.” American Literary History 2, no. 1 (Spring 1990). Essay review of Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, Nekola and Rabinowitz, eds. Argues “it was not ‘Stalinism,’ but the Depression-era Communist Party’s essentially reformist (if militant) political program, and its inheritance of the Second International’s economistic formulation of the ‘woman question,’ that produced the barriers to a more conscious and committed articulation of gender issues.... Moreover, the radical women writers’ insistence upon the continuity of the personal with the political frequently enabled them to criticize rightist tendencies within the left.... Antisexism provides a means of spotting other departures from revolutionary practice.”

Hall, Jacquelyn Dowd. “Women Writers, the ‘Southern Front,’ and the Dialectical Imagination.” Journal of Southern History 69, no. 1 (February 2003). Discusses Grace Lumpkin and others.

Hapke, Laura. Daughters of the Great Depression: Women, Work, and Fiction in the American 1930s. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1995.

Lauret, Maria. “This Story Must Be Told: Women Writers of the Old and New Left.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

McDonald, Kathlene Ann. “Audacity Within Confinement: Radical Women Writers in the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland College Park, 2002. Discusses the “cultural work” of “women writers connected to the CPUSA.” Among those discussed are: Lorraine Hansberry, Alice Childress, Claudia Jones, Thelma Dale, and Martha Dodd.

Nekola, Charlotte. “Worlds Unseen: Political Women Journalists and the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. “New Masses published reportage by women writers on the same subject matter as male writers.... But New Masses seldom featured articles whose main focus was the status of women, unless the analysis of the article eventually led to the party’s position on the primacy of class struggle.... The era’s most radical analysis of women’s domestic labor was Mary Inman’s ‘The Pivot of the System,’ which names women’s domestic work as productive labor, the ‘pivot’ of capitalism. The national leadership of CPUSA resisted Inman’s theory so vehemently that she eventually left the Party.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Women’s Revolutionary Fiction and Female Subjectivity.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1986.

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Women and U.S. Literary Radicalism.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Discusses neglect of a large body of writing by radical women in the ‘30s. Notes that in the ‘30s Left, particularly those associated with the C.P., the proletarian image was largely masculine. “With the abandonment of proletarianism after the Party shifted line, a critique of male supremacy within and without the Party, minimal as it was during the Third Period, gave way to a celebration of motherhood during the Popular Front era.... This meant that the open discussions of working-class sexuality, limited as they were by the gender prescriptions of Rahv and Gold, became politically suspect.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Writing Red: Women’s Short Fiction of the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Surveys field. Argues that radical women writers drew upon “the legacies of feminism, Freud, and modernist experimentation circulating within the culture of Greenwich Village during the 1920s” as well as expressing the “concerns about class divisions, the alienating effect of capitalism, and the hypocrisy and corruption of the bourgeoisie were themes common among all literary radicals.”

Rabinowitz, Paula. Labor & Desire: Women’s Revolutionary Fiction in Depression America. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1991.

Schowalter, Elaine. “Women Writers Between the Wars.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

Proletarian Literature

Adams, Frederick B. Radical Literature in America: An Address. Pamphlet. Stamford, CT: Overbrook Press, 1939.

Bowman, John Scott. “The Proletarian Novel in America.” Ph.D. diss. State College of Pennsylvania, 1939.

Croft, Andy. “‘Proletarian’ Writers in Britain and America.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 59, no. 3 (1994). Essay-review.

Davis, Cheryl. “A Rhetorical Study of Selected Proletarian Novels on the 1930s.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1976.

Day, William Robin. “The Politics of Art: A Reading of Selected Proletarian Novels.” Ph.D. diss. Drew University, 1983.

Eisinger, C.E. “Character and Self in Fiction on the Left.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Ferrari, Arthur C. “Proletarian Literature: A Case of Convergence of Political and Literary Radicalism.” In Cultural Politics: Radical Movements in Modern History, edited by Jerold M. Starr and Jerold M. Starr. New York: Praeger, 1985.

Ferruggia, Gabriella. “Radical Intellectuals and the Workers (Communist) Party in the United States: New Masses and The Daily Worker, 1926-1928.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 2, no. 1 (1985). Compares and contrasts treatments of proletarian literature.

Fiedler, Leslie. “The Two Memories: Reflections on Writers and Writing in the Thirties.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Fischer, Adam Jacob. “Formula for Utopia: The American Proletarian Novel, 1930-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1974.

Foley, Barbara. Radical Representations: Politics and Form in U.S. Proletarian Fiction, 1929-1941. Durham: Duke University Press, 1993. Enthusiastically praised Stalinism’s “tremendous achievements … the involvement of millions of workers in socialist construction, the emancipation of women from feudalistic practices, the struggle against racism and anti-Semitism, the fostering of previously suppressed minority cultures ... the creation of a revolutionary proletarian culture, in both the USSR and other countries.”

Garon, Paul. “American Labor Fiction in the 20th Century.” AB Bookman’s Weekly, 19 February 1990. Informative survey of labor and proletarian literature.

Garon, Paul. “The Radical Novel, 1900-1954.” Firsts: Collecting First Editions 4, no. 3 (March 1994). Discusses Rideout’s seminal bibliography and many of the novels themselves.

Harris, Calvin. “Twentieth Century American Political Fiction: An Analysis of Proletarian Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oregon, 1979.

Hicks, Granville, and Joseph Freeman, eds. Proletarian Literature in the United States: An Anthology. New York: International Publishers, 1935. Survey and anthology prepared by Communist-aligned editors.

Hoffman, F.J. “Aesthetics of the Proletarian Novel.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Hülß, Tina. “The American Strike Novel.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Klein, M. “The Roots of Radical: Experience in the Thirties.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Ledbetter, K.L. “The Idea of a Proletarian Novel in America, 1927-1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of Illinois, 1963.

Madden, David, ed. Proletarian Writers of the Thirties. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968. Introduction, by D. Madden.--The two memories: reflections on writers and writing in the thirties, by L. Fiedler.--Back to Bigger, by G. Green.--John Dos Passos’ U.S.A.: a 1930’s spectacular, by L. Gurko.--Edward Dahlberg, early and late, by J. Chametzky.--Robert Cantwell’s Land of plenty, by J. Conroy.--Jack Conroy’s the Disinherited; or, The Way it Was, by E. Larsen.--Daniel Fuchs’ Williamsburg trilogy: a cigarette and window, by I. Howe.--Dalton Trumbo’s Johnny got his Gun, by L. Kriegel.--B. Traven, pure proletarian writer, by C. H. Miller.--The roots of radical: experience in the thirties, by M. Klein.--character and self in fiction on the left, by C. E. Eisinger.--Aesthetics of the proletarian novel, by F. J. Hoffman.--The Marxist aesthetic theory of Louis C. Fraina, by L. Baxandall.--The Education of Michael Gold, By M. B. Folsom.--The brief embattled course of proletarian poetry, by A. Guttmann.

Murphy, James F. The Proletarian Moment: The Controversy Over Leftism in Literature. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1991. Focuses on the struggle within the Communist and left literary world in the 1930s over the correct approach to literature.

Pound, Ezra. “Address to the John Reed Club of Philadelphia.” Left Review 1, no. 3 (1934).

Rabinowitz, Paula. “Domestic Labor: Film Noir, Proletarian Literature, and Black Women’s Fiction.” MFS: Modern Fiction Studies 47, no. 1 (Spring 2001).

Rahv, Philip. “Proletarian Literature; a Political Autopsy.” Southern Review 4 (Winter 1939).

Riese, Utz. “The End of an Era: A Metahistorical Perspective on the End of the Proletarian Aesthetic.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Proletarian Novels.” Re/Search, Summer 1997. Survey of the genre. Calls Michael Gold’s Jews Without Money (1930) among the best, but says it was not republished for decades because its use of the work “Nigger” offended the CPUSA. Terms Henry Roth’s Call It Sleep (1935) one of the great American novels of the 20th century “Yet its author’s fate further illustrated the traps facing writers of outstanding talent in the Communist movement. Roth was prevailed upon to abandon his literary work by party functionaries...”

Squire, Walter Edwin. “The Aesthetic Diversity of American Proletarian Fiction.” Ph.D. diss. University of Tennessee, 2001. Discusses Vernon Louis Parrington, Michael Gold, and John Dos Passos among others. “Too much emphasis is placed upon the Communist Party, shared political and literary projects, and temporal parameters, all of which would suggest that proletarianism was an isolated phenomenon within the history of American literature. This study reveals that the major proponents of American proletarian literature portrayed the movement as the successor to progressive and radical tendencies throughout the history of American literature.”

Stanovnik, Majda. “The American Proletarian Novel in Slovenia (1920-1960).” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Suggs, Jon Christian, ed. American Proletarian Culture: The Twenties and the Thirties. Dictionary of Literary Biography, v. 11. Detroit: Gale Research, 1993.

Vials, Chris. “How the Proletarian Novel Became Mass Culture: God’s Little Acre and the Realist Aesthetics of the 1930s Left.” Working Papers on the Web: The Thirties Now (ISSN 1478-3703) (2004).

Weatherwax, Clara. Marching! Marching! New York: AMS Press, 1976. Reprint of the 1935 novel (published by John Day Co., New York) that won a New Masses proletarian writing contest.

Wingard, Joel. “Toward a Workers‘ America: The Theory and Practice of the American Proletarian Novel.” Ph.D. diss. Louisiana State University, 1979.

Yerkes, Andrew C. Twentieth-Century Americanism: Identity and Ideology in Depression-Era Leftist Fiction. New York: Routledge, 2005.

****************************************************************

Anthologies of Left Literature of the 1930s

Filler, Louis, ed. The Anxious Years: America in the Nineteen Thirties a Collection of Contemporary Writings. New York: Putnam, 1963.

Gurko, Leo. The Angry Decade. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1947.

Nekola, Charlotte, and Paula Rabinowitz, eds. Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. Includes stories, essays, and poems by Meridel Le Sueur, Mary Heaton Vorse, Edith Manuel Durham, Tillie Olsen, Ella Winter, Ruth Gruber, Agnes Smedley, Anna Louise Strong, Mary Inman, Grace Hutchins, Molly Jackson, Margaret Walker, Kathleen Tankersley Young, Genevieve Taggard, Muriel Rukeyser, and Josephine Johnson.

Salzman, Jack, and Barry Wallenstein, eds. Years of Protest: A Collection of American Writings of the 1930’s. New York: Pegasus, 1967. No one has starved -- In a coffee pot / Alfred Hayes -- The hard winter / Jack Conroy -- From Union Square / Albert Halper -- The happiest man on Earth / Albert Maltz -- School for bums / Mary H. Vorse -- From Waiting for nothing / Tom Kromer -- Masses of men / Erskine Caldwell -- Cows and horses are hungry / Meridel Le Sueur -- Dubious battle in California / John Steinbeck -- Talking dust bowl / Woody Guthrie -- I ain’t got no home / Woody Guthrie -- From Let us now praise famous men / James Agee -- A lack of confidence -- Harlan: working under the gun / John Dos Passos -- Which side are you on? / Florence Reece -- A union meeting / Sherwood Anderson -- From Pins and needles / Harold Rome -- From The land of plenty / Robert Cantwell -- From To make my bread / Grace Lumpkin -- The earth does move / Josephine Herbst -- The strike / Tillie Lerner -- Cops are funny people-if at all / Robert Forsythe -- Communists and cops / Edmund Wilson -- Waiting for lefty / Clifford Odets -- Let us have madness -- Denoucement / Kenneth Fearing -- The unknown soldier / William March -- Dispatch from Spain / Ernest Hemingway -- Dispatch from Spain / Herbert L. Matthews -- Say that we saw Spain die / Edna St. Vincent Millay -- Litany for dictatorships / Stephen V. Benet -- From You can’t go home again / Thomas Wolfe -- From Those who perish / Edward Dahlberg -- From Jefferson and/or Mussolini / Ezra Pound -- September 1, 1938 / W.H. Auden -- The social muse -- Wilder: prophet of the genteel Christ / Michael Gold -- Invocation to the social muse / Archibald MacLeish -- The social muse replies: letters to The New Republic / Allen Tate . . . [et al.] -- Turmoil in the middle ground / Stanley Burnshaw -- Mr. Burnshaw and the statue / Wallace Stevens -- The bankruptcy of southern culture / V.F. Calverton -- The South is a bulwark / John C. Ransom -- From A note on literary criticism / James T. Farrell -- Sectarianism on the right / Isidor Schneider -- In defense of James Farrell / Granville Hicks -- Rebuttal / James T. Farrell -- The temptation of Dr. Williams / Editors of Partisan Review -- Partisan Review / Malcolm Cowley -- A letter to The New Republic / Editors of Partisan Review -- Red ivory tower / Malcolm Cowley -- A world to win -- Cow / Ben Field -- Did God make bedbugs? / Michael Gold -- Can you hear their voices? / Whittaker Chambers -- A place to lie down / Nelson Algren -- I have seen black hands / Richard Wright -- Four poems / Joseph Freeman -- What the thunder said: a fire sermon / Sol Funaroff -- New York, Cassandra / Horace Gregory -- Joe Hill listens to the praying / Kenneth Patchen -- Stone face / Lola Ridge -- August 22, 1927 / David Wolff -- The trial / Muriel Rukeyser -- A blazing sun -- Peace! It’s wonderful! / Henry Miller -- Two speeches / E.E. Cummings -- Night without sleep / Robinson Jeffers -- The dawn of another day / William C. Williams -- Aspirin is a member of the N.R.A. / William Saroyan -- Miss Lonelyhearts and the dead plan / Nathanael West -- Pioneers! O pioneers! / Daniel Fuchs -- From call it sleep / Henry Roth.

****************************************************************

Left Literary and Cultural Journals

The Anvil

Morris, Daniel Neil. “The ‘Anvil’ Writers: Oral History and Quantification Conjoined.” Ph.D. diss. University of Missouri, Columbia, 1988. Uses Q methodology to measure oral history interviews of surviving editors and contributors to Jack Conroy’s C.P.-aligned proletarian literature journal, The Anvil.

****************************************************************

The Masses

Filippone, Lawrence F. “No Gods, no Masters: The Life and Death of The Masses.” Master’s thesis. Dartmouth College, 2001.

****************************************************************

Modern Monthly / Modern Quarterly

Genizi, Haim. “V.F. Calverton, A Radical Magazinist for Black Intellectuals, 1920-1940.” Journal of Negro History 57 (1972).

Genizi, Haim. “The Modern Quarterly, 1923-1940: An Independent Radical Magazine.” Labor History 15, no. 2 (Spring 1974). Discusses the evolution of the journal from Communist-aligned to independent Marxist, and to anti-Stalinist Marxist.

Hook, Sidney. “Modern Quarterly, a Chapter in American Radical History: V. F. Calverton and His Periodicals.” Labor History 10, no. 2 (Spring 1969).

****************************************************************

New Masses

Hicks, Granville. Granville Hicks in the New Masses. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1974. Hicks was a leading Communist intellectual in the 1930s.

None. New Masses. New York: New Masses, 1926. Journal

Peck, David R. “The Development on an American Marxist Literary Criticism: The Monthly New Masses.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1968. Defends the Marxist criticism developed by those associated with the New Masses; maintains that anti-Marxist historians have distorted and ignored the significant contributions of Marxists to American literary life.

Peck, David. “Tradition of American Revolutionary Literature: The Monthly New Masses, 1926-1933.” Science & Society 42 (Winter 1978).

Watts, Ted. Index to New Masses. Silver Spring, MD: Phoenix Rising, 1996. Index to the publication New Masses, 1926-1948, in 66 vol. Each issue of the index covers one calendar year.

****************************************************************

Partisan Review

Cooney, Terry A. “Cosmopolitan Values and the Identification of Reaction: Partisan Review in the 1930s.” Journal of American History 68, no. 3 (December 1981). Argues that the shift of Partisan Review under the editorship of William Phillips and Philip Rahv from communism to Left anti-Stalinism flowed from their views on the need for cultural cosmopolitanism, literary sophistication, and artistic advance.

Cooney, Terry Arnold. “High Ideals and Political Realities: Literary Radicalism at Partisan Review, 1934-1937.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 1976.

Gilbert, James. “Literature and Revolution in the United States: The Partisan Review.” Journal of Contemporary History [U.K.] 2, no. 2 (1967).

Gilbert, James. “Literature and Revolution in the United States: The Partisan Review.” In Literature and Politics in the Twentieth Century., edited by Walter Laqueur and George L. Mosse. New York: Harper & Row, 1967.

Kirby, Linda Kay. “Communism, the Discovery of Totalitarianism, and the Cold War: Partisan Review, 1934 to 1948.” Ph.D. diss. University of Colorado, 1974. Examines the shift of Partisan Review from a pro-Communist to an anti-Communist position; finds its support for avant-garde literature, distaste for bourgeois culture, and support for artistic and intellectual freedom remained unchanged in the process. The chief change was a shift from optimism to realism about the nature of man and rejection of the ‘artist as revolutionary’ for the ‘artist as critic of society.’

Lazere, Donald. “OPINION: Partisan Review, Our Country, and Our Culture.” College English 67, no. 3 (January 2005)

Longstaff, S.A. “The New York Family.” Queen’s Quarterly [Canada] 83 (Winter 1976). Discusses Left anti-Communist intellectuals grouped abound Partisan Review.

Longstaff, S.A. “Partisan Review and the Second World War.” Salmagundi 43 (Winter 1979). Examines the reaction of Left anti-Communist intellectuals to the war.

Longstaff, S.A. “Ivy League Gentiles and Inner City Jews: Class and Ethnicity Around Partisan Review in the Thirties and Forties.” American Jewish History 80 (Spring 1991).

Phillips, William. “How Partisan Review Began.” Commentary 62 (December 1976).

Phillips, William. A Partisan View: Five Decades of the Literary Life. New York: Stein and Day, 1983. Memoir by a leading figure of Partisan Review.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The Partisan Reader: Ten Years of Partisan Review, 1934-1944: An Anthology. New York: The Dial press, 1946.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The New Partisan Reader, 1945-1953. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1953.

Phillips, William, and Philip Rahv, eds. The Partisan Review Anthology. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1962.

Teres, Harvey. “Remaking Marxist Criticism: Partisan Review’s Eliotic Leftism, 1934-1936.” American Literature 64 (March 1992).

Teres, Harvey M. Renewing the Left: Politics, Imagination, and the New York Intellectuals. New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. Considers the role of the Partisan Review group in the tradition of the American left.

Wald, Alan. “Revolutionary Intellectuals: Partisan Review in the 1930s.” In Literature at the Barricades the American Writer in the 1930s, edited by Ralph F. Bogardus and Fred C. Hobson. University, AL: University of Alabama Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

Organized Writers:

John Reed Clubs, American Writers’ Congress, League of American Writers

Aaron, Daniel, ed. “Thirty Years Later: Memories of the First American Writers’ Congress.” American Scholar 35, no. 3 (1966). Comments by Kenneth Burke, Malcolm Cowley, Granville Hicks, and William Phillips.

Alexandre, Laurie Ann. “John Reed Clubs: An Historical Reclamation.” Master’s thesis. California State University, Northridge, 1976.

Casciato, Arthur Domenic. “Citizen Writers: A History of the League of American Writers, 1935-1942.” Ph.D. diss. University of Virginia, 1986. Admiring history of the LAW.

Cowley, Malcolm. “1935: The Year of Congresses.” Southern Review 15, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the movement to destroy capitalism, the American Writers’ Congress, and the League of American Writers.

Folsom, Franklin. Days of Anger, Days of Hope: A Memoir of the League of American Writers, 1937-1942. Niwot: University Press of Colorado, 1994.

Harrison, Helen A. “John Reed Club Artists and the New Deal: Radical Responses to Roosevelt’s ‘Peaceful Revolution.’” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 5 (1980). Summary history.

Hart, Henry, ed. American Writers’ Congress. New York: International publishers, 1935. Edited proceedings of the Congress of American Revolutionary Writers held in New York city on April 26, 27, and 28, 1935. Contents include: In the name of some heroes / by Friedrich Wolf -- The writers’ part in the struggle against war / by Harry F. Ward -- Fascism and writers / by Edward Dahlberg -- From Dada to Red Front / by Louis Aragon -- The role of the writer in the Soviet Union / by Matthew Josephson -- First All-Union Congress of Soviet Writers / by Moissaye J. Olgin -- The tradition of American revolutionary literature / by Joseph Freeman -- What the revolutionary movement can do for a writer / by Malcolm Cowley -- Communism and literature / by Earl Browder -- Values of the revolutionary writer / by Waldo Frank --The writer as technician / by John Dos Passos -- The worker as writer / by Jack Conroy -- Revolutionary symbolism in America / by Kenneth Burke -- The dialectics of the development of Marxist criticism / by Granville Hicks -- The proletarian novel / by Edwin Seaver -- The short story / by James T. Farrell -- Proletarian poetry / by Isidor Schneider -- Reportage / by Joseph North -- Technique and the drama / by John Howard Lawson -- Social trends in the modern drama / by Michael Blankfort and Nathaniel Buchwald -- Proletarian literature and the middle west / by Meridel Le Sueur -- To Negro writers / by Langston Hughes -- Social and political problems of the Negro writer / by Eugene Gordon -- The Negro in recent American literature / by Eugene Clay -- The writer in a minority language / by Moishe Nadir -- The revolutionary press and the writer / by Clarence Hathaway -- Contemporary publishing and the revolutionary writer / by Henry Hart -- Publishing revolutionary literature / by Alexander Trachtenberg.

Hollywood Writers Mobilization. Writer’s Congress: The Proceedings of the Conference Held in October 1943 Under the Sponsorship of the Hollywood Writers’ Mobilization and the University of California. Berkeley & Los Angeles: University of California press, 1944.

Homberger, Eric. “Proletarian Literature and the John Reed Clubs 1929-1935.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 13, no. 2 (1979). Discusses the shifting Communist attitude toward Prolecult, the theory that artistic and intellectual ideals were latent in the masses. Michael Gold and the John Reed Clubs were the principal advocates of Prolecult. Notes that the Communist Party required the Clubs to follow the ultrarevolutionary “third period” literary line from 1930 to 1935 and then forced a swift shift to a Popular Front stance.

Kutulas, Judy. “Becoming ‘More Liberal’: The League of American Writers, the Communist Party, and the Literary People’s Front.” Journal of American Culture 13, no. 1 (Spring 1990). Organized by the CPUSA in 1935, the League of American Writers downplayed its party connections to attract liberal writers but the league broke into hostile factions over such matters as the Moscow trials and the Nazi-Soviet Pact.

Phillips, William. “Histories of the Left.” Partisan Review 60, no. 3 (Summer 1963, 19). Discusses the John Reed Clubs.

Stewart, Donald Ogden, ed. Fighting Words. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co, 1940. Selected material on aspects of creative writing and screen and radio productions from the third congress of the League of American Writers, New York, June 2-5, 1939. Edited by the president of the LAW.

Smiley, Sam. “Friends of the Party: The American Writers’ Congresses.” Southwest Review 54, no. 3 (1969). Survey of four American Writers’ Congresses held in April of 1935 and June of 1937, 1939, and 1941.

Wolfe, Thomas Kennerly, Jr. “The League of American Writers: Communist Organizational Activity Among American Writers, 1929-1942.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1956. Finds that the League of American Writers was successful in guiding and manipulating the literary community in New York City in the 1937-1940 period, but the rapid shifts of the Hitler-Stalin Pact in late 1939 and the Nazi invasion of Russia in 1941 crippled the organization’s effectiveness.

****************************************************************

Federal Writers’ Project

Hirsch, Jerrold. Portrait of America: A Cultural History of the Federal Writers’ Project. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

Mangione, Jerre Gerlando. The Dream and the Deal: The Federal Writers’ Project, 1935-1943. Boston: Little, Brown, 1972. Although not discussed in the book, Mangione was a secret member of the CPUSA earlier active in the John Reed Club and who wrote for party publications under pseudonyms.

Penkower, Monty Noam. The Federal Writers’ Project: A Study in Government Patronage of the Arts. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1977. Notes the activities of the Communist-aligned Writers Union among those employed by the New York FWP and the reaction of conservative politicians to that activity.

****************************************************************

The FBI, Writers and Communism

Culleton, Claire A., and Karen Leick, eds. Modernism on File: Modern Writers, Artists, and the FBI, 1920-1950. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.

Garrow, David J. “American Authors in the FBI’s Library.” Boston Globe, 3 April 1988.

Mitgang, Herbert. Dangerous Dossiers: Exposing the Secret War Against America’s Greatest Authors. New York: D.I. Fine, 1988. Hostile journalistic exposé of FBI internal security files kept on authors William Faulkner, Ernest Hemingway, Thomas Mann, Carl Sandburg, and Dashiell Hammett, poet Robert Frost, playwright Tennessee Williams, painter Georgia O’Keeffe, sculptor Henry Moore, cartoonist Bill Mauldin, publisher Alfred A. Knopf, and others. Regards it as an outrage that the FBI investigated any writer or artist. Treats the investigations as part of the American government’s long-term program of oppression and destruction of civil liberties.

Robins, Natalie S. Alien Ink: The FBI’s War on Freedom of Expression. New York: W. Morrow, 1992. Sees the FBI as oppressing writers and artists as in integral part of its irrational assault on radicalism. Hysterical and paranoid.

Theoharis, Athan. “Authors, Publishers, and the McCarthy Era: A Hidden History.” USA Today, September 1993. Speculates that immense damage was done to American literature by McCarthyism: “We are just learning how many manuscripts were rejected for fear that they were too controversial and might provoke Congressional or FBI scrutiny.”

****************************************************************

Intellectuals and Writers: Biographical Accounts

Lionel Abel

Abel, Lionel. The Intellectual Follies: A Memoir of the Literary Venture in New York and Paris. New York: Norton, 1984. Memoir by a leading Trotskyist literary intellectual.

****************************************************************

Sherwood Anderson

Carlson, G. Bert, Jr. “Sherwood Anderson’s Political Mind: The Activist Years.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1966. Finds that Anderson’s commitment to Communism in the early 1930s was timid and that he welcomed the New Deal as an alternative to radicalism.

Howe, Irving. Sherwood Anderson. [New York]: Sloane, 1951.

****************************************************************

Hannah Arendt

Hill, Melvyn A., ed. Hannah Arendt, the Recovery of the Public World. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1979. Hill, M. A. Introduction.--Young-Bruehl, E. From the pariah’s point of view: reflections on Hannah Arendt’s life and work.--Crick, B. On rereading The origins of totalitarianism.--Bakan, M. Hannah Arendt’s concepts of labor and work.--Parekh, B. Hannah Arendt’s critique of Marx.--Frampton, K. The status of man and the status of his objects: a reading of The human condition.--Major, R. W. A reading of Hannah Arendt’s “unusual” distinction between labor and work.--Fuss, P. Hannah Arendt’s conception of political community.--Miller, J. The pathos of novelty: Hannah Arendt’s image of freedom in the modern world.--Draenos, S. S. Thinking without a ground: Hannah Arendt and the contemporary situation of understanding.--Gray, J. G. The abyss of freedom--and Hannah Arendt.--Denneny, M. The privilege of ourselves: Hannah Arendt on judgment.--Hill, M. A. The fictions of mankind and the stories of men.--Arendt, H. On Hannah Arendt.--Young-Bruehl, E. A chronological bibliography of the works of Hannah Arendt, 1906-1975 (p. 341-354)

Isaac, Jeffrey C. “Hannah Arendt as Dissenting Intellectual.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

****************************************************************

Sanora Babb

Wald, Alan. “Soft Focus: The Short Fiction of Sanora Babb.” In Cry of the Tinamou: Stories, Sanora Babb. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1997. Surveys the life and politico-literary career of Babb, who was in the CPUSA from the 1930s to the 1950s and married to the cinematographer James Wong Howe.

****************************************************************

William Barrett

Barrett, William. The Truants: Adventures Among the Intellectuals. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1982. Memoir by an influential editor of Partisan Review.

****************************************************************

Carl Becker

Cairns, John C. “Carl Becker: An American Liberal.” Journal of Politics 16, no. 4 (1964). Discusses the attitude of Becker, a leading historian of the 1940s and 1950s, toward communism.

****************************************************************

Daniel Bell

Brick, Howard. Daniel Bell and the Decline of Intellectual Radicalism: Social Theory and Political Reconciliation in the 1940s. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1986.

Liebowitz, Nathan. Daniel Bell and the Agony of Modern Liberalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1985. Intellectual biography of a prominent anti-Communist intellectual.

****************************************************************

Saul Bellow

Bellow, Saul. “Writers, Intellectuals, Politics: Mainly Reminiscence.” National Interest, no. 31 (Spring 1993). Reflects on the attitudes of writers and intellectuals toward communism, the romantic attraction of the Leninist style to intellectuals, and his own youthful Trotskyism.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Saul Bellow, Trotsky, and Mexico.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 19 April 2005. Originally appeared in Reforma [Mexico] “In his youth, Bellow was a partisan of Leon Trotsky, the exiled Soviet revolutionary, and the spectre of Trotsky, as well as the Mexican environment in which Trotsky spent his final years, are prominently featured in Bellow’s third novel, which made his reputation: The Adventures of Augie March, issued in 1953.”

****************************************************************

Daniel Boorstin

Treuhaft, Robert E. “A Reunion to Remember.” Nation, 7-14 July 1984. On historian Daniel Boorstin’s testimony to HCUA.

Wiener, Jon. “The Odyssey of Daniel Boorstin.” Nation, 26 September 1987. Polemical denunciation of historian Daniel Boorstin for testifying truthfully to Congress about his experiences in the Communist party as a Harvard student.

****************************************************************

James Burnham

Abbott, Philip. “‘Big’ Theories and Policy Counsel: James Burnham, Francis Fukuyama, and the Cold War.” Journal of Policy History 14, no. 4 (2002).

Burnham, James. The Struggle for the World. New York: John Day, 1947. Burnham, a prominent Marxist-Leninist theoretician in the 1930s, became an influential right-wing intellectual.

Burnham, James. The Coming Defeat of Communism. New York: Greenwood Press, 1968.

Burnham, James. Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1964.

Diggins, John F. “Four Theories in Search of a Reality: James Burnham, Soviet Communism, and the Cold War.” American Political Science Review 70 (June 1976).

Judis, John B. “Apocalypse Now and Then.” New Republic, 31 August 1987. Essay review of the intellectual work of James Burnham. Burnham, a leading young Trotskyist intellectual in the 1930s, moved to the right in the 1940s and in the 1950s laid the basis for postwar conservative foreign policy. Discusses The Managerial Revolution (1941), The Machiavellians (1943), The Struggle For the World (1947), Containment or Liberation! (1953) and The Web of Subversion (1953).

Kelly, Daniel. James Burnham and the Struggle for the World: A Life. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2002. Full scale biography that explores Burnham role as a Communist and anti-Communist.

Kimball, Roger. “The Power of James Burnham.” New Criterion 21, no. 1 (September 2002). An appreciation of Burnham’s contributions to anticommunism. Notes that: “Burnham’s stand on McCarthy precipitated his deportation to political Siberia. Overnight, this influential public commentator became persona non grata. Philip Rahv, his colleague at Partisan Review, put it well: “The Liberals now dominate all the cultural channels in this country. If you break completely with this dominant atmosphere, you’re a dead duck. James Burnham had committed suicide.” The irony is that Burnham, so astute about the workings of power, should have become a casualty of this skirmish: one might have expected him to negotiate the battlefield more cannily. Burnham emerged as an important conservative voice in the late 1950s. But, as William Barrett noted in The Truants (1982), Burnham never again occupied “the place that his own impressive gifts might have brought him if the intellectual climate in America, and particularly in its politics, had been different.”

Le Blanc, Paul. “From Revolutionary Intellectual to Conservative Master-Thinker: The Anti-Democratic Odyssey of James Burnham.” Left History 3, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1995). Viciously Hostile.

Levine, Alan. “Second Thoughts on Suicide of the West: James Burnham After the Cold War.” Continuity, no. 17 (1993). Reviews the analyses and predictions of conservative commentator James Burnham in Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism (1964).

Phelps, Christopher. “James Burnham and Cold War Intelligence.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. 2003.

Sempa, Francis P. “The First Cold Warrior.” American Diplomacy, Fall 2000. Discusses James Burnham and his attitudes toward communism, Soviet power, and American foreign policy.

Smant, Kevin J. “How Great the Triumph: James Burnham, Anticommunism, and the Conservative Movement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Notre Dame, 1991. Finds that within the conservative movement Burnham urged acceptance of a minimum welfare state, work within the two-party system, and a realistic anti-Communist foreign policy.

Smant, Kevin J. “Whither Conservatism? James Burnham and National Review 1955-1964.” Continuity, no. 15 (Fall/Winter 1991). Discusses Burnham’s role in urging National Review and William Buckley to adopt a pragmatic version of conservative anticommunism.

Smant, Kevin J. How Great the Triumph: James Burnham, Anticommunism, and the Conservative Movement. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1992.

****************************************************************

Erskine Caldwell

Snyder, Robert E. “Spying on Southerners: The FBI and Erskine Caldwell.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 72, no. 2 (1988). Hoover suspected Caldwell of Communist sympathies but the FBI investigation turned up little.

****************************************************************

V.F. Calverton

Abbott, Philip. Leftward Ho!: V.F. Calverton and American Radicalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Abbott, Philip. “Utopia by Hypnosis: V.F. Calverton’s The Man Inside and American Radicalism in the 1930s.” Utopian Studies 10, no. 2 (Spring 1999).

Calverton, V. F. For Revolution. New York: The John Day Company, 1932.

Calverton, V. F. American Literature at the Crossroads. Seattle: University of Washington book store, 1931.

Calverton, V. F. The Passing of the Gods. N.Y.: Scribner, 1934.

Calverton, V. F. The Awakening of America. New York: The John Day Company, 1939.

Calverton, V. F., and Samuel Daniel Schmalhausen. Sex in Civilization. Garden City, N. Y.: Garden City Publishing Co., Inc., 1931.

Genizi, Haim. “V.F. Calverton: Independent Radical.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 1968. Intellectual biography discussing Calverton’s evolution from Communist sympathizer to independent radical.

Genizi, Haim. “Disillusionment of a Communist: The Case of V.F. Calverton.” Canadian Journal of History 9, no. 1 (1974). On Calverton’s increasing disgust with Stalinism as the 1930s progressed.

Nash, Michael. “Schism on the Left: The Anti-Communism of V.F. Calverton and His Modern Quarterly.” Science & Society 45, no. 4 (1981-82). Discusses the movement of Calverton, a literary critic, from Communist to anti-Communist and his influence on other Left intellectuals. Factors affected the split between Calverton and the Communist Party included the Communist Party’s reaction to his admiration for Trotsky, his dislike of party discipline, and Communist Party criticism of his detachment from the day-to-day political struggle.

Solon, S.L. “V. F. Calverton’s Quest for Utopia.” American Mercury 52 (May 1941).

Wilcox, Leonard. “Sex Boys in a Balloon: V. F. Calverton and the Abortive Sexual Revolution.” Journal of American Studies 23, no. 1 (1989). The linking of political with social and sexual radicalism of Calverton and others developed in the 1920s was displaced by the more rigid “Third Period” communism in the early 1930s.

Wilcox, Leonard. V.F. Calverton: Radical in the American Grain. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1992. Biography of founder and editor, 1923-1940, of Modern Quarterly/Modern Monthly.

Wilcox, Leonard I. “Marxism, Death, and Social Hypnosis: V.F. Calverton and the Old Left’s ‘Crisis of Reason.’” History of Political Thought 5 (Spring 1984)

****************************************************************

Robert Cantwell

Conroy, Jack. “Robert Cantwell’s Land of Plenty.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

Henry Steele Commager

Commager, Henry Steele. “Cold War Troubles.” American Scholar 24 (Fall 1955).

Jumonville, Neil. “Henry Steele Commager and the Question of Appropriate Anticommunism.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1995.

****************************************************************

Jack Conroy

Larsen, E. “Jack Conroy’s The Disinherited; or, The Way It Was.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

Lewis Coser

Rossenberg, Bernard. “An Interview with Lewis Coser.” In Conflict and Consensus a Festschrift in Honor of Lewis A. Coser, edited by Walter W. Powell, Richard Robbins. New York: Free Press Collier Macmillan, 1984. Discusses Coser’s political preferences and left anticommunism.

Rule, James B. “In Memoriam: Lewis Coser, 1913-2003.” Dissent, Fall 2003.

****************************************************************

Malcolm Cowley

Cowley, Malcolm. Exile’s Return: A Narrative of Ideas. New York: Norton, 1934. Discusses radical political currents among intellectuals in the 1920s and early 1930s. Cowley was a leading liberal intellectual ally of the Communist Party at the time.

Cowley, Malcolm. “A Remembrance of the Red Romance.” Esquire, March 1964.

Cowley, Malcolm. “Sense of Guilt.” Kenyon Review 27 (Spring 1965).

Cowley, Malcolm. And I Worked at the Writer’s Trade: Chapters of Literary History, 1918-1978. New York: Viking Press, 1978.

Cowley, Malcolm. “Echoes from Moscow: 1937-1938.” Southern Review 20, no. 1 (January 1984). Cowley, an editor of The New Republic in the 1930s, says he “grossly deceived” himself about the Moscow Trials.

Cowley, Malcolm. The Dream of the Golden Mountains: Remembering the 1930s. New York: Viking Press, 1980. Discusses radical and Popular Front cultural affairs; events in which Cowley, often close to the Communist Party, participated.

Cowley, Malcolm. Think Back on Us: A Contemporary Chronicle of the 1930’s. Edited by Henry Dan Piper. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1967.

Hazlett, John D. “Conversion, Revisionism, and Revision in Malcolm Cowley’s Exile’s Return.” South Atlantic Quarterly 82, no. 2 (1983). Discusses the shift in attitude toward Communism and Marxism between Cowley’s 1934 and his 1951 autobiographical narratives.

Lynn, Kenneth S. “Malcolm Cowley Forgets.” American Spectator, October 1980. Critical commentary on Cowley’s The Dream of the Golden Mountains for distorting the record of Cowley’s support for Communist causes in the 1930s.

Travis, Trysh. “The Man of Letters and the Literary Business: Re-Viewing Malcolm Cowley.” Journal of Modern Literature 25, no. 2 (Winter 2001-02).

****************************************************************

Edward Dahlberg

Chametzky, J. “Edward Dahlberg, Early and Late.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

Olive Dargan, Grace Lumpkin, and Myra Page

Chesnut, Saralyn. “The Difference Within: Southern Proletarian Writers Olive Dargan, Grace Lumpkin, and Myra Page.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1994. A “materialist-feminist” study of three women who in the 1930s were associated with the CPUSA and with proletarian literature.

****************************************************************

John Dewey

Beineke, John A. “The Investigation of John Dewey by the FBI.” Educational Theory 37 (Winter 1987).

Dewey, John. John Dewey, the Collected Works, 1882-1953. Edited by Anne S. Sharpe, Harriet Furst Simon, Barbara Levine, and Journal Ann Boydston. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1991.

Engerman, David C. “John Dewey and the Soviet Union: Pragmatism Meets Revolution.” Modern Intellectual History 3, no. 1 (2006).

Levine, Barbara, comp. and ed. Works About John Dewey, 1886-1995. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1996.

Spitzer, Alan B. “John Dewey, The ‘Trial’ of Leon Trotsky and the Search for Historical Truth.” History and Theory 29, no. 1 (1990). “For John Dewey the obligation to tell the truth as a necessary constituent of a democratic polity took priority over the immediate, or distant, political consequences of any particular inquiry.... For the world wide agglomeration of dedicated anti-fascists, fellow-travelers, left-leaning liberals, and independent socialists ... things were not so simple..... In th[ere] version the highest court of appeal was an hypostatized History whose judgment was validated, not by an understanding of the past but by a reading of the future.” Discusses attacks on the Dewey Commission by Malcolm Cowley, Joshua Kunitz, Alfred Kazin, Corliss Lamont, Michael Sayers, Albert E. Kahn, Frederick L. Schuman, Marion Hammett, and William Smith.

Westbrook, Robert B. John Dewey and American Democracy. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1991. Hostile to Dewey‘s opposition to communism.

****************************************************************

John Dewey and Albert Barnes

Zimring, Fred R. “Cold War Compromises: Albert Barnes, John Dewey, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” Pennsylvania Magazine 108, no. 1 (1984). Notes that John Dewey discouraged use of his endorsement of a philosophy book when he learned that its author was sympathetic to Henry Wallace. Denounces Dewey and Barnes for assisting the FBI against Communists.

****************************************************************

E. L. Doctorow

Cottrell, Robert. “The Portrayal of American Communists in Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel.” McNeese Review 31 (1984-86). Concludes that “E. L. Doctorow’s The Book of Daniel, in its rich and often eloquent fashion, illustrates both some of the noblest beliefs and some of the most inane and self-defeating policies and practices of American Communist Party members. But no anti-radical tract this, . . . it condemns the American Communists not for their leftwing thrust but because of their obeisance, their blindness, their tragic failure to mold an American variant of radicalism.”

****************************************************************

John Dos Passos

Carr, Virginia Spencer. Dos Passos: A Life. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1984. Detailed biography of a radical literary figure who turned firmly anti-Communist.

Corkin, Stanely. “John Dos Passos and the American Left: Recovering the Dialectic of History.” Criticism 34 (Fall 1992).

Dos Passos, John. The Theme is Freedom. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1956. Dos Passos expression of his hostility to communism.

Dos Passos, John. The Fourteenth Chronicle: Letters and Diaries of John Dos Passos. Boston: Gambit, 1973.

Gurko, L. “John Dos Passos’ U.S.A.: A 1930’s Spectacular.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Heinimann, David. “Dos Passos and the ‘Middle-Class Liberal.’” Canadian Review of American Studies 23, no. 3 (1993). On Dos Passos’s political views expressed in The Big Money (1937).

Landsberg, Melvin. Dos Passos’ Path to U.S.A.: A Political Biography, 1912-1936. Boulder, Colorado: Associated University Press, 1972.

Ludington, Townsend. John Dos Passos: A Twentieth Century Odyssey. New York: Dutton, 1980. Relates Dos Passos shift from close ally of the Communist Party to firm anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

John Dos Passos, James Farrell, and Josephine Herbst

Browder, Laura. “Rethinking America: Modernism and the Documentary Impulse in the Works of Dos Passos, Farrell, Herbst, and the Federal Theatre Project.” Ph.D. diss. Brandeis University, 1994. Sees Dos Passos’ U.S.A. as an advertisement for his modernist techniques and a debate on the strengths of different rhetorical strategies, Farrell in Studs Lonigan addressing the problem of finding working class readership for the radical novel and questioning the prevailing trope of the masculinized worker, and Herbst focused on the ways in which women can use their private, domestic experience to gain political awareness and become effective in the public sphere.

****************************************************************

Theodore Dreiser

Lingeman, Richard. “The Titan.” American Heritage 44, no. 1 (1993). Sees Theodore Dreiser’s joining of the CPUSA as only symbolic.

Shehi, Monika. “Theodore Dreiser: The Communist Individualist.” Master’s thesis. University of South Carolina, 2001.

****************************************************************

Theodore Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson, John Dos Passos, James Farrell

Rothweiler, Robert Liedel. “Ideology and Four Radical Novelists: The Response to Communism of Dreiser, Anderson, Dos Passos, and Farrell.” Ph.D. diss. Washington University, 1960.

****************************************************************

Max Eastman

Diggins, John P. “Getting Hegel Out of History: Max Eastman’s Quarrel with History.” American Historical Review 79 (1974).

Eastman, Max. Reflections on the Failure of Socialism. New York: Devin-Adair, 1955. Collection of critical essays on Communism and socialism.

Eastman, Max. Love and Revolution: My Journey Through an Epoch. New York: Random House, 1964. Eastman, a literary bohemian and early supporter of Bolshevism who knew many of its leading figures broke first over Trotskyism and later with the entire Marxist-Leninist enterprise.

O’Neill, William L. The Last Romantic: A Life of Max Eastman. New York: Oxford University Press, 1978. Eastman moved from Bohemian and literary radicalism to Communism and, in the end, to anti-Communism.

****************************************************************

Guy Endore

Wald, Alan. “The Subaltern Speaks: The Colonial Subject in U.S. Radical Literature.” Monthly Review 43, no. 11 (April 1992). Biographical study of Guy Endore, novelist, member of C.P. and blacklisted in Hollywood.

****************************************************************

David Evanier

Powers, Richard Gid. “Elegy for Dead Dreams.” The World and I, July 1991. Essay review of Evanier’s novel Red Love. “Red Love is perhaps the final installment in that sequence of fabled Marxist ‘road’ books, Orwell’s Road to Wigan Pier and Edmund Wilson’s To the Finland Station, but redone in the spirit of the road epics starring Hope, Crosby, and Lamour.... Of the romance of American communism, all that remains after Evanier’s liberating laughter is sadness and wonder at such a waste of humanity in such a worthless cause.”

****************************************************************

James T. Farrell

Branch, Edgar Marquess. James T. Farrell. New York: Twayne Publishers, 1971.

Farrell, James T. The League of Frightened Philistines and Other Papers. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1945.

Farrell, James T. A Note on Literary Criticism. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1936.

Farrell, James T. The Fate of Writing in America. [New York]: New Directions, 1946.

Farrell, James T. Literature and Morality. [New York]: Vanguard Press, 1947.

Farrell, James T. Literary Essays, 1954-1974. Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1976.

Farrell, Kathleen. Literary Integrity and Political Action: The Public Argument of James T. Farrell. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 2000.

Howe, Irving. “James T. Farrell -- the Critic Calcified.” Partisan Review 14 (October 1947).

Landers, Robert K. An Honest Writer: The Life and Times of James T. Farrell. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2004.

Wald, Alan M. James T. Farrell: The Revolutionary Socialist Years. New York: New York University Press, 1978. Discusses Farrell’s break with the Communist Party in the 1930s and his close relationship with Trotskyism.

Wald, Alan M. “James T. Farrell in the 1930s: The Athanasius of Union Square.” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

Howard Fast

Fast, Howard. The Naked God: The Writer and the Communist Party. New York: Praeger, 1957. Fast, a popular author, won the Stalin Peace Prize in 1953. He broke with the CPUSA in 1957.

Fast, Howard. Being Red. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. Memoir by a radical/popular writer aligned with the CPUSA from time to time. In this memoir he takes a favorable attitude toward Communism in contrast to the disillusionment of The Naked God.

Fast, Howard, Alan Wald, and Alan Filreis. “A Conversation with Howard Fast.” Edited by Thomas J. Sugrue. Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1995).

Isserman, Maurice. “[Review of Fast’s Being Red].” New York Times, 4 November 1990. Regards Fast’s memory that a prominent American Jewish Communist leader in 1949 told Fast that the C.P. was preparing to criticize Soviet anti-Semitism as “preposterous” and not supported by independent evidence. Fast in a later letter to the editor reiterated his claim.

Meyer, Gerald. “Howard Fast: An American Leftist Reinterprets His Life.” Science & Society 57, no. 1 (Spring 1993). Critical of the reliability of portions of Fast’s memoir.

Radosh, Ronald. “About-Face.” Commentary, March 1991. Critical essay-review of Howard Fast’s Being Red: A Memoir. Compares the major differences between’s Fast’s new memoir of life in the C.P. with what he wrote in his 1957 The Naked God.

Schappes, Morris U. “Howard Fast Accuses Me.” Jewish Currents, March 1991. Denies Fast’s assertion in Being Red that in 1948 Schappes accused Fast of the Jewish nationalism deviation based on Fast’s Glorious Brothers.

Schappes, Morris U. “Fast, Isserman, Fadeyev, Novick.” Jewish Currents, April 1991. Finds “implausible” Fast’s assertion in Being Red that leaders of CPUSA asked Fast to tell Soviet representatives at an international meeting that CPUSA was considered accusing the Soviet Union of anti-Semitism. Speculates that a few Jewish Communist leaders might have privately asked Fast to inquire about the fate of some prominent Soviet Jews.

Seed, David. “Howard Fast and the Shape of the Political Memoir.” European Contributions to American Studies [Netherlands], no. 39 (1998).

Seed, David. “The Ex-Communist Memoirs of Howard Fast and His Contemporaries.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 24 (1999).

Traister, Daniel. “Noticing Howard Fast.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 20 (1995).

Wald, Alan M. “The Legacy of Howard Fast.” Radical America 17, no. 1 (1983)

****************************************************************

William Faulkner

Schwartz, Lawrence H. Creating Faulkner’s Reputation: The Politics of Modern Literary Criticism. Knoxville: The University of Tennessee Press, 1988. Argues that Faulkner’s reputation soared after WWII because three groups (the New Critics, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the New York Intellectuals) wanted to destroy the influence of leftist writers such as Kazin and Hicks and promote those of Faulkner whose values were compatible with a Cold War celebration of American capitalism, nationalism, and democracy.

****************************************************************

Kenneth Fearing

Anderson, Andrew Richard. “‘Fear Ruled Them All’: Kenneth Fearing’s Literature of Corporate Conspiracy.” Ph.D. diss. Purdue University, 1989.

Mills, Nathaniel. “The Dialectic of Electricity: Kenneth Fearing, Walter Benjamin, and a Marxist Aesthetic.” Journal of Modern Literature 30, no. 2 (Winter 2007).

****************************************************************

Joseph Freeman

Beck, Kent M. “The Odyssey of Joseph Freeman.” Historian 37, no. 1 (1974). Political/literary biographical essay.

Freeman, Joseph, Joshua Kunitz, and Louis Lozowick. Voices of October: Art and Literature in Soviet Russia. New York: The Vanguard Press, 1930.

Freeman, Joseph. An American Testament. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1936. This impressive work did not fully accord with party guidelines and led to his becoming isolated from the movement.

Freeman, Joseph. Never Call Retreat. New York Toronto: Farrar & Rinehart, Inc., 1943.

Freeman, Joseph. The Long Pursuit. New York Toronto: Rinehart & Company, Inc., 1947.

McConnell, Gary Robert. “Joseph Freeman: A Personal Odyssey from Romance to Revolution.” Ph.D. diss., 195. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1985.

Scheiding, Oliver. “Trials of the Mind: Joseph Freeman as Representative of the American ‘Homeless Left.’” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Scheiding, Oliver. Joseph Freeman Literatur und Politik in Den USA Zwischen 1920 und 1960. Münster: Lit, 1994.

****************************************************************

E. M. Forster

Watt, Donald. “Uncornered Humanist: E. M. Forster in the Pink Decade.” South Atlantic Quarterly 81, no. 3 (Summer 1982). Discusses Forster’s attitude toward Communism in the 1930s as shifting from sympathy to later skepticism.

****************************************************************

Daniel Fuchs

Howe, Irving. “Daniel Fuchs’ Williamsburg Trilogy: A Cigarette and Window.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

Elsa Gidlow

Brown, Kathleen. “Lovers Never Think of Creeds: The Sexual Practice and Radical Politics of Elsa Gidlow, 1917-1955.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1999.

****************************************************************

Michael Gold

Bloom, James D. Left Letters: The Culture Wars of Mike Gold and Joseph Freeman. New York: Columbia University Press, 1992.

Brogna, John J. “Michael Gold: Critic and Playwright.” Ph.D. diss. University of Georgia, 1982.

Folsom, Michael. “The Education of Michael Gold.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Folsom, Michael. “The Pariah of American Letters.” In Mike Gold: A Literary Anthology, edited by Michael Folsom. New York: International, 1972.

Gold, Michael. Jews Without Money. New York: H. Liveright, 1930. Gold’s most influential book.

Gold, Michael. The Hollow Men. New York: International Publishers, 1941. “Appeared originally as a series of articles in the Daily worker under the title ‘The great tradition: can the literary renegades destroy it?’”

Gold, Michael. Change the World! New York: International publishers, 1937. Essays expressing Gold’s view of literature.

Gold, Michael. Mike Gold: A Literary Anthology. Edited by Michael Folsom. New York: International, 1972.

Hertz, Howard Lee. “Writer and Revolutionary: The Life and Works of Michael Gold, Father of Proletarian Literature in the United States.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas, 1974. Literary biography of Gold and analysis of proletarian literature. Sees the literary promise of Jews Without Money and the proletarian literary movement as having been killed by the Communist Party’s capitulation to liberal capitalism when it adopted Popular Front policies.

Homberger, Eric. “Michael Gold, the American Left in the 1930s and the Problem of Ethnic Difference.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Naficy, Azar. “The Literary Wars of Mike Gold, A Study in the Background and Development of Mike Gold’s Literary Ideas, 1920-1941.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1979. Sympathetic literary biography; notes the dangers of sectarianism in Gold’s proletarian literature.

Pyros, John. Mike Gold: Dean of American Proletarian Writers. New York: Dramatika Press, 1979.

Sanders, J.P. “‘Can We Learn from the Bourgeois Writers?’ The Mike Gold -- Thornton Wilder Controversy of 1930.” American Communist History (). draft 2003.

Schoening, Mark. “T.S. Eliot Meets Michael Gold: Modernism and Radicalism in Depression-Era American Literature.” Modernism/modernity 3, no. 3 (September 1996).

Shields, Art. “Mike Gold, Our Pride and Joy.” Political Affairs, July 1972. Attack on Michael Folsom’s “The Pariah of American Letters” by a veteran C.P. journalist. Folsom’s response, December 1972 issue.

Wald, Alan M. “Mike Gold and the Radical Literary Movement of the 1930’s.” International Socialist Review 34, no. 3 (1973)

****************************************************************

Joseph Heller

Robertson, Joan. “They’re After Everyone: Heller’s Catch-22 and the Cold War.” Clio 19, no. 1 (1989). On Joseph Heller’s Catch-22 (1962) is the satirization of Cold War opposition to communism and America’s national dementia.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Still the Best Catch There is: Joseph Heller’s Catch-22.” In Rethinking Cold War Culture, edited by Peter J. Kuznick and James Burkhart Gilbert. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

Lillian Hellman and Dashiell Hammett

Bernstein, Richard. “An Unfinished Reputation: Reassessing Lillian Hellman.” New York Times, 12 November 1998. “The tide has shifted. Stalinist apologetics are out of fashion. That fact, and the slow accumulation of anti-myth information about Hellman, have combined to tarnish her once radiant reputation.”

Bills, Steven H. Lillian Hellman, an Annotated Bibliography. New York: Garland Pub., 1979.

Capshaw, Ron. “Remembering a Stalinist.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 4 January 2007. On Dashiell Hammet

Dick, Bernard F. Hellman in Hollywood. Rutherford, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press and Associated University Presses, 1982.

Flowers, Theresa Jane. “The Effects of McCarthyism on the Autobiographical Writings of Lillian Hellman.” Master’s thesis. Texas Woman’s University, 1992.

Glazer, Nathan. “An Answer to Lillian Hellman.” Commentary 61, no. 6 (1976). Disagrees with Lillian Hellman’s criticism of intellectuals who did not defend her and others who refused to testify to the House Un-American Activities Committee. Judges that had responsible intellectuals written openly about the Communist party in the 1940s and 1950s, congressional investigations would have been unnecessary.

Griffin, Alice, and Geraldine Thorsten. Understanding Lillian Hellman. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 1999.

Hammett, Dashiell. Selected Letters of Dashiell Hammett. Edited by Richard Layman and Julie M. Rivett. Washington, D.C.: Counterpoint, 2000.

Haynes, John Earl. “Hellman and the Hollywood Inquisition: The Triumph of Spin-Control Over Candour.” Film History 10, no. 3 (1998). Discusses how documents regarding Hellman’s private exchanges with her attorney show that she was not truthful in her statements after her appearance before the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities.

Hellman, Lillian. An Unfinished Woman: A Memoir. Boston: Little, Brown, 1969.

Hellman, Lillian. Scoundrel Time. Boston: Little, Brown, 1976. Hellman, a longtime friend of the Communist party, discusses her experiences with the U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities; expresses contempt for ex-Communists who publicly repudiate their experiences in the Communist party; hostile to anti-Communist liberals.

Hook, Sidney. “Lillian Hellman’s Scoundrel Time.” Encounter [U.K.] 48, no. 2 (February 1977). Critical review-essay.

Howe, Irving. “Lillian Hellman and the McCarthy Years.” Dissent 23, no. 4 (1976). Critique of Lillian Hellman and Scoundrel Time as well as Garry Wills’ introduction to the book.

Jacobson, Phyllis. “Two Invented Lives.” New Politics 6, no. 3 (Summer 1997). On Dashiell Hammett and Lillian Hellman.

Johnson, Diane. Dashiell Hammett, a Life. New York: Random House, 1983. Hammett, a popular writer of fiction, was active in Communist causes and groups.

Kakutani, Michiko. “Hellman-McCarthy Libel Suit Stirs Old Antagonisms.” New York Times, 19 March 1980. Discusses Lillian Hellman’s libel suit against Mary McCarthy for her remarks regarding Scoundrel Time. McCarthy remarked on the Dick Cavett television show that “every word” Hellman wrote “was a lie, including the ‘ands’ and the ‘thes.’” Hellman died before the suit came to court.

Kazin, Alfred. “The Legend of Lillian Hellman.” Esquire, August 1977.

Kornstein, Daniel J. “The Case Against Lillian Hellman: A Literary-Legal Defense.” Fordham Law Review 57 (April 1989).

Kramer, Hilton. “The Life and Death of Lillian Hellman.” New Criterion 3, no. 2 (1984). Critical review of Hellman’s political history.

Layman, Richard. Shadow Man: The Life of Dashiell Hammett. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1981.

Mailer, Norman. “An Appeal to Lillian Hellman and Mary McCarthy.” New York Review of Books, 11 May 1980. Exchange of letters regarding the Hellman libel suit against McCarthy. Other letters in the issue of June 15, 1980.

Martinson, Deborah. Lillian Hellman: A Life with Foxes and Scoundrels. New York: Counterpoint, 2005.

McCracken, Samuel. “‘Julia’ & Other Fictions by Lillian Hellman.” Commentary 77, no. 6 (1984). About fabrications and distortions in Hellman’s writings. Notes evidence that “Julia,” portrayed in the Hellman memoir “Pentimento” as a close friend engaged with Hellman in dramatic anti-Nazi activities was a fiction based on the activities of Murial Gardner, a women who never met Hellman.

McPherson, Michael L. “Lillian Hellman and Her Critics.” Ph.D. diss. University of Denver, 1976.

Mellen, Joan. Hellman and Hammett: The Legendary Passion of Lillian Hellman and Dashiell Hammett. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1996.

Melnick, Ralph. The Stolen Legacy of Anne Frank: Meyer Levin, Lillian Hellman, and the Staging of the Diary. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1997. Argues that the Jewish content of Frank’s diary was minimized to fit Hellman’s Communist-influenced agenda.

Meroney, John. “Red Harvest.” American Enterprise, September 2002. Essay-review of the Selected letters of Dashiell Hammett.

Newman, Robert P. The Cold War Romance of Lillian Hellman and John Melby. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989.

Opler, Daniel. “From Cannibal to Communist: The Origins of Dashiell Hammet’s Radicalism.” Columbia Journal of American Studies 3, no. 1 (1998).

Phillips, William. “What Happened in the Fifties.” Partisan Review 43, no. 3 (1976). Critical of Lillian Hellman’s Scoundrel Time and defending Left anti-Communism.

Recknagel, Marsha L. “Lillian Hellman’s Memoirs: ‘Writing Is Oneself.’” Ph.D. diss. Rice University, 1988.

Riordan, Mary Marguerite. Lillian Hellman, a Bibliography, 1926-1978. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1980.

Rollyson, Carl E. Lillian Hellman: Her Legend and Her Legacy. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. Discusses her activity as a Popular Front supporter and notes her hitherto concealed 1938-1940 membership in the CPUSA.

Symons, Julian. Dashiell Hammett. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1985.

Weiner, Lauren. “Lady in Red.” TCS Daily, 8 May 2006. Review-essay on Deborah’s Lillian Hellman: A Life with Foxes and Scoundrels. “Lillian Hellman’s presenting her life aslant to the world can be understood (not excused) as a chapter, and a distinctive and telling one, in the annals of human self-exculpation and self-aggrandizement. Prettying up the picture for her, at this distance in time, by whitewashing “antifascism” for a mainstream audience of American biography readers simply falsifies history.”

Wright, William. Lillian Hellman: The Image, the Woman. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986. Critical biography; discusses Hellman’s relationship with Communism; judges that Hellman distorted facts in her autobiographies and exaggerated her suffering in the McCarthy era.

****************************************************************

Ernest Hemingway

Brown, Deming. “Hemingway in Russia.” American Quarterly 5, no. 2 (Summer 1953).

Harrison, S. L. “Hemingway as Negligent Reporter: New Masses and the 1935 Florida Hurricane.” American Journalism 11, no. 1 (1994). Examines Hemingway’s well-crafted but poorly researched story on the hurricane that ripped through the Florida Keys in 1935, written for the pro-Communist journal, New Masses.

Kvam, Wayne. “Hemingway’s German Radio Address.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Martin, Lawrence H. “The Revolutionist: Historical Context and Political Ideology.” In Hemingway’s Italy New Perspectives, edited by Rena. Sanderson. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 2005. Discusses Hemingway’s attitude toward communism.

Moreira, Peter. Hemingway on the China Front: His WWII Spy Mission with Martha Gellhorn. Washington, DC: Potomac Books, 2006. Maintains that Hemingway was commissioned by Harry Dexter White to undertage “spy” operations in China in 1941 on behalf of the U.S. Treasury.

****************************************************************

Will Herberg

Ausmus, Harry J. Will Herberg, a Bio-Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Herberg, a Lovestoneist leader, latter became a leading Jewish theologian.

Ausmus, Harry J. Will Herberg, from Right to Right. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1987. Argues for the continuity of Herberg’s thought in what is often seen as an intellectual pilgrimage from left to right.

Gnall, Janet Marita. “Will Herberg, Jewish Theologian: A Biblical-Existential Approach to Religion.” Ph.D. diss. Drew University, 1983. Discusses Herberg’s early Communism and its influence on his later thinking.

Herberg, Will. From Marxism to Judaism: The Collected Essays of Will Herberg. Edited by David G. Dalin. New York: M. Wiener Pub., 1989.

Siegel, Seymour. “Will Herberg, 1955.” Modern Age 26, no. 3-4 (1982). Admiring Biographical essay.

****************************************************************

Josephine Herbst

Herbst, Josephine. The Starched Blue Sky of Spain, and Other Memoirs. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1991.

Langer, Elinor. Josephine Herbst. Boston: Little, Brown, 1984. Biography of a literary friend of the Communist Party who was married to a underground Communist working in Washington in the 1930s.

Langer, Elinor. “The Secret Drawer.” Nation, 30 May 1994. Langer comments on Herbst‘s attitude toward Stalinism, “‘there was no conception of how evil it all was.’ That statement is unfortunately, true. As distant as she was both from Russia and the Comintern, there was an inner link between her sense of justice and the Communist movement that she was never able to sever.... Josie was independent of the Communist Party but she was not independent of the Zeitgeist.... But at a time when one of the principal arguments about Stalin is whether he left 20 million or 60 million dead, it is not enough to reply to charges that Josie was a agent by saying that she wasn‘t or that if she acted as one she did so freely. At some point a number of difficult and unpleasant questions have to be asked and they have to do not only with ‘independence‘ but with morality.... If she was not wrong in being close to the Communists in the 1930s and she was not wrong, by my lights, in refusing to join the panicked repudiation of Communism in the 1950s, she was still wrong to die silent. Where does the wrong begin?”

Rubinstein, Annette. “Fiction of the Thirties: Josephine Herbst.” Science & Society 49 (Spring 1985)

****************************************************************

Granville Hicks

Hicks, Granville. Where We Came Out. New York: Viking Press, 1954. Hicks, a leading Communist-aligned intellectual in the 1930s, left the CPUSA in 1939. Discusses the appeal of Communism to intellectuals.

Hicks, Granville. “Liberalism in the Fifties.” American Scholar, Summer 1956.

Hicks, Granville. Part of the Truth. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1965.

Levenson, Leah, and Jerry H. Natterstad. Granville Hicks: The Intellectual in Mass Society. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1993.

Majid, Anouar. “Granville Hicks and the Dilemma of American Radicalism.” Ph.D. diss. Syracuse University, 1991. Says that although Hicks’ resignation from the CPUSA was a justifiable indictment of dogmatism, his repudiation of Marxism was an unjustifiable bending to the pressure of patriotism during the Cold War.

****************************************************************

Sidney Hook

Abel, Lionel. “Sidney Hook’s Career (the Philosopher in Politics).” Partisan Review 52, no. 2 (1985).

Bunzel, John H. “The Intellect as a Weapon for Freedom.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Cotter, Matthew J., ed. Sidney Hook Reconsidered. Amherst, N.Y.: Prometheus Books, 2004. TOC: Charting the intellectual career of Sidney Hook: five major steps / David Sidorsky -- A defense of naturalism as a defense of secularism / Barbara Forrest -- Politics without dogmas: Sidney Hook’s basic ideals / Robert B. Talisse -- Dewey’s bulldog and the eclipse of pragmatism / Michael Eldridge -- Sidney Hook’s secular humanism appraised retrospectively / Paul Kurtz -- Right to life : Sidney Hook and the uses of violence / Marvin Kohl -- Sidney Hook and education / Steven M. Cahn -- Flexibility and revolution / Christopher Phelps -- Sidney Hook, higher education, and the new failure of nerve / Edward Shapiro -- From Dewey to Hook : World War II and the crisis of democracy / Gary Bullert -- Strident polemics, open discussion, and tolerance / Neil Jumonville -- Considering Sidney Hook / Nathan Glazer -- Sidney Hook’s prescience / Tibor R. Machan -- Sidney Hook: teacher and public philosopher / Bruce Wilshire. Includes a bibliography of Sidney Hook’s published work compiled by Jo-Ann Boydston and Kathleen Poulos updated by Matthew J. Cotter.

Crimmins, Carolyn Codamo. “In Search of Sidney Hook: An Interpretative Analysis of Hook’s Social, Political and Educational Philosophy from 1930 to 1970.” Ph.D. diss. Georgia State University, 1984. Hook was a leading Left anti-Communist intellectual.

Hessen, Robert, Ernest B. Hoo, John H. Bunzel, Ralph G. Ross, Milorad M. Drachkovitch, and Yin Luyun. “Reflections on Sidney Hook.” Academic Questions 3, no. 1 (Winter 1989-90).

Hook, Sidney. “Breaking with the Communists: A Memoir.” Commentary 77, no. 2 (February 1984).

Hook, Sidney. “Why I Am a Communist.” Modern Monthly, April 1934.

Hook, Sidney. Letters of Sidney Hook: Democracy, Communism, and the Cold War. Edited by Edward S. Shapiro. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe, 1995.

Hook, Sidney. Out of Step: An Unquiet Life in the 20th Century. New York: Harper & Row, 1987. Highly detailed memoir of Hook’s political activities and thinking. Hook, a leading anti-Communist left intellectual since the mid-1930s, discusses at length the Dewey Commission, the Waldorf-Astoria peace conference, the American Committee for Cultural Freedom, and the Congress for Cultural Freedom.

Hook, Sidney. Sidney Hook on Pragmatism, Democracy, and Freedom the Essential Essays. Edited by Robert B. Talisse and Robert Tempio. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 2002.

Hook, Sidney. Towards the Understanding of Karl Marxa Revolutionary Interpretation. Edited by Ernest B. Hook. Amherst, N.Y.: Prometheus Books, 2002. Revised edition of the original 1933 book with contributions by Paul Berman and Lewis S. Feuer and historical introduction by Christopher Phelps.

Horn, Richard Downing. “The Perils of Pragmatism: Sidney Hook’s Journey Through Philosophy and Politics, 1902-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Princeton University, 1997. See Hook’s naturalism and socialism as “tragically” subordinate to opposition to communism.

Klehr, Harvey. “A Vigil Against Totalitarianism.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Kramer, Hilton. “The Importance of Sidney Hook.” Commentary 84, no. 2 (August 1987). Discusses Hook’s role as a leading anti-Communist left intellectual and the varied political paths taken by anti-Communist left and liberal intellectuals of the 1940s and 1950s.

Levine, Barbara, comp. Sidney Hook: A Checklist of Writings. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1989.

Madigan, Timothy J. “Sidney Hook: Defender of Democracy.” Human Affairs [Slovakia] 11, no. 2 (2001). On the relevance of Hook’s analysis of democracy to post-Communist societies.

Phelps, Christopher. Young Sidney Hook: Marxist and Pragmatist. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1997. On Hook’s attempt to fuse revolutionary Marxism with the scientific pragmatism and democratic outlook of John Dewey to produce a “communism without dogmas” in which “the values of democracy and scientific inquiry were perfectly compatible with revolutionary socialism.” Sees Hook after the 1930s abandoning this position for an uncritical anticommunism.

Phelps, Christopher. “Why Wouldn’t Sidney Hook Permit the Republication of His Best Book?” Historical Materialism 11, no. 4 (2003).

Radosh, Ronald. “Defending a ‘Secular Humanist’ Against Arthur Schlesinger’s Revisionism.” New York Sun, 11 December 2002. Discusses two symposiums on Sidney Hook, one at CUNY on 25-26 October at which Schlesinger described Hook’s anticommunism as “excessive” and one at NYU on 2 December at which Radosh spoke. “Sidney Hook has been proven to have been right, and Arthur M. Schlesinger Jr. has been proven to be wrong. One suspects, as Hilton Kramer has argued, that had Mr. Schlesinger kept up such a stance, he ‘ran the risk of sounding like Richard Nixon and, after 1980, even more like Ronald Reagan.’ Mr. Schlesinger changed his views to now attack the old anti-communism as wrong and “obsessive,” and to chastise those who stuck to principle. No longer could a member of the liberal intelligentsia be viewed as a tough anti-Communist. It is to Hook’s credit that he never sought admission to that club, and put principle ahead of opportunism.”

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Sidney Hook -- Corliss Lamont Letters.” Continuity 12 (Fall 1988). Discusses the context of and reproduces 16 letters exchanged between Hook and Lamont from 1941 to 1966 arguing about the nature of Communism.

Shapiro, Edward S. “The Jewishness of the New York Intellectuals: Sidney Hook a Case Study.” In American Pluralism and the Jewish Community, edited by Seymour Martin. Lipset. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1989. “Hook’s attitude toward Israel was a by-product of his staunch attempt, beginning in the 1930s, to shore up western defenses against the dangers of communism and Soviet power. In contrast to most of the other New York intellectuals during the 1930s and 1940s, he was more concerned with the danger of communism than fascism, and his anticommunism was deeper and more consuming. While fascism was the greater military threat to the West, Hook perceived communism to be the greater threat to the ‘democratic way of life’ within the world of the universities and intellectuals.”

Talisse, Robert B. “Sidney Hook, Pragmatism, and the Communist Party: A Comment on Capps.” Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society: A Quarterly Journal in American Philosophy 39, no. 4 (2003).

Todorovich, Miro M. “Organized Resistance to the Campus Revolution.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

Whitfield, Stephen J. “The Crusade of a Constructive Critic.” Academic Questions 9, no. 3 (Summer 1996). A contribution to “Symposium: A Look at the Life of Sidney Hook.”

****************************************************************

David Horowitz

Horowitz, David. “Still Taking the Fifth.” Commentary, July 1989, 53-55. Discusses the Communist mother of a childhood friend whose life revolved around “raising funds for volunteers during the Spanish Civil War, marching for civil rights, [and] playing the part of a loyal cadre in the New York City Teachers Union” but who in 1940 also carried a sealed message to Mexico, a message she later learned was part of the Trotsky murder operation. Criticizes Bernstein’s Loyalties for accepting the premise that adherence to Communism by Bernstein’s father and others is irrelevant to a historical evaluation of McCarthyism.

Horowitz, David. Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey. New York: Free Press, 1997. Autobiography by a leading New Leftist who in the late 1980s became a leading conservative activist/polemicist/intellectual. He discusses the central role of the Communist party in the lives of his parents and his childhood (attending camp Wo-Chi-Ca). His father, Philip, a party official, was fired from his New York City teaching position when he refused to answer questions about party membership. Discusses as well the relationship between the New Left and communism and his own brush with Soviet intelligence. Of his parents: “they became permanent conspirators in a revolutionary drama. Secrecy enveloped everything they did that was important to them. Like the agents of a secret service, they operated on a “need to know” basis, making it a rule never to discuss their real politics, to identify their associates, or to reveal their Party activities to any outsider.... Although Communism was the center of my father’s passionate life, he never mentioned the party by name, but would refer to it as ‘the Organization’ or, on rare occasions, ‘the party,’ without specifying which party it was. In fact, I never heard by father use the work ‘Communist’ to describe himself or his political agendas. Nor was he alone in this. All my parents’ friends were party members, but in identifying themselves to the political goyim they invariably used the term ‘progressive.’”

Horowitz, David. Left Illusions: An Intellectual Odyssey. Dallas, TX: Spence Pub., 2003. Collected essays, a number of which deal with his experiences with the old and new lefts, including: “Hand-Me-Down Marxism,” “Solzhenitsyn and the Radical Cause,” “The Passion of the Jews,” “Telling It Like It Wasn’t,” “The Era of Progressive Witch-Hunts,” “Carl Bernstein’s Communist Problem and Mine,” “Marx’s Manifesto: 150 Years of Evil,” “From Red to Green,” “The Meaning of Left and Right,” and “Neo-Communism.”

****************************************************************

Irving Howe

Alexander, Edward. Irving Howe: Socialist, Critic, Jew. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1998.

Howe, Irving. A Margin of Hope: An Intellectual Autobiography. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1982. Howe was an influential left (Trotskyist) anti-Communist intellectual in the 1950s.

Rodden, John. “Wanted: Irving Howe FBI No. 727437B.” Dissent 49, no. 4 (Spring 2002). Focuses on FBI’s surveillance of former Independent Socialist League (ISL) member Irving Howe’s activities in the 1950s.

Rodden, John. “The Reputation of Irving Howe.” Society 40, no. 2 (2003).

Rodden, John, ed. Irving Howe and the Critics: Celebrations and Attacks. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 2005.

Rodden, John, ed. The Worlds of Irving Howe: The Critical Legacy. Boulder, Colo.: Paradigm Publishers, 2005.

Sorin, Gerald. Irving Howe a Life of Passionate Dissent. New York: New York University Press,

****************************************************************

Irving Howe and Alfred Kazin

Glaberson, Eric Abraham. “Historical Humanism in the Work of Two New York Intellectuals: Irving Howe and Alfred Kazin.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1982. Discusses the political evolution of Howe, Kazin, and Partisan Review

****************************************************************

Howard Hunt

Davis, Earle. “Howard Hunt and the Peter Ward-CIA Spy Novels.” Kansas Quarterly 10, no. 4 (1978). Discusses the treatment of communism in the novels of Watergate figure Howard Hunt.

****************************************************************

Fredric Jameson

Ellis, John M. “Fredric Jameson’s Marxist Criticism.” Academic Questions 7, no. 2 (Spring 1994): 30-43. Discusses the defense of Stalinism and Maoism by influential literary theorist..

Jameson, Fredric. Late Marxism: Adorno, or, the Persistence of the Dialectic. London, New York: Verso, 1990. In praise of Marxism.

****************************************************************

Matthew Josephson

Josephson, Matthew. Infidel in the Temple: A Memoir of the Nineteen-Thirties. New York: Knopf, 1967. Discusses the attitude of intellectuals to Communism.

Shi, David E. Matthew Josephson, Bourgeois Bohemian. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1981.

****************************************************************

Alfred Kazin

Kazin, Alfred. On Native Grounds: An Interpretation of Modern American Prose Literature. New York: Reynal & Hitchcock, 1942.

Kazin, Alfred. A Walker in the City. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1951. Autobiographical. Kazin, an influential radical intellectual and writer of the 1930s and 1940s, discusses the radical tone of intellectual-literary life in the 1930s.

Kazin, Alfred. Starting Out in the Thirties. Boston: Little, Brown, 1965. Autobiographical.

Kazin, Alfred. New York Jew. New York: Knopf:, distr. by Random House, 1978.

Wald, Alan M. “In Retrospect: On Native Grounds.” Reviews in American History 20, no. 2 (June 1992). Essay-review: argues that Kazin was wrong about the literary Left of the 1930s.

****************************************************************

Arthur Koestler

Avishai, Bernard. “Arthur Koestler: The Consolations of Communism.” Partisan Review 70, no. 2 (2003).

Koestler, Arthur. Arrow in the Blue: An Autobiography. New York: Macmillan, 1952. The first volume of an autobiography: 1905-31.

Koestler, Arthur. The Invisible Writing. New York: Macmillan, 1954. The second volume of an autobiography, 1932-40. Notes his contact with a number of American literary and cultural figures in or close to the Communist movement.

Koestler, Arthur, and Cynthia Koestler. Stranger on the Square. Edited by Harold Harris. New York: Random House, 1984. Third volume of Koestler’s autobiography with and introduction and epilogue by Harold Harris.

Koestler, Arthur. Darkness at Noon. Translated by Daphne Hardy. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1941. Koestler’s influential novel of the Moscow Trials of the old Bolsheviks.

Poulain, Martine. “A Cold War Best-Seller: The Reaction to Arthur Koestler’s Darkness at Noon in France from 1945 to 1950.” Libraries & Culture 36, no. 1 (Winter 2001).

Tyndall, Andrea Gay. “The Personal Becomes Political: Arthur Koestler, 1940-1950.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Binghamton, 1992. Finds that Koestler’s depiction of communism as evil derived from its failure to live up to his quasi-religious hopes. Koestler developed a negative image of the Soviet Union that played to the territorial aspirations of the West for geographic spheres of influence. He also promoted establishing the state of Israel, a goal derived from Jewish self-hatred that lay at the heart of his Zionism, and used anticommunism to promote Israel’s existence by presenting it as a obstacle of Communist influence in the Middle East.

****************************************************************

Arthur Koestler and George Orwell

Calder, Jenni. Chronicles of Conscience: A Study of George Orwell and Arthur Koestler. Critical Essays in Modern Literature. [Pittsburgh, PA]: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1968.

Carruthers, Susan L. “‘More Dramatic Than Fact’: Cold War Fictions of the Total State.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, DC, 2001. Hostile and at time contemptuous examination of anti-Communist and anti-totalitarian themes and iconic status in the 1950s of Koestler’s Darkness at Noon and Orwell’s 1984.

****************************************************************

Irving Kristol

Kristol, Irving. “Memoirs of a Trotskyist.” New York Times Magazine, 23 January 1977. Kristol discusses his time as a Trotskyist.

Kristol, Irving. Reflections of a Neoconservative: Looking Back, Looking Ahead. New York: Basic Books, 1983.

Kristol, Irving. Neoconservatism: The Autobiography of an Idea. New York: Free Press, 1995. Collected essays.

****************************************************************

Meridel Le Sueur

Dawahare, Anthony. “Modernity and ‘Village Communism’ in Depression-Era America: The Utopian Literature of Meridel Le Sueur.” Criticism 39, no. 3 (Summer 1997). “Le Sueur’s current reception in academia tends to contain rather than explain her complexity. I suggest that we can understand Le Sueur’s, as well as other proletarian writers’, work more fully by resituating it in the broader culture of the 1930s. Le Sueur’s work participates in a complex web of literary, political, and cultural relationships that complicate any reading of her as opposed to dominant political values of the 1930s, whether those manifested in the C.P. or in the mass culture at large.... In fact, she can best be understood as a modern anti-modernist writer who seeks to overcome the alienation of American capitalism through an irrationalist philosophy that privileges intuition, ‘mass feeling,’ and agrarianism as the basis of a working-class community somehow outside of, and opposed to, bourgeois culture.”

Killeen, Rea Cassidy. “Meridel Le Sueur’s Vision of Women: Begetters and Birthers of Change.” Ph.D. diss. University of Rhode Island, 1991. Finds that Le Sueur, a Communist, in her writing depicts the working class as humane and the bourgeoisie as abusive. She exposed the imbalance of power in traditional heterosexual relationships; her men represent the bourgeoisie and her women symbolize the working class. She exposes the oppression of both women and the working class in a “patriarchal/capitalistic” society. Says of Le Sueur’s literature “her work endures.”

Kennedy, Kathleen. “Meridel Le Sueur: A Voice for Working-Class Women.” In The Human Tradition in America Between the Wars, 1920-1945, edited by Donald W. Whisenhunt. Human Tradition in America. Wilmington, DE: SR Books, 2002.

Le Sueur, Meridel. “The Don Juans of the FBI.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Maintains that the FBI launched a reign of terror against progressives and other people of good will, that actions against her included blacklisting her father (a lawyer) and his clients and that for two years agents were constantly outside her house, interviewed her mother when she was dying, and bugged her son-in-law’s car. Says the FBI seduced radical women to make them into stool pigeons and sexually framed a restaurant union organizer. Says a woman, imprisoned for signing a false oath at a veterans hospital, when later followed by FBI agents, turned, shouted ‘drop dead’ at one agent, and he did.

Le Sueur, Meridel. Ripening: Selected Work. Edited by Elaine Hedges. New York: Feminist Press, distr. by Talman Co., 1990.

Markels, Julian. “The Gramscian Ordeal of Meridel Le Sueur.” Paper presented at Center for Working Class Studies Conference. Youngstown, Ohio, 1999. Concludes that her later writings “mark the defeat of her Gramscian project and prompt the question whether Gramsci’s theory can accommodate the disappearance, once it has appeared, of an emergent class’s political party as the seedbed for organic intellectuals.”

Mickenberg, Julia. “Communist in a Coonskin Cap? Meridel Le Sueur’s Books for Children and Reformulation of America’s Cold War Frontier Epic.” The Lion and the Unicorn 21, no. 1 (1997).

Obermueller, Erin V. “Reading the Body in Meridel Le Sueur’s The Girl.” Legacy 22, no. 1 (2005).

Pratt, Linda Ray. “Woman Writer in the C.P.: The Case of Meridel Le Sueur.” Women’s Studies 14, no. 3 (February 1988). Biographical essay on Le Sueur, a midwestern writer who joined the C.P. perhaps as early as 1924 and remained loyal throughout her life; surveys her writing career and concludes “If the party discouraged some of the best aspects of Le Sueur’s early style, it was nevertheless the center of her support as a writer and as a comrade.”

Scheuning, Neala. “‘America: Song We Sang Without Knowing’ -- Meridel Le Sueur’s America.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1978.

Schleuning, Neala. America, Song We Sang Without Knowing: The Life and Ideas of Meridel Le Sueur. Mankato, MN: Little Red Hen Press, 1983.

Shulman, Robert. “‘I Was Marching,’ the Radical Reportage of Meridel Le Sueur.” Nature, Society and Thought 1 (1988).

Smith, Mary K. “Meridel Le Sueur: A Bio-Bibliography.” Master’s thesis. University of Minnesota, 1973.

Wald, Alan. “The Many Lives of Meridel Le Sueur.” Monthly Review 49, no. 4 (September 1997). Discussed Le Sueur’s relationship to the CPUSA and surveys the treatment of her work by feminist scholars.

****************************************************************

Meridel Le Sueur, Tillie Olsen, and Langston Hughes

Dawahare, Anthony David. “American Proletarian Modernism and the Problem of Modernity in the Thirties: Meridel Le Sueur, Tillie Olsen, and Langston Hughes.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1994.

****************************************************************

Ludwig Lewisohn

Singer, David. “Ludwig Lewisohn: The Making of an Anti-Communist.” American Quarterly 23, no. 5 (1971). Argues that Lewisohn’s stay in Europe in the late 1920s gave him a new respect for individualism and prompted his intellectual evolution from a prominent intellectual critic of American society to a critic of Communism and collectivism.

****************************************************************

Dwight Macdonald

Cummings, Robert. “Dwight Macdonald in the 1940s.” New Politics 1, no. 1 (Summer 1986).

Cummings, Robert J. “The Education of Dwight Macdonald, 1906-1928: A Biographical Study.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1988.

Longstaff, S.A. “On Dwight Macdonald.” New Politics 5, no. 2 (Winter 1995).

Macdonald, Dwight. Memoirs of a Revolutionist: Essays in Political Criticism. New York: Farrar, Straus and Cudahy, 1957. Essays and memoirs of an influential independent Leftist journalist and editor of Politics.

Macdonald, Dwight, and Michael Wreszin. A Moral Temper: The Letters of Dwight Macdonald. Edited by Michael Wreszin. Chicago: Ivan R. Dee, 2001.

Macdonald, Dwight, and Michael Wreszin. Interviews with Dwight Macdonald. Edited by Michael. Wreszin. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2003.

Sumner, Gregory D. “Dwight Macdonald’s Politics Magazine: Window to the ‘First New Left,’ 1944-1949.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Sumner, Gregory D. Dwight Macdonald and the Politics Circle: The Challenge of Cosmopolitan Democracy. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1996. Macdonald was a major figure of the anti-Stalinist left.

Sumner, Gregory Dean. “Window on the First New Left: Dwight Macdonald’s Politics Magazine, 1944-1949.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1992.

Wheatcroft, Geoffrey. “From Trotsky To Midcult: In Search of Dwight Macdonald.” New York Observer, 27 March 2006.

Whitfield, Stephen J. “Dwight Macdonald’s ‘Politics’ Magazine, 1944-1949.” Journalism History 3 (Autumn 1976).

Whitfield, Stephen J. A Critical American: The Politics of Dwight Macdonald. Hamden, CT: Archon Books, 1984.

Wreszin, Michael. “Dwight Macdonald.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1986. Notes that Macdonald expressed anti-Semitic views in his youth and young manhood.

Wreszin, Michael. A Rebel in Defense of Tradition: The Life and Politics of Dwight Macdonald. [New York]: Basic Books, 1994.

****************************************************************

F.O. Matthiessen

Bradbury, Richard. “F.O. Matthiessen’s Conception of Socialism and His Relationship to the American Left from 1939-1950.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Levin, Harry. “‘The Private Life of F.O. Matthiessen.” New York Review of Books, 20 July 1978.

Lynn, Kenneth S. “Teaching: F.O. Matthiessen.” American Scholar, Winter 1976-77.

Matthiessen, F. O. American Renaissance; Art and Expression in the Age of Emerson and Whitman. London, New York: Oxford university press, 1941. The most influential work of literary criticism written by this intellectual ally of the CPUSA.

Stern, Frederick C. F.O. Matthiessen, Christian Socialist as Critic. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1981.

Sweezy, Paul Marlor, and Leo Huberman, eds. F.O. Matthiessen, 1902-1950: A Collective Portrait. New York: Schuman, 1950. Sympathetic essays on a leading literary intellectual and close friend of the Communist party.. Includes: The education of a socialist, by F.O. Matthiessen.--Of crime and punishment, by F.O. Matthiessen.--The teacher, by L. Marx.--The making of an American scholar, by B. Bowron.--American Renaissance, by H.N. Smith.--Labor and political activities, by P.M. Sweezy.--Notes for a character study, by J. Rackliffe.--Statements, by H. Baker [and others]--A preliminary bibliography of F.O. Matthiessen.

White, George Abbott. “Ideology and Literature: American Renaissance and F.O. Matthiessen.” In Literature in Revolution., edited by George Abbott White and Charles Hamilton Newman. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1972.

****************************************************************

Mary McCarthy

Abrams, Sabrina Fuchs. “The Worlds of Mary McCarthy: Gender, Politics, and the Postwar Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1998.

Arendt, Hannah, and Mary McCarthy. Between Friends: The Correspondence of Hannah Arendt and Mary McCarthy, 1949-1975. Edited by Carol Brightman. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1995.

Epstein, Joseph. “Mary McCarthy in Retrospect.” Commentary, May 1993.

Gelderman, Carol W. Mary McCarthy: A Life. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1988. Discusses McCarthy’s role as an anti-Stalinist intellectual and her dispute with Lillian Hellman.

Holzman, Michael. “Cafe CIA Roma: Mary McCarthy’s Cold War.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 25 (2000). Regards McCarthy as a CIA frontwoman forever compromised by association with the Congress of Cultural Freedom which had received secret CIA subsidies.

McCarthy, Mary. The Company She Keeps. [New York]: Simon and Schuster, 1942.

McCarthy, Mary. On the Contrary. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Cudahy, 1961.

McCarthy, Mary. Conversations with Mary McCarthy. Edited by Carol W. Gelderman. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1991.

McCarthy, Mary. Intellectual Memoirs: New York, 1936-1938. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1992.

****************************************************************

Herman Melville

Spark, Clare. Hunting Captain Ahab: Psychological Warfare and the Melville Revival. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 2001. Communist cultural policy, Joseph Freedman, Jay Leyda, and Sergei Eisenstein weave in and out of this massive, highly researched and detailed analysis of Melville literary studies.

****************************************************************

Norman Mailer

Pratt, William C. “Mailer’s ‘Barbary Shore’ and His Quest for a Radical Politics.” Illinois Quarterly 44 (Winter 1982)

****************************************************************

Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, and John Barth

Olster, Stacey Michele. “‘Subjective Historicism’ in the Post-Modern American Novel: A Study of Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, and John Barth.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1981. Discusses the role of disillusion with Communism and the Soviet Union in shaping the world view of several major writers.

****************************************************************

Reinhold Niebuhr, David Riesman, and Lionel Trilling

Wright, Palmer W. “The ‘New Liberalism’ of the Fifties: Reinhold Niebuhr, David Riesman, Lionel Trilling, and the American Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1966.

****************************************************************

Flannery O’Connor

Bacon, Jon Lance. Flannery O’Connor and Cold War Culture. Cambridge New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

Martin Olasky

Olasky, Marvin. “Marxism and Me.” American Enterprise 6, no. 4 (July 1995). Former CPUSA member discusses how attitudes toward him changed in the academic world when he left the CPUSA and abandoned Marxism.

****************************************************************

Tillie Olsen

Coiner, Constance. “‘No One’s Private Ground’: A Bakhtian Reading of Tillie Olsen’s Tell Me a Riddle.” Feminist Studies 18 (1992). Finds that the four stories collected in Tell Me a Riddle resist narrative and social order by incorporating dialects of immigrants, African-Americans, and the working class; by deconstructing the opposition between personal and political; and, in the title story, by honoring the communal “babel” of a dying revolutionary. (Models for the dying revolutionary including Olsen’s own mother, a Russian-Jewish immigrant, and Genya Gorelick, Al Richmond’s mother.) Finds the stories also oppose the notion of textual ownership, subverting authorial domination and turn writer and reader into collaborators. Judges that Olsen’s narrative/political strategies indicate her commitment to genuine democracy.

Orr, Miriam Elaine Neil. “Tillie Olsen’s Vision: A Different Way of Keeping Faith.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1985.

Pratt, Linda Ray. “Tillie Olsen: Author, Organizer, Feminist.” In Women in Nebraska History. [Lincoln]: Nebraska Department of Education & Nebraska State Council for the Social Studies, 1984.

Rosenfelt, Deborah. “From the Thirties: Tillie Olsen and the Radical Tradition.” Feminist Studies 7 (Fall 1981)

****************************************************************

Tillie Olsen and Meridel Le Sueur

Coiner, Constance. “Literature of Resistance: The Intersection of Feminism and the Communist Left in Meridel Le Sueur and Tillie Olsen.” In Left Politics and the Literary Profession, edited by Lennard J. Davis and M. Bella Mirabella. New York: Columbia University Press, 1990.

Coiner, Constance. Better Red: The Writing and Resistance of Tillie Olsen and Meridel Le Sueur. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. “Better Red addresses the intersection of American feminism and the political Left as refracted in Tillie Olsen‘s and Meridel Le Sueur‘s lives and literary texts. The first book-length study to explore these feminist writers‘ ties to the American C.P., it contributes to a revisioning of 1930s U.S. Communism as well as to efforts to promote working-class writing as a legitimate category of literary analysis. Coiner argues that Olsen and Le Sueur move both toward and away from party tenets and attitudes, subverting through their writing both formalist as well as orthodox Marxist literary categories. Olsen and Le Sueur challenge the bourgeois assumptions -- often masked as classless and universal -- of much canonical literature; and by creating working-class women’s writing, they probelmatize the masculinist assumptions of much proletarian literature, anticipating the concerns of ‘second wave‘ feminists a generation later.”

****************************************************************

George Orwell

Agathocleous, Tanya. George Orwell: Battling Big Brother. Oxford Portraits. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000. Examines the life of George Orwell, the English author of Animal Farm and 1984, and discusses the political and social criticism disclosed in his work.

Alldritt, Keith. The Making of George Orwell: An Essay in Literary History. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1969.

Bowker, Gordon. Inside George Orwell. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003.

Capshaw, Ron. “Orwell Vs. Communism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com 9 Feb 2007

Cushman, Thomas, and John Rodden, eds. George Orwell: Into the Twenty-First Century. Boulder, Colo.: Paradigm, 2004.

Daniels, Anthony. “Orwell’s ‘Catalonia’ Revisited.” New Criterion 25 (February 2007). Http://www.newcriterion.com/archives/25/02/orwells-catalonia-revisited/.

Flewers, Paul, comp. George Orwell: Enigmatic Socialist. London, U.K.: Socialist Platform Ltd, 2005. TOC: * Paul Flewers, Introduction; Peter Sedgwick, George Orwell: International Socialist?; John Molyneux, Animal Farm Revisited; Ian Birchall, Orwell, Ideology and the Working Class; Paul O’Flinn, Rereading Nineteen Eighty-Four in 1984; Paul Flewers, ‘I Know How But I Don’t Know Why’: George Orwell’s Conception of Totalitarianism; John Newsinger, ‘Pox Britannica’: Orwell and the Empire; John Newsinger, George Orwell and the Revolutionary Left; John Newsinger, Destroying the Myth: George Orwell and Soviet Communism; John Newsinger, Orwell and the Spanish Revolution; John Newsinger, George Orwell and Searchlight: A Radical Initiative on the Home Front

Frodsham, John David. “The New Barbarians: Totalitarianism, Terror and the Left Intelligentsia in Orwell’s 1984.” World Affairs 147, no. 3 (Winter 1984-85).

Hitchens, Christopher. Orwell’s Victory. London: Allen Lane, 2002.

Leab, Daniel J. George Orwell: An Exhibition at the Grolier Club. Pamphlet. Washington, CT: Cogswell Tavern Press, 1996.

Lucas, Scott. Orwell. Life & Times (London, England). London, U.K.]: Haus Publishing, 2003. Hostile biography banishing Orwell from the socialist camp and condemning for his contemporary popularity among American neo-conservatives.

Lucas, Scott. The Betrayal of Dissent: Beyond Orwell, Hitchens and the New American Century. London, Sterling VA: Pluto Press, 2004. Denunciation, at times vicious and at times catty, of Orwell as a betrayer of the Left set in a context infused with anti-Americanism.

McKale, Donald M. “‘1984’ - What is It? Popular and Scholarly Views of Totalitarian Rule.” Proceedings and Papers of the Georgia Association of Historians 5 (1984). Harshly critical of George Orwell’s 1984 for promoting the idea that Fascist Germany and Stalin’s Soviet Union were similar.

Newsinger, John. “The American Connection: George Orwell, ‘Literary Trotskyism’ and the New York Intellectuals.” Labour History Review [U.K.] 64, no. 1 (Spring 1999).

Orwell, George. 1984 Revisited: Totalitarianism in Our Century. Edited by Irving. Howe. New York: Harper & Row, 1983. Orwell, George. All Propaganda is Lies, 1941-1942. Edited by P. H. Davison. Assisted by Sheila Davison and Ian Angus. London: Secker & Warburg, 2001.

Orwell, George. Animal Farm. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1946.

Orwell, George. Homage to Catalonia. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1952.

Orwell, George. Nineteen Eighty-Four a Novel. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1949.

Orwell, George. Orwell and Politics: Animal Farm in the Context of Essays, Reviews and Letters Selected from the Complete Works of George Orwell. Edited by Peter Hobley Davison. London: Penguin, 2001.

Orwell, George. Orwell in Spain the Full Text of Homage to Catalonia, with Associated Articles, Reviews and Letters from The Complete Works of George Orwell. Edited by P. H. Davison. London New York: Penguin, 2001.

Orwell, George. Politics and the English Language: An Essay. [New York]: Typophiles, 1947.

Orwell, George. The Collected Essays, Journalism, and Letters of George Orwell. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1968. v. 1. An age like this, 1920-1940.--v. 2. My country right or left, 1940-1943.--v. 3. As I please, 1943-1945.--v. 4. In front of your nose, 1945-1950.

Podhoretz, Norman. “Revenge of the Smelly Little Orthodoxies.” National Review, 27 January 1997. On the controversy about documents surfacing that George Orwell in the late 1940s furnished a list of intellectuals and writers he judged to be pro-Soviet fellow travelers to a British government security agency.

Rai, Alok. Orwell and the Politics of Despair: A Critical Study of the Writings of George Orwell. Cambridge [Cambridgeshire] New York: Cambridge University Press, 1988.

Rees, Richard. George Orwell: Fugitive from the Camp of Victory. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University press, 1965.

Rodden, John., ed. Understanding Animal Farm: A Student Casebook to Issues, Sources, and Historical Documents. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1999.

Rodden, John. The Politics of Literary Reputation: The Making and Claiming of “St. George” Orwell. New York: Oxford University Press, 1989. On the political uses made of Orwell’s writings.

Rodden, John. George Orwell: Scenes from an Afterlife. Wilmington, DE: ISI Books, 2003.

Rossi, John P. “America’s View of George Orwell.” Review of Politics 43, no. 4 (1981). Recounts the shifting attitude toward Orwell among American literary figures. During the 1930s he was ignored because he attacked communism as well as fascism, after World War II he became popular among anti-Communist liberals and Leftists, and in the 1950s he was a favorite of conservatives.

Shaw, Tony. “‘Some Writers Are More Equal Than Others’: George Orwell, the State and Cold War Propaganda.” Cold War History 4, no. 1 (October 2003), edited by Patrick Major and Rana Mitter. London Portland, OR: Frank Cass. Orwell’s Animal Farm and Nineteen Eighty-Four sold almost 40 million copies and are two of the most influential novels of the Cold War. By 1989, the novels had sold almost 40 million copies in more than 60 languages, more than any other pair of books by a serious or popular post-war author. Discusses the role of government propagandists played in promoting Orwell’s profile and financial assistance given to foreign publishers to make the books more accessible.

Shaw, Tony. “‘Some Writers Are More Equal Than Others’: George Orwell, the State and Cold War Propaganda.” In Across the Blocs: Cold War Cultural and Social History, edited by Patrick Major and Rana Mitter. Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 2004.

Shelden, Michael. Orwell: The Authorized Biography. New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1991.

Sleeper, Jim. “Orwell’s ‘Smelly Little Orthodoxies’--And Ours.” Journal of the Historical Society 4, no. 2 (Spring 2004).

Smith, Thomas. “Orwell’s Problem: From Popular Front to Postmodernism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Taylor, D. J. Orwell: The Life. New York: H. Holt, 2003.

University of Kerala, ed. George Orwell and Nineteen Eighty-Four. Trivandrum: Institute of English, University of Kerala, 1985. Papers presented at a 1984 seminar, organized by the Institute of English, University of Kerala, on Orwell’s 1984.

****************************************************************

Dorothy Parker

Keats, John. You Might as Well Live: The Life and Times of Dorothy Parker. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1970. Parker, a well-known literary figure of the 1930s and early 1940s, supported left and Communist causes.

****************************************************************

Norman Podhoretz

Podhoretz, Norman. My Love Affair with America: The Cautionary Tale of a Cheerful Conservative. New York: Free Press, 2000.

Podhoretz, Norman. Making It. New York: Random House, 1967. Autobiographical.

Podhoretz, Norman. Breaking Ranks: A Political Memoir. New York: Harper & Row, 1979. Discusses politics in New York intellectual circles and Podhoretz’s shift from the Left to a ‘neoconservative’ stance.

Podhoretz, Norman. Ex-Friends: Falling Out with Allen Ginsberg, Lionel & Diana Trilling, Lillian Hellman, Hannah Arendt, and Norman Mailer. New York, NY: Free Press, 1999. Attitudes toward communism played a role in some of these incidents.

Powers, Richard Gid. “Norman Podhoretz and the Cold War.” In Commentary in American Life, edited by Murray Friedman. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 2005.

****************************************************************

Karl Popper

Hacohen, Malachi Haim. “The Making of the Open Society: Karl Popper, Philosophy and Politics in Interwar Vienna.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1993. Popper was a significant influence on anti-Communist liberal and neoconservative intellectuals.

****************************************************************

Philip Rahv

Edelstein, Arthur, ed. Images and Ideas in American Culture: The Functions of Criticism: Essays in Memory of Philip Rahv. Hanover, N.H.: Brandeis University Press:, distr. by the University Press of New England, 1979.

Lasch, Christopher. “Modernism, Politics, and Philip Rahv.” Partisan Review 47, no. 2 (1980).

Rahv, Philip. Essays on Literature and Politics, 1932-1972. Edited by Arabel J. Porter and Andrew J. Dvosin. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1978. Rahv was the leading editor of Partisan Review. With a memoir by Mary McCarthy.

****************************************************************

Henry Roth

Groves, Bob. “The Long Sleep.” Washington Post, 25 October 1987. Newspaper feature story on Henry Roth, author of the critically acclaimed 1934 autobiographical novel Call It Sleep. In the article, Roth says that he joined the Communist Party in the mid-1930s, attempted to write a proletarian novel, but eventually gave up the project. Roth also states that he has left the Communist Party but still believes socialism is inevitable.

Roth, Henry, and John S. Friedman. “On Being Blocked and Other Literary Matters.” Commentary 64, no. 2 (1977). Notes that Roth was a member of the Communist Party for a period.

****************************************************************

Philip Roth

Berman, Marshall. “Dancing with America: Philip Roth, Writer on the Left.” New Labor Forum 9 (Fall/Winter 2001).

Hutchison, and Anthony. “‘Purity is Petrefaction’: Liberalism and Betrayal in Philip Roth’s I Married A Communist.” Rethinking History 9, no. 2-3 (June-September 2005).

Roth, Philip. I Married a Communist. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1998. Novel.

****************************************************************

John Sanford

Wald, Alan M. “John Sanford and ‘American Smith.’” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

Herbert Selby

Heller, Arno. “The Far End of Social Realism: Herbert Selby’s Last Exit to Brooklyn (1964).” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

****************************************************************

Victor Serge

Greeman, Richard. “Victor Serge: Portrait of a Revolutionary.” New Politics 9, no. 2 (2003).

Hitchens, Christopher. “Pictures from an Inquisition.” Atlantic Monthly, December 2003. Essay-review.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Telling Socialism’s Story: Resurrecting the Novels of Victor Serge.” Weekly Standard, 1 July 2002. Essay review of Susan Weissman’s The Course is set on Hope.

Serge, Victor. Memoirs of a Revolutionary, 1901-1941. London, New York: Oxford University Press, 1963.

Wald, Alan. “Victor Serge et la Gauche Anti-Stalinienne de New York, 1937-1947.” Cahiers Leon Trotsky [France], no. 35 (September 1988).

Weissman, Susan. Victor Serge: The Course is Set on Hope. New York: Verso, 2001. Discusses Serge’s relationship with American anti-Stalinist leftists such as Dwight Macdonald and the efforts to disrupt the anti-Stalinist left in the U.S. by KGB agent provocateur Mark Zborowski.

Weissman, Susan. “Victor Serge & U.S. Intellectuals.” Paper presented at “Explorations in the History of U.S. Trotskyism” conference. New York University, Tamiment Library, 2000.

****************************************************************

Tess Slesinger

Tiryak, Mary Korman. “Tess Slesinger and American Cultural Politics, 1930-1940.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1991. “Tess Slesinger, in both her literature and her life, reflected the political and cultural dilemmas of the 1930s. The fiction she wrote between 1930 and 1935 demonstrates the conflicting forces of modernism, feminism, and Marxism; her biography charts the unsteady course of the radical left of the thirties decade from socialism to Marxism to the Popular Front.”

****************************************************************

Bernard Smith

Smith, Bernard. A World Remembered, 1925-1950. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press, 1994. Memoir by a Knopf editor close to the C.P.

****************************************************************

Christina Stead

Pender, Anne. “Christina Stead’s Satirical Vision: ‘I’m Dying Laughing’ and Twentieth-Century History.” Overland, no. 158 (Autumn 2000).

****************************************************************

John Steinbeck

Dickstein, Morris. “Steinbeck and the Great Depression.” South Atlantic Quarterly 103, no. 1 (Winter 2004).

Loftis, Anne. “The Man Who Preached Strike.” Pacific Historian 30, no. 2 (1986). Suggests that one of Steinbeck’s characters In Dubious Battle was a figure named London who could have been based on Bill Hamett, a lay preacher and labor organizer.

Loftis, Anne. “Remembering Pat Chambers.” Heritage [Southern California Library for Social Studies and Research], Spring 1992. Obituary for CAWIU organizer sometimes said to be model for “Mac” in Steinbeck’s In Dubious Battle.

Strout, Cushing. “Radical Religion and the American Political Novel.” Clio 6, no. 1 (1976). Discusses communism and religion in John Steinbeck’s In Dubious Battle (1936).

Zirakzadeh, Cyrus Ernesto. “John Steinbeck on the Political Capacities of Everyday Folk: Moms, Reds, and Ma Joad’s Revolt.” Polity 36, no. 4 (2004).

****************************************************************

Philip Stevenson

Thorson, Connie Capers, and James. L. Thorson. “Gomorrah on the Puerco: A Critical Study of Philip Stevenson’s Proletarian Epic The Seed.” In Labor in New Mexico: Unions, Strikes, and Social History Since 1881, edited by Robert Kern. University of New Mexico Press, 1983. Discusses Morning, Noon, and Night (1954), Out of the Dust (1956), Old Father Antic (1961) and The Hoax (1961), four novels which constituted two of the projected three volumes of an epic proletarian trilogy entitled The Seed. The trilogy was based closely on the Communist-led NMU strikes in Gallup, New Mexico in 1933-35 and the trial of the “Gallup Fourteen” for the murder of a local sheriff. Stevenson, a playwright and novelist, was very closely associated with the Communist Party and lived in New Mexico at the time of the Gallup strikes.

****************************************************************

Harvey Swados

Geddes, Gregory. “Literature and Labor: Harvey Swados and the 20th Century American Left.” Ph.D. diss. Binghamton University, 2006.

Swados, Harvey. On the Line. Boston: Little, Brown, 1957.

Swados, Harvey. A Radical’s America. Boston: Little, Brown, 1962. Swados was a leading writer and commentator on the independent, non-Communist left.

Swados, Harvey. A Radical at Large: American Essays. London, U.K.: Hart-Davis, 1968.

Swados, Harvey. Standing Fast. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1970.

****************************************************************

B. Traven

Miller, C.H. “B. Traven, Pure Proletarian Writer.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

****************************************************************

Lionel Trilling

Adamowski, T.H. “Demoralizing Liberalism: Lionel Trilling, Leslie Fiedler, and Norman Mailer.” University of Toronto Quarterly 75, no. 3 (Summer 2006).

Anderson, Quentin, Stephen Donadio, and Steven Marcus, eds. Art, Politics, and Will: Essays in Honor of Lionel Trilling. New York: Basic Books, 1977.

Capshaw, Ron “Portrait of an American Traitor,” “FrontPageMagazine.com (24 September 2007). Essay review of Trilling’s “The Middle of the Journey.

Clarke, Brock. “What Literature Can and Cannot Do: Lionel Trilling, Richard Rorty, and the American Left.” Massachusetts Review 41 (2001).

Himmelfarb, Gertrude. “The Trilling Imagination.” Weekly Standard, 14-21 February 2005.

Howe, Irving. “On ‘The Middle of the Journey.’” New York Times Book Review, 22 August 1976.

Kimmage, Michael. “Lionel Trilling’s The Middle of the Journey and the Complicated Origins of the Neo-Conservative Movement.” Shofar 21, no. 3 (2003).

Phelps, Christopher. “The Liberal Imagination in ‘The Middle of the Journey.’” Left History 3, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1995).

Rodden, John, ed. Lionel Trilling and the Critics: Opposing Selves. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1999.

Trilling, Lionel. The Middle of the Journey. New York: Viking Press, 1947. An influential novel depicting the literary-cultural life of the 1930s and 1940s. Contains a character that appeared to resemble Whittaker Chambers although the book was written prior to the Hiss-Chambers Case.

Trilling, Lionel. The Liberal Imagination: Essays on Literature and Society. New York: Viking Press, 1950.

Trilling, Lionel. The Last Decade: Essays and Reviews, 1965-1975. Edited by Diana Trilling. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1979. In “A Novel of the Thirties,” Trilling writes: “In my view the importance of the radical movement of the Thirties cannot be overestimated. It may be said to have created the American intellectual class as we now know it in its great size and influence. It fixed the character of this class as being, through all mutations of opinion, predominantly of the left.”

Lionel Trilling and Whittaker Chambers

Kimmage, Michael Chapman. “The Conservative Turn: Lionel Trilling, Whittaker Chambers, and the Lessons of Anti-Stalinism.” Ph.D. diss.: Harvard, 2004.

******************************************************************************

John Updike

Miller, D. Quentin. John Updike and the Cold War: Drawing the Iron Curtain. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 2001.

****************************************************************

Mary Heaton Vorse

Garrison, Dee. Mary Heaton Vorse: The Life of an American Insurgent. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1989.

Tamplin, John C. “Mary Heaton Vorse, Journalist: Victim of Strike Violence?” Labor History 28, no. 1 (Winter 1987). Finds that biographical accounts of Vorse having been shot during a 1937 strike were based on inaccurate conclusions stemming from Vorse’s perhaps deliberately ambiguous recounting of the incident. Contemporary evidence indicates that Vorse lacerated her head when she fell during a picket line incident that involved shooting.

Vorse, Mary Heaton. A Footnote to Folly: Reminiscences of Mary Heaton Vorse. New York: Farrar & Rinehart, 1935.

Vorse, Mary Heaton. Rebel Pen: The Writings of Mary Heaton Vorse. Edited by Dee Garrison. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1985.

****************************************************************

Rebecca West

Rollyson, Carl. “Rebecca West and the God That Failed - How One of Britain’s Best Writers Resisted the Siren of Communism.” The Wilson Quarterly 20, no. 3 (1996).

Stec, Loretta. “Writing Treason: Rebecca West’s Contradictory Career.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1993.

****************************************************************

Edmund Wilson

Genizi, Haim. “Edmund Wilson and The Modern Monthly, 1934-5: A Phase in Wilson’s Radicalism.” Journal of American Studies [U.K.] 7, no. 3 (1973). Discusses Wilson’s unhappy association with the anti-Stalinist Marxism of The Modern Monthly.

Wilson, Edmund. The Shores of Light: A Literary Chronicle of the Twenties and Thirties. New York: Farrar, Straus and Young, 1952. Wilson was an influential leftist intellectual of the 1930s and 1940s.

Wilson, Edmund. Letters on Literature and Politics, 1912-1972. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1977.

Wilson, Edmund. The Thirties: From Notebooks and Diaries of the Period. Edited by Leon Edel. New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, 1980.

****************************************************************

Ella Winter

Winter, Ella. And Not to Yield. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1963. Memoir by a close literary friend of the Communist Party. Winter was also the wife of Lincoln Steffens and, after Steffens death, of the playwright and secret Communist Party member Donald Ogden Stewart.

****************************************************************

Bertram Wolfe

Feuer, Lewis S. “Bertram David Wolfe 1896-1977.” Survey [U.K.] 23, no. 1 (1977-78). Obituary essay noting Wolfe’s career as a founder of the CPUSA, Comintern advisor to the Mexican Communist Party, and leading supporter of Jay Lovestone. Later disenchanted with Communism, Wolfe turned to scholarship and research.

Shattan, Joseph. “Remembering Ella.” American Spectator, March 2002. On Ella Wolfe, wife of Bertram Wolfe.

Treadgold, Donald W. “Bertram D. Wolfe: A Life in Two Centuries.” Studies in Soviet Thought [Netherlands] 20, no. 4 (1979). Tribute to the scholar whose early career included important posts in the American Communist Party and the Comintern.

Wolfe, Bertram David. A Life in Two Centuries: An Autobiography. New York: Stein and Day, 1981.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Lenin and the Twentieth Century: A Bertram D. Wolfe Retrospective. Edited by Lennard D. Gerson. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, Stanford University, 1984.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Breaking with Communism: The Intellectual Odyssey of Bertram D. Wolfe. Edited by Robert Hessen. Stanford, CA: Hoover Institution Press, Stanford University, 1990. Reprints Wolfe letters and essays, 1938-1976.

****************************************************************

Philip Wylie

Worcester, Kent. “Superman, Philip Wylie & The New Deal.” Comics Forum 1, no. 6 (Spring-Summer 1994). Discusses how New Deal cultural themes and themes from Philip Wylie‘s writings were reflected in the Superman comic strip.

****************************************************************

Communism and Poets

Bird, Kimberly E. “Revolutionary Ambience and Historical Memory: Popular Front Poetic Radicalism at the California-World Border.” Ph.D. diss. UCLA Santa Cruz, 2005.

Fabre, Michel. “Walt Whitman and the Rebel Poets: A Note on Whitman’s Reputation Among Radical Writers During the Depression.” Walt Whitman Review 12 (1966).

Filreis, Alan. Counterrevolution of the Word: The Conservative Attack on Modern Poetry, 1945-1960. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2008.

Guttmann, A. “The Brief Embattled Course of Proletarian Poetry.” In Proletarian Writers of the Thirties, edited by David Madden. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1968.

Nekola, Charlotte. “World Moving: Women, Poetry, and the Literary Politics of the 1930s.” In Writing Red: An Anthology of American Women Writers, 1930-1940, edited by Charlotte Nekola and Paula Rabinowitz. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 1987. “Poetry was a weapon of class struggle: this was the main message of literary radicalism.... It would have been difficult for women in that era to miss the image that the poetry-as-a-weapon metaphor provoked: weapon as gun or knife, knife or gun as phallus. Stanley Burnshaw reminded the radical poet that the weapon must not be a ‘thin, shadowy, over-delicate instrument but a clear, keen-edge, deep-cutting tool’ Did the woman revolutionary, then, have the right tools?... All revolutionary poetry was to avoid the merely private, but it seems that the female interior, in particular, was a suspect subject for the radical poet....”

Nelson, Cary. “The Diversity of American Poetry.” In Columbia Literary History of the United States, edited by Emory Elliott, Martha Banta, and Houston A. Baker. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988.

Nelson, Cary. Revolutionary Memory: Recovering the Poetry of the American Left. New York: Routledge, 2001. Discusses Tillie Olsen, Edwin Rolfe, and other poets in or close to the CPUSA.

Novak, Estelle G. “Proletarian Poetry in the United States: Theory and Practice from 1926 to 1939.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Los Angeles, 1968. Sympathetic survey of Marxist-Leninist poetics in the 1930s; finds significant contributions to American poetry by Marxism and Marxist poets.

Reed, Brian. “Carl Sandburg’s The People, Yes, Thirties Modernism, and the Problem of Bad Political Poetry.” Texas Studies in Literature and Language 46, no. 2 (Summer 2004).

Rodman, Selden. “Pablo Neruda.” Modern Poetry Studies 5 (Spring 1974).

Spector, Herman, Joseph A. Kalar, Edwin Rolfe, and S. Funaroff. We Gather Strength. Introduction by Michael Gold. [New York]: Liberal Press, Inc., 1933.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Bad Poet, Bad Man.” Weekly Standard, 19 July 2004. On Pablo Neruda and his promotion by the Communist left in America and elsewhere.

Thurston, Michael. Making Something Happen: American Political Poetry Between the World Wars. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2001.

Wald, Alan M. “Erasing the Thirties: Boston’s Forgotten Marxist Poets.” New Boston Review 6, no. 1 (1981)

****************************************************************

Women Poets on the Left

Berke, Nancy. Women Poets on the Left: Lola Ridge, Genevieve Taggard, Margaret Walker. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2001.

Lisella, Julia. “‘Rebellion Pioneered Among Our Lives’: Four Radical Women Poets of the 1930s and the American Lyric.” Ph.D. diss. Tufts University, 2001. On Rosa Zagnoni Marinoni, Genevieve Taggard, Muriel Rukeyser, and Margaret Walker.

****************************************************************

Communism and Poets: Individual and Biographical Accounts

Kenneth Flexner Fearing

Santora, Patricia Bridget. “The Poetry and Prose of Kenneth Flexner Fearing.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, 1982. Notes that Fearing’s poetry was praised by Communists in the 1920s, but he responded passively.

****************************************************************

Robert Hayden

Wald, Alan M. “Belief and Ideology in the Work of Robert Hayden.” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

Williams, Pontheolla Taylor. “A Critical Analysis of the Poetry of Robert Hayden Through His Middle Years.” Ph.D. diss. Teachers College, Columbia University, 1978. Notes the early radicalism and later rejection of Communism by Hayden, an Afro-American poet.

****************************************************************

H.H. Lewis

Lewis, H.H. Thinking of Russia. B.Z. Hagglund, Holt, MN, 1932. Know as the “Plowboy Poet of the Gumbo” (Gumbo River in Missouri) and the “Mayakovsky of Missouri” (Bolshevik poet Vladimir Mayakovsky), Lewis’s work won approval from CPUSA aesthetic commissar Mike Gold. Among his verses: "I’m always thinking of Russia / I can’t get her out of my head. / I don’t give a damn for Uncle Sham / I’m a left-wing radical red!"

****************************************************************

Walter Lowenfels

Daldorph, Brian. “The Politics of His Poetry: Walter Lowenfels’ Poetic Response to United States v. Kuzma (1953-54), His Smith Act Trial.” Left History [Canada] 2 (1994).

Guttmann, Allen. “Walter Lowenfels’ Poetic Politics.” Massachusetts Review 6 (1965)

****************************************************************

Thomas McGrath

McGrath, Thomas. The Revolutionary Poet in the United States: The Poetry of Thomas McGrath. Edited by Frederick C. Stern. Columbia: University of Missouri Press, 1988.

****************************************************************

George Oppen

Hoffman, Eric. “A Poetry of Action: George Oppen and Communism.” American Communist History 6, no. 1 (June 2007).

Nicholls, Peter. “George Oppen in Exile: Mexico and Maritain.” Journal of American Studies 39, no. 1 (2005).

Nicholls, Peter. George Oppen and the Fate of Modernism. Oxford ; New York: Oxford University Press, 2007.

****************************************************************

John Reed

Reed, John. The Complete Poetry of John Reed. Edited by Jack Alan Robbins. Freeman, SD: Pine Hill Press, 1973. Preface by Jack Alan Robbins. Introduction by Granville Hicks. Memoir and sonnet by Max Eastman.

****************************************************************

Edwin Rolfe

Finnegan, Jim. “Edwin Rolfe’s Historical Witness to the Spectacle of McCarthyism.” College Literature 33, no. 3, p135-147, 13p; (Summer 2006).

Nelson, Cary, Jefferson Hendericks, and Edwin Rolfe. Edwin Rolfe: A Biographical Essay and Guide to the Rolfe Archive at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois Library, distr. by the University of Illinois Press, 1990.

Rolfe, Edwin. To My Contemporaries: Poems. New York: Dynamo, 1936.

Rolfe, Edwin. First Love, and Other Poems. Los Angeles: L. Edmunds Book Shop, 1951.

Rolfe, Edwin. Permit Me Refuge. Los Angeles: California Quarterly, 1955.

Rolfe, Edwin. Collected Poems. Edited by Cary Nelson and Jefferson Hendricks. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993.

Rolfe, Edwin. Trees Became Torches: Selected Poems. Edited by Cary Nelson and Jefferson Hendricks. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1995.

Wald, Alan M. “Edwin Rolfe, Presente!” In Writing from the Left: New Essays on Radical Culture and Politics, Alan M. Wald. London, New York: Verso, 1994.

****************************************************************

Carl Sandburg

Yannella, Philip. The Other Carl Sandburg. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 1996. On Sandburg’s participation in radicalism.

****************************************************************

W.S. Stacy

Hall, Tim. “W.S. Stacy, Poet of the Working-Class Struggle.” Struggle 1, no. 2 (1985). Discusses the work of a little-known Communist poet of the early 1930s.

****************************************************************

Wallace Stevens

Bauer, Paul David. “The Strong Music of Hard Times: Wallace Stevens and Modern Politics.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1990. Regarding the politics of his poetry, sees the most important expression “in the Cold War years when Stevens, in sympathy with ‘New York intellectuals’ like Delmore Schwartz, will offer consistent criticisms of both left and right extremes of the political spectrum, merging anti-communism with an idiosyncratic antipathy for the conservative politics and poetics of the New Criticism Ransom and Tate would champion. Stevens’ politics can thus be seen most clearly as a version of what contemporary social critics in the Cold War era called the ‘vital center,’ the middleground that would reject both communism and McCarthyism.”

****************************************************************

Henry George Weiss

Hall, Tim. “Henry George Weiss, Rebel Poet.” Struggle 1, no. 1 (1985). Discusses some of the poems of Weiss, who published in Communist Party journals until 1935 when he was criticized for left-wing sectarianism. Struggle is the journal of the Marxist-Leninist Party, Detroit, MI.

****************************************************************

Don West

Byerly, Victoria Morris. “What Shall a Poet Sing? The Living Struggle of the Southern Poet and Revolutionary Don West.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1994. Places West’s poetry within the context of the literary ballad tradition and within the context of the resistance culture literary movement of 1930s and 1940s.

Green, Christ. “The Tight Rope of Democracy: Don West’s Clods of Southern Earth.” In Radicalism in the South Since Reconstruction, edited by Chris Green, Rachel Rubin, and James Edward Smethurst. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.

Jackson, Patrick D. “Communist, Preacher, Teacher, Poet: Will the Real Don West Please Stand Up?” Unpublished master’s thesis. Vanderbilt University, 2006.

Lorence, James J. “Don West, The Southerner, and the Great Dalton Red Hunt: Radical Religion and Union Activism in Northwest Georgia, 1955-1956.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Lorence, James J. “Teacher and Learner: Don West and the Democratic Classroom, 1942-1945.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 90, no. 3 (Fall 2006).

Lorence, James J. A Hard Journey: The Life of Don West (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2007). Comprehensive scholarly biography.

Rubin, Rachel. “Voice of the Cracker: Don West Reinvents the Appalachian.” In Left of the Color Line: Race, Radicalism, and Twentieth-Century Literature of the United States, edited by Bill Mullen and James Edward Smethurst. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003.

****************************************************************

John Wheelwright and Sherry Mangan

Wald, Alan M. “The Pilgrimages of Sherry Mangan: From Aesthete to Revolutionary Socialist.” Pembroke Magazine 8 (1977).

Wald, Alan M. “From Antinomianism to Revolutionary Marxism: John Wheelwright and the New England Rebel Tradition.” Marxist Perspectives 3 (1980).

Wald, Alan M. The Revolutionary Imagination: The Poetry and Politics of John Wheelwright and Sherry Mangan. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1983.

****************************************************************

William Carlos Williams

Johnson, Bob. “‘A Whole Synthesis of His Time’: Political Ideology and Cultural Politics in the Writings of William Carlos Williams, 1929-1939.” American Quarterly 54, no. 2 (2002). Discusses Williams’s attitudes toward communism and democracy, 1929-1939.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 19

Communism, Education, and Students

Communism, Anticommunism and Public Education (K-12)

Bowers, C.A. “Social Reconstructionism: Views from the Left and the Right, 1932-1942.” History of Education Quarterly 10, no. 1 (1970). On educators who saw schools as a revolutionary mechanism to transform society despite the opposition of capitalism.

Brickman, William W. “Communism and American Education.” School and Society, 25 March 1950. Bibliographic essay.

Feffer, Andrew. “The Presence of Democracy: Deweyan Exceptionalism and Communist Teachers in the 1930s.” Journal of the History of Ideas 61, no. 1 (2005).

Foster, Stuart J. Red Alert! Educators Confront the Red Scare in American Public Schools, 1947-1954. New York: P. Lang, 2000.

Foster, Stuart John. “Red Alert!: The National Education Association’s National Commission for the Defense of Democracy Through Education Confronts the ‘Red Scare’ in American Schools, 1945-1955.” Ph.D. diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1996. Finds that although the Defense Commission worked against individuals and organizations that employed “red scare” tactics to undermine public education it fell a casualty to the “infectious tide of anticommunism” that swept the country during the post-war years because it accepted the prevailing zeitgeist that a serious internal Communist threat existed and opposed the employment of members of the Communist Party as teachers in American schools.

Foster, Stuart J., O. L. Davis, and Jr. “Conservative Battles for Public Education Within America’s Culture Wars: Poignant Lessons for Today from the Red Scare of the 1950s.” London Review of Education 2, no. 2 (July 2004).

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Project on the Comparative International History of Left Education.” Communist History Network Newsletter [United Kingdom], October 1997.

Hartman, Andrew. “Education as Cold War Experience: The Battle for the American School.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2006.

Hartman, Andrew. Education and the Cold War: The Battle for the American School. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. TOC: John Dewey and the invention of childhood: progressive education in the beginning -- Education and the Great Depression: the unraveling of the popular front and the roots of educational vigilantism -- From hot war to cold war for schools and teenagers: the life adjustment movement as therapy for the immature -- The communist teacher problematic: liberal anticommunism and the education of Bella Dodd -- Progressive education is reducation: conservative thought and cold war educational vigilantism -- Crisis of the mind: the liberal intellectuals and the schools -- From world-mindedness to cold war-mindedness: the lost educational utopia of Theodore Brameld -- Desegregation as cold war experience: the perplexities of race in the blackboard jungle -- Growing up absurd in the cold war: Sputnik and the polarized Sixties -- Conclusion: the educational reproduction of the cold war.

Iversen, Robert W. The Communists & the Schools. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1959.

Long, Hamilton Abert. Permit Communist-Conspirators to be Teachers? Pamphlet. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953.

Morgan, W. John. Communists on Education and Culture, 1848-1948. Houndmills, Basingstoke, England New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003. Account of the attitudes of leading communists, including Marx, Engels, Lenin, Trotsky, Gorky, Gramsci, Lukacs, Mao Zedong and John Maclean, towards education and culture.

Morris, Robert Christian. “Era of Anxiety: An Historical Account of the Effects of and Reactions to Right Wing Forces Affecting Education During the Years 1949 to 1954.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana State University, 1976.

National Council for American Education. Red-Ucators... Pamphlet. New York, 1949.

New York Senate Committee on Affairs of the City of New York. Preliminary Data Report on Mobilization for Youth, Inc. Report. Albany, 1964. Investigation of links to the CPUSA.

Reutter, E. Edmund. The School Administrator and Subversive Activities: A Study of the Administration of Restraints on Alleged Subversive Activities of Public School Personnel. New York: Teachers College, Columbia University, 1951.

Schoenberger, Mildred. “Teachers on Trial.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Methods of Infiltration (Education). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953-54. Nine parts.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Educational Process. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952. Lengthy investigation of Communist teachers in the New York City school system.

Widener, Alice. Teachers of Destruction: Their Plans for a Socialist Revolution: An Eyewitness Account. [Washington]: Citizens Evaluation Institute, 1971.

****************************************************************

Teaching about Communism in Public Schools

Hartman, Andrew. “Education as Cold War Experience: The Battle for the American School.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 2006.

Barron, James S. “Teaching About Communism in California Public Secondary Schools.” California Social Science Review 4, no. 2 (1965). Surveys the extent of teaching about Communism.

Burkhardt, Richard. “The Teaching of The Soviet Union in American School Social Studies.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1952.

Campbell, Daniel R. “Right-Wing Extremists and the Sarasota Schools, 1960-1966.” Tampa Bay History 6, no. 1 (1984).

Crabtree, Charlotte A., and Gary B. Nash. National Standards for United States History: Exploring the American Experience. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, 1994. Emphases the evil of McCarthyism.

Crabtree, Charlotte A., and Gary B. Nash. National Standards for World History: Exploring Paths to the Present. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, 1994. Suggests either moral equivalence or American responsibility for the Cold War.

Dessants, Betty Abrahamsen. “The Pedagogy of Patriotism: Anti-Communism and Secondary School History Curricula, 1957-1964.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Directorate for Armed Forces Information and Education (U.S.). Ideas in Conflict: Liberty and Communism. [Washington, DC], 1962.

Downey, Lloyd A. “Cancer is Political as Well as Physical.” Social Studies 54, no. 7 (1963). Says communism is best understood as a political disease. Argues that courses on the dangers of communism should be required for secondary school graduation.

Eversull, Le Roi Eldridge. “The Americanism Versus Communism Unit in the Public Secondary Schools of Louisiana.” Ph.D. diss. Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1963.

Fisher, John M., and Clarence Perry Oakes. State-by-State Survey of Education About Communism in Secondary Schools. Chicago: Institute for American Strategy, 1965.

Fleming, Dan B. “Social Studies Goals: U.S. Department of Education Style!” Social Studies 77, no. 4 (1986). In 1986, Undersecretary of Education Gary Bauer asserted that history textbooks skipped over the darker moments of Communist history. Finds this charge partially refuted by textbooks’ coverage of some of Stalin’s excesses, Soviet repression of the Hungarian revolt, and Khmer Rouge activities in Asia. Allows that the texts have little negative about China under Mao.

Gabrick, Robert, and Harvey Klehr. Communism, Espionage, and the Cold War. Los Angeles, CA: National Center for History in the Schools, University of California, Los Angeles, 2004. Teacher’s study guide for grades 9-12 with documents and exercises.

Gray, Roland F. “Teaching About Communism: A Survey of Objectives.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Finds that state public education programs on Communism are biased toward anticommunism.

Hainsworth, Jerome Child. “Teaching About Communism in the American Secondary Schools.” Ph.D. diss. Brigham Young University, 1967.

Haynes, John Earl. How School Materials Teach and Misteach World Affairs: War and Conflict. Washington, DC: The Education for Democracy Project of the American Federation of Teachers and Freedom House, 1994. Finds that leading curriculum guides obfuscate communism’s antidemocratic character, disapprove of American opposition to communism, and treat the USSR as having been a thriving success.

Hepburn, Mary A. “Educating for Democracy: The Years Following World War II.” Social Studies 81, no. 4 (1990). On educators’ approaches to teaching democracy.

Herz, Martin F. “How the Cold War is Taught.” Social Education 43, no. 2 (1979). Finds that secondary school textbooks are critical of America’s role in the Cold War and tend to justify Soviet actions.

Hicks, Lewis Edward. “A Case Study of Conservative Political Education: Dr. George S. Benson and the National Education Program.” Ph.D. diss. Memphis State University, 1990. History of Benson and his conservative, anti-Communist NEP.

Jacobs, Edna Jan. “Zeal for American Democracy: Civic Education and the Cold War, 1947-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1999.

Joint Committee of the National Education Association and the American Legion. Teaching About Communism Guidelines for Junior and Senior High School Teachers. Pamphlet. Indianapolis, IN:, distr. by the American Legion, 1962.

Lomis, Dean Constantine. “The Relationships Among Instructional Programs About Communism in Selected Texas High Schools.” Ph.D. diss. East Texas State University, 1967.

Marden, David L. “The Cold War and American Education.” Ph.D. diss. University of Kansas, 1975. Finds that education responded to the Cold War by ideological emphasis on democracy, the American way, citizenship and anti-Communism. Educators also sought to find ways to cooperate with defense needs. Regards Korea as a decisive event in prompting educators to adjust their plans to Cold War needs.

O’Leary, Richard James. “A Comparison of the Opinions of Lay and Professional Groups Concerning Generalizations and Understandings About Communism That Should be Examined in High School Classes.” Ph.D. diss. Boston University, 1968.

Oklahoma (State). A Guide to the Teaching of American Ideals in the Oklahoma Schools, Grades K-12 Recommendations. Pamphlet. [Oklahoma City]: Oklahoma State Department of Education, 1962.

Perdew, Richard M. “Source Materials for Teaching About Communism.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Lists books, documents, articles, films and filmstrips available to help secondary teachers deal with Communism.

Peters, Norma Jean. “A Study of Pressures and Influences on Social Studies Curriculum: The Virginia Unit for Teaching About Communism, 1959-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1967.

Radosh, Ronald. “History & Politics.” Heterodoxy 3, no. 4 (June 1995). Critical discussion of the treatment of the Cold War and anticommunism in the National Standards for United States History, saying the standards are “all stacked to force an answer from the left side of the ideological spectrum.”.

Riley, Karen L. “Schooling and the Politics of Fear: Florida’s Americanism Versus Communism Social Studies Curriculum, 1961-1991.” Journal of the Midwest History of Education Society 25, no. 1 (1998). Looks at the implementation of the state mandate in Orange County. Praises teachers who converted the mandate into a comparative studies course and praises as well students who did not have negative views of the Soviet Union.

Sistrunk, Walter Everett. “The Teaching of Americanism Versus Communism in Florida Secondary Schools.” Ph.D. diss. University of Florida, 1966.

Sullivan, William C. The Need to Teach About Communism in Our Schools. Pamphlet. Somerville: New Jersey Council of Education, 1963.

Swearingen, Rodger. “Teaching About Communism in the American Schools.” Social Education 28, no. 2 (1964). Discusses and evaluates approaches used to teach about Communism in public schools.

Teagle, Raphiel. Americanism Versus Communism: A Unit of Work in American History. Baton Rouge, Louisiana, 1961.

Tudda, Chris. “Creating ‘World-Minded Americans’: Eisenhower and the Educational Policies Commission.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. Austin, TX, 2004. Discusses Eisenhower’s establishment of a “globalist foreign policy” during his work on a National Educational Association (NEA) committee that sought to create “world-minded Americans.” Tudda argued that Eisenhower believed in the value of education for preventing future wars through the creation of an American citizenry that was knowledgeable about the world. Eisenhower believed that educators needed to reduce US parochialism and that educators needed to teach that “tolerance is better than a bullet.”

Weil, Robert. “‘A Communist Named Salvador Allende... ‘: The Teaching and Unteaching of Socialism in U.S. High School and Middle School Texts.” Socialism and Democracy, no. 8 (1989). Evaluation of school textbooks.

Wirsing, Marie Emilia. “What An American Secondary School Student Should Know About Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Denver, 1966.

Zelman, Annette. Teaching “About Communism” in American Public Schools. New York: Published for A.I.M.S. by Humanities Press, 1965.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism, and Higher Education

Allen, Raymond B. “Communists Should Not Teach in American Colleges.” Educational Forum 13, no. 4 (May 1949). Allen was the president of the University of Washington, Seattle.

Allen, R.B., and others. “Communism and Academic Freedom.” American Scholar (1949).

Batóg, Włodzimierz. “Why Did I Join the Party? American Communist College and University Professors Before Congressional Committees, 1950 - 1953.” Paper presented at Polish Association for American Studies Conference. Pulawy, Poland, 2001.

Beichman, Arnold. “A Note About an Episode Which Has Never Been Recorded.” American Communist History 7, no. 1 (June 2008). On the brief life of the Progressive Intercollegiate Alumni Association

Bellah, Robert N. “McCarthyism at Harvard.” New York Review of Books 52, no. 2 (10 February 2005). Also see letter by Leon J. Kamin, May 26, 2005.

Brooks, Ronald Clark, Jr. “Red Scare Rhetoric and Composition: Early Cold War Effects on University Writing Instruction, 1934--1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 2004.

Coker, Francis W. “Academic Freedom and the Congressional Investigations: Free Speech and the Silent Professor.” Journal of Politics 16 (August 1954).

Dessants, Betty. “The Silent Partner: The Academic Community, Intelligence, and the Development of Cold War Ideology, 1944-1946.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1996.

Diamond, Sigmund. Compromised Campus: The Collaboration of Universities with the Intelligence Community, 1945-1955. New York: Oxford University Press, 1992. Likens the experience of Communist professors in America to victims of Nazism. Describes informal arrangements between Yale, Harvard, and other universities to exchange information with the FBI about professors linked to the C.P. Diamond, a former Communist, says that when a professor a Harvard he failed to received a promotion to a administrative job when he told Dean McGeorge Bundy that he would not answer questions about his associates in the C.P. Claims “dissenters were purged; centers of potential dissent were destroyed; dissent itself became illegitimate because unpatriotic; and, very quickly, the very conception that there might be alternatives to current policy literally became unthinkable.”

Downing, Lyle A., and Jerome J. Salomone. “Professors of the Silent Generation.” Trans-Action 6, no. 8 (1969). Based on a survey of faculty, the authors relate the degree of opposition to the war in Vietnam to the period when attitudes toward Communism were formed.

Draper, Theodore. “The Class Struggle: The Myth of the Communist Professors.” New Republic, 26 January 1987. Essay review of Ellen W. Schrecker’s No Ivory Tower. Argues that Schrecker has presented an inaccurate, mythical picture of Communist faculty as high-minded political innocents who were exemplars of objective scholarship, academic freedom, and civil liberties.

Drucker, Peter F. “Political Correctness and American Academe.” Society 32, no. 1 (December 1994). Discusses the influence of “Stalinism” in higher education in the late 1930s and 1940s; says he was fired from Sarah Lawrence College when he defied the Stalinists and was the only faculty member who refused to sign a manifesto attacking Harry Gideonse.

Epstein, Joseph. “A Case of Academic Freedom.” Commentary 82, no. 3 (September 1986). Discusses the denial of tenure to a activist of InCAR (an offshoot of the Marxist-Leninist Progressive Labor Party) who had played a prominent role physically preventing an anti-Communist speech at a university forum.

Ferruggia, Gabriella. “Organizing the ‘Ivory Tower’: The Communist Party and the United Front of Intellectuals During the Late Thirties.” Storia Nordamericana [Italy] 6, no. 1/2 (1989). Not only did the CPUSA not attempt to regiment its intellectual supporters, the latter wanted more ideological and cultural guidance from CPUSA leaders.

Henderson, Charles. “Quorum Pars Parva Eui.” Transactions of the American Philological Association, no. 131 (2001). Anticommunism and the classics.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists in the Colleges.” New Leader, 6 May 1950.

Hughes, H. Stuart. “Why We Had No Dreyfus Case.” American Scholar, Fall 1961. Argues that academics were seriously intimidated by McCarthyism.

Lazarsfeld, Paul Felix, and Wagner Thielens. The Academic Mind. Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1958. Surveys academic faculty and finds them apprehensive about McCarthyism.

Lewis, Lionel S. Cold War on Campus: A Study of the Politics of Organizational Control. New Brunswick, N.J., U.S.A.: Transaction Books, 1988. Examines Cold War controversies at fifth-eight colleges in the period 1947-1956. Concludes that the harassment of alleged academic Communists “made the campus turbulence of the 1960s inevitable” and encouraged a “preoccupation with conspiracy theories.... Conspiratorial theories have become central to more and more historical, social scientific, and literary interpretations. In fact, a general sense of paranoia has permeated academic life.... Physical scientists work on doomsday weapons, while social scientists busy themselves with the dispossessed.”

Marinucci, Kimberly A. “Probing the Nation: Americanism, Public Universities, and the Politics of Academic Freedom, 1918--1946.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 2001.

McDougall, Daniel J. “McCarthyism and Academia: Senator Joe McCarthy’s Political Investigations of Educators, 1950-1954.” Ph.D. diss. Loyola University, 1977.

Miller, Stephen. “Stalinist in America.” Encounter [U.K.] 46 (March 1976)

Morgan, Alda Clarke Marsh. “Academic Freedom in Higher Education: An Historical and Theological Examination of Its Place and Function in the Light of Five Cases.” Ph.D. diss. Graduate Theological Union, 1984. Discusses several academic freedom cases involving Communists or those close to the Communist Party.

Nass, Deanna R. “The Image of Academic Freedom Conveyed by Select Scholarly Journals of the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1979. A survey and analysis of journal articles.

O’Neill, William. “The Cold War on Campus.” Paper presented at “Rethinking the Cold War Conference.” University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991.

Pyle, Gordon Bruce. “The Communist Issue and Due Process on the Campus.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University, 1958. Examines and discusses issues involved in the position of faculty Communists.

Roche, John P. “Was Everyone Terrified? The Mythology of ‘McCarthyism.” Academic Questions 2, no. 2 (Spring 1989). Reminiscences on his experiences as a graduate student and young professor in the late 1940s and 1950s. Says “in my judgment the impact of ‘McCarthyism’ on American life as been exaggerated to the point of absurdity.... When we get to the postwar reaction of the academic authorities to attacks on teachers as Communists or pro-Communists, [Ellen] Schrecker is on firmer ground. Unfortunately ... she has spent so much time interviewing or corresponding with academics under attack that she believes everybody was terrified. Nonsense; I was there!... Most faculty were not cowardly; they simply considered political activists of whatever stripe slightly mad, and often nuisances.”

Root, Edward Merrill. Collectivism on the Campus: The Battle for the Mind in American Colleges. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1955.

Schaehrer, Peter Charles. “McCarthyism and Academic Freedom--Three Case Studies.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1974.

Schrecker, Ellen. “Academic Freedom and the Cold War.” Antioch Review 38, no. 3 (1980). Maintains that many colleges and universities unjustly denied jobs to Communists or those who would not deny Communist Party links from 1940 into the 1950s.

Schrecker, Ellen. “An Obligation of Candor: The Academy’s Response to Congressional Investigating Committees.” American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1982.

Schrecker, Ellen. “‘In the Camp of the People’: Academics and the Communist Party in the 1930s and 1940s.” North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1983.

Schrecker, Ellen. “The Missing Generation: Academics and the Communist Party from the Depression to the Cold War.” Humanities in Society 6 (1983). Finds that academic Communists kept their politics out of their classrooms, prized objectivity, and generally acted in accordance with the best traditions of the academy. Suggests that academics adversely affected by their Communist sympathies were heroic victims of a witch-hunt.

Schrecker, Ellen. “An Obligation of Candor.” New York University Education Quarterly, Summer 1983.

Schrecker, Ellen. No Ivory Tower: McCarthyism and the Universities. New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. Detailed and thorough. Sees no justification for actions against Communist faculty.

Schwartz, Stephen. “Who Invented Political Correctness? From the New Masses to the New University.” Heterodoxy 2, no. 9 (May/June 1994). Argues that the Political Correctness had Stalinist origins; discusses examples from CPUSA history, including attacks on boxing, “The Merchant of Venice,” the satirical song “My Son, the Folksinger,” and “Dominique” by the Singing Nun.

Stanford, H. K. “University and Anti-Communist Pressure.” School & Society 94 (5 March 1966).

Taylor, Harold. “The Dismissal of Fifth Amendment Professors.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Sciences, no. 300 (July 1955).

Tompkins, Daniel P. “The World of Moses Finkelstein: The Year 1939 in M.I. Finley’s Development as a Historian.” In Classical Antiquity and the Politics of America: From George Washington to George W. Bush, edited by Michael Meckler. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2006.

U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee. Subversive Influence in the Educational Process. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1953. Lengthy investigation of Communist teachers in higher education.

Van Den Haag, Ernest. “McCarthyism and the Professors.” Commentary, February 1959. Maintains that much of the academic apprehension about McCarthyism was baseless and contained a significant element of self-glorification.

Williams, Walter. “Red Sea of Academe?” Washington Times, 28 August 2006. On Richard Pipes and lack of criticism of communism among academics: “The reason for their reluctance to condemn the barbarism of communism is simple. Mr. Pipes says, ‘Intellectuals, by the very nature of their professions, grant enormous attention to words and ideas. And they are attracted by socialist ideas. They find that the ideas of communism are praiseworthy and attractive; that, to them, is more important than the practice of communism. Now Nazi ideals, on the other hand, were pure barbarism; nothing could be said in favor of them.’”

****************************************************************

Sidney Hook and Academic Freedom

Brau, Maria M. “The Concept of Academic Freedom in Sidney Hook.” Ph.D. diss. Georgetown University, 1967.

Capps, John. “Sidney Hook and Anti-Communism.” Transactions of the Charles S. Peirce Society 40, no. 4 (2004).

Hook, Sidney. “Academic Freedom -- Academic Confusions.” Journal of Higher Education 20 (November 1949).

Hook, Sidney. In Defense of Academic Freedom. New York: Pegasus, 1971.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists in the Classroom.” American Spectator, August 1986. Reviews the controversy in the 1940s and 1950s regarding the conflict between the professional responsibility of college faculty and Communist Party membership.

Hook, Sidney. “Communists, McCarthy and American Universities.” Minerva [U.K.] 25, no. 3 (Autumn 1987). Hook, a leading anti-Communist intellectual whose views and actions are sharply criticized in No Ivory Tower, asserts that Schrecker engaged in “distorting the relevant evidence” and judges that “She seems to write as a defense attorney, resolved in advance, regardless of the evidence, to portray her clients as innocent martyrs of a cowardly and sometimes vicious liberal inquisition.”

Levine, Jess Edward. “Sidney Hook’s Changing Conception of Academic Freedom in the Context of Debates Over Anti-Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Loyola University of Chicago, 2000. Highly critical of Hook’s opposition to communism.

Taylor, Harold. “Mr. Hook and Academic Freedom.” Commentary, March 1950.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education by State

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Arkansas

Cobb, William H. “From Utopian Isolation to Radical Activism: Commonwealth College, 1925-1935.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 32 (1973).

Cobb, William H. “The State Legislature and the ‘Reds’: Arkansas’s General Assembly v. Commonwealth College, 1935-1937.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 45, no. 1 (Spring 1986). Discusses Commonwealth College (1924-40), the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union, and investigations of Communist influence.

Cobb, William H., and Donald H. Grubbs. “Arkansas’ Commonwealth College and the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union.” Arkansas Historical Quarterly 25, no. 4 (Winter 1966). Commonwealth College was associated with the Southern Tenant Farmers’ Union and had a Communist element.

Cobb, William H. Radical Education in the Rural South: Commonwealth College, 1922-1940. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2000.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: California

DelVecchio, Rick. “Red Scare Symposium on Loyalty Oath at UC.” San Francisco Chronicle, 8 October 1999. Discusses Clark Kerr’s opposition to the 1949-1950 loyalty oaths at the University of California.

Eisloeffel, Paul J. “The Cold War and Harry Steinmetz: A Case of Loyalty Legislation.” Journal of San Diego History 35, no. 4 (1989). On legal attacks on Harry S. Steinmetz, professor of psychology at San Diego State College for his Communist links.

Gardner, David P. “By Oath and Association: The California Folly.” Journal of Higher Education 40, no. 2 (1969). Critical recounting of the dismissal of thirty-six University of California faculty for failure to sign loyalty oaths.

Gardner, David Pierpont. The California Oath Controversy. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1967.

Garrigues, George L. “The Great Conspiracy Against The UCLA Bruin.” Southern California Quarterly 59, no. 2 (1977). Describes how the Daily Bruin, the student newspaper at the University of California, Los Angeles, was charged with communism, undercut by the university administration, and deprived of its independent editorial position.

Ginger, Ann Fagan, and David Christiano. “One Los Angeles Teacher’s Story: Frances Eisenberg.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Eisenberg was fired in 1952 for refusing to testify before the Joint Fact-Finding Committee on Un-American Activities of the California State Senate. In the 1970s she and six others received a $200,000 settlement and reinstatement.

Huntley, Richard Thomas. “Events and Issues of the Angela Davis Dismissal.” Ph.D. diss. University of Southern California, 1976. Discusses the dismissal of Davis, a Communist, from a university faculty post.

Innis, Nancy K. “Lessons from the Controversy Over the Loyalty Oath at the University of California.” Minerva [U.K.] 30, no. 3 (1992).

Paddison, Joshua. “Summers of Worry, Summers of Defiance: San Franciscans for Academic Freedom and Education and the Bay Area Opposition to HUAC, 1959-1960.” California History 78, no. 3 (1999). On the campaign of San Franciscans for Academic Freedom and Education (SAFE), led by San Francisco State College professor Arthur K. Bierman against HCUA hearings in San Francisco to investigate teachers suspected of subversive activities.

Ryan, Leo J. “The Implications of Paradise.” California Social Science Review 4, no. 1 (1964). Charges that self-appointed censors with little education and shallow patriotism unjustly accused teachers of Communism in the city of Paradise.

Verdries, Ellen Chase. “Teaching with the Enemy: An Archival and Narrative Analysis of McCarthyism in the Public Schools.” Ph.D. diss. Claremont Graduate School, 1996. History of the Los Angeles City school teachers who were attacked during the McCarthy era. The fourteen case studies conducted for this investigation explored the teachers’ backgrounds, influences, teaching practices, political interests and life after their dismissal.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Colorado

Basinger, Julianne. “After Nearly 50 Years, a Former Instructor Gets to See Career-Ending Report.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 14 June 2002. about Philosophy instructor Morris A. Judd who was dismissed from the University of Colorado for refusing to cooperate with an anti-Communist investigation.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Connecticut

Davis, Jerome. Character Assassination. New York: Philosophical Library, 1950. Discusses his dismissal from Yale due to his pro-Soviet views.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Heeling for Hoover: God and the F.B.I. at Yale.” Nation, 12 April 1980.

Diamond, Sigmund. “The American Studies Program at Yale: Lux, Veritas, et Pecunia.” Prospects: An Annual of American Cultural Studies 16 (1991). Judges the program tainted by reason of having accepted funding from conservative donors.

Diamond, Sigmund. “Compromising American Studies Programs and Survey Research.” International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society 6, no. 3 (1992). The Yale University’s American Studies Program was compromised by conservative donors while the University of Michigan Research Center was compromised by cooperating with the FBI.

Elkin, Deborah Sue. “Labor and the Left: The Limits of Acceptable Dissent at Yale University, 1920s to 1950s.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1995.

Holzman, Michael. “The Ideological Origins of American Studies at Yale.” American Studies 40, no. 2 (1999). On links between the Yale program and American intelligence agencies.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: District of Columbia

Alterman, Eric. “The Troves of Academe.” Nation, 24 June 1996. Cheers refusal of George Washington University history department to allow Ronald Radosh to teach there.

Collier, Peter. “The Suppression of Ronald Radosh.” Weekly Standard, 10 June 1996. Reviews the successful campaign by radical academics to block Radosh’s teaching in the history department at George Washington University: “And historian Eugene Genovese... says ‘What you have here are the same arguments that used to be used to keep blacks, and women, and for that matter Marxists, out of the university. This profession is sick.’” Reply by left academic Cynthia Harrison, a leading opponent of allowing Radosh to teach, 24 June. Editorial, “Hey, Free Professor!” GW Hatchet, June 1996. George Washington University student newspaper on turning down of Ronald Radosh for a history post, “GW students of history have been done a great disservice by those who would require an ideological litmus test for hiring at an institution of higher education.”

Judis, John B. “The Heretic.” New Republic, 17 June 1996. On the successful campaign by Eric Foner, Roger Wilkins, David Nasaw and other left historians to bloc the appointment of Ronald Radosh to the history department of GWU. “Radosh, as the historian Martin Sklar told me, is a victim of ‘left-wing McCarthyism.’... It’s an apt analogy but not one that would occur to the academic zealots of today’s left, who, like their distant predecessors, are blinded by the light of their own self-righteousness.” Reply by left-wing academic Eric Foner, 24 June 1996.

Leatherman, Courtney. “New Fight About the Old Left.” Chronicle of Higher Education, 7 June 1996. On the controversy over the George Washington University history department turning down an Olin Foundation faculty position for Ronald Radosh. Those against it say it was procedural with Radosh’s politics never being considered while those for it say the rejection was ideologically based.

New York Post editors. “Left-Wing Intolerance in Academia.” New York Post, 8 June 1996. “The Radosh affair is symptomatic of the deep roots that left-wing intolerance has sunk in history departments throughout America.”

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Georgia

Bailes, Sue. “Eugene Talmadge and the Board of Regents Controversy.” Georgia Historical Quarterly 53, no. 4 (1969). In 1941 Governor Eugene Talmadge restructured the Board of Regents to ‘purge the University of Georgia of Communists, “foreigners” (non-Georgians), and subscribers to racial equality. The Southern Association of Schools and Colleges revoked the accreditation of 10 Georgia colleges and universities. Talmadge’s successor, Ellis Arnall, won the election on a campaign of removing the university from political machinations, and accreditation was restored in 1943.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Illinois

Hewitt, Nelson Elmer. How “Red” is the University of Chicago? Chicago, IL: Advisory Associates, 1935.

Mayer, Milton. “The Red Room.” Massachusetts Review 16, no. 3 (1975). On the unsuccessful attempt in the 1930s by Charles R. Walgreen, founder of the drugstore chain, to force the removal of faculty he believed were Communists from the University of Chicago.

Solberg, Winton U., and Robert W. Tomlinson. “Academic McCarthyism and Keynesian Economics: The Bowen Controversy at the University of Illinois.” History of Political Economy 29, no. 1 (1997).

Wisseman, Nicholas. “Falsely Accused: Cold War Liberalism Reassessed.” Historian 66, no. 2 (Summer 2004). On George Stoddard, president of the University of Illinois. “Stoddard’s administration does indicate that even at the height of the Red Scare, some liberals were able to be anticommunist and anti-McCarthyite at the same time without sacrificing one cause for the other.”

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Kansas

Kansas State House Special Committee. Transmittal Report to the Dies Committee Accompanying Evidence and Board of Regents’ Documents in the Don Henry Case to the Special Committee on Un-American Activities. [Topeka], 1939. Discusses an investigation of subversive activities at the University of Kansas.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Louisiana

Johnson, Oakley C. “New Orleans Story.” Centennial Review 12, no. 2 (1968). Johnson, a veteran Communist activist, recounts his experiences at Dillard University, a Black college. The administration of the college was nervous about his work for the Progressive Party in 1948 and his being called to a Federal Grand Jury as well as his activity in civil rights, and did not renew his teaching contract in 1951.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Massachusetts

Diamond, Sigmund. “The Arrangement: The FBI and Harvard University in the McCarthy Period.” In Beyond the Hiss Case: The FBI, Congress, and the Cold War, edited by Athan G. Theoharis. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982.

Ginger, Ann Fagan. “Academic Fallout.” In The Cold War Against Labor, edited by Ann Fagan Ginger and David Christiano. Berkeley, CA: Meiklejohn Civil Liberties Institute, 1987. Ann Ginger recounts her experience as the wife of the late Ray Ginger, a contract professor at the Harvard Business School and author of The Bending Cross. Suggests that Ray Ginger resigned his post in 1954 when Harvard pressed him to sign an anti-Communist oath in anticipation of some sort of event that never came to pass. Suggests that Harvard was concerned when Ann Ginger, a lawyer, was seen with a Professor Struika, a client and mathematician at MIT charged with forceful overthrow of government. Ray Ginger later got an academic post at a less prestigious college. Ann and Ray Ginger divorced in 1957.

Holmes, Judith Larrabee. “Passage of the 1935 Teachers Loyalty Oath in Massachusetts: Brahman Prerogatives, Catholic Sensibilities and the Communist Threat.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Lydenberg, John, ed. A Symposium on Political Activism and the Academic Conscience: The Harvard Experience, 1936-1941, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, December 5 & 6, 1975. [Geneva, N.Y.]: The Colleges, 1977.

Mainer, Robert. The Red Scare in Wayland, 2003. On dismissal of teacher Anne Hale.

Steinberg, Philip Arthur. “Communism, Education, and Academic Freedom: Philadelphia: A Case Study.” D.Ed. diss. Temple University, 1978. Discusses the firing (later reversed) of thirty-two teachers in connection with Communist activity; notes that the firings helped to destroy the radical teachers union and aided the growth of the liberal AFT local.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Michigan

Engberg, Mark E. “McCarthyism and the Academic Profession: Power, Politics, and Faculty Purges at the University of Michigan.” American Educational History Journal 29 (2002).

Murley, Edmund David. “Un-American Activities at Michigan State College: John Hannah and the Red Scare, 1946-1954.” M.A. Thesis. Michigan State University, 1993.

Robbins, Mark Walter. “American Anxiety and the Reaction of Michigan Agricultural College (M.A.C.) to the First Red Scare, 1919-20.” American Educational History Journal 31, no. 1 (2004).

Wald, Alan. “Faculty Purges Are Blight in U. of Michigan History.” Ann Arbor News, 9 October 1988. Also “Exchange on U. of Michigan in the McCarthy Years: Dean Allen Britten and Prof. Alan Wald,” 18 October.

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Nevada

Kille, J. Dee. Academic Freedom Imperiled: The McCarthy Era at the University of Nevada. Reno: University of Nevada Press, 2004.

*****************************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New Jersey

Richards, Thomas Franklin. “The Cold War at Rutgers University: A Case Study of the Dismissals of Professors Heimlich, Finley, and Glasser.” Ph.D. diss. Rutgers, New Brunswick, 1986.

Richards, Thomas F. The Cold War Within American Higher Education: Rutgers University as a Case Study. Raleigh, NC: Pentland Press, 1999.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: New York

Bloom, Samuel W. “The Intellectual in a Time of Crisis: The Case of Bernhard J. Stern, 1894-1956.” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 26, no. 1 (1990). Discusses Bernhard J. Stern, a Columbia University sociologist and a political radical who was a hostile witness before congressional investigating committees.

Broidy, Ellen Jan. “Enforcing the ABCs of Loyalty: Gender, Subversion and the Politics of Education in the New York City Public Schools, 1948-1954.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1997. Sees a witchhunt directed at women with progressive views.

Cohen, Robby. “Professor William Parry, HUAC and the University of Buffalo.” Unpublished paper, n.d.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Educational Vanguard. [New York]: Published by the Teachers College units of the Communist Party, 1936. Journal.

Coulton, Thomas Evans. A City College in Action: Struggle and Achievement at Brooklyn College, 1930-1955. New York: Harper, 1955. Contains a chapter on Communism at Brooklyn College.

Fischel, Jacob Robert. “Harry Gideonse: The Public Life.” Ph.D. diss. University of Delaware, 1973. Biography of the anti-Communist liberal president of Brooklyn College (1939-1966) who eliminated much of the Communist Party influence in the college and who as a leader of Freedom House also opposed Joseph McCarthy.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Communists in Higher Education: CCNY and Brooklyn College on the Eve of the Rapp-Coudert Investigation, 1935-1939.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1977.

Gettleman, Marvin E. “Rehearsal for McCarthyism: The New York State Rapp-Coudert Committee and Academic Freedom, 1940-41.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 1982.

Ingram, Eric Taylor. “The Company They Kept: The Anti-Communist Attacks on Public School Teachers in New York City, 1949--1953.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University Teachers College, 2006.

Leberstein, Stephen. “Purging the Profs: The Rapp Coudert Committee in New York, 1940-1942.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993. Attributes the investigation to “anti-intellectual hysteria.” Allows that Morris Schappes perjured himself before the Rapp Coudert committee, , indicted 1941, convicted 1942, 13 months in prison. Says the decision to lie to committee was a conscious one made by “activists.”

None. New Group Comments. Oneonta, NY, 1949. Journal published by Marxist students in Oneonta, NY.

Rosenberg, Daniel. “Loyalty and Dissent: Free Speech at Adelphi University, 1964-1968.” Long Island Historical Journal 12, no. 1 (1999). Discusses a loyalty oath case and others alleged discrimination against leftists.

Schappes, Morris U. “Philip S. Foner at City College: Victim of the Rapp-Coudert Committee.” In Culture, Gender, Race, and U.S. Labor History, edited by Ronald Charles Kent. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993.

Shaffer, Robert. “Jews, Reds, and Violets: Anti-Semitism and Anti-Radicalism at New York University, 1916-1929.” Journal of Ethnic Studies 15, no. 2 (1987)

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: North Carolina

Billingsley, William J. “Reds in Dixie: Student Radicalism and the North Carolina Speaker Control Law of 1963.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

Billingsley, William J. Communists on Campus: Race, Politics, and the Public University in Sixties North Carolina. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1999.

Billingsley, William James. “Speaker Ban: The Anti-Communist Crusade in North Carolina, 1963-1970.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Irvine, 1994. History of a speaker control law adopted by North Carolina in 1963. The “speaker ban” law prohibited any CPUSA member or anyone who had cited the fifth amendment in refusing to answer questions from any governmental panel from speaking on any state-supported campus.

Link, William A. “William Friday and the North Carolina Speaker Ban Crisis, 1963-1968.” North Carolina Historical Review 72, no. 2 (1995)

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Oregon

Huxford, Gary. “An Incident at Monmouth.” Journal of Higher Education 40, no. 5 (1969). Unstinted praise for the decision of the Oregon College of Education to have Gus Hall of the CPUSA speak to students.

McKay, Floyd J. “After Cool Deliberation: Reed College, Oregon Editors, and the Red Scare of 1954.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). Critical of Reed College firing a professor who refused to answer questions when testifying to the HCUA.

Munk, Michael. “Reversing the Verdicts: The Case of Reed College.” Monthly Review 43, no. 10 (1992). On the Stanley Moore case.

Munk, Michael. “Oregon Tests Academic Freedom in (Cold) Wartime: The Reed College Trustees Versus Stanley Moore.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 97, no. 3 (1996). Moore was fired for refusing to answer question when testifying to HCUA, but a liberal backlash against the firing forced the resignation of the college president and most of the trustees who has supported the firing. Later the trustees apologized to Moore. Moore also later stated that he had been a CPUSA member.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Pennsylvania

Mulcahy, Richard P. “Robert Colodny and the Pittsburgh Renaissance: A Study in Local McCarthyism.” Mid-America 74, no. 2 (1992). Sees McCarthyism behind the criticism of University of Pittsburgh historian Robert Colodny, a veteran of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade who admired Castro and called him an “agrarian reformer.” No action was taken against Colodny.

Zimring, Fred R. “Academic Freedom and the Cold War: The Dismissal of Barrows Dunham from Temple University, A Case Study.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University Teachers College, 1981. Regards the 1954 dismissal of Dunham, a Marxist-Leninist and one time Communist Party member, from Temple University as an act of political repression; finds that the university administration and faculty redefined academic freedom to exclude political dissenters.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: South Dakota

Lee, R. Alton. “McCarthyism at the University of South Dakota.” South Dakota History 19, no. 3 (Fall 1989). In 1951 Senator Mundt (R, SD) told USD President I.D. Weeks that a FBI report listed a medical school instructor as a Communist. Weeks asked Dean Walter Hard to act, but he would not without evidence, which Mundt would not provide. The instructor’s contract, however, was not renewed. South Dakota enacted a loyalty oath for USD employees in 1955 and repealed it in 1974. Several newspapers opposed the oath and a prestigious USD lecturer in 1954 denounced the Red Scare.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Tennessee

Gilpin, Patrick J. “Charles S. Johnson and the Second Red Scare: An Episode.” Tennessee Historical Quarterly 37, no. 1 (1978). On the decision of Fisk University not to renew the contract of Lee Lorch, who had been called to testify before the HCUA regarding CPUSA membership.

Klein, Milton M. “Academic Freedom at the University of Tennessee: The McCarthy Era.” Journal of East Tennessee History, no. 69 (1997)

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Texas

Carleton, Don E. “No Ivory Towers in the Lone Star State: Anticommunism, the University of Texas and the Homer P. Rainey Affair.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1990.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Vermont

Holmes, David R. Stalking the Academic Communist: Intellectual Freedom and the Firing of Alex Novikoff. Hanover: Published for University of Vermont by University Press of New England, 1989.

Oshinsky, David M. “Pride and Perjury.” New Leader 72 (4 September 1989). On the firing of teacher A. Novikoff for Communist activities by the University of Vermont during the 1950s.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Washington State

Allen, Raymond B. Communism and Academic Freedom: The Record of the Tenure Cases at the University of Washington Including the Findings of the Committee on Tenure and Academic Freedom and the President’s Recommendations. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1949. Report on the decision of the President of the University on Washington on several tenure cases and the decision to remove to C.P.-linked faculty.

American Psychologist. “Report of the Committee to Review the Evidence Presented in the Tenure Investigation of Ralph Gundlach at the University of Washington.” American Psychologist 6 (November 1951).

Baldasty, Gerald J., and Betty Houchin Winfield. “Institutional Paralysis in the Press: The Cold War in Washington State.” Journalism Quarterly 58, no. 2 (1981). Indignant that press coverage was sometimes negative toward those faculty accused of Communist sympathies at the University of Washington by a state legislative committee.

Magden, Ronald E. “The Schuddakopf Case, 1954-1958: Tacoma Public Schools and Anticommunism.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). Regarding the firing of a teacher who refused to answer questions when testifying to the HCUA.

McConaghy, Lorraine. “The Seattle Times’s Cold War Pulitzer Prize.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 89, no. 1 (1997/98). On the exposure by a newspaper columnist that a state legislative committee had falsely accused a professor of CPUSA membership.

Sanders, Jane. Cold War on the Campus: Academic Freedom at the University of Washington, 1946-64. Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1979. Recounts the turmoil at the University of Washington regarding the denial of tenure to faculty with Communist Party links and several state and federal investigations of subversive activities; treats opposition to Communism as hysterical and irrational.

Sanders, Jane A. “The University of Washington and the Controversy Over J. Robert Oppenheimer.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 70, no. 1 (1979). When the Physics Department at the University of Washington offered Oppenheimer its Walker-Ames Professorship in 1955, University President Henry Schmitz responded to public pressure and vetoed the appointment.

Sanders, Jane A. “Clio Confronts Conformity: The University of Washington History Department During the Cold War Era.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 88 (1997)

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: West Virginia

Hennen, John. “A Struggle for Recognition: Marshall University Students for a Democratic Society and the Red Scare in Huntington, 1965-1969.” West Virginia History 52 (1993).

McCormick, Charles Howard. This Nest of Vipers: McCarthyism and Higher Education in the Mundel Affair, 1951-52. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1989. Recounts the firing of Luella Raab Mundel by Fairmont State College and Mundel’s unsuccessful effort to regain her job.

****************************************************************

Communism, Anticommunism and Education: Wyoming

Hewitt, William. “The University of Wyoming Textbook Investigation Controversy, 1947 to 1948 and Its Aftermath.” Annals of Wyoming 56, no. 1 (1984)

****************************************************************

Communists and College Students

Altbach, Philip G. Student Politics in America: A Historical Analysis. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1973.

Communist Party of the United States of America. Student Notes. Council of Student Clubs, Communist Party, 194u. Journal, 1940s.

Falk, Julius [Julius Jacobson]. “American Student Movement: A Survey.” New International 15 (March 1949). Written by a Trotskyist activist.

Kranz, Robert George. “International Education and Cocurricular Activities: The Origins of the United States National Student Association International Program.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1992. Concludes that an anti-Communist centrist coalition controlled NSA’s international programs.

Mitzman, Arthur. “The Campus Radical in 1950.” Dissent 7 (Spring 1960).

Peterson, Patti McGill. “Student Organizations and the Antiwar Movement in America, 1900-1960.” American Studies 13 (Spring 1972).

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Communist Origin and Manipulation of Vietnam Week, April 8-15, 1967. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1967. Ninetieth Congress, first session.

****************************************************************

Communists and College Students: The 1930s

Brax, Ralph S. “When Students First Organized Against War.” New York Historical Society Quarterly 63, no. 3 (1979). Discusses the role of Communists in the student antimilitary movement of the 1930s.

Brax, Ralph S. The First Student Movement: Student Activism in the United States During the 1930s. Port Washington, NY: Kennikat Press, 1981. Notes the influence of the Communist Party on some student movement leaders.

Cohen, Robert. When the Old Left Was Young: Student Radicals and America’s First Mass Student Movement, 1929-1941. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993.

Draper, Hal. “The Student Movement of the Thirties.” In As we Saw the Thirties: Essays on Social and Political Movements of a Decade, edited by Rita James Simon. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1967. Notes the Communist role in various student organizations.

Eagan, Eileen. “The Student Peace Movement in the U.S., 1930-1941.” Ph.D. diss. Temple University, 1979. Sees the peace movement growing out of the Marxist, radical and reformist atmosphere of campuses in the 1930s. The movement was strongly pacifist and reached it peak in 1936. It was fractured by divisions over the Spanish Civil War, the Hitler-Stalin Pact, and American entry into the war, but it left a pacifist legacy to inspire future generations. Notes a Communist role.

Eagan, Eileen. Class, Culture, and the Classroom: The Student Peace Movement of the 1930s. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981.

Engstrom, Kristina D. “Radical or Respectable?: Class and Ethnicity in the Early Student Peace Movement at Hunter College, 1932-1935.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 1995.

Gordon, Max. “Seeds of Student Conflicts, A Memoir of 50 Years Ago.” The City College Alumnus, October 1981. Gordon was later a Communist official.

Ilma, Viola, and L. Edgar Prina. The Political Virgin. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1958. Autobiography of the non-Communist founder of the American Youth Congress who was soon pushed aside by C.P. operatives.

Johnson, Oakley C. “Campus Battles for Freedom in the Thirties.” Centennial Review 14, no. 3 (1970). Johnson, a secret Communist at the time, remembers protests regarding his firing by City College of New York in the early 1930s and his role as adviser to the Liberal Club and the Social Problems Club.

Miller, Michael H. “The American Student Movement of the Depression, 1931-1941: A Historical Analysis.” Ph.D. diss. Florida State University, 1981. Studies the Student League for Industrial Democracy, the National Student League, American Student Union, National Student Federation of America, American Youth Congress, and the United Student Peace Committee. Notes that disagreements about collective security, the Hitler-Stalin Pact, and World War II disrupted the student movement.

Phelps, Marianne Ruth. “The Response of Higher Education to Student Activism, 1933-1938.” Ph.D. diss. George Washington University, 1980. Studies in detail the reaction of administrations at George Washington University, Swarthmore, and the University of Wisconsin to student radicalism.

Rawick, George P. “The New Deal and Youth: The Civil Conservation Corps, the National Youth Administration and the American Youth Congress.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1957. Discusses the Communist Party’s role in the AYC and the NYA.

Rise, Eric W. “Red Menaces and Drinking Buddies: Student Activism at the University of Florida, 1936-1939.” Historian 48 (August 1986).

Rudikoff, Lisa Breskin. “Women in the Popular Front Student Peace Movement: Vassar College 1935-1941.” Master’s thesis. Sarah Lawrence College, 1994.

Schlatter, Richard. “The World Fight: On Being a Communist at Oxford and Harvard.” Partisan Review 44, no. 4 (December 1977). Joined C.P. at Oxford along with Daniel Boorstin and Richard Goodwin, portrays himself as an idealistic Communist who paid no attention to Stalin and Soviet Union but nonetheless supported Nazi-Soviet Pact (and still thinks the Pact was morally justified), and condemns anyone who thinks Communists ought not to teach in colleges.

Schnell, Rodolph L. “National Activist Student Organizations in American Higher Education, 1905-1944.” Ph.D. diss. University of Michigan, 1975. Notes the Communist role in the student organizations of the 1930s.

Wandersee, Winifred D. “Why Not Youth: The New Deal and the American Youth Movement, 1936-1943.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1985.

Wechsler, James Arthur. Revolt on the Campus. New York: Covici, Friede, 1935. Wechsler was then a radical student leader secretly aligned with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Marxism in the Late 20th Century Academy

DiPippo, Rocco. “A Scholar For Stalin.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 16 March 2005. On the pro-Stalin writings of Grover Furr, an English professor at Montclair State University.

fernández-Morera, Darío. American Academia and the Survival of Marxist Ideas. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1996.

Johnson, Dave. “Who’s Behind the Attack on Liberal Professors?” Commonwealth Institute, 2003. Reprinted on History News Network, <http://hnn.us/articles/1244.html>. Sees a wide-ranging right-wing conspiracy against the academy and liberals in it.

London, Herbert. “Marxism Thriving on American Campuses.” The World & I, January 1987. Surveys the rapid growth of Marxism among faculty.

Olasky, Marvin. “Marxism and Me.” American Enterprise 6, no. 4 (July 1995). Former CPUSA member discusses how attitudes toward him became increasingly hostile in the academic world when he left the CPUSA and abandoned Marxism.

Ollman, Bertell, and Edward Vernoff, eds. The Left Academy: Marxist Scholarship on American Campuses. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1982. Discusses the growing role of Marxists in American colleges and how that growth can be assisted and used to promote Marxist goals. Looks forward to radical domination of the American academy. Three volumes.

Radosh, Ronald. “Jon Wiener’s Pop Marxism.” The New Criterion 10, no. 7 (March 1992): 43-46. Discusses Wiener‘s praise for the 1988 conference on “Anticommunism and the U.S.: History and Consequences“ and Wiener‘s view that on campuses the “‘intellectual strength of the left‘ has been proven triumphant.“ Concludes “after the 1960s, New Left scholars--having failed to stimulate the kind of history they wanted to see made in the streets--decided in effect to rewrite history.”

Schrecker, Ellen. “The House Marxist.” Nation, 27 January 1979. Discusses and celebrates the growing influence of Marxists in the academic world of the 1970s.

Shaw, Peter. “Academic Marxism and Communism’s Fall.” Academic Questions 4, no. 3 (Summer 1991). Sees academic radicalism triumphant in sections of the academy but increasingly mocked outside due to an unwillingness to intellectually confront the collapse of communism.

Westcoast Association of Marxist Historians. Westcoast Association of Marxist Historians. Los Angeles, CA: WAMH, 197u. Journal, 1970s

Wiener, Jon. Professors, Politics, and Pop. New York: Verso, 1991. Sees the Left as the dominant intellectual force in the academic world.

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 21

Communism and Christianity

Austin, Randall Dean. “Caution Christian Soldiers: The Mainline Protestant Churches and the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1997. Finds that the mainline Protestant churches gave only limited support to American Cold War policies and anticommunism.

Bates, Stephen. “‘Godless Communism’ and Its Legacies.” Society 41, no. 3 (March-April 2004). Discusses how hostility toward communism in the 1950s hardened American attitudes toward atheism.

Canipe, Lee. “Under God and Anti-Communist: How the Pledge of Allegiance Got Religion in Cold War America.” Journal of Church and State 45 (Spring 2003).

Cloud, Matthew W. “‘One Nation, Under God’: Tolerable Acknowledgement of Religion or Unconstitutional Cold War Propaganda Cloaked in American Civil Religion?” Journal of Church and State 46, no. 2 (2004).

Combs, Daniel. “Official LDS (Mormon) Anticommunism, 1901-1970: The Articulation of an LDS Conservative Ideology.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Brigham Young University, 2005

Crouse, Eric. “Drawing the Sword Humbly? Christianity Today, Communism, and US Foreign Policy, 1956-1965.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations Conference. George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2003.

Crouse, Eric R. “Popular Cold Warriors: Conservative Protestants, Communism, and Culture in Early Cold War America.” Journal of Religion and Popular Culture 2 (Fall 2002).

Elliott, Mark R., exec. ed., Robert F. Goeckel, ed. Christianity and Marxism Worldwide: An Annotated Bibliography. Wheaton, IL: Institute for the Study of Christianity and Marxism, Wheaton College, 1988.

Gifford, Laura. “Nixon and the Clergymen: Religion, Politics, and the Anti-Communist Threat, 1953-1960.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Gustafson, Merlin. “Church, State, and the Cold War, 1945-1952.” Church and State, Winter 1965.

Gustafson, Merlin. “The Church, the State and the Military in the Truman Administration.” Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal 2 (October 1966).

Herzog, Jonathan. “The Hammer and the Cross: America’s Holy War Against Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 2008.

Karmarkovic, Alex. “American Evangelical Responses to the Russian Revolution and the Rise of Communism in the Twentieth Century.” Fides et History 4, no. 2 (1972). After initial indifference, most evangelical Christians perceived communism and the Soviet Union as violent, antireligious spiritual threats to Christianity and the U.S.

King, William McGuire. “The Political Reorientation of the Protestant Social Gospel After 1918.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Kirby, Dianne. “Harry S. Truman’s International Religious Anti-Communist Front, the Archbishop of Canterbury and the 1948 Inaugural Assembly of the World Council of Churches.” Contemporary British History [U.K.] 15, no. 4 (2001).

Kirby, Dianne. “Harry Truman’s Religious Legacy: The Holy Alliance, Containment and the Cold War.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Kirby, Dianne, ed. Religion and the Cold War. New York: Palgrave, 2003. Includes: Religion and the Cold War: An Introduction--D. Kirby; Domestic and Foreign Policy Considerations and the Origins of Postwar Soviet Church-State Relations, 1941-46--A. Dickinson; German Protestants Debate Politics and Theology after the Second World War--M.D. Hockenos; Pope Pius XII and the Cold War: Confrontation between Catholicism and Communism--F.J. Coppa; The Lonely Cold War of Pope Pius XII--P.C. Kent Harry Truman’s Religious Legacy: The Holy Alliance, Containment and the Cold War--D. Kirby; The Vatican, Italy and the Cold War--J. Pollard; Pro Patria, Pro Deo : The United States and the Vatican in Cold War Yugoslavia, 1945-1950--C.R. Gallagher; Cold War on High and Unity from Below: The French Communist Party and the Catholic Church in the Early Years of the Gaullist Fifth Republic--P. Hainsworth; Entering the Age of Human Rights: Religion, Politics and Jurisprudence in Early Cold War Canada, 1945-1950--G. Egerton; The Clergy, the Cold War and the Mission of the Local Church: England c.1945-60--I. Jones; The Rehabilitation of Martin Luther in the GDR: or, Why Thomas Muntzer Failed to Stabilize the Moorings of Socialist Ideology--H. Lehmann; Martyrs, Miracles and Martians: Religion and Cold War Cinema in the 1950s--T. Shaw.

Lahr, Angela Marie. “Millennial Dreams and Apocalyptic Nightmares: Evangelical and Secular Identity in the Early Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Northern Illinois University, 2005.

Marshall, Paul, and Mike Welton. “A Guide to Christian-Marxist Dialogue.” Canadian Dimension 13, no. 5 (1979). Bibliography of sources on the attraction of theologians to Communism.

Mojzes, Paul. “Christian-Marxist Dialogue: Soviet and American Style.” Cross Currents 28 (Summer 1978).

Robert, Dana L. “The Methodist Episcopal Church, South, Mission to the Russians in Manchuria, 1920-1927.” Methodist History 26, no. 2 (1988). On missions to immigrant Korean and refugee Russians in Harbin and Vladivostok.

Roy, Ralph Lord. Communism and the Churches. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1960. Using legalistic standards of evidence, sees only limited Communist influence among clergymen; finds much criticism of Communist sympathies in the churches to be irresponsible or unproven. Defensive apologetics.

Schafer, Axel. “Resurgent Evangelicalism and US Foreign Policy, 1942-1960.” Paper presented at British Association of American Studies Conference. Keele University, U.K., 2001.

Settje, David E. “‘Sinister’ Communists and Vietnam Quarrels: The Christian Century and Christianity Today Respond to the Cold and Vietnam Wars.” Fídes et Hístoría 32 (Winter/Spring 2000).

Settje, David Earl. “Has the Tiger Changed Its Stripes? Lutheran Responses to the Cold War, Fears of Internal Communist Threats, and the Vietnam War, 1964--1975.” Ph.D. diss. Kent State University, 2001. Concludes that most Lutherans supported the Cold War against the USSR and PRC while simultaneously debating about the Vietnam War and internal Communist threats.

Settje, David. “Dueling Catholic Periodicals: America’s and Commonweal’s Perceptions of the Cold and Vietnam Wars, 1964-1975.” Catholic Social Science Review 9 (2004).

Silk, Mark. Spiritual Politics: Religion and America Since World War II. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988. Discusses anticommunism as a religious theme in the post-WWII period.

Smith, Kevin D. “Religion, the Cold War, and Civil Rights: The Greenfield Trailer Camp Incident and the Contested Meaning of Cold War Americanism.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians annual meeting. Los Angeles, CA, 2001.

Smith, Kevin David. “‘In God We Trust’: Religion, the Cold War, and Civil Rights in Milwaukee, 1947--1963.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin - Madison, 1999.

Smyle, Robert F. “The U.S. and the USSR: Religious Liberty as a Human Right.” Worldview 20, no. 9 (1977). Discusses changes over time in American attitudes toward Soviet religious policy.

Tucker, Nancy Bernkopf. “An Unlikely Peace: American Missionaries and the Chinese Communists, 1948-1950.” Pacific Historical Review 45, no. 1 (1976). For two years, 1948-1950, Chinese Communists tolerated some Christian activity in the urban areas, chiefly by mainline Protestants but were far more hostile to Catholics and fundamentalists. Some of the Protestants responded by urging American accommodation of Chinese communism. With the Korean War, however, even limited Communist toleration of Protestant Christianity ended.

Wald, Kenneth D. “The Religious Dimension of American Anti-Communism.” Journal of Church and State 36, no. 3 (1994).

West, Charles C. “Recent Theological Encounters with Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1955.

Yuen, Austin Ching-Chi. “Mandatory Piety: The Rise of Civil Religion in Cold War America from 1945--1965.” Ph.D. diss. California State University, Fullerton, 2005.

****************************************************************

Communism and Protestantism: Biographical Accounts

Billy Graham

Trotta, Christopher Michael. “The Communist Threat and a Preacher’s Ambition: Billy Graham and the Use of Political Anti-Communist Rhetoric During the Truman and Eisenhower Administrations.” Unpublished master’s thesis. University of Miami, 2002.

****************************************************************

Reinhold Niebuhr

Berke, Matthew. “The Disputed Legacy of Reinhold Niebuhr.” First Things, no. 27 (November 1992). Discusses the rival claims of being the true heirs of Niebuhr by left-liberals such as Arthur Schlesinger and John Bennett and Cold War liberals-neoconservatives such as George Wiegel and Paul Ramsey.

Bingham, June. Courage to Change: An Introduction to the Life and Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr. New York: Scribner, 1961. Discusses the intellectual background of a leading postwar anti-Communist liberal intellectual associated with the Americans for Democratic Action.

Black, Claude L. “The Agony of Christian Realism: The Historical Relevance of the Pre-World War II Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr.” Ph.D. diss. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1981.

Brown, Charles C. “Niebuhr Still Shapes the Conscience of a Nation.” Books & Religion 14 (October 1986).

Fox, Richard W. “Reinhold Niebuhr and the Emergence of the Liberal Realist Faith, 1930-1945.” Review of Politics 38, no. 2 (1976).

Fox, Richard Wightman. “Reinhold Niebuhr: Self-Made Intellectual.” Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress 40, no. 1 (1983).

Fox, Richard Wightman. “Reinhold Niebuhr’s ‘Revolution.’” Wilson Quarterly 8, no. 4 (1984).

Fox, Richard Wightman. Reinhold Niebuhr: A Biography. New York: Pantheon Books, 1985. Places Niebuhr’s theology and politics within the context of a realistic Protestant liberalism purged of sentimentalism and naive idealism.

Harland, Gordon. The Thought of Reinhold Niebuhr. New York: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Link, Michael. The Social Philosophy of Reinhold Niebuhr: An Historical Introduction. Chicago: Adams Press, 1975. Survey of the Niebuhr writings on Communism, Fascism, and liberalism from 1920 to 1971.

Merkley, Paul. “Reinhold Niebuhr: The Decisive Years, 1916-1941: A Study of the Interaction of Religious Faith and Political Commitment in an American Intellectual.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 1966. Finds that Niebuhr came to regard Marxist socialism as a religious distortion derived from the Christian heresy of the immanent kingdom of God.

Merkley, Paul. Reinhold Niebuhr: A Political Account. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 1975. Analysis of the theological basis of Niebuhr’s political stance.

Naveh, Eyal J. Reinhold Niebuhr and Non-Utopian Liberalism: Beyond Illusion and Despair. Brighton, England & Portland, OR: Sussex Academic Press, 2002.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr: Selected Essays and Addresses. Edited by Robert McAfee Brown. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1986.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. Reinhold Niebuhr: His Religious, Social, and Political Thought. Edited by Charles W. Kegley and Robert Walter Bretall. New York: Macmillan, 1956. Intellectual autobiography of Reinhold Niebuhr.--Essays of interpretation and criticism of the work of Reinhold Niebuhr.--Reply to interpretation and criticism, by R. Niebuhr.--Bibliography of the writings of Reinhold Niebuhr to 1956.

Niebuhr, Reinhold. Reinhold Niebuhr, His Religious, Social, and Political Thought. Edited by Charles W. Kegley. New York: Pilgrim Press, 1984. Expanded 2nd edition.

Odegard, Holtan P. Sin and Science: Reinhold Niebuhr as Political Theologian. Yellow Springs, OH: Antioch Press, 1956.

Poole, Thomas George. “Contemporary Christian Realism: The Ongoing Relevance of Reinhold Niebuhr.” Ph.D. diss. Pennsylvania State University, 1984. Argues for a fruitful dialogue between Liberation Theology and Christian Realism.

Schlesinger, Arthur, Jr. “Forgetting Reinhold Niebuhr.” New York Times, 18 September 2005.

Sizemore, Russell Foster. “Reinhold Niebuhr and the Rhetoric of Liberal Anti-Communism: Christian Realism and the Rise of the Cold War.” Ph.D. diss. Harvard University, 1987.

Tietje, Louis H. “Was Reinhold Niebuhr Ever a Marxist? An Investigation in the Assumptions of His Early Interpretation and Critique of Marxism.” Ph.D. diss. Union Theological Seminary, 1984. Argues that the anthropology of Niebuhr’s Christian Realism was fundamentally at variance with Marxism and that Niebuhr had developed this anthropology before the period when he was a self-avowed socialist.

****************************************************************

A.J. Muste

Armstrong, James S. “The Labor Temple, 1910-1957 a Social Gospel in Action in the Presbyterian Church.” Ph.D. diss. University of Wisconsin, 1974.

Danielson, Leilah C. “‘The Day of the Lord is Here and It is a Day of Judgment’: A.J. Muste and the Cold War.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. American University, Washington, D.C., 2001.

Danielson, Leilah. “Christianity, Dissent, and the Cold War: Reinhold Niebuhr and A.J. Muste.” Paper presented at Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations conference. Austin, TX, 2004.

Danielson, Leilah. “A. J. Muste, Workers’ Education, and the Making of a Cultural Front.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Hentoff, Nat. Peace Agitator: The Story of A. J. Muste. New York: Macmillan, 1963.

Muste, Abraham John. The Essays of A. J. Muste. Edited by Nat Hentoff. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1967.

Muste, Abraham John. The Reminiscences of A. J. Muste. Harlan B Phillips. New York Times Oral History Program. [Glen Rock, N. J.: Microfilming Corp. of America, 1972. Microfiche. Transcript of interviews conducted by Harlan B Phillips in the early 1950’s.

Muste, Abraham John, and Christian social justice fund. The Automobile Industry and Organized Labor. Baltimore, MD: Issued by the Christian social justice fund, 1936.

Robinson, Jo Ann. Abraham Went Out: A Biography of A.J. Muste. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981.

****************************************************************

Anticommunism and Roman Catholicism

Allitt, Patrick. Catholic Intellectuals and Conservative Politics in America, 1950-1985. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1993.

Allitt, Patrick Nicholas. “Catholic Lay Intellectuals in the American Conservative Movement: 1950-1980.” Ph.D. diss. University of California, Berkeley, 1986.

Avella, Steven, and Thomas A. Kselman. “Marian Piety and the Cold War in the United States.” Catholic Historical Review, July 1986.

Brett, Edward T. “The U.S. Catholic Press on Guatemala.” Journal of Church and State 44, no. 1 (2002). Notes most of the Catholic press supported American policy in the 1950s but shifted toward a critical stance in the 1960s.

Carty, Thomas J. “The Catholic Anticommunist: Catholics and Protestants Debate Communism in the 1960 Presidential Election.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. San Francisco, CA, 2002.

Carty, Thomas. “The Catholic Anticommunist: John F. Kennedy and the Religious Debate Over Communism in the 1960 Presidential Campaign.” Paper presented at “New Frontiers in Cold War History,” 4^th Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Santa Barbara, CA 1999.

Centola, Kathleen Gefell. “The American Catholic Church and Anti-Communism, 1945-1960: An Interpretive Framework and Case Studies.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Albany, 1984. Attributes Catholic anticommunism to reflection of general American social frustration that broke out in irrational anticommunism and to Catholic use of anticommunism to as a tactic to assert an American identity.

Coppa, F.J. “Pope Pius XII and the Cold War: The Post-War Confrontation Between Catholicism and Communism.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Corrin, Jay P. “H. A. Reinhold, America, and the Catholic Crusade Against Communism.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 105, no. 1/2 (1994).

Cronin, John F. “Communism...” Unpublished essay. Washington: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1947.

Cronin, John F. The Problem of American Communism in 1945: Facts and Recommendations. Baltimore. St. Mary’s Seminary, 1945.

Cronin, John Francis. Communism: Threat to Freedom. Pamphlet. Washington: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1962.

Crosby, Donald F. “The Politics of Religion: American Catholics and the Anti-Communist Impulse.” In The Specter; Original Essays on the Cold War and the Origins of McCarthyism, edited by Robert Griffith and Athan G. Theoharis. New York: New Viewpoints, 1974.

Donovan, John F. The Pagoda and the Cross: The Life of Bishop Ford of Maryknoll. New York: Scribner, 1967. American-born founder of the Maryknoll Missionaries, Ford was the first bishop of Kwantung, China. He was martyred in the 1950s after the Chinese Communists came to power.

Donovan, John F. A Priest Named Horse. Huntington, IN: Our Sunday Visitor, 1977. On Bishop Ford.

Donovan, John T. “The American Catholic Press and the Cold War in Asia: The Case of Father Patrick O’Connor, S.S.C. (1899-1987).” American Catholic Studies 115, no. 3 (2004).

Endres, David. “A Cold War But a Fiery Faith: American Catholic Youth and International Anti-Communism.” Paper presented at GWU-UCSB Graduate Student Conference on the Cold War. Washington, DC, 2004.

Endres, David J. “Souls Under Siege: The Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade and International Anticommunism, 1943-55.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association Conference. Seattle, WA, 2005.

Endres, David J. “An International Dimension to American Anticommunism: Mission Awareness and Global Consciousness in the Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade, 1935–1955.” U.S. Catholic Historian 24 (Spring 2006).

Endres, David J. “Under the Cross and the Flag: The Catholic Students’ Mission Crusade and the American Quest to Christianize the World, 1918--1971.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 2007.

Feldblum, Esther. “On the Eve of a Jewish State: American-Catholic Responses.” American Jewish Historical Quarterly 64, no. 2 (1974). Notes fear of communism spreading to the Middle East and the fear of the alignment of the Arab states with the USSR as one factor in Catholic resistance to Zionism in the immediate post-WWII period prior to the founding of Israel.

Ferree, William. Act of Social Justice. Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America Press, 1943. Discusses encyclicals “Quadragesimo anno” and “Divini Redemptoris.”

Fisher, James Terence. The Catholic Counterculture in America, 1933-1962. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989.

Fitzsimons, M. A. “Profiles of Crisis: The Review of Politics, 1939-1963.” Review of Politics 50, no. 4 (1988). Notes the journal, edited for many years by anti-Nazi German Catholic refugees, viewed Nazism and communism as twin totalitarian menaces.

Flynn, George Q. Roosevelt and Romanism: Catholics and American Diplomacy, 1937-1945. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1976. Notes strong anti-Communist lobbying by the American Church.

Frank, Robert L. “Prelude to Cold War: American Catholics and Communism.” Journal of Church & State 34, no. 1 (Winter 1992). Sees 1930s Catholic anti-Communist rhetoric derived from a fusion of ideology and religion that enabled Catholics to transcend the limitations of being both Catholic and American.

Graham, Robert A. The Vatican and Communism in World War II: What Really Happened? San Francisco [CA]: Ignatius Press, 1996.

Gribble, Richard. “Anti-Communism, Patrick Peyton, CSC and the C.I.A.” Journal of Church & State 45, no. 3 (Summer 2003). With the assistance of shipping magnet J. Peter Grace and the CIA Father Peyton took his Family Rosary Crusade to Latin America as a vehicle to defeat communism through Catholicism.

Husslein, Joseph Casper. The Christian Social Manifesto. New York: The Bruce Publishing Company, 1939. Discusses the encyclicals “Quadragesimo anno,” “Divini Redemptoris” and “Rerum novarum.”

Jarvis, Eric. “Joining the Cold War Consensus: American Catholics and the Budapest Trial of Cardinal Mindszenty.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting. Chicago, IL., 2002.

Johnson, Kathryn A. “‘In the Main Line of the Enemy’s Fire’: Catholic Devotion, Social Action, and Family Politics in the Cold War Era.” Mid-America 79, no. 2 (1997). Reviews the history of the Christian Family Movement.

Kauffman, Christopher J. Faith and Fraternalism: The History of the Knights of Columbus, 1882-1982. Cambridge: Harper & Row, 1982.

Kauffman, Christopher J. Patriotism and Fraternalism in the Knights of Columbus: A History of the Fourth Degree. New York: Crossroad, 2001. Discusses the anti-Communist activities of the Knights in the 1930-1960 period.

Kent, P.C. “The Lonely Cold War of Pope Pius XII.” In Religion and the Cold War, edited by Dianne Kirby. Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire New York: Palgrave, 2003.

Kselman, Thomas. A. “Marian Piety and the Cold War in the United States.” Catholic History Review 72, no. 3 (July 1986): 406-24. Discusses the cult of Our Lady of Necedah. In 1950, farm wife Mary Ann Van Hoof of Necedah, Wisconsin, reported encounters with the Virgin Mary in which Mary instructed her on prayers and activities to achieve world peace and overthrow Communism. The cult attracted hundreds of thousands of followers but the Catholic hierarchy attempted to suppress the cult.

Lerhinan, John Patrick. A Sociological Commentary on “Divini Redemptoris.” Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America Press, 1946. CUA dissertation (1945) published as a book.

Lerhinan, John Patrick. “Communism and Internationalism.” In Background to Morality, edited by John Patrick Lerhinan. New York: Desclee, 1964.

McGreevey, John T. “Thinking on One’s Own: Catholicism in the American Political Imagination, 1928-1960.” Journal of American History, June 1997. Discusses Catholic anticommunism.

Miscamble, Wilson. “Catholics and American Foreign Policy from the Spanish-American War to McCarthy: A Historiographical Survey.” Diplomatic History 4 (Summer 1980).

Moreno, Lisa Carlucci. “The National Catholic Welfare Conference and Catholic Americanism,1919-1966.” Ph.D. diss. University of Maryland, College Park, 1999.

Moriarty, Thomas M. “Catholic Anticommunism in the 1936 Election: The Periphery Dominated Center.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Moriarty, Thomas Michael. “The Catholic Lobby: The Periphery Dominated Center, Public Opinion and American Foreign Policy, 1932-1962.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1996. Finds that concern about the Catholic vote influenced American policy toward Soviet domination Eastern Europe.

Murphy, Richard J. “The Canonico-Juridical Status of a Communist.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University of America, 1959.

National Catholic Welfare Conference. Communism in the United States. Pamphlet. Washington, DC: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1937.

Nell-Breuning, Oswald von, Bernard W. Dempsey, and Catholic Church. Reorganization of Social Economy; the Social Encyclical Development and Explained. New York: The Bruce Publishing Company, 1937. Discusses the Papal encyclicals that set forth Catholic social-economic principles and condemned communism: Pius XI’s “Quadragesimo anno” (15 May 1931) and “Divini Redemptoris” (19 Mar. 1937) as well as Leo XIII’s “Rerum novarum.”

O’Connor, David Laurence. “Defenders of the Faith: American Catholic Lay Organizations and Anticommunism, 1917--1975.” Ph.D. diss. SUNY, Stony Brook, 2000. From Abstract: “This dissertation considers the role of anticommunism in shaping twentieth-century American Catholic identity from the perspective of four lay organizations: the Catholic War Veterans (CWV), the Catholic Daughters of America (CDA), the Blue Army of Our Lady of Fatima, and the Cardinal Mindszenty Foundation (CMF). These groups enlisted over a million American Catholics in their anticommunist crusades....”

O’Connor, David L. “The Cardinal Mindszenty Foundation: American Catholic Anti-Communism and Its Limits.” American Communist History 5, no. 1 (June 2006).

O’Hearn, Michael James. “Political Transformation of a Religious Order.” Ph.D. diss. University of Toronto, 1983. Discusses the transformation of the Catholic Scarboro Foreign Mission Society from anticommunism to anticapitalism.

O’Neill, James M. Catholicism and American Freedom. New York: Harper, 1952.

Pius XI. Atheistic Communism. Washington, D.C.: National Catholic Welfare Conference, 1937. Presents the encyclical “Divini Redemptoris.”

Powers, Richard Gid. “American Catholics and Catholic Americans: The Rise and Fall of Catholic Anticommunism.” U.S. Catholic History, Fall 2004.

Reilly, Kellie. “Leading the Anticommunist Crusade: New Orleans’s Catholic Action of the South as a Microcosm of Catholic Anticommunism, 1944-1949.” Master’s thesis. University of New Orleans, 2000. The themes in the New Orleans archdiocesan journal were based on theological and ethical objects to communism and did not reflect assimilationist impulses or U.S. government policy.

Rhodes, Anthony Richard Ewart. The Vatican in the Age of the Cold War, 1945-1980. Norwich [England]: M. Russell, 1992.

Rigney, Harold William. Four Years in a Red Hell: The Story of Father Rigney. Chicago: H. Regnery, 1956. The former rector of Fu Jen University, jailed by the Chinese Communists, recounts his prison experiences, 1951-1955.

Rosswurm, Steve. “Manhood, Communism, and Americanism: The Federal Bureau of Investigation and American Jesuits, 1935-1960.” Working Paper Series, Charles and Margaret Hall Cushwa Center for the Study of American Catholicism, University of Notre Dame ser. 28, no. 2 (Spring 1996).

Rosswurm, Steve. “The Chicago Catholic Archdiocese’s Response to the Cold War, 1946-1958.” Illinois History Teacher 9, no. 2 (2002): 23-26.

Schwartz, Adam. “Confronting the ‘Totalitarian Antichrist’: Christopher Dawson and Totalitarianism.” Catholic Historical Review 89, no. 3 (July 2003). Dawson, a British Catholic, influenced many American Catholic intellectuals.

Zagacki, Kenneth S. “Pope John Paul II and the Crusade Against Communism: A Case Study in Secular and Sacred Time.” Rhetoric & Public Affairs 4, no. 4 (Winter 2001)

****************************************************************

American Catholics, Communism, and the Spanish Civil War

Crosby, Donald F. “Boston’s Catholics and the Spanish Civil War: 1936-1939.” New England Quarterly 44, no. 1 (1971). Finds that the near unanimous backing of Franco in the Spanish Civil War derived from fear of communism. The association of communism with the violent repression of the church in Mexico in the 1920s played a large role in the vehemence of the Catholic fear of communism.

Kilcoyne, Francis Patrick. “American Catholics and Franco’s Spain, 1935‑1975: A Study Of Evolving Perceptions.” Ph.D. diss. Boston College, 1996.

****************************************************************

Catholicism and Anticommunism: Biographical Accounts

Waldemar Gurian

Gurian, Waldemar. Bolshevism: Theory and Practice. Translated by E. I. Watkin. New York: Macmillan Company, 1932. Gurian, a anti-Nazi German Catholic intellectual, left Germany and in the U.S. became an influential Catholic commentator on Soviet communism and long-time editor of The Review of Politics published by the University of Notre Dame.

Gurian, Waldemar. Hitler and the Christians. Translated by Edward Francis Peeler. New York: Sheed & Ward, 1936. Translation of “Der kampf um die kirche im dritten reich.”

Gurian, Waldemar. The Rise and Decline of Marxism. Translated by Edward Francis Peeler. London: Burns, Oates & Washbourne, ltd., 1938.

Gurian, Waldemar. Soviet Imperialism Its Origins and Tactics; a Symposium. Notre Dame, Ind.: University of Notre Dame Press, 1953. Introduction, by W. Gurian.--Russian imperialism or Communist aggression, by N.S. Timasheff.--The Ukrainian problem, by M. Pap.--Russian Moslems before and after the revolution, by R.E. Pipes.--Soviet cultural imperialism in Poland, by W. Weintraub.--Tsarist and Soviet diplomacy in China: aims, techniques, and achievements, by N. Ling.--The image of Russia in Soviet propaganda, by F.C. Barghoorn.

Gurian, Waldemar. Bolshevism: An Introduction to Soviet Communism. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1963.

Gurian, Waldemar, and M. A. Fitzsimons, eds. The Catholic Church in World Affairs. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, 1954.

****************************************************************

Patrick Peyton

Gribble, Richard. “Anti-Communism, Patrick Peyton, CSC and the C.I.A.” Journal of Church and State 45, no. 3 (2003)

****************************************************************

Fulton Sheen

Epple, Michael Jacob. “American Crusader: Bishop Fulton J. Sheen’s Campaign Against Communism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Akron, 2001. Examines Bishop Sheen’s contribution the Cold War consensus. Sheen’s extreme antipathy to communism led him to forsake a more scholarly existence to become a popularizer that would appeal to the masses. Sheen sought a broad audience beyond the confines of the Catholic Church and helped set the stage for the coming together of Protestants, Jews and Catholics during the early days of the Cold War as the consensus began to form. His broadcasts and writings during the 1930s and early 1940s also served to made the Catholic Church seem more within the American mainstream and less as a movement controlled by a foreign ruler, the Pope. The arrival of the Cold War in the late 1940s allowed Sheen to appeal to Jews and Protestants to join him in a “Holy War” against atheistic communism and he worked to remove the barriers between the faiths that would hinder them coming together to face a common enemy.

Fields, Kathleen Riley. “Anti-Communism and Social Justice, the Double-Edged Sword of Fulton Sheen.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 96, no. 1-4 (1986). On Sheen’s dual message of opposition to communism and support for social justice.

Nicasio, Lino Evora. “The Rhetoric of Fulton J. Sheen: A Fantasy Theme Analysis of the Television Speeches on Russia and Communism.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1991. Finds that Sheen’s rhetorical fantasy was that the Russian people were heroes but communism was intrinsically wrong because of atheism and disregard for individual rights and freedoms. Other fantasies were that the U.S. was heroic and that Christian democracy could be used as a weapon against communism. Also finds that a fantasy theme analysis discloses that Sheen’s motive for his rhetorical vision was God in whose name and in whose behalf he waged a Cold War against the fantasy of Godless communism.

Noonan, D. P. The Passion of Fulton Sheen. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1972.

Reeves, Thomas C. America’s Bishop: The Life and Times of Fulton J. Sheen. San Francisco: Encounter Books, 2001. Comprehensive and thorough scholarly biography.

Reeves, Thomas C. “Fulton J. Sheen, Anticommunist.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association annual meeting. Boston, MA, 2001.

Riley, Kathleen L. Fulton J. Sheen: An American Catholic Response to the Twentieth Century. Staten Island, N.Y.: ST Pauls/Alba House, 2004. Contains: Thomistic philosopher and Catholic educator : the formative years, 1919-1935 -- Intellectual popularizer and advocate of social justice, 1930-1945 -- Electronic evangelist and convert-maker, 1930-1952 -- American Catholic spokesman in crisis times : international conflict and the Second World War, 1930-1950 -- Ideological adversary : the American Catholic crusade against communism, 1930-1960 -- The post-war religious revival : a Catholic version of the “American way of life”, 1945-1966 -- Missionary to the world and the Second Vatican Council : years of transition, 1950-1966 -- Bishop in a diocese : the “sound and fury” of the Rochester years, 1966-1969 -- Conclusion: A “life worth living”.

Sheen, Fulton J. Communism and the Conscience of the West. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948.

Sherwood, Timothy H. “The Homiletics of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen: A Leadership Perspective on Persuasion.” Ph.D. diss. Gonzaga University, 2008.

Yablonsky, Mary Jud. “A Rhetorical Analysis of Selected Television Speeches of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen on Communism - 1952-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Ohio State University , 1974.

****************************************************************

Edmund A. Walsh

Hull, Henry Lane. “The Holy See and Soviet Russia, 1918-1930; a Study in Full-Circle Diplomacy.” Ph.D. diss. Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 1970. Discuses Fr. Edmund A. Walsh who directed the Papal Relief Mission to famine-stricken Russia in 1922 and later became a leading American Catholic commentator on the nature of Soviet communism. Walsh later spearheaded the founding of the foreign service school at Georgetown University.

McNamara, Patrick Jude. “Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., and Catholic Anticommunism in the United States, 1917--1952.” Ph.D. diss. Catholic University, 2003. Walsh, an early observer of the Bolshevik revolution, became an influential Catholic commentator on the nature of Bolshevism and through his leadership of the Georgetown University school of foreign affairs influenced many American diplomats.

McNamara, Patrick J. “‘The Most Reactionary and Savage School of Thought Known to History’: Edmund A. Walsh, Soviet Russia, and Catholic Anticommunism in the 1920s.” Paper presented at American Catholic Historical Association Conference. Seattle, WA, 2005.

McNamara, Patrick H. A Catholic Cold: War Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., and the Politics of American Catholic Anticommunism. New York: Fordham University Press, 2005. Contains: Edmund A. Walsh : Bostonian, Jesuit, activist, and educator -- “What think ye of Russia?”: Walsh and Catholic anticommunism in the 1920s -- “The two standards” : Walsh and American Catholic anticommunisms, 1929-41 -- “An American geopolitics” : Walsh and wartime Catholic anticommunism, 1941-45 -- “The spiritual and material menace threatening the present generation” : Walsh and Catholic anticommunism in the Cold War, 1946-56.

Walsh, Edmund A. The Fall of the Russian Empire: The Story of the Last Romanovs and the Coming of the Bolsheviki. Boston: Little, Brown, 1928.

Walsh, Edmund A. The Last Stand: An Interpretation of the Soviet Five-Year Plan. Boston: Little, Brown, and company, 1931.

Walsh, Edmund A. Total Power: A Footnote to History. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1948. Walsh’s examination of totalitarianism with Nazi Germany as the chief example.

Walsh, Edmund A. Total Empire: Roots and Progress of World Communism. Science and Culture Series. Milwaukee: Bruce, 1951.

Walsh, Edmund A. Footnotes to History: Selected Speeches and Writing of Edmund A. Walsh, S.J., Founder of the School of Foreign Service. Edited by Anna. Watkins. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 1990.

Walsh, Edmund Aloysius. Why Pope Pius XI Asked Prayers for Russia on March 19, 1930: A Review of the Facts in the Case, Together with Proofs of the International Program of the Soviet Government. New York: The Catholic Near East Welfare Association, 1930.

****************************************************************

The Churches and McCarthyism

Blair, John G. “The Cultural Work of Religion in Cold War America.” In Anti-Communism and McCarthyism in the United States (1946-1954): Essays on the Politics and Culture of the Cold War, edited by André Kaenel. Paris: Editions Messene, 1995.

Ericksen, Robert P. “The Role of American Churches in the McCarthy Era.” Kirchliche Zeitgeschichte [Germany] 3, no. 1 (1990). Survey.

Lovelady, Milton Charles. “The American Protestant Press and McCarthyism, 1950-1954.” Master’s thesis. University of Louisville, 1975.

Nutt, Rick. “For Truth and Liberty: Presbyterians and McCarthyism.” Journal of Presbyterian History 78, no. 1 (2000). Regarding the statement of opposition to McCarthyism issued by the General Council of the Presbyterian Church, USA (PCUSA) in 1953.

Vinz, Warren Lang. “A Comparison Between Elements of Protestant Fundamentalism and McCarthyism.” Ph.D. diss. University of Utah, 1986.

****************************************************************

Catholics and McCarthy

Crosby, Donald F. “The Angry Catholics: Catholic Opinion of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy, 1950-57.” Ph.D. diss. Brandeis University, 1973.

Crosby, Donald F. “The Jesuits and Joe McCarthy.” Church History 46, no. 3 (1977). Recounts attempts to link the Jesuit order either with McCarthy or with his opponents; discusses the attitude of Jesuit journal America toward McCarthy.

Crosby, Donald F. God, Church, and Flag: Senator Joseph R. McCarthy and the Catholic Church, 1950-1957. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1978.

De Santis, Vincent P. “American Catholics and McCarthyism.” Catholic Historical Review 51, no. 1 (1965). Survey.

Grant, Philip A., Jr. “Bishop Bernard J. Sheil’s Condemnation of Senator Joseph R. McCarthy.” Records of the American Catholic Historical Society of Philadelphia 97, no. 1/4 (1986)

****************************************************************

The Christian Right

Baskerville, Barnet. “The Cross and the Flag: Evangelists of the Far Right.” Western Speech 27, no. 4 (1963). Discusses Dr. Frederick Schwartz, Dr. Billy James Hargis, and Dr. Carl McIntire, all of whom combine Christianity and anticommunism.

Bogle, Lori Lyn. “Creating an American Will: Evangelical Democracy and National Security, 1913-1964.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1997. Discusses religious nationalism and anticommunism in U.S. military education programs.

Bundy, Edgar C. Apostles of Deceit. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1966. Polemical attack on the Christian left and liberal Christians.

Bundy, Edgar C. How the Communists Use Religion. New York: Devin-Adair Co., 1966.

Bundy, Edgar C. How Liberals and Radicals Are Manipulating Evangelicals: The Drift of the Neo-Evangelicals to the Left and Away from New Testament Theology. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1982.

Carr, William Guy. The Red Fog Over America. Willowdale, Ont.: National Federation of Christian Laymen, Publications Committee, 1957.

Church League of America. A Manual for Survival: A Counter-Subversive Study Course. Wheaton, IL, 1961.

Circuit Riders. A Compilation of Public Records, 42% of the Unitarian Clergymen and 450 Rabbis. Cincinnati: Circuit Riders, 1961. Right-wing polemic claiming Communist sympathies by many clergymen.

Diamond, Sara. Spiritual Warfare: The Politics of the Christian Right. Boston, MA: South End Press, 1989.

Diamond, Sara. Not by Politics Alone: The Enduring Influence of the Christian Right. New York: Guilford Press, 1998.

Drakeford, John W. “The Implications of Communism for Religious Education.” Ph.D. diss. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1956.

Fein, Gene. “For Christ and Country the Christian Front in New York City, 1938-1951.” Ph.D. diss. City University of New York, 2006.

Glass, William R. “Southern Fundamentalism and Anticommunism at the Beginning of the Cold War: The Controversy Between J. Frank Norris and Louie D. Newton.” Studies in the Social Sciences [State University of West Georgia], no. 36 (1999). In 1946, fundamentalist J. Frank Norris used anti-Communist rhetoric to attack Southern Baptist Convention president Louie D. Newton.

Hart, D.G. “Conservatism, the Protestant Right, and the Failure of Religious History.” Journal of The Historical Society 4, no. 4 (2004).

Stoneman, Timothy. “American Anti-Modern: Postwar Evangelical Missionary Broadcasting.” Paper presented at American Historical Association Annual Meeting, 2007. Atlanta, GA, 2007.

Vinz, Warren L. “The Politics of Protestant Fundamentalism in the 1950’s and 1960’s.” Journal of Church and State 14, no. 2 (1972). On the view of fundamentalists that Communists and their sympathizers had infiltrated leading positions in American society.

Walker, Brooks R. The Christian Fright Peddlers. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1964. Left wing polemic against the Christian right.

Wilcox, Clyde. “America’s Radical Right Revisited. a Comparison of the Activists in Christian Right Organizations from the 1960s and the 1980s.” Sociological Analysis 48, no. 1 (1987).

Wilcox, Clyde. “The Christian Right in Twentieth Century America: Continuity and Change.” Review of Politics 50, no. 4 (1988). Notes that fundamentalists tended to support anti-Communist campaigns in the 1950s but pentacostals did not.

Williams, Daniel Kenneth. “From the Pews to the Polls the Formation of a Southern Christian Right.” Ph.D. diss. Brown University, 2005.

Zeitz, Joshua. “First Saturdays and Final Days: The Catholic-Fundamentalist Alliance Against Communism, 1945-1960.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. Washington, DC, 2006.

****************************************************************

The Christian Anti-Communist Crusade

Christian Anti-Communist Crusade. The Schwarz Report. Long Beach, CA: Christian Anti-Communism Crusade. Journal.

Koeppen, Sheilah Rosenhac. “Dissensus and Discontent: The Clientele of the Christian Anti-Communism Crusade.” Ph.D. diss. Stanford University, 1967. Based on questionnaires filled out by 475 people attending Christian Anti-Communism Crusade schools in California; finds that most were white, well educated, native born Protestants of northern European heritage, held high status jobs, and had above average incomes; finds that most did not show a generalized authoritarianism but held that Communism was a special case needing special restrictions.

Wilcox, Clyde. “Popular Backing for the Old Christian Right: Explaining Support for the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade.” Journal of Social History 21, no. 1 (Fall 1987). On the basis of survey data from 1964, the peak year of support, states, “The picture which emerges from the multivariate analysis is one of rationality. Support for the Crusade did not come from personality disorders, status anxiety, or alienation. It came instead from conservative Republicans who attended fundamentalist churches where politics was discussed, who believed in the inerrancy of the Scriptures, and strongly disliked Communists.”

****************************************************************

The Christian Right: Biographical Accounts

Ezra Taft Benson, David O. McKay and LDS Anticommunism

Benson, Ezra Taft. Cross Fire: The Eight Years with Eisenhower. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, 1962.

Benson, Ezra Taft. The Red Carpet. Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1962.

Benson, Ezra Taft. Title of Liberty. Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1964.

Benson, Ezra Taft. An Enemy Hath Done This. Salt Lake City: Parliament Publishers, 1969.

Combs, Daniel. “Official LDS (Mormon) Anticommunism, 1901-1970: The Articulation of an LDS Conservative Ideology.” Unpublished master’s thesis. Brigham Young University, 2005.

Prince, Gregory A. “The Red Peril, the Candy Maker, and the Apostle: David O. McKay’s Confrontation with Communism.” Dialogue: a Journal of Mormon Thought 7 (Summer 2004). On the attitude of LDS church leader David McKay toward communism: “Throughout his long tenure as a General Authority, David O. McKay was consistently opposed to Communism, as were his fellow General Authorities. Ironically, once he had become president of the Church, opposition to Communism became a seriously divisive issue among the Mormons. On the one hand, McKay gave his special blessing to Ezra Taft Benson as an opponent of Communism, enabling this strong-willed apostle to propagate his ultra-right-wing views among Church members-views that included an endorsement of the John Birch Society, founded by candy maker Robert Welch. On the other hand, McKay also responded to General Authorities who, despite their own opposition to Communism, took exception to the extremism of Benson and the John Birch Society. These included Apostles Joseph Fielding Smith and Harold B. Lee, as well as Hugh B. Brown and N. Eldon Tanner, McKay’s counselors in the First Presidency. Neither the strong-willed Benson nor his protesting colleagues among the apostles ever achieved a clear upper hand with the aging prophet. As a result, Latter-day Saints who endorsed the extreme views of the John Birch Society and those who opposed them found reason to believe that the prophet was on their side, and the divisive issue remained un-resolved until the death of McKay in 1970.”

****************************************************************

Billy James Hargis

Hargis, Billy James. Communist America--Must It Be? Tulsa, OK:, distr. by Christian Crusade, 1960.

Hargis, Billy James. The Far Left. Tulsa, OK: Christian Crusade, 1964.

Seaman, John. “Dilemma: The Mythology of Right and Left.” Journal of Human Relations 17 (1969): 43-57. On Billy James Hargis.

****************************************************************

J. Frank Norris

Hankins, Barry G. “Saving America: Fundamentalism and Politics in the Life of J. Frank Norris.” Ph.D. diss. Kansas State University, 1990. Norris, influential fundamentalist pastor of the First Baptist Church of Fort Worth, TX, 1935-1950, initially defended the New Deal, then turned critical when he saw it as having Communist underpinnings, but became an FDR supporter when FDR attacked isolationism and opposed the Nazi threat. After WWII, Norris became a rabid anti-Communist.

****************************************************************

Frederick Schwarz

Schwarz, Frederick Charles. Beating the Unbeatable Foe: One Man’s Victory Over Communism, Leviathan, and the Last Enemy. Washington, DC: Regnery Pub., 1996. An immigrant from Australia, Schwarz founded the Christian Anti-Communist Crusade in 1953.

Schwarz, Frederick Charles. You Can Trust the Communists. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1960. A popular conservative and Christian anti-Communist book of the period.

****************************************************************

The Christian Left

Bendyna, Mary. “Support for the Christian Left in the 1960s.” Paper presented at Social Science History Association Conference. Baltimore, MD, 1993.

Buhle, Paul. “Radical Religious History: Fragments of a Legacy.” Witness, no. 117 (July 1984).

Gorrell, Donald K. “When Social Gospel Leaders Turned Radical.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting, 1991.

Hulsether, Mark. Building a Protestant Left: Christianity and Crisis Magazine, 1941-1993. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1999.

Hulsether, Mark David. “Liberals, Radicals, and the Contested Social Thought of Postwar Protestantism: ‘Christianity and Crisis’ Magazine, 1941-1976.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1992. Explores how and why an influential group of mainline Protestant social thinkers, working within a continuous tradition of “prophetic” Christianity, shifted from participation in a near-hegemonic cold war liberal coalition in the 1940’s and 1950’s to a counterhegemonic stance committed to anti-imperialism, feminism, and radical activism for racial justice by the 1970’s.

Miner, Steven Merritt. “Clerics, Moles, and Fellow Travelers: Soviet International Religious Propaganda During World War II.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies. Arlington, Virginia, 2001.

Robb, Edmund W., and Julia Robb. The Betrayal of the Church: Apostasy and Renewal in the Mainline Denominations. Westchester, IL: Crossway Books, 1986.

Smith, Rembert Gilman. Moscow Over Methodism. Chicago: John S. Swift, 1936. Polemical attack by a Methodist minister on the Methodist Federation for Social Action Federation as Communist-aligned.

Tabb, William K., ed. Churches in Struggle: Liberation Theologies and Social Change in North America. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1986. On the movement of Christian liberation theologians to embrace the principles of the secular left.

Tyson, James L. Prophets or Useful Idiots? Church Organizations Attacking U.S. Central American Policy. Washington, DC: Center for Public Diplomacy Studies, Council for the Defense of Freedom, 1986.

West, Cornel. Prophesy Deliverance! an Afro-American Revolutionary Christianity. Philadelphia: Westminster Press, 1982.

Xing, Ju. “Baptized in the Fire of Revolution: The American Social Gospel and the YMCA in China: 1919-1937.” Ph.D. diss. University of Minnesota, 1993. Finds that a segment of American YMCA officers in China developed a social reform ideology that removed most religious elements and sought to synthesize communism with the social gospel message.

****************************************************************

National Council of Churches and World Council of Churches

Billingsley, Lloyd. From Mainline to Sideline: The Social Witness of the National Council of Churches. Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1990. On the merging of social Christianity with the agenda of the political left.

Bundy, Edgar C. Collectivism in the Churches: A Documented Account of the Political Activities of the Federal, National, and World Councils of Churches. Wheaton, IL: Church League of America, 1958. Polemical exposé of religious groups the author, a right-wing Protestant lay theologian, believes to be corrupted by communism.

De Boe, Stan, and R. Kent. “What’s the Truth About the WCC and the KGB?” Religion & Democracy, December 1992. Discusses documents in Soviet archives about KGB agents posing as Russian Orthodox clergy and Orthodox clergy who agreed to work for the KGB who infiltrated the World Council of Churches.

First Things Editors. “Moral Credibility After the Evil Empire: The Witness of IRD.” First Things, January 1992. Retrospective on the role of the Institute for Religion and Democracy in criticizing the anti-anti-Communist stance of the National Council of Churches, World Council of Churches and several mainline Protestant churches.

First Things Editors. “The Churches and the Cold War.” First Things, April 1990. Discusses K. L. Billingsley’s From Mainline to Sideline: The Social Witness of the National Council of Churches. “From beneath the rubble come a remarkable article by M. Zlobina in Novi Mir, the official organ of the Soviet Writers Union. Reflecting on Arthur Koestler’s Darkness at Noon, the author notes that some Russian intellectual believe that, during what she calls the Dark Years, there was a conspiracy by the leftist intelligentsia of the West to hide the horror of Communist oppression. She does not accept that conspiracy, but she understands why many do, for the roll of western dishonor is depressingly long. Since 1917, some of the most celebrated writers, artists, and journalists of the West have served as apologists for oppression. ‘What darkness at noon blinded them?’ Zlobina asks.”

Harriss, Joseph A. “The Gospel According to Marx.” Reader’s Digest, February 1993. Discusses KGB infiltration of the World Council of Churches.

Lefever, Ernest W. Amsterdam to Nairobi: The World Council of Churches and the Third World. Washington: Ethics and Public Policy Center, Georgetown University, 1979. Discusses the benign view of communism taken by the leadership and staff of the WCC in the 1970s.

Lefever, Ernest W. Nairobi to Vancouver: The World Council of Churches and the World, 1975-87. Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1987.

McIntire, Carl. Metropolitan Nicolai--Agent in Soviet Secret Police How the Communists Are Using the National Council of the Churches of Christ in the United States of America. Collingswood, NJ: 20th Century Reformation Hour, 1959.

Muravchik, Joshua. “The National Council of Churches and the U.S.S.R.” This World 9 (Fall 1984). Discusses the habit of NCC officials of finding justification for Soviet regulation and suppression of Christian churches.

Tooley, Tooley. “Soviet Ghosts Haunt the World Council of Churches.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 25 August 2006.

****************************************************************

Christian Left: Biographical accounts

William Brown

Brown, William Montgomery. Communism and Christianism, Analyzed and Contrasted from the View-Point of Darwinism. Galion, OH: Bradford Brown Educational Company, Inc., 1920. Episcopal Bishop William Brown’s declaration of his support for Bolshevism and renunciation of supernatural Christianity.

Brown, William Montgomery. My Heresy: The Autobiography of an Idea. New York: John Day Co., 1926.

Brown, William Montgomery. The Pope’s Crusade Against the Soviet Union. Bishop Brown’s Lectures. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1930.

Brown, William Montgomery. Communism and Christianism Analyzed and Contrasted from the Marxian and Darwinian Points of View. Galion, OH.: The Bradford-Brown Educational Company, 1932. 14th edition of his 1920 work greatly expanded: pt. I. Communism.--pt. II. Christianism.--pt. III. Problems: the doctrines of the foregoing open letters in parts I and II applied to the solution of the world’s great political and religious problems.--Appendix: criticisms answered.

Brown, William Montgomery. The Fascist and Communist Dictatorships. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1937.

Brown, William Montgomery, and Joseph William Sharts. Bishop Brown’s Fight a Fight for the Right to Interpret the Bible in Accordance with Science: A Fight to Break the Shackles of Outgrown Religious Creeds: A Fight Against Pulpit Hypocrisy. Galion, OH: Bradford-Brown Educational Co., 1925.

Brown, William Montgomery, and Joseph William Sharts. In the Matter of the Presentment of Bishop William Montgomery Brown with Defendant’s Brief Upon Application. [Galion, OH]: S.n., 1925. Reprints part of his defense of his church heresy trial.

Carden, Ron. “Bolshevik Bishop: William Montgomery Brown’s Path to Heresy, 1906 - 1920.” Anglican and Episcopal History 72, no. 2 (June 2003). Episcopal Bishop Brown renounced supernaturalism, proclaimed himself a "symbolical Christian" and embraced Bolshevism. His mansion in Galion, Ohio, is a museum and his estate is dedicated to advancing communism aiding "indigent communists."

Carden, Ron. “The Trial and Deposal of Bishop William Montgomery Brown, 1921-1925.” Ohio History 114 (2005).

Carden, Ronald M. William Montgomery Brown (1855-1937): The Southern Episcopal Bishop Who Became a Communist. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, 2007. The early years, 1855-1883 -- Clerical career in Ohio, 1878-1897 -- Arkansas: election and confirmation as Bishop Coadjutor, 1879-1898 -- Bishop of Arkansas, 1899-1911 -- The level plan of church union and materialism, 1910-1916 -- Marxism and communism and Christianism, 1917-1920 -- Prelude to the trial, 1920-1924 -- The court for the trial of a bishop, 1924 -- Court of review, publicity, and deposal, 1924-1925 -- The last years, 1925-1937.

Finch, David E. “Little Rock’s Red Bishop Brown and His Separate Black Church.” Pulaski County Historical Review 20 (September 1972).

Kyser, John L. “The Deposition of Bishop William Montgomery Brown in New Orleans, 1925.” Louisiana History 8, no. 1 (1967). Recounts the career of Bishop Brown, who was expelled from office by the Episcopal Church in 1925 after he moved from extreme religious Modernism into open heresy and membership in the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

Hewlett Johnson

Hughes, Robert. The Red Dean. Churchman, 1987. Biography of Hewlett Johnson, Anglican Dean of Cantebury whose uncritical admiration for Soviet communism was admired and who writings were promoted in the United States by the CPUSA.

Johnson, Hewlett. Report of a Recent Religious Delegation to Spain, April 1937. London: V. Gollancz, 1937.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Soviet Power. New York: Modern Age Books, 1940. American edition of The socialist sixth of the world.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Socialist Sixth of the World. London, U.K.: V. Gollancz, Ltd., 1939. Expresses vast admiration for Stalinist society: “The vast moral achievements of the Soviet Union are in no small measure due to the removal of fear. Fear haunts workers in a capitalist land .... Nothing strikes the visitor to the Soviet Union more forcibly than the absence of fear.” “Stalin is no oriental despot. His new Constitution shows it. His readiness to relinquish power shows it. His refusal to add to the power he already possesses shows it.” “Here is a document [the Basic Law of the U.S.S.R.] which ranks amongst the greatest in all human documents in its love of humanity and reverence for human dignity.” “The Soviet Plan discourages lies.” Of the rumors of a famine in the Ukraine: “The Ukraine grows rich and strong .... There was plausibility for hopes of conquest during the years of famine, when the richer Ukrainian peasants had burnt their grain and slaughtered their cattle rather than yield them to the central Government, or exchange their individualistic agriculture for life on collective farms. It was a tragic time. The peasants were stubborn and failed to understand.”

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Strength Its Source and Challenge. London: F. Muller ltd., 1942.

Johnson, Hewlett. Hitler’s Death Warrant! The British-Soviet Treaty... Watford, Herts London: The Farleigh Press; The Russia Today Society, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. Marxism and the Individual. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Secret of Soviet Strength. New York: International Publishers, 1943.

Johnson, Hewlett. Christianity in the U. S. S. R. London, U.K.: De Vere Press Ltd., 1945.

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Russia Since the War. New York: Boni & Gaer, 1947.

Johnson, Hewlett. Soviet Success. London New York: Hutchinson, 1947.

Johnson, Hewlett. China’s New Creative Age. New York: International Pub., 1953.

Johnson, Hewlett. Eastern Europe in the Socialist World. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1955.

Johnson, Hewlett. The Upsurge of China. Peking: New World Press, 1961.

Johnson, Hewlett. Searching for Light an Autobiography. London, U.K.: Joseph, 1968.

****************************************************************

John and William Melish

Touchet, Francis H. “The Social Gospel and the Cold War: The Melish Case.” Ph.D. diss. New York University, 1981. Sees the Rev. Dr. John Melish and Rev. William Melish, who were forced from a Brooklyn Heights, NY Episcopal church in the 1950s, as victims of Cold War hysteria and Right Wing opportunism because of their ‘progressive’ attitudes and ‘friendship’ for the Soviet people.

****************************************************************

G. Bromley Oxnam

Hawkins, Merrill, Jr. “The Ecumenical and Social Leadership of G. Bromley Oxnam.” Methodist History 33, no. 2 (1995).

Miller, Robert Moats. Bishop G. Bromley Oxnam: Paladin of Liberal Protestantism. Nashville: Abingdon Press, 1990.

Oxnam, Garfield Bromley. Russian Impressions. Los Angeles, CA, 1927. Oxnam visited the USSR and returned with a benign view of the reconciliation of Christianity with Soviet practices.

Oxnam, Garfield Bromley. I Protest. New York: Harper, 1954. Methodist Bishop Bromley, called to testify before Congress regarding his association with organizations sympathetic to the Soviet Union, protests his innocence of any wrong doing.

Smith, Rembert Gilman. Garfield Bromley Oxnam, Revolutionist? Houston, Texas: Privately printed, 1954. Polemical attack on Methodist bishop as pro-Soviet.

****************************************************************

Harry F. Ward

Duke, David Nelson. “Christianity and Marxism in the Life and Thought of Harry F. Ward.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1980. Sympathetic analysis of Ward’s reconciliation of Christianity to Soviet communism.

Fennero, Matthew John. “Social Gospelers and Soviets, 1921-1926.” Journal of Church and State 19, no. 1 (1977). Discusses the support of Soviet religious policy by Harry F. Ward and other prominent American social gospel proponents.

Link, Eugene P. “Latter Day Christian Rebel: Harry F. Ward.” Mid-America 56 (1974).

Link, Eugene P. Labor-Religion Prophet: The Times and Life of Harry F. Ward. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1984. Biography of a prominent advocate of social Christianity and a political friend of the Soviet Union and communism.

Rossinow, Doug. “The Model of a Model Fellow Traveler: Harry F. Ward, the American League for Peace and Democracy, and the ‘Russian Question’ in American Politics, 1933-1956.” Peace & Change 29, no. 2 (2004).

Rossinow, Doug. “The Radicalization of the Social Gospel: Harry F. Ward and the Search for a New Social Order, 1898-1936.” Religion & American Culture 15, no. 1 (Winter 2005).

****************************************************************

Return to Table of Contents – Chapter Titles Only

Return to Table of Contents - Chapter Titles with Sections and Subsections

Chapter 22

Biographies and Memoirs of the American Radical Left

Radical Left Collective Biographies and Memoirs

Barrett, James. “Was the Personal Political? Reading the Autobiography of American Communism.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 2005.

Buhle, Mari Jo, Paul Buhle, and Harvey J. Kaye, eds. The American Radical. New York: Routledge, 1994. Biographical essays: James Barrett on William Z. Foster; Rosalyn Baxandall on Elizabeth Gurley Flynn; Dan Georgakas on William D. Haywood; Elliott J. Gorn on Mother Jones; Thomas C. Holt on W. E. B. Du Bois; Norma Jenckes on Clifford Odets; E. San Juan, Jr., on Carlos Bulosan; A. Craig Lockard on Woody Guthrie; Gerald Meyer on Vito Marcantonipo; Robert Rosenstone on John Reed; Alice Wexler on Emma Goldman; Lamont H. Yeakey on Paul Robeson.

Cross, Richard, and Andrew Flinn. “Biography Meets History: Communist Party Lives in International Perspective.” Science and Society 70, no. 1 (2006).

Devinatz, Victor G. “Reading Communist Biographies: The Birth of American Communism, International Communism Through the Cold War’s Early Years and the New Communist Movement.” Left History 12, no. 2 (2007).

Eastman, Max. Heroes I Have Known: Twelve Who Lived Great Lives. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1942. Includes biographical sketches of Carlo Tresca, John Reed, and John Dewey.

Gannon, Francis X., ed. Biographical Dictionary of the Left. Belmont, MA: American Opinion, 1968.

Goldberg, Harvey, ed. American Radicals: Some Problems and Personalities. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957. Includes biographical portraits of Theodore Dreiser, Heywood Broun, Vito Marcantonio, William Haywood, Daniel De Leon, and Eugene Debs, essays on “renegades” from the left and state “repression.”

Gornick, Vivian. The Romance of American Communism. New York: Basic Books, 1977. Based upon interviews with forty-seven former Communist party members. Gornick sees Communists as idealistic, finds party life to have been largely fulfilling, and generally presents an appealing “human face” to American Communism.

Hunter, Jason. Communist Leaders. Farmington Hills, MI: Greenhaven Press, 2005.

Johnpoll, Bernard K., and Harvey Klehr, eds. Biographical Dictionary of the American Left. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1986. Contains short biographical sketches of many Communist and radical figures.

Kelley, Michael. “Oh, Those Heartwarming Communists.” Washington Post, 8 April 1998. Assails New York Times feature story (6 April) on Communists in a retirement home as the glorification of “the greatest experiment in government through mass murder in history.”

Kempton, Murray. Part of Our Time: Some Ruins and Monuments of the Thirties. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1955. Literary portraits of key personalities involved in Communist and anti-Communist activity.

Klehr, Harvey. “Seeing Red ‘Seeing Red..’” Labor History 26, no. 1 (Winter 1985). Critical review-essay on Reichert’s and Klein’s film Seeing Red, Stories of American Communists (Heartland Productions, 1984) The film, described by its makers as a “supportive portrait of American Communists,” won the Bronze Hugo for documentary at the Chicago film festival.

Lii, Jane H. “The Way They Were: Old Comrades (Re)Unite.” New York Times, 13 November 1994. On a reunion of residents of the Allerton Coops in the East Bronx, many of them Communists or former Communists. The lintel above the entrance to the 700 unit complex bears a hammer and sickle in relief. “In the Coops, people addressed one another as ‘Comrades,’ and children took the day off from school and marched in the May Day parade in red kerchief in Union Square. Instead of Boy Scouts, they joined the Young Communist Group and Young Pioneers League and counted Karl Marx, Joe Hill and Elizabeth Gurley Flynn among their heroes. But the fairy tale ended after World War II, when the Coops ran out of money and ‘succumbed’ to private ownership.”

Lynd, Alice, and Staughton Lynd, eds. Rank and File: Personal Histories by Working-Class Organizers. Boston: Beacon Press, 1973. Edited interviews with radical labor organizers, including Communists and Trotskyists.

Lynd, Staughton. “Personal Histories of the Early CIO.” Radical America 5 (May-June 1971). Oral history interviews which include discussion of the Communist party.

Lyons, Paul. Philadelphia Communists, 1936-1956. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1982. Sympathetic examination of Communist party activists based on interviews with thirty-six current or former members. Finds them highly moral idealists seeking to build a just society.

Lyons, Paul. “The Communist as Organizer: The Philadelphia Experience, 1936-1956.” Ph.D. diss. Bryn Mawr College, 1980. Based on interviews with thirty-six veterans of the local Party organization, almost all of whom joined in the period of the Great Depression and New Deal.

McCrackin, Bobbie. “The Etiology of Radicalization Among American and British Communist Autobiographers.” Ph.D. diss. Emory University, 1980. Examines the autobiographies of seventy-eight U.S. and British Communists to discover the sources of their radicalism. The factors which appear important are an upbringing in a radical family or subculture, the impact of a crisis such as the Depression, or frustrated ambitions finding an outlet. Examines the relevance of several psychological theories.

Muravchik, Joshua. “Gorbachev’s Intellectual Odyssey.” New Republic, 5 March 1990. Discusses the ideological evolution of Jay Lovestone, Imre Nagy, Alexander Dubcek, and Milovan Djilas and suggesting that Gorbachev may follow a similar path.

Rimer, Sara. “Leftist Causes Keep an Old-Age Home Active.” New York Times, 6 April 1998. Feature story on Sunset Hall, a retirement home that catered to elderly radicals. Features vignettes of elderly Communists still loyal to the cause.

Roraback, Eileen Mary. “The Defense of the Self: Autobiographical Responses Of American Intellectuals to the McCarthy Era.” Ph.D. diss. University of Iowa, 1999. Discusses Paul Robeson, W. E. B. Du Bois, Lillian Hellman, Jessica Mitford and others.

Shafransky, Renee. “Seeing Red: An Interview with James Klein and Julia Reichert.” Cinéaste 13, no. 2 (1984). Regarding Reichert’s and Klein’s documentary film Seeing Red, Stories of American Communists.

Shuldiner, David Philip. Aging Political Activists: Personal Narratives from the Old Left. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1995.

Soderstrom, Mark. “Red Americanism Struggling to Control the Narrative: Conflict, Disjuncture and Patriotism in the Oral Life Story and Trial Documents of a Minnesota Communist.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Soderstrom, Mark. “Red Americanism Struggling to Control the Narrative: Conflict, Disjuncture and Patriotism in the Oral Life Story and Trial Documents of a Minnesota Communist.” Xcp: Cross Cultural Poetics, no. 12 (April 2003).

Witty, Marjorie C. “Life History Studies of Committed Lives.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1990. Studies four radicals, including John Rossen who joined the C.P. in 1929.

Wolfe, Bertram David. Strange Communists I Have Known. New York: Stein and Day, 1965. Contains essays on, among others, American Communists John Reed and Samuel Putnam, a gifted translator.

****************************************************************

"Red Diaper" Babies: Memoirs and Reminiscences

Aptheker, Bettina. Intimate Politics: How I Grew up Red, Fought for Free Speech, and Became a Feminist Rebel. Emeryville, CA: Seal Press, 2006. Writes that her father, the prominent CPUSA intellectual Herbert Aptheker, sexually abused and committed incest with her from the time she was a small child until she was thirteen.

Bernstein, Carl. Loyalties: A Son’s Memoir. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1989. Discusses his parents, Alfred and Sylvia, both called to testify before congressional committees in the 1950s regarding Communist activities. Notes that his father joined the C.P. in 1942 while an organizer for the United Public Workers in California. Recounts his father’s view that his loyalty was to the union and that his C.P. membership was not of significance; quotes his father’s judgment of the 1940s and 1950s that “’The right premise, the premise of a lot of recent books about the period, is that people were persecuted because of what they did, not because of their affiliation. Because once you admit affiliation, you get into all that Stalinist crap,’” and his father’s view that if Carl pursued the question of who was or was not a C.P. member he would “‘prove McCarthy right, because all he was saying was that the system was loaded with Communists. And he was right. You’ve got to take a big, hard look at what you are doing. Because the whole fight against him was that people weren’t Communists.’” Carl remarks that “the true romance of American Communism may be the widely held belief that the party was fundamentally an organization to which thousands of people were falsely accused of belonging.”

Bush, Lawrence. Bessie. New York: Seaview/Putnam, 1983. A novel based on the life of his Communist grandmother.

Caplan, Marvin. “Trenton Terrace Remembered: Life in a ‘Leftist Nest.’” Washington History 6, no. 1 (Spring/Summer 1994). About life in a Washington, DC, apartment complex managed by Communist Herbert Benjamin and his wife in the 1940s and early 1950s in which many political colleagues of Benjamin lived.

Chernin, Kim. In My Mother’s House. New Haven: Ticknor & Fields, 1983. Her mother, Rose Chernin, was a Communist activist.

Colow, Naomi Hamburger. “Growing up Red: A View Over Time.” Ph.D. diss. Union for Experimenting Colleges and Universities, 1987. Memoir.

Gallagher, Dorothy. How I Came Into My Inheritance: And Other True Stories. New York: Random House, 2001. Memoir of growing up in a Communist household.

Goodheart, Eugene. Confessions of a Secular Jew: A Memoir. New York: Overlook Press, 2001. Discusses with fondness his experiences at Camp Kinderland and his later activities in the American Youth for Democracy and the 1948 Wallace movement.

Horowitz, David. “The Political Is Personal.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 10 November 2006. <http://www.frontpagemag.com>. Essay-Review of Bettina Aptherker’s Intimate Politics: How I Grew Up Red, Fought for Free Speech, and Became a Feminist Rebel.

Jeffries, Dexter. Triple Exposure: Black, Jewish and Red in the 1950s. New York: Kensington Pub., 2003.

Jones, Thai. A Radical Line from the Labor Movement to the Weather Underground, One Family’s Century of Conscience. New York: Free Press, 2004.

Kaplan, Judy, and Linn Shapiro, eds. Red Diapers: Growing up in the Communist Left. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1998. Essays by Peggy Dennis, Lillian Carlson, Ruth Hunter, Sirkka Tuomi Holm, Doris C. Kaplan, Marge Frantz, Jeff Lawson, Mindy Rinkewich, Marianne Ware, Albert Vetere Lannon, Dorothy M. Zellner, Maxine DeFelice, Rosalyn Fraad Baxandall, Harriet Fraad, Sonia Jeffe Robbins, Mary Louise Patterson Stephanie Allan, Rachel Fast Ben-Avi, Mark Lapin, Norma Allen, Nina Olff, Gilda Zwerman, Kim Chernin, David Wellman, Diana Zykofsky Anhalt, Ann Kimmage, Ilana Girard Singer, Carl Bernstein, Mirian Zahler, Robert Meeropol, Sharon Temple Lieberman, Anna L. Kaplan, Ruth Pinkson, Don Amter, Ethel Panken, Amy Swerdlow, Dick Levins, Susan Ann Protter, Norah C. Chase, Bettina Aptheker, Tom Berry, Steven J. Diner, Roberta Wood, Judith Clark, Susan Moscou, and Renee Bell.

Kaplan, Judy, and Linn Shapiro. Red Diaper Babies: Children of the Left: Edited Transcripts of Conferences Held at World Fellowship Center, Conway, New Hampshire, July 31-August 1, 1982, July 9-10, 1983. Somerville, MA: Red Diaper Productions, 1985.

Kimmelman, Michael. “Seeing Red: First Person.” New York Times, 10 September 2006. On growing up with his father, David, an eye surgeon and loyal Communist until his death in the 1990s.

Laxer, James. Red Diaper Baby: A Boyhood in the Age of McCarthyism. Vancouver, Canada: Douglas & McIntyre, 2004. Canadian memoir.

Mathews, Jack. “Children of the Blacklist.” Los Angeles Times Magazine, 15 October 1989. Profiles of children, today, whose parents were Hollywood figures blacklisted in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Melosh, Barbara. “Growing up Red: Children of the Left Meet and Remember.” Radical History Review, no. 31 (1984). On 1982 and 1983 conference of “red diaper babies.”

Menaker, Daniel. The Old Left: Stories. New York: Knopf, distr. by Random House, 1987. Reminiscences about his father and uncle who were in the C.P. in the 1930s and 1940s.

Mishler, Paul. “Family Life and Communist Culture.” Paper presented at “Reworking American Labor History” conference. State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison, 1992.

Perkel, Charles. “I Was a Teenage Communist.” American Spectator 34, no. 1 (2001).

Radosh, Ronald. “Growing Up Red: Children of the God That Failed.” Forward, 3 January 1999. Review-essay on Kaplan and Shapiro’s Red Diapers: Growing Up in the Communist Left.

Rimer, Sara. “One Man’s Communist Revolution, Live, Onstage.” New York Times, 29 April 1992. Feature story on Josh Kornbluth’s (son of Communists Paul Kornbluth and Bernice Selden) one-man play “Confessions of a Red Diaper Baby.”

Schwartz, Stephen. “Scenes from a Red-Diaper Childhood.” San Francisco Chronicle, 22 April 1991. A former 60s radical discusses growing up first in the Midwest and then on the West Coast as the son of 30s radicals.

Williams, Vera B. “Childhood, Stories, and Politics.” The Horn Boo 77, no. 6 (2001). Popular children’s book author discusses her shift away from the socialism and communism of her upbringing.

****************************************************************

Individual Biographical Accounts

John Abt

Abt, John J. Advocate and Activist: Memoirs of an American Communist Lawyer. Assisted by Michael Myerson. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Posthumous autobiography. Abt, who denied thorough his life that he had been a Communist or part of the “Ware group,” admits both.

****************************************************************

Herbert Aptheker

Aptheker, Herbert. “The Truth About the Korean War.” Masses and Mainstream, August 1950. Leading Communist historian argues that South Korea in an act of unjustified aggression attacked North Korea and started the Korean War.

Aptheker, Herbert. History and Reality. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955.

Aptheker, Herbert. The Truth About Hungary. New York: Mainstream Publishers, 1957. Argues that the Soviet intervention in Hungary is justified because those who revolted against Communist rule were fascists and agents of American imperialism.

Aptheker, Herbert. Czechoslovakia and Counter-Revolution: Why the Socialist Countries Intervened. Pamphlet. New York: New Outlook Publishers, 1969. Defends Soviet intervention in Czechoslovakia as needed to put down fascists and reactionaries allied with American imperialism.

Aptheker, Herbert. “An Autobiographical Note.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 147-50.

Aptheker, Herbert, and Robin D.G. Kelley. “An Interview with Herbert Aptheker.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 151-67. Exchange with Susan Armeny and Michael Merrill Journal of American History 87,3 (December 2000).

Aptheker, Herbert. Herbert Aptheker on Race and Democracy: A Reader. Edited by Eric Foner and Manning Marable, 270. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006. Includes bibliographical references (p. [259-260]) and index.; Introduction: a biographical sketch / Herbert Shapiro -- An appreciation / Clayborne Carson -- Negro history: its lessons for our time -- Maroons within the present limits of the United States -- The Negro in the abolitionist movement -- Militant abolitionism -- Class conflicts in the South--1850-60 -- Notes from Negro history: the struggle inside the ranks -- The Negro woman -- The American Civil War: a centenary article -- Black-White unity: a basic theme and need in United States history -- Mississippi Reconstruction and the Negro leader, Charles Caldwell -- Literacy: the Negro and World War II -- The Negro people in America: a critique of Gunnar Myrdal’s “An American dilemma” -- Introduction to “The suppression of the African slave trade” -- Personal reflections on W.E.B. DuBois: the person, scholar, and activist / Herbert and Fay Aptheker -- Epilogue: The historical scholarship of Herbert Aptheker / Eric Foner, Jesse Lemisch, and Manning Marable.

Genovese, Eugene D. “Dr. Herbert Aptheker’s Retreat from Marxism.” Science & Society 27, no. 2 (1963). Critique of the Aptheker’s writings from a left perspective.

Kelley, Robin D.G. “Afterword.” Journal of American History 87, no. 1 (June 2000): 168-71. Praises Herbert Aptheker as a model for historians.

Morray, J. P. “Dr. Herbert Aptheker’s Critique of American Foreign Policy.” Science & Society 27, no. 2 (1963). Gushing praise for Aptheker’s writings: “No wonder this pen must be outlawed!. . .It is more dangerous to the security of American capitalism than Soviet nuclear missiles.”

Murrell, Gary. “The Most Dangerous Communist in the United States: CPUSA Theoretician, Historian and Polemicist, Dr. Herbert Aptheker.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Murrell, Gary, and Eric Foner. “On Herbert Aptheker and His Side of History: An Interview with Eric Foner.” Radical History, no. 78 (Fall 2000).

Murrell, Gary. “Herbert Aptheker’s Unity of Theory and Practice in the Communist Party USA: On the Last Night, and During the First Two Decades.” Science & Society, January 2006.

Phelps, Christopher. “Herbert Aptheker: The Contradictions of History.” The Chronicle Review, 6 October 2006. Essay-review of Bettina Aptheker’s Intimate Politics and what it says of Herbert Aptheker.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Strange Case of Comrade Aptheker: Laureate of Stalinism.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 4 October 2000.

****************************************************************

Max Bedacht

Bedacht, Max. “[Autobiographical Typescript].” Tamiment Library, New York University, 1967. The autobiography deals with Bedacht’s reflections on American and international communist leaders and the workings of the Comintern. He describes the factional feuds within the CPUSA, attacks Whittaker Chambers’ charges against him in Witness and recounts the circumstances around his expulsion from the party in 1948, and his reinstatement in 1960. His work establishing and leading the International Workers Order is also traced.

****************************************************************

Cedric Belfrage

Belfrage, Cedric. The Frightened Giant: My Unfinished Affair with America. London, New York: Secker & Warburg, 1957. Discusses his deportation from the United States due to his Communist links.

Belfrage, Sally. Un-American Activities: A Memoir of the Fifties. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. Memoir by daughter of Cedric Belfrage.

Palmer, Jennifer Susan. “Cedric Belfrage: Anglo-American Nonconformist.” Ph.D. diss. University Of Delaware, 1993. Admiring biography.

****************************************************************

Alexander Bittelman

Bittelman, Alexander. A Communist Views America’s Future. Privately printed, 1960. Bittelman, a veteran party leader,offers a sometimes positive evaluation of former CPUSA leader Earl Browder. The Party expelled Bittelman in 1959 for these views.

Bittelman, Alexander. “Things I Have Learned.” Unpublished autobiographical typescript. Tamiment Library, New York University, 1963. The material contains an unpublished autobiography describing childhood and radical activities in Russia, arrival in the United States in 1912, early Socialist connections, formation of the American Communist Party, factional feuds within the movement, comments on Earl Browder, William Z. Foster, Jay Lovestone, Charles Ruthenberg, and many others.

****************************************************************

Ella Reeve Bloor

Bloor, Ella Reeve. We Are Many: An Autobiography by Ella Reeve Bloor. New York: International publishers, 1940. Traces her evolution from a middle-class childhood to women‘s suffrage, the WCTU, the Knights of Labor, the SLP, the S.P., and finally to CPUSA.

Brown, Kathleen A. “Ella Reeve Bloor: The Politics of the Personal in the American Communist Party.” Ph.D. diss. University of Washington, 1996. Examines Bloor’s first twenty years in the C.P. (1919-1939) in the light of her previous work with labor, socialist, and suffrage movements. Argues that her rhetoric and style demonstrates that despite working in a party dominated by males and masculinized definitions of politics, she remained dedicated to a gender-inclusive philosophy and to integrating women fully into labor and C.P. activities.

Brown, Kathleen A. “Re-Conceiving ‘Mother Bloor’: Maternalism and Communist Political Discourse.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Brown, Kathleen A. “The ‘Savagely Fathered and Un-Mothered World’ of the Communist Party, U.S.A.: Feminism, Maternalism, and ‘Mother’ Bloor.” Feminist Studies 25, no. 3 (Fall 1999). Examines Ella Reeve ‘Mother’ Bloor as a case study of the intersections between cultural practices, ideology, and political choices of the interwar Communist movement and for the larger issues of the place of maternalism in the Left and the problematic construction as maternalist of all women’s politics which take into account familial issues. Argues that Bloor’s deployment of motherhood was not sentimentalist or naturalist, but construction of a serious ideology about the need to reproduce life and culture humanely.

****************************************************************

Grace Burnham

Allen, Arthur. “Love Secrets.” Washington Post Magazine, 6 June 1999. On the 1928 tabloid scandal that Grace Burnham, a rich widow, was having a “eugenic baby,” having picked a father in accordance with scientific genetic principles. Shows that the story was false. Burnham was a secret member of the CPUSA and co-director with Harriet Silverman of the Worker’s Health Bureau. The father was William Weinstone, CPUSA official and Silverman’s husband.

****************************************************************

Kenneth Neill Cameron

Cameron, Kenneth Neill. “Town and Gown: Excerpts from the Bloomington, Indiana Memoir of Kenneth Neill Cameron, Communist Academic in the Working Class Movement.” Edited by Peter Meyer Filardo. Labor History 36, no. 4 (1995). Excerpt from the autobiographical manuscript of Cameron (1908-94), Cameron, a Shelley scholar, leading member of the Indiana C.P. and of the AFT chapter at the Indiana University in the 1940s. Expresses enthusiasm for the ouster of Earl Browder in 1945 and the replacement of Browder’s policies of integrating the party into mainstream politics with a more confrontational stance.

****************************************************************

George Charney

Charney, George. A Long Journey. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1968. Memoir of a former Communist leader who left the Communist Party in 1958.

Charney, George. “Out of the Communist Past.” Dissent 15, no. 5 (1968)

****************************************************************

Samuel Darcy

Darcy, Samuel. Oral History Interviews with Samuel Adams Darcy. With Ronald L. Filippelli, 1970. Sam Darcy’s (originally Samuel Dardeck) parents brought him to this country in 1908 from the Ukraine. The first interview contains vivid accounts of the life of a Russian immigrant family from 1917 through the 1920s. He discusses his view of the roots of American radicalism. Darcy became involved with the Young Workers League in 1920. After attending NYU, he worked as Lovestone’s assistant at the Daily Worker newspaper. In 1926 he became National Secretary of the YWL and in 1927 went to Moscow as representative to the executive committee of the KIM. Darcy discusses his role as director of the Workers School in New York in 1929 and editorship of the Daily Worker. He discusses his leadership of the California party in early 1930s, his role in the Comintern in 1935-37 in Moscow his relationships with Earl Browder, Jay Lovestone, William Foster and others.

****************************************************************

Eugene V. Dennett

Dennett, Eugene V. Agitprop: The Life of an American Working-Class Radical: The Autobiography of Eugene V. Dennett. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1988. Memoir of Washington state maritime and steel worker militant active in the labor movement and the C.P.

****************************************************************

Eugene and Peggy Dennis

Berman, Paul. “Lives of the Party.” Village Voice, 14 January 1992. Essay-review on Eric Stange and David Dugan’s documentary Love in the Cold War an American Experience series television documentary (WETA-TV, 1992) about Eugene and Peggy Dennis. “There’s something odd about making a movie in a democratic revolutionary time like this that shows Communist leaders from the past in a relatively positive or at least a sympathetic light. Its like choosing to make a movie at the height of the civil rights movement about the sad defeat undergone by Robert E. Lee and his dashing Confederate offices, who thought they were fighting for liberty and states’ rights but turned out--as who could have imagined?--to be fighting for slavery. A film less worried about trampling on the toes of the defeated ex-Communists might show how destructive was the American Communist Party during its decades of prosperity, how badly it damaged the political culture in the United States, how successful it was in convincing the American public that socialism means something like the Soviet Union, how dreadful would have been the result if the Communists had achieved any greater success, how heartless and lacking in elementary sympathy was their attitude toward the nameless victims of Communist oppression around the world.”

Dennis, Eugene. Ideas They Cannot Jail. New York: International Publishers, 1950.

Dennis, Eugene. Letters from Prison. New York: International Publishers, 1956.

Dennis, Peggy. The Autobiography of an American Communist: A Personal View of a Political Life, 1925-1975. Westport, [Conn.]: L. Hill, 1977. Memoir by the wife of CPUSA leader Eugene Dennis, Peggy was a party militant in her own right.

Dennis, Peggy. “Memories from the ‘Twenties.” Cultural Correspondence 6, no. 7 (Spring 1978): 84-86. Discusses her childhood in the Yiddish left.

Dennis, Peggy. “Memories of the Witchhunts.” Progressive, October 1981. Written by a Communist militant and wife of the CPUSA’s chief in the late 1940s and 1950s.

Dennis, Peggy. “The McCarthy Years Revisited.” Socialist Review 16, no. 5 (September-October 1986).

Radosh, Ronald. “Love in the Cold War.” Heterodoxy 1, no. 1 (April 1992). Essay-review of PBS documentary. “The centerpiece of “Love in the Cold War” is the story of Denises’ first son, Tim, who was left behind in a Moscow day care facility reserved for the party elite while his parents did their dirty business for the Soviet state. But when Moscow decided it was time . . . for Gene Dennis to take his place in the national leadership of the American party, Soviet leaders informed the boy’s parents that little Tim, now five years old, was to remain a hostage in Moscow. . . . The explanation provided to the parents--and fatuously repeated in this film--was that it was too risky for the American party’s image to have Dennis seen with a five year old who spoke only Russian. The real reason the child was held in Moscow was to provide Stalin with a hammer over Gene Dennis, who in his new position in the leadership of the American C.P. would have the crucial duty of securing support for Moscow as the world moved closer to war.”

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Investigation of Un-American Propaganda Activities in the United States (Regarding Eugene Dennis). Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1947.

Wigren, James Charles. “Eugene Dennis and the ‘Americanization’ of the Communist Party, USA, 1956-1960.” Master’s thesis. Washington, DC: George Washington University, 1985.

****************************************************************

James Dolson

Dolson, James. Bucking the Ruling Class: Jim Dolson’s Story. Privately printed, 1984. Memoir of an American Communist militant. Dolson carried out mission in Asia for the PPTUS and the Comintern.

****************************************************************

Bill Dunne

Wetzel, Kurt Winston. “The Making of an American Radical: Bill Dunne in Butte.” Master’s thesis. University of Montana, 1970.

****************************************************************

Frederick V. Field

Field, Frederick Vanderbilt. From Right to Left: An Autobiography. Westport, CT: L. Hill, 1983. Scion of a wealthy family, Field promoted Communist-linked causes through out his life, all the while denying party membership. Says that Earl Browder requested Field to organize the American Peace Mobilization, an organization Field directed. In his autobiography he proudly discusses his life as a secret Communist.

Kaplan, Steven. “The Blueblood Red: Fred Field Threw Away a $72 Million Inheritance to Follow His Convictions.” Minnesota Law and Politics, August 1997. Biographical sketch of Frederick V. Field.

****************************************************************

Betty Friedan

Boucher, Joanne. “Betty Friedan and the Radical Past of Liberal Feminism.” New Politics 9, no. 3 (2003).

Horowitz, Daniel. “Rethinking Betty Friedan and The Feminine Mystique: Labor Union Radicalism and Feminism in Cold War America.” American Quarterly 48, no. 1 (March 1996). Notes that Friedan published articles in New Masses in 1945 under the pseudonym Lillian Stone.

Horowitz, Daniel. Betty Friedan and the Making of The Feminine Mystique: The American Left, the Cold War, and Modern Feminism. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1998. Discusses Friedan’s long obscured relationship to the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Elizabeth Gurley Flynn

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Elizabeth G. Flynn.” Paper presented at Berkshire Conference on the History of Women, 1984.

Baxandall, Rosalyn. “Pioneer and Aunt Tom: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn’s Feminism.” Rethinking Marxism 1, no. 1 (Spring 1988). Notes that Flynn’s indifference to women’s issues has been a disappointment to feminists, but her unrestricted life and political radicalism have inspired many.

Baxandall, Rosalynn Fraad. “Elizabeth Gurley Flynn: The Early Years.” Radical America 9, no. 1 (1975).

Camp, Helen C. “‘Gurley’: A Biography of Elizabeth Gurley Flynn, 1890-1964.” Ph.D. diss. Columbia University, 1983.

Camp, Helen C. Iron in Her Soul: Elizabeth Gurley Flynn and the American Left. Pullman, WA: WSU Press, 1995.

Cole, Stephen Charles. “Elizabeth Gurley Flynn: A Portrait.” Ph.D. diss. Indiana University, 1991. Finds that Flynn never wavered in her belief that the Communist party represented the best opportunity for the emancipation of American workers.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. I Speak My Own Piece: Autobiography of “The Rebel Girl.” New York: Masses & Mainstream, 1955.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. The Rebel Girl: An Autobiography, My First Life (1906-1926). New York: International Publishers, 1973.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. Memories of the Industrial Workers of the World (IWW). [New York]: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1977. Flynn was a IWW militant before joining the Communist movement.

Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley. Words on Fire: The Life and Writing of Elizabeth Gurley Flynn. Edited by Rosalyn Fraad Baxandall. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1987.

****************************************************************

William Z. Foster

Barrett, James. “Bringing the Personal Into the Political: The Case of William Z. Foster and the Communist Personal Narrative.” Paper presented at “Eugene V. Debs and Politics of Dissent in Modern America” conference. Indiana State University, Terre Haute, 2000.

Barrett, James. “The Personal and the Political in the History of the American Communist Party: William Z. Foster and the Communist Personal Narrative.” Paper presented at “People of a Special Mould? Conference about Biographical and Pographical Research on Communism.” Manchester, U.K., 2001.

Barrett, James R. “An American Bolshevik: William Z. Foster and the Roots of American Communism.” Paper presented at Austrian Association for American Studies “America and the Left” conference. University of Graz, Austria, 1992.

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Changing Identity in the Life of William Z. Foster.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, 1996.

Barrett, James R. William Z. Foster and the Tragedy of American Radicalism. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1999. Full scale scholarly biography of Foster’s life encompassing both his career as a trade union syndicalist and as a Communist leader.

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: William Z. Foster, Personal Narrative, and the Subjective in the History of American Communism.” Labor History 43 (November 2002).

Barrett, James R. “Revolution and Personal Crisis: Communist Politics and Personal Narrative in the Life of William Z. Foster.” In Agents of the Revolution: New Biographical Approaches to the History of International Communism in the Age of Lenin and Stalin, edited by Kevin Morgan, Gidon Cohen, and Andrew Flinn. Oxford New York: Peter Lang, 2005.

Bekken, Jon. “The Tragedy of Fosterism.” Anarcho-Syndicalist Review, no. 31 (Spring 2001).

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Labor Philosophy of William Z. Foster.” Master’s thesis. University of Massachusetts, 1996.

Devinatz, Victor G. “The Labor Philosophy of William Z. Foster: From the IWW to the TUEL.” International Social Science Review 71, no. 1/2 (1996).

Foster, William Z. From Bryan to Stalin. [New York]: International Publishers, 1937.

Foster, William Z. Pages from a Worker’s Life. New York: International publishers, 1939.

Foster, William Z. More Pages from a Worker’s Life. Edited by Arthur Zipser. New York: American Institute for Marxist Studies, 1979.

Foster, William Z. The Twilight of World Capitalism. New York: International Publishers, 1949.

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “William Z. Foster and Eugene Debs: Conflicting Definitions of Socialist Citizenship, 1910-1924.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, 1993.

Johanningsmeier, Edward. “Philadelphia ‘Skittereen’ and William Z. Foster: The Childhood of an American Communist.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography 117, no. 4 (October 1993).

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “William Z. Foster: Labor Organizer and Communist.” Ph.D. diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1988. Traces Foster’s life and career to 1926; includes analyses of Foster’s role in the IWW and American syndicalism, the meatpacking organizing campaign of 1917-18 in Chicago, the steel strike of 1919, the early Communist Party, the Labor Party movement of 1919-24, and the early years of the Trade Union Education League.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “William Z. Foster and the Syndicalist League of North America.” Labor History 30, no. 3 (Summer 1989). Surveys Foster’s activity and attitudes prior to his adherence to Communism. “Foster’s admiration of the Russian revolution could be anticipated in his earlier syndicalism. The concept of the militant minority, which structured much of Foster’s activities in the 1910s, bears a striking resemblance to classical Leninist doctrine. Foster’s moral skepticism, disdain for ideological expressions of ‘democracy’ and nationalism, his opportunism, and even his vision of the future workers’ society are consistent with what came to be labeled ‘Bolshevism.’ Most significant, however, was Foster’s attitude toward the role of labor unions in the post-revolutionary society. In Syndicalism and elsewhere, he had proposed that the ‘fighting’ functions of unions would disappear, and that government would be carried on efficiently by a technical intelligentsia. Here, he departed from traditional syndicalist theory. Unions simply could not, he believed, be depended upon to effectively manage economic relations in a new social order.”

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. “A Reexamination of the Later Career of William Z. Foster: 1945-1961.” Paper presented at Historians of American Communism session at the Missouri Valley History Conference. Omaha, Neb., 1991. Judges that Foster remained true throughout his life to a version of anarcho-syndicalism acquired during his years in the IWW and during an early trip to France where he encountered dedicated, elitist Marxists. Notes that in some ways Foster’s views became a mirror image of the corporations he battled: distrust of unions, support of rule by experts, and view that the most important goal was building an efficient organization rather than a moral stance. Also sees Foster’s support for a third party in the 1948 election in its initial stages paralleling CIO views.

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. Forging American Communism: The Life of William Z. Foster. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1994. Admiring full-scale biography based in part on research in Russian archives. Highly detailed study of Foster‘s activities and ideas as a union organizer and syndicalist thinker prior to his entering the Communist movement but somewhat less so of his career as a CPUSA leader; finds that Foster’s experiences in his early life were “profoundly American,” produced a radicalism was fully formed and theoretically sophisticated by the time he joined the C.P., that “in certain very significant instances, his ideas departed from Communist orthodoxy after 1921,” but that after a 1929 clash “with Lozovsky over the new trade union orientation, Foster would never again openly challenge an initiative from Moscow as he had in the 1920s.”

Johanningsmeier, Edward P. Forging American Communism: The Life of William Z. Foster. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1998. Paperback edition with a new preface by the author.

Zipser, Arthur. Workingclass Giant: The Life of William Z. Foster. New York: International Publishers, 1981. Party hagiography.

****************************************************************

Vivian Gornick

Gornick, Vivian. Fierce Attachments: A Memoir. New York: Farrar Straus Giroux, 1987.

****************************************************************

Gilbert Green

Green, Gil. Cold War Fugitive: A Personal Story of the McCarthy Years. New York: International Publishers, 1984. Autobiography by a member of the party’s top leadership in the 1940s and 1950s.

Stephanson, Anders. “Interview with Gil Green.” In New Studies in the Politics and Culture of U.S. Communism, edited by Michael E. Brown, Randy Martin, Frank Rosengarten, and George Snedeker. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

Hubert Harrison and Crystal Eastman

Scharfman, Rachel. “Beyond Class, Beyond the Party: The Race- and Gender- Conscious Socialism of Hubert Harrison and Crystal Eastman, 1901-1920.” Paper presented at “History of Activism - History as Activism” graduate student conference. Columbia University, 2002.

****************************************************************

Dorothy Healey

Cooper, Marc. “Dorothy Ray Healey, Activist.” Z Magazine, September 2006.

Healey, Dorothy. Tradition’s Chains Have Bound Us. University of California, Los Angeles, 1982. Transcript of oral history interviews by Joel Gardner in the early 1970s.

Healey, Dorothy. “[Letter to the Editor].” Nation, 4 February 1991. Letter commenting on Vivian Gornick’s review of Dorothy Healey Remembers, saying of Gornick’s The Romance of American Communism that Gornick’s treatment of her was “an image from romance, not from my life.”

Healey, Dorothy, and Maurice Isserman. Dorothy Healey Remembers: A Life in the American Communist Party. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990. Healey was a long-time leader of the CPUSA on the West Coast.

Healey, Dorothy, and Maurice Isserman. California Red: A Life in the American Communist Party. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1993. Reprint of Dorothy Healey Remembers: A Life in the American Communist Party, 1990.

****************************************************************

Eric Hobsbawm

Cronin, James E. “Memoir, Social History and Commitment: Eric Hobsbawm’s Interesting Times.” Journal of Social History 37, no. 1 (Fall 2003).

Hobsbawm, E. J. Interesting Times: A Twentieth-Century Life. London, New York: Allen Lane, 2002. Autobiography by a leading historian. Defends and justifies his steadfast support for communism.

Hobsbawm, Eric J. “Problems of Communist History.” New Left Review [U.K.] 54 (March-April 1969).

Hobsbawm, Eric. J. “Communists: Problems of Communist History.” In Revolutionaries; Contemporary Essays, edited by Eric. J. Hobsbawm. New York: Pantheon Books, 1973.

McInnes, Neil. “The Long Goodbye - and Eric’s Consoling Lies.” National Interest 64 (2001). On historian and Communist Eric Hobsbawm’s continued defense and apologies for communism.

Pryce-Jones, David. “Eric Hobsbawm: Lying to the Credulous.” New Criterion 21, no. 5 (January 2003). Critical essay on Hobsbawm’s Interesting Times: A Twentieth-Century Life.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Persistence of the Communist World View.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 19 June 2001. Discusses attitudes toward the history of communism by Eric Hobsbawm and Mary Francis Berry.

****************************************************************

Bertha Howe

Howe, Bertha Washburn, and Oakley C. Johnson. An American Century: The Recollections of Bertha W. Howe, 1866-1966. Edited by Oakley C. Johnson. New York: Published for the American Institute for Marxist Studies by Humanities Press, 1966. Howe, a court stenographer, was an active rank-and-file members of the S.P. and the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Grace Hutchins and Anna Rochester

Lee, Janet. Comrades and Partners: The Shared Lives of Grace Hutchins and Anna Rochester. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2000.

Lee, Janet. “‘Bigger Than Our Friendship’: Personal and Political Passions in the Life of Anna Rochester, 1880-1966.” Women’s History Review [U.K.] 10, no. 4 (Winter 2001).

Lee, Janet. “‘From Missionary to Bolshevik’: Grace Hutchins and the Politics of Devotion.” Women’s Studies International Forum 26, no. 2 (2003).

****************************************************************

Paul Jacobs

Jacobs, Paul. Is Curly Jewish? A Political Self-Portrait Illuminating Three Turbulent Decades of Social Revolt, 1935-1965. New York: Atheneum, 1965. Autobiography of a radical activist and writer.

****************************************************************

Edith Jenkins

Jenkins, Edith A. Against a Field Sinister: Memoirs and Stories. San Francisco: City Lights Books, 1991. Essays by San Francisco political activist who was part of the Communist subculture from the 1930s onward. Discusses the 1934 waterfront strike, J. Robert Oppenheimer’s participation in the San Francisco area radical community, and her traumatic reaction to Khrushchev’s 1956 speech on Stalin.

****************************************************************

Clyde L. Johnson

Kelley, Robin D. G. “A Lifelong Radical: Clyde L. Johnson, 1908-1994.” Radical History Review, no. 62 (Spring 1995). Admiring biographical essay of a Communist organizer active in the National Student League at CCNY and the Share Croppers Union in Alabama.

Smith, Fletcher Charles. “Clyde Johnson, American Communist: His Life in the Labor Movement.” Ph.D. diss. University of Arkansas, 1999.

****************************************************************

Mother Jones

Gorn, Elliott J. Mother Jones: The Most Dangerous Woman in America. New York: Hill and Wang, 2001.

Jones, Mother. Mother Jones Speaks: Collected Writings and Speeches. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner. New York: Monad Press, distr. by Pathfinder Press, 1983.

****************************************************************

Ann Kimmage

Kimmage, Ann. An Un-American Childhood. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press, 1996. Memoir by daughter of Abraham and Belle Chapman. Abraham, an official of the New York C.P., wrote for the Institute of Pacific Relations under his own name and also to other publications under the names of John Arnold and John Gordon. In 1950, Ann was awakened in the night and the family abandoned their household property, fled to Mexico, and went into hiding. Ann speculates that the move was part of the party’s plan to place cadre out of the country for safekeeping but also notes that the move was at the time of the arrest of the Rosenbergs, done in panic, and her father may have been involved in Soviet intelligence. From Mexico, the family moved secretly to Czechoslovakia and were given new identities by the Soviet and Czech intelligence services, that of Czech citizens named Capkov. In 1958 the family moved to China, but returned to Prague after the antiforeign phase of the Great Leap Forward began. The family returned to the U.S. in 1963. To facilitate their return, Czech intelligence furnished them with forged documents showing that they had lived in Czechoslovakia as American citizens under the name Chapman so that their having lived as Czech citizens would not raise questions of their having abandoned American citizenship. Evidence of their having lived in China was erased.

****************************************************************

Carol Weiss King

Ginger, Ann Fagan. Carol Weiss King, Human Rights Lawyer, 1895-1952. Niwot, CO: University Press of Colorado, 1993.

****************************************************************

Arthur Kinoy

Kinoy, Arthur. “The Making of a People’s Lawyer.” Science & Society 45 (Fall 1981).

Kinoy, Arthur. Rights on Trial: The Odyssey of a People’s Lawyer. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1983. Kinoy was close to the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Jack Kling

Kling, Jack. Where the Action is: Memoirs of a U.S. Communist. New York, NY: New Outlook, 1985.

****************************************************************

Sherman Labovitz

Labovitz, Sherman. Being Red in Philadelphia: A Memoir of the McCarthy Era. Philadelphia: Camino Books, 1998.

****************************************************************

Al Lannon

Lannon, Albert Vetere. “Second String Red: The Life of Al Lannon, an American Communist.” Master’s thesis. San Francisco State University, 1997. Biography of long-time CPUSA official and maritime union activist written by his son. Lannon was an organizer for the Marine Workers Industrial Union, attended the Lenin School in Moscow, became a CIO National Maritime Union organizer, headed the Maryland-DC party organization, led the New York waterfront party section, went to prison in the second-string Smith Act trials, and was leader of the left faction in 1956-57 that opposed the reforms of John Gates.

Lannon, Albert Vetere. Second String Red: The Life of Al Lannon, American Communist. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books, 1999.

****************************************************************

Helen Lawrenson

Lawrenson, Helen. Stranger at the Party: A Memoir. New York: Random House, 1975. Her husband was a Communist vice-president of the NMU.

Lawrenson, Helen. Whistling Girl. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1978. Memoir by the managing editor of Vanity Fair in the 1930s recounts anecdotes about Communists, Communist involvement with Café Society, she joining the C.P. in 1945, (member of the Ben Franklin Club, a cultural club headed by Howard Fast).

****************************************************************

Gerda Lerner

Lerner, Gerda. Fireweed: A Political Autobiography. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2002. Leading historian discusses her role in the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Sidney Lens

Coker, Jeff. “The Lives of Sidney Lens: American Radicals and the American Worker from the Depression to Vietnam.” Paper presented at 24th Southwest Labor History Association Conference. St. Edward’s University, Texas, 1998.

Lens, Sidney. Unrepentant Radical: An American Activist’s Account of Five Turbulent Decades. Boston: Beacon Press, 1980. In the 1930s Lens was a Trotskyist then split to assist Hugo Oehler in the Revolutionary Workers League, and thereafter held a variety of radical positions.

****************************************************************

Bernard Livingston

Livingston, Bernard. Closet Red: A Marxist’s Adventures Inside the Ruling Class. New York: Waverly Publishers, 1985.

****************************************************************

Florence Luscomb

Strom, Sharon Hartman. Political Woman: Florence Luscomb and the Legacy of Radical Reform. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2001. Boston radical close to the CPUSA and active in the Wallace Progressive party.

****************************************************************

Mary Marcy

Marcy, Mary. The Tongue of Angels: The Mary Marcy Reader. Edited by Frederick C. Giffin. Selinsgrove [PA] Cranbury, NJ: Susquehanna University Press & Associated University Presses, 1988.

****************************************************************

Felix Martin / Isaac Woods

Woods, Isaac. The Revolutionary Journalism of Felix Martin (Isaac Woods): Worker-Philosopher. Chicago: News & Letters, 2001.

****************************************************************

Ruth McKenney

McKenney, Ruth. Love Story. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1950. Fictionalized autobiography of first dozen years of marriage to New Masses editor Richard Branstein. McKenney also wrote a weekly column for New Masses. Both expelled from the CPUSA in 1946.

****************************************************************

Robert Minor

North, Joseph. Robert Minor, Artist and Crusader: An Informal Biography. New York: International Publishers, 1956. Hagiographic.

****************************************************************

Jessica Mitford

Mitford, Jessica. A Fine Old Conflict. New York: Knopf, 1977.

Mitford, Jessica. Decca: The Letters of Jessica Mitford. Edited by Peter Y. Sussman. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2006.

****************************************************************

David Montgomery

Montgomery, David. “Once Upon a Shop Floor: An Interview with David Montgomery.” Radical History Review, no. 23 (Spring 1980). Interview with David Montgomery, a union organizer and Communist who later became a leading labor historian.

Radosh, Ronald. “The Year of the Marxist Historians, Part II.” FrontPageMagazine.Com, 20 April 2001. Critique of David Montgomery’s attitudes toward communism and American democracy.

****************************************************************

Scott Nearing

Saltmarsh, John A. Scott Nearing: An Intellectual Biography. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1991. Nearing, an influential radical writer in the 1920s and 1930s was briefly in the CPUSA in the late 1920s until he was expelled for not accepting party directives on his writings.

Whitfield, Stephen J. Scott Nearing: Apostle of American Radicalism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1974.

Steve Nelson

Laes, H.B. “Stephan Mesarosh, Aka ‘Steve Nelson’.” Blogspot, 26 March 2008. Http://essaysonespionage.blogspot.com/.

Nelson, Steve, James R. Barrett, and Rob Ruck. Steve Nelson, American Radical. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1981. Autobiography of a veteran and senior Communist Party leader (International Brigades political commissar, party organizer in California, chief of the C.P. in Pennsylvania) who left the Party after the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia.

U.S. House Committee on Un-American Activities. Hearings Regarding Steve Nelson. Washington: U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1949.

Norman Nevins

Nevins, Norman. “A Brooklyn Red Youth: A Memoir.” American Communist History 4, no. 1 (June 2005). Nevins joined the IWO and the YCL in the early 1930s and was expelled in the late 1930s for associating with Trotskyists.

******************************************************************************

Joseph North

North, Joseph. No Men Are Strangers. New York: International Publishers, 1958. Memoir by an editor and correspondent for New Masses.

****************************************************************

Harvey and Jessie O’Connor

Bowler, Susan M. “Harvey and Jessie O’Connor: A Couple of Radicals.” Ph.D. diss. Northwestern University, 1988.

Nutter, Kathleen. “Wealth for the Commonwealth: The Activism of Jessie Lloyd O’Connor During the Popular Front.” Paper presented at North American Labor History Conference. Wayne State University, Detroit, 1998.

Nutter, Kathleen Banks. “The Truth About Polly or A Flapper in Russia: The Making of Labor Journalist Jessie Lloyd O’Connor.” Paper presented at Organization of American Historians Annual Meeting. St. Louis, Missouri, 2000.

Nutter, Kathleen Banks. “Jessie Lloyd O’Connor and Mary Metlay Kaufman: Professional Women Fighting for Social Justice.” Journal of Women’s History 14, no. 2 (Summer 2002).

O’Connor, Jessie Lloyd, Harvey O’Connor, and Susan M. Bowler. Harvey and Jessie: A Couple of Radicals. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1988. Dual biography/autobiography of two radical journalists.

Kate Richards O’Hare

Alam, Lubna A. “How Did Kate Richards O’Hare’s Conviction and Incarceration for Sedition During World War I Change Her Activism?” Women and Social Movements in United States History, 1600-2000 8, no. 3 (September 2004).

O’Hare, Kate Richards. Kate Richards O’Hare, Selected Writings and Speeches. Edited by Philip Sheldon Foner and Sally M. Miller. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1982.

****************************************************************

Andy Overgaard

Overgaard, Andy [Anders Overgàrd]. Oral History Memoir. Aalorg, Denmark: Danes Worldwide Archives, n.d. Overgaard described his childhood in Denmark and immigration to the U.S. at age 19. He joined the C.P. in 1920 and served as a TUEL/TUUL organizer in Chicago, Detroit, Pittsburgh, Waterbury CT, Youngstown, Buffalo and New York City and as an American delegate to the Profintern. He also taught at Commonwealth College in Arkansas and worked as an organizer for the Die Casters Union, the UE and the Food, Tobacco, Agricultural and Allied Workers Union. Overgaard, who had never taken American citizenship, was arrested in 1949 and agreed to voluntary deportation to Denmark in 1950. He described himself as a staunch Communist and the Soviet Union as the fulfillment of destiny of the working class, and takes the view that the policies of CPUSA were essentially correct in every period except when it was misled by Lovestone and Browder.

****************************************************************

Myra Page

Baker, Christina Looper. “In a Generous Spirit: The Life of Myra Page.” Ph.D. diss. Union Institute, 1991. Biography based on interviews, letters and writings of Dorothy Markey, Communist journalist who wrote under the name of Myra Page. Page had a Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota in sociology. In 1925 she married John Markey and joined the CPUSA. Although she left the party in 1953, she never abandoned her belief in socialism.

****************************************************************

J. Peters / Josef Peters

Péter, József [J. Peters]. “Péter József Visszaemlékezései [József Péter’s Memoirs].” Politikatudományi Intézet (Budapest, Hungary). 867, f. 1, 1983.

Sakmyster, Thomas. “Sandor Goldberger / J. Peters and the American Communist Movement.” Paper presented at American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies, 2005.

Stevens, Alexander [J. Peters]. America Sings for Victory. NY, NY: Workers Book Shop, circa 1943.

*************************************************************************

Richard F. Pettigrew

Hendrickson, Kenneth E. “The Public Career of Richard F. Pettigrew of South Dakota, 1848-1926.” Ph.D. diss. University of Oklahoma, 1962. Pettigrew began a career in politics as a conservative Republican, shifted to the Democrats, returned to the Republicans as a TR supporter, shifted further left and became a early Communist.

****************************************************************

Sara Plotkin

Plotkin, Sara. Full-Time Active: Sara Plotkin, An Oral History. Edited by Arthur Tobier. New York: New York: Community Documentation Workshop, 1980. Plotkin was born in White Russia of Jewish parents, became Bolshevik, immigrated to the U.S. in 1922, and worked as a Communist organizer among New York cafeteria workers and steel and coal miners in Pittsburgh and Wheeling.

****************************************************************

Victor Rabinowitz

Rabinowitz, Victor. Unrepentant Leftist: A Lawyer’s Memoir. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996. Memoir by a firm ally of the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Joe Rapoport

Kann, Kenneth. Joe Rapoport, the Life of a Jewish Radical. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981. An edited oral history biography.

****************************************************************

John Reed

Balabanoff, Angelica. “John Reed’s Last Days.” Modern Monthly, January 1937. Memoir by a close associate of Lenin and first secretary of the Comintern who later broke with Communism.

Baskin, Alex. John Reed: The Early Years in Greenwich Village. New York: Archives of Social History, 1990.

Culbert, David. “REDS: Propaganda, Docudrama, and Hollywood.” Labor History 24 (1983). Reviews “REDS.” a commercial film portrayal of the life of John Reed.

Duke, David C. John Reed. Boston: Twayne Publishers, 1987. Literary biography.

Gardner, Virginia. “Friend and Lover”: The Life of Louise Bryant. New York: Horizon Press, 1982. Biography of John Reed’s companion. Includes an appendix, "A Note on Historical Questions,” regarding the controversy about Reed’s political stance in his last days.

Hicks, Granville, and John Stuart. John Reed: The Making of a Revolutionary. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1936. Hicks in 1936 was a leading Communist intellectual.

Homberger, Eric. John Reed. Manchester [U.K.]: Manchester University Press, 1990.

Krasnov, Iva. “John Reed and the Great October Revolution.” Social Sciences [USSR] 18, no. 3 (1987). On Reed service to the cause.

Lasky, Melvin J. “John Reed & Alger Hiss: Two Cases in Ideology.” Encounter [U.K.] 59, no. 2 (1982). Compares the careers of and films about Reed and Hiss.

Lehman, Daniel W. John Reed & the Writing of Revolution. Athens, OH: Ohio University Press, 2002.

Munk, Michael. “The Romance of John Reed and Louise Bryant: New Documents Clarify How They Met.” Oregon Historical Quarterly 109, no. 3 (Fall 2008).

O’Connor, Richard, and Dale L. Walker. The Lost Revolutionary: A Biography of John Reed. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1967.

Reed, John. Ten Days That Shook the World. New York: Boni and Liveright, 1919. Reed was in Russia at the time of the Bolshevik coup, and Ten Days was one of the earliest published portrayals of the revolution . Reed’s enthusiasm and colorful prose inspired American radicals and did much to shape Bolshevism’s initial image.

Reed, John. John Reed and the Russian Revolution: Uncollected Articles, Letters, and Speeches on Russia, 1917-1920. Edited by Eric Homberger and John Biggart. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1992.

Reed, John. The Collected Works of John Reed. New York: Modern Library, 1995.

Rosenstone, Robert A. “Reds as History.” Reviews in American History 10, no. 3 (September 1982). Essay review of the film “Reds” on the life of John Reed.

Rosenstone, Robert A. Romantic Revolutionary: A Biography of John Reed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1990.

Tuck, Jim. Pancho Villa and John Reed: Two Faces of Romantic Revolution. Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona Press, 1984.

Wilson, Christopher P. “Plotting the Border: John Reed, Pancho Villa, and Insurgent Mexico.” In Cultures of United States Imperialism, edited by Amy Kaplan and Donald E. Pease. New Americanists. Durham: Duke University Press, 1993.

****************************************************************

Al Richmond

Richmond, Al. A Long View from the Left: Memoirs of an American Revolutionary. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1973. Memoir by a veteran Communist cadre.

****************************************************************

Richard Rovere

Rovere, Richard Halworth. Final Reports: Personal Reflections on Politics and History in Our Time. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1984. Rovere, later a prominent journalist, discusses his early experiences in the Communist Party.

****************************************************************

John R. Salter

Salter, John R., Jr. “Red Encounters.” Pacific Northwest Quarterly 78, no. 1-2 (January-April 1987). Reminiscences about a 1955 confrontation between Salter, then a young Wobbly, with Communists in a Seattle bar.

****************************************************************

Alexander Saxton

Rydell, Robert W. “Grand Crossings: The Life and Work of Alexander Saxton.” Pacific Historical Review 73, no. 2 (2004).

Saxton, Alexander. The Great Midland. Commentary by Constance Coiner. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1997. Reprint of Saxton’s 1948 novel about labor radicals and Communists in Chicago. Contains a introduction of Saxton discussing his life in the CPUSA and a commentary essay by Constance Coiner.

****************************************************************

Robert Schrank

Schrank, Robert. Wasn’t That a Time? Growing up Radical and Red in America. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998. Memoir by CPUSA labor cadre active in machinists union organizing in the 1930s and 1940s who left the party in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

George Seldes

Seldes, George. Witness to a Century: Encounters with the Noted, the Notorious, and the Three SOBs. New York: Ballantine Books, 1987. Memoir of a radical journalist often allied with the CPUSA.

****************************************************************

Art Shields

Shields, Art. My Shaping-up Years the Early Years of Labor’s Great Reporter. New York: International Publishers, 1983. Autobiography of a Communist journalist.

Shields, Art. On the Battle-Lines, 1919-1939. New York: International Publishers, 1986. Shields started his career in radical journalism with the IWW’s journal Industrial Solidarity, took part in the Seattle General Strike of 1918-19 and was one of the original eight staff members of the Daily Worker when it was founded in 1924.

****************************************************************

William Schneiderman

Schneiderman, William. Dissent on Trial: The Story of a Political Life. Minneapolis: MEP [Marxist Education Press] Publications, 1983. Schneiderman led the party in California for a number of years.

****************************************************************

William Sennett

Sennett, William. Communist Functionary and Corporate Executive. Bancroft Library, University of California, Berkeley, 1984. Edited oral history interview.

****************************************************************

John L. Spivak

Spivak, John Louis. A Man in His Time. New York: Horizon Press, 1967. Spivak, who wrote investigative, exposé journalism, was secretly a Communist and active in the CPUSA’s covert operations. His journalistic activities usually served CPUSA propaganda goals.

Spivak, John Louis. Plotting America’s Pogroms: A Documented Exposé of Organized Anti-Semitism in the United States. [New York]: The New Masses, 1934.

Spivak, John Louis. Europe Under the Terror. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1936.

Spivak, John Louis. Honorable Spy. New York: Modern Age Books, 1939. Warns of covert Japanese military intrigue in the United States.

Spivak, John Louis. Secret Armies: The New Technique of Nazi Warfare. New York: Modern Age Books, 1939. Warns of massive secret Nazi and Fascist underground networks.

Spivak, John Louis. Pattern for American Fascism. New York: New Century Publishers, 1947. Warns of the increasingly Fascist nature of America.

****************************************************************

John W. Stanford, Jr.

Reavis, Dick J. “Gentle Giant.” San Antonio Current, 11 June 2003. Gushing biographical profile of John W. Stanford, Jr., a CPUSA activist in Texas in the 1950s and later in California.

****************************************************************

Joseph Starobin

Beichman, Arnold. “A Memory of the Past.” Encounter [U.K.] 64, no. 1 (1985). Focuses on the career of Joseph Starobin in the CPUSA.

Starobin, Joseph R. Paris to Peking. New York: Cameron Associates, 1955. A memoir published with C.P. disapproval which hinted of doubts about the C.P. history and direction. Starobin later broke with the party.

****************************************************************

Rose Pastor Stokes

Renshaw, Patrick. “Rose of the World: The Pastor-Stokes Marriage and the American Left, 1905-1925.” New York History 62 (1981).

Sharp, Kathleen A. “Rose Pastor Stokes: Radical Champion of the American Working Class, 1878-1933.” Ph.D. diss. Duke University, 1979.

Sigerman, Harriet Marla. “Daughters of the Book: A Study of Gender and Ethnicity in the Lives of Three American Jewish Women.” Ph.D. diss. University of Massachusetts, 1992. Discusses Rose Pastor Stokes.

Stokes, Rose Pastor. I Belong to the Working Class: The Unfinished Autobiography of Rose Pastor Stokes. Edited by Herbert Shapiro and David L. Sterling. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1992.

Tamarkin, Stanley R. “Rose Pastor Stokes: The Portrait of a Radical Woman, 1905-1919.” Ph.D. diss. Yale University, 1983. Biography of an immigrant who married into a wealthy family, became a Socialist Party and labor movement militant, was convicted under the wartime Espionage Act in 1918 and helped to launch the Communist Party.

Zipser, Arthur, and Pearl Zipser. Fire and Grace: The Life of Rose Pastor Stokes. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1989. Worshipful biography.

****************************************************************

Arne Swabeck

Phelps, Christopher. “American Socialism and Arne Swabeck (1890-1986): A Participant and Partisan.” Against the Current, no. 96 (2002). Swabeck was an ally of Cannon in the C.P. in the 1920s and went to a long career as a Trotskyist.

****************************************************************

Willard Uphaus

Uphaus, Willard E. Commitment. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1963.

****************************************************************

Vera Buch Weisbord

Weisbord, Vera Buch. A Radical Life. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1977. This autobiography discusses her role in the Passaic textile workers strike of 1926, the National Textile Workers Union organizing drive in Gastonia, as well as her role in the early Communist Party and the Communist League of Struggle, a Communist Party splinter led by her husband Albert.

****************************************************************

Anita Whitney

Richmond, Al. Native Daughter: The Story of Anita Whitney. [San Francisco, CA]: Anita Whitney 75th Anniversary Committee, 1942.

Rubens, Lisa. “The Patrician Radical: Charlotte Anita Whitney.” California History 65, no. 3 (September 1986). Sympathetic biographical essay about a longtime California radical. Whitney, from a middle-class background, associated first with the IWW and then with the CPUSA. She was convicted under a California criminal syndicalism statute, a conviction affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court, but pardoned in 1927.

Whitten, Woodrow C. “The Trial of Charlotte Anita Whitney.” Pacific Historical Review 15 (September 1946).

****************************************************************

John Williamson

Williamson, John. Dangerous Scot: The Life and Work of an American “Undesirable.”. New York: International Publishers, 1969. A senior CPUSA official, Williamson was not a citizen and was deported to Great Britain in the 1950s.

****************************************************************

Leon Wofsy

Wofsy, Leon. Looking for the Future: A Personal Connection to Yesterday’s Great Expectations, Today’s Reality, and Tomorrow’s Hope. Oakland, CA: I. W. Rose Press, 1995. Wofsy headed the Labor Youth League for a time. He left the party after 1956.

****************************************************************

Elaine Black Yoneda

Raineri, Vivian McGuckin. The Red Angel the Life: And Times of Elaine Black Yoneda. New York, NY: International Publishers, 1991. Admiring biography of West Coast Communist.

****************************************************************